The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About4.553A Original Contract ESCROW AGREEMENT for RETAINED PERCENTAGE Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor, Project 05-30 Escrow No~\ 1 ~D\ 2~ \ \ City of Port Angeles Contract No. 05-3 Completion Date: ~ ~ tt...' 1..0V TO' ~ 'l.V ~ ,ll2::~ ~ ~ kl-K. THIS ESCROW AGREEMENT IS for the investment of the retained percentage of the above contract, In accordance with chapter 60.28 of the Revised Code of Washington. It IS limited to FDIC insured Washington State Chartered Banks who are covered by the State of Washington Public Deposit Protection Act. The underSlgned,~e.1 t-kb ~ H~'"( (as "Contractor"), has directed the CITY OF PORT ANGELES (as "City"), to deliver to you its warrants which shall be payable to you and/or the contractor. The warrants are to be held and disposed of by you in accordance With the following instruction. INSTRUCTIONS 1 . Upon delivery the warrants shall be endorsed by you and forwarded to the City for collection. You shall use the montes to purchase Investments selected by the Contractor and approved by the City. You may follow the last written direction received by you from the Contractor, for each purchase, provided the direction otherwise conforms With thiS agreement. Acceptable investments are' A. Bills, certificates, notes or bonds of the United States, B. Other obligations of the United States or its agencies; C. Obligations of any corporation wholly owned by the Govemment of the Untted States; D. Indebtedness of the Federal National Mortgage ASSOCiation; E. Time depOSits In commercial banks; F. Other investments, except stocks, selected by the Contractor, subject to express prior written consent of the City. 2 The investments shall be In a form which allows you alone to reconvert them Into money if you are reqUired to do so by the City 3. The investments must mature on or prior to the date set for the completion of the contract, Including extension there of or thirty (30) days follOWing the final acceptance of the work. 4. When Interest on the Investments accrues and IS paid, you shall collect the interest and forward It to the Contractor unless otherwise directed by the Contractor. 5. You are not authOrized to deliver to the Contractor all or any part of the investments held by you pursuant to thiS agreement (or any momes derived from the sale of such investments, or the negotiation of the City'S warrants) except In accordance With the written instructions from the City. Compliance with such Instructions shall relieve you of any further liability related thereto. 6 In the event the City orders you, in writing, to reconvert the investments and return all momes, you shall do so Within thirty (30) days of receipt of the order 7. The Contractor agrees to compensate you for your services In accordance With your current published schedule of applicable escrow fees. Payment of all fees shall be the sole responSibility of the Contractor and shall not be deducted from any monies placed With you pursuant to this agreement unlil and unless the City directs the release to the Contractor of the investments and momes held hereunder, whereupon you shall be entitled to reimburse yourself from such monies for the entire amount of your fee. 8. ThiS agreement shall not be binding until Signed by both parties and accepted by you. 9. ThiS document contains the enlire agreement between you, the Contractor, and the City, with respect to this Escrow, and you are not a party to, nor bound by any instrument or agreement other than thiS. You shall not be reqUired to take notice of any default or any other matter, nor be bound by nor required to give notice or demand, nor required to take any action whatever except as herem expressly proVided. You shall not be liable for any loss or damage not caused by your own negligence or willful misconduct. Fed D)~L By Title: ?'Q.,t..~ \ t) E:;- ~ T Address: q\ 0 CPr16\.,S \?) 0 QE:1 ~ Se,& lit I,.." \ N /).. Ct ~ ~ ~ J-. ~.\~. D-:t DATE: :~~~~ 110, ~~ oY DATE. 3 1/0t THE ABOV ESCROW AGREEMENT RECEIVED AND ACCEPTED on the _ day of 20_. BANK By61J1 j\ 0 YVC0 "\ \Qj-~ Title: -f\ 0 ~ L::> I k ch ~(.e.o..--'\ Address: ~.D. So-LJ- 3~o ~l-". \rY1 1ua. Qcs'3'957- DISTRIBUTION: City Clerk Financial Institution Contractor File Copy MAR 1 3 2007 ". '. ,,'. PROJECT MANUAL I(/~/'" Jl ~a/.Gf( for ~~ I EXPIRES V20I tn ] CITY OF PORT ANGELES WAS'HINGTON . December 2006 GLENN A CUTLER, P.E.. DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS & UTilITIES GARY W. KENWORTHY, P .E., DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING SERVICES For information regarding this project, contact: MIke Szatlocky. P .E.. City of Part Angeles 360-417-4808 PW ~07 _01 Parte1 (R8VlslId 04Ill6J . . :. PROJECT MANUAL for Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Project No. 05-31 CITY OF PORT ANGELES WASHINGTON December 2006 GLENN A. CUTLER, P.E., DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS & UTILITIES GARY W. KENWORTHY, P.E., DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING SERVICES Rev~wed by: M 1/5Yu ~ City Attorney PW 0407_01 Part01(Revised 04/06] . . . TABLE OF CONTENTS Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor PROJECT NO. 05-30 PART 1 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS: Pace No(s). Advertisements for Bids................................................................................................. 1-3 Information for Bidders ................................................................................................. .1-4 Bidder's Checklist......................................... ............................................................... ..1-5 Non-Collusion Affidavit............................. ................................................ .................... .1-6 Bidder's Construction Experience ........................... ..... ..... ..................................... .......1-7 List of Proposed Subcontractors ......... ..... .......................... ...... .................... ............... ..1-8 Bid Form...................................................... ....................... ................. ...... ...... 1-9 thru 13 Bid Security Transmittal Form and Bid Bond............................................................. 1-14 PART II CONTRACT FORMS SUBMITTED FOLLOWING AWARD OF CONTRACT Contract........................ ........................................................... ............ ............. ..11-1 thru 7 Performance and Payment Bond......... .............. ...... ........... ........... ............................ ..11-9 Escrow Agreement for Retained Percentage .............................................................11-10 Certificate of Insurance ........................................... [provided by Contractor after award] PART III AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL PROViSiONS....................................... ................................... .................... ....111-1 thru 77 P ART IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS P ART V ATTACHMENTS A. Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates for Clallam County B. Request For Information (RFI) and Construction Change Order (CCO) Forms C. Contractor's Application for Payment FormrD. Not Used E. Project Plans (Bound Separately) F. K-Plans PW 0407_01 PartOI [Revised 04/06] 1-2 . . . PART I BIDDING REQUIREMENTS PW 407_04 Part04 [Revised 5/27/04] . . . ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor PROJECT 05-30 City of Port Angeles Sealed bids will be received by the Director of Public Works & Utilities at 321 East Fifth Street, P. O. Box 1150, Port Angeles, Washington 98362, until 2:00pm, Wednesday, January 10, 2007, and not later, and will then and there be opened and publicly read at that time in the City Council Chambers for the construction of the following improvements: A sewer interceptor system including two duplex submersible pump stations, approx. 6,345 LF of sanitary sewer force mains, approx. 17,229 LF of sanitary sewer gravity mains, and accessories. Approximately 4,000 linear feet of pipeline trenching will require night time work. The engineer's estimate for this project is $4.0 million to $5.0 million. The time of completion (performance period) for this Project is 188 working days from the date of Contract Award. Plans, specifications, addenda, and plan holders list for this project will be available December 20, 2006, on-line through Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc. at htto://www.bxwa.com.Click on: "Posted Projects", Public Works", "City of Port Angeles". Bidders are encouraged to "Register as a Bidder", in order to receive automatic email notification of future addenda and to be placed on the "Bidders Lisf. Contact Builders Exchange of Washington at (425-258-1303) should you require further assistance. Informational copies of any available maps, plans and specifications will be on file for inspection by December 20, 2006, in the office of the Port Angeles Public Works Engineering Services (360-417-4700). Photocopying services are not available onsite. All bids shall be submitted on the prescribed Bid Forms and in the manner as stated in this advertisement and in the Project Manual and said bids shall be accompanied by a bid deposit in the form of a cashier's check, postal money order, or surety bond to the City of Port Angeles in the amount of five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid. If a surety bond is used, said bond shall be issued by a surety authorized and registered to issue said bonds in the State of Washington. The bond shall specify the surety's name, address, contact and phone number, and shall include a power of attorney appointing the signatory of the bond as the person authorized to execute it. Should the successful bidder fail to enter into the Contract and furnish satisfactory performance bond within the time stated in the Information for Bidders, the bid deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Port Angeles. Faxed bids and/or surety bonds will not be accepted. Minority and women owned businesses shall be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation, shall not be discriminated against on the grounds of gender, race, color, age, national origin or handicap in consideration of an award of any contract or subcontract, and shall be actively solicited for participation in this project by direct mailing of the invitation to bid to such businesses as have contacted the City for such notification. Further, all bidders are directed to solicit and consider minority and women owned businesses as potential subcontractors and material suppliers for this project. The City of Port Angeles reserves the right to accept the bid that is in the best interest of the City, to postpone the acceptance of bids and the award of the Contract for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days, or to reject any and all bids received and further advertise for bids. Subject to the foregoing, the bid may be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder. When awarded the Contract, the successful bidder shall promptly execute the Contract and shall furnish a bond of faithful performance of the Contract in the full amount of the Contract price. Bids must be submitted in a sealed envelope with the outside clearly marked with the bid opening date and time, the project name and number as it appears in this advertisement and the name and address of the bidder. Bids shall be addressed to the Director of Public Works & Utilities, City of Port Angeles, 321 East Fifth Street, P.O. Box 1150, Port Angeles, Washington 98362. When awarded the Contract, the successful bidder shall promptly execute the Contract and shall furnish a bond of faithful performance of the Contract in the full amount of the Contract price. Glenn A. Cutler, P.E. Director of Public Works & Utilities Publish: Peninsula Daily News (Dec. 18 and 24, 2006), Daily Journal of Commerce (Dec. 18,2006) Copy to: NPB PW 0407_01 PartOl [Revised 04/06] 1-3 . . . INFORMATION r=OR BIDDERS Sealed bids will be received by the City of Port Angeles (herein called "Owner"), at 321 East Fifth Street, Port Angeles, Washington 98362, until the tIme and date as stated in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS or as amended through addendum, and then at said office publicly opened and read aloud. A ~ J Each bid shall be received by the Owner In the manner set forth in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope, so marked as to indicate its contents without being opened, and addressed in conformance wIth the instructions of the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. Each bid shall be submitted on the required bid form contained in Part I of the Project Manual. All blank spaces for bid prices must be filled in, in ink or typewritten, and the Bid Form must be fully completed and executed when submitted. Only one copy of the Bid Form is required. In addition, all other forms included in Part I shall be filled out and completed, Including any addendum(s), and enclosed in a sealed envelope endorsed WIth the name of the work. Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid deposit in the form of a cashier's check, postal money order, or surety bond to the City of Port Angeles for a sum of not less than 5% of the amount of the bid, and no bid will be considered unless accompanied by such bid deposit. The Owner may waive any Informalities or minor defects or reject any and all bids. Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled time for the openrng of bids or authorized postponement thereof. Any bId received after the time and date specified shall not be considered. No bidder will be permitted to withdraw its bid between the closing time for receipt of bids and execution of the Contract, unless the award is delayed for a period exceeding sixty (60) calendar days. A conditional or qualified bId will not be accepted. The work will begin within ten (10) calendar days after notice to proceed from the Director of Public Works & Utililles and shall be completed within the time as stated in the Advertisement for bids. The Owner may make such investigations as it deems necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall fumish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid, if the evidence submitted by, or Investigation of, such bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualifIed to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. Subject to the foregoing, the bid award may be made to the lowest responsible bidder. The party to whom the Contract is awarded will be required to execute the Contract and obtain the Performance and Payment Bond within ten (10) calendar days from the date the notice of award IS delivered to the bidder. Such bond(s) shall be on the form provided by the Owner, specify the name, contact phone, and address of the surety, and shall include a power of attomey appointing the signatory of the bond(s) as the person authorized to execute it (them). o The notice of award will be accompanied by the necessary Contract and bond forms. In case of failure of the bidder to execute the Contract, the Owner may, at its option, consider the bidder In default, in which case the bid deposit accompanymg the bid shall become the property of the Owner. The City, within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of the acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and the Contract signed by the party to whom the Contract was awarded, will sign the Contract and retum to such party an executed duplicate of the Contract. The notice to proceed will be issued within ten (10) calendar days of the execution of the Contract by the Owner. Should there be reasons why the notice to proceed cannot be issued within such period, the lime may be extended by mutual agreement between the Owner and Contractor. If the notice to proceed has not been Issued within the ten (10) calendar day period or within the period mutually agreed upon, the Contractor may terminate the Contract without further liability on the part of either party. All applicable laws, ordinances, and the rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the Contract throughout. U"" ,~ ,. PW 0407_01 PartOl [Revised 04106] 1-4 . . . BIDDER'S CHECKLIST 1. Has the Bid Security Transmittal form been completed, either by (1) attaching a bid deposit in the form of a postal money order, cashier's check or other security and filling out the part of the form above the words "Bid Bond" or (2) a surety bond in the proper form and filling out the section of the form below the words "Bid Bond"? Is the amount of the bid deposit at least five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid? Have the bid forms been properly signed? Do the written amounts of the bid forms agree with the amounts shown in figures? Have you bid on all items? If Addendum(a) have been issued, have it/they been acknowledged on the Bid Form? Has the non-collusion affidavit been properly executed? Have you shown your contractor's state license number on the Bid Form? Have you listed all proposed subcontractors that you will use for the project on the Listing of Proposed Subcontractors form? Have you filled out the Bidder's Construction Experience form? The following forms are to be executed after the Contract is awarded: A. Contract - To be executed by the successful bidder and the City. B. Performance and Payment Bond - To be executed on the form provided by Owner, by the successful bidder and its surety company. To include name, contact and phone number, and address of surety and power of attorney of signatory. C. Insurance certificate(s). PW 0407_01 Part01 [RevISed 04/06] 1-5 . . . .I, NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF WASHINGTON COUNTY OF (' l (l\ \C\.<<\ ) ) ) The undersigned, being first duly sworn on oath, says that the bid herewith submitted is a genuine and not a sham or collusive bid, or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named; and (s)he further says that the said bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any bidder on the above work or supplies to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that said bidder has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to him/her self an advantage over any other bidder or bidders . .~. -fu ,- Subscribed and sworn to before me this 19; . day of, .P rei $\ "lj ,2~ \\\\\\ \ III" If /11111 ~~\\\; \-\OW€"~ 1/% ~ h. ......... (. ~ ~ <i;"- .- .. ~ g ~ /' ~~~Y ,~...t~ == :2 i 0 ....\'I,~: .... :: == z : ~ ....t:t.\'f, ...(): c.!J == -.:: uJ ~ '?" ",": ~ :::: ~ ..., ...~~ $~ l ~ ;:: ~ .... p .... ca ~ ~ ~l' .........~,..ff ~/II.Af1"E of \\\~ 1'1111111111\\\\\\'\ ~n^~ Nota Public i~~d for the e of ~gton. fL_ Residing at -r--\-- FW''-J e \ e ~ My Comm. Exp.: q. ~\. \D PW 0407_01 PartO 1 [ReVised 04/06] 1- 6 Page 13 Provided to BUilders Exchange of WA, Inc For usage Conditions Agreement see www bxwa com . . . BIDDER'S CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE 2. Answer all questions and provide clear and comprehensive information Name of bidder~r~tJ GD0~c-:D.()'(\. '- ~nCi . Registration Number''VR:t\-.1~ Permanent main o~ce address' / , ~~~~~~~' When organized: ~ Where incorporated: How many years have you been eng ed in the contracting business under your present firm name? ;C 1- * Contracts on hand. (Schedule these, showing gross amount of each contract and the approximate anticipated dates of completion), contact name and phone number. 3. 4 5. 6. ~..P 0 rc:t:h:) ~Ju t'1l J ,., 7 * General character of work performed by your company: C:-'~ lI\~ 'tC'J.. \) r 0<'-s-+0...1 ("1-\ l"';Y\ . 8. * Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? /'......\0 If so, where and why? 9 * Have you ever defaulted on a contract? t-J D 10 * List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating approximate cost for each, the month and year completed, contact name and phone number. ~ Jl aJt;{ (j ~ (7j 11 * List your major equipment available for this contract: 12 * Experience of bi~n construction similar to this project in work and Importance: _ 1l oh(Ulj", d 13. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed finanCial statement and furnish any other information that may be reqUIred by the City? lJf'~ * Add separate sheets if necessary. The undersigned hereby authorizes and 'requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any information requested by the City of Port Angeles. Date: \, \'6- D-:\ V J(J. Bidder's Signature. Print Name: Title: PW0407_0l PartOl [Revised 04/06] 1- 7 Page 14 Provided to BUilders Exchange of WA, Inc For usage Conditions Agreement see INWW bxwa com . . LbrYl wee JPlfilwa ({}) CONSTflUllCTHON, INC. Contracts on Hand at January 24. 2007 Owner/Contracting Scheduled Project Contract Amount Class of Work Architect Completion Agent Date Total 54,700 SF Olympic Medical Center Collins Woerman OMC Oncology/Ancillary $14,416,508 medical facility. Jim Paapke Margurite Jamieson Apr-07 (360) 417-7148 (206) 245-2020 Sitework, utilities & Cedar Ridge Assoc LLC Zenovic & Associates, Inc. Cedar RIdge Ph I & " $2,593,381 concrete for housing Larry Freedman Steve Zenovic Feb-07 development. (360) 809-0164 (360) 417-0501 Erect 12,000 SF of Clallam County Fire Rice Fergus Miller Vehicle Maintenance metal bUildings and Distnct #3 Facility $1,778,633 perform associated Steve Vogel Howard Sturve Nov-07 work. (360) 683-4242 (360) 377-8773 ite ifl-1 I () +1 :L . PT;imo CONSTRUCTION, INC. Major Projects Completed in Past 5 Years Projects Completed in 2007 CJ Castle Hill Annex Renovation - $744,000 Renovate existing 8,000 SF wood-framed office facility in Jefferson County for the State of Washington. Contact. B,ll Sloane, Architect @ (360)943-67745. Projects Completed in 2006 . CJ Lincoln Street Storm Sewer - $748,800 Installed approximately 1,100 LF of 24" HDPE storm drainj, approximately 20 LF of 12" HOPE storm drain and approximately 660 LF of 8" storm drain. Abandoned or removed existing catch basins and plugged existing sewer connections. Installed and connected new inlets, catch basins and storm drain manholes for the City of Port Angeles. Contact. Eric Walrath, PE@ (360) 417-4811. CJ A New Weight Facility Addition - $735,000 Construction of addition to existing Sequim Aquatic Recreational Center for the Clallam County Parks and Recreation District # 1. Contact: Mary Ellen Winborn @ (360) 452-7895 CJ Brownfield Road & Utility Construction Project - $590,000 Work included approximately 1,400 liner feet of roadway and utility construction between South 3rd Avenue and the intersection of Brownfield Road and South Sequim Avenue. Major items of work included, but were not limited to, clearing, grubbing, excavation, grading, storm drainage, water main and sewer force main construction, shoring, asphalt paving and roadway illumination for the City of Sequim. Contact: James Bay @ (360) 683-4908 CJ Makah Emergency Water - $756,000 The project consisted of the construction of approximately 23,000 lineal feet of8-inch water main along the east side of the Makah Passage between the Family Camp in the Hobuck area to the wells located north of the southern reservation boundary in Clallam County for the Makah Tribe. Contact: Charles White @ (360)645-2201. CJ Hardy's Market - $380,000 Construction of a 3,200 square foot convenience store including aU associated sitework and interior finishes for PPB, LLC Contact. Chuck Parrish @ (360) 683-5447 . CJ JimmyComeLately Creek/Estuary Restoration Site (#7009) - $330,000 This contract provided for the improvement of 3.25 acres of land adjacent to US 101 at MP 270.9 to MP 270.98 in Clallam County by excavating, hauling and reshaping and all other work, for the Washington Department of Transportation. Contact Jerry D Moore @ (360) 457-2575 . Projects Completed in 2005 o Deer Park Road, RD #40750 - $725,000 Reconstruction of 0.62 miles of Deer Park Road by realignment, regarding, widening, drainage improvements, paving, hydro seeding and other work for Clallam County Public Works Department. Contact: Dave Bibler@ (360) 417-2311 o Roosevelt Middle School Gymnasium Addition - $1,340,000 Construction of new concrete tilt-up gymnasium and mechanical improvements to existing structure, including all associated sitework and utilities for Port Angeles School District # 121. Contact' Roger Easling @ (360) 565-1834 o Crown Park Sewer & Stormwater Improvements - $991,000 Installation of3,850 feet of8 to 15 inch sanitary sewer and 1,050 feet of 12 to 36 inch storm sewer, including manholes, stormwater treatment structure and improvements to a stormwater outfall.for the City of Port Angeles. Contact: Mike Szatlocky, PE @ (360) 417-4805 . o JimmyComeLately Creek Estuary Restoration Project - $1,200,000 Excavation, removal and disposal of approximately 60,000 cubic yards of fill placed in the Estuary, realignment and restoration of Dean Creek through the excavation ofa new channel and installing spawning gravel and large woody debris. Construction of distributary channels in the restored estuary and construction of a temporary stream bypass structure and installation of a soil plug in the old streambed for the Jamestown S'Klallam Tribe. Contact: Sam Gibbony @ (774) 757-2305 o Vintage at Sequim - $375,000 Excavate, cut & fill, rough grade, fine grade, install storm sewer, sanitary sewer and water system and other associated work for assisted living facility for Exxel Pacific, Inc. Contact, Bruce Eskeberg @ (360) 734-2872 o Port Williams Reservoir Project - $778,000 Installation of approximately 3200 feet of irrigation pipe and a 5 million gallon reservoir with appurtances in addition to installation of approximately 14,700 feet of irrigation pipe for the Sequim Prairie Tri-Irrigation Association. Contact' Gary Smllh @ (360) 683-5049 Projects Completed in 2004 o SheritTIDispatch/EOC - $1,860,000 Construction of a new Sheriff's Office facility, including site improvements and the remodel ofa portion of the existing Administration Offices and Emergency Operations Center at the Jefferson County Corrections Center for the Jefferson County Department of Public Works. Contact: Robert Hutchmson @(509) 838-8681 . o Social Services Complex - $2,465,000 Construction of a multi-use campus for administration and medical facilities, consisting ofthree wood-framed buildings totaling approximately 12,000 square feet. Project work includes site preparation, utility installation, landscaping and paving for the Jamestown S'Klallam Tribe. Contact: Annette Nesse @ (360) 681-4620 . o MP 0.00 Sail River Vic. Slide Repair - $530,000 Improved 0.] Miles of SR ] 12 in Clallam County, MP 0.00 to MP 0.10 by excavating unsuitable foundation material, grading, water pollution and erosion control, installing drainage and horiwntal drain systems, surfacing, paving with hot mix asphalt, guardrail, pavement markings, traffic control and other work for Washington State Dept of Transportation. Contact. Brian Brewer @ (360) 533-9352 Cl Parking Lot Upgrade & Building Addition - $525,000 New foyer addition to the existing building including related mechanical and electrical work. Site work consists of demolition of existing parking and replacement of walks on the north side of the building, reconfiguration of existing access drives and parking on the east and west sides of the building, and construction ofa new parking lot. Work includes related lighting, walks, curbs, striping, landscaping, fencing and quarry rock wall for the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints. Contact. Bill Green @ (360) 452-6116 o Pedestrian Underpass - $1,650,000 Demolition, excavation, shoring, traffic control, site utilities, storm water, communication & data, construction of cast in place and pre~cast concrete tunnel, concrete ramp and stairs, landscape & irrigation systems for completion of pedestrian tunnel passing beneath SR 101 for the Jamestown S'Klallam Tribe. Contact Annette Nesse @ (360) 681-4620 . Cl Wal-Mart Store 5273 - $755,000 Furnish & install all water, sewer and storm utility systems and all required appurtenances for complete and operational systems. Form, pour finish curb & gutter, walks, heavy duty concrete paving and miscellaneous other concrete work for Sierra Construction Co., Inc. Contact. Bryan Ploetz. @ (425) 487-5200 Cl W Sequim Bay Rd. to Dawley Rd. - $330,000 Remove asphalt concrete pavement, grade, install drainage, place crushed surfacing, pave, implement erosion control, install extruded curb, guardrail, permanent signing, install pedestrian tunnel illumination and cement concrete floor overlay traffic control and other work for WSDOT. Contact: Jerry Moore, PE.@ (360) 457-2575 Cl Lower Campus Sitework - $820,000 Clearing, excavation, installation of utilities, drainage, pavement, retaining walls, landscaping and exterior flatwork, stairs and curb at the new tribal Dental Clinic for the Jamestown S'Klallam Tribe. Contact. Annette Nesse. @ (360) 681-4620 o Sequim Downtown Rural Economic Development Project - $530,000 Installation of approximately 16,000 LF of curb & gutter, 6,600 SY of sidewalks, 2,600 SY of approaches and other associated concrete work for Lakeside Industries. Contact. George Peabody@ (360) 452-7803 FAX. 457-7932 . Cl West Spruce Street Water Main - $320,000 Installation of 2,900 linear feet of 8-inch water main and street improvements including roadway pulverization, grading, compaction and asphalt concrete pavement for the City of Sequim. Contact: Jim Bay @ (360) 683-4908 FAX 681-0552 . o Serenity House of Clallam County - $1,025,000 Construction of a 10,000 square foot, single story, wood frame building for a New Adult Shelter for Serenity House of Clallam County. Contact: Cathy Whato @ (360) 452-7224 FAX 452-0806 Protects Completed in 2003 o Maintenance Shop at Quilcene National Fish Hatchery - $900,000 Construction of a cement block maintenance building, including demolition underground utilities, asphalt pavement and shop equipment for US Dept of Fish & Wildlife. Contact. Jim Burby@(503)231-6252 FAX. 231-6847 o Old Olympic Highway & Gasman Road - $1,500,000 Improvement of approximately 1.08 miles of Old Olympic Highway, .25 miles of Gasman Road and 700 feet of turn lanes on SR 101 to include realignment, regarding, widening, drainage, paving and other related work for Clallam County. Contact: Dave Blbler@ (360) 417-2311 FAX: 417-2513 o Westport Shipyards - $500,000 Complete all slabs and foundations for the construction of a new yacht-building facility in Port Angeles for Westport Shipyards as a subcontractor for Fisher Construction. Contact: Dan Powers @ (360) 757-4094 FAX. 757-4005 . o North Olympic SkillslBusiness Center - $500,000 Provide earthwork and utilities, concrete foundation, slabs, curbs & sidewalks for the Port Angeles School District. Contact Jim Jones @ (360) 457-8575 FAX. 457-4649 o Laurel Street Slide Repair - $225,000 Repair slope failure by installing drainage, erosion control and retaining wall for the City of Port Angeles. Contact. GaryKenworthy@(360)417-4800 FAX 417-4709 o North Viking Avenue Utility Improvements - $650,000 Installation of approximately 8,000 LF of 12" ductile water main, including two bores beneath state highways, one 300 LF bore and one 150 LF bore and connection to existing reservoir and to city main for the City ofPoulsbo. Contact: Bill DuffY@ (360) 779-4078 FAX 779-6384 Protects Completed in 2002 o SR 3 Vic Falkner Rd - Unstable Slope - $300,000 The improvement of .13 miles of SR 3 in Kitsap County by clearing and grubbing, excavation and removal of unstable landslide material, quarry spall buttress construction, drainage, shoulder reconstruction, restriping and erosion control for the Washington State DOT. Contact Jerry Moore @ (360) 457-2575 FAX 457-2527 o Irondale Road Improvements - $1,075,000 . . Increase paved road shoulder, improve drainage facilities, upgrade water distribution systems, including Hilfiker wall, rockeries, asphalt paving, planting, and 8" water line for Jefferson County. Contact. Monte Reinders @(360) 385-9242 FAX. 385-9172 a Olympic Discovery Trail - $650,000 Construction of a 3.2 mile, 10' wide asphalt concrete pavement pedestrian trail including unit pavers, specialty sign installation, landscaping, retaining walls, curb & gutter, storm drainage and culvert installation for the City of Sequim. Contact: Jim Bay @ (360) 683-4908 FAX. 681-0552 a Beach Resort Phase 11- $1,500,000 Construction of ten cabins and one icehouse, including all site work and utilities for the Quileute Indian Tribe in LaPush. Contact. Anna Parris @ (360) 374-6163 FAX: 374-6311 a Francis Street Park Improvements - $425,000 Construction of improvements including but not limited to clearing and grubbing, excavation, site preparation, landscaping, demolition, utilities, paving, drainage and lighting for the City of Port Angeles. Contact: Gary Kenworthy@ (360) 417-4800 FAX. 417-4709 a Neah Bay Middle School & Gym - $1,900,000 Construction of a new Middle School & Gym in Neah Bay for the Cape Flattery School District. Contact. Mike Gentry, Architect @ (360) 457-7550 FAX 457-2929 . a F Street Hastings Street to Blaine Street - $2,000,000 The improvement of F Street and Discovery Road by grading, construction rock retaining walls, storm sewer, sanitary sewer, water mains and service connections, surfacing, paving, curb & gutter, sidewalks, lane markings, signing, installing crosswalk protection system, landscaping & other work for City of Port Townsend. Contact Dave Peterson @ (360) 385-9160 FAX 385-9172 a Port Ludlow Fire Station - $1,150,000 Construction of a new fire station of approximately 10, 140SF and all site development of approximately .77 acres, including grading and utilities for Jefferson County Fire Protection District. Contact. Arlene @ (360) 437-2899 FAX 437-0117 Proiects Completed in 2001 a Pool Addition to the Ray Williamson Memorial Swimming Pool - $4,750,000 Addition of new swimming pool to an existing swimming pool for Bainbridge Island Parks & Recreation District. Contact: John Hartsock @ (503) 780-4806 FAX: 658-3395 a Downtown Water Main & Sidewalks Phase II - $1,300,000 Installation of utilities and sidewalks for the City of Port Angeles. Contact: Gary Kenworthy @ (360) 417-4800 FAX: 417-4709 a Building 502 Improvements - $275,000 . . Renovation of existing building including demolition, new walks, entry canopy, utilities and interior renovations at Fort Worden for the Washington State Parks & Recreation Commission. Rob Kirkwood@ (253) 931-3904 FAX: (253) 931-3963 . . Primo c.ctlon, Inc 970 Car Road Sequlm 98382 EQUIPM. LIST /-lem II as of JaW007 UNIT # COMMON NAME YEAR MAKE SERIAL NUMBER COLOR EST VALUE IMODEL LICENSE # 1 CHUCK'S TRUCK, aeel 124 2007 DODGE 1 D7HU18297S117308 SILVER 40K 2500 2 GREG'S TRUCK, aeel 125 2004 FORO 1FTPX14514NA22006 REO 35K F-150 A71311R 3 JIM'S TRUCK, aeel 126 2006 GMC 1GTHK29U46E129966 GREY MET 40K SIERRA2500 A34219Y 4 5 1 6 7 ZX200 EXCAVATOR (83 H P) 2002 HITACHI 1G6P100221 ORANGE ZX200 N/A 8 200-5 EXCAVATOR (83 H P) 1996 HITACHI 14M70059 EX200-5 N/A 9 200LC JOHN DEERE EXCAVATOR 2005 JOHN DEERE FF200CX507162 YELLOW N/A 10 650 DOZER (90 H P) JOHN DEERE T0650HX885940 YELLOW 1650H L T N/A 11 T AMPO ROLLER (110HP) 1980 TAMPO 2100546A WHITE $25,600 RS28D COMPACTOR N/A 12 TEREX ROLLER (99 H P) 2005? TEREX SLBRR230E406CZ016 SP2008PDR N/A 13 JOHN DEERE BACKHOE (76H P) 2000 JOHN DEERE T0310EX884084 YELLOW $37.500 310E BACKHOE LOADER N/A 14 Big Grader (205 H P) 199? Champion 1103 X028015X 720 A VHP N/A 15 THE SWEEPER (80 H P) ? LAYMOR 27969011 $1.500 LAMOR 8 C N/A 16 450 DOZER (70H P) 2005 JOHGN DEERE T0450JX127544 YELLOW 450J N/A 17 SITEMASTER, with AlC (92 H P) JCB 214S 901752 YELLOW 214S SERIES "3" 4X4X4 N/A 18 SITEMASTER (92HP) 1999 JCB 483669 YELLOW 1214s Senes "3" 4x4x4 N/A 19 KOBELCO (87 5 H P) 1990 KOBELCO YF01424 ORANGE/BLUE 905 MKII EXCAVATOR N/A 20 LITTLE GRADER (18 H P) 1979 BASIC 601A-7705114 YELLOW $5.000 GRADER N/A 21 BOBCAT (21 5 H P) MELROE 24803 WHITE $6,500 BOBCAT 543 LOADER N/A 22 WASH DECK, 2 DECK SCREEN N/A 22A THREE DECK SCREEN BARBER GREENE N/A 23 GRADER CHAMPION 605T-159-7572 GREEN 645 GRADER N/A 24 POWER CURBER 1997 POWER CURBER 57B0997869 GREY 5700B N/A 25 YARD FORKLIFT TOWMOTOR 6412 YELLOW S-12 N/A 26 THE SCREEN 1987 CHIEFTAN 5000297 POWER SCREEN N/A 27 LOADER 1969 CAT 76J2950 YELLOW $36.000 966C WHEEL LOADER N/A 28 ROCK CRUSHER CEDAR RAPIDS N/A 29 2 TON 1976 CHEVY CCE616V124920 WHITE C60 FLATBED 2 TON A61926N 30 CHEVY DUMP 1 TON 1979 CHEVY CCS339J108808 GREEN 1 TON FLATBED DUMP A81495F 31 FORKLIFT, GEHL (115HP) GEHL 8H44JP0930247 DL8H N1A 32 CHEVY DUMP 1972 CHEVY CME632V148246 WHITE 10 YARD DUMP 86521X 33 GENIE MANlIFT (63 H P ) 1974 GENIE S-60-619 BLUE $28,158 S-60 N/A 34 SKY TRAK FORKLIFT (110HP) SKY TRAK 10360 ORANGE 45KI8402 N/A 35 PIPE VAN 1977 CHEVROLET CPL3273322371 WHT/BRGDY $5,000 STEP VAN 1 TON AOOO69K 36 CONCRETE VAN 1978 GMC TGR3380509050 WHITE 1 TON VAN A35964G 37 38 WATER TRUCK. RED MACK (265 H P) 1979 MACK 79RSK600823GL RED DUMP TRUCK A62088U 39 FORD 1 TON 1967 FORD F35YKA45102 GREEN 1 TON FLATBED PICKUP A67942G 40 BLUE MACK DUMP TRUCK (350 H P ) 1973 MACK RL795LST15092 BLUE DUMP TRUCK A69430E 41 WILLIE'S DUMP TRUCK 1997 MACK 1M2P270COVM032549 WHITE RD 688S A70517R 42 BILL'S DUMP TRUCK 1997 MACK 1 M2P270C9VM032551 WHITE RD 688S? A61830U 43 BLUE & WHITE DUMP TRUCK (350 H P) 1980 MACK RWS766LST50689 BLUEIWHITE DUMP TRUCK 51426U 44 TOM'S TRUCK (400 H P.) 1988 KENWORTH 1XKDDR9X3JS516213 WHITE DUMP TRUCK A37693B 45 PAT'S TRUCK (450 H P) (1989?) 1990 PETERBUIL T 1XPCDB9X6LD290849 RED DUMP TRUCK "377" A37112X 46 WATER TRUCK 1979 CHEVY C17DB9V142186 MAROON C-70 TANK A91783C 47 2 AXLE PUP TRAILER 1978 LYNN L TE10781862 IPUP TRAILER 5209LW 48 2 AXLE PUP TRAILER 1957 PIERCEILUFKfN 2639 PUP TRAILER 6014LU 49 2 AXLE PUP TRAILER 1979 FRUEHAUF FRW753701 PUP TRAILER 7371 LI ,50 WILLIE'S 3 AXLE PUP 1989 PEERLESS 1PLW0443XKT7970 GREY 3 AXLE PUP TRAILER 4506-RA 51 BILL'S 3 AXLE PUP 1997 BEAL 1BN1P1530VK111810 GREY 3 AXLE PUP TRAILER 4505-RA 52 PAT'S 3 AXLE PUP SEAL? ALUMINIUM 3 AXLE PUP TRAILER 6231-SE Pnmo C~tructlon, Inc 970 Ca Road SeqUlm 98382 EQUIPM. LIST as of Jatt2007 UNIT # COMMON NAME YEAR MAKE SERIAL NUMBER COLOR EST VALUE IMODEL LICENSE # 53 54 Concrete saw trailer 1973 DITCHWITCH 10361 YELLOW TRAILER 7610PC 55 BOBCAT TRAILER 1993 CPSP 1 C9F16200PH399022 BLACK $1,500 UTILITY TRAILER 0784MH 56 3 AXLE TILT EQUIPMENT TRAILER 1993 LIMBO 1 L9TU3633P1165009 TILT TRAILER 8548SQ 57 58 JOB TRAILER, CARGO 2004 INTERSTATE 4RACS12234N031938 WHITE CARGO TRAILER 6745R-T 59 I 60 61 62 SMALL 2 AXLE TILT 2005 BULLDOG 4RJTHT182351102008 BLACK 718HT FLAT BED TILT 5183-RY 63 SMALL 3 AXLE, (AT JIM'S NOT IN USE) 1971 DITCHWITCH EEI7113 YELLOW 3 AXLE EQUIPMENT TRAILER 7603NF 64 SMALL 2 AXLE 1973 HOMEMADE W1173401717 WHITE 2 AXLE GRADER TRAILER 7394PC 65 JOB TRAILER, CARGO 1976 HOMEMADE WA7432568 WHITE SAW TRAILER 7602NF 66 2 AXLE TILT, EQUIPMENT TRAILER 1990 TRAILMAX 1G9KS3120LA065973 WHITE/BROWN TIL T TRAILER 4752KD 67 LRG 3 AXLE NO TILT 1984 HOMEMADE WA7891391 WHITE 3 AXLE TRAILER 0700PT 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 I 75 76 77 78 79 80 GMC <PARTING OUT> 1984 GMC 2GTGC24J9E1509813 SIL VER/MARRON 3/4 TON PICK UP TRUCK A26463K 81 SOLD SEP '06 1983 FORD 1 FDKE30L8DHA60245 WHITE AMBULANCE A34781Y 82 ROLAND'S TRUCK 2006 GMC 1GTEC14X96Z135542 WHITE C-15703 (1/2 TON PICK-UP) A34152Y 83 GALE'S TRUCK (OLD # 3) 1996 FORD 2FTHF26GXTCA44649 WHITE N/A F2504X4 A40159W 84 STEVE'S TRUCK 2006 GMC 1 GTEC14X66Z135529 WHITE C-1500 (1/2 TON PICK-UP) A34150Y 85 JERRY'S TRUCK 2005 GMC 1GTEC14X45Z195498 BLUE C-1500 (1/2 TON PICK-UP) A34151Y 86 Spare pick-up, Chev utility box 1978 CHEVY CCL238Z102444 GREEN UTILITY 3/4 TON A71652L 87 ChriS' Truck 1995 FORD 1FDLF47G6SEA607330 WHITE $13,208 UTILITY F-SUPEROUTY (F-450) A51772Z 88 DALE'S TRUCK 1987 CHEVY 1 GTGR24J4HJ51 0604 WHITE UTILITY 3/4 TON B34675B 89 MARK'S TRUCK 1988 CHEVY 1GBHR34J5KJ109911 WHITE UTILITY 1 TON A33988Y 90 SPARE S-10 1998 CHEV 1 GCCS1446WK2407088? BLUE S-10 A71657Z 91 SIGN TRUCK 1998 CHEV 1 GCCS1445WK238773 PUCE S-10 A71658Z 92 Mazda Pick-up 1993 Mazda JM2UF113P0377426 Red B-2200 A71155Z 93 SPARE UTILITY TRUCK 1989 FORD 1FTJX35G7KKA34791 MUSTARDITAN IF-350 A81109F 94 Pete's Truck 1998 Chev 1 GBC24R6WE 198481 WHITE 3/4 TON UTILITY BOX A70353R 95 LID'S TRUCK 1996 FORD 1 FDLF47G5TEA86298 WHITE 1 TON SUPER DUTY UTILITY BOX A70654R 96 Denms Truck 1997 CHEV 1 GBHK33R2VF050450 RED 3500 4X4 CREW CAB A18690 97 Lance Truck 2000 Ford 1FDXF46F9YEA92185 WHITE F-450 SUPER DUTY A46120U 98 Roy's Truck 2001 CHEV 3GBKC34G31M102498 WHITE 3500 HD A07433K 99 TRENCH SHIRO, HYDRAULIC SPEED SHIELD 92-6272 SS-6X6-S-46 N/A 100 AIR COMPRESSOR, TRAILER 1979 RAND 111095U79901 BROWN COMPRESSOR P-100-W-W 6336NI 101 CONCRETE SAW EDCO 1168 TAN 5B-24-35 N/A 102 GENERATORS, PORTABLE GENERATOR N/A 102-1 GENERATOR, PORTABLE, 5000 WATT GENERAC 6189486 BLACK 01140-0 (10hp Tecumsa engine) 102-4 GENERATOR, PORTABLE, 3 8 KW POWR-QUIP P0217092 G38MG0750RD N/A 102-5 GENERATOR, PORTABLE, 75 KW POWR-QUIP P0318237 BLACK I GV75MG1300TP N/A " Pnmo c~ructlon, Inc 970 Ca Road Sequlm 98382 EQUIP. LIST as of Ja.2007 UNIT# COMMON NAME YEAR MAKE SERIAL NUMBER COLOR EST VALUE IMODEL LICENSE # 102-6 GENERATOR, PORTABLE, 751<W POWR-QUIP P0318304 BLACK I GV75MG1300TP N/A 102-7 GENERATOR, PORTABLE, 5 51<W COLEMAN 90600142 BLACK PM052500 N/A 103 MAGIC SCREED 2006 MAGIC SCREED/ALLEN ENG 2332578 (HONDA ENGINE) CHROME/RED $2,200 HD5050 (ENGINE GX31SCMS) N/A 104 SOFT CUT SAW, GAS POWERED 2003 SOFT CUT 1000 RED X-400 N/A 105 CUT-OFFIDISASTER SAWS, GAS POWERED N/A CUT-OFF SAW, BOB REICK 2005 STIHL 164061839 TS-400 12 INCH N/A CUT-OFF SAW. LID 2005 HUSKY 51100164 371K 375K N/A CUT-OFF SAW, PETE N 2005 HUSKY 51100165 371 K 375K N/A CUT-OFF SAW, ROLAND 2003 STIHL 130763424 I TS460 N/A CUT-OFF SAW, BILL G (FEB 03) ??? STIHL 112552181 TS350 N/A CUT -OFF SAW, MIKE Y NOV 05 STIHL 161981141 TS400 N/A 106 POWER TROWELS MISC N/A POWER TROWEL 34 INCH WHITEMAN J424270 GX 160 GC02-323815 N/A POWER TROWEL 43 INCH WHITEMAN GX 240 GC04-1371235 N/A POWER TROWEL 43 INCH WHITEMAN GX 340 GC05-2219751 N/A POWERTROWEL 48 INCH WHITEMAN HD48-4-615 G 400-1414119 N/A 107 PLATE COMPACTORS, WALK BEHIND MBW I MBW AP3000H N/A PLATE COMPACTOR 2002 MIKASA EG1305662 ORANGE $1,500 MVC-77 N/A PLATE COMPACTOR 2004 MIKASA CC 1311418 ORANGE $1,500 MVC-77 N/A 108 TRASH PUMP 3" DIAPHRAM MQ 2877401 W1-145 SPEC 800476 N/A 31NCH WATER PUMP POWR-QUIP 13040322285 33 ROBIN ENGINE EY28 N/A 108-3 3 Inch Pump 2005 MUL TIQUIP (HONDA ENGINE 3TH5292 (ENGINE SER GCAKK BLACK/RED QP-3TH (ENGINE GX-240) N/A 109 RIDING POWER TROWEL 2002 ALLEN ENGINEERING 1200402021 RED PRO 1200 N/A 110 JOB TRAILER, OFFICE 1990 EVERGREEN 290-146 8X24C COMBO 101436 111 PLATE COMPACTOR MBW HONDA ENGINE GX16C (232DX?) ENG GC02-5288425 C-4A GROUNDERPOUNDER N/A 112 HYDRAULIC CONCRETE SAW ICS A1032 MUL TIPACK N/A 113 HYDROSTATIC TEST PUMP 2004 RICE HYDRO INC 20735 RED RP-2C N/A 114 115 SCAFFOLDING N/A 116 MANLlFT SKYWITCH 3003 7622 SPE N/A 117 118 119 120 JOB TRAILER, OFFICE 1979 Evergreen 676109 White Office 6950PC 121 JOB TRAILER, OFFICE EVERGREEN? EVG-03457 (1090-120) $5,683 OFFICE 336253 122 123 124 125 LASERS & ACESSORIES DIALGRADE 6000 1250 HIGH POWER N/A LASER LEVEL LINE LEVEUMOUNT 9701249/2135 1212/7050 N/A LASER PLANE LASERPLANE/EYE 26819/17826 350/1175 N/A SPINNING LASER LASER LEVEUEYE 945-U/1077 N/A LASER PLANE TRIMBLE 43741 LC500C N/A 126 127 128 129 130 131 ELECTRIC CONCRETE SAW (7.5 HP) 2005 DIAMOND PRODUCTS 1278340 WHITE CORE CUT - CC1800 N/A 132 SOFT CUT SAWS SOFF-CUT 5044 310 N/A 133 134 TRENCH PLATES N/A Primo Clructlon, Inc 970 Ca 9 Road SeqUlm 98382 EQUIP. LIST as of J.2007 UNIT# COMMON NAME YEAR MAKE SERIAL NUMBER COLOR EST VALUE IMODEL LICENSE # 135 TRENCHSHIELD 108278 EPI8X16XLDF N/A 136 CORE DRILL N/A 137 POWER SCREED N/A 138 COMPACTORS HYDRAULIC, ATT A TCHMENT I N/A 139 I 140 141 JUMPING JACKS MIKASA D 1096 MTR-55 N/A JUMPING JACK RAMMER D1111 MQMT75HS N/A 142 143 PRESSURE WASHER, SHOP HYDROTEK 991676 STAINLESS STEEL HP10004-E3 N/A 144 BUNKER AT PIT SHOP BUILT I CONVEYOR/LOADER N/A 145 BEDDING BOX W/AXLE ORANGE N/A 146 LAYTON BOX LAYTON GREY H500B N/A 147 I 148 I 149 I 150 PIT SCALES N/A 151 152 153 154 155 Portable Air Compressors N/A 99? Powermale Red $235 N/A 2002 Powermale A01513276 Red $235 CL0502712 N/A 2002 Portercable 199702124 Red $235 CF2600 N/A 156 157 PORTABLE WELDER, ChriS 2006 Lincoln U1051017936 Red $2,500 Ranger 10,000 N/A 158 BELT GRINDER, SHOP EllS 60BG 3155 GREY $900 6000 N/A 159 IRON WORKER 2003 SCOTCHMAN 1153K1203 GREY $9,000 5014-TM N/A 160 PORTABLE HEATER INDUSTRIAL COMMERCIAL E 1100265 RED/GREY OHV-500 N/A 161 Engine lift Ramco 15449 Grey $600 RH5000 N/A 162 AIR COMPRESSOR, SHOP SULLY 032-00256 GREEN $900 ST-23 N/A 163 PORTABLE WELDER, MARK'S MILLER KH346252 BLUE $4,000 N/A 164 Band Saw Shop Ramco 5598 Grey $800 RS-90P N/A 165 Drill Press 2003 Jet 3090131 Black/Ian $2,800 JDP-20EVS/230 N/A 166 PRESSURE WASHER, PORTABLE GAS POWERED NORTHST AR 157198079508511 157198E N/A 167 PORTABLE WELDER, Pele A 1993? MILLER KB044369 BLUE $3,500 LEGEND AE AD 200LE N/A 168 SHOP PRESS RAMCO 5170 GREY $800 RP30 N/A Shop Press Carolina (50 Ton) 80355 Green $250 CPB-1200 N/A Shop Press Nugler (40 Ton) 5755017 Orange $950 H407 N/A 169 WIRE FEED WELDER MILLER KF8983 BLUE $3,500 MILLER MATIC 250 N/A 170 WASTE OIL BURNER CLEAN BURN 955453 RED CB1400 N/A 12 SMALL CAT - SOLD- (83 H P) 1994 JOHN DEERE T0550GH796617 YELLOW 550G CRAWLER DOZER N/A 16 THE 555 -SOLD- 1981 FORD C647605 YELLOW 1555 TRACTOR-LOADER BACKHOE N/A . . . LISTING OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS Prepared In compliance with RCW 39 30060 as amended To Be Submitted with the Bid Proposal Project Name: Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor, Project 05-30 Failure to list subcontractors who are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW will result in your bid being non-responsive and therefore void. Subcontractor(s) that are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW must be listed below the subcontractor(s) name. If no subcontractor is listed below, the bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any subcontractor to perform those items of work. Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed .5C)\.r(\~-4s 0~+ ~~0 -\--\\fl'\C-. Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed f\) fA - -Ptu~b-t0~ Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed -L~~~~ f~~~(\-nrlC ' 910, '(( ~ Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed v.p. PW 0407_01 PartO 1 [Revised 04/06] 1- 8 Page 15 ProVided to BUilders Exchange of WA, Inc For usage Conditions Agreement see WW'N bxwa com . . . REVISED BID -FORM Page 1 of 6 Honorable Mayor and City Council Port Angeles City Hall 321 East Fifth Street Port Angeles, W A 98362 BIDDER:~Ylm() C.o{\:)kc:tl'f0tj'~V\<:' REGISTRATION NO.:,?tZ:LKOC'.L \:"6 Pi- DATE: \ 'dtJ -0"1- UBI NUMBER: loCl\ O&C{ 'B q X- The undersigned, hereinafter called the bidder, declares that the only person(s) interested in this bid are those named herein; that the bid is in all respects fair and without fraud; and that it is made without any connection or collusion with any other person making a bid on this project. The bidder further declares that it has carefully examined the plan, specifications, and contract documents, hereinafter referred to as the Project Manual, forthe construction of the proposed project improvement(s); that it has personally inspected the 8ite(s); that it has satisfied itself as to the types and quantities of materials, the types of equipment, the conditions of the work involved, including the fact that the description of and the quantities of work and materials, the types of equipment, the conditions of and the work involved as included herein, are brief and are intended only to indicate the general nature of the work and to identify the said quantities with the corresponding requirements of the Project Manual; and that this bid is made in accordance with the provisions and the terms of the Contract included in the Project Manual. The bidder further agrees that it has exercised its own judgment regarding the interpretation of surface information and has utilized all data which it believes is pertinent from the City Engineer, hereinafter also referred to as the City or Owner, and such other source of information as it determined necessary in arriving at its conclusion. The bidder further certifies that the subcontracting firms or businesses submitted on the LISTING OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS will be awarded subcontracts for the described portions of the work: If the bidder is awarded a construction contract on this bid, the name and address of the surety who will provide the performance bond is: \.)0-~ (\ () , () (\,:) \ V\ n 1'\ C' Q Surety 5OL\f-~ 'V \~ 'LO-..... ('")((('1 t-\--\ !l.. l \'A)'f\ . C1<6 t lS' '5 Surety address ~1a.('u( ~')( LLG.'5~?)lG, f 15 ~()S Surety Contact and Phone umber CO'6b-~cc'" 1-\ ~T }j()m'tG.)(,,~+ Agent \ c::x:::::> \ L\'-I:!:1 A-\fe.1 0wk i aoo 6..Qaj::tL~ l l DR . cn~J\~ij Agent Address Q-tC')[f. Vn \ ffif' r (ON) )L\-dd.4110 Agent Contact and Phone Number I -9R Page 6 Pr~\II""Clrl t" RllIlrlorc i='v,....h-::l nriO f"'If \AI ^ I nr- ~(,,'\r I 1C'-:lriO r'r\nrllflr\nC' firtrQornon+ C:::AA \^^^^^' hy\^,~ ('nm REVISED BID FORM Page 2 of 6 . Base Bid: Item Estimated Unit Price Extended No. Sec No. Description ofItem Quantitv Units (Fhzures) Amount 1 1-05 ConstructIon Surveying 1 Lump $ $ Sum 1:1 )../ ::l.,(). 00 i d. J-f60, 00 2 1-07 Temporary Water Pollution / 1 Lump $ $ Erosion Control Sum i !}:;2 J.i () . 0\) /{). jJ../O,OD 3 1-07 Induction Loop Repair 10 Each $ ~550. <Il) $ C13, 5 (X) ?O 4 1-07 Force Account - Traffic Signal 1 F.A. $10,000. $10,000. RepaIr 5 1-09 MobilIzatIon 1 Lump $ $ Sum t~q :J54' o~ I Aq :1f)4. 00 I . , 6 1-10 Project Temporary Traffic 1 Lump $ $ Control Sum ~~ lol-D,OD d+ I ('JI() ,()() 71 2-01 Cleanng and Grubbing , I Lump $ $ 1 I I - Sum \ '-\ q 4D.t>O \'-i,qL\D.OO I 8 2-02 Monitonng Well 1 Lump $ $ Abandonment Sum , 5l:::O. 00 150.6.0\) 9 2-03 UnSUItable Foundation 2,000 CubIc $ $ ExcavatIon Incl. Haul Yards '~.~5 <1W-.~Ob 10 2-09 Structure Excavation Class B 16,500 CUbIC $ $ Incl. Haul Yards '-f.:25 'lO,1 JS.DO 11 2-09 Shoring or Extra Excavation 131,000 Square $ $ Class B Feet (5D ~J1 '?-It:.(). uD 12 2-09 Gravel Backfill 7,200 CUbIC $ $ Yards '8.00 51- '('lCX:> at 13 2-09 Controlled Density FIll (CDF) 3,700 CUbIC $ ,,+y .30 $ Yards d I~V-\. ot I D ~ 14 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Base 2,030 Tons $ 1i-.l.\CS $ Course 35,4:23.50 15 4-04 Crushed Surfacmg Top Course 1,260 Tons $ , 1--. q~ $ c2Q, lo I :t GO 16 5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) CL 1,125 Tons $cQJ.4 y, tkO $ \1:/', PG 64-22 ~':tq,lo l'5~:> 17 5-04 Asphalt Cold Patch MIX 1,125 Tons $ +lo . Lx 0 $ ogle I ::t~.<.1t> 18 7-05 Manhole 48 In. Dlam., Type 1 45 Each $ d.ff'{) .00 $ J:21500~ 19 7-05 Manhole Additional Height 48 10 Lmear $ $ In. Diam. Type 1 Feet 3:1..1., Vi) 3380,0\) 20 7-05 Manhole 54 In. Diam., Type 1 4 Each $ 3tt:D.U\J $ I:J. tf:j), e5'U 21 7-05 Manhole Additional Height 54 50 Linear $ $,,-/ 00 In. Dtam. Type 1 Feet ;{Q5. Oi) d ,(~O, 22 7-17 PVC Samtary Sewer PIpe, 8 1,245 Lmear $ 40. '15 $ In. Diam. Feet :5011:33 ~5 . . . I -lOR Page 7 0...,.,\ ".....1.........4 fi""\ D,..I.....1l'"\rr C:vr-h"nrto .......f '^' 8. In,... i=f"'Ir IIC:'::lr1A r(lnrilflnnc::. Ann:::apmpnt SRe VVV\f\N bxwa com . . . Page 8 REVISED BID FORM Page 3 of 6 Item No. Sec No. Description ofItem 23 7-17 PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 10 In. Dlam. 24 7 -17 PVC Samtary Sewer Pipe, 12 In. Diam. 25 7 -17 PVC Sanitary Sewer PIpe, 15 In. Diam. 26 7 -17 PVC Samtary Sewer Pipe, 20 In. DIam. 27 7-17 HDPESanitarySewerPipe,16 In. DIam. 28 7-17 HDPE Sanitary Sewer Forcemain, 10 In. Diam. 29 7-17 Testing Sewer PIpe 30 8-i4 I Cement Concrete Sidewalk 31 8-32 Sewage Pump Station 12 and Accessories 32 8-32 Sewage Pump Station 13 and Accessones 33 8-32 Sewage Pump Statton AddltioIla1 Control System PrOgramming 34 7-18 Side Sewer Estimated Quantity 7,140 3,800 2,710 60 300 6,345 21,537 450 1 1 300 150 Extended Amount Unit Price U nits (Figures) Linear $ $ Feet .l\ J.-i . J..5 ,,~ 15 q 4 :;.0 Lmear $ 1,4 $ Feet 31o. ""'to l ~'X 9,:J. D.Ub Linear $ $ Feet Lj 1.00 J /I,ll 0.00 Linear $ $ Feet lal.P.OO Jq [PO.DO Lmear $ $ Feet 021 \ .55 1...03 J-j{y5. CO Lmear $ $ Feet 3le.,5 ;lo311o.~ Lmear $ $ Feet ; 5-0 101 llJ;~.Sc I ~~:: 1$ 3 r. IS- I $;11d'7.501 I Lump $ """',,$ .L Sum ~ 131~~ ~13 <g;)g. ytp Lump ~ t~ $ Sum C\ 1'\ I~LO~ Cl.lJ ,570,(.1) Hours $ $ \ \0.00 Linear Feet $ ~ (g . :2-5 33jOOD.cJf!:> $ J(),Q37. 50 $ L\J)()lotto;)5 ,3lc :!l 31- ~)3loJf)51, $ l\\~~l \q~ ./3 Base Bid Subtotal Sales Tax (8.4%) $ Total Base Bid 1- llR r- _ L _ _ _ _ _~ \ ^ I ^ I~ ~ r......,.. ,........................ I"'.....nrl.h.....nc- 8.f"'1rOCrYlcnt C:;;PfO \^^MN h)(\N:=! ("om . . . REVISED BID FORM Page 4 of 6 Add Alternate 1 - Myrtle Street Sewer: Item Estimated Unit Price Extended No. See No. DescriDtion of Item Quantity Units (Fi!!ures) Amount 1 1-05 Construction Surveying 1 Lump $ $ Sum loCO. CJU 16roYV 2 1-07 Temporary Water Pollution / 1 Lump $ $ EroSIOn Control Sum 3C:CD.oo J{)t;O yo 3 1-09 MobIlization 1 Lump $ $ Sum 3QCO.o,:> 3QCO.vD I 4 1-10 Project Temporary Traffic 1 Lump $ .L(CCO .00 $ Control Sum 4cco ,uD 5 2-01 Clearing and Grubbmg 1 Lump $ $ Sum ICCO.oO I toO ,(/0 6 2-03 Unsuitable Foundation 500 Cubic $ 1(2.;).5 $ Excavation fuel. Haul Yards &/cZ5 lID I 71 2-09 I Structure Excavation Class B I 1$ I I 1,350 Cubic 1$ .L/- :2-5 I Incl. Haul Yards 573(, S"D 8 2-09 Shonng or Extra ExcavatIOn 11,500 Square $ q; Class B Feet /3D , ,>--::y..) Sb yt) 9 2-09 Gravel Backfill 970 Cubic $ $ Yards g.DD ,'lloD .cJb 10 4-04 Crushed Surfacmg Base Course 74 Tons $ /1-.1-/5 $ /:2Cj /.30 11 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Top Course 37 Tons $ (-:t-. q5 $ Lol..u ~ .J'3 12 5-04 Hot MIX Asphalt (HMA) CL 41 Tons $ $ (p lf2", PG 64-22 dJ--t ~.L9-D \D,lCl~. , $ 4100~ 13 5-04 Asphalt Cold Patch Mix 41 Tons $ i 00. 00 14 7-05 Manhole 48 fu. Diam., Type 1 4 Each $Ol1CO DO $ /0/ 6CO.dO 15 7-17 PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 8 In. 1,631 Lmear $ $ Diam. Feet 3f,50 /.p~1 7Q(j.S 16 7-17 HDD HDPE Sanitary Sewer 403 Linear $ ~~,5O $ PIpe 8 fu. Diam. Feet 1D4 Il5 ~ I . 17 7-17 Testing Sewer PIpe 2,034 Linear $ /.00 $ Feet d~_CiD . o Add Alternate 1 Subtotal $ ;)?:>d ,5~3,~S I $ I~ I 5"?) \ I g8 $ a5~,():-J5.53 Sales Tax (8.4%) Total Add Alternate 1 1- 12R Page 9 .......__ _1_-..1....._ r'I '_1___ r- _1-___ _ _.&\^I^ t......... r-... .,.-.""''''''...... 0............,...."...',.."ni"'" ^rirOCrYloni- CPO \^^^^^' hY\M~ rnm . . . Page 10 REVISED BID FORM P age 5 of 6 Add Alternate 2 - Fiber ConduitlTelecommunications Conduit Installation by Others: Item No. 1 Estimated Quanti 13,900 Unit Price Extended Amount $ J 3 ,goo. OD Units mear eet $ 1.00 Add Alternate 2 Subtotal $ \3,QO().00 $ '\ I \ l QI , uO $ 1:=),Olo':f.l.PO Sales Tax (8.4%) Total Add Alternate 2 Bid Preference Summary Preference 1: (Base Bid + Add Alternate 1 + Add Total Preference 1 I $ Y I LD t D, 3 \S. 15' ~ Alternate 2) Preference 2: (Base Bid + Add Alternate 1) T etal Preference 2 $ J-\ ,5 <15, J. 4~, ~ l" Preference 3: (Base Bid + Add Alternate 2) T eta I Preference 3 $1i,35~ JW.3~ Preference 4: Base Bid T eta I Preference 4 $ .Lj13~3J\Cj<9:13 I - 13 R _ ,.... ~ _ _I 1. _ _ _ A ___ __ ~_~ "....,...,..., IAn""'" h'V"l~{'""), .....r-.m . . . Page 11 REVISED BID FORM Page 6 of 6 ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGMENT The bidder hereby acknowledges that it has received Addenda No(s). J I d . ~ to this Project Manual. The name of the bidder submitting this bid and its business'phone number and address, to which address all communications concerned with this bid and with the Contract shall be sent, are listed below. Bidder's firm name7" ~ m tJ C/t)'(l::):\-VIA C*", ()Y1\ l ()VlC Complete address W~. q~3~~ (ZIp) Telephone No. Signed by Title y; ('.9-.. V -re. :'\\ ClLrU- Printed Name: Notes: (1) If the bidder is a partnership, so state, giving firm name under which business is transacted. (2) If the bidder is a corporation, this bid must be executed by its duly authorized officials. 1- 14R _ _ _ r"_ _-I L _ __ ^__...-........-.............. ~o.o. '^"^^^' hV\A1~ """m . . . BID SECURITY TRANSMITTAL FORM Herewith find deposit in the form of a cashier's check, postal money order or other security In lieu of a bid bon in the amount of $ . which amount is not less tt- five (5%) percent of the total bid SIGN HERE BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: Safeco Insurance That we, Prim Construction, Inc. as Principal and Carpany of Arrerica as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF PORT ANGELES as Obligee, in the penal sum of Five Percent (5%) of the Total J.l.r.nunt Bid Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jcintly and several by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the PrinCipal for- PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER INTERCEPTOR PROJECT 05.30 according to the terms of the bid made by the Principal, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said bid and award and shall give bond for the falthfL performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or If the Principal shall, in case of failurE so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified In the advertisement for bids, thF.m this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise It shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Suret s/;311 forthWIth pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of thiS bond. 9th day of January ,20~ Primo By: p.....~ nr.c,paf V.p. Kibble & Prentice, a USI Company Agent 601 Union Street, Suite 1000 Safeco Insurance Company of America Surety BY:~U.~ Safeco Plaza Seattle, WA 98185 Surety address Jane Fox (206) 473-3788 Seattle, WA 98101-4064 Agent Address Mary A. Dobbs (206) 695-3104 Agent Contact and Phone Number Surety Contact and Phone Number Dated. Received return of deposit in the sum of $ J'W (J.Hn. (J I r"nO J rRC\'!',Ld (J.l/Oh; J . 1-' FlJ S A FEe O. . POWER OF A TIORNEY SAFE CO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA HOME OFFICE' SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98185 No. 1045 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint ....................MARy A DOBBS; STEVEN W. PALMER, DAVID J FORSYTH, HOLLY E ULFERS, Seattle WashIngton..................... its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character Issued in the course of Its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents this 30th day of April , 2004 ~k fA<-~\cA-.. MIKE MCGAVlCK, PRESIDENT CHRISTINE MEAD, SECRETARY CERTIFICATE Extract from the By-Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the PreSident, any Vice PreSident, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice PreSIdent appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operatrons, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys-In-fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any instrument making or evidenCing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority .r on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, wever, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL ,INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (i) The proviSions of Article V, Section 13 of the By-Laws, and (ii) A copy of the power-of-attomey appOintment, executed pursuant thereto, and (Iii) Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." I, Christine Mead, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By-Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By-Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attomey are still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the faCSimile seal of said corporation 9d day of ~ t/ ,C:< tzJ7 . thiS . CHRISTINE MEAD, SECRETARY S-Q974/SAEF 2/01 flI A registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation 05/03/2004 PDF CITY OF PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION PROJECT 05-30 . ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO THE PROJECT MANUAL FOR EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION, PROJECT NO. 05-30 NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS (January 9, 2007) The following changes, additions, and/or deletions are hereby made a part of the Project Manual for the construction of East UGA Sewer Extension dated December 2006 as fully and completely as if the same were fully set forth therein: A. PART I. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS . 1. Advertisement for Bids; page 1 ~3, Replace Paragraph 1 with the following: Sealed bids will be received by the Director of Public Works & Utilities at 321 East Fifth Street, P. O. Box 1150, Port Angeles, Washington 98362, until 2:00pm, Wednesday, January 24, 2007, and not later, and will then and there be opened and publicly read at that time in the City Council Chambers for the construction of the following improvements: 2. Advertisement for Bids; page 1-3, Replace Paragraph 3 with the following: The engineer's estimate for this project is $3.0 million to $4.0 million. The time of completion (performance period) for this Project is 178 working days from the date of Contract Award. /j{JJL~ GLENN A. CUTLER, P.E. Director of Public Works & Utilities This addendum must be acknowledged in the space provided on the Bid Form in the Project Manual when it is submitted to the City with your bid. Failure to do so may result in the bid being rejected as being non-responsive. END OF ADDENDUM . Addendum No. 1 Page 1 of 1 . . . CITY OF PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION PROJECT 05-30 ADDENDUM NO. 2 TO THE PROJECT MANUAL FOR EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION, PROJECT NO. 05-30 NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS (January 16, 2007) The following changes, additions, and/or deletions are hereby made a part of the Project Manual for the construction of East UGA Sewer Extension dated December 2006 as fully and completely as if the same were fully set forth therein: A. PART I. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1. Advertisement for Bids; page 1-3, Paragraph 1, REPLACE the following location for bid opening, "City CouncIl Chambers" with "Public Works Conference Room at City Hall". 2. Advertisement for Bids; page 1-3, Paragraph 3, REPLACE second sentence with the following, "The time of completion (performance period) for this project is by November 1,2007.". 3. Bid Form; pages 1-5 through 1-14, DELETE all pages. REPLACE with the Revised Bid Form, pages 1-5 through 1-14 in Attachment 1 hereto. B. PART III, AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. Section 1-07.24 Rights of Way, page 23 This section is supplemented with the following: "The Contracting Agency has not completed the acquisition of title to the following described properties: · Les Schwab Tire Center, 2527 East Highway 101, Port Angeles, WA 98362. That portion of Parcel "A" within the southeast quarter of Section 12, Township 30 north, Range 6 west, W.M , Clallam County, WA as conveyed and described under Clallam County Auditor's file number 1999-1036904. The affected area of said property is as shown on drawings C-2015, C-2016 and C-2017, approximately between stations 268+05 through 276+65. · K-Mart Center, 3471 East Kolonels Way, Port Angeles, WA 98362. That portion of Lot 5, K-Mart Center, according to the plat thereof recorded in Volume 10 of plats, page 100, being a portion of the Addendum NO.2 Page 1 of 10 CITY OF PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION PROJECT 05-30 i i southeast quarter of the northeast quarter of Section 7 , Township 30 north, Range 5 west, W.M., Clallam County, WA described as the north 72 feet of the east 72 feet of said Lot 5; except therefrom the north 14 feet of said Lot 5. The affected area of said property is a 72 foot x 55 foot area as shown on drawing C-2019. . . Vacant Lots, Vine Street Commercial Partnership, 9999 East Highway 101, Port Angeles, WA 98362. That portion of the southeast quarter of Section 12, Township 30 north, Range 6 west, W.M., Clallam County, WA described as Block 20 of Mallette's Addition to Port Angeles, as per plat thereof recorded in Volume 1 of plats, page 48, records of Clallam County, Washington. Together with those portions of vacated streets and or alleys, abutting said block; also together with Block 1 of B.T. Smith's Addition to Port Angeles, as per plat thereof recorded in Volume 3 of plats, page 7, records of said county; excepting therefrom that portion of said Block 20 and Block 1 lying northeasterly of the "approximate edge of old Lee's Creek Road", easterly of the westerly "right-of-way line of Brooks Avenue" and southerly of the northerly "right-of-way line of US. Highway 101", all as shown on Volume 6 of surveys, page 76, records of said county. The affected area of said property is as shown on drawings C-2018, C-2032 and C-2033, approximately between stations 282+55 through 283+11.20 and stations 168+85.04 through 170+70. . . Vacant Lot, Vine Street Commercial Partnership, 9999 East Highway 101, Port Angeles, WA 98362. That portion of the southeast quarter of Section 12, Township 30 north, Range 6 west, W.M., Clallam County, WA, lying within Lots 2 through 13, inclusive in Block 11 of Mallette's Addition to Port Angeles, as per plat thereof recorded In Volume 1 of plats, page 48, records of Clallam County, Washington. Together with those portions of vacated streets and alleys, abutting said lots as described in judgment entered in Clallam County Superior Court Cause No. 28775. The affected area of said property IS a 10 foot x 10 foot square area as shown on drawings C-2033 and E-1202, approximately between stations 174+10 through 174+20. The Contractor shall not perform any work within these limits until ordered to do so by the Engineer. The Contracting Agency has estimated that the above described property will be available by: . March 1, 2007 " 2. Special Provisions Division 5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt; pages 48 through 50. REPLACE all references to "PG 70-22" with "PG 64-22". . Addendum NO.2 Page 2 of 10 . . . CITY OF PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION PROJECT 05-30 3. Special Provisions Division 8-33 Horizontal Directional Drilling (New Section); page 61, subsection 8-33.3 Design Requirements, paragraph 4. REPLACE "100 ft for every inch of nominal pipe diameter" with "the outside pipe diameter multiplIed by 27". 4. Spepial Provisions Division 8-33 Horizontal Directional Drilling (New Section); page 64, subsection 8-33.4.2 Contractor Qualifications, paragraph number 1, last sentence. REPLACE "15-inch" with "8-inch nominal pipe". 5. Section 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal. This section is supplemented with the following: Alternate Bids The bidding proposal on this project requires the bidder to tender a bid listing costs for construction of the main truck line(s) and pump stations (Base Bid), Add Alternate 1 (Myrtle Street Sewer), and Add Alternate 2 (Telecommunications Duct). Bid Proposal The bid proposal includes the following parts: · Base Bid (Main Trunk Line and Pump Stations) . Add Alternate 1 (Myrtle Street Sewer) . Add Alternate 2 - (Fiber Optic/Telecommunication Duct by Others) Base Bid The Base Bid is based on constructing items in the project contained on the bid form entitled "Base Bid." Such work shall contain, but not be limited to, the construction of force and gravity mains between the City of Port Angeles Wastewater Treatment Plant and the terminus at Masters Road, Construction of Pump Stations 12 and 13, and appurtenances. Add Alternate 1 - Myrtle Street Sewer Add Alternate 1 is based on constructing items in the project contained on the bid form entitled "Add Alternate 1 - Myrtle Street Sewer." Such work shall contain, but not be limited to, construction of a gravity main between Pump Station 12 and the easterly terminus of the sewer line at Bay Street, directional boring, and appurtenances. Addendum NO.2 Page 3 of 10 CITY OF PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION PROJECT 05-30 . Add Alternate 2 - Fiber Optic/Telecommunications Duct by Others : Add Alternate 2 is based on constructing items in the project contamed on the bid form entitled "Add Alternate 2 - Fiber Optic/Telecommunication Duct by Others." Such work consists in allowing access to construction trench to two telecommunications companies for the purpose of their insta:1I fiber optic/telecommunication duct in the open trench. Bid Procedures I The successful bidder will be the bidder submitting the lowest responsible bid for the preference, listed in order below, which is within the amount of funds available for constructing this project at the time of bid opening. Funds available for constructing this project will be announced immediately prior to the opening of bids. Order of Preference 1. Preference 1: Lowest total bid for Base Bid, plus Add Alternate 1, plus Add Alternate 2. Preference 2: Lowest total bid for Base Bid, plus Add Alternate 1 Preference 3: Lowest total bid for Base Bid . 2. 3. 6. Special Provisions Division 7-17 Sanitary Sewers; page 52, subsection 7- 17.4 Measurement, paragraph 1, first sentence. REPLACE "drilled piping installed by directional drilling" with "sewer piping installed by open cut excavation. Shoring or extra excavation class B will be measured as specified in Section 2-09.4.". 7. Special PrOVisions Division 7-17 Sanitary Sewers; page 53, subsection 7- 17.5 Payment, paragraph 1. ADD ''''PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 20 In. Diam.," per linear foot" C. PART IV. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section 03400, Precast Concrete; pages 1 through 5, . page 2, Subsection 1.02.A Reference Standards; DELETE paragraph 5. . page 2, Subsection 1 02.B Qualifications; REPLACE "by an active member of Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)" with "in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 9-12.4 Precast Concrete . Manholes" Addendum No 2 Page 4 of 10 . . . CITY OF PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION PROJECT 05-30 · page 5, Subsection 2.04.A General Design Requirements; DELETE" and the PCI Design Handbook Precast and Prestressed Concrete". · page 5, Subsection 2.05 Fabrication; paragraph B REPLACE "Manufacture, quality, dimensional and erection tolerances of all units to be in accordance with both PCI MNL-116 and PCI Design Handbook Precast and Prestressed Concrete." with "NOT USED". 2. Section 08120, Aluminum Doors and Frames; INSERT pages 08120-1 through 08120-7 in Attachment 5 hereto. 3. Section 08331, Roll-up Doors; INSERT pages 08331-1 through 08331-3 in Attachment 5 hereto. 4. Section 08710, Finish Hardware; INSERT pages 08710-1 through 08710-8 in Attachment 5 hereto. 5. Section 11347, Submersible Pumps; page 3, Article 1.01, Paragraph E. REPLACE the table with the following: " Pump Station Pump Station 12 13 Equipment number PMP-1201 PMP-1301 PMP-1202 PMP-1302 Operatinq Condition Condition A 1, 3,4 Capacity, mgd 2.0 1.2 Total head, 82.1 135.4 feet NPSHA, feet 32.7 32.6 Condition B 2,3,4 Capacity, mgd from pump H/Q from pump H/Q curve curve Total head, 79.7 133.6 feet NPSHA, feet 35.2 34.6 6. Section 15065, High Density Polyethylene Pipe; page 3, Article 2.03. After "IPS" ADD "...unless otherwise noted in the design drawings". Addendum NO.2 Page 5 of 10 CITY OF PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION PROJECT 05-30 . 7. Section 15065, High Density Polyethylene Pipe; page 5, Article 3.03, Paragraph B. REPLACE "Plastic Pipe Institute Technical Report TR 31-88" and all subsequent references to "TR 31-88" with "PPI Handbook of Polyethylene Pipe as issued by the Plastic Pipe Institute". 8. Section 16992, Circuit Schedule; pages 10 through 13. REPLACE Cable & Raceway Schedule pages 1 0, 12, and 13 with attached revised pages 10, 12, and 13 (Attachment 2 hereto). 9. Section 17000, page 4, Article 1.03, Paragraph B. REPLACE Paragraph B with the following: "All instrumentation and control electronic systems shall be provided by S&B, Inc., of Bellevue, Washington.". 10. Section 17000, Process Instrumentation and Control Requirements; pages 23 through 34. ADD below INSTRUSPEC sheet for autodialer. "INSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: AUTODIALER Instrument Function: Communications for remote alarming and monitonng Instrument Description: Automatic dialer Power Supply: 120 V AC . Signal Input: Signal Output: Product Data: General: Eight (8) dry contacts and four (4) analog inputs Telephone The autodialer shall be a solid state component capable of dialing up to sixteen (16) phone numbers, each up to 60 digits in length. Group alarm callouts and call progress monitoring shall be provided. Automatic selection of tone versus pulse dialing shall be provided. Dialer shall provide solid state voice message recording and playback as well as local and remote programming via keyboard or touch tone phone. Battery backup shall be provided with a minimum of twenty hours backup time. Product warranty shall have a minimum duration of five years. Execution: Installation: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 3.01 of this section, the recommendations of API RP551 , and the specified functional requirements. Configure: Contractor shall configure and program the dialer prOViding all required settings and parameters for complete functionality. Coordinate with the City for a list of phone numbers of . Addendum No.2 Page 6 of 10 . . . CITY OF PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION PROJECT 05-30 Instrument Identification: AUTODIALER Test: Application/ Calibration: personnel for dial out alarm events. In accordance with paragraph 3.02 of this section. Contractor shall verify operation of dialer including, but not limited to, fault status indication, alarm event triggered dial outs for single and group alarms, message recording and playback, multiple dial out attempts, and paging. Manufacturers: RACO, Verbatim VSS-8C, Or approved equal. D. PROJECT PLANS (PART V - ATTACHMENT E) Note: Some of the drawing Addendum items listed make reference to attached Sketches. The Sketches are generally a copy of the original design drawing, marked up to show the revision for Addendum No 2. Drawing C-1402: As shown on attached Sketch SK-01 (Attachment 3 hereto): · ADD callout for IPS fittings fabricated 22.5 degree elbows to Detail A, Typical Force Main Jog At Sanitary Manhole. 2. Drawing C-1403. As shown on attached Sketch SK-02 (Attachment 3 hereto). 1. . REVISE pipe size callout to (1) 10", (1) 8" and (1) 4" diameter carrier pipe material in Detail A, Typical Cross Section Hwy 101 West Crossing. 3. Drawing C-1602: As shown on attached Sketch SK-04 (Attachment 3 hereto): · ADD callout for HOPE concentric reducer: DIPS-IPS pipe fitting to Detail A, HOPE Pipe Termination. 4. Drawing C-2025: PLAN AND PROFILE STA 130+00 TO 135+00 HWY 101. · ADD plug valve symbol in the profile view at ST A 130+00 similar to that shown in the plan view. 5. Drawing TC-1001: Addendum No.2 Page 7 of 10 CITY OF PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION PROJECT 05-30 . . ADD to General Note 1. "Beginning and ending construction signing shall be installed according to MUTCD standards as approved by the engineer". 6. Drawing E-1202: DELETE Key Note 1 and REPLACE with: . "SEE DWG E-1004 DETAIL B FOR UTILITY TRENCH DETAIL. UTILITY PROVIDED AND INSTALLED RACEWAY CABLES, VAULT, WARNING TAPE AND TRANSFORMER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TRENCHING AND BACKFILL SERVICE ONLY. PRIOR TO DIGGING IN AREA OF MV CABLES CONTACT BRAD PARTRIDGE WITH CLALLAM COUNTY PUD #1 TO DENERGIZE MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES. HAND DIG 10' IN EITHER DIRECTION OF APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF SPLICES TO FACILITATE EXTENTION OF MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES TO NEW SPLICE VAULT." 7. DRAWING E-1301: DELETE Key Note 1 and REPLACE with: . "SEE DWG E-1004 DETAIL B FOR UTILITY TRENCH DETAIL. UTILITY PROVIDED AND INSTALLED RACEWAY CABLES, VAULT, WARNING TAPE AND TRANSFORMER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TRENCHING AND BACKFILL SERVICE ONLY. PRIOR TO . DIGGING IN AREA OF MV CABLES CONTACT BRAD PARTRIDGE WITH CLALLAM COUNTY PUD #1 TO DENERGIZE MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES. HAND DIG 10' IN EITHER DIRECTION OF APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF SPLICES TO FACILITATE EXTENTION OF MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES TO NEW SPLICE VAULT." 8. Drawing E-1203: ATS-1252 SE RATED BREAKERS: · CHANGE UTILITY SIDE BREAKER RATINGS TO: 400 AF, 350 AS, 250A AT. SE RATED. 100% RATED. (LS) · CHANGE GENERATOR SIDE BREAKER RATINGS TO: 250 AF, 250A AS, 200A AT. SE RATED. 100% RATED. (LS) 9. Drawing E-1207: ENGINE GENERATOR: . ADD NOTE 6 AND THE FOLLOWING WORDING FOR KEY NOTE 6: "PROVIDE AN EMERGENCY STOP PUSH BUTTON LOCATED ON EXTERIOR OF GENERATOR ENCLOSURE". 10. Drawing E-1302. ATS-1352 SE RATED BREAKERS: . Addendum NO.2 Page 8 of 10 . . . CITY OF PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION PROJECT 05-30 · CHANGE UTILITY SIDE BREAKER RATINGS TO: 400 AF, 350 AS, 300AAT. SE RATED. 100% RATED. (LS) · CHANGE GENERATOR SIDE BREAKER RATINGS: 250 AF, 250A AS, 225A AT. SE RATED. 100% RATED. (LS) 11. Drawing E-1303: DELETE Drawing E-1303 and REPLACE with attached revised drawing E-1303 (Attachment 4 hereto) 12. Drawing E-1305: DELETE Drawing E-1305 and REPLACE with attached revised drawing E-1305. (Attachment 4 hereto). 13. Drawing E-1306: · ADD KEY NOTE 6 and the following wording for KEY NOTE 6: "PROVIDE AN EMERGENCY STOP PUSH BUTTON LOCATED ON EXTERIOR OF GENERATOR ENCLOSURE." 14. Drawing 1-1331: DELETE Drawing 1-1331 and REPLACE with attached revised drawing 1-1331 (Attachment 4 hereto). 15. Drawing 1-1350: DELETE Drawing 1-1350 and REPLACE with attached revised drawing 1-1350 (Attachment 4 hereto). 16. Drawing C-1411: As shown on attached Sketch SK-03 (Attachment 3 hereto): Fiber Opticrrelecommunication Conduit Installation by Others: Contractor shall allow installation of a fiber optic/telecommunication duct bank along some sections of the sewer pipe alignment at locations directed by the Engineer. Duct bank installation will be performed by a third party fiber optic/telecommunication contractor working contractually independent of the Contractor. The Contractor shall anticipate that the fiber optic contractor will install the duct bank in a timely manner (begin placement of conduit in trench within 5 minutes of the trench being available for such duct placement) using industry standards in its installation. The Contractor shall make reasonable accommodations for timely installation of the duct bank prior to the Contractor performing final backfilling of the sewer excavation. Measurement and Payment "Fiber Opticrrelecommunication Conduit Installation by Others" per linear foot: The unit contract price per liner foot of duct bank installed shall be full payment for all costs incurred by the Contractor in allowing the installation of the duct bank as described in thiS addendum as shown on attached Sketch SK-03 (Attachment 3 hereto) Addendum NO.2 Page 9 of 10 CITY OF PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION PROJECT 05-30 . 17. Drawing M-1311: As shown on attached Sketch SK-05 (Attachment 3 hereto): . ADD callout for pressure gages P-1383 through P-1386. 18. Drawing P-1303: As shown on attached Sketch SK-06 (Attachment 3 hereto): . REVISE callout for pressure gage P-1386. 19. Drawing S-1201: As shown on attached Sketch SK-07 (Attachment 3 hereto): . ADD callouts for door numbers (01201 and 01202) 20. Drawing S-1301: As shown on attached Sketch SK-08 (Attachment 3 hereto): . ADD callouts for door numbers (01301, 01302, 01303 and 01304) GLENN A. CUTLER, P.E. Director of Public Works & Utilities . There is no change to the Bid Opening Date or Engineer's Estimate as a result of this Addendum. This addendum must be acknowledged In the space provided on the Bid Form in the Project Manual when it is submitted to the City with your bid. Failure to do so may result in the bid being rejected as being non-responsive. Attached hereto and part of Addendum No.2: A. Attachment 1 - Revised Bid Form (10 pages) B. Attachment 2 - Revised Cable & Raceway Schedule (3 pages) C. Attachment 3 - Sketches (8 pages) D. Attachment 4 - Drawings (4 pages) E. Attachment 5 - Revised Technical Specifications Sections (18 pages) END OF ADDENDUM . Addendum No.2 Page 10 of 10 . ATTACHMENT 1- REVISED BID FORM . . BIDDER'S CHECKLIST 1. Has the Bid Security Transmittal form been completed, either by (1) attaching a bid deposit in the form of a postal money order, cashier's check or other security and filling out the part of the form above the words "Bid Bond" or (2) a surety bond in the proper form and filling out the section of the form below the words "Bid Bond"? Is the amount of the bid deposit at least five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid? Have the bid forms been properly signed? Do the written amounts of the bid forms agree with the amounts shown in figures? Have you bid on all items? If Addendum(a) have been issued, have it/they been acknowledged on the Bid Form? Has the non-collusion affidavit been properly executed? Have you shown your contractor's state license number on the Bid Form? Have you listed all proposed subcontractors that you will use for the project on the Listing of Proposed Subcontractors form? Have you filled out the Bidder's Construction Experience form? The following forms are to be executed after the Contract is awarded: A. Contract - To be executed by the successful bidder and the City. B. Performance and Payment Bond - To be executed on the form provided by Owner, by the successful bidder and its surety company. To include name, contact and phone number, and address of surety and power of attorney of signatory . C. Insurance certificate(s). PW 0407_01 PartOI [ReVised 04/06] I - 5 . . . . . . NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ) COUNTY OF ) The undersigned, being first duly sworn on oath, says that the bid herewith submitted is a genuine and not a sham or collusive bid, or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named; and (s)he further says that the said bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any bidder on the above work or supplies to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that said bidder has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to him/her self an advantage over any other bidder or bidders. Signature of Bidder/Contractor Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of ,20_. Notary Public in and for the State of Washington. Residing at My Comm. Exp.: PW 0407_01 PanOI [RevIsed 04/06] 1- 6 BIDDER'S CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE Answer all questions and provide clear and comprehensive information. 1. Name of bidder: Registration Number: 2. Permanent main office address: 3. When organized: 4. Where incorporated. 5. How many years have you been engaged In the contracting business under your present firm name? _ 6. * Contracts on hand. (Schedule these, showing gross amount of each contract and the approximate anticipated dates of completion), contact name and phone number. 7. * General character of work performed by your company: 8. * Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? If so, where and why? 9. * Have you ever defaulted on a contract? 10. * List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating approximate cost for each, the month and year completed, contact name and phone number. 11. * List your major equipment available for this contract: 12. * Experience of bidder In construction Similar to this project In work and Importance: 13. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the City? * Add separate sheets If necessary. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any Information requested by the City of Port Angeles. Date: Bidder's Signature: Print Name: Title: PW0407_01 PartOI [RevIsed 04/06) 1- 7 . . . . . . LISTING OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS Prepared in compliance with RCW 39.30.060 as amended To Be Submitted with the Bid Proposal Project Name: Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor, Project 05-30 Failure to list subcontractors who are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW will result in your bid being non-responsive and therefore void. Subcontractor(s) that are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW must be listed below the subcontractor(s) name. If no subcontractor is listed below, the bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any subcontractor to perform those items of work. Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed Subcontractor Name Work to be Performed SIGNATURE and TITLE PW 0407_01 PartOI [Revised 04/06] 1- 8 BID FORM Page 1 of 5 . Honorable Mayor and City Council Port Angeles City Hall 321 East Fifth Street Port Angeles, W A 98362 BIDDER: REGISTRATION NO.: DATE: UBI NUMBER: The undersigned, hereinafter called the bidder, declares that the only person(s) interested in this bid are those named herein; that the bid is in all respects fair and without fraud; and that it is made without any connection or collusion with any other person making a bid on this project. The bidder further declares that it has carefully examined the plan, specifications, and contract documents, hereinafter referred to as the Project Manual, for the construction of the proposed project improvement(s); that it has personally inspected the site(s); that it has satisfied itself as to the types and quantities of materials, the types of equipment, the conditions of the work involved, including the fact that the description of and the quantities of work and materials, the types of equipment, the conditions of and the work involved as included herein, are brief and are intended only to indicate the general nature of the work and to identify the said quantities with the corresponding requirements of the Project Manual; and . that this bid is made in accordance with the provisions and the terms of the Contract included in the Project Manual. The bidder further agrees that it has exercised its own judgment regarding the interpretation of surface information and has utilized all data which it believes is pertinent from the City Engineer, hereinafter also referred to as the City or Owner, and such other source of information as it determined necessary in arriving at its conclusion. The bidder further certifies that the subcontracting firms or businesses submitted on the LISTING OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS will be awarded subcontracts for the described portions of the work: If the bidder is awarded a construction contract on this bid, the name and address of the surety who will provide the performance bond is: Surety Agent Surety address Agent Address Surety Contact and Phone Number Agent Contact and Phone Number . PW 0407_0 I PartO I [ReVIsed 04/06] 1- 9 . . . BID FORM Page 2 of 5 ,( Base Bid: Item Estimated Unit Price Extended No. Sec No. Description of Item Quantity Units (Fi2Ures) Amount 1 1-05 Construction Surveying 1 Lump $ $ Sum 2 1-07 Temporary Water Pollution / 1 Lump $ $ Erosion Control Sum 3 1-07 Induction Loop Repair 10 Each $ $ 4 1-07 Force Account - Traffic Signal 1 F.A. $10,000. $10,000. Repair 5 1-09 Mobilization 1 Lump $ $ Sum 6 1-10 Project Temporary Traffic 1 Lump $ $ Control Sum 7 2-01 Clearing and Grubbing 1 Lump $ $ Sum 8 2-02 Monitoring Well 1 Lump $ $ Abandonment Sum 9 2-03 Unsuitable Foundation 2,000 Cubic $ $ Excavation Inc!. Haul Yards 10 2-09 Structure Excavation Class B 16,500 Cubic $ $ Inc!. Haul Yards 11 2-09 Shoring or Extra Excavation 131,000 Square $ $ Class B Feet 12 2-09 Gravel Backfill 7,200 Cubic $ $ Yards 13 2-09 Controlled Density Fill (CDF) 3,700 Cubic $ $ Yards 14 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Base 2,030 Tons $ $ Course 15 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Top Course 1,260 Tons $ $ 16 5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) CL 1,125 Tons $ $ Y2", PG 64-22 17 5-04 Asphalt Cold Patch Mix 1,125 Tons $ $ 18 7-05 Manhole 48 In. Diam., Type 1 45 Each $ $ 19 7-05 Manhole Additional Height 48 10 Linear $ $ In. Diam. Type 1 Feet 20 7-05 Manhole 54 In. Diam., Type 1 4 Each $ $ 21 7-05 Manhole Additional Height 54 50 Linear $ $ In. Diam. Type 1 Feet 22 7-17 PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 8 1,245 Linear $ $ In. Dmm. Feet PW 0407_01 PartOI [ReVised 04/06] 1-10 Item Estimated Unit Price Extended No. Sec No. Description of Item Quantity Units (Fi2ures) Amount 23 7-17 PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 10 7,140 Linear $ $ In. Diam. Feet 24 7-17 PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 12 3,800 Linear $ $ In. Diam. Feet 25 7-17 PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 15 2,710 Linear $ $ In. Diam. Feet 26 7-17 PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 20 60 Linear $ $ In. Diam. Feet 27 7-17 HOPE Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 16 300 Linear $ $ In. Diam. Feet 28 7-17 HOPE Sanitary Sewer 6,345 Linear $ $ Forcemain, lOIn. Diam. Feet 29 7-17 Testing Sewer Pipe 21,537 Linear $ $ Feet 30 8-14 Cement Concrete Sidewalk 450 Square $ $ Yards 31 8-32 Sewage Pump Station 12 and 1 Lump $ $ Accessories Sum 32 8-32 Sewage Pump Station 13 and 1 Lump $ $ Accessories Sum 33 8-32 Sewage Pump Station 300 Hours $ $ Additional Control System Programming . . Base Bid Subtotal $ Sales Tax (8.4%) $ Total Base Bid $ . PW0407_01 PartOl [RevIsed 04/06] 1-11 . . . BID FORM Page 4 of 5 Add Alternate 1 - Mvrtle Street Sewer: Item Estimated Unit Price Extended No. Sec No. Description of Item Quantity Units (Figures) Amount 1 1-05 Construction Surveying 1 Lump $ $ Sum 2 1-07 Temporary Water Pollution / 1 Lump $ $ Erosion Control Sum 3 1-09 Mobilization 1 Lump $ $ Sum 4 1-10 Project Temporary Traffic 1 Lump $ $ Control Sum 5 2-01 Clearing and Grubbing 1 Lump $ $ Sum 6 2-03 Unsuitable Foundation 500 Cubic $ $ Excavation lncl. Haul Yards 7 2-09 Structure Excavation Class B 1,350 CUbIC $ $ Incl. Haul Yards 8 2-09 Shoring or Extra Excavation 11,500 Square $ $ Class B Feet 9 2-09 Gravel Backfill 970 Cubic $ $ Yards 10 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Base Course 74 Tons $ $ 11 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Top Course 37 Tons $ $ 12 5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) CL 41 Tons $ $ Y2", PG 64-22 13 5-04 Asphalt Cold Patch Mix 41 Tons $ $ 14 7-05 Manhole 48 In. Diam., Type 1 4 Each $ $ 15 7-17 PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 8 In. 1,631 Linear $ $ Diam. Feet 16 7-17 HDD HDPE Sanitary Sewer 403 Linear $ $ Pipe 8 In. Diam. Feet 17 7-17 Testing Sewer Pipe 2,034 Linear $ $ Feet Add Alternate 1 Subtotal $ Sales Tax (8.4%) $ Total Add Alternate 1 $ PW0407_01 PartOI [RevIsed 04106] 1-12 BID FORM Page 5 of 5 . Add Alternate 2 - Fiber ConduitfTelecommunications Conduit Installation bv Others: Item Estimated Unit Price Extended No. Sec No. Description of Item Quantity Units (Figures) Amount 1 Addendum Duct Bank , 13,900 Linear $ $ 2, Sketch Feet SK-03 Add Alternate 2 Subtotal $ Sales Tax (8.4%) $ Total Add Alternate 2 $ Bid Preference Summary Preference 1: (Base Bid + Add Alternate 1 + Add Alternate 2) Total Preference 1 $ Preference 2: (Base Bid + Add Alternate 1) Total Preference 2 $ Total Preference 3 $ . Preference 1: (Base Bid) ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGMENT The bidder hereby acknowledges that it has received Addenda No(s). to this Project Manual. The name of the bidder submitting this bid and its business phone number and address, to which address all communications concerned with this bid and with the Contract shall be sent, are listed below. Bidder's firm name Complete address (Street address) (State) (Zip) Telephone No. Signed by Title Printed Name: Notes: (1) If the bidder IS a partnership, so state, giving firm name under which business IS transacted. (2) If the bidder is a corporation, this bid must be executed by ItS duly authOrized officials. . PW 0407_01 PartOI [RevIsed 04/06] 1-13 . . . BID SECURITY TRANSMITTAL FORM Herewith find deposit In the form of a cashier's check, postal money order or other secunty in lieu of a bid bond in the amount of $ , which amount IS not less than five (5%) percent of the total bid. SIGN HERE BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, as Principal and as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF PORT ANGELES as Obligee, in the penal sum of Dollars, for the payment of which the Pnnclpal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation IS such that If the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for: PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER INTERCEPTOR PROJECT 05-30 according to the terms of the bid made by the Principal, and the PrinCipal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Pnnclpal shall, in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the depOSit specified In the advertisement for bids, then thiS obligation shall be null and void; otherWise it shall be and remain In full force and effect and the Surety shall forthWith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of thiS bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS _ day of ,20_. PrinCipal Surety Agent Surety address Agent Address Surety Contact and Phone Number Agent Contact and Phone Number Dated: Received return of depOSit in the sum of $ PW 0407_01 PartOI [ReVIsed 04/06] 1-14 . ATTACHMENT 2 - REVISED CABLE AND RACEWAY SCHEDULE . . . . . Raceway Raceway Dwg Cable From To Cable System Qty Conductor Ground Notes No. Size No. Tvoe Volts Size C 1372 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 LSL 1372 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 CHEMICAL TANK LOW LEVEL -- C 1375 1" jE-1305 PNL-1300 FSH 1375 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 EMERGENCY EYEWASH FLOW IPNL-1300 C 1381-A , 1" IE-1305 JB-1381 XHHW-2 120 4 #12 #14 CHEMICAL PUMP 1381, (2) SPARES ---I---r-- I I -- IJB-1381 CHEMICAL PUMP 1381, MFR SUPPLIED C 1381-B I 1" jE-1305 PMP-1381 - - - - - CABLED I C 1 382-A 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 JB-1382 XHHW-2 120 4 #12 #14 CHEMICAL PUMP 1382, (2) SPARES - C 1 382-B 1" E-1305 JB-1382 PMP-1382 - - - - - CHEMICAL PUMP 1382, MFR SUPPLIED CABLE -~-- --- C 1392-A 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 JB-1355 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 WET WELL HORN/STROBE VIA JB-1355 - C 1 392-B 1" E-1301 JB-1355 YL 1392 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 WET WELL HORN/STROBE I E-1305 I I -- ---:-l I I I~ SILENCE PUSHBUTTON IS INTEGRAL TO C 1392-C! - E-1305 IHS 1392 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 HORN/STROBE ENCLOSURE, NOT SHOWN I ON PLAN DWG - -1 ~-- -==J l - - --I I P 1301-A 1-1/2" 'E-1303 MCC-1353 JB-1355 XHHW-2 480 3 #1 #6 TO PUMP 1301 VIA JB-1355 - P 1 301 -B 1-112" E-1301 JB-1355 DS-1301 XHHW-2 480 3 #1 #6 TO PUMP 1301 VIA DS-1301 E-1303 P 1301-C 3" E-1301 DS-1301 PMP-1301 - - - - - MFR SUPPLIED CABLE P 1 301-0 3/4" MCC-1353-2A PFC-1301 CIRCUIT XHHW-2 480 3 #8 #10 CONNECTION AS SHOWN ON DVVG E-1302 - BREAKER -----j IPFC-1301 CIRCUIT #8 I #10 P 1 301 -E I 3/4" E-1303 PFC-1301 XHHW-2 480 3 l I~EAKER ~ Port Angeles - EUGA 12/1/2006 10: 49 AM 16992-10 Cable & Raceway Schedule Raceway Raceway Cable No. Size Dwg No. -~----l-~~------I I' , S 1303-A I 1" IE-1305 IPNL-1300 --J~---J__ __ I ___ I , S 1 303-B S 1306 From 1" E-1301 E-1305 JB-1354 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 S 1320-A I 1" IE-1305 ___I___~_- S 1320-B ' 1" E-1301 E-1305 S 1 320-C S 1370-A S 1 370-B S 1 381-A S 1381-8 S 1382-A S 1382-8 PNL-1300 JB-1354 1" E-1301 LIT 1320 To Cable T e 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 IJB-1354 SIC +-~- 1-'" 1~-'W5--~"-'''" I_~__ E-1305 JJB-138~ 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 LIT 1370 1" E-1305 JB-1382 FIT 1303 SIC TE 1306 SIC JB-1354 SIC LIT 1320 SIC LE 1320 LIT 1370 SIC LE 1370 JB-1381 SIC PMP-1381 JB-1382 SIC PMP-1382 S 1391-A 1" E-1305 IPNL-1300 i I i ----,----~----------"-I --- S 1391-B i 1" 'IE-1301 IJB-1354 E-1305 , I ____~___ Port Angeles - EUGA 12/1/2006 1 0: 51 AM . System Volts INS INS INS INS INS INS INS INS JB-1354 SIC INS ~ I I ' AT~=-_____~~i _~~J 16992-12 . I I ~~_ __ _ __ "FRSUPPUED CABeE #1~_ CHEMICAL PUMP 1382, (1) SPARE - I MFR SUPPLIED CABLE ~ w.:TV'vl::LLLELLEVEL V1AJB-1354, (1) I SPARE I I I '---- Qty Conductor Ground Size 2PR #16 1 PR #16 1 PR #16 3 PR #16 2PR #16 2PR #16 2 PR #16 2 PR 2PR 1 PR #16 Notes PUMP STATION 13 FLOWVlA JB-1354, (1) SPARE PUMP STATION 13 TEMPERATURE (1) SPARE MFR SUPPLIED CABLE CHEMICAL TANK LEVEL MFR SUPPLIED CABLE, NOT SHOWN ON PLAN DVVGS CHEMICAL PUMP 1381, (1) SP ARE Cable & Raceway Schedule . . . . Raceway Raceway Dwg Cable From Cable System Conductor No. Size No. To Type Qty Ground Notes Volts Size S 1395 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 F AP-1395 SIC COMM 4PR #16 AUTO DIALER LOCATED IN PLC TO FIRE -'COMMUNICATION ALARM PANEL, (2) SPARE - I S 1 396-A 4" E-1301 I I COORDINATE IMTH QVllEST PHONE i E-1305 f' NID-1396 - - - - - I SERVICES FOR TERMINATION ~-~ , REQUIREMENTS I - S 1 396-B 1" E-1305 NID-1396 SIC COMM 4PR #16 - FROM AUTO DIALER LOCATED IN PLC TO --t __ PNL-1300 NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE, (2) SPARE S 1396-C 1 " E-1305 FAP-1395 NID-1396 SIC COMM 4PR #16 - FROM FIRE ALARM PANEL TO NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE, (2) SPARE X 1301 3" E-1301 E XMFR-1351 1303 CT CAN - - - - - SPARE POVIIER CONDUIT X 1302 I 1-1/2" E-1301 E IJB-1355 SPARE POVIIER CONDUIT FROM JB-1355 TO EQUIPMENT RACK - - - - ~i= ---L 1303 j::= EQUIPMENT RACK NEAR VlIET VllELL I X 1303 I 1" E-1301 E I SPARE CONTROL CONDUIT FROM JB-1354 I EQUIPMENT RACK - - - - 1305 TO EQUIPMENT RACK NEAR VlIET VllELL -__J Port Angeles - EUGA 1211/2006 10: 51 AM 16992-13 Cable & Raceway Schedule . ATTACHMENT 3 - SKETCHES . . . . Ol := "0 N o V ~ U N CO N o C') ~ - ";;: U U en Q; Ql .J: en ~ o 4: () -' c: Ol '00 (l) o :::: ~ .;; .9 Ctl 0.. j! 2l E ~ (l) :E 4: C9 :J UJ 0, c: ~ (l) c: '0, c: UJ E gj Co - U; & c: v 4: 't:: r-- 0 .~~ .co ON ~O c: C') Ctl ::: -'Ii.. 11 PRESSURE SEWER THRUST BLOCKING (TYP), SEE DWG C-1412 II TYPICAL FORCE MAIN JOG AT SANITARY MANHOLE DETAIL G;) NO SCALE EASTERN UGA SEWER INTERCEPTOR PROJECT BROWN AND CALDWELL GRAVITY SEWER SANITARY ~ MANHOLE C-1402 ADDENDUM NO.2 DETAIL A/C-1402 SK-01 01 := "0 M o '<t c..i N <Xl N o "" ~ ..- .:;: U y U) a; Q) .<:: en ~ Cl <( () ..-1 c: 01 iii Q) Cl ~B CIl Cl. ~ ~ 2 -= <( o :J w C, c: .~ Q) c: .0, c: w E gJ re-Qi '<t g> '<t<( ''t: ,... 0 go... NN _ <Xl ON ~O c: "" CIl :::: -'0: . SAWCUT (TYP) \ NEW SURFACING. SEE NOTES /$~~ u. Z 0 ~ ~%~ u 10 '->~/~ '" ~~ '<0; . TYPCIAL CROSS SECTION HWY 101 WEST CROSSING DETAIL Q NO SCAlE EASTERN UGA SEWER INTERCEPTOR PROJECT ADDENDUM NO.2 . BROWN AND CALDWELL DETAIL A/C-1403 SK-02 . STANDARD, DETAIL '. K41Dt tx1S71NI; PAlf:NtNT rm' AN/) DEPTH SIlIltVT CXlS1tN(; PA~ CXlI/PAC1O:l ~ . ~IJ' ~c:o 1ft II> ,$' I SEE STNCWi':O SI"!l: ~4 I T NOTES: r-- f(R 1KNl1:JNTM. Lam '"""1 I. ACP /'Atr:H SWll!lC IIr:UED AND NOr _7ll1 z. Jl) fJ€ rJSt1J I'O/f AU PAIoE'O 5Tf/a7$ AND ~ BACN7'ltL LDCA11CN Jl) 1"-/1" BEHND _ t:R (;IF PAIifNC lINl.ESS 01NERlIISl: JWROIoE'O IN A/>YAM:t flY CtrY ENCINEER. .1 fIHtRE CCNCRETr PAmtEJ#T oX:IINr IS LESS '/1WI( 4'-tr FROM SIlBan; 1HE A1~T SHAlL fJ€ RDIOI'W Jl) ImT.tIINT. 4. ==~~ItI"%'~~~~~~Jlff:.:CHA"'d: CCUJ I"Atr:H IIiEl:lQ;S ON 'RWF1f: IDeES. Ii. cw. FtJR lNSiF'CCT/()N flY art :14 HCr.IRS I'f1JDR Jl) Pf.ACING I'tPE ZtJN& IPQI:RU. NiO IfI/CR Jl) Pr.AaNG CO/' S4G7a'lU. AU. IlQI/K NiO 1iA'1t.1ltAI. Jl) IE IN ~ WITH :tIlE: CURRENT ffA5/lfNJ;'T(M STAlE' DEPIIR7IIl:NT OF ~A_ "Sr-wtMRD SI'f:D/'1CA 1f(JN$ FOR ~ tJR1lXil; AND JI!JHlCIPAt. CCNs1RtJC1lON" SKETCH SK-03 . . NON - SHRINK EPOXY GROUT FILL EXISTING WWTP HEADWORKS 16" 01 SPOOL FE X PE X 36" LONG BACK-UP RING SST GRADE 316 16" SS Ol ;;: "tl N o (0 ..... U N co N o "" 1 1/2" HIGH CUTOFF RING WELDED TO PIPE . - ;;; <3 Y Ul a; Cll .r:; en ~ o ~ C,) _I c Ol "00 Cll o :::: .... :;: .e III Cl. .$ f:l E Q; :E ~ (!) :J W C, c "C Cll Cll c "a' c: w E gJ gGi ~ g> <:t~ '1: r-.. 0 00.. ON N. co ON ~ ~ EASTERN UGA SEWER INTERCEPTOR PROJECT -'6. \ HOPE PIPE TERMINATION DETAIL Q NO SCAlE BROWN AND CALDWELL ADDENDUM NO.2 DETAIL A/C-1602 SK-04 . e .- .;~:~, Ol 3: "'C ~ ~ '" ~ ::E N CX) N 0 '" ~ - ro l.) or:: (tl .c l.) Ql :2 e ::E u; a; Ql .c U) iI 0 <t: t) _I c: Ol en Ql 0 0 0. Ql l.) ~ 4 2 . E .....--- .~}~ <t: (!) :e53 >- (tl Ol Ql !;; E ~ c: 00, c: W II) Ql Qi Ol c: <t: "t: o a.. N CX) N E 0 (tl '" ~ ~ au; a>t5 , Ql " e- o c- 0_ N<D _ 0 ~ (tl ei ~ EASTERN UGA SEWER INTERCEPTOR PROJECT BROWN AND CALDWELL 1"CSO '- ..\ ~~;~ ' ..;:.!' ~~"':~, ~:" '....:.. .."":' ;::..~ ~~~7i . . ~. ~. .. .. 4' 4 SECTION Q) SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" ADDENDUM NO.2 SECTION 2/M-1311 SK-05 .-r I I .-r I .-r 60 PSI o C/) (J Cl ~ "C <'l o <'l ~ d.. N ex> N o <'l ~ Iii lI) CD u o c: r:l.. Iii CD CD .c. en ;)l o <X: ~I <: Cl iii CD o ~.9 III Co ~ ~ CD :s o (J 3/4" CSO ~ NOTE 1 CHEMICAL DOSING PUMP 2 PMP-1382 SPEC 11381 PUMP STATION 13 CHEMICAL FEED SYSTEM <X: C> :::> UJ 0, <: t CD <: .6> <: UJ E gl ~(jj ~ ~ LO<X: '1: I'- 0 00.. ~N _ex> ON ~ ~ EASTERN UGA SEWER INTERCEPTOR PROJECT """)6.. BROWN AND CALDWELL . ~ M ] ~ . ADDENDUM NO.2. DWG P-1303 SK-06 . ~ o N ~ ch N <Xl N o (") ~ - (ij :; t5 2 en ch (ij 1il Q) .I:: C/) N 6 <t: () -' c OJ 'in Q) o (; a. Q) t) Q; E <t: C> ~m ~-& Q) S E * c 5> c LU In Q) iii OJ c <t: t:: o a.. N <Xl N E 0 ctl (") ~~ cO t5 , Q) ...... "e o a. .~~ N ctl ~ Q) ffi ~ ...,~ . OJ ~ "C 12" or ;,. 'r '" 16'.0" 14'-0" 12" 3'-6" 1- I ELECTRICAL ROOM I ~ --, I ~ ;,. ';- I '" I I I I ~ 0 I I 'r "" I '" '" I I I ;- --~ ;- ~~~ FOUNDATION AND FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" EASTERN UGA SEWER INTERCEPTOR PROJECT ADDENDUM NO.2 BROWN AND CALDWELL PUMP STATION 12 PLANS / S-1201 SK-07 - tii :; U 2 Cii rh en 1il Ql .c rfJ N (5 <( u -' c:: Ol iii Ql Q C5 15.. Ql <> Q; :5 <( CD ;; m ia01 _Q) S E * c:: 'c, c:: UJ "' Ql Qj Ol c:: <( t:: o a.. N co E ~ <1l (") t;;~ cO U , Ql ,...,. e 8.9- NCO . 0 N <1l ~ Ql c:: ~ <1l CD -':;:: Ol := -0 o (") ~ '1 N co N o (") " ~ 9 ~ 9 ~ L 9 en ;. M 16'.8" 12" 12" 3'-4" . 9 ... ~ 2'.0" 7'-4" 12" 12" 1--------- bfl I ICHEMICAL ROOM I tr ~\ I ~ I I I riOI \.:)1 I I I I I \ I I I I I L_______________~ . 12" CFMU WALL 5 IELECTRICAL ROOMI 9 ... FOUNDATION AND FLOOR PLAN SCALE 1/2"; ,'.()" EASTERN UGA SEWER INTERCEPTOR PROJECT ADDENDUM NO" 2 . BROW NAND C A L D WE L L PUMP STATION 13PlANS/S~~~~~ . ATTACHMENT 4 - DRAWINGS . . f I ~. Jf t H i~ il A p ~ 0> BROWN ,NO CALDWELL '" o l- o --l f/) CHO{ 3 420mA 420mA .,. } 24 vee POWER FUSE 06 SEEOWGI1302 -24 SEATTLE. WA OI!.SlGNEO DRAWN I UNE IS 2 INCHES I EXTERNAL REFERENCE FIll!' IW'tttltrA~~~"l =~s.'~= A . o It!. u C1i l- ::'l 1= ::'l o (!) o ~ <C S.1331-! 5-13312 J8-1381 r---------, , , , , . , I r*5VDC :CR-' CR: . I : , I I ~ I , 0 ' . I , L_________J JB-1382 r---------, , I 5-1332-' 5-1332-2 REVISIONS OI!IlCllIPTlOH CONTINUED ON DWGI1331 (CH 1) 120 VAC. CKT 12 see CWG E-1303 & CONTINUED ON DING 11331 ICH.2) 120VAC, CKT 14 see DWG E-1303 PORT ANGELES EASTERN URBAN GROWTH AREA G , ADDENDUM 1 H . o . ~ "~- U0282"',35Q ICPROJECT"""""llU "'''' CUENfPROJECTNU.WlER 1.1350 'HEl!lN.JMl11:'R OF P ;? 0> f I I j J I H I' '''"'''"''' .1 ~r . A . . p BROWN INIl CALDWELL TODWG 1-1330 CHEM TANK HIGH HORN l"l o b -' en T8-XX o CONTINUED TO FIElD JB 1381 SHOWN ON OWG 11350 ~ U C? f- ::> ~ ::> o UJ Ii:; 0: U en 5 u -' Q. TB-XX CONTINUED TO AElO J8 1382 SHOWN ON OWG 1.1350 &. CH7 SPARE SEATTLE. WA I ~_L~~';~~') I =~~:;fEREM:EFILE. EASTERN URBAN GROWTH AREA A OESIGNFO DRAWN (;Hl,CKED: REVISIONS G 1 ADDENDUM 1 H FlLEtlIII.Il! 13028-113'31 lICPIlOJECTtU.alSR 130212 o.lIE"l""OJu:T~ 1-1331 llHUTHliMlIER ~ o p ~ I g I ; i J I H Hi lllbIllTt":;l._ d A p ~- GENERAL NOTES , g t,' .J.j!J~ ':/ / ---, I REFER TO MECHAN'CAL [)IIfGS FOR EXACT PROCES&'HVAC EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS ~ ~ - -- -----+---;--- IPMP.'3ll2!- --- -----~-~ ~-----~-~ ' , \ , - //> <~' i // \ I (' /' \ i i f- --:--.-- -- - -i, I I ;!I'/ "\ '~I Y ! \ I_~____L_______________ U,L__ % _ (~ '.~ -,,/' I I : :'{ I -./li r~ Il " I /' t !~\. ; /~! I ,,' .. I I ,,---- I~'! I I PNL.l3OQ I } / ,j' ~ _ PBOI~~~-&~'" ...1, : / I' ^ ~ '. ~'. ' ________M__~ I / I I I\' \..... l 1 '~ I I' ".."'-1",- \1 I ""l I I' ~;._~ FAP-1395 ". .11 I ~.;, -,,~__ I '- .-{' -S", '-04!-- I r;.-l MET~ I ("',: \-;7: I --- 1\'" 'I ~1351B /..01'.,.,. ,i ~/ , I I .!, i -.i----.--- y' , , I: I ': i! Lit _______. ] I: -,-n=-: ", , ',I II " I , I' '-, , ] : --, ; ':----@ : I: ---w---~ t :: ll'\ l :: I ~ __ ~-~--- Hl~~ I I I l~-.r r---J~ I I I 1 "T-- 1-- .~ I I I I Ii : r: PB?1J61.15 I r-- ......, ~~ f ~l -~ --1 CTCA" I ~ ~ PFC 1301 2 '<t &: KEY NOTES o seE D'hG ~.1301 FOR RACEWAYCCNTlNUAflON 2 MOUNT POWER FACTOR CAPAcrrOR ADOVE MCC TYPICAL CD 120VAC MAAUFACTURER SUPPLIED POWER CABLE TYPICAL 4 SPARE CONDUIT X 1901 SHAlL BE CAPPED 18- ABOVE GRADE BELOWTHE CleAN. o EQL'IP1w1EI-cT PAD 0-\' ~i'i , \ :\ ". ; I \! \ &. i: ! ! T-t31. ,; Ip80:".1I--. . ----~_- :t I): ~-1 I J - / ,." : 1/ 1 !~------r-t' \ :.,380, ' ! I, / /------------------- (/~ .___.~_ '----t----------'\ ~ ipBO\3e.\'ZQ \ ~-~./ i f I I PBD 1J61.10 I ( , '\(11 1!!(>'^"", ~ A SHCrJ"IIJt,i3E" '" p FU11JRE MCC . SECTlON- ----- 0PFC.1302~ ~ CONTROL BUilDING PLAN J ..~ -------i--~ &tAl..E:Jl4'.'4)' BRO\~,N''\NlI CALDWELL I ~~~~~~--l O>'""ITIlt.<l.t~~V) 11I.CHAIoli: 1302112&'303 8(,f'ROJEC'rHlAolifR ,,,"u CUOITI'IlO.IE-=t""14EIi """"........,. RE\I'SIO~S EASTERN URBAN GROWTH AREA ELECTRiCAl PUMP STATION 13 POWER PLAN E-1303 ZOOIi~ SEATTLE WA DESIGNED. UO:,_ G 1 'ADDENDUM 1 H . . . . . . A p ~ \: @ ,~i .... / / J1V / ------ -I ~~ _iy ;-- /, I 1-1""""- " +------------J'8L13721 .Ii / ,/1 / / """ I : /, // / I I '\" , ('" -, I 1/ .', / I \ "- ~ : ,-i-+l-~l~ '0 !r--- ;--7'-;1-- <T-~ \ \ Y e,303-A ~------- -,-f-----Lr' I Nf r...l i ;1- " - - ~~ ---11 :' C1310-A ~ ; i ! -,' k--- tj--rf / Ii 1 , / a,,,,... IM.'''''I.. - ! i ,,__. !rr------i t\~~---7-- ---------------~+Je-- -?:0- ~:~: 01381-8 ; "'-+-J9-~~~ II -- V" - -------{ ! S1381.B r L.J :... 'l", I : \ /) i t J9-1355 0 & i t~t~':~~~h~ ~~~~?,(-------- i'"'~~~~~----n---~~;/'----t;~- --<0 8130.... -- -----1/ .....i I......., ~." I ;;--- SUZO-B ~, ! ~, ,- :1 i' ". :":;:L ~ ~,~. " 1," , ; I : /'- "\ : , 10';. !J Y S<303A S139'-A = -----~ , ' -+- I" ''. I 1/,_ " 81321M /)',...... . ";. I'! . I 1 y. .....-'- ~ -,It- - - ~ ~-- +~~~~7'! i ~ '~h),1 ,-,' ~ '---+---t~~ /~.'~/ ---. i- ,- < 0-1 uK_ k :- 'J: ~ I ~ ~-- .-.----,~--- V"',- --- -!'-----' -- - ,----- L'~ (~ -- ..~ EJ : ,-- 1--::,~-----e---q;tI-p--~ ~- ______\i~ 'j ! : I 1__ ______ I .. .~ .." -r -, \1 --T------ I : ~.r1t -'" '_...., ~-~- ; I I I I I -", ~ o sa,::~l) // ~____~=\ i ----~=~~~=r\ _____ i ____yi___ _~~=~=-__) ~~~ a1~"~ :' (=-:,~~-'\'-------,-r-~-:--::I~=~\~-'y 1--~Y-- ----- --- --/V--- i ,- ~ -,. I I! I I I 1),( r-'---4 1, _~-.~~ I " I I' (, 'Jjl I I ,I : I ",".... _~__I AT$--l352l 11 ~ ,_,I r I I I 1----- I '/' ,; I I fil II I fil II ~ V : I i I j------- - --'i---r- - -1"\ I > __.~'n \ I 6 ~ \!J \ ' ~~ L ~-- ~ ~ _ ~ _ J -----: -- ~ i -:-------___~~~:~LOI~ --~ ~ ~ ~ ~-- I { 1: : ----~ ~ GENERAL NOTES, 1 REFER TO MECHANlLAl 0WGs FOH l:XACT PROCESSlHVAC EQUIPt.;ENTlQCATICNS ~ &. C 1311-A C 1331-A C1332A. C 1392-A C1311-B C1J31-B C 1332.8 C 1392'D S 1391-8 X '303 " I I I i, I} i H 11 a l, '( 1 IPFc.l302t---- -~ ~t ~___--.J 1 8~Ll! ~14..'4' I __l____ i __J ---I PFG-1301! ~ BROWN "KlJ CALDWELL SEATTLE, WA Zo.IE IlElIl R"V""""" QUCR!PnOOI EASTERN URBAN GROWTH AREA ELECTRJCAl PUMP STATION 13 CONTROL. SIGNAL AND COMM PLAN 'LOWe 1~13Q5 lICPIllClJO:CTNUl4ER 1~0212 CUE.lIf~E.."'THl.MlIEM DESll>NEo, .....,....... - ..... """'.."""'" E-1305 o e.'IlO'~ '" p A . ATTACHMENT 5 - REVISED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTIONS . . . . . SECTION 08120 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRlPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies aluminum doors and frames. B. RELATED SECTIONS: The work of the following Sections is related to the work ofthis Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents. Section 03600: Grout. Section 04200: Masonry. Section 09900: Coating Systems. Section 15944: Louvers c. TYPE: Unless otherwise specified, the doors shall be flush slab type. Frames shall be square-cut and mechanically locked at header ends and shall have integral stops. D. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: 1. STRUCTURAL: Shapes and thicknesses offraming members shall be sufficient to withstand a design wind load of not less than 30 pounds per square foot of supported area with a deflection of not more than 1/175 times the length of the member and a safety factor of not less than 1.65. 2. AIR INFIL TRA TION: When tested in accordance with ASTM E 283, air infiltration shall not exceed 0.06 cubic feet per minute per square foot of fixed area at a test pressure of6.24 pounds per square foot (50 mile per hour wind). 3. WATER PENETRATION: When tested in accordance with ASTM E 331, there shall be no water penetration at a pressure of 8 pounds per square foot of fixed area. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - P /130282/EUGA/Specs 08120-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section. as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Reference Title AA DAF45 ASTM A36/36M ASTM B209 ASTM B221 ASTM E283 ASTM E331 SSPC-PS 9.01 Designation System for Aluminum Finishes Structural Steel Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape, and Tube Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference Cold-Applied Asphalt Mastic Painting System with Extra-Thick Film . B. CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE: Manufacturer's certificates shall be submitted to the Engineer attesting that doors, frames, and accessories meet the specified requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be provided: 1. Shop drawings containing the following information: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. I. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p /130282/EUGAlSpecs Elevations of each door type Size of doors and frames Metal gauges Details of door and frame construction Methods of anchorage Louver details Weatherstripping Provisions for and location of hardware Details of installation . 08120-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . J. Schedule showing location of each door, frame, and swing of door 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Materials delivered to the site shall be unloaded and stored with minimum handling. Storage space shall be in a dry location with adequate ventilation, free from dust or water, and easily accessible for inspection and handling. Materials shall be stacked on nonabsorptive strips or wood platforms. Doors and frames shall not be covered with tarps, polyethylene film, or similar coverings. Finished surfaces shall be protected during shipping and handling using manufacturer's standard method, except that no coatings or lacquers shall be applied to surfaces to which calking and glazing compounds must adhere. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 DOORS AND FRAMES Swing-type aluminum doors and frames shall be of size, design, and location indicated. Doors shall be provided complete with frames, framing members trim, and accessories. Doors shall be provided with louvers where indicated on the drawings. 2.02 MATERIALS A. ANCHORS: Unless otherwise specified, anchors shall be 316 stainless steel. B. WEATHERSTRIPPING: Unless otherwise specified, weatherstripping shall be continuous wool pile. C. ALUMINUM ALLOY FOR DOORS AND FRAMES: Aluminum alloy for doors and frames shall be ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063- T5 for extrusions and ASTM B 209, alloy and temper best suited for aluminum sheets and strips. D. FASTENERS: Unless otherwise specified, fasteners shall be nonmagnetic stainless steel or aluminum. E. STRUCTURAL STEEL: Structural steel shall conform to ASTM A 36. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - P /130282/EUGA/Specs 08120-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor F. ALUMINUM PAINT: . Unless otherwise specified, aluminum paint shall be as recommended by aluminum door manufacturer. G. BITUMINOUS COATING: Coating shall be cold applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-PS 9.01 compounded for 30 mil thickness per coat. 2.03 FABRICATION A. ALUMINUM FRAMES: Frames shall be fabricated from extruded aluminum shapes with contours approximately as indicated. Countersunk stainless steel Phillips screws spaced not more than 12 inches o.c. shall be used for exposed fastenings. Joints in frame members shall be milled to a hairline fit, reinforced, and secured mechanically. B. ALUMINUM DOORS: Doors shall be of type, size, and design indicated and not less than 1 3/4 inches thick. Minimum wall thickness shall be 0.125 inch, except beads and trim shall be 0.050 inch. Door sizes shown are nominal and shall include standard clearances as follows: 0.093 inch at hinge and lock stiles, 0.125 inch between meeting stiles, 0.125 inch at top rails, 0.187 inch between bottom and threshold, and 0.687 inch between bottom and floor. Single-acting doors shall be beveled 0.125 inch at lock, hinge, and meeting stile edges. . Unless otherwise specified, doors shall be flush doors using facing sheets with a plain smooth surface. Construction shall consist of a phenolic resin-impregnated kraft paper honeycomb core, surrounded at edges and louvered areas with extruded aluminum shapes. The impregnation of core shall have a minimum of20 percent resin content. Sheet aluminum door facings shall be not less than 0.04-inch thick laminated to a 0.1 O-inch thick tempered hardboard backing. The backing shall be bonded to the honeycomb core. Facing sheets shall be bonded to core under heat and pressure with a thermosetting adhesive, and mechanically locked to the extruded edge members. C. WELDING AND FASTENING: Where possible, welds shall be located on unexposed surfaces; on exposed surfaces welds shall be dressed smoothly. Welding rods, filler wire, and flux shall be selected to produce a uniform texture and color in finished work. Flux and spatter shall be removed from surfaces immediately after welding. Exposed screws or bolts will be permitted only in inconspicuous locations, and shall have countersunk heads. Concealed reinforcements for hardware shall be welded in place. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - P 1130282/EUGAlSpecs 08120-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . D. WEATHERSTRIPPING: Weatherstripping shall be provided on edges of exterior doors and fit into slots which are integral with doors or frames. Weatherstripping shall be replaceable without special tools. Installation shall allow doors to swing freely and close positively. E. ANCHORS: Anchors shall be provided on the backs of subframes for securing subframes to adjacent construction. Transom bars shall be anchored at ends and mullions at head and sill. Freestanding door frames shall be reinforced and anchored to floor construction in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Anchors shall be placed near top and bottom of each jamb and at intermediate points not more than 25 inches apart. F. PROVISIONS FOR HARDWARE: Hardware is specified in Section 08710. Hardware templates and hardware (except field-applied hardware) shall be delivered to the door manufacturer for use in fabrication of aluminum doors and frames. Doors and frames shall be cut, reinforced, drilled, and tapped at the factory to receive template hardware. Doors to receive surface-applied hardware, except push plates, kick plates, and mop plates, shall be provided with reinforcing only and drilled and tapped in the field. Hardware reinforcements shall be stainless steel or steel with hot-dipped galvanized finish, and secured with stainless steel screws. Reinforcement in core of flush doors shall be provided as required to receive locks, door closers, and other hardware. G. FINISHES: Finish on doors and frames shall be factory finish of anodic coating. Exposed aluminum surfaces shall be cleaned and provided with an anodized finish conforming to AA DAF45. Finish shall be AA-MIO-C22-A42 Architectural Class I color-anodized finish. Color shall be clear. 2.04 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided: 1. Detail specifications and instructions for installation, adjustments, cleaning and maintenance. 2. Certificates of compliance specified in paragraph 08120-1.02 B. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p'/130282/EUGAlSpecs 08120-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor PART 3--EXECUTION . 3.01 INSTALLATION Frames shall be plumb, square, and level and anchored to adjacent construction as specified and in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Bottom of each frame shall be anchored to rough floor construction with 3/32-inch thick stainless steel angle clips secured to back of each jamb and to floor construction; stainless steel bolts and expansion rivets shall be used for fastening clip anchors. Doors shall be hung to produce clearances specified. After erection and glazing, doors and hardware shall be adjusted to operate properly. 3.02 PROTECTION FROM DISSIMILAR MATERIALS A. DISSIMILAR METALS: Where aluminum surfaces come in contact with metals other than stainless steel, zinc, or small areas of white bronze, aluminum shall be protected from direct contact by one or a combination ofthe following methods: 1. Paint the dissimilar metal with one coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. 2. Apply a good quality elastomeric sealant between the aluminum and the dissimilar metal. 3. Paint the dissimilar metal with one coat of primer and one coat of aluminum paint. . 4. Use a nonabsorptive tape or gasket in permanently dry locations. B. DRAINAGE FROM DISSIMILAR METALS: In locations where drainage from dissimilar metals has direct contact with aluminum, provide protective paint, to prevent aluminum discoloration. C. MASONRY AND CONCRETE: Aluminum surfaces in contact with mortar, concrete, or other masonry materials shall be protected with one coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. D. WOOD OR OTHER ABSORPTIVE MATERIALS: Aluminum surfaces in contact with absorptive materials subject to frequent moisture, and aluminum surfaces in contact with treated wood, shall be protected with two coats of aluminum paint or one coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. In lieu of painting the aluminum, the Contractor shall have the option of painting the wood or other absorptive surface with two coats of aluminum paint and sealing the joints with elastomeric sealant. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - P 1l30282/EUGAlSpecs 08120-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . " 3.03 CLEANING Upon completion of installation, door and frame surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with door manufacturer's recommended procedure, including removal of excess glazing and sealant compounds. Protective coating shall be removed when completion of construction activities no longer requires its retention. Use of abrasive, caustic, or acid cleaning agents is not allowed. 3.04 PROTECTION Doors and frames shall be protected from damage and from contamination by other materials such as cement mortar. Prior to completion and acceptance of the work, damaged doors and frames shall be restored to original condition or replaced with new ones. * * END OF SECTION** December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p./130282/EUGAlSpecs 08120-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor SECTION 08331 . ROLL-UP DOORS PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies aluminum roll-up doors. B. EQUIPMENT LIST: E ui ment name Chemical Room Roll-U Door 1303 o erator Manual Door number 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Furnish each roll-up door as a complete unit produced by one manufacturer, including hardware, accessories, mounting and installation components. . 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall comply with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. Submit manufacturer's product data, roughing-in diagrams, and installation instructions for each type and size of roll-up door. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPT ABLE PRODUCTS A. MANUFACTURERS: Roll-up doors shall be by Kinnear, Cookson, Cornell, Pacific Rolling Door, or equal. B. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: All doors shall be manual chain hoist operation. Where aluminum metal touches concrete, it shall be coated with heavy alkali-resistant bituminous paint. Provide inside slide bolt suitable for padlock. . 1/12/2007 1006 AM - P \127401\wp\specs 08331-1 . . . 2.02 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided: A. Operation and maintenance information 2.03 CURTAIN Curtain shall be made of interlocking slats fabricated of aluminum of a gage suitable to resist wind load of 30 pounds per square foot. Malleable endlocks shall be fastened to each end of all slats with a minimum of two rivets. The bottom of the curtain shall be equipped with a foot piece consisting of two extruded aluminum angles for reinforcement and a rubber loop astragal for sill contact. Curtain shall be flat slat type. Slats shall be of continuous length without splices for full width of door. 2.04 HOOD The hood shall be constructed of Alloy 3003 aluminum sheet of not less than 0.032-inch thick, mill finish, formed to fit contour brackets, and reinforced at top and bottom edges. 2.05 GUIDES Door guides shall be fabricated of steel angles bolted together to form channel guide for the curtain, galvanized after fabrication. Guides shall have sufficient slot depth to retain the curtain against a wind pressure of 30 pounds per square foot. 2.06 BRACKETS Brackets shall be constructed of steel plates of sufficient thickness to support the weight of the curtain and barrel assembly and designed to form an end closure support for the hood. The drive bracket shall be equipped with permanently lubricated sealed ball bearings. 2.07 BARREL ASSEMBLY Barrel shall be of steel pipe and shall be adequate to carry door weight with deflection not to exceed 0.04 inch per foot of door width. The door shall be counterbalanced with oil-tempered helical torsion springs. Spring tension shall be adjustable by a wheel that is accessible without removing the hood. 2.08 GEARS All gears shall be of high grade cast iron made from machine cut patterns. 08331-2 1/12/200710 06 AM - p.\12740I\wp\specs 2.09 CONTROLS AND OPERATIONS . A. MANUAL: Manual operators shall consist of reduction gears and heavily galvanized steel hand chain provided with chain lock brackets. 2.10 FINISH All aluminum parts shall be given a 204-RI class I clear anodized finish after fabrication. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Installation shall be under the supervision of manufacturer-approved personnel. On completion of the installation, the doors shall operate smoothly without interruptions during the opening and closing cycles. 3.02 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION Verify that wall openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions and tolerances are within limits. . 3.03 INSTALLATION Install according to manufacturer's instructions. Fit and align door assembly level and plumb, install to provide for smooth and quiet operation requiring a minimum of service and adjustment. Coordinate installation of sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter per specification Section 07900. 3.04 WARRANTY Provide manufacturer's 2-year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. 3.05 CLEAN UP Clean all exposed and adjacent surfaces at completion of installation. **END OF SECTION** . 1/12/20071006 AM - P \I 27401 \wplspecs 08331-3 . . . SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. GENERAL: Work under this section includes the finish and security hardware requirements for the project. Items not specifically mentioned but necessary to complete the work shall be furnished, matching the items specified in quality, and finish. 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL A. SUPPLIER: Finish Hardware shall be supplied by recognized builder's hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than two years. The supplier's organization shall include a member of the American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants who is available at all reasonable times during the course of the work to meet with the Owner, Architect, or Contractor for project hardware consultation. Supplier shall be located within 200 miles of the project. Supplier shall be a distributor for the specified products, not a broker. Supplier shall maintain a warehouse and stock of specified hardware and replacement parts. B. INSTALLER: Finish Hardware shall be installed only by experienced tradesmen in compliance with trade union jurisdictions, either at the door and frame fabrication plant or at the project site. C. CODES: All Finish Hardware shall comply with applicable local and/or state current building codes. Hardware for fire-rated openings shall also be in compliance with all fire building codes applicable to the district in which the building is located. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL for the types and sizes of doors required, and which complies with the requirements of the Door and Door Frame Labels. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. MANUFACTURER'S DATA: Submit Manufacturer's data for each item of finish hardware. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - P /130282/EUGA/Specs 08710-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. HARDWARE SET: . Submit listing of Finish Hardware Set indicating complete designation of every item required for each door or opening. List in a vertical form. Review of hardware schedule does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to fulfill project requirements in accordance with contract documents. Set must be in vertical form, including all quantities, stock numbers, finishes and sizes. List hardware for each door opening separately. B. FORMAT OF HARDWARE SET: Heading 5 1 single Door 5 Corridor P7 from Classroom P2 - RHR 100 3'0 x TO x 1-3/4" Wd x Hm HW-4 1-1/2 Pro Butts 1 Lockset 1 Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers TA2714 26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1/2WS 35H 7EW ISH 32D EN350-PED TB 5th Screw Spacer 5153 12 x 34 (Push Side) QU W307 26D IV 20R After the hardware has been reviewed, submit one (1) copy of catalog cuts of each item and installation and maintenance instructions. . C. TEMPLATES: Furnish hardware templates for fabricators of doors, frames and other work to be factory prepared for hardware. Upon request, check shop drawings of such other work to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for the prior installation of hardware. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. PACKAGING: Each item or package is to be separately tagged with identification related to final hardware schedule. Basic installation instructions shall be included. B. STORAGE: Provide locked room at the jobsite for storage of hardware. 1.06 GUARANTEE Finish hardware shall be guaranteed against defects in workmanship and operation for a period of one year, backed by a factory guarantee of the hardware manufacturer, except the door . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - P /130282/EUGA/Specs 08710-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . closers shall be so guaranteed for ten years. No liability shall be assumed by the hardware supplier where faulty operation is due to improper installation or failure to exercise normal maintenance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 2.02 BUTTS A. . B. C. D. E. F. G. H. A. Items used are from the catalogs of: McKinney Ives Sargent & Co. Tice Trimco Pemko Mfg. ABH BEST B. Except as shown in the following paragraphs, no other substitutions are allowed. Manufacturer Listed: McKinney. Acceptable Substitutions: Lawrence, Stanley. Size: 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 except as required to clear projecting trim. 5 x 4-1/2 at exterior, vestibule and doors over 36" in width. Quantity: 1-1/2 pair up to and including 90" in height. 2 pair over 90" in height. F or unusual size or weight doors, furnish type, size, and quantity recommended by the butt manufacturer. Outswing doors to have non-removable pins (NRP set screw in barrel). Finish: US32D STAINLESS STEEL Continuous Hinges = Mckinney 2.03 LOCK SETS, LATCHES, DEADLOCKS A. Manufacturer Listed: BEST 35H MORTISE LOCKS. B. Acceptable Substitutions: None. . C. Design: Lever - 15H December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p /130282/EUGAlSpecs 08710-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . D. Alllocksets and latchsets shall be the product of one manufacturer. E. Finish: US32D STAINLESS STEEL 2.04 CYLINDERS A. Manufacturer Listed: BEST INTERCHANGEABLE CORE. B. Acceptable Substitutions: None. C. Provide cylinders for all key operated locks, exit devices and mullions. D. Finish: US26D DULL CHROME. 2.05 EXIT DEVICES AND MULLIONS A. Manufacturer Listed: Sargent & Co. 80 Series B. Acceptable Substitutions: None C. Provide lever handles where noted to match mortise locksets. D. Provide shim kits as required to clear projecting lite frames. . E. Provide 12-L980 mullion as listed. Box type 2" x 3" "UL" listed at all locations - key removable type. F. Finish: US32D STAINLESS STEEL. 2.06 DOOR CLOSERS, SURF ACE A. Manufacturer Listed: Sargent 351 Series. B. Acceptable Substitutions: None C. Provide drop plates where required. D. Provide extra duty arms at all parallel arm locations: 351-PIO E. Furnish shoe supports for all closers. F. Provide closers with proper spring power adjustment to meet ADA Codes. G. Provide regular arms at all in-swing doors where listed. 351-0 H. Finish: PLATED ARMS AND PLATED COVERS US26D DULL CHROME December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p-/130282IEUGAlSpecs 08710-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . J. Provide special closer mounting as required where interference with weatherstrip or sound seal occurs. 2.08 KICK PLATES, PUSH & PULLS A. Manufacturer Listed: Tice B. Acceptable Substitutions: Trimco, Ives. C. Finish: Kick Plates: US32D STAINLESS STEEL Push & Pulls: US32D STAINLESS STEEL D. Size: All plates shall be 2" less than door width on push side of door, except pairs of doors shall be 1" less than door width. Kick Plates shall be 12" in height. Armor Plates shall be 34" in height. 2.09 STOPS, HOLDERS, AND MISCELLANEOUS A. Manufacturer Listed: Ives. B. Acceptable Substitutions: Rockwood, TRIMCO,SPECW ARE c. Wall Stops: WS402CVX (unless otherwise noted). Floor Stops: 1215. D. Finish = US26D DULL CHROME E. Where wall stops are not applicable, furnish floor stop or vise-versa. Provide proper height floor stops to suit conditions. Contractor to provide solid blocking for all wall mounted stops. 2.10 OVERHEAD STOPS A. Manufacturer Listed: ABH B. acceptable Substitutions: Glynn-Johnson, Sargent. C. Provide proper size and degree of swing to suit conditions. D. Finish: US32D STAINLESS STEEL 2.11 WEATHERSTRIP AND THRESHOLD A. Manufacturer Listed: Pemko B. Acceptable Substitutions: Reese, National Guard December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p'/130282IEUGAlSpecs 08710-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . C. Where smoke gasket is specified, provide Pemko S44D D. Provide sleeve anchor Pemko FHSL-25 for all thresholds. E. Finish all weather stripping. Will be clear anodized aluminum. All thresholds will be Mill Finish Aluminum. F. As per the International Building Code, the maximum height of all thresholds is to be 0.5 inch. 2.12 DOOR SILENCERS A. Manufacturer Listed: Ives. B. Acceptable Substitutions: Trimco, Baldwin. C. Quantity: Furnish three (3) for each single door frame, and four (4) for each pair of door frames. D. Type: 64 or 65. 2.13 KEYING . Keying shall be established at a key conference attended by the Owner/Architect and BEST LOCK REPRESENTATIVE. Provide permanent key schedules in a format acceptable to the Owner. All permanent keys shall be hand delivered or sent via registered mail directly to the Owner. Key to existing GGMK system. The hardware distributor will provide brass construction cores for all locks. When the project is completed, the hardware distributor will provide the permanent cores. The contractor will install the permanent cores. Keys: Provide 3 for each cylinder unit (except as amended at key conference). Master keys: Provide 6 for each new set established. Provide 6 construction keys. Cylinders will be BEST (No Substitution) . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p./130282/EUGAlSpecs 08710-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation by skilled mechanics to architect's satisfaction. Conform strictly to manufacturer's templates and directions. Conform to referenced!BC and UL requirements. B. Adjust movable parts to operate perfectly at time of final acceptance. C. Make further adjustments required during guarantee period. D. Replace hardware which has been damaged by use when damage is caused by faulty installation. E. Make mortises accurately to exactly receive hardware. Depth or Mortises such that hardware is flush with finish surfaces. F. Screws and similar: Drill appropriate size guide holes for all wood screws. Drill and tap metal doors and frames to receive manufacturer's machine screws. Do not use sheet metal or "TEK" screws to install hardware. G. Use cast-in-place stainless steel anchor bolts or stainless steel expansion shield for all items supported by, or on, new concrete. H. Place door stops and holders to allow maximum swing. Doors not to contact anything but stop. I. Cut and fit thresholds to profiles of door jambs with mitered corners and precision joints. Set exterior thresholds in bed of butyl rubber sealant and fill all voids to exclude moisture. Do not block any weep holes and remove excess sealant. Align the bevel of exterior thresholds with exterior face of door, unless detailed otherwise. Thresholds shall be installed level. J. Hardware Placement: Locate hardware on doors as follows: 1. Comply with handicapped code where more stringent requirements are indicated. 2. Dimensions are from the finished floor to centerline unless shown otherwise. Butts: As per approved metal jambs. Lock/Latch: 40-inch centerline of strike. Exit Device Cross Bar: 40-inch centerline of bar, except as required to clear vision lites. Deadlock Cylinder: 48 inches All other items are manufacturer's instructions or as directed. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p /130282/EUGAlSpecs 08710-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3. After installation, check and adjust all operation hardware. 4. Protection and Cleaning: After installation, clean interior and exterior metal surfaces of all mortar, plaster, paint and other contaminants. 3.02 HARDWARE GROUPS Hardware Set Each to Receive: 3 EA HINGE T4A3386 X 4.5 X 4.5 1 EA LOCK 35H 7EW 15H 1 EA OVERHEAD STOP ABH 1 EA CLOSER 351- PIO X PLATED ARM & COVER26D 1 EA EXIT DEVICE 80 SERIES 1 EA KICKPLATE B4E 1 EA THRESHOLD 276A 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 315CN 1 SET GASKET S44D 1 EA RAIN DRIP 346C 32D 32D 1010 32D AL AL BRZ AL **END OF SECTION** MCK BEST 32D SA SA TICE PEMKO PEMKO PEMKO PEMKO December 1, 2006 12/412006 - p'/130282IEUGAlSpecs 08710-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . . . ADDENDUM NO.3 TO THE PROJECT MANUAL FOR EAST UGA SEWER EXTENSION, PROJECT NO. 05-30 NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS (January 19, 2007) The following changes, additions, and/or deletions are hereby made a part of the Project Manual for the construction of East UGA Sewer Extension dated December 2006 as fully and completely as if the same were fully set forth therein: A. PART I. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1. Bid Form; pages 1-9 through the end of Part 1, DELETE all pages. REPLACE with the attached Revised Bid Form and Bid Bond Form, pagesl-9R through 1- 15R in Attachment 1 hereto. B. PART III. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. Special Provisions Section 1-07.6 PERMITS AND LICENSES. Add paragraph 2 as follows: "County and City construction permit fees will be paid by the appropriate agency. No other fees have been waived." 2. Section 7-18 Side Sewers. This section is supplemented with the following: Section 7-18-1.3(1) General: Add paragraph 4 below: "Side sewer locations will be marked by the Engineer in the field." Section 7-18.3(4) Extending Side Sewers Into Private Property. Replace Section 7-18.3(4) with the following: "Side sewers shall be extended from the main to the location marked by the Engineer. Side sewer length will vary from 5 to 30 feet in length depending on field conditions." 3. Special Provisions Division 7-17.4 Payment Measure. Replace Addendum 2, Page 4, Section 7-17.4 with the following: "Measurement shall be in accordance with Section 7-17-4 of the Standard Specifications". 4. Section 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal. This section is supplemented with the following: Addendum No.3 Page 1 of 4 Alternate Bids The bidding proposal on this project requires the bidder to tender a bid listing costs for construction of the main truck line(s) and pump stations (Base Bid), Add Alternate 1 (Myrtle Street Sewer), and Add Alternate 2 (Telecommunications Duct). . Bid Proposal The bid proposal includes the following parts: · Base Bid (Main Trunk Line and Pump Stations) · Add Alternate 1 (Myrtle Street Sewer) · Add Alternate 2 - (Fiber OpticfT elecommunication Duct by Others) Base Bid The Base Bid is based on constructing items in the project contained on the bid form entitled "Base Bid." Such work shall contain, but not be limited to, the construction of force and gravity mains between the City of Port Angeles Wastewater Treatment Plant and the terminus at Masters Road, Construction of Pump Stations 12 and 13, and appurtenances. Add Alternate 1 - Myrtle Street Sewer Add Alternate 1 is based on constructing items in the project contained on . the bid form entitled "Add Alternate 1 - Myrtle Street Sewer." Such work shall contain, but not be limited to, construction of a gravity main between Pump Station 12 and the easterly terminus of the sewer line at Bay Street, directional boring, and appurtenances. Add Alternate 2 - Fiber OpticlTelecommunications Duct by Others Add Alternate 2 is based on constructing items in the project contained on the bid form entitled "Add Alternate 2 - Fiber Opticffelecommunication Duct by Others." Such work consists in allowing access to construction trench to two telecommunications companies for the purpose of their install fiber optic/telecommunication duct in the open trench. Bid Procedures If a contract is awarded, the successful bidder will be the responsible bidder submitting the lowest bid for the preference, listed in order below, which is within the amount of funds available for constructing this project. Addendum No.3 Page 2 of 4 . . . . Order of Preference 1. Preference 1: Lowest total bid for Base Bid, plus Add Alternate 1, plus Add Alternate 2. Preference 2: Lowest total bid for Base Bid, plus Add Alternate 1. Preference 3: Lowest total bid for Base Bid, plus Add Alternate 2. Preference 4: Lowest total bid for Base Bid 2. 3. 4. C. PART IV. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. Section 09901, FINISHES AND COLORS. Revise the description of "Surfaces" in the second row of Section 1.02 COSTING SCHEDULE to read: "Pre-cast concrete wet well interiors and exteriors, valve vault interiors within the Pump Station limits, and the interiors of Sanitary Sewer Manholes 20, 21,50, and 51." 2. Section 17000 1.01A. Add the following paragraph "For purposes of this contract, Integrator shall be S&B Inc., Bellevue, Washington. S&B shall provide the main control panels complete with all programming and system integration as specified herein. Contractor shall coordinate with S&B as required to provide a complete and functioning control system." 3. Section 17000 1.01B1a Replace the entire paragraph with the following. "Programmable logic controller (PLC) based control, monitoring and data acquisition electronic system with PLC configuration and application programming, performed by S&B, for the system specified herein and in Section 17800." 4. Section 17000 1.01 B1 b Replace the entire paragraph with the following. "Operator interface (01) electronic system for local control, monitoring and data acquisition of the data read and wrote through the PLC system, with 01 configuration and application programming, performed by S&B, for the system specified herein and in Section 17800." 5. Section 17000 1.02J Replace the entire paragraph with the following. "The application programming for PLC and 01 shall provide the control, process monitoring, alarming and data acquisition per the requirements of this section and Section 17800 and shall be performed by S&B." 6. Section 17000 1.038 Replace the entire paragraph with the following. "Main control panels, programming, and integration shall be provided by S&B. All other instrumentation and control electronic systems shall be Addendum NO.3 Page 3 of 4 provided under the supervision of a separate single systems integration company. The systems integration company shall, as a minimum, be specialized in the design, assembly, testing installation and service of . municipal control and communication systems in the Pacific Northwest for at least five years; shall employ technicians and engineers with documented experience in the design, assembly, testing, installation, operation, calibration, troubleshooting, service and repair of control and communication systems for municipal waterworks and sewerage facilities; shall be located in Western Washington and within a 120-mile radius; and shall be specialized in Siemens PLC application programming and electronic operator interface graphical application programming for at least three years. The Contractor is responsible to the Owner for performance of all systems as specified. The systems integration company or their personnel shall have demonstrated a history of successful execution of the work described herein. The capability of the system integration company shall be reviewed by and meet the approval of the Owner." D. PART V. CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS 1. Drawing C-1001, PROJECT CONTROL PLAN. The CONTROL POINT TABLE contains a number of transposed coordinate points. A corrected set will be issued as part of the Contract Document manual. ~a- GLENN A. CUTLER, P.E. ' Director of Public Works & Utilities . There is no change to the Bid Opening Date or Engineer's Estimate as a result of this Addendum. This addendum must be acknowledged in the space provided on the Bid Form in the Project Manual when it is submitted to the City with your bid. Failure to do so may result in the bid being rejected as being non-responsive. Attached hereto and part of Addendum No.3: A. Attachment 1 - Revised Bid Form and Bid Bond Form ( total of 7 pages) END OF ADDENDUM Addendum NO.3 Page 4 of 4 . . ATTACHMENT 1 TO ADDENDUM 3 REVISED BID FORM . / . REVISED BID FORM Page 1 of 6 . Honorable Mayor and City Council Port Angeles City Hall 321 East Fifth Street Port Angeles, W A 98362 BIDDER: REGISTRATION NO.: DATE: UBI NUMBER: The undersigned, hereinafter called the bidder, declares that the only person(s} interested in this bid are those named herein; that the bid is in all respects fair and without fraud; and that it is made without any connection or collusion with any other person making a bid on this project. The bidder further declares that it has carefully examined the plan, specifications, and contract documents, hereinafter referred to as the Project Manual, for the construction of the proposed project improvement(s); that it has personally inspected the site(s); that it has satisfied itself as to the types and quantities of materials, the types of equipment, the conditions of the work involved, including the fact that the description of and the quantities of work and materials, the types of equipment, the conditions of and the work involved as included herein, are brief and are intended only to indicate the general nature of the work and to identify the said quantities with the corresponding requirements of the Project Manual; and that this bid is made in accordance with the provisions and the terms of the Contract included in the Project Manual. . The bidder further agrees that it has exercised its own judgment regarding the interpretation of surface information and has utilized all data which it believes is pertinent from the City Engineer, hereinafter also referred to as the City or Owner, and such other source of information as it determined necessary in arriving at its conclusion. The bidder further certifies that the subcontracting firms or businesses submitted on the LISTING OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS will be awarded subcontracts for the described portions of the work: If the bidder is awarded a construction contract on this bid, the name and address of the surety who will provide the performance bond is: Surety Agent Surety address Agent Address Surety Contact and Phone Number Agent Contact and Phone Number . I -9R REVISED BID FORM Page 2 of 6 . Base Bid: . Item Estimated Unit Price Extended No. Sec No. Description ofItem Quantity Units (Fi2ures) Amonnt 1 1-05 Construction Surveying 1 Lump $ $ Sum 2 1-07 Temporary Water Pollution / 1 Lump $ $ Erosion Control Sum 3 1-07 InductlOn Loop Repair 10 Each $ $ 4 1-07 Force Account - Traffic Signal 1 F.A. $10,000. $10,000. Reparr 5 1-09 Mobilization 1 Lump $ $ Sum 6 1-10 Project Temporary Traffic 1 Lump $ $ Control Sum 7 2-01 Clearing and Grubbing 1 Lump $ $ Sum 8 2-02 Monitoring Well 1 Lump $ $ Abandonment Sum 9 2-03 Unsuitable Foundation 2,000 Cubic $ $ Excavation Inc!. Haul Yards 10 2-09 Structure Excavation Class B 16,500 Cubic $ $ Inc!. Haul Yards 11 2-09 Shoring or Extra Excavation 131,000 Square $ $ Class B Feet 12 2-09 Gravel Backfill 7,200 Cubic $ $ Yards 13 2-09 Controlled Density FIll (CDF) 3,700 CUbIC $ $ Yards 14 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Base 2,030 Tons $ $ Course 15 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Top Course 1,260 Tons $ $ 16 5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) CL 1,125 Tons $ $ Y2", PG 64-22 17 5-04 Asphalt Cold Patch Mix 1,125 Tons $ $ 18 7-05 Manhole 48 In. Dlam., Type 1 45 Each $ $ 19 7-05 Manhole AddItional Height 48 10 Linear $ $ In. Diam. Type 1 Feet 20 7-05 Manhole 54 In. Diam., Type 1 4 Each $, $ 21 7-05 Manhole Additional Height 54 50 Linear $ $ In. Diam. Type 1 Feet 22 7-17 PVC Sarutary Sewer Pipe, 8 1,245 Linear $ $ In. Diam. Feet . 1 -lOR REVISED BID FORM Page 3 of 6 Item Estimated Unit Price Extended No. Sec No. Description of Item Quantity Units (Figures) Amount 23 7-17 PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 10 7,140 Linear $ $ In. Dtam. Feet 24 7-17 PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 12 3,800 Linear $ $ In. Dtam. Feet 25 7-17 PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 15 2,710 Linear $ $ In. Diam. Feet 26 7-17 PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 20 60 Linear $ $ In. Diam. Feet 27 7-17 HDPE Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 16 300 Linear $ $ In. Diam. Feet 28 7-17 HDPE Sanitary Sewer 6,345 Linear $ $ Forcemain, 10 In. Diam. Feet 29 7-17 Testing Sewer Pipe 21,537 Linear $ $ Feet 30 8-14 Cement Concrete Sidewalk 450 Square $ $ Yards 31 8-32 Sewage Pump Station 12 and 1 Lump $ $ Accessones Sum 32 8-32 Sewage Pump Station 13 and 1 Lump $ $ Accessories Sum 33 8-32 Sewage Pump Station 300 Hours $ $ Additional Control System Programming 34 7-18 Side Sewer 150 Linear $ $ Feet . . Base Bid Subtotal $ Sales Tax (8.4%) $ Total Base Bid $ . I -IIR REVISED BID FORM Page 4 of 6 . Add Alternate 1 - Myrtle Street Sewer: . . Item Estimated Unit Price Extended No. Sec No. Description ofltem Quantity Units (Fi2ures) Amount 1 1-05 Construction Surveying 1 Lump $ $ Sum 2 1-07 Temporary Water Pollution / 1 Lump $ $ Erosion Control Sum 3 1-09 Mobilization 1 Lump $ $ Sum 4 1-10 Project Temporary Traffic 1 Lump $ $ Control Sum 5 2-01 Clearing and Grubbing 1 Lump $ $ Sum 6 2-03 Unsuitable Foundation 500 Cubic $ $ ExcavatIon Incl. Haul Yards 7 2-09 Structure Excavation Class B 1,350 Cubic $ $ Incl. Haul Yards 8 2-09 Shoring or Extra Excavation 11,500 Square $ $ Class B Feet 9 2-09 Gravel Backfill 970 Cubic $ $ Yards 10 4-04 Crushed Surfacin}?; Base Course 74 Tons $ $ 11 4-04 Crushed Surfacing Too Course 37 Tons $ $ 12 5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) CL 41 Tons $ $ Y2", PG 64-22 13 5-04 Asohalt Cold Patch Mix 41 Tons $ $ 14 7-05 Manhole 48 In. Diam., Type 1 4 Each $ $ 15 7-17 PYC SanItary Sewer Pipe, 8 In. 1,631 Linear $ $ Diam. Feet 16 7-17 HDD HDPE Sanitary Sewer 403 Linear $ $ PIpe 8 In. Dlam. Feet 17 7-17 TestIng Sewer Pipe 2,034 Linear $ $ Feet Add Alternate 1 Subtotal $ Sales Tax (8.4%) $ Total Add Alternate 1 $ I - 12R REVISED BID FORM Page 5 of 6 Add Alternate 2 - Fiber ConduitlTelecommunications Conduit Installation bv Others: . Item No. 1 Unit Price Extended Units Amount mear $ eet Add Alternate 2 Subtotal $ Sales Tax (8.4%) $ Total Add Alternate 2 $ Bid Preference Summary Preference 1: (Base Bid + Add Alternate 1 + Add Total Preference 1 $ Alternate 2) Preference 2: (Base Bid + Add Alternate 1) Total Preference 2 $ Preference 3: (Base Bid + Add Alternate 2) Total Preference 3 $ Preference 4: Base Bid Total Preference 4 $ . . 1- 13R . . . REVISED BID FORM Page 6 of 6 ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGMENT The bidder hereby acknowledges that it has received Addenda No(s). to this Project Manual. The name of the bidder submitting this bid and its business phone number and address, to which address all communications concerned with this bid and with the Contract shall be sent, are listed below. Bidder's firm name Complete address (Street address) (Stale) (Zip) Telephone No. Signed by Title Printed Name: Notes: (1) If the bidder is a partnership, so state, giving firm name under which business is transacted. (2) If the bidder is a corporation, this bid must be executed by its duly authorized officials. 1- 14R BID SECURITY TRANSMITTAL FORM Herewith find an executed Bid Bond or a deposit in the form of a cashier's check, postal money order or other security in lieu of a bid bond in the amount of $ . which amount is not less than five (5%) percent of the total bid. . SIGN HERE BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, as Principal and as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF PORT ANGELES as Obligee, in the penal sum of Dollars, for the payment of which the Pnncipal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for: PORT ANGELES EAST UGA SEWER INTERCEPTOR PROJECT 05-30 according to the terms of the bid made by the Principal, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the depOSit specified in the advertisement for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liqUidated damages, the amount of this bond. . SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS day of ,20 t-'nnClpal Surety Agent Surety address Agent Address Surety Contact and Phone Number Agent Contact and Phone Number Dated: Received return of deposit In the sum of $ I -15R . . ~ 1:, ~J '~(lrt l \ . o . f) V . . . CITY OF PORT ANGELES NOTICE OF AWARD .J' ' 1 March 8, 2007 Primo Construction, Inc. 970 Carlsborg Road Sequim, WA 98382 MAR 1 3 2007 PROJECT Description: Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor, Project 05-30 The Owner has considered the bid submitted by you for the above described work In response to its Advertisement for Bids dated December 18, 2006. You are hereby notified that your bid has been accepted for items in the amount of $4,610,315.86 Including tax~ You are required, as stated in the Information for Bidders, to execute the contract and furnish the required Contractor's Performance and Payment Bond and certificates of insurance within ten (10) calendar days from the date of this notice to you. If you fail to execute said contract and to furnish said bonds within ten (10) days from the date of this Notice, said Owner will be entitled to consider all of your rights arising out of the Owner's acceptance of your bid as abandoned and as a forfeiture of your bid bond. The Owner Will be entitled to such other fights as may be granted by law. You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this Notice of Award to the Owner. Dated this 8th day of March, 2007. CITY OF PORT ANGELES By~JS~~ Michael S. Szatloc ,P Title Project Engineer Receipt of the above Notice of Award is hereby acknowle e' this ) 20 D-:' Print NameL-~ ~l2.Li12---'S e, 't'~t2-~ ~l-\ TItle V~c:S \ b~ Please return signed original to the City of Port Angeles Public Works & Utilities Department, attn: Michael Szatlocky, PE, Project Engineer. CC: CIty Clerk . . . PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT This Contract is made and entered into in duplicate this ~7 t!. day of ~R- ,2007, by and between the City of Port Angeles, a non-charter code city of the Stat of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "the City", and Primo Construction, Inc., a Washington Corporation, hereinafter referred to as "the Contractor". WITNESSETH: Whereas, the City desires to have certain public work performed as hereinafter set forth, requiring specialized skills and other supportive capabilities; and Whereas, the Contractor represents that it is qualified and possesses sufficient skills and the necessary capabilities to perform the services set forth in this Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms, conditions, and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Scope of Work. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment in order to accomplish the following project: Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Project 05-30 in accordance with and as described in: A. this Contract, and B. the Project Manual, which include the attached plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, submittal requirements, attachments, addenda (if any), Bid Form, Performance and Payment Bond, and C. the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation, as may be specifically modified in the attached Specifications and/or Special Provisions, hereinafter referred to as "the standard specifications", and shall perform any alterations in or additions to the work provided under this Contract and every part thereof. The Contractor shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work, and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in this Contract, except as may otherwise be provided in the Project Manual. ' MAR 1 3 2007 PW 0407_02 Parl02 [ReVised 5/12/06] II -1 2. Time for Performance and Liquidated Damages. . A. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Contract and in adhering to the time frames specified herein. The Contractor shall commence work within ten (10) calendar days after notice to proceed from the City. The time of completion (performance period) for this project is by November 1, 2007, unless a different time frame is expressly provided in writing by the City. B. If said work is not completed within the time for physical completion, the Contractor may be required at the City's sole discretion to pay to the City liquidated damages as set forth in the Project Manual, for each and every day said work remains uncompleted after the expiration of the specified time. 3. Com{>ensation and Method of Payment. A. The City shall pay the Contractor for work performed under this Contract as detailed in the bid, as incorporated in the Project Manual. B. Payments for work provided hereunder shall be made following the performance of such work, unless otherwise permitted by law and approved in writing by the City. No payment shall be made for any work rendered by the Contractor except as identified and set forth in this Contract. c. Progress payments shall be based on the timely submittal by the Contractor of the City's standard payment request form. . D. Payments for any alterations in or additions to the work provided under this Contract shall be in accordance with the Request For Information (RFI) and/or Construction Change Order (CCO) process as set forth in the Project Manual. Following approval of the RFI and/or CCO, the Contractor shall submit the standard payment request formes). E. The Contractor shall submit payment requests with a completed Application for Payment form, an example of which is included in the Attachments to this Contract. This form includes a lien waiver certification and shall be notarized before submission. Applications for payment not signed or notarized shall be considered incomplete and ineligible for payment consideration. The City shall initiate authorization for payment after receipt of a satisfactorily completed payment request form and shall make payment to the Contractor within approximately thirty (30) days thereafter. 4. Independent Contractor Relationship. . The relationship created by this Contract is that of independent contracting entities. No agent, employee, servant, or representative of the Contractor shall be deemed to be an employee, agent, servant, or representative of the City, and the employees of the Contractor are not entitled to any of the benefits the City provides for its employees. The Contractor shall be solely and entirely responsible for its acts and the acts of its agents, employees, servants, subcontractors, or representatives during the performance ofthis Contract. The Contractor shall assume full PW 0407_2 Part02 [Revised 5/12/06J II -2 responsibility for payment of all wages and salaries and all federal, state, and local taxes or contributions imposed or required, including, but not limited to, unemployment insurance, workers compensation insurance, social security, and income tax withholding. . 5. Prevailing Wage Requirements. The Contractor shall comply with applicable prevailing wage requirements of the Washington State Department of Labor & Industries, as set forth in Chapter 39.12 RCW and Chapter 296-127 WAC. The Contractor shall document compliance with said requirements and shall file with the City appropriate affidavits, certificates, and/or statements of compliance with the State prevailing wage requirements. The Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts, Clallam County, incorporated in this Contract have been established by the Department of Labor & Industries and are included as an Attachment to this Contract. The Contractor shall also ensure that any subcontractors or agents of the Contractor shall comply with the prevailing wage and documentation requirements as set forth herein. 6. Indemnification and Hold Harmless. A. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the City, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers against and from any and all claims, injuries, damages, losses, or suits, including attorney fees, arising out of or in connection with the performance of this Contract, except for injuries and damages caused by the sole negligence of the City. . B. Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this Contract is subject to RCW 4.24.115, then, in the event of liability for damages arising out of bodily injury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of the Contractor and the City, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers, the Contractor's liability hereunder shall be only to the extent of the Contractor's negligence. It is further specifically and expressly understood that the indemnification provided herein constitutes the Contractor's waiver of immunity under Industrial Insurance, Title 51 RCW, solely for the purposes of this indemnification. This waiver has been mutually negotiated by the parties. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Contract. 7. Insurance. The Contractor shall procure, and maintain for the duration of the Contract, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, their agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Failure by the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract upon which the City may, after giving five working days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the Contract or at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the City on demand, or at the sole discretion of the City, off set against funds due the Contractor from the City. . PW 0407_02 Part02 [ReVised 5/12/06] II -3 A. Minimum Scope of Insurance The Contractor shall obtain . insurance of the types described below: 1. Automobile Liability insurance covering all owned, non-owned, hired and leased vehicles. Coverage shall be written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) form CA 00 01 or a substitute form providing equivalent liability coverage. If necessary, the policy shall be endorsed to provide contractual liability coverage. 11. Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on ISO occurrence form CG 00 01 and shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, stop gap liability, independent contractors, products-completed operations, personal injury and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide the Aggregate Per Project Endorsement ISO form CG 25 03 11 85. There shall be no endorsement or modification of the Commercial General Liability insurance for liability arising from explosion, collapse or underground property damage. The City shall be named as an insured under the Contractor's Commercial General Liability insurance policy with respect to the work performed for the City using ISO Additional Insured endorsement CG 20 10 10 01 and Additional Insured- Completed Operations endorsement CG 20 37 10 01 or substitute endorsements providing equivalent coverage. . 111. Workers' Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington. IV. Builders Risk insurance covering interests of the City, the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-contractors in the work. Builders Risk insurance shall be on a all-risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including flood and earthquake, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, temporary buildings and debris removal. This Builders Risk insurance covering the work will have a deductible of $5,000 for each occurrence, which will be the responsibility of the Contractor. Higher deductibles for floor and earthquake perils may be accepted by the City upon written request by the Contractor and written acceptance by the City. Any increased deductibles accepted by the City will remain the responsibility of the Contractor. The Builders Risk insurance shall be maintained until final acceptance of the work by the City. B. Minimum Amounts of Insurance C. The Contractor shall maintain the following insurance limits: . 1. Automobile Liability insurance with a minimum combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of $1 ,000,000 per accident. PW 0407_02 Part02 [ReVised 5/12/06] II -4 11. Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written with limits no less than $3,000,000 each occurrence, $3,000,000 general aggregate and a $3,000,000 products-completed operations aggregate limit. Builders Risk insurance shall be written in the amount of the completed value of the project with no coinsurance provisions. . 111. C. Other Insurance Provisions The insurance policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions for Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability insurance. 1. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance with respect to the City. Any insurance, self-insurance, or insurance pool coverage maintained by the City shall be in excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. 11. The Contractor's insurance shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be cancelled or reduced as to coverage by either party, except after forty-five (45) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City. D. Acceptability of Insurers Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best rating of not less than A:VII. . E. Verification of Coverage The Contractor shall furnish the City with original certificates and a copy of the amendatory endorsements, including but not necessarily limited to the additional insured endorsement, evidencing the Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability insurance of the Contractor before commencement of the work. Before any exposure to loss may occur, the Contractor shall file with the City a copy of the Builders Risk insurance policy that includes all applicable conditions, exclusions, definitions, terms and endorsements related to this project. F. Contractor's Insurance For Other Losses The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all loss or damage from any cause whatsoever to any tools, Contractor's employee owned tools, machinery, equipment, or motor vehicles owned or rented by the Contractor, or the Contractor's agents, suppliers or contractors as well as to any temporary structures, scaffolding and protective fences. G. Waiver of Subrogation The Contractor and the City waive all rights against each other, any of their Subcontractors, Subcontractors, agents and employees, each ofthe other, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by Builders Risk insurance or other property insurance obtain pursuant to the Insurance Requirements Section of this Contract or other property insurance applicable to the . work. The policies shall provide such waivers by endorsement or otherwise. 8. Compliance with Laws. PW 0407_02 Part02 [Revised 5/12/06] II -5 . . . A. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, including regulations for licensing, certification, and operation of facilities and programs, and accreditation and licensing of individuals, and any other standards or criteria as set forth in the Project Manual. B. The Contractor shall pay any applicable business and permit fees and taxes which may be required for the performance of the work. C. The Contractor shall comply with all legal and permitting requirements as set forth in the Project Manual. 9. Non-discrimination. The parties shall conduct their business in a manner which assures fair, equal and nondiscriminatory treatment of all persons, without respect to race, creed, color, sex, Vietnam era veteran status, disabled veteran condition, physical or mental handicap, or national origin, and, in particular: A. The parties will maintain open hiring and employment practices and will welcome applications for employment in all positions from qualified individuals who are members of the above-stated minorities. B. The parties will comply strictly with all requirements of applicable federal, state or local laws or regulations issued pursuant thereto, relating to the establishment of nondiscriminatory requirements in hiring and employment practices and assuring the service of all patrons and customers without discrimination with respect to the above-stated minority status. 10. Assignment and Subcontractors. A. The Contractor shall not assign this Contract or any interest herein, nor any money due to or to become due hereunder, without first obtaining the written consent ofthe City. B. The Contractor shall not subcontract any part of the services to be performed hereunder without first obtaining the consent of the City and complying with the provisions of this section. C. In the event the Contractor does assign this contract or employ any subcontractor, the Contractor agrees to bind in writing every assignee and subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the contract documents. D. The Contractor shall, before commencing any work, notify the Owner in writing of the names of any proposed subcontractors. The Contractor shall not employ PW 0407_02 Part02 [ReVised 5/12/06] II -6 . . any subcontractor or other person or organization (including those who are to furnish the principal items or materials or equipment), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom the Owner may have reasonable objection. Each subcontractor or other person or organization shall be identified in writing to the Owner by the Contractor prior to the date this Contract is signed by the Contractor. Acceptance of any subcontractor or assignee by the Owner shall not constitute a waiver of any right of the Owner to reject defective work or work not in conformance with the contract documents. If the Owner, at any time, has reasonable objection to a subcontractor or assignee, the Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute. E. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all acts and omissions of its assignees, subcontractors and of persons and organization directly or indirectly employed by it and of persons and organizations for whose acts any of them may be liable to the same extent that it is responsible for the acts and omissions of person directly employed by it. F. The divisions and sections of the specifications and the identifications of any drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the work among subcontractors or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. G. Nothing contained in the contract documents shall create or be construed to create any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between the Owner and any subcontractor or assignee. Nothing in the contract documents shall create any obligation on the part of the Owner to payor to assure payment of any monies due any subcontractor or assignee. H. The Contractor hereby assigns to the City any and all claims for overcharges resulting from antitrust violations as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this Contract, except as to overcharges resulting from antitrust violations commencing after the date of the bid or other event establishing the price of this Contract. In addition, the Contractor warrants and represents that each of its suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims for overcharges to the City in accordance with the terms of this provision. The Contractor further agrees to give the City immediate notice ofthe existence of any such claim. 1. In addition to all other obligations of the contractor, if the contractor does employ any approved subcontractor, the contractor shall supply to every approved subcontractor a copy of the form, provided in the project manual, to establish written proof that each subcontract and lower-tier subcontract is a written document and contains, as a part, the current prevailing wage rates. The contractor, each approved subcontractor and each approved lower-tier subcontractor shall complete and deliver the form directly to the City. . PW 0407_02 Part02 [ReVised 5/12/06} II -7 . . . 11. Contract Administration. This Contract shall be administered by _\."" l\l I'P~:~J1)\Nt:1..l9n behalf of the Contractor and by Michael Szatlocky, P.E., Project Manager, on behalf of the City. Any written notices required by the terms ofthis Contract shall be served or mailed to the following addresses: Contractor: City: Primo Construction, Inc. 970 Carlsborg Road Sequim, W A 98382 City of Port Angeles P.O. Box 1150 321 East Fifth Street Port Angeles, W A 98362-02 17 12. Interpretation and Venue. This Contract shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. The venue of any litigation between the parties regarding this Contract shall be Clallam County, Washington. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be executed the day and year first set forth above. CWWM ~ Name of Contractor CITY OF PORT ANGELES: ---... By: By:C."r:..l2...~S ~ ?C}~~t)'1t Mayor Title: ?0e."'S \ \)t;;.~\ Approved as to Form: City Attorney Attest: City Clerk PW 0407_02 Part02 [Revised 5/12/06] II -8 . . . PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT IvL\R 1 3 2017 This Contract is made and entered into in duplicate this day of ,2007, by and between the City of Port Angeles, a non-charter code city of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "the City", and Primo Construction, Inc., a Washington Corporation, hereinafter referred to as "the Contractor". WITNESSETH: Whereas, the City desires to have certain public work performed as hereinafter set forth, requiring specialized skills and other supportive capabilities; and Whereas, the Contractor represents that it is qualified and possesses sufficient skills and the necessary capabilities to perform the services set forth in this Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms, conditions, and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Scope of Work. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment in order to accomplish the following project: Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Project 05-30 in accordance with and as described in: A. this Contract, and B. the Project Manual, which include the attached plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, submittal requirements, attachments, addenda (if any), Bid Form, Performance and Payment Bond, and C. the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation, as may be specifically modified in the attached Specifications and/or Special Provisions, hereinafter referred to as "the standard specifications", and shall perform any alterations in or additions to the work provided under this Contract and every part thereof. The Contractor shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work, and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in this Contract, except as may otherwise be provided in the Project Manual. PW 0407_02 Parl02 [ReVIsed 5/12/06J II -1 2. Time for Performance and Liquidated Damages. . A. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Contract and in adhering to the time frames specified herein. The Contractor shall commence work within ten (10) calendar days after notice to proceed from the City. The time of completion (performance period) for this project is by November 1, 2007, unless a different time frame is expressly provided in writing by the City. B. If said work is not completed within the time for physical completion, the Contractor may be required at the City's sole discretion to pay to the City liquidated damages as set forth in the Proj ect Manual, for each and every day said work remains uncompleted after the expiration of the specified time. 3. Compensation and Method of Payment. A. The City shall pay the Contractor for work performed under this Contract as detailed in the bid, as incorporated in the Project Manual. B. Payments for work provided hereunder shall be made following the performance of such work, unless otherwise permitted by law and approved in writing by the City. No payment shall be made for any work rendered by the Contractor except as identified and set forth in this Contract. C. Progress payments shall be based on the timely submittal by the Contractor of the City's standard payment request form. . D. Payments for any alterations in or additions to the work provided under this Contract shall be in accordance with the Request For Information (RFI) and/or Construction Change Order (CCO) process as set forth in the Project Manual. Following approval of the RFI and/or CCO, the Contractor shall submit the standard payment request form(s). E. The Contractor shall submit payment requests with a completed Application for Payment form, an example of which is included in the Attachments to this Contract. This form includes a .lien waiver certification and shall be notarized before submission. Applications for payment not signed or notarized shall be considered incomplete and ineligible for payment consideration. The City shall initiate authorization for payment after receipt of a satisfactorily completed payment request form and shall make payment to the Contractor within approximately thirty (30) days thereafter. 4. Independent Contractor Relationship. . The relationship created by this Contract is that of independent contracting entities. No agent, employee, servant, or representative of the Contractor shall be deemed to be an employee, agent, servant, or representative of the City, and the employees of the Contractor are not entitled to any ofthe benefits the City provides for its employees. The Contractor shall be solely and entirely responsible for its acts and the acts of its agents, employees, servants, subcontractors, or representatives during the performance of this Contract. The Contractor shall assume full PW 0407_2 Parl02 [ReVIsed 5/12/06] II -2 responsibility for payment of all wages and salaries and all federal, state, and local taxes or contributions imposed or required, including, but not limited to, unemployment insurance, workers . compensation insurance, social security, and income tax withholding. 5. Prevailing Wage Requirements. The Contractor shall comply with applicable prevailing wage requirements of the Washington State Department of Labor & Industries, as set forth in Chapter 39.12 RCW and Chapter 296-127 WAC. The Contractor shall document compliance with said requirements and shall file with the City appropriate affidavits, certificates, and/or statements of compliance with the State prevailing wage requirements. The Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts, Clallam County, incorporated in this Contract have been established by the Department of Labor & Industries and are included as an Attachment to this Contract. The Contractor shall also ensure that any subcontractors or agents of the Contractor shall comply with the prevailing wage and documentation requirements as set forth herein. 6. Indemnification and Hold Harmless. A. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the City, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers against and from any and all claims, injuries, damages, losses, or suits, including attorney fees, arising out of or in connection with the performance of this Contract, except for injuries and damages caused by the sole negligence of the City. . B. Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this Contract is subject to RCW 4.24.115, then, in the event of liability for damages arising out of bodily injury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of the Contractor and the City, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers, the Contractor's liability hereunder shall be only to the extent of the Contractor's negligence. It is further specifically and expressly understood that the indemnification provided herein constitutes the Contractor's waiver of immunity under Industrial Insurance, Title 51 RCW, solely for the purposes of this indemnification. This waiver has been mutually negotiated by the parties. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Contract. 7. Insurance. The Contractor shall procure, and maintain for the duration of the Contract, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, their agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Failure by the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract upon which the City may, after giving five working days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the Contract or at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the City on demand, or at the sole discretion of the City, off set against funds due the Contractor from the City. . PW 0407_02 Part02 [ReVised 5/12/06] II -3 A. Minimum Scope of Insurance The Contractor shall obtain . insurance of the types described below: 1. Automobile Liability insurance covering all owned, non-owned, hired and leased vehicles. Coverage shall be written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) form CA 00 01 or a substitute form providing equivalent liability coverage. If necessary, the policy shall be endorsed to provide contractual liability coverage. 11. Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on ISO occurrence form CG 00 01 and shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, stop gap liability, independent contractors, products-completed operations, personal injury and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide the Aggregate Per Project Endorsement ISO form CG 25 03 11 85. There shall be no endorsement or modification of the Commercial General Liability insurance for liability arising from explosion, collapse or underground property damage. The City shall be named as an insured under the Contractor's Commercial General Liability insurance policy with respect to the work performed for the City using ISO Additional Insured endorsement CG 20 10 10 01 and Additional Insured- Completed Operations endorsement CG 20 37 10 01 or substitute endorsements providing equivalent coverage. . 111. Workers' Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws ofthe State of Washington. IV. Builders Risk insurance covering interests of the City, the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-contractors in the work. Builders Risk insurance shall be on a all-risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including flood and earthquake, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, temporary buildings and debris removal. This Builders Risk insurance covering the work will have a deductible of $5,000 for each occurrence, which will be the responsibility of the Contractor. Higher deductibles for floor and earthquake perils may be accepted by the City upon written request by the Contractor and written acceptance by the City. Any increased deductibles accepted by the City will remain the responsibility of the Contractor. The Builders Risk insurance shall be maintained until final acceptance of the work by the City. B. Minimum Amounts of Insurance C. The Contractor shall maintain the following insurance limits: . 1. Automobile Liability insurance with a minimum combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of$l,OOO,OOO per accident. PW 0407_02 Part02 [ReVised 5/12/06] II -4 . . . 11. Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written with limits no less than $3,000,000 each occurrence, $3,000,000 general aggregate and a $3,000,000 products-completed operations aggregate limit. Builders Risk insurance shall be written in the amount of the completed value of the project with no coinsurance provisions. 111. C. Other Insurance Provisions The insurance policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions for Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability insurance. 1. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance with respect to the City. Any insurance, self-insurance, or insurance pool coverage maintained by the City shall be in excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. 11. The Contractor's insurance shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be cancelled or reduced as to coverage by either party, except after forty-five (45) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City. D. Acceptability of Insurers Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best rating of not less than A:VII. E. Verification of Coverage The Contractor shall furnish the City with original certificates and a copy of the amendatory endorsements, including but not necessarily limited to the additional insured endorsement, evidencing the Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability insurance of the Contractor before commencement of the work. Before any exposure to loss may occur, the Contractor shall file with the City a copy of the Builders Risk insurance policy that includes all applicable conditions, exclusions, definitions, terms and endorsements related to this project. F. Contractor's Insurance For Other Losses The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all loss or damage from any cause whatsoever to any tools, Contractor's employee owned tools, machinery, equipment, or motor vehicles owned or rented by the Contractor, or the Contractor's agents, suppliers or contractors as well as to any temporary structures, scaffolding and protective fences. G. Waiver of Subrogation The Contractor and the City waive all rights against each other, any of their Subcontractors, Subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by Builders Risk insurance or other property insurance obtain pursuant to the Insurance Requirements Section of this Contract or other property insurance applicable to the work. The policies shall provide such waivers by endorsement or otherwise. 8. Compliance with Laws. PW 0407_02 Part02 [ReVised 5/12/06] II -5 . . . A. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, including regulations for licensing, certification, and operation of facilities and programs, and accreditation and licensing of individuals, and any other standards or criteria as set forth in the Project Manual. B. The Contractor shall pay any applicable business and permit fees and taxes which may be required for the performance of the work. C. The Contractor shall comply with all legal and permitting requirements as set forth in the Proj ect Manual. 9. Non-discrimination. The parties shall conduct their business in a manner which assures fair, equal and nondiscriminatory treatment of all persons, without respect to race, creed, color, sex, Vietnam era veteran status, disabled veteran condition, physical or mental handicap, or national origin, and, in particular: A. The parties will maintain open hiring and employment practices and will welcome applications for employment in all positions from qualified individuals who are members of the above-stated minorities. B. The parties will comply strictly with all requirements of applicable federal, state or local laws or regulations issued pursuant thereto, relating to the establishment of nondiscriminatory requirements in hiring and employment practices and assuring the service of all patrons and customers without discrimination with respect to the above-stated minority status. 10. Assignment and Subcontractors. A. The Contractor shall not assign this Contract or any interest herein, nor any money due to or to become due hereunder, without first obtaining the written consent of the City. B. The Contractor shall not subcontract any part of the services to be performed hereunder without first obtaining the consent of the City and complying with the provisions of this section. C. In the event the Contractor does assign this contract or employ any subcontractor, the Contractor agrees to bind in writing every assignee and subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the contract documents. D. The Contractor shall, before commencing any work, notify the Owner in writing of the names of any proposed subcontractors. The Contractor shall not employ PW 0407_02 Part02 [Revised 5/12/06] II -6 . . any subcontractor or other person or organization (including those who are to furnish the principal items or materials or equipment), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom the Owner may have reasonable objection. Each subcontractor or other person or organization shall be identified in writing to the Owner by the Contractor prior to the date this Contract is signed by the Contractor. Acceptance of any subcontractor or assignee by the Owner shall not constitute a waiver of any right of the Owner to reject defective work or work not in conformance with the contract documents. If the Owner, at any time, has reasonable objection to a subcontractor or assignee, the Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute. E. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all acts and omissions of its assignees, subcontractors and of persons and organization directly or indirectly employed by it and of persons and organizations for whose acts any of them may be liable to the same extent that it is responsible for the acts and omissions of person directly employed by it. F. The divisions and sections of the specifications and the identifications of any drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the work among subcontractors or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. G. Nothing contained in the contract documents shall create or be construed to create any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between the Owner and any subcontractor or assignee. Nothing in the contract documents shall create any obligation on the part of the Owner to payor to assure payment of any monies due any subcontractor or assignee. H. The Contractor hereby assigns to the City any and all claims for overcharges resulting from antitrust violations as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this Contract, except as to overcharges resulting from antitrust violations commencing after the date of the bid or other event establishing the price of this Contract. fu addition, the Contractor warrants and represents that each of its suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims for overcharges to the City in accordance with the terms of this provision. The Contractor further agrees to give the City immediate notice of the existence of any such claim. I. fu addition to all other obligations of the contractor, if the contractor does employ any approved subcontractor, the contractor shall supply to every approved subcontractor a copy of the form, provided in the project manual, to establish written proof that each subcontract and lower-tier subcontract is a written document and contains, as a part, the current prevailing wage rates. The contractor, each approved subcontractor and each approved lower-tier subcontractor shall complete and deliver the form directly to the City. . PW 0407_02 Part02 [ReVised 5/12/06] II -7 . . . 11. Contract Administration. This Contract shall be administered by )~N N ~ ~~ l~\NBUon behalf of the Contractor and by Michael Szatlocky, P.E., Project Manager, on behalf of the City. Any written notices required by the terms of this Contract shall be served or mailed to the following addresses: Contractor: Primo Construction, Inc. 970 Carlsborg Road Sequim, W A 98382 12. Interpretation and Venue. City: City of Port Angeles P.O. Box 1150 321 East Fifth Street Port Angeles, W A 98362-02 17 This Contract shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. The venue of any litigation between the parties regarding this Contract shall be Clallam County, Washington. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Contract to be executed the day and year first set forth above. ~:~JL Name of Contractor By:(/~~S ~. ?~t~~ Title: r ~S \ \) t;..}..\.\ PW 0407_02 Parl02 [Revised 5/12/06] II -8 CITY OF PORT ANGELES: a1<s l1;t~ City Attorney -------- Attest: Au~ j~A City er ~ "'~ J PERFORMANCE and PAYMENT BOND Bond to the City of Port Angeles Bond # 6361987 . KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Primo Construction, Inc. as Principal, and SAFECO I nsurance Company of Ameri ca a corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations as surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Port Angeles in the penal sum of $ 4,610,315.86 for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heIrs, administrators or personal representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into pursuant to the statutes of the State of Washington and the ordinances of the City of Port Angeles. Dated at Seattl e , Washington, this 19th day of March ,20QL. The conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, the City of Port Angeles has let or is about to let to the said Pri mo Constructi on, I nc. the above bounded Principal, a certain contract, the said contract being numbered 05-30, and providing for Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor (which contract is referred to herein and is made a part hereof as though attached hereto), and " WHEREAS, the said Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the said contract, and ) undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; now, " therefore, --'" If the said Principal, Primo Construction, Inc. ,shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and materialmen, and all persons who shall supply said Principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall indemnify and hold the City of Port Angeles harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in said contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under said contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the City of Port Angeles, then and in that event, this obligation shall be void; but oth-erwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. Signed this19th day of March , 20.!E. 1 -. SAFECO Insurance Carpany of fIlTErica Surety c::;.' ~ BY~ ~1ary A. Dobbs Attorney-in-Fact Title SAFECO Plaza ~~Qttle> WA 98185 Surety Address Jane Fox (206) 473-3635 Surety Contact and Phone Number /0; Tit Kibble & Prentice, A USI Company 601 Union Street,#1000. Seattle. WA 98101 Agent Address Mary A. Dobbs, (206) 695-3100 Agent Contact and Phone Number . /"'-- . o '..." Safeco Insurance Company of America General Insurance Company of America Safeco Plaza Seattle, WA 98185 I\) POWER OF ATTORNEY No 2364 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint **********HEATHER ALLEN; MARY A. DOBBS; DAVID J, FORSYTH; TERRI L. FRANKLIN; SUSAN L GARRED, JEANNE M, HAGEL; PAMELA A, JARDINE, ROXANA PALACIOS, STEVEN W, PALMER, PATRICIA L. RUSSELL; ANGELA D. TONNON; H 0 LL Y E. U LF ERS, Sea ttl e, Was h In 9 to n ************************************************************************************ Its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character Issued in the course of ItS business, and to bind the respeclive company thereby IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents this 28th February 2007 day of ~~~ . \Am>>~ ' STEPHANIE DALEY-WATSON,SECRETARY TIM MIKOLAJEWSKI, SENIOR VICE-PRESIDENT, SURETY CERTIFICATE Extract from the By-Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13 - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS the PreSident, any Vice PreSident, the Secretary, and any ASSistant Vice PreSident appOinted for that purpose by the officer In charge of surety operations, shall each have authOrity to appOint indiViduals as attorneys-In-fact or under other appropriate titles With authonty to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character Issued by the company in the course of its bUSiness On any Instrument making or eVidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by faCSimile On any Instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a faCSimile thereof, may be Impressed or affixed or In any other manner reproduced, prOVided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such Instrument or undertaking" Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28,1970 "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (i) The provISions of Article V, Section 13 of the By-Laws, and (II) A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (III) CerlifYlng that said power-of-attorney appointment IS In full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by faCSimile, and the seal of the Company may be a faCSimile thereof" I, Stephanie Daley-Watson , Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregOing extracts of the By-Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney Issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By-Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation thiS ./ c; t/1 ~ ~ot:J,7 day of ~.~~ STEPHANIE DALEY-WATSON, SECRETARY Safeco@ and the Safeco logo are registered trademarks of Safeco Corporation S-0974/0S 4/05 WEB POF PRlMOCON ACORD... CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Cllent#: 19410 PRODUCER Kibble & Prentice, A USI Company 1 Union Street, Suite 1000 e, WA 98101 206441-6300 DATE (MMlDDIYYYY) 03/22/07 THIS CERllFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMA nON ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POUCIES BELOW. Primo Construction Inc P.O. Box 296 Carlsborg. WA 98324 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER A:. Alaska National Insurance Compan INSURER B: INSURER C: INSURER 0: INSURER E: NAlC# 38733 INSURED COVERAGES THE POliCIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BeEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POUCY PERIOD INDICATED. NOlWlTHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDmON OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTlACATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POliCIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONomONS OF SUCH POUClES. AGGREGATE UMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ~= TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER PO :v EFFeCTIVE POLICY I:lU'lftA 110M LIMITS A ~UAEllUTY 060LS31605 04101/06 04101/07 EACH OCCURRENCE $1 000.000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL UABIUTY DAMAGE TO RENTED $50 000 .1 CLAIMS MADE I::xJ OCCUR MEn EXP (Anyone pImIOCl) 15.000 X PO Ded:5.000 PERSONAL & AOV INJURY $1.000.000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2.000.000 n'"AGG~iLlMIT riPER: PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $2.000.000 POLICY X ~ LOC A ~0II0BlLE UAEllUTY 060AS31606 04101/06 04101/07 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT lL Nt( AUTO (Ea 1ICCIdent) $1,000,000 - ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ - SCHEDULED AUTOS lL HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY /' -, $ ~ NO~WNED AUTOS (Per accident) ) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Pet accident) $ RUAEllUTY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ Nt( AUTO OTHER THAN EAACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ A EXCESllIUlII8REUA UAEllUTY 06DLU31607 04101/06 04101107 EACH OCCURRENCE $2.000 000 txJ~ 0 evdMS MADE AGGREGATE $2 000 000 $ ~ OEOUCTmE $ X RETENTION $10.000 $ A WORKERS COIIPENSAllON AND 060LS31605 04101/06 04101/07 I ~J!~!}!;.I 'o~- EMPLOYERS'LlABIUTY WA Stop Gap Only E.L EACH ACCIDENT $1.000:000 Nt( PROPRlETORIPARTNERlEXECUTIVE OFFICERlMEMBER EXCLUDED? E.L DISEASE. EA EMPLOYEE $1.000.000 If yes, describe under E.L DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 SPECIAL PROVISIONS belOW OlllER DESCRlP110N OF 0PERA11ONS I LOCA11ONS I \/EHICI.SII EXCWSlON& ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS Primo Job No. 700203 - Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor; City Project No. 05-31. The City of Port Angeles. Its officers. officials, employees and volunteers are Additional Insured per attached endorsement and coverage Is primary per polley fonn. *10 days notice of cancellation for non-payment of premium City of Port Angeles 321 E 5th St Port Angeles, WA 98362-0217 CANCELLAll0N SHOUlD ANY OF llIE ABOVE DESCRIBED POUCIES BE CAHCElLED BEFORE TlIE EXPIRA110N DATE THEREOF, TlIE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL ~ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO llIE CERTIFICATE NOLDER NAMED TO llIE LEFT. BUT FAILURE TO DO so SHALL IMPOSE NO O8UGA110N OR LIABILITY OF Nt( KIND UPON TlIE INSURER-ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTAllVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE )( CERTIFICATE HOLDER 6CMJU @ ACORD CORPORAll0N 1988 ACORD 25 (2001/08) 1 of 2 #S211993JM182231 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy{ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement{s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement{s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insur;er{s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. //" ~ ;,.- - / ( '\ -J. ) ...,.. ACORD 25-5 (2001/08) 2 of 2 #S211993JM182231 . . . BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: Who Is An Insured (Section II) is amended to include as an insured any person or organization (herein referred to as an additional insured), but only if you are required to add that person or organization as an insured to this policy by a written contract that is in effect prior to the "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury". The insurance provided to the additional insured is limited as follows: 1. That person or organization is only an additional insured for its vicarious liability for your acts or omissions in the performance of "your work". 2. The insurance provided to the additional insured does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an architect's, engineer's, or surveyor's rendering of or failure to render any professional services including: a. the preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, design or spec- ifications; and b. supervisory, inspection, or engineering ser- vices. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy. Endorsement Effective 4/1/0612:01 A.M., Standard Time Insured Primo Construction, Inc. ANIC GL 703 07 01 Policy No. 06DLS3160S . . .~ --" Alaska N~f;onal INSURANCE \,. .JMPANY b. If a claim IS made or "suit" is brought against any insured, you must. (1) Immediately record the specifics of the claim or "suit" and the date received; and (2) Notify us as soon as practicable. You must see to It that we receive written notice of the claim or "SUIt" as soon as practicable. c. You and any other involved Insured must: (1) Immediately send us copies of any demands, notices, summonses or legal papers received in connection with the claim or "suit"; (2) Authorize us to obtain records and other information; (3) Cooperate with us in the investigation or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit"; and (4) Assist us, upon our request, in the enforce- ment of any right against any person or or- ganization which may be liable to the insured because of Injury or damage to which this in- surance may also apply. d. No insured will, except at that insured's own cost, voluntarily make a payment, assume any obligation, or incur any expense, other than for first aid, without our consent. 3. Legal Action Against Us No person or organization has a right under this Coverage Part: a. To jOin us as a party or otherwise bring us into a "suit" asking for damages from an insured; or b. To sue us on thiS Coverage Part unless all of its terms have been fully complied with. A person or organization may sue us to recover on an agreed settlement or on a final judgment against an Insured; but we will not be liable for damages that are not payable under the terms of this Cover- age Part or that are in excess of the applicable limit of insurance. An agreed settlement means a set- tlement and release of liability signed by us, the in- sured and the claimant or the claimant's legal rep- resentative. CG 00 01 1001 Producer Copy 4. Other Insurance If other valid and collectible insurance IS available to the insured for a loss we cover under Coverages A or B of this Coverage Part, our obligations are lim- ited as follows: a. Primary Insurance ThiS insurance is primary except when b. below applies. If this insurance is primary, our obliga- tions are not affected unless any of the other in- surance is also primary. Then, we Will share with all that other insurance by the method described in c. below. b. Excesslnsurance This insurance is excess over: (1) Any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis: (a) That is Fire, Extended Coverage, Builder's Risk, Installation Risk or similar coverage for "your work"; (b) That is Fire insurance for premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; (c) That is insurance purchased by you to , cover your liability as a tenant for "prop- erty damage" to premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permis- sion of the owner, or (d) If the loss arises out of the maintenance or use of aircraft, "autos" or watercraft to the extent not subject to Exclusion g. of Section I - Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability. (2) Any other primary insurance available to you covering liability for damages arising out of the premises or operations for which you have been added as an additional insured by attachment of an endorsement. Page 11 of 16 . . Ie PART III AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS PW-407 _03 [rev. 5/18/04] . . . AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS INTRODUCTION/ORDER OF PRECEDENCE See Section 1-04.2 of the Standard Specifications for the general order of precedence for inconsistency in the parts of the Contract. In addition, the order of precedence in the case of conflicting specifications, special provisions, submittal requirements, plans, drawings, or other technical requirements of this Project Manual is as follows: 1. 2. 3. Technical Specifications as set forth in Part IV of the Project Manual. Project Plans, as set forth in Part V of the Project Manual. City of Port Angeles, Urban Services Standards and Guidelines, Chapter 2- Wastewater, May, 2006 Special Provisions to the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, 2006 (Standard Specifications), as set forth in Part III of the Project Manual. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, issued prior to December 1, 2006, as set forth in Part III of the Project Manual. Standard Specifications 2006 Washington State Department of Transportation's Standard Plans (Standard Plans). Attachments (exclusive of the above-mentioned) as listed in the Table of Contents of the Project Manual. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS This Contract incorporates the Washington State Department of Transportation's 2006 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (English Units), referred to herein as the Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise superseded as detailed above, the Standard Specifications describe the general requirements, description, materials, construction requirements, measurement and payment of work to be completed under this Contract. PW-407 _03 [rev. 5/18/04] ~ . AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A) .' e'::;;"" ~ 'J PW-407_03 [rev. 5/18/04] 1 INTRODUCTION . 2 The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 3 2006 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 4 5 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 6 7 The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract 8 and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational 9 purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the 10 Amendment or the latest date of revision. 11 12 Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard 13 Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. . . 1 SECTION 1-04, SCOPE OF THE WORK 2 April 3, 2006 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1-04.6 Variation in Estimated Quantities The third paragraph beginning with "If the adjusted final quantity of any items", is revised to read: If the adjusted final quantity of any item does not vary from the quantity shown in the proposal by more than 25%, then the Contractor and the Contracting Agency agree that all work under that item will be performed at the original contract unit price. ~ .1 ~ .., .) 1 SECTION 1-06, CONTROL OF MATERIAL 2 April 3, 2006 . 3 1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior To Use 4 The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 The Contractor shall use the Qualified Product List (QPL), the Aggregate Source 7 Approval (ASA) Database, or the Request for Approval of Material (RAM) form. 8 9 Number 1 under the second paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 1. Shall be new, unless the Special Provisions or Standard Specifications permit 12 otherwise; 13 14 1-06.1 (1) Qualified Products List (QPL) 15 This section is supplemented with the following: 16 17 The current QPL can be accessed on-line at www.wsdot.wa.aov/biz/mats/QPUQPL.cfm. 18 19 The following new sub-section is inserted to fol/ow 1-06.1 (2). 20 21 1-06.1(3) Aggregate Source Approval (ASA) Database 22 The ASA is a database containing the results of WSDOT preliminary testing of 23 aggregate sources. This database is used by the Contracting Agency to indicate the 24 approval status of these aggregate sources for applications that require preliminary 25 testing as defined in the contract. The ASA 'Aggregate Source Approval Report' 26 identifies the currently approved applications for each aggregate source listed. The 27 acceptance and use of these aggregates is contingent upon additional job sampling 28 and/or documentation. 29 30 Aggregates approved for applications on the ASA 'Aggregate Source Approval Report' 31 not conforming to the specifications, not fulfilling the acceptance requirements, or 32 improperly handled or installed, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 33 34 For questions regarding the approval status of an aggregate source, contact the 35 WSDOT Regional Materials Engineer for the Region the source is located in. The 36 Contracting Agency reserves the right to make revisions to the ASA database at 37 anytime. 38 39 If there is a conflict between the ASA database and the contract, then the contract shall 40 take precedence over the ASA database in accordance with Section 1-04.2. The ASA 41 database can be accessed on-line at www.wsdot.wa.gov/biz/mats/ASA. 42 . . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1-06.2(2)0 Quality Level Analysis Item 9 under the first paragraph is revised to read: 9. Determine the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) for each lot. . CPF = h(PF1) + f2(PF2) +..+ f,(PF.) Lf. I 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 i = 1 to j where: fi = price adjustment factor listed in these Specifications for the applicable material j = number of constituents being evaluated . . . 1 SECTION 1-07, LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 2 August 7, 2006 3 1-07.9(1) General 4 The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 If employing labor in a class not listed in the contract provisions on state funded 7 projects only, the Contractor shall request a determination of the correct wage and 8 benefits rate for that class and locality from the Industrial Statistician, Washington State 9 Department of Labor and Industries (State L&I), and provide a copy of those 10 determinations to the Engineer. 11 12 The fifth paragraph is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 13 14 If employing labor in a class not listed in the contract provisions on federally funded 15 projects, the Contractor shall request a determination of the correct wage and benefits 16 for that class and locality from the U. S. Secretary of Labor through the project 17 engineer's office. Generally, the contractor initiates the request by preparing standard 18 form 1444 and submitting it to the project engineers' office for further action. 19 20 1-07.10 Worker's Benefits 21 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 22 23 The Public Works Contract Division of the Washington State Department of Labor and 24 Industries will provide the Contractor with applicable industrial insurance and medical 25 aid classification and premium rates. After receipt of Revenue Release from the 26 Washington State Department of Revenue, the contracting agency will verify through 27 the Department of Labor and Industries that the Contractor is current with respect to the 28 payments of industrial insurance and medical aid premiums. 29 30 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control 31 The first paragraph is revised to read: 32 33 In an effort to prevent, control, and stop water pollution and erosion within the project, 34 thereby protecting the work, nearby land, streams, and other bodies of water, the 35 Contractor shall perform all work in strict accordance with all Federal, State, and local 36 laws and regulations governing waters of the State, as well as permits acquired for the 37 project. . . 1 SECTION 1-09, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 2 January 3, 2006 3 1-09.9(1) Retainage . 4 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 Release of the retainage will be made 60 days following the Completion Date (pursuant 7 to RCW 39.12, and RCW 60.28) provided the following conditions are met: 8 9 1. On contracts totaling more than $20,000, a release has been obtained from 10 the Washington State Department of Revenue. 11 12 2. Affidavits of Wages Paid for the Contractor and all Subcontractors are on file 13 with the Contracting Agency (RCW 39.12.040). 14 15 3. A certificate of Payment of Contributions Penalties and Interest on Public 16 Works Contract is received from the Washington State Employment Security 17 Department. 18 19 4. Washington State Department of Labor and Industries (per section 1-07.10) 20 shows the Contractor is current with payments of industrial insurance and 21 medical aid premiums. 22 23 5. All claims, as provided by law, filed against the retainage have been resolved. 24 In the event claims are filed and provided the conditions of 1, 2, 3 and 4 are 25 met, the Contractor will be paid such retained percentage less an amount 26 sufficient to pay any such claims together with a sum determined by the 27 Contracting Agency sufficient to pay the cost of foreclosing on claims and to .\ 28 cover attorney's fees. I .; 1 SECTION 2-09, STRUCTURE EXCAVATION 2 January 3, 2006 . 3 2-09.3(1)E Backfilling , 4 Item 1 of the first paragraph under Compaction is revised to read: 5 6 1. Backfill supporting roadbed, roadway embankments, or structures, including 7 backfill providing lateral support for noise barrier wall foundations, luminaire poles, 8 traffic signal standards, and roadside and overhead sign structure foundations - 9 placed in horizontal layers no more than 6 inches thick with each layer compacted 10 to 95 percent of the maximum density determined by the Compaction Control Test, 11 Section 2-03.3(14)D. . . 1 SECTION 2-12 CONSTRUCTION GEOTEXTILE 2 August 7, 2006 3 The section title is revised to read: 4 5 CONSTRUCTION GEOSYNTHETIC 6 7 2-12 CONSTRUCTION GEOTEXTILE . 8 This heading is revised to read: 9 10 2-12 CONSTRUCTION GEOSYNTHETIC 11 12 2-12.1 Description 13 The word geotextile is revised to geosynthetic. 14 15 2-12.2 Materials 16 In the first and second paragraphs geotextile is revised to geosynthetic. 17 18 2-12.3 Construction Requirements 19 In the first, second, and third paragraphs geotextile is revised to geosynthetic. . .' . 1 SECTION 3-01, PRODUCTION FROM QUARRY AND PIT SITES 2 August 7, 2006 3 3-01.4(1) Acquisition and Development 4 The first paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 If, under the terms of the Contract, the Contractor is required to provide a source of 7 materials, or if the Contractor elects to use materials from sources other than those 8 provided by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall, at no expense to the 9 Contracting Agency, make all necessary arrangements for obtaining the material and 10 shall ensure the quantity of suitable material is available. Preliminary samples shall be 11 taken by or in the presence of the Engineer or a designated representative unless the 12 Engineer permits otherwise. Approval of the source does not relieve the Contractor 13 from meeting these specification requirements, nor does it guarantee that the material 14 will meet these requirements without additional or proper processing. The Engineer 15 may require additional preliminary samples at any time. . . 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 1 SECTION 5-01, CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT REHABILITATION 2 April 3, 2006 5-01.3(2)B Portland Cement Concrete The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: ~~~ e; The Contractor shall provide cure boxes in accordance with Section 6-02.3(5)H, and protect concrete cylinders in cure boxes from excessive vibration and shock waves during the curing period in accordance with Section 6-02.3(6)0. Payment for cure boxes shall be in accordance with Section 6-02.5. 5-01.3(6) Dowel Bar Retrofit The sixth paragraph is revised to read: All slot surfaces shall be cleaned to bare concrete by sand blasting. The cleaning shall remove all slurry, parting compound, and other foreign materials prior to installation of the dowel. Any damage to the concrete shall be repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Contracting Agency. Traffic shall not be allowed on slots where concrete has been removed. 5-01.3(10) Pavement Smoothness This section is revised to read: Perform the work described in Section 5-05.3(12), and the following: Where the pavement is ground, calculation of the profile index shall exclude dips and depressions in the existing roadway. The profilograph generated reports shall be provided to the Engineer prior to payment. er"""'\ , 5-01.5 Payment This section is revised to read: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: "Testing Cement Concrete Pavement Slabs For Subsealing", per each. The unit contract price per each, when multiplied by the number of units measured, shall be full payment for all costs to complete the testing of all joints located in the areas shown in the Plans. The costs of any retesting required by the specifications shall also be included. "Drill Hole for Subsealing", per each. "Pavement Subseal", per cubic foot. "Replace Cement Concrete Panel", per square yard. The unit contract price per square yard shall be full payment for all costs to complete the work as specified, including saw cutting full depth, removal and disposal of the existing panels off of the State's right-of-way, preparing the surfacing below the new panel, provide, place and compact the crushed surfacing or hot mix asphalt, furnishing and placing polyethylene film, furnishing and placing the portland cement concrete, drilling the holes, providing and anchoring the dowel bars and tie bars, and for all incidentals required to complete the work as specified. .) . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 . . "Retrofit Dowel Bars", per each. The unit contract price per each shall be full payment for all costs to complete the work as specified, including furnishing and installing parting compound, dowel bar expansion caps, caulking filler, foam core insert material, cement patch where pavement is removed for dowel bar retrofit and for all incidentals required to complete the work as specified. "Partial Depth Spall Repair", by force account as provided in Section 1-09.6. To provide a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. "Sealing Existing Concrete Random Crack", per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for "Sealing Existing Concrete Random Crack" shall be full payment for all costs to complete the work as specified, including removing incompressible material, preparing and sealing existing random cracks where existing random cracks are cleaned and for all incidentals required to complete the work as specified. "Sealing Transverse and Longitudinal Joints", per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for "Sealing Transverse and Longitudinal Joints", shall be full payment for all costs to complete the work as specified, including removing incompressible material, preparing and sealing existing transverse and longitudinal joints where existing transverse and longitudinal joints are cleaned and for all incidentals required to complete the work as specified. "Cement Concrete Pavement Grinding", per square yard. The unit contract price per square yard for "Cement Concrete Pavement Grinding", when multiplied by the number of units measured, shall be full payment for all costs to cpmplete the work as specified. The costs of any additional pavement grinding and profiling required to complete the work as specified is also included in this payment. "Replace Uncompactable Material", by force account as provided in Section 1-09.6 Payment for "Replace Uncompactable Material" will be by force account as provided in Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. All costs associated with the containment, collection and disposal of concrete slurry and grinding residue shall be included in the applicable concrete grinding or cutting items of work. 1 SECTION 5-05, CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 2 April 3, 2006 3 5-05.3(4)A Acceptance of Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 4 The ninth paragraph is supplemented with the following: 5 6 The Contractor shall provide cure boxes in accordance with Section 6-02.3(5)H, and 7 protect concrete cylinders in cure boxes from excessive vibration and shock waves 8 during the curing period in accordance with Section 6-02.3(6)0. Payment for cure 9 boxes shall be in accordance with Section 6-02.5. 10 11 5-05.3(7) Placing, Spreading, and Compacting Concrete 12 The second paragraph is revised to read: 13 14 The average density of the cores shall be at least 97 percent of the approved mix 15 design density or the actual concrete density when determined by the Contractor using 16 MSHTO T 121 with no cores having a density of less than 96 percent. j) .~ ;, ; . . . 1 SECTION 6-02, CONCRETE STRUCTURES 2 August 7, 2006 3 6-02.3(2) Proportioning Materials 4 The third paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 The use of fly ash is required for Class 40000 and 4000P concrete, except that ground 7 granulated blast furnace slag may be substituted for fly ash at a 1:1 ratio. The use of fly 8 ash and ground granulated blast furnace slag is optional for all other classes of 9 concrete. 10 11 6-02.3(2)A Contractor Mix Design 12 The first paragraph is revised to read: 13 14 The Contractor shall provide a mix design in writing to the Engineer for all classes of 15 concrete specified in the Plans except for those accepted based on a Certificate of 16 Compliance. No concrete shall be placed until the Engineer has reviewed the mix 17 design. The required average 28 day compressive strength shall be selected per ACI 18 318, Chapter 5, Section 5.3.2. ACI 211.1 and ACI 318 shall be used to determine 19 proportions. The proposed mix for Class 4000P shall provide a minimum fly ash or 20 ground granulated blast furnace slag content per cubic yard of 100 pounds, and a 21 minimum cement content per cubic yard of 600 pounds. The proposed mix for Class 22 40000 shall provide a minimum fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag content 23 per cubic yard of 75 pounds, and a minimum cement content per cubic yard of 660 24 pounds. All other concrete mix designs, except those for lean concrete and commercial 25 concrete, shall have a minimum cementitious material content of 564 pounds per cubic 26 yard of concrete. 27 28 The following new sentence is inserted after the first sentence in the fourth paragraph. 29 30 An alternate combined aggregate gradation conforming to Section 9-03.1 (5) may also 31 be used. 32 33 6-02.3(4)A Qualification of Concrete Suppliers 34 The first paragraph and the entire second paragraph (1 through 4) are deleted and replaced 35 with the following: 36 37 Batch Plant Prequalification may be obtained through one of the following methods: 38 39 1. Certification by the National Ready Mix Concrete Association (NRMCA). 40 Information concerning NRMCA certification may be obtained from the NRMCA 41 at 900 Spring Street, Silver Springs, MO 20910 or online at www.nrmca.org. 42 The NRMCA certification shall be good for a two year period. When this 43 method of certification is used the following documentation shall be submitted 44 to the project engineer. 45 46 a. A copy of the current NRMCA Certificate of Conformance, the 47 concrete mix design(s) (WSOOT Form 350-040), along with copies of 48 the truck list, batch plant scale certification, admixture dispensing 49 certification, and volumetric water batching devices (including water 50 meters) verification. 51 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 2. Independent evaluation certified by a Professional Engineer using NRMCA checklist. The Professional Engineer shall be licensed under title 18 RCW, state of Washington, qualified in civil engineering. The independent certification using the NRMCA checklist shall be good for a two year period. When this method of certification is used the following documentation shall be submitted to the engineer. .>~'" ~ a. A copy of the Professional Engineer's stamped and sealed NRMCA Verification of Inspection and Application for Certificate page from the NRMCA checklist, the concrete mix design(s) (WSDOT Form 350- 040), along with copies of the truck list, batch plant scale certification, admixture dispensing certification, and volumetric water batching devices (including water meters) verification. 3. Inspection conducted by the Plant Manager, defined as the person directly responsible for the daily plant operation, using the NRMCA Plant Certification checklist. The Plant Manager certification shall be done prior to the start of a project, and every six months throughout the life of the project, and meet the following requirements: a. The Agreement to Regularly Check Scales and Volumetric Batching Dispensers page in the NRMCA Plant Certification checklist shall be signed by the Plant Manager and notarized. b. The signed and notarized Agreement to Regularly Check Scales and Volumetric Batching Dispensers page and a copy of the NRMCA Plant Certification checklist cover page showing the plant designation, address and Company operating plant shall all be submitted to the Project Engineer with the concrete mix design (WSDOT Form 350- 040), along with copies of the truck list, batch plant scale certification, admixture dispensing certification, and volumetric water batching devices (including water meters) verification. . c. The NRMCA Plant Certification checklists shall be maintained by the Plant Manager and are subject to review at any time' by the Contracting Agency. e. Volumetric water batching devices (including water meters) shall be verified every 90 days. 6-02.3(5)C Conformance to Mix Design Item 2 under the first paragraph is revised to read: 2. Fly ash and ground granulated blast furnace slag weight plus or minus 5 percent of that specified in the mix design. 6-02.3(5)H Sampling and Testing for Compressive Strength This section including title is revised to read: ." , 1 I . 1 6-02.3(S)H Sampling and Testing for Compressive Strength and Initial 2 Curing 3 Acceptance testing for compressive strength shall be conducted at the same frequency 4 as the acceptance tests for temperature, consistency, and air content. 5 6 The Contractor shall provide, and maintain cure boxes for curing concrete cylinders. 7 The Contractor shall also provide, maintain and operate all necessary power sources 8 and connections needed to operate the curing box. Concrete cylinders shall be cured in 9 a cure box in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23. The cure boxes shall 10 maintain a temperature between 60QF and 80QF for concrete with specified strengths 11 less than 6000 psi and between 68QF and 78QF for concrete with specified strengths of 12 6000 psi and higher. A minimum/maximum thermometer shall be installed to measure 13 the internal temperature of the cure box. The thermometer shall be readable from 14 outside of the box and be capable of recording the high and low temperatures in a 24- 15 hour period. The cure boxes shall create an environment that prevents moisture loss 16 from the concrete specimens. The top shall have a working lock and the interior shall be 17 rustproof. A moisture-proof seal shall be provided between the lid and the box. The cure 18 box shall be the appropriate size to accommodate the number of concrete acceptance 19 cylinders necessary or the Contractor shall provide additional cure boxes. Once 20 concrete cylinders are placed in the cure box, the cure box shall not be moved until the 21 cylinders have been cured in accordance with these specifications. When concrete is 22 placed at more than one location simultaneously, multiple cure boxes shall be provided. 23 24 The Contractor shall protect concrete cylinders in cure boxes from excessive vibration 25 and shock waves during the curing period in accordance with Section 6-02.3(6)0. 26 27 6-02.3(6)0 Protection Against Vibration 28 The last sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: 29 30 See the Shaft Special Provision, and Section 6-16 respectively for shaft installation, and 31 soldier pile shaft installation operations. 32 33 The first sentence in number 3 under Prescriptive Safe Distance Method is revised to read: 34 35 (3) Equipment Class H (High Vibration) shall include pile drivers, machine operated 36 impact tools, pavement breakers, and other large pieces of equipment. 37 38 6-02.3(16) Plans for Falsework and Formwork 39 The address for FEDEX delivery following the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 40 41 Washington State Department of Transportation 42 Bridge and Structures Engineer 43 7345 Underson Way SW 44 Tumwater, WA 98501-6504 45 46 6-02.3(16)A Nonpreapproved Falsework and Formwork Plans 47 The address for FEDEX delivery following the first paragraph is revised to read: 48 49 Washington State Department of Transportation 50 Bridge and Structures Engineer 51 7345 Underson Way SW 52 Tumwater, WA 98501-6504 . . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 6-02.3(16)8 Preapproved Formwork Plans The address for FED EX delivery following the second paragraph is revised to read: .~\ ;1 Washington State Department of Transportation Bridge and Structures Engineer 7345 Underson Way SW Tumwater, WA 98501-6504 6-02.3(24)C Placing and Fastening The 14th paragraph is revised to read: Clearances shall be at least: 4-inches between: Main bars and the top of any concrete masonry exposed to the action of salt or alkaline water. 3-inches between: Main bars and the top of any concrete deposited against earth without intervening forms. 21/2-inches between: Adjacent bars in a layer. Roadway slab bars and the top of the roadway slab. 2-inches between: Adjacent layers. Main bars and the surface of concrete exposed to earth or weather (except in roadway slabs). Reinforcing bars and the faces of forms for exposed aggregate finish. 11/2-inches between: . Main bars and the surface of concrete not exposed to earth or weather. Slab bars and the top of the slab (except roadway slabs). Barrier and curb bars and the surface of the concrete. Stirrups and ties and the surface of the concrete exposed to earth or weather. 1-inch between: Slab bars and the bottom of the slab. Stirrups and ties and the surface of the concrete not exposed to earth or weather. 6-02.3(26)A Shop Drawings The address for FEDEX delivery under Item 1 in the first paragraph is revised to read: Washington State Department of Transportation Bridge and Structures Engineer 7345 Underson Way SW Tumwater, WA 98501-6504 6-02.3(28)A Shop Drawings The first paragraph is revised to read: Before casting the structural elements, the Contractor shall submit: . . 1 1. Seven sets of shop drawings for approval by the Department of Transportation 2 Bridge and Structures Engineer, Construction Support, addressed as follows: 3 4 US Postal Service 5 P. O. Box 47340 6 Olympia. W A 98504-7340 7 8 FedEx 9 7345 Linderson Way SW 10 Tumwater, WA 98501-6504; and 11 12 2. Two sets of shop drawings to the Project Engineer. 13 14 6-02.4 Measurement 15 This section is supplemented with the following: 16 17 No specific unit of measure will apply to the lump sum item for cure box. 18 19 6-02.5 Payment 20 This section is supplemented with the following: 21 22 "Cure Box", lump sum. 23 The lump sum contract price for "Cure Box" shall be full pay for all costs for providing, 24 operating, maintaining, moving and removing the cure boxes and providing, maintaining 25 and operating all necessary power sources and connections needed to operate the 26 curing boxes. . . 1 SECTION 6-03, STEEL STRUCTURES 2 April 3, 2006 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 6-03.3(7) Shop Plans The first two sentences in the first paragraph are revised to read: e\ 11 The Contractor shall submit for approval all shop detail plans for fabricating the steel. These shall be sent to the Department of Transportation Bridge and Structures Engineer, Construction Support, addressed as follows: US Postal Service P. O. Box 47340 Olympia, W A 98504-7340 Fed Ex 7345 Linderson Way SW Tumwater, WA 98501-6504 6-03.3(33) Bolted Connections The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: All bolted connections are slip critical. .-~' " V ." , . 1 SECTION 7-04, STORM SEWERS 2 January 3, 2006 3 7-04.2 Materials 4 The fourth and sixth paragraphs are deleted: . . 1 SECTION 8-01, EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 2 August 7, 2006 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 8-01.3(1) General The eighth paragraph, beginning with "In western Washington, erodible soil", is deleted and replaced with the following: . Erodible soil not being worked, whether at final grade or not, shall be covered within the following time period, using an approved soil covering practice, unless authorized otherwise by the Engineer: In western Washington (west of the Cascade Mountain crest): October 1 through April 30 May 1 to September 30 2 days maximum 7 days maximum In eastern Washington (east of the Cascade Mountain crest.): October 1 through June 30 July 1 through September 30 5 days maximum 10 days maximum 8-01.3(1)B Erosion and Sediment Control (ESe) Lead This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall identify the ESC Lead at the preconstruction discussions and in the TESC plan. The ESC Lead shall have, for the life of the contract, a current Certificate of Training in Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control from a course approved by the Washington State Department of Ecology. The ESC Lead shall be listed on the Emergency Contact List required under Section 1-05.13(1). I .~~ <\ ! The ESC Lead shall implement the Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) plan. Implementation shall include, but is not limited to: 1. Installing and maintaining all temporary erosion and sediment control Best Management Practices (BMPs) included in the TESC plan to assure continued performance of their intended function. Damaged or inadequate TESC BMPs shall be corrected immediately. 2. Updating the TESC plan to reflect current field conditions. When a TESC plan is included in the contract plans, the Contractor shall inspect all on- site erosion and sediment control BMPs at least once every calendar week and within 24 hours of runoff events in which stormwater discharges from the site. Inspections of temporarily stabilized, inactive sites may be reduced to once every calendar month. The Erosion and Sediment Control Inspection Form (Form Number 220-030 EF) shall be completed for each inspection and a copy shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than the end of the next working day following the inspection. 8-01.3(2)E Tacking Agent and Soil Binders The third paragraph, (PAM) is revised to read: ./ \ ~ . 1 Soil Binding Using Polyacrylamide (PAM) 2 The PAM shall be applied on bare soil completely dissolved and mixed in water or 3 applied as a dry powder. Dissolved PAM shall be applied at a rate of not more than 2/3 4 pound per 1,000 gallons of water per acre. A minimum of 200 pounds per acre of 5 cellulose fiber mulch treated with a non-toxic dye shall be applied with the dissolved 6 PAM. Dry powder applications may be at a rate of 5 pounds per acre using a hand-held 7 fertilizer spreader or a tractor-mounted spreader. 8 9 8-01.3(2)F Dates for Application of Final Seed, Fertilizer, and Mulch 10 The second paragraph under East of the summit of the Cascade Range, beginning with 11 ''The Contractor will be responsible", is deleted. 12 13 8-01.3(9)A Silt Fence 14 The fifth paragraph is revised to read: 15 16 Posts shall be either wood or steel. Wood posts shall have minimum dimensions of 1 17 1/4 inches by 1 1/4 inches by the minimum length shown in the Plans. Steel posts shall 18 have a minimum weight of 0.90 Ibs/ft 19 20 8-01.4 Measurement 21 This section is supplemented with the following: 22 23 Coir log will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed 24 installation. 25 26 8-01.5 Payment 27 The following bid item is inserted after "Compost Sock", per linear foot: 28 29 "Coir Log", per linear foot . . 1 SECTION 8-02, ROADSIDE RESTORATION 2 April 3, 2006 3 8-02.3(8) Planting . 4 The seventh and eighth paragraphs are deleted and replaced with the following: 5 6 All burlap, baskets, string, wire and other such materials shall be removed from the hole 7 when planting balled and burlapped plants. The plant material shall be handled in such 8 a manner that the root systems are kept covered and damp at all times. The root 9 systems of all bare root plant material shall be dipped in a slurry of silt and water 10 immediately prior to planting. The root systems of container plant material shall be 11 moist at the time of planting. In their final position, all plants shall have their top true root 12 (not adventitious root) no more than 1" below the soil surface, no matter where that root 13 was located in the original root ball or container. After planting, the backfill material and 14 root ball shall be thoroughly watered in within 24 hours. 15 16 8-02.3(9) Pruning, Staking, Guying, and Wrapping 17 The first paragraph is revised to read: 18 19 Plants shall be pruned at the time of planting, only to remove minor broken or damaged 20 twigs, branches or roots. Pruning shall be done with a sharp tool and shall be done in 21 such a manner as to retain or to encourage natural growth characteristics of the plants. 22 All other pruning shall be performed only after the plants have been in the ground at 23 least one year. . .; 1 SECTION 8-04, CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS 2 January 3, 2006 . 3 8-04.4 Measurement 4 The first paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 All curbs, gutters, and spillways will be measured by the linear foot along the line and 7 slope of the completed curbs, gutters, or spillways, including bends. Measurement of 8 cement concrete curb and cement concrete curb and gutter, when constructed across 9 driveways or sidewalk ramps, will include the width of the driveway or sidewalk ramp. . . 1 SECTION 8-09, RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS 2 April 3,2006 8-09.3(5) Recessed Pavement Marker This section is revised to read: .~ " ) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Construct recesses for pavement markers by grinding the pavement in accordance with the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. This work shall include cleanup and disposal of cuttings and other resultant debris. Prepare the surface in accordance with Section 8-09.3(1). Install Type 2 markers in the recess in accordance with the Standard Plans and Section 8-09.3(4). . ..-:-, ~ . 1 SECTION 8-20, IllUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 2 August 7, 2006 3 8-20.3(2) Excavating and Backfilling 4 The third paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 The excavations shall be backfilled in conformance with the requirements of Section 2- 7 09.3(1)E, Structure Excavation. 8 9 8-20.3(4) Foundations 10 The second paragraph is revised to read: 11 12 The bottom of concrete foundations shall rest on firm ground. If the portion of the 13 foundation beneath the existing ground line is formed or cased instead of being cast 14 against the existing soil forming the sides of the excavation, then all gaps between the 15 existing soil and the completed foundation shall be backfilled and compacted in 16 accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E. 17 18 The thirteenth paragraph is revised to read: 19 20 Both forms and ground which will be in contact with the concrete shall be thoroughly 21 moistened before placing concrete; however, excess water in the foundation excavation 22 will not be permitted. Foundations shall have set at least 72 hours prior to the removal 23 of the forms. All forms shall be removed, except when the Plans or Special Provisions 24 specifically allow or require the forms or casing to remain. 25 26 8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding 27 The first two paragraphs are revised to read: 28 29 All metallic appurtenances containing electrical conductors (luminaires, light standards, 30 cabinets, metallic conduit, etc.) shall be made mechanically and electrically secure to 31 form continuous systems, that shall be effectively grounded. Supplemental grounding 32 shall be provided at light standards, signal standards, cantilever sign structures, and 33 sign bridges. Steel sign posts which support signs with flashing beacons shall also 34 have supplemental grounding. Foundations for these standards shall be installed with a 35 bare, 6 AWG copper wire that is connected to the reinforcing cage with a listed 36 connector suitable for use embedded in concrete and routed to connect to the pole at 37 the grounding lug. 38 39 Where conduit is installed, the installation shall include an equipment ground conductor, 40 in addition to the conductors noted in the contract. Bonding jumpers and equipment 41 grounding conductors shall be installed in accordance with Section 9-29.3 and NEe. 42 Where existing conduits are used for the installation of new circuits, an equipment- 43 grounding conductor shall be installed unless an existing equipment ground conductor 44 is already present in the existing raceway. The equipment ground conductor between 45 the isolation switch and the sign lighter fixtures shall be a minimum of a 14 AWG 46 stranded copper conductor. Where parallel circuits are enclosed in a common conduit, 47 the equipment-grounding conductor shall be sized by the largest overcurrent device 48 serving any circuit contained within the conduit. 49 . . 1 8-20.3(14)E Signal Standards 2 The second paragraph is revised to read: ~ Signal standards shall not be erected on concrete foundations until the foundations . 5 have attained 2400 psi or 14 days after concrete placement. Signal standards without 6 mast arms may be erected after 72 hours. Type IV and V strain pole standards may be 7 erected but the messenger cable (span wire) shall not be placed until the foundation 8 has attained 2400 psi or 14 days after concrete placement. .: . . 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 . . 1 SECTION 8-22, PAVEMENT MARKING 2 April 3, 2006 8-22.3(2) Preparation of Roadway Surfaces The following new sentence is inserted after the first sentence in the second paragraph: The temperature requirement may be superseded by the material manufacturers written installation instructions. 8-22.3(3) Marking Application The second paragraph is revised to read: Centerlines on two lane highways with skip patterns, paint or plastic, shall be applied in the increasing mile post direction so they are in cycle with existing skip pattern lines at the beginning of the project. Skip patterns applied to multi-lane or divided roadways shall be applied in cycle in the direction of travel. Where paint is applied on centerline on two-way roads with bituminous surface treatment or centerline rumble strips, the second paint application shall be applied in the opposite (decreasing mile post) direction as the first application (increasing mile post) direction. This will require minor skip pattern corrections for curves on the second application. The fourth paragraph, beginning with "Lines with skip patterns", is deleted. The first sentence in the sixth paragraph is revised to read: Pavement markings shall be applied at the following base line thickness measured above the pavement surface or above the slot bottom for inset markings in thousandths of an inch (mils): In the sixth paragraph, the final line in the chart Marking Material Application is revised to read: Type 0 - inset/long line extruded 230 230 230 In the seventh paragraph, the final line in the chart for Liquid pavement marking material yield per gallon is revised to read: 230 7 21 In the eighth paragraph, the final line in the chart for Solid pavement marking material (Type A) yield is revised to read: 230 - flat inset 47 15 The third, fourth, fifth and sixth sentences in the eleventh paragraph are revised to read: For Type C material the slot shall be cut with equipment to produce a smooth square slot with a width in accordance with the material manufacturer's recommendation. The slot depth for Type C material shall be 100 mils, plus or minus 10 mils. The slot depth 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 for Type A or D material shall be 250 mils minimum. Slots for Type A or D material shall be filled with material so that the top of the material with glass beads is 20 mils, +/- 10 mils, below the pavement surface. e) This section is supplemented with the following: When two or more spray applications are required to meet thickness requirements for Type A and Type D materials, top dressing with glass beadsjs only allowed of! the last application. The cure period between successive applications shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Any loose beads, dirt or other debris shall be swept or blown off the line prior to application of each successive application. Successive applications shall be applied squarely on top of the preceding application. 8-22.3(5) Installation Instructions This section including title is revised to read: 8-22.3(5) Plastic Installation Instructions Installation instructions for plastic markings shall be provided for the Engineer. All materials including glass beads shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. A manufacturer's technical representative shall be present at the initial installation of plastic material to approve the installation procedure or the, material manufacturer shall certify that the Contractor will install the plastic material in accordance with their recommended procedure. 8-22.4 Measurement The following is inserted after the fifth paragraph: Diagonal and chevron-shaped lines used to delineate medians, gore areas, and parking .-~f stalls are constructed of painted or plastic 4 inch and 8 inch wide lines in the color and pattern shown in the Standard Plans. These lines will be measured as painted or plastic line or wide line by the linear foot of line installed. Crosswalk line will be mea~ured by the square foot of marking installed. : Traffic arrows, traffic letters, access parking space symbols, HOV symbols, railroad crossing symbols, drainage markings, bicycle lane symbols, aerial surveillance full, and 1/2 markers, yield line symbols, yield ahead symbols, and speed bump symbols will be measured per each. Type 1 through 6 traffic arrows will be measured as one unit each, regardless of the number of arrow heads. The last paragraph is revised to read: Removal of traffic arrows, traffic letters, access parking space symbol, HOV lane symbol, railroad crossing symbol, bicycle lane symbols, drainage markings, aerial surveillance full and 1/2 markers, yield line symbol, yield ahead symbol, and speed bump symbol will be measured per each. Removal of crosswalk lines will be measured by the square foot of lines removed. 8-22.5 Payment The following items are deleted: "Painted HOV Lane Symbol Type _" . 1 "Plastic HOV Lane Symbol Type . . . 1 SECTION 9-02, BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 2 January 3, 2006 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 9-02.1(4) Asphalt Binders . This section including title is revised to read: 9-02.1(4) Performance Graded Asphalt Binder (PGAB) PGAB meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 320 Table 1 of the grades specified in the contract shall be used in the production of HMA. The Direct Tension Test (AASHTO T 314) of M 320 is not a specification requirement. 9-02.1(4)A Performance Graded Asphalt Binder This section including title is revised to read: 9-02.1(4)A Quality Control Plan The Asphalt Supplier of PGAB shall have a Quality Control Plan (QCP) in accordance with WSDOT QC 2 "Standard Practice for Asphalt Suppliers That Certify Performance Graded Asphalts". The Asphalt Supplier's QCP shall be submitted and approved by the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory. Any change to the QCP will require a new QCP to be submitted. The Asphalt Supplier of PGAB shall certify through the Bill of Lading that PGAB meets the specification requirements of the contract. 9-02.1(6)A Polymerized Cationic Emulsified Asphalt CRS-2P This section is revised to read: The asphalt CRS-2P shall be a polymerized cationic emulsified asphalt. The polymer shall be milled into the asphalt or emulsion during the manufacturing of the emulsion. The asphalt CRS-2P shall meet the following specifications: . AASHTO Test Specifications Method Minimum Maximum Viscosity @122!!F, SFS T59 100 400 Storage Stability 1 day % T59 --- 1 Demulsibility 35 ml. 0.8% Dioctyl T 59 40 --- Sodium Sulfosuccinate Particle Charge T 59 positive --- Sieve Test % T 59 --- 0.30 Distillation Oil distillate by vol. of emulsion % T 59 note 1 0 3 Residue T 59 note 1 65 --- Test on the Residue From Distillation Penetration @77!!F T49 100 250 Torsional Recovery % note 2 18 --- . . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 S 10 11 12 13 14 15 . . or "'oughness/Tenacity in-Ibs note 3 50/25 --- note 1 Distillation modified to use 300 grams of emulsion heated to 35011F :t SQF and maintained for 20 minutes. note 2The Torsional Recovery test shall be conducted according to the California Department of Transportation Test Method No. 332. The residue material for this test shall come from California Department of Transportation Test Method No. 331. note 3Benson method of toughness and tenacity; Scott tester, inch-pounds at 77!lF, 20 in. per minute pull. Tension head 7/8 in. diameter. At the option of the supplier the Benson Toughness/Tenacity test can be used in lieu of Torsional Recovery based on type of modifier used. If the Benson Toughness/Tenacity method is used for acceptance the supplier must supply all test data verifying specification conformance. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 For AASHTO M 306, Section 8, Certification is deleted and replaced with the above certification and testing requirements. Metal castings for drainage structures shall not be dipped, painted, welded, plugged, or repaired. Porosity in metal castings for drainage structures shall be considered a workmanship defect subject to rejection by the Engineer. Metal castings made from gray iron or ductile iron shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 306, and metal castings made from cast steel shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-06.8. All metal castings shall meet the proof load testing requirements of AASHTO M 306. ., 9-05.15(1) Manhole Ring and Cover This section is revised to read: Castings for manhole rings shall be gray iron or ductile iron and covers shall be ductile . iron. All covers shall be interchangeable within the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. All mating surfaces shall be machine finished to ensure a nonrocking fit. The inside vertical recessed face of the ring and the vertical outside edge of the cover shall be machined or manufactured to the following tolerances: Ring Cover +3/32 inch to -3/32 inch +3/32 inch to -3/32 inch All manhole rings and covers shall be identified by the name or symbol of the producing foundry and country of casting origin. This identification shall be in a plainly visible location when the ring and cover are installed. Ductile iron shall be identified by the following, "DUC" or "01." The producing foundry and material identification shall be adjacent to each other and shall be minimum Y2 inch to maximum 1 inch high letters, recessed to be flush with the adjacent surfaces. ---" e) 9-05.15(2) Metal Frame, Grate and Solid Metal Cover for Catch Basins or Inlets The first and second paragraphs are revised to read: Castings for metal frames for catch basins and inlets shall be cast steel, gray iron, or ductile iron, and as shown in the Standard Plans. Castings for grates and solid metal covers for catch basins and inlets shall be cast steel or ductile iron and as shown in the Standard Plans. Additionally, leveling pads are allowed on grates and solid metal covers with a height not to exceed 1/8 inch. The producing foundry's name and material designation shall be embossed on the top of the grate. The material shall be identified by the following: "CS" for cast steel or "DUe" or "01" for ductile iron and shall be located near the producing foundry's name. 9-05.15(3) Cast Metal Inlets The first sentence is revised to read: The castings for cast metal inlets shall be cast steel or ductile iron, and as shown in the Standard Plans. .-;' ~7 !I . 1 9-05.19 Corrugated Polyethylene Culvert Pipe 2 The first paragraph is revised to read: 3 4 Corrugated polyethylene culvert pipe shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 294 5 Type S or D for pipe 12-inch to 60-inch diameter with silt-tight joints. . . 1 SECTION 9-05, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS 2 August 7, 2006 . 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 9-05.1 (6) Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing Drain Pipe This section including title is revised to read: 9-05.1(6) Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe (up to 10-inch) Corrugated polyethylene drain pipe shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 252 type C (corrugated both inside and outside) or type S (corrugated outer wall and smooth inner liner). The maximum size pipe shall be 10 inches in diameter. 9-05.1 (7) Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe This section including title is revised to read: 9-05.1(7) Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe (12-inch through 60-inch) Corrugated polyethylene drain pipe, 12-inch through 60-inch -diameter maximum, shall meet the minimum requirements of AASHTO M 294 Type S or 12-inch through 24 inch diameter maximum shall meet the minimum requirements of AASHTO M 294 Type C. 9-05.2(7) Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing Underdrain Pipe This section including title is revised to read: 9-05.2(7) Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Underdrain Pipe (Up to 10- inch) Perforated corrugated polyethylene underdrain pipe shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M252, Type CP or Type SP. Type CP shall be Type C pipe with Class 2 perforations and Type SP shall be Type S pipe with either Class 1 or Class 2 perforations. Additionally, Class 2 perforations shall be uniformly spaced along the length and circumference of the pipe. The maximum size pipe shall be 1 a-inch diameter. ~) .'1 9-05.2(8) Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Underdrain Pipe This section including title is revised to read: 9-05.2(8} Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Underdrain Pipe (12-inch through 60-inch) Perforated corrugated polyethylene underdrain pipe, 12-inch through 60-inch diameter maximum, shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 294 Type CP or Type SP. Type CP shall be Type C pipe with Class 2 perforations and Type SP shall be Type S pipe with either Class 1 or Class 2 perforations. Additionally, Class 2 perforations shall be uniformly spaced along the length and circumference of the pipe. 9-05.15 Metal Castings This section is revised to read: For all metal castings the producing foundry shall provide certification stating the country of origin, the material meets the required ASTM or AASHTO specification noted in the subsections below. The producing foundry shall detail all test results from physical testing to determine compliance to the specifications. The test reports shall include physical properties of the material from each heat and shall include tensile, yield, and elongation as specified in the appropriate ASTM or AASHTO specification. .' ?, 1 . 1 SECTION 9-06, STRUCTURAL STEEL AND RELATED MATERIALS 2 August 7, 2006 3 9-06.9 Gray Iron Castings 4 The MSHTO requirement is revised to read "MSHTO M 306". . . g" 1 2 SECTION 9-14, EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING August 7, 2006 9-14.2 Seed This section is revised to read: . 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Grasses, legumes, or cover crop seed of the type specified shall conform to the standards for "Certified" grade seed or better as outlined by the State of Washington Department of Agriculture "Rules for Seed Certification," latest edition. Seed shall be furnished in standard containers on which shall be shown the following information: (1) Common and botanical names of seed, (2) Lot number, (3) Net weight, (4) Pure live seed All seed installers and vendors must have a business license issued by the Washington State Department of Licensing with a "seed dealer" endorsement. Upon request, the contractor shall fumish the Engineer with copies of the applicable licenses and endorsements. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer duplicate copies of a statement signed by the vendor certifying that each lot of seed has been tested by a recognized seed testing laboratory within six months before the date of delivery on the project. Seed which has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged in transit or storage will not be accepted. 9-14.4(1) Straw This section is revised to read: . All straw material shall be in an air dried condition free of noxious weeds and other materials detrimental to plant life. Straw mulch so provided shall be suitable for spreading with mulch blower equipment. 9-14.4(3) Bark or Wood Chips This section is supplemented with the following: Sawdust shall not be used as mulch. 9-14.4(4) Sawdust This section including title is revised to read: 9-14.4(4) Vacant 9-14.4(8) Compost This section is revised to read: Compost products shall be the result of the biological degradation and transformation of plant-derived materials under controlled conditions designed to promote aerobic decomposition. Compost shall be stable with regard to oxygen consumption and carbon dioxide generation. Compost shall be mature with regard to its suitability for e) 1 serving as a soil amendment or an erosion control BMP as defined below. The compost 2 shall have a moisture content that has no visible free water or dust produced when . 3 handling the material. 4 5 Compost production and quality shall comply with Chapter 173-350 WAC. 6 7 Compost products shall meet the following physical criteria: 8 9 1. Compost material shall be tested in accordance with Testing Methods for the 10 Examination of Compost and Composting (TMECC) Test Method 02.02-B, 11 "Sample Sieving for Aggregate Size Classification". 12 13 Fine Compost shall meet the following: 14 15 Min. Max. 16 Percent passing 2" 100% 17 Percent passing 1" 99% 100% 18 Percent passing 1 /2" 90% 100% 19 Percent passing *" 75% 100% 20 Maximum particle length of 6 inches 21 22 Coarse Compost shall meet the following: 23 Min. Max. 24 Percent passing 3" 100% 25 Percent passing 1" 90% 100% 26 Percent passing %" 70% 100% 27 Percent passing *" 40% 60% . 28 Maximum particle length of 6 inches 29 30 2. The pH shall be between 6.0 and 8.5 when tested in accordance with TMECC 31 04.11-A, "1:5 Slurry pH". 32 33 3. Manufactured inert material (plastic, concrete, ceramics, metal, etc.) shall be 34 less than 1.0 percent by weight as determined by TMECC 03.08-A. 35 36 4. Minimum organic matter shall be 40 percent dry weight basis as determined 37 by TMECC 05.07A, "Loss-On-Ignition Organic Matter Method". 38 39 5. Soluble salt contents shall be less than 4.0mmhos/cm tested in accordance 40 with TMECC 04. 1 O-A, "1:5 Slurry Method, Mass Basis". 41 42 6. Maturity shall be greater than 80% in accordance with TMECC 05.05-A, 43 "Germination and Root Vigor". 44 45 7. Stability shall be 7 or below in accordance with TMECC 05.08-B, Carbon 46 Dioxide Evolution Rate" 47 48 8. The compost product must originate a minimum of 65 percent by volume from 49 recycled plant waste as defined in WAC 173-350 as "Type 1 Feedstocks." A 50 maximum of 35 percent by volume of other approved organic waste and/or 51 biosolids may be substituted for recycled plant waste. The supplier shall 52 provide written verification of feedstock sources . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 9. The Engineer may also evaluate compost for maturity using the Solvita Compost Maturity Test. Fine Compost shall score a number 6 or above on the Solvita Compost Maturity Test. Coarse Compost shall score a 5 or above on the Solvita Compost Maturity Test. .' } The compost supplier will test all compost products within 90 calendar days prior to application. Samples will be taken using the Seal of Testing Assurance (STA) sample collection protocol. (The sample collection protocol can be obtained from the U.S. Composting Council, 4250 Veterans Memorial Highway, Suite 275, Holbrook, NY 11741 Phone: 631-737-4931, www.compostingcouncil.org). The sample shall be sent to an independent STA Program approved lab. The compost supplier will pay for the test. A copy of the approved independent STA Program laboratory test report shall be submitted to the Contracting Agency prior to initial application of the compost. Seven days prior to application, the Contractor shall submit a sample of each type compost to be used on the project to the Engineer. Compost not conforming to the above requirements or taken from a source other than those tested and accepted shall be immediately removed from the project and replaced at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall either select a compost supplier from the Qualified Products List, or submit the following information to the Engineer for approval: 1. A Request for Approval of Material Source. 2. A copy of the Solid Waste Handling Permit issued to the supplier by the Jurisdictional Health Department as per WAC 173-350 (Minimum Functional Standards for Solid Waste Handling). .) 3. The supplier shall verify in writing, and provide lab analyses that the material complies with the processes, testing, and standards specified in WAC 173-350 and these specifications. An independent STA Program certified laboratory shall perform the analysis. 4. A list of the feedstock by percentage present in the final compost product. 5. A copy of the producer's Seal of Testing Assurance certification as issued by the U.S. Composting Council. Acceptance will be based upon a satisfactory Test Report from an independent STA program certified laboratory and the sample(s) submitted to the Engineer. 9-14.5(5) Wattles This section is revised to read: Wattles shall consist of cylinders of biodegradable plant material such as straw, coir, compost, or wood shavings encased within biodegradable or photodegradable netting. Wattles shall be at least 5 inches in diameter, unless otherwise specified. Encasing material shall be clean, evenly woven, and free of encrusted concrete or other . . . . 1 contaminating materials such as preservatives. Encasing material shall be free from 2 cuts, tears, or weak places and shall have a lifespan greater than 6 months. 3 4 Compost filler shall meet the material requirements as specified in Section 9-14.4(8), 5 and shall be Coarse Compost. 6 7 9-14.5(6) Compost Sock 8 This section is revised to read: 9 10 Biodegradable fabric for compost sock and compost wattle shall be clean, evenly 11 woven, and free of encrusted concrete or other contaminating materials and shall be 12 free from cuts, tears, broken or missing yarns and thin, open, or weak places. Fabric for 13 compost sock shall consist of extra heavy weight biodegradable fiber which has not 14 been treated with any type of preservative. Compost for compost socks shall meet the 15 material requirements as specified in Section 9-14.4(8), and shall be Coarse Compost 16 17 Wood stakes for compost sock and wattles shall be made from Douglas-fir, hemlock, or 18 pine species. Wood stakes shall be 2 inch by 2 inch nominal dimension and 36 inches 19 in length, unless otherwise indicated in the Plans. 20 21 Section 9-14.5 is supplemented with the following new section. 22 23 9-14.5(7) Coir Log 24 Coir log: Logs shall be made of 100% durable coconut (coir) fiber uniformly compacted 25 within an outer netting. Log segments shall have a maximum length of 20 feet, with a 26 minimum diameter as shown in the Plans. Logs shall have a density of 7 Ibs/cf or greater. 27 28 Coir logs shall be manufactured with a woven wrapping netting made of bristle coir twine 29 with minimum strength of 80 Ibs tensile strength. The netting shall have nominal 2 inch by 2 30 inch openings. 31 32 Stakes shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-09. Cedar wood stakes shall have a 33 notch to secure the rope ties. Rope ties shall be one-quarter inch diameter commercially 34 available hemp rope. 35 36 9-14.6(1) Description 37 This section is revised to read: 38 39 Bareroot plants are grown in the ground and harvested without soil or growing medium 40 around their roots. 41 42 Container plants are grown in pots or flats that prevent root growth beyond the sides 43 and bottom of the container. 44 45 Balled and burlapped plants are grown in the ground and harvested with soil around a 46 core of undisturbed roots. This rootball is wrapped in burlap and tied or placed in a wire 47 basket or other supportive structure. 48 49 Cuttings are live plant material without a previously developed root system. Source 50 plants for cuttings shall be dormant when cuttings are taken. All cuts shall be made with 51 a sharp instrument. Written permission shall be obtained from property owners and 52 provided to the Engineer before cuttings are collected. The Contractor shall collect 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 cuttings in accordance with applicable sensitive area ordinances. For cuttings, the requirement to be nursery grown or held in nursery conditions does not apply. Cuttings include the following forms: . A. Live branch cuttings shall have flexible top growth with terminal buds and may have side branches. The rooting end shall be cut at an approximate 45 degree angle. B. Live stake cuttings shall have a straight top cut immediately above a bud. The lower, rooting end shall be cut at an approximate 45degree angle. Live stakes are cut from one to two year old wood. Live stake cuttings shall be cut and installed with the bark intact with no branches or stems attached, and be Y2 to 1 Y2 inch in diameter. C. Live pole cuttings shall have a minimum 2inch diameter and no more than three branches which shall be pruned back to the first bud from the main stem. D. Rhizomes shall be a prostrate or subterranean stem, usually rooting at the nodes and becoming erect at the apex. Rhizomes shall have a minimum of two growth points. E. Tubers shall be a thickened and short subterranean branch having numerous buds or eyes. 9-14.6(2) Quality This section is revised to read: All plant material furnished shall meet the grades established by the latest edition of the American Standard for Nursery Stock, (ASNS) ANSI Z60.1 shall conform to the size and acceptable conditions as listed in the contract, and shall be free of all foreign plant material. ej All plant material shall comply with State and Federal laws with respect to inspection for plant diseases and insect infestation. All plant material shall be purchased from a nursery licensed to sell plants in Washington State. Live woody or herbaceous plant material, except cuttings, rhizomes, and tubers, shall be vigorous, well formed, with well developed fibrous root systems, free from dead branches, and from damage caused by an absence or an excess of heat or moisture, insects, disease, mechanical or other causes detrimental to good plant development. Evergreen plants shall be well foliated and of good color. Deciduous trees that have solitary leaders shall have only the lateral branches thinned by pruning. All conifer trees shall have only one lead~r (growing apex) and one terminal bud, and shall not be sheared or shaped. Trees having a damaged or missing leader, multiple leaders, or Y- crotches shall be rejected. Root balls of plant materials shall be solidly held together by a fibrous root system and shall be composed only of the soil in which the plant has been actually growing. Balled and burlapped rootballs shall be securely wrapped with jute burlap or other packing . . . . 1 material not injurious to the plant life. Root balls shall be free of weed or foreign plant 2 growth. 3 4 Plant materials shall be nursery grown stock. Plant material, with the exception of 5 cuttings. gathered from native stands shall be held under nursery conditions for a 6 minimum of one full growing season, shall be free of all foreign plant material, and meet 7 all of the requirements of these Specifications. the Plans. and the Special Provisions. 8 9 Container grown plants must be plants transplanted into a container and grown in that 10 container sufficiently long for new fibrous roots to have developed so that the root mass 11 will retain its shape and hold together when removed from the container, without having 12 roots that circle the pot. Plant material which is root bound, as determined by the 13 Engineer, shall be rejected. Container plants shall be free of weed or foreign plant 14 growth. 15 16 Container sizes for plant material of a larger grade than provided for in the container 17 grown specifications of the ASNS shall be determined by the volume of the root ball 18 specified in the ASNS for the same size plant material. 19 20 All bare root plant materials shall have a heavy fibrous root system and must be 21 dormant at the time of planting. 22 23 Average height to spread proportions and branching shall be in accordance with the 24 applicable sections, illustrations, and accompanying notes of the ASNS. 25 26 Plants specified or identified as "Street Tree Grade" shall be trees with straight trunks, 27 full and symmetrical branching, central leader, and be developed. grown, and 28 propagated with a full branching crown. A "Street Tree Grade" designation requires the 29 highest grade of nursery shade or ornamental tree production which shall be supplied. 30 31 Trees with improperly pruned, broken, or damaged branches, trunk, or root structure 32 shall be rejected. In all cases, whether supplied balled and burlapped or in a container. 33 the root crown (top of root structure) of the tree shall be at the top of the finish soil level. 34 Trees supplied and delivered in a nursery fabric bag will not be accepted. 35 36 Plants, which have been determined by the Engineer to have suffered damage as the 37 result of girdling of the roots, stem, or a major branch; have deformities of the stem or 38 major branches; have a lack of symmetry; have dead or defoliated tops or branches; or 39 have any defect, injury, or condition which renders the plant unsuitable for its intended 40 use, shall be rejected. 41 42 Plants that are grafted shall have roots of the same genus as the specified plant. 43 44 9-14.6(3) Handling and Shipping 45 The last sentence in the sixth paragraph is deleted. 46 47 9-14.6(6) Substitution of Plants 48 The second paragraph is revised to read: 49 50 Container or balled and burlapped plant material may be substituted for bare root plant 51 material. Container grown plant material may be substituted for balled and burlapped 52 plant materials. When substitution is allowed, use current ASNS standards to determine 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 the correct rootball volume (container or balled and burlapped) of the substituted material that corresponds to that of the specified material. These substitutions shall be approved by the Engineer and be at no cost to the Contracting Agency. .'., , 1 9-14.6(7) Temporary Storage The third paragraph is revised to read: Cuttings shall continually be shaded and protected from wind. Cuttings must be protected from drying at all times and shall be heeled into moist soil or other insulating material or placed in water if not installed within 8 hours of cutting.Cuttings to be stored for later installation shall be bundled, laid horizontally, and completely buried under 6 inches of water, moist soil or placed in cold storage at a temperature of 34 F and 90% humidity. Cuttings that are not planted within 24 hours of cutting shall be soaked in water for 24 hours prior to planting. Cuttings taken when the temperature is higher than 500F shall not be stored for later use. Cuttings that already have developed roots shall not be used. The fourth paragraph is deleted. .) .' ., ~' 1 SECTION 9-22, Monument Cases 2 August 7, 2006 . 3 9-22.1 Monument Cases, Covers, and Risers 4 The AASHTO requirement is revised to read "AASHTO M 306". . . 1 SECTION 9-28, SIGNING MATERIALS AND FABRICATION 2 August 7, 2006 3 9-28.14(1) Timber Sign Posts 4 The last sentence is revised to read: 5 6 Preservative and retention shall be as shown in Section 9-16.2 for sawn posts. . . . . . . 1 SECTION 9-33, CONSTRUCTION GEOTEXTILE 2 August 7, 2006 3 Section 9-33 including title is revised in its entirety to read: 4 5 SECTION 9-33, CONSTRUCTION GEOSYNTHETIC 6 7 9-33.1 Geosynthetic Material Requirements 8 The term geosynthetic shall be considered to be inclusive of geotextiles, geogrids, and 9 prefabricated drainage mats. 10 11 Geotextiles, including geotextiles attached to prefabricated drainage core to form a 12 prefabricated drainage mat, shall consist only of long chain polymeric fibers or yarns 13 formed into a stable network such that the fibers or yarns retain their position relative to 14 each other during handling, placement, and design service life. At least 95 percent by 15 weight of the material shall be polyolefins or polyesters. The material shall be free from 16 defects or tears. The geotextile shall also be free of any treatment or coating which 17 might adversely alter its hydraulic or physical properties after installation. 18 19 Geogrids shall consist of a regular network of integrally connected polymer tensile 20 elements with an aperture geometry sufficient to permit mechanical interlock with the 21 surrounding backfill. The long chain polymers in the geogrid tensile elements, not 22 including coatings, shall consist of at least 95 percent by mass of the material of 23 polyolefins or polyesters. The material shall be free of defects, cuts, and tears. 24 25 Prefabricated drainage core shall consist of a three dimensional polymeric material with 26 a structure that permits flow along the core laterally, and which provides support to the 27 geotextiles attached to it. 28 29 The geosynthetic shall conform to the properties as indicated in Tables 1 through 8 in 30 Section 9-33.2, and additional tables as required in the Standard Plans and Special 31 Provisions for each use specified in the Plans. Specifically, the geosynthetic uses 32 included in this section and their associated tables of properties are as follows: 33 Geotextile Geosynthetic Application Applicable Property Tables Underground Drainage, Low and Moderate Survivability, Tables 1 and 2 Classes A. B. and C Separation Table 3 Soil Stabilization Table 3 Permanent Erosion Control, Moderate and High Survivability Tables 4 and 5 Classes A. S, and C Ditch Lining Table 4 Temporary Silt Fence Table 6 Permanent Geosynthetic Retaining Wall Table 7 and Std. Plans Temporary Geosynthetic Retaining Wall Tables 7 and 10 Prefabricated Drainage Mat Table 8 Table 10 will be included in the Special Provisions. 34 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Geogrid and geotextile reinforcement in geosynthetic retaining walls shall conform to the properties specified in the Standard Plans for permanent walls, and Table 10 for temporary walls. . For geosynthetic retaining walls that use geogrid reinforcement, the geotextile material placed at the wall face to retain the backfill material as shown in the Plans shall conform to the properties for Construction Geotextile for Underground Drainage, Moderate Survivability, Class A. Thread used for sewing geotextiles shall consist of high strength polypropylene, polyester, or polyamide. Nylon threads will not be allowed. The thread used to sew permanent erosion control geotextiles, and to sew geotextile seams in exposed faces of temporary or permanent geosynthetic retaining walls, shall also be resistant to ultraviolet radiation. The thread shall be of contrasting color to that of the geotextile itself. 9-33.2 Geosynthetic Properties 9-33.2(1) Geotextile Properties Table 1: Geotextile for underground drainage strength properties for survivability. ASTM Geotextile ProDertv Reauirements' Test Low Moderate Method2 Survivabilitv Survivabilitv Geotextile ProDertv Woven Nonwoven Woven Nonwoven Grab Tensile Strength, in machine and D 4632 180lb 1151b min. 250lb 160 Ib min. x-machine min. min. direction Grab Failure Strain, in machine and D 4632 <50% ~50% <50% ~50% x-machine direction Seam 160lb 220lb Breaking D 46323 min. 100 Ib min. min. 140 Ib min. Strenath Puncture D 6241 370lb 220 Ib min. 4951b 310 Ib min. Resistance min. min. Tear Strength, in machine and D 4533 67 Ib min. 40 Ib min. 80 Ib min. 50 Ib min. x-machine direction Ultraviolet (UV) o 4355 50% strength retained min., Radiation after 500 hours in a xenon arc device Stabilitv .' V Table 2: Geotextile for underground drainage filtration properties. .' II ~ 1 2 3 ASTM Geotextile Property ReQuirementsT Test Geotextile Property Method2 Class A Class B Class C AOS D 4751 U.S. No. 40 U.S. No. 60 U.S. No. 80 max. max. max. Water PermittivItY D 4491 0.5 sec" min. 0.4 see mm. 0.3 see min. . Table 3: Geotextile for separation or soil stabilization. 4 5 6 ASTM Geotextile Property Reauirements 1 Geotextile Test Separation Soil Stabilization Property Method2 Woven Nonwoven Woven Nonwoven AOS D 4751 U.S. No. 30 max. U.S. No. 40 max. Water o 4491 0.02 sec.1 min. 0.10 sec'1 min. Permittivity Grab Tensile Strength, in machine and o 4632 250 Ib min. 160 Ib min. 315 Ib min. 200 Ib min. x-machine direction Grab Failure Strain, in machine and o 4632 <50% 2. 50% <50% 2. 50% x-machine direction Seam Breaking D 4632;j 220 Ib min. 140 Ib min. 270 Ib min. 180 Ib min. Strength Puncture o 6241 495 Ib min. 310 Ib min. 620 Ib min. 430 Ib min. Resistance Tear Strength, in machine and D 4533 80 Ib min. 50 Ib min. 1121b min. 79 Ib min. x-machine direction Ultraviolet (UV) Radiation o 4355 50% strength retained min., Stability after 500 hours in xenon arc device . Table 4: Geotextile for permanent erosion control and ditch lining. Geotextile Property Requirements ASTM Permanent Erosion Control Ditch Linina Geotextile Test Moderate High Property Method2 Survivability Survivability I Non- I Non- Non- Woven woven Woven woven Woven woven AOS 04751 See Table 5 See Table 5 U.S. No. 30 max. Water o 4491 See Table 5 See Table 5 0.02 sec'1 min. Permittivity . Grab Tensile Strength, 250lb 160lb 3151b 200lb 250lb 160lb in machine o 4632 min. min. min. min. min. min. and x-machrne direction Grab Failure Strain, in machine o 4632 15% - ~50% 15% - ~50% <50% ~50% and 50% 50% x-machine direction Seam 220lb 140lb 270lb 180lb 220lb 140lb Breaking o 46323 Strenath min. min. min. min. min. min. Puncture o 6241 4951b 310lb 620lb 430lb 4951b 310lb Resistance min. min. min. min. min. min. Tear Strength, in machine 80lb 50lb 1121b 791b 80lb 50lb and o 4533 min. min. min. min. min. min. x-machine direction Ultraviolet (UV) o 4355 70% strength retained min., Radiation after 500 hours in xenon arc device Stabilitv . 1 2 3 Table 5: Filtration properties for geotextile for permanent erosion control. ." /I 4 5 6 ASTM Geotextile Property Requirements 1 Geotextile Test Property Method2 Class A Class B Class C AOS D 4751 U.S. No. 40 U.S. No. 60 U.S. No. 70 max. max. max. Water o 4491 0.7 sec.1 min. 0.4 sec.1 min. 0.2 sec'1 min. Permittivity Table 6: Geotextile for temporary silt fence. AOS D 4751 o 4491 Geotextile Pro ert R uirements 1 Supported Between Posts with Wire or Pol meric Mesh U.S. No. 30 max. for slit wovens, U.S. No. 50 tor all other eotextile es, U.S. No.1 00 min. 0.02 sec'1 min. 180 Ib min. in machine direction, 100 Ib min. in x-machine Unsupported Between Posts Geotextile Property ASTM Test Method2 Water Permittivi Grab Tensile Strength, in machine and x-machine direction o 4632 100 Ib min. e) 1 2 3 4 5 direction Grab Failure Strain, 30% max. at 180 Ib in machine and D 4632 x-machine direction or more Ultraviolet (UV) D 4355 70% strength retained min., Radiation Stability after 500 hours in xenon arc device . 9-33.2(2) Geosynthetic Properties For Retaining Walls and Reinforced Slopes Table 7: Minimum properties required for geotextile reinforcement used in geosynthetic reinforced slopes and retaining walls. 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ASTM Geotextile Property Requirements 1 Geotextile Property Test Woven Nonwoven Method2 AOS o 4751 U.S. No. 20 max. Water Permittivity D 4491 0.02 sec" min. Grab Tensile Strength, D 4632 200 Ib min. 120 Ib min. in machine and x-machine direction Grab Failure Strain, in machine and D 4632 <50% ~50% x-machine direction Seam Breaking o 46323.4 160 Ib min. 100 Ib min. Strenath Puncture Resistance D 6241 370 Ib min. 220 Ib min. Tear Strength, in machine and o 4533 63 Ib min. 50 Ib min. x-machine direction Ultraviolet (UV) 70% (for polypropylene and polyethylene) and Radiation Stability D 4355 50% (for polyester) Strength Retained min., after 500 hours in a xenon arc device . 9-33.2(3) Prefabricated Drainage Mat Prefabricated drainage mat shall have a single or double dimpled polymeric core with a geotextile attached and shall meet the following requirements: Table 8: Minimum properties required for prefabricated drainage mats. ASTM Geotextile Property Test Geotextile Property Requirements 1 Method2 AOS 04751 U.S. No. 60 max. Water Permittivity o 4491 0.4 sec" min. Grab Tensile Strength, in machine and o 4632 Nonwoven - 100 Ib min. x-machine direction Width 05199 12 In. min. Thickness 0.4 In. min. Compressive StrenQth at o 1621 100 psi min. . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Yield In Plan Flow Rate Gradient = 0.1, Pressure = 5.5 psi D 4716 5.0 gal./min./ft. Gradient = 1.0, Pressure = 14.5 psi 15.0 aal/min./ft. . 1 All geotextile properties in Tables 1 through 8 are minimum average roll values (Le., the test results for any sampled roll in a lot shall meet or exceed the values shown in the table). 2The test procedures used are essentially in conformance with the most recently approved ASTM geotextile test procedures, except for geotextile sampling and specimen conditioning, which are in accordance with WSDOT Test Methods T 914, Practice for Sampling of Geotextiles for Testing, and T 915, Practice for Conditioning of Geotextiles for Testing, respectively. Copies of these test methods are available at the State Materials Laboratory P.O. Box 47365, Olympia, WA 98504-7365. 3With seam located in the center of 8-inch long specimen oriented parallel to grip faces. 4Applies only to seams perpendicular to the wall face. 9-33.3 Aggregate Cushion of Permanent Erosion Control Geotextile Aggregate cushion for permanent erosion control geotextile, Class A shall meet the requirements of Section 9-03.9(2}. Aggregate cushion for permanent erosion control geotextile, Class B or C shall meet the requirements of Section 9-03.9(3) and 9-03.9(2}. .-~ J 9-33.4 Geosynthetic Material Approval and Acceptance 9-33.4(1) Geosynthetic Material Approval If the geosynthetic source material has not been previously evaluated, or is not listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products List (QPL), a sample of each proposed geosynthetic shall be submitted to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation. Geosynthetic material approval will be based on conformance to the applicable properties from the Tables in Section 9-33.2 or in the Standard Plans or Special Provisions. After the sample and required information for each geosynthetic type have arrived at the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater, a maximum of 14 calendar days will be required for this testing. Source approval shall not be the basis of acceptance of specific lots of material delivered to the Contractor unless the roll numbers of the lot sampled can be clearly identified as the rolls tested and approved in the geosynthetic approval process. For geogrid and geotextile products proposed for use in permanent geosynthetic retaining walls or reinforced slopes that are not listed in the current QPL, the Contractor shall submit test information and the calculations used in the determination of Tal performed in accordance with WSDOT Standard Practice T 925, Standard Practice for Determination of Long-Term Strength for Geosynthetic Reinforcement, to the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater for evaluation. The . . . . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Contracting Agency will require up to 30 calendar days after receipt of the information to complete the evaluation. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the following information regarding each geosynthetic material proposed for use: Manufacturer's name and current address, Full product name, Geosynthetic structure, including fiber/yarn type, Geosynthetic polymer type(s) (for temporary and permanent geosynthetic retaining walls), Proposed geosynthetic use(s), and Certified test results for minimum average roll values. 9-33.4(2) Vacant 9-33.4(3) Acceptance Samples When the quantities of geosynthetic materials proposed for use in the following geosynthetic applications are greater than the following amounts, acceptance shall be by satisfactory test report: 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 The samples for acceptance testing shall include the information about each geosynthetic roll to be used as stated in 9-33.4(4). Samples will be randomly taken by the Engineer at the job site to confirm that the geosynthetic meets the property values specified. Approval will be based on testing of samples from each lot. A "lot" shall be defined for the purposes of this specification as all geosynthetic rolls within the consignment (Le., all rolls sent the project site) that were produced by the same manufacturer during a continuous period of production at the same manufacturing plant and have the same product name. After the samples have arrived at the State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater, a maximum of 14 calendar days will be required for this testing. If the results of the testing show that a geosynthetic lot, as defined, does not meet the properties required for the specified use as indicated in Tables 1 through 8 in Section 9-33.2, and additional tables as specified in the Special Provisions, the roll or rolls which were sampled will be rejected. Geogrids and geotextiles for temporary geosynthetic retaining walls shall meet the requirements of Table 7, and Table 10 in the Special Provisions. Geogrids and geotextiles for permanent geosynthetic retaining wall shall meet the requirements of Table 7, and Table 9 in the Special Provisions, and both geotextile and geogrid acceptance testing shall meet the required ultimate tensile strength Tult as provided in the current QPL for the selected product{s). If the selected product(s) are not listed in the current QPL, the result of the testing for Tult shall be greater than or equal to Tult as determined 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 from the product data submitted and approved by the State Materials Laboratory during source material approval. Two additional rolls for each roll tested which failed from the lot previous'ly tested will then be selected at random by the Engineer for sampling and retesting. If the retesting shows that any of the additional rolls tested do not meet the required properties, the entire lot will be rejected. If the test results from all :the rolls retested meet the required properties, the entire lot minus the roll(s) that failed will be accepted. All geosynthetic that has defects, deterioration, or damage, as determined by the Engineer, will also be rejected. All rejected geosynthetic shall be replaced at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Q .' 9-33.4(4) Acceptance by Certificate of Compliance When the quantities of geosynthetic proposed for use in each geosynthetic application are less than or equal to the following amounts, acceptance shall be by Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance: Application Geosynthetic Quantity Underground Drainage 600 sq. yd. Soil Stabilization and Separation All quantities Permanent Erosion Control All quantities Temporary Silt Fence All quantities Prefabricated Drainage Mat All quantities 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 The Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance shall include the following information about each geosynthetic roll to be used: Manufacturer's name and current address, Full product name, Geosynthetic structure, including fiber/yarn type, Geosynthetic Polymer type (for all temporary and permanent geosynthetic retaining walls only), Geosynthetic roll number(s), Geosynthetic lot number(s), Proposed geosynthetic use(s), and Certified test results. . 9-33.4(5) Approval of Seams If the geotextile seams are to be sewn in the field, the Contractor shall provide a section of sewn seam that can be sampled by the Engineer before the geotextile is installed. The seam sewn for sampling shall be sewn using the same equipment and procedures as will be used to sew the production seams. If production seams will be sewn in both the machine and cross-machine directions, the Contractor must provide sewn seams for sampling which are oriented in both the machine and cross-machine directions. The seams sewn for sampling must be at least 2 yardS in length in each geotextile direction. If the seams are sewn in the factory, the Engineer will obtain samples of the factory seam at random from any of the rolls to be used. The seam assembly description shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer and will be included with the seam sample obtained for testing. This .' 1 2 description shall include the seam type, stitch type, sewing thread type(s), and stitch density. . . . 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 SECTION 9-34, PAVEMENT MARKING MATERIAL 2 April 3, 2006 9-34.2 Paint This section is revised to read: . White and yellow paint shall comply with the specifications for high volatile organic compound (VOC) solvent based paint, low VOC solvent based paint or low VOC waterborne paint. Blue paint for "Access Parking Space Symbol with Background" shall be chosen from a WSDOT QPL listed Manufacturer. The blue color shall match Fed Standard 595, color 15090 and the tolerance of variation shall match that shown in the FHWA "Highway Blue Color Tolerance Chart." 9-34.3 Plastic This section is revised to read: White and yellow plastic pavement marking materials shall comply with the specifications for: Type A - liquid hot applied thermoplastic Type B - Pre-formed fused thermoplastic Type C - Cold applied pre-formed tape Type D - liquid cold applied methyl methacrylate Blue plastic pavement marking material for "Access Parking Space Symbol with Background" shall be chosen from a WSDOT QPL listed Manufacturer. The blue color shall match Fed Standard 595, color 15090 and the tolerance of variation shall match that shown in the FHWA "Highway Blue Color Tolerance Chart." . 9-34.4 Glass Beads In the first sentence the reference to AASHTO M 247-81, Type 1 is revised to AASHTO M 247, Type 1. .c' ~ I 1 SECTION 9-35, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL MATERIALS 2 April 3, 2006 . 3 9-35.2 Construction Signs 4 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 5 6 Post mounted Class A construction signs shall conform to the requirements of this 7 section and additionally shall conform to the requirements stated in section 9-28. 8 9 The second paragraph is revised to read: 10 11 Aluminum sheeting shall be used to fabricate all construction signs. The signs shall 12 have a minimum thickness of 0.080-inches and a maximum thickness of 0.125-inches. 13 14 The first sentence in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: 15 16 The use of plywood, composite, fiberglass reinforced plastic, new fabric rol/up signs, 17 and any other previously approved sign materials except aluminum is prohibited. Any 18 sign which otherwise meets the requirements of this section and was purchased prior to 19 July 1, 2004, may be utilized until December 31 t 2007. If a fabric sign is used, it shall 20 have been fabricated with Type VI reflective sheeting. . . . . . . SPECIAL PROVISIONS . . The following Special Provisions supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications and are made a part of this contract. The Sections referenced in these Special Provisions refer to Sections of the Standard Specifications. 1-01.3 DEFINITIONS The term "Contract Bond" is understood to be equal to "Performance and Payment Bond" for this project. The term "State" is redefined to mean the City of Port Angeles for this project. The term "Commission" is redefined for this project to mean the City Council of the City of Port Angeles. The term "Secretary" is redefined for this project to mean the Director of Public Works for the City of Port Angeles. The term "Department" is redefined to mean the City of Port Angeles Department of Public Works & Utilities for this project. The terms "Engineer" and "Project Engineer" are redefined for this project to mean the City Engineer for the City of Port Angeles. The terms "Contract" and "Project Manual" are interchangeable. 1-02.2 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Section 1-02.2 of the Standard Specifications is deleted and replaced with the following: Information as to where plans and specifications can be obtained or reviewed will be found in the advertisement for the work placed in the Owner's official newspaper. 1-02.5 PROPOSAL FORMS The term "prequalified" is deleted from Section 1-02.5 of the Standard Specifications for this project. 1-02.9 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL Section 1-02.9 of the Standard Specifications is modified in its entirety for this project to now read as follows: Each proposal shall be submitted in accordance with the instructions outlined in the ." ; ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS and the INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS AND BIDDER'S CHECK LIST. 1-03.4 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND In accordance with Section 1-03.4 of the Standard Specifications the Contractor shall execute a Performance and Payment Bond as provided in the Contract. The bond shall specify the surety's name and address and shall include a power-of-attorney appointing the signatory of the bond as the person authorized to execute it. 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK 1-04.1 Intent of the Contract The section is supplemented with the following: The work under the contract generally consists of sewer main and pump station construction. All work shall be carefully executed, coordinated, and sequenced by the Contractor to ensure that it is completed in accordance with the contract documents and that water, sewer, drainage, and other utility service is maintained or temporarily disrupted only per the requirements specified herein. To determine the full scope of work under the contract or any part of it, Contractor shall coordinate the applicable requirements of the Plans, .~ Specifications, and Contract Documents. The work consists of the following: Approximately 6,345 linear feet of 10-inch sewer force main line, approximately 17,229 linear feet of gravity sewer pipeline with manholes, two sewage pump stations with adjacent buildings and standby generators, and associated site work. The section is changed to be as follows: Definitions: a. RFI: Request for Information (City of Port Angeles' Document PW 404_02) b. CCO: Construction Change Order (City of Port Angeles' Document PW 404_04) 12/5/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .~ V . . . 1-04.1 (2) Bid Items Not Included in the Proposal This section is changed to be as follows: Work shown or specified for which there is no specific bid item in the Bid form shall be considered incidental to and included in the bid items shown on the Bid Form. 1-04.3 Description of the Work This section is changed to be as follows: See Advertisement for bid opening instructions. 1-04.4 CHANGES IN WORK Section 1-04.4, Changes, of the Standard Specifications shall be amended to add the following: All revisions, clarifications, field requests and field authorizations for construction contracts shall be documented using the "REQUEST FOR INFORMATION" form. A construction contract change order may be initiated by the Contractor, City inspector, or Architect/Engineer by using the RFI form, PW- 404_02. Definitions: a. RFI: Request for Information (City of Port Angeles' Document PW 404_02) b. CCO: Construction Change Order (City of Port Angeles' Document PW 404_04) 1-04.11 PROTECTION, RESTORATION AND CLEAN-UP Section 1-04.11, Final Cleanup, and Section 1-07.16, Protection and Restoration of Property, of the Standard Specifications shall be supplemented with the following: The work done under this item consists of restoring, cleaning and repairing private property impacted by the work, and restoration of other existing features of the landscape which are deemed necessary by the Engineer. 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor The Contractor shall follow its trenching operation as soon as possible with its restoration work. The Contractor will not be permitted to leave any particular area unrestored for more than two weeks except in the case where he may be doing repair work on a line which has failed to meet test specifications. Such restoration shall follow immediately. .~ ~ I All Contract requirements specified in Section 1-04.11 and subsections thereof will be considered incidental to the Contract. 1-04.12 Operation and Maintenance Manuals (New Section) 1-04.12(1) Preparation Operation and maintenance data for pumps, valves, engine-generator, and all equipment and instrumentation in the sewage pump stations shall be prepared, compiled, and assembled for each equipment item or system by the equipment manufacturer or system supplier. The Contractor shall compile and assemble the operation and maintenance data from various manufacturers and suppliers into a manual for each for each facility. 1-04.12(2) Schedule for Submittal Preliminary operation and maintenance data manuals shall be submitted to the .~'k Engineer prior to the shipment date for equipment, system, subsystem, or component. "" Copies of warranties, bonds, and service agreements shall be included. Final manuals shall be submitted to the Engineer not less than 30 days prior to equipment or system field testing or startup. 1..04.12(3) Manual Format and Content 1. Size: 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches. 2. Paper: 20-pound minimum, white for typed pages. 3. Test: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typed pages. 4. Three-hole punch data for binding and composition; arrange printing so that punched holes do not obliterate data. 5. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment and provide with heavy section dividers with numbered plastic index tabs. 6. Provide each volume of the manual with a title page, and a typed table of contents for the entire manual. 7. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR , VOLUME NO. OF " 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor e) . . . 8. Photocopying of material will be acceptable, except for material containing photographs and color figures, charts, or other items where color is used to convey information. 9. Preliminary manuals may be submitted in heavy paper covers. Final manuals shall be bound in commercial three-ring binders with durable, cleanable, plastic covers. 10. List the name, address, principal contact, and telephone number of the Contractor, and the subcontractor, supplier, installer, and maintenance contractor, and identify the area of responsibility for each, for each equipment item, product, and system. 11. List the local sources of supply for parts and replacement for each equipment item, product, and system. 12. Delete references to inapplicable information in manufacturers' standard printed data. 13. Include control and wiring diagrams and dimensional drawings. Drawings shall be 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches if practical. Place required larger drawings in 8-1/2-inch by 11-inch envelopes bound into the text. 14. Provide handling, storage, maintenance during storage, assembly, erection, installation, adjusting, testing, operating, shutdown in emergency, troubleshooting, maintenance, interface, description of normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions, performance curves, engineering data, nameplate data, test results, nomenclature and commercial number of replacement parts, normal operating procedures, safety precautions, special operating instructions, disassembly, repair, reassemble, adjustment, original manufacturers parts lists assembly drawings with parts numbers, relay settings, and additional information as may be needed to ensure safe and satisfactory performance and longevity. Provide information on instances that might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. 15. Include a suggested spare parts list to maintain in service for a period of 5 years and a list of special tools required for checking, testing, parts replacement, and maintenance with current price information. 16. Include a list of special tools, materials, and supplies furnished with equipment for use prior to and during startup and for future maintenance. 1-04.12(4) Submittal Procedure Submit three copies of the preliminary manuals and five copies of the final manuals. One copy of the preliminary manual will be returned to the Contractor. If rejected, the Engineer's comments will accompany the returned copy and the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the preliminary manual. Contractor shall identify on a resubmitted preliminary manual any and all changes from the previous submittal. If the preliminary manual is accepted, Contractor shall submit the final manuals and shall identify any and all changes from the accepted preliminary submittal. If the final manuals are acceptable, the Contractor will be so notified. If the final manuals are 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor rejected, the Contractor will be notified of the reason for rejection and shall submit the necessary revision items. ~~ .; 1-04.13 Subsurface Conditions (New Section) In preparation of Drawings and Specifications, the Engineer and Engineer's Consultants have utilized the report "Geotechnical Engineering Exploration and Analysis, Proposed EUGA Sewer Interceptor and Pump Stations, Port Angeles, Clallam County, WA," dated August 2006 and two report Amendments dated October 2006 and November 2006, respectively. This report provides information about explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site, and is not part of the Contract Documents. The subsurface investigations made by the Engineer's consultants were for the sole purpose of furnishing data necessary for planning and design of the work. The Engineer's consultants warrant that the data represents, with reasonable accuracy, the conditions and materials found in the soil borings at the time they were made. The Engineer and the Engineer's consultants do not warrant the condition, materials, or proportions of materials between such soil borings. The Engineer and the Engineer's consultants make no representation or warranty, expressed or implied, that the Bidders' interpretations from the data are correct, that moisture conditions and indicated water tables will not vary substantially from those found at the time that the soil borings were made, and that the ground at the location of the soil borings has not been physically disturbed or altered after the tests were made. The availability of this subsurface information from the Engineer and the -, Engineer's Consultants is solely for the convenience of the Bidder, and shall not relieve .., the Bidder or Contractor from any risks, or from any duty to make a separate examination and investigation, or any other responsibility under the terms and conditions of the Contract. A copy of this report and amendments is available for review by the Bidder at the Office of the City Engineer, located on the second floor of City Hall, 321 East Fifth Street, Port Angeles, WA 98362. A copy is also available to download from the internet. Contact Office of the City Engineer for more information (360-417-4700). 1~5 CONTROL OF WORK 1-05.3 Plans and Working Drawings Unless otherwise required by the Submittal Requirements, Section 1-05.3 of the Standard Specifications shall apply. Section 1-05.3 is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall provide all construction survey work, including but not limited to all staking necessary to complete the project and to correctly guide 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ./' \ r . daily construction activities. All surveying shall be performed in accordance with the WSDOT Construction Manual (current edition) standards of care and practice. Surveying shall be performed under the supervision of a Professional Land Surveyor (PLS) registered in the State of Washington. All utility locates, public and private, shall be performed prior to construction staking. The Contractor shall provide at least two working days for the Engineer to approve the layout. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for detailed dimensions, elevations, and excavation slopes measured from these stakes and marks. Stakes, markers, and other reference points, including existing monumentation, set by the State, County or City shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor. The Contractor will be charged for the costs of replacing stakes, markers, and re-setting monumentation that were not to be disturbed but were destroyed or damaged by the Contractor's operations. This charge will be deducted from the contract. The Contractor shall be liable for any construction survey error in alignment or grade. . 1-05.3(1) Errors in Contractor Supplied Surveying The Engineer may verify survey work being performed by the Contractor. If errors are found the Contractor shall correct the errors, which may include removal and replacement of incorrectly installed improvements. All costs incurred in correcting the work shall be at the Contractor's own expense. If the Contractor fails to correct the errors, the Engineer may correct Contractor's work. All work performed by the Engineer and work necessary to correct errors shall be at the Contractor's expense per Section 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work included herein. The Contractor shall direct questions regarding the correct interpretation of provided survey points or data to the Engineer. Failure to correctly interpret and utilize the primary survey control or Plans as provided by the Engineer, shall not constitute justification by the Contractor for extra work, or causation for not replacing or repairing incorrect work at the Contractor's expense. In order to provide remedial measures the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer, in writing, of any survey discrepancies that are discovered during the course of the project. The Engineer may determine that the survey work being provided is insufficient for the work being performed. The Contractor shall provide survey work where . 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor directed by the Engineer to correct the insufficiency, as part of the lump sum bid price .~1 for Construction Surveying. No other compensation shall be made. 1-05.4 Conformity with the Deviations from Plans and Stakes The first paragraph is changed to be as follows: The Contractor shall lay out the work from the general information given on the Drawings, including control points in the field, and shall obtain the Engineer's approval. Where the pump station is located near private property, the Contractor shall furnish a professional surveyor, registered in the State of Washington, to locate the private property line and establish the pump station location. If the survey control points shown on the Drawings are destroyed by the construction, the Engineer will establish new control points in the vicinity of the points shown and will provide location and elevation data for them to Contractor. The Engineer's cost for establishing new control points will be deducted from payments made to the Contractor. Contractor shall also protect and maintain for the entire duration of the work the survey control points established by Engineer. Contractor shall provide a competent employee during normal working hours to assist Engineer, at such time and times as Engineer requests such assistance, in reviewing lines and elevations and for measuring quantities for payment purposes as the work proceeds. . The third to the last paragraph and the last paragraph are deleted. 1-05.5 As-Built Drawings (New Section) Section 1-05.5 is supplemented with the following: As-built drawings are required to be maintained by the Contractor. The as-built drawings shall be a record of the construction as installed and completed by the Contractor. They shall include all the information shown on the contract set of drawings and a record of all construction deviations, modifications or changes from those drawings which were incorporated in the work; all additional work not appearing on the contract drawings; all design submittals, including electrical schematics; and all changes which are made after final inspection of the contract work. The Contractor shall mark up a set of full size plans using red ink to show the as-built conditions. These as-built marked prints shall be kept current and 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .''''1 r . . . available on the job site at all times, and be made available to the City Engineer upon request. The changes from the contract plans which are made in the work or additional information which might be uncovered in the course of construction shall be accurately and neatly recorded as they occur by means of details and notes. No construction work shall be concealed until it has been inspected. approved. and recorded. The drawings shall show at least the following: 1. The location and description of any utilities or other installations known to exist and or encountered within the construction area. The location of these utilities shall include an accurate description. dimensions. and at least 2 ties to permanent features for all utilities encountered. 2. The location and description of all facilities and appurtenances installed by the Contractor. The location of facilities and appurtenances shall include accurate dimensions and at least 2 ties to permanent features for all major components, including gate valves. The City of Port Angeles has the right to deny progress payments for completed work if as-built records, as required by this section, are not available on the job site for the work that has been completed by the date of the payment request. Final as-builts shall be delivered to the City Engineer at the time of final inspection for review and approval. As-built drawings must be approved by the City Engineer before final payment will be made. See Submittal Requirements for additional information. 1-05.6 Inspection of Work and Materials The section is supplemented with the following: Failure on the part of the Engineer or his representative to discover and condemn or reject bad or inferior work or materials shall not be construed as acceptance of any such work or material, or the part of the improvement in which the same may have been used. 1-05.10 GUARANTEES Section 1-05 is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall guarantee all materials and equipment furnished and work performed for a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The Contractor shall warrant and guarantee for a periOd of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion of the system that the completed 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor system is free from all defects due to faulty materials or workmanship, and the Contractor shall promptly make such corrections as may be necessary by reason of such defects including the repairs of any damage to other parts of the system resulting from such defects. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In the event that the Contractor should fail to make such repairs, adjustments, or other work that may be made necessary by such defects, the City may do so and charge the Contractor the cost thereby incurred. The Performance and Payment Bond shall remain in full force and effect through the guarantee period. ."\ / Measurement and Payment All costs associated with this item shall be incidental to the contract prices for the various bid items. 1-05.11(4) Equipment Testing and Facility Startup (New Section) Functional tests shall be performed in presence of engineer and Owner to demonstrate that installed equipment meets manufacturer's installation, calibration, and adjustment requirements and other requirements as specified. Performance tests shall be performed after required functional tests in presence of Engineer and Owner to demonstrate and confirm individual equipment meets performance requirements specified in individual sections. . Contractor, with assistance of Owner, shall demonstrate and document the performance of the entire operating facility, both manually and automatically, based on criteria developed in conjunction with Owner and as accepted by Engineer. Such demonstration is for the purposes of (i) verifying to Owner entire facility performs as a whole, and (ii) documenting performance characteristics of completed facility for Owner records. Contractor shall provide functional and performance test results and completed Facility Performance Demonstration/Certification Form. Contractor shall designate and furnish one or more personnel to coordinate and expedite testing and facility startup and representative(s) shall be present during startup meetings and shall be available at all times during testing and startup. Contractor shall provide temporary valves, gauges, piping, test equipment and other materials and equipment required for testing and startup. 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor, and Equipment of Contractor 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . The words "reasonable progress" are changed to "progress conforming to the Contractor's current progress schedule" in the first paragraph. The words "an authorized representative" are changed to "the Contractor's superintendent" in the first sentence of the second paragraph. The last two paragraphs of the section are deleted. The section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall also designate an agent who may be contracted in event of any emergency that may occur after working hours, on holidays, on weekends, or at any time during the absence of the Contractor's work force. The Contractor may designate the Superintendent as the emergency contact agent, but the designee shall be available to personally attend to and/or arrange for help to attend to such emergencies on a 24-hour per day, seven-day per week, basis. The Contractor shall provide the designated agent with a digital telephone pager. If the designated agent is not the Superintendent, then the Contractor shall provide both the Superintendent and agent with digital telephone pagers. The Superintendent and agent shall carry the pagers at all times until all work on the Contract is complete. The Contractor's agent shall respond to the Owner's page within 30 minutes and shall arrange for the Contractor's forces to respond on the site within one hour after initial contact by the City of Port Angeles. Owner or Owner-designated forces may be called to the work site at the expiration of one hour after the Owner's initial contact. When Owner or Owner- designated forces are called, the Contractor will be charged for all resulting costs at the Owner's or Owner designee's then current labor, material, and equipment rates. The Owner's or Owner designee's charges will be deducted from moneys due or to become due to the Contractor and shall be deducted from the Contractor's next progress payment, or payments if the charges exceed the amount of the next payment. 1-05.18 Manufacturers' Services (New Section) Manufacturers' services shall be provided when required by an individual specification section, to meet the requirements of this section. One person-day is one person for 8 hours during regular working hours. Where time is necessary in excess of that stated in the Specifications for manufacturers' services, or when a minimum time is not specified, the time required to perform the specified services shall be considered incidental. 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 12 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Schedule manufacturers' services to avoid conflict with other onsite testing or other manufacturers' onsite services. . Determine, before scheduling services, that all conditions necessary to allow successful testing have been met. When specified in individuals specification sections, manufacturer's onsite services shall include~ 1. Assistance during product (system, subsystem, or component) installation to include observation, guidance, instruction of Contractor's assembly, erection, installation or application procedures. 2. Inspection, checking, and adjustment as required for product (system, subsystem, or component) to function as warranted by manufacturer and necessary to furnish Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. 3. Providing, on a daily basis, copies of all manufacturers' representative's field notes and data to Owner. 4. Revisiting the Site as required to correct problems and until installation and operation are acceptable to Engineer. 5. Resolution of assembly or installation problems attributable to, or associated with, respective manufacturer's products and systems. 6. Assistance during functional and performance testing, and facility startup and evaluation. .\ V ~, 1-05.19 Manufacturers' Certificate of Proper Installation (New Section) When so specified, a Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation form, a copy of which is attached to this section, shall be completed and signed by the equipment manufacturer's representative. Such form shall certify that the signing party is a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer, is empowered by the manufacturer to inspect, approve, and operate their equipment and is authorized to make recommendations required to assure that the equipment is complete and operational. 1-05.20 Measurement and Payment All costs associated with this item shall be incidental to the contract prices for the various bid items. 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL 1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use The section is supplemented with the following: 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 13 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .; .~ . . . Unless specifically stated otherwise, reference to any equipment, material or article, or trade name, make or catalog number, shall be regarded as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. If the Contractor desires to use other products as equal thereto, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the name of the manufacturer, the equal thereto, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the name of the manufacturer, the model number, and other identifying data and information respecting the performance capacity, nature, and rating of the machinery and mechanical and other equipment which the Contractor contemplates incorporating in the work. In addition to notification of material suppliers and fabricators, the Contractor shall also furnish for the Engineer's review and approval all required shop drawings. Shop drawings are defined as drawings or data which illustrate how specific items shall be fabricated, manufactl,lred, or installed. Shop drawings shall be required for all shop or field fabricated or manufactured items and shall include all information necessary for the fabrication and installation of the item and to show conformance with these contract documents. The information shall include, but not be limited to: (a) For fabricated items, or those constructed in place, component sizes, layout, materials, and connection details including, but not limited to, connectors, weld type, and reinforcement schedules and sizes. (b) Shop drawings for reinforced concrete structures shall include, but not be limited to, reinforcement bending and placing drawings. (c) Manufacturers' standard catalog information and details may be submitted; however, standard manufacturers' information and advertising literature may not necessarily by sufficient. In addition to the above, the Contractor shall note any required exceptions to the Contract Plans and any required modifications to other details that would result from the required exception or deviation. Shop Drawinas Submittal Procedure. The Contractor shall review and sign all shop drawings to certify that he has reviewed the shop and supplemental drawings submittal and submit them to the Engineer attached to a shop drawing transmittal form noting the item name, quantity, location by drawing number and section in the Specifications where the item is specified. Six copies shall be submitted. Following review of the shop drawings, the Engineer will indicate appropriate action to be taken by the Contractor and return three copies to the Contractor. If 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 14 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor revisions are required, the Contractor shall follow the same procedure for the resubmittal as for the original submittal. A minimum of ten (10) working days shall be allowed for the Engineer to review each submittal and resubmittal. . The Contractor shall be responsible for insuring that items submitted for shop drawings submittal meet the requirements of the contract documents and that the shop drawings information is complete and accurate. For each item requiring shop drawing submittal, the Engineer will make up to two reviews at no cost to the Contractor. If a third review is required, the expense of that and any subsequent reviews will be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor will be billed at the Engineer's current rates. Approval of shop drawings by the Engineer is only for general conformance with the design concept of the product and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions which shall be confirmed and correlated at the job site, coordination of his work with that of all other trades, and the satisfactory performance of his work. Samples. Samples are defined as physical examples to illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship, and to establish standards by which completed work is judged. Samples submitted shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate functional characteristics of products or materials and full range of colors available. 1211/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 15 . . . . . . 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed The section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall at all times provide proper facilities for safe access to the work by authorized government officials. The Contractor shall do all work necessary to protect the general public from hazards, including, but not limited to, surface irregularities or unramped grade changes in pedestrian sidewalk or walkway, and trenches or excavations in roadway. Barricades, lanterns, and proper signs shall be furnished in sufficient amount to safeguard the public and the work. The performance of all work and all completed construction, particularly but without limitation with respect to ladders, platforms, structure openings, scaffolding, shoring, lagging, machinery guards and the like, shall be in accordance with the applicable governing safety authorities. During construction, the Contractor shall construct and at all times maintain satisfactory and substantial temporary chain link fencing, solid fencing, railing, barricades, steel plates, delineators, or cones, as applicable, at all openings, obstructions, or other hazards in streets, sidewalks, floors, roofs, and walkways. All such barriers shall have adequate warning lights and reflective markings as necessary, or required, for safety. All material shall be in good and usable condition. 1-07.2 STATE TAXES The work on this Contract is to be performed upon lands whose ownership obligates the Contractor to collect State sales tax from the Contracting Agency. The provisions of Section 1-07.2(2) apply. 1-07.5 Wildlife, Fisheries, and Ecology Regulations 1-07.5(2) State Department of Fish and Wildlife The last paragraph is changed to be as follows: Work in all items (1) through (9) above will be incidental to contract pay items. 1-07.6 PERMITS AND LICENSES 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor All requirements of any permits included in this Project Manual shall be adhered to by the Contractor. All costs related to adhering to these permitting documents shall be included in the overall cost of the contract - no additional payment will be made to the Contractor for work required to meet the requirements of the permits. The following permitting documents apply to this project. The Contractor is required to obtain some of the permits as indicated in the "Permit Obtained By" column in Table 1 below: . a e . rOJec erml ,"g acumen s Permitting Agency Permit Description Permit Obtained By Clallam County Right-ot-Way Permit Engineer State Department ot Electrical Contractor Labor & Industries Clallam County SEPA Checklist Engineer Clallam County Critical Areas Engineer Certificate ot Compliance Clallam County Building Permit Contractor Clallam County Stormwater Engineer Management Plan Clallam County Fire Alarm Permit Contractor Clallam County Construction Engineer Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan State Department ot Construction Engineer Ecology Stormwater NPDES Permit City ot Port Angeles Environmentally Engineer Sensitive Review City ot Port Angeles Right-ot-Way Permit Contractor City ot Port Angeles Noise Ordinance Engineer Variance WSDOT Utility Franchise Permit Engineer T bl 1 P . t P .tt. D t . 1-07.9 Wages The first paragraph is changed to be as follows: This contract is subject to the minimum wage requirements of RCW 39.12 and to RCW 49.28 (as amended or supplemented). The most recent schedule of 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 17 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .; . . . prevailing wage rates which are in effect at the time of bidding are included with the Bidding Requirements and shall apply for this project. 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control The section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall implement temporary erosion and sediment control (TESC) measures as necessary to prevent erosion and to stop sediment-laden water from leaving the site and entering the storm drain system. The Contractor shall construct all necessary elements and provide other necessary materials, labor, and equipment. Exposed slopes and excavations shall be protected. The Contractor shall maintain and clean the facilities for the life of the construction. The Contractor shall have adequate materials on the site to respond to weather changes and shall modify the system to accommodate seasonal changes. A temporary water pollution/erosion control plan will be required from the Contractor. Temporary water pollution/erosion control measures shall be taken in accordance with Section 1-07.15 of the Standard Specifications and pertinent details on the Plans and in these Special Provisions. All silt shall be contained within the construction area. The temporary water pollution/erosion control shall contain the following items: 1 . As soon as the areas have been cleared and opened for construction, the Contractor shall complete earthwork, compaction, finish-grading, and placement of at least the first course of surfacing material. 2. Critical drainage features such as catch basins, ditches, and culverts receiving runoff from exposed earth surfaces shall be protected from siltation by temporary gravel berms or check dams made of crushed surfacing top course material. 3. Stockpiled soil materials shall be protected from erosion at the end of each working day by covering the piles with impervious sheeting, containing the edges with a one-foot-high gravel berm of crushed surfacing to course material or other means approved by the Engineer. 4. Slopes shall be mulched, fertilized, and seeded as soon after finish shaping as possible. 5. No drainage systems shall be blocked for more than one working day or during periods of runoff without temporary drainage bypass. 6. Straw bales shall be placed as determined by the Engineer to filter surface runoff and control erosion. Where straw mulching is 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 18 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 7. necessary, straw bales shall be broken and the straw spread as slope protection. Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control Plan shall be submitted and the Engineer's approval obtained prior to construction. e) Filter fabric fence shall be provided for temporary erosion control as requested and where directed by the Engineer. Fabric filters for fences shall be composed of strong rot-proof woven or non-woven polymeric fibers oriented into a stable network such that the fibers retain their relative positions with respect to each other. The fabric shall be free of any chemical treatment or coating which may significantly reduce permeability, and shall have no flaws or defects which could significantly alter its physical properties. Filter fabric for silt fences or silt berms shall be woven geotextile fabric, Amoco 2122, as manufactured by Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company or equivalent. Bid quantities are for bidding purposes only and may not coincide with actual project requirements. The provisions of Section 1-04.6 will not apply to this item. Upon completion of the project or when directed by the Engineer, remove temporary water pollution/erosion control facilities except those designated by the Engineer to remain. 1-07.15(1) Payment for Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control (New Section) .~. '\ ~ Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following bid items: "Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control," lump sum. 1.07.16(3)A Lot Corners or Permanent Control Points (New Section) All lot comers or corners of tracts, section corners or permanent markers of subdivisions therein as well as street monuments shall be carefully noted and maintained by the Contractor. Some monuments and markers are shown on the Plans and there may be others. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any existing federal, state, country, city, and private land monuments encountered prior to pipeline construction. The Contractor shall preserve such monuments or they shall be referenced, relocated or replaced by a licensed surveyor. Any such pin, pipe, stone, plaque, or monument that is removed or disturbed by the Contractor shall be accurately located and replaced by a licensed surveyor at the expense of the Contractor. Replacement of survey monuments and lot corners shall conform in all respects to the requirements of RCW 58.09 and Chapter 332-120 WAC. This work shall be incidental to contract pay items. 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGA/Specs 19 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .~ . 1-07.17 UTILITIES AND SIMILAR FACILITIES The section is supplemented by the following: Locations and dimensions shown in the plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. Public and private utilities, or their contractors, will furnish all work necessary to adjust, relocate, replace, or construct their facilities unless otherwise provided for in the Plans or these Special Provisions. Such adjustment, relocation, replacement, or construction will be done during the prosecution of the work for this project. The Contractor shall call the Utility Location Request Center (One Call Center), for field location not less than two nor more than ten business days before the scheduled date for commencement of excavation which may affect underground utility facilities, unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties involved. A business day is defined as any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a legal local, state or federal holiday. The telephone number for the One Call Center for this project is 1-800-424-5555. . The Contractor is alerted to the existence of Chapter 19.22 RCW, a law relating to underground utilities. Any cost to the Contractor incurred as a result of this law shall be at the Contractor's expense. No excavation shall begin until all known facilities in the vicinity of the excavation area have been located and marked. Utilities crossing piping alignments shall be potholed and physically located prior to other invasive work. Conflicts in new and existing alignments shall be reported to the Engineer within 20 days of Notice to Proceed. 1-07.18 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE Section 1-07.18 of the Standard Specifications is deleted in its entirety and replaced with Sections 6 and 7 of the City's standard Public Works Contract in Part II of the Project Manual. 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic This section is supplemented with the following: . 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 20 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Contractor shall reference the Drawings and Appendix F Part V for Traffic Control Plans . K-3, K-6, K-17, and K-20. For this project, the safety zone is hereby established as all areas lying within the right of way on HWY 101 and 10-ft from the traveled way outside of HWY 101. During the nonworking hours, equipment or materials shall not be within the safety zon~ for this project unless it is protected by permanent guard rail or temporary concrete I barrier or unless otherwise protected to minimize risk to the public and approved prior t6 by the Contracting Agency. I I During the actual hours of work, unless protected as described above, only equipment i and materials necessary to construction shall be within the safety zone. Non-essential. construction vehicles shall not stop or park within the safety zone. The Contractor's nonessential vehicles and employees private vehicles shall not be permitted to park within the safety zone at any time unless protected as descried above. Deviation from the above requirements shall not occur unless the Contractor has requested the deviation in writing and the Engineer has provided written approval. The Contractor shall schedule work to minimize the inconvenience to both the business and residential activities and shall consult daily with the Engineer regarding details of work and the corresponding daily cleanup. As such, the work shall progress in an e) orderly manner, immediately following thereafter with the minor details so that streets and HWY 101 may be fully restored to normal use as soon as possible. Street and HWY 101 rights-of-ways are restricted and will require special care in construction. The Contractor shall maintain a minimum of one (1) lane of traffic for access to adjacent properties and businesses at all times. The Contractor shall be responsible for notification to property owners of access, parking and street closures (if approved by the Contracting Agency), as well as, interruption of any utility services. The Contractor shall designate a supervisory employee to be in continuous responsible charge of traffic control, and shall provide the Contracting Agency with a list of not more than six supervisory employees that may be called for emergency traffic control as needed during nonworking hours. The list shall include the employees' telephone numbers and the Contractor shall have at least one of these employees available at any time. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 30 days in advance of any road closures. The Contactor shall submit traffic control plans within HWY 101 Right of Way to the 1211/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 21 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor e) . . . Engineer and WSOOT. The Contractor will allow 3 weeks for review. Jerry Moore is the WSOOT review engineer. He can be reached at 360-457-2575. The Contractor shall provide WSDOT with 7 days notice prior to any lane closure on HWY 101. Furthermore, the Contractor shall notify WSDOT one day before the closure to confirm that the lane will be closed. Jerry Moore and/or David Garlington are the contact engineers with WSOOT. They can be reached at 360-457-2575. Work Hours Unless otherwise approved in advance by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor's hours of work operations shall be in conformance with the following: . Work hours within HWY 101 right of way shall be limited to weekdays only, between the hours of 9:00pm to 6:00am as follows: o 9:00pm (Monday) to 6:00am (Tuesday) o 9:00pm (Tuesday) to 6:00am (Wednesday) o 9:00pm (Wednesday) to 6:00am (Thursday) o 9:00pm (Thursday) to 6:00am (Friday) o 9:00pm (Friday) to 6:00am (Saturday) . Work hours outside HWY 101 right of way shall be limited to weekdays only, between the hours of 7:00am to 7:00pm. Except as otherwise noted above, no work shall be performed on Saturdays, Sundays, Contracting Agency recognized holidays or special events without the EngineE~r's approval. The Contractor may submit requests for consideration to work outside these restrictions by detailing the work, hours of operations and lane restrictions. Any submittal shall be made 10 days prior to the date of the requested deviation. Trench Requirements in HWY 101 Right of Way In general, open trenches are not allowed within the traveled way or auxiliary lane outside of the specified work hours. An open trench will be allowed for access to the high density polyethylene (HOPE) pipe to facilitate butt-fuse welding at the start of the next work shift. The length of open trench shall be kept to a minimum to accommodate the HOPE manufactures recommended limits for deflection. Open trenches shall be backfilled and the pavement fully restored to receive traffic by 6:00 am each morning. The crossing at HWY 101 near N Masters Road and the Crossing of HWY 101 at the intersection of N Brook Avenue shall be backfilled with COF in accordance with the requirements of Section 2-09. The horizontal limits of the CDF shall be above the pipe bedding to the bottom of the trench restoration pavement section. The Contractor shall submit a trench restoration sequence and procedure to the Contracting Agency. This sequence and procedure shall include as a minimum: . Pertinent RAMs 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 22 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . A commitment statement from suppliers to provide material within the specified .; work hours. . Use of non-skid, anchored steel plates for the crossing at HWY 101 near N Masters Road and the crossing of HWY 101 at the intersection of N Brook Avenue during the CDF cure time and prior to permanent HMA restoration. . Work sequence shall include permanent HMA restoration within 7 days of CDF placement for the crossing of HWY 101 near N Masters Road and the crossing of HWY 101 at the intersection of N Brook Avenue. . Work sequence shall include open trenches to be backfilled with the pavement fully restored to receive traffic by 6:00am each morning. . Use of non-skid, anchored steel plates for open trench at the HOPE butt-fusion access locations. . A wedge of suitable material shall be required for a smooth transition between the pavement and non-skid steel plates. . Warning signs shall be required to alert motorists or steel plate locations. . 24 hour Emergency contact name and phone number Measurement and Payment The CDF shall be measured and paid under the contract item Controlled Density Fill, all other work included in this special provision for Trench Requirements in HWY 101 Right of Way shall be incidental to the contract item Project Temporary Traffic Control. Signal Operations The Contractor shall contact WSDOT Signal Shop, (Don Anders 360-357-2616), to locate the loops on HWY 101. . It is anticipated that trenching may effect the vehicle detection and operations of the . signals at Wal-Mart, N Brook Avenue, and Pioneer Street/Monroe Road. In the event i that any induction loop detection is damaged, the Contractor shall fully repair each loop per Section 8-20.3(14) ofthe WSDOT Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall , submit to the Contracting Agency a repair procedure for each signal loop anticipated to be damaged. This procedure shall include as a minimum: . Pertinent RAMs . Request to Sublet for the repair work . A sketch of the anticipated effected induction loop . A repair plan referencing WSDOT Standards Specification and Standard Plans . A repair plan sequence including WSDOT (Don Anders 360-357-2616) coordination. The Contractor shall solicit WSDOT input for fixed time allowances and controller programming. This WSDOT input shall be incorporated into the submittal. The Contractor is to coordinate with WSDOT (Don Anders) to obtain their review of the submittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all signal related activities with WSDOT including obtaining their review of the repair submittal. 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 23 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .; . . . Any detection loops damaged within the limits of this project shall be repaired and fully operational within 72 hours of the loop damage. In the event that the detection is not repaired and functional within 72 hours of being damaged, the Contractor shall be responsible for placing temporary video detection at no cost to the Contracting Agency. Neither of the following items shall be used to relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibilities for damaging signal operations due to contractor negligence. Measurement and Payment "Induction Loop Repair" per each: The unit contract price per each induction loop repaired shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the work as described in this special provisio~. "Force Account - Traffic Signal Repair" This item is not for the convenience of the Contractor. It is to be used solely at the Engineer's discretion for potential sewer line trenching effects on signal operational components not included in the "Induction Loop Repair" item. 1-07.23(3)A Dust and,Mud Control and Street Cleaning (New Section) The Contractor is responsible for controlling dust and mud within the project limits. All streets outside the project limits used by the Contractor during the execution of this Contract shall be kept clean. The Contractor shall be prepared to use watering trucks equipped with high-velocity water jets and low- head sprinkling devices, power sweepers, and any other pieces of equipment necessary to render the streets free of all mud, debris, and foreign materials. Any damage caused by dust or mud accumulation on the streets and in the storm drain system shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Watering trucks may be used on paved streets with an adequate storm drainage system. Watering trucks shall not be used on streets where, in the opinion of the Engineer, mud is created, causing a nuisance. Where water flushing is not allowed, street sweepers (not power brooms) shall be used. The Contractor shall provide for sweeping or flushing all surfaced roadways upon completion of each day's activities. Equipment required for his operation shall be on the job site or available at all times. Failure to have this equipment on the job site or available may necessi.tate a shutdown of the project. 1-07.23(3)8 Daily Cleanup and Maintenance Items (New Section) The Contractor shall clean all roadways, streets, and appurtenances of all material or debris which has been dropped or otherwise deposited thereon, as a result of Contractor on- and off-site operations, at the conclusion of each working 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 24 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor day, and at such other times as deemed necessary by the Engineer to ensure the safety of the traveling public and to prevent inconvenience to the public and owners of private property adjacent to the project. . - " .- If the Engineer determines that roadways, streets, and appurtenances are not properly cleaned to prevent public inconvenience or the condition of the excavation or disposal sites so warrant, the Contractor shall provide facilities to remove clay or other deposits from tires, between wheels, and outside of truck beds before trucks and other equipment will be allowed to travel over paved streets. Any violation of the above requirements will be sufficient grounds for the Engineer to order the roadways. streets and appurtenances cleaned or sprinkled by others, and to deduct all costs of such cleaning or sprinkling from any money due, or to become due to the Contractor. All Contract requirements specified in Section 1-07.23 and subsections thereof will be considered incidental to the Contract unless otherwise specified. 1-07.24 Rights of Way The section is amended and supplemented as follows: If the Contractor utilizes private property for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials and equipment, employee parking or other Contractor needs, a "Temporary Use Agreement" shall be secured from the property owner. The Contractor must file a written release with the City from all private property owners upon whose property the Contractor's operations has encroached before the completion date will be established, unless such work was specified in the Contract. . 1-07.25 Opening of Sections to Traffic The section is deleted. 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1. Operational Requirements: a. Both pump stations and associated pipelines shall be operational by October 27, 2007. All testing of affected piping and equipment must be complete and approved by said date. Operational shall be defined as being able to provide sewer service at the pump station sites and along the interceptor alignment. 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 25 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . 1-08.4(8) Schedule Constraints (New Section) 1. Operational Requirements: a. Both pump stations and associated pipelines shall be operational within188 working days from the date of Contract Award. All testing of affected piping and equipment must be complete and approved by said date. Operational shall be defined as being able to provide sewer service with the improvements defined for this project to properties along the entire interceptor alignment and at the pump stations. 1-08.5 Time of Completion (Contract Time) All except the last paragraph of the section is replaced with the following: All work shall be substantially complete within 188 working days from the date of Contract Award. The Contractor shall meet operational requirements of Section 1-08.4(B), Schedule Constraints, in a time period less than the specified time of completion. The entire project shall be physically complete (including completion of punch list items and cleanup), and a final acceptance shall be achieved within 210 working days from the date of Contract Award. . If the Contract completion times or operational requirements (Section 1- 08.4(8), Schedule Constraints) are not met, the Contractor shall pay liquidate damages in accordance with Section 1-08.9 (Liquidated Damages) of the Standard Specifications. The Contract time may be extended by the City for justified reasons. Late delivery of materials will be considered a justified reason for an extension if the Contractor can show written evidence of a prompt order date after award of the Contract, and a determined effort to acquire prompt delivery in the specified time. A "non-working day" is hereby defined as described in Section 1-08.5 (Time for Completion) of the Standard Specifications. 1-08.10(1) Preconstruction Conference The first two sentences of the first paragraph are deleted. The section is supplemented with the following: Within 10 days after the date of Contract Award and before the Contractor starts any work at the site, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Meeting with the Engineer and others as appropriate. The purpose of the meeting will be to discuss the Contractor's Progress Schedule, procedures for handling submittals, procedures for processing application for payment, traffic control, City force account requirements, City quantity reporting, and other matters pertaining to the work under the contract. The Engineer will schedule the date, time and place of the meeting after the Contract is awarded. . 12/1/2006 - p:1130282/EUGAlSpecs 26 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT . 1-09.1 Measurement of Quantities The section is supplemented with the following: The Engineer shall make the measurement and determine the actual quantities for the respective bid items by generally accepted engineering methods and in accordance with the applicable sections of these specifications and other contract documents. Failure to provide the Engineer with reasonable' notice to determine quantities shall preclude the Contractor from making claim for payment thereof. Weigh tickets for such items as asphalt concrete, crushed surfacing, etc.. shall be provided to the Engineer at the time of material delivery to the job site. ! Additionally, the Contractor shall conform to the Contracting Agency's Quantity: Reporting Requirements, stated elsewhere in these Specifications. Where these requirements are not met, the Contracting Agency may elect to deny payment for the material. 1-09.1 (i) Estimated Quantities (New Section) The estimated quantities shown in the bid form are estimates only, being given .' only as the basis for the comparison of bids, and the Owner does not warrant, expressly _",}J or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith. The right to increase or decrease the amount of any class or portion of the work, or to make changes in the work required as may be deemed necessary is reserved by the Owner as provided elsewhere in these specifications. The basis of payment will be the actuall unit bid items of work performed and measured in accordance with the contract. 1..09.3 Scope of Payment The section is supplemented with the following: Payment will only be made for items listed in the Proposal Form. Should a Bid Item be listed in a "Payment" clause but not in the Proposal Form, and work for that item is required by the contract and performed by the Contractor, the work for that item shall be considered incidental to and included in the items that are included in the Proposal Form. 1-09.9 PAYMENTS Section 1-09.9 is supplemented with the following: 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 27 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . The Contractor shall submit payment requests with a completed Application for Payment form, an example of which is included in the Attachments in Part 5 of the Project Manual. This form includes a lien waiver certification, and shall be notarized before submission. Applications for payment not signed or notarized shall be considered incomplete and ineligible for payment consideration. 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL The third sentence of the first paragraph of Section 1-10.2(1} is revised to read: The Contractor may designate the project superintendent as the TCS. 1-10.2(2) TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS The first sentence of Section 1-10.2(2) is to be replaced with the following: The Contractor shall develop a traffic control plan necessary for their method of performing the work, and submit it to the Engineer for approval before any work involving the plan begins. No work shall occur that alters existing traffic control before approval of the plan. The plan shall be in accordance with this section, the Standard Plans, the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), and the Drawings. The following is a list of special traffic control requirements that shall be incorporated into the traffic control plan: 1. The traffic control plan submitted by the Contractor shall reference the traffic control plan drawings included in the Project Manual, Part V, Attachment E - Project Plans and Attachment F - K Plans. 2. The traffic control plan shall incorporate temporary chain link fence barriers, or other barrier approved by the Engineer, to be used for pedestrian barriers adjacent to roadways. 3. The use of existing parking lanes (Le., indicate if parking lanes will be used as pedestrian walkways, traffic lanes, closed to all pedestrian and traffic travel, or a combination of uses). 4. The minimum lane width shall be eleven (11) feet. The last sentence of Section 1-10.2(2) is revised to read: The Contractor's letter designating and adopting the specific traffic control plan(s) or any proposed modified plan(s) shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval at least ten calendar days in advance of the time the new plan will be implemented. 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 28 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Costs associated with the development of the traffic control plan(s) shall be incidental to contract prices. . 1-10.3(3) CONSTRUCTION SIGNS Section 1-10.3(3) is revised to read: All signs required by the approved traffic control plan(s) as well as any other appropriate signs prescribed by the Engineer, except for the project sign, shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the posts or supports and erect and maintain the signs in a clean, neat, and presentable condition until the necessity for them has ceased. All nonapplicable signs shall be removed or completely covered with metal, plywood, or an Engineer approved product specifically manufactured for sign covering during periods when they are not needed. When the need for these signs has ceased, the Contractor, upon approval of the Engineer, shall remove all signs, posts, and supports from the project and they shall remain the property of the Contractor, except for the project sign. All signs lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. All signs shall utilize materials, and be fabricated in accordance with, Section 9-28. All signs shall be constructed of Type I or II reflective background sheeting unless otherwise noted in the Plans. . Construction signs will be divided into two classes. Class A construction signs are those signs that remain in service throughout the construction or during a major phase of the work. They are mounted on posts, existing fixed structures, or substantial supports of a semi-permanent nature. Sign and support installation for Class A signs shall be in accordance with the Contract Plans or the Standard Plans. The following Class A signs shall be installed by the Contractor at locations designated at the pre-construction conference: "Construction Ahead" (4) "End Construction" (2) Class B construction signs are those signs that are placed and removed daily, or are used for short durations which may extend for one or more days. They are mounted on portable or temporary mountings. In the event of disputes, the Engineer will determine if a construction sign is considered as a Class A or B construction sign. If it is necessary to add weight to signs for stability, only a bag of sand that will rupture on impact shall be used. The bag of sand shall: (1) be furnished by 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 29 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . the Contractor, (2) have a maximum weight of 40 pounds, and (3) be suspended no more than 1 foot from the ground. Furnishing Class B signs will be in accordance with Section 1-10.3(3). Payment for setup and take down of Class B signs will be incidental to the Contract. The condition of the signs shall be new or "Acceptable" as defined in the book, Quality Standards For Work Zone Traffic Control Devices. The Engineer's decision on the condition of a sign shall be final. The book, Quality Standards For Work Zone Traffic Control Devices, is available by writing to the American Traffic Safety Service Association, 5440 Jefferson Davis Hwy., Fredericksburg, VA 22407, telephone: (703) 898-5400, FAX: (703) 898.5510. Signs, posts, or supports that are lost, stolen, damaged, destroyed, or which the Engineer deems to be unacceptable while their use is required on the project, shall be replaced by the Contractor without additional compensation. 1-10.4 Measurement The section is changed to be as follows: Payment for temporary traffic control will be made on a lump sum basis and no measurement will be made. 1-10.5 Payment The section is changed to be as follows: Payment will be made in accordance with' Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items included in the Bid Form: "Temporary Traffic Control", lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Temporary Traffic Control" shall be full pay for all labor, management, the traffic control plan, materials, and equipment for temporary traffic control, complete. 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 30 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor STANDARD PLANS . The Washington State Department of Transportation's Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, up to and including any official changes to these Plans issued through December 1, 2006 are hereby made a part of this contract. Any conflicts between the Standard Plans and other parts of this contract will be resolved as stated in the Order of Precedence at the beginning of Part III. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS The following is an index of the section contained under Submittal Requirements: SR-01 Material Submittals SR-02 Design Submittals SR-03 Progress Schedule SR-04 As-Built Drawings SR-05 Other Post-Construction Submittals SR-06 Itemized List Of Submittals SR-07 Submittals Review Form SR-01 MATERIAL SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall furnish to the City Engineer 3 copies of all material submittals listed in SR-06, "Itemized List of Submittals". All material submittals or resubmittals shall be accompanied by SR-07, "Submittals Review Form". The location of the specification for each of these items in the Standard Specifications or Special Provisions is indicated in SR-06. If the item description for the material submittal is not the exact brand or model, specified in the Contract, then 3 copies of the manufacturer's descriptive literature, catalog cut-sheets, etc., must also be included with the submittal package. . The Contractor shall 'clearly indicate on all material submittals and copies, the submittal review package number (starting with "1" for the first submittal review package), submittal item number (from SR-06) and the exact item selected. In all cases, the Contractor shall enter the exact brand and model on the "Submittal Review Form" for that particular item. All material submittals shall be submitted within 28 days after award of the Contract. The Contractor should allow 14 calendar days from receipt by the City Engineer for review and approval or rejection. For each material resubmittal required, the Contractor should allow an additional 7 calendar days from date of receipt by the City Engineer for review and approval or rejection. Except as provided herein, all requirements of Section 1-05.3, "Plans and Working Drawings", of the Standard Specifications shall apply. 12/5/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 31 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . NOTE: NO CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PERFORMED ON ANY PORTION OF THE CONTRACT THAT DOES NOT HAVE APPROVED SUBMITTALS. NO PAYMENT WILL BE MADE FOR DESIGNS INSTALLED WITHOUT APPROVAL AS REQUIRED BY THIS SECTION. SR-02 DESIGN SUBMITTALS Three copies of all design submittals and related shop drawings are required. Shop drawings and electrical schematic details shall be of the size 11" x 17". Each design submittal or resubmittal and related shop drawings shall be listed on the "Submittal Review Form" by the Contractor with an appropriate reference to the attachments submitted. All design submittals shall be stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Washington. All design submittals are required within 28 days after award of the Contract. The Contractor should allow 14 calendar days from receipt by the City Engineer for review and approval or rejection. For each design resubmittal required, the Contractor should allow an additional 14 calendar days from date of receipt by the City Engineer for review and approval or rejection. The follqwing are required Design Submittals for this Contract: SR-02.1 Traffic Control Plans See Section 1-10.2(2) of the Standard Specifications, as modified by the Special Provisions. for submittal requirements for Traffic Control Plans. SR-02.4 Permanent Retaining Wall System See Section 6-11 of the Standard Specifications, as revised above, for design submittal requirements for this item. SR-03 PROGRESS SCHEDULE See Section 1-08.3. as modified in the Special Provisions, for the submittal requirements for a Progress Schedule and regular updates. SR-04 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS Requirements for maintaining As-Builts for the work completed under this Contract are specified in Section 1-05.5 of the Special Provisions above. Final As-Builts shall be submitted to the City Engineer at or before the final inspection for review and approval. As-built drawings must be approved by the City Engineer before final payment will be made. SR-05 OTHER POST-CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall furnish the City Engineer with all other post-construction submittals required by the specifications, whether or not listed on the submittal review form. All results of tests the Contractor performs as required by the Contract for quality 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 32 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor assurance such as compaction tests, pressure tests, or bacteriological analyses shall be submitted to the Project Engineer whether or not the test meets the performance standards as required by the specifications. SR-06 ITEMIZED LIST OF SUBMITTALS Below is a summarized list of the submittals required under this contract. ITEM APPLICABLE NO. DESCRIPTION SECTION 1 Project Team 1-05 2 List of Proposed Landfills 2-09 3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1-04.12 4 List of Proposed Material Sources 1-06.1 5 Traffic Control Plan 1-10 6 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Plan 1-07.15 7 Trenchless Construction Work Plan 8-33 8 Temporary Shonng Plan 2-03, 7-08 9 Temporary Dewatering Plan 8-31 10 Contractor's Permits 1-07.6 11 Schedules 1-08 12 Shop Drawing Design Submittals As per Part IV 13 Material Submittals 2-09, 4-04, 5-04, 7-05,7-08,7-17, 8-01, Part IV 14 Equipment Submittals As per Part IV 15 Piping Submittals As per Part IV 16 Post-Construction Submittals As per this Section i 17: Landfill Weight Tickets 2-09 I , 18 Final As-Builts 1-05.5 19 Certificates of Occupancy 1-07 20 Compaction Test Results 2-03 21 Certification of Construction 1-07 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 33 .' .=-- " ~ . . . . SUBMITTAL FORM PROJECT NAME: PROJECT/CONTRACT NUMBER: ORIGINATOR: Owner Contractor ITEM: REFERENCE DRAWING OR SPECIFICATION: DESCRIPTION OF SUBMITTAL: DATE SUBMITTED: ORIGINATOR SIGNATURE: DATE: 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 34 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor FACILITY PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION/CERTIFICATION FORM OWNER: PROJECT: Unit Processes description (List unit processes involved in facility startup): Unit Processes Startup Sequence (Describe sequence for startup, including computerized operations, if any): Contractor Certification that Facility is capable of performing its intended function(s), including fully automatic operation: Contractor: Date: ,20_ Engineer: Date: ,20_ (Authorized Signature) 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 35 . .' . . . MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION OWNER EQPT SERIAL NO: EQPT TAG NO: PROJECT NO: EQPT/SYSTEM: SPEC. SECTION: I hereby certify that the above-referenced equipment/system has been: i. ii. Hi. iv. v. . vi. vii. Comments: (Check Applicable) Installed in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. Inspected, checked, and adjusted. Serviced with proper initial lubricants. Electrical and mechanical connections meet quality and safety standards. All applicable safety equipment has been properly installed. Functional tests. System has been performance tested, and meets or exceeds specified performance requirements. (When complete system of one manufacturer) Note: Attach any performance test documentation from manufacturer. I, the undersigned Manufacturer's Representative, hereby certify that I am (i) a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer, (ii) empowered by the manufacturer to inspect, approve, and operate his equipment and (iii) authorized to make recommendations required to assure that the equipment furnished by the manufacturer is complete and operational, except as may be otherwise indicated herein. I further certify that all information contained herein is true and accurate. Date: ,20_ Manufacturer: By Manufacturer's Authorized Representative: . 12/1/2006 - p:11302821EUGAlSpecs 36 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor RIGID EQUIPMENT MOUNT INSTALLATION CHECKLIST Equipment Tag No.: Date: Grout Product Name and Type: Grouting System Manufacturer: Grouting Application Contractor: General Contractor: Step 1: Verify Equipment Anchor Installation Conformance to Equipment Pad Details Name: Contractor Rep. Name: Construction Manager Name: Date~---.! _ Millwright Step 2: Completion of Cleaning and Concrete Substrate Preparation Prior to Grouting Name: Contractor Rep. Name: Construction Manager Name: Name: Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Step 3: Equipment Leveling. Name: Contractor Rep. Name: Construction Manager Name: 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 37 Date~_I_ Grouting Contractor Rep. Date~_I_ Millwright Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . ~,-,.'" .l ",-P!1 . . . . Step 4: Installation of Protection of Adjacent Surfaces or Structures NOT TO BE GROUTED Name: Contractor Rep. Date_/_/_ Name: Construction Manager Name: Grouting Contractor Rep. Name: Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Step 5: Preparation and Construction of Forms and Epoxy Grout Filling Standpipes Name: Date / / --- Contractor Rep. Name: Construction Manager Name: Grouting Contractor Rep. Name: Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Step 6: Completion of Ambient Condition Control in Structure or Building Area and Acceptance of Ambient Conditions as They Apply to Application and Curing Requirements for the Grouting System Name: Contractor Rep. Date_/_/_ Name: Grouting Contractor Rep. Date~~_ Name: Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Date~_/_ Name: Construction Manager Date_/~_ 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGA/Specs 38 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Step 7: Epoxy Grout Installation Name: Contractor Rep. Name: Construction Manager Name: Name: Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Date~~_ . Grouting Contractor Rep. Step 8: Completion of Full and Proper Cure of Epoxy Grout Name: Contractor Rep. Name: Grouting Contractor Rep. Name: Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Name: Construction Manager Date , , --- Date , , --- Date---1_'_ Date , , --- . Step 9: Completion of Localized Repair of Grout Voids Name: Contractor Rep. Name: Grouting Contractor Rep. Name: Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Name: Construction Manager 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 39 Date---1---1_ Date---1_'_ Date--1_'_ Date--1_'_ Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . Step 10: Final Acceptance of Grouting System Installation Including Final Clean-Up of the Work Site Complying with All Specification Requirements and the GSM's Quality Requirements Name: Contractor Rep. Name: Grouting Contractor Rep. Name: Grout Manufacturer's Technical Rep. Name: Construction Manager 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 40 Date---.!_I_ Date--1---.! _ Date--1---.!_ Date--1---.!_ Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . DIVISION 2 EARTHWORK 2-01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP 2-01.1 Description The section is supplemented with the following: All clearing and grubbing shall be confined to within the limits shown on I the Drawings, or to public right-of-way. Grub all stumps within 5 feet of any new pipe or conduit installation. Clearing shall also be minimized to only the area required by the Contractor to construct the specified project improvements. 2-01.2(1) Disposal Method No.1 - Open Burning The section is supplemented with the following: Open burning will not be permitted on this project. 2-01.2(2) Disposal Method No.2 - Waste Site . The section is supplemented with the following: No waste site has been provided for the disposal of excess material. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer copies of all permits necessary for the disposal of surplus materials before removing materials from the construction site. All costs shall be incidental to the project. The hours for delivery to the Port Angeles Landfill or Transfer Station of approved material under this contract is limited to Monday through Saturday, 9:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m., excluding holidays. Material delivered and/or disposed of at other hours will not be compensate for under this contract. The Port Angeles Landfill or Transfer Station will not accept asphalt, wood, concrete, or soil under this Contract. Other local disposal sites for these materials are available in Clallam County. 2-01.2(3) Disposal Method No.3 - Chipping The section is supplemented with the following: Unsold chips may be spread on selected parts of the project site as approved by the Engineer. 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 41 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . 2-01.3 Construction Requirement The section is supplemented with the following: Clearing and grubbing shall be done to the construction limits shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall protect existing landscaping outside the construction limits from damage during the construction operations including, but not limited to, such items as rockeries, fences, landscape timbers, beauty bark, decorative gravel, bushes, shrubbery, and irrigation systems, except where such items are shown on the Plans to be removed. All costs of protecting existing landscaping from damage shall be incidental to the bid item(s). Property owners are responsible for relocating or removing trees, shrubs, or any other landscaping material within the work areas that they wish to save unless specified elsewhere in the contract documents. The Contractor shall notify property owners a minimum of 5 days in advance of clearing the site to allow the owner time to remove landscape material. All landscape materials that remain in the work area shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor, except when salvage or protection is specifically ordered by the Engineer. Before removing landscaping material, the Contractor must receive written approval from the Engineer to begin his work. If the Contractor removes or damages any existing landscaping designated to be saved or protected because of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, such landscaping shall be restored or replaced by the Contractor to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or removal. 2-01.5 Payment The section is changed to be as follows: -\ Payment for clearing and grubbing for the pipeline interceptor and pump station system installation will be included in the lump sum bid amount "Clearing and Grubbing" or will be considered incidental to the other items included in the Bid Form. 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 42 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS . 2-02.1 Description The section is supplemented with the following: All asphalt concrete pavement and sidewalk removal and disposal shall be incidental to the items included in the Bid Form and the costs for such removal : shall be included in the Contract prices for those bid items. 2-02.3 Construction Requirements The section is supplemented with the following: Remove completely all existing pavement, structures, and other improvements and facilities as shown on the Plans and as required for construction of the new facilities. Also remove obstructions encountered including, but not limited to, tree roots, stumps, abandoned structures, and debris of all types. Except as specified elsewhere or as shown on the Plans, upon their removal, the structures and obstructions, except for items specified to be salvaged, shall become the property of the Contractor and the Contractor shall dispose of them in a manner meeting all requirements federal, state, county, and local laws and regulations. . Excavated material shall be used for Trench Backfill Material above the pipe zone. Remove particles larger than 6 inches in any dimension, frozen material, roots, debris, and organic matter. At locations where, in the opinion of the Engineer, there are strata of material suitable for backfill and strata of material unsuitable for backfill, excavation shall be performed and the work otherwise performed to separate out the suitable material for use as fill or backfill. Provide imported pipe trench backfill material conforming to Section 9-03.10 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill as directed by Engineer. 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, and Curbs The section is changed to be as follows: All pavement, sidewalks, and curbs shall be saw cut in such a fashion as to form a neat break line. Saw cutting is incidental to the bid item involved. 2-02.3(4) Monitoring Well Abandonment (New Section) Groundwater monitoring wells shall be abandoned in accordance with Chapter 173-160 WAC. Groundwater monitoring wells to be abandoned as part of this contract are indicated on the Drawings or are within the limits of construction. 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 43 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .' -,~ . . . 2-02.5 Payment The section is changed to be as follows: Removal of existing structures and obstructions shall be incidental to the items included in the Bid Form and the costs for such removal shall be included in the Contract prices for those bid items. Payment for "Monitoring Well Abandonment", lump sum will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 at the contract unit price as indicated on the Bid Form. The contract unit price for "Monitoring Well Abandonment", lump sum, shall be full pay for all labor, management, materials, equipment, for abandoning the monitoring wells per Federal, State, and local requirements and the requirements of these Specifications. 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION 2-09.2 Materials The section is supplemented with the following: 2-09.2(1 ) Pipe Bedding Material (New Section) Pipe bedding material shall conform to Section 9-03.10 Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill as directed by Engineer 2-09.2(2) Backfill Material (New Section) Trench backfill above the pipe zone under shall be Pipe Trench Backfill material conforming to the Specifications. Surface restoration in paved areas will consist of Top Course overlain by Hot Mix Asphalt conforming to the Specifications. 2-09.2(3) Controlled Density Fill (New Section) Controlled Density Fill (CDF) shall be used only in areas specified on the Drawings or where directed by the Engineer in writing prior to installation. CDF shall be as specified in Part IV Technical Specifications herein. 2-09.3 Construction Requirements 2-09.3(1) General Requirements 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 44 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2-o9.3(1)C Removal of Unstable Base Material . The section is changed to be as follows: When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the material at the bottom of an excavation is not medium dense to very dense native soil or is not stab:le enough to support the structure, the Contractor shall excavate below grade. I If material is or is not removed, the exposed native subgrade shall be compacted such that the upper one foot achieves a minimum compaction level of 92 percent of maximum dry density as per ASTM D 1557. The removed unstable material shall be replaced with gravel backfill. Gravel backfill shall be placed in layers not more than 6 inches thick with each layer compacted to 95 percent of the maximum dry density as per ASTM b 1557. 2-09.3(1)0 Disposal of Excavated Material The section is changed to be as follows: Excavated materials not required or not suitable for backfill shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site. Make arrangements for the disposal of the excavated material and bear all costs or retain any profit incidental to such disposal. Excavated material shall be . disposed of at not more than two sites. Notify the Engineer in writing of the . disposal site locations. Record where each load delivered to each site originated in the project by pipeline name and full station. Submit the records for each day to the Engineer not later than the close of business on the same day. 2-09.3(1)E Backfilling The second sentence of the first paragraph is deleted. The second paragraph is changed to be as follows: When specified in the contract or when directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide Top Course, Base Course, Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding, or Controlled Density Fill as backfill material. The items Alternative Sources and Stockpiling are deleted. The item Compaction is changed to the following: Backfill and Pipe Bedding Placement and Compaction. Place backfill and pipe bedding in horizontal layers and compact each layer before placing the 121112006 - p:11302821EUGAlSpecs 45 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . next layer. Pipe bedding material layer thickness shall not exceed 6 inches before compaction. Place and compact pipe bedding material below the pipe prior to placing the pipe. After compaction, grade the top surface of the material below the pipe prior to placing the pipe. After compaction, grade the top surface of the pipe bedding material and excavate bell holes to provide continuous and uniform support along the pipe barrel. Place bedding material simultaneously to the same level on both sides of the pipe to avoid shifting the pipe out of position. Compaction of fill, backfill, and pipe bedding shall be by mechanical means. Compact pipe bedding to 95 percent of maximum density. Compact fill and backfill to 95 percent of maximum density. Compact backfill that is not within the area of influence of structures and roadways to 90 percent of maximum density. Maximum density shall be as determined by the Compaction Control Test, Section 2-03.3(14)0. Change the moisture content of backfill material as required to achieve the specified compaction density. Requirements for placement in layers, maximum layer thickness, and minimum compacted density of each layer specified in this section are separate and independent requirements. Place materials in layers not exceeding the specified maximum layer thickness regardless of whether the specified minimum density can be achieved using thicker layers. Backfill within the area of influence of structures and roadways shall be placed to a minimum compacted depth of 6 inches, and compacted to 95 percent of maximum density. Maximum density shall be as determined by the Compaction Control Test, Section 2-03.3(14)0. Change the moisture content of backfill material as required to achieve the specified compaction density. 2-09.3(3)0 Shoring and Cofferdams The third paragraph is changed to be as follows: Trench boxes, sliding trench shields, jacked shores, and shoring systems installed after excavation are allowed as structural shoring. The section is supplemented with the following: Providing "Shoring or Extra Excavation Class A or B" and all aspects involved therein for safety systems for trenches and excavations shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. All trenches and excavations greater than 4 feet deep shall be shored. Shoring shall comply with Chapter 49.17 RCW of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act. See also appropriate sections of ~ivision 7 for trenching and backfilling. 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 46 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2-09.4 Measurement . The section is changed to be as follows: Gravel Backfill. Measurement for "Gravel Backfill" will be by the cubic yard in-place measurement for the backfilled area Horizontal Limits, Lower Limits, and Upper Limits as specified in Section 2-09.4. Controlled Density Fill (CDF). Measurement and payment for "Controlled Density Fill", cubic yard, shall be full pay for all labor, management, I materials, and equipment for CDF, complete. The number of cubic yards shall qe as shown on the load ticket. ' Duplicate load tickets shall accompany each load of CDF delivered to thJ project. The tickets shall bear at least the following information: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Truck number. The number of cubic yards of CDF in the load. Truck tare weight. Gross truck weight stamped at the batch plant. Date and time of delivery. Place for receipting by the Engineer. The pay item number. The contract number. . Each truck shall be clearly numbered to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and there shall be no duplication of numbers. It will be the Contractor's . responsibility to see that a certified load ticket is given to the Engineer at the time of delivery for each truckload of CDF delivered. Load tickets not delivered to and receipted by the Engineer at the time of delivery will not be honored for . payment. 2-09.5 Payment The section is changed to be as follows: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid items included in the Bid Form: "Gravel Backfill," per cubic yard. "Controlled Density Fill (CDF)," per cubic yard. The Contract unit price shall be full pay for excavation, backfill, compaction, and all other work specified in this section, complete. Disposal of excavated material that is displaced by gravel backfill, control density fill, pipe, 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 47 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . pipe bedding, structures, and surface improvements restoration, together with disposal of excavated material that is otherwise not needed or is determined by the Engineer to be not suitable for use as backfill, is incidental to and included in the Contract unit prices for these items, except disposal of excavated material that is specifically specified as being included in the Contract lump sum and unit prices for other items in the Bid Form. The Contract unit price for "Gravel Backfill" shall be full pay for pipe trench backfill at the point of use. The Contract unit price for "Controlled Density Fill (CDF)" shall be full pay for furnishing and placing the controlled density fill at the point of use. Pipe bedding as specified in Section 2-09.2(1) shall be incidental to and included in the Contract unit prices for pipe. DIVISION 4 BASES 4-04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED ROCK SURFACING 4-04.1 Description The section is supplemented with the following: This includes crushed surfacing base course for those areas requiring patching of asphalt concrete pavement at water main trenches, for gravel shoulder restoration, gravel road surfacing, and other miscellaneous gravel requirements. Due to the undefined need for these materials, quantities will vary from the bid item quantities for this work listed in Section 4-04.5 and shown on the "Bid Form." Therefore, the provisions of Section 1-04.6 will not apply to these items. Compacted depth of base course shall be as shown on the Plans and as directed by the Engineer. 4-04.4 Measurement The section is changed to be as follows: Crushed surfacing top course and base course will be measured by the ton for material delivered and placed within 5 feet of the pipe centerline or other payment limits shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. The number of tons shall be as shown on the load tickets for each load of crushed surfacing delivered and placed, as shown on the Plans and as directed by the Engineer. 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 48 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Duplicate load tickets shall accompany each load of crushed surfacing fill . delivered to the project. The tickets shall bear at least the following information: ,.-j 1. Truck number. 2. The number of tons in the load. 3. Truck tare weight. 4. Gross truck weight stamped at the material source. 5. Date and time of delivery. 6. Place for receipting by the Engineer. 7. The pay item number. 8. The contract number. Each truck shall be clearly numbered, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and there shall be no duplication of numbers. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to see that a certified load ticket is given to the Engineer's representative on the project and receipted by the representative at the time of delivery for each truckload of crushed surfacing delivered. Load tickets not delivered to and receipted by the Engineer's representative at the time of delivery will not be honored for payment. Payment for crushed surfacing top course and base course used at pump station sites will be included in the lump sum amount for "Sewage Pump Station 12 and Accessories" or "Sewage Pump Station 13 and Accessories." 4-04.5 Payment .' The section is changed to be as follows: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items in the Bid Form: "Crushed Surfacing Base Course," per ton. "Crushed Surfacing Top Course," per ton. DIVISION 5 SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT 5-04.1 Description The section is supplemented with the following: All pavement patching for trench restoration shall be completed with hot plant mix Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) Class %," PG 70-22", to the sections shown on the Plans and Standard Details or as directed by the Engineer. Where the water 12/5/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 49 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . main is located under or near existing pavement, the Contractor shall saw cut in straight lines parallel to the trench to remove all damaged pavement. The Contractor shall protect all remaining bituminous and asphalt concrete pavement from damage. The Contractor shall replace all striping and pavement markings and shall tack, seal, and sand all joints between new and existing pavement and all cost shall be incidental to pavement restoration. Due to the undefined need for these materials, quantities will vary from the bid item quantities for this work listed in Section 5-04.5 and shown on the "Bid Form." Therefore, the provisions of Section 1-04.6 will not apply to these items. 5-04.2 Materials The section is supplemented with the following: All materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. The grade of asphalt for tack coats shall be Cationic Emulsified Asphalt CRS-2 or STE-1 meeting the requirements of section 9-02. The grade of asphalt for sealing joints and other meet lines shall be AR 4000W. Asphalt Cold Patch Mix shall be approved by the Engineer. 5-04.3(21) Asphalt Binder Revision This section is deleted in its entirety. 5-04.3(22) Asphalt Cold Patch (New Section) Asphalt Cold Patch Mix for temporary pavement patching shall be placed by the Contractor immediately following trench backfill in paved areas and at other locations where directed by the Engineer, as required for maintenance of traffic as specified in Section 1-07.23. The "Asphalt Cold Patch Mix" shall be removed in its entirety before asphalt concrete pavement is placed. 5-04.4 Measurement The section is changed to be as follows: Measurement for the bid item "Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) CL %", PG 70-22" will be measured by the ton for asphalt concrete delivered and placed within 5 feet of the sewer main centerline or other payment limits shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for "Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) Class %", PG" more than 5 feet from the centerline of the sewer main. 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 50 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Measurement for the bid item "Asphalt Cold Patch Mix" will be measured by the ton for asphalt cold patch mix delivered and placed within 5 feet of the pipe centerline or other payment limits shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. i I I I . 5-04.5 Payment The section is changed to be as follows: I ! Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the: following bid items in the Bid Form: "Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) CL %", PG 70-22", per ton. "Asphalt Cold Patch Mix," per ton. The Contract unit price for "Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) CL %," PG 70-22" shall be full pay for furnishing and placing the asphalt concrete for pavement, complete. Asphalt tack coat shall be incidental to and included in the Contract unit price for "Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) CL %," PG 70-22". The Contract unit price for "Asphalt Cold Patch Mix" shall be full pay for furnishing and placing and subsequent removal and disposal of the asphalt cold patch mix, complete. . \ V DIVISION 7 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWER, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS 7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS 7 -05.2 Materials The section is supplemented with the following: Unless otherwise specified, manhole frames and covers shall be the heavy-duty type designed for H-20 highway loading, shall have a 24-inch clear frame opening and a minimum frame height of 4-1/2 inches and shall be equipped with a continuous-ring type gasket designed to minimize surface water inflow. Cover pattern shall be checkered pattern design and shall have concealed or closed pick holes with sufficient dimensions to allow for removal without special equipment. Bearing and wedging surfaces shall be machined to ensure a tight fit and to prevent rocking. Frames shall be provided with four 1-inch diameter holes for anchor bolts. The use of salvaged or scrap materials will not be permitted. 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 51 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .~ -"" . . . Covers shall be provided with a continuous, machined groove on either the underside bearing lip or the outer wedging edge of the cover. A groove on the bearing lip s"all be fitted with a glued, continuous, low compression, set gasket; a groove on the outside edge shall be fitted with a neoprene O-ring seal. Locking type, non-gasketed frames and covers shall be provided where specified. Locking covers shall have two locking wedges in the frame. Covers shall have two fingers which engage the locking wedges when the cover is positioned in the frame and turned. 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS The following paragraphs are added to this section: Pump Stations shall be installed in accordance with the requirements specified in the Technical Specifications in Part IV of this Project Manual. Existing Utilities Existing utilities of record are shown in the Plans. These are shown for convenience only and the Engineer assumes no responsibility for improper locations or failure to show utility locations on the Plans. When utility services occupy the same space as the new sewer infrastructure, the Contractor shall complete necessary excavation to fully expose such services a minimum of ten working days ahead of construction and report inconsistencies to the Engineer. The Contractor shall protect said services, and work around them during construction activities including pipelaying, shoring,' and manhole installation. Any damage to services resulting from the Contractor's operations shall be immediately reported to the affected utility I utilities and the Engineer. Such damage shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 7 -08.3(2)A Trenches The following is added to the end of the first paragraph: Engineer. The maximum open trench length is 200 feet unless approved by the No rock excavation is anticipated. 7 -08.3(3) Backfilling The following is added to the end of the second paragraph: Pipe zone backfill material shall meet the requirements outlined in the amendments to the standard specifications and special provisions Section 2-09. 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 52 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor The first sentence of the third paragraph is changed as follows: . Pipe zone backfill shall be placed in loose layers and compacted to 95 percent maximum density. The fourth paragraph is changed as follows: Backfill above the pipe zone shall be accomplished in such a manner that the pipe will not be shifted out of position nor damaged by impact or overloading. If pipe is being placed in a new embankment, backfill above the pipe zone shall be placed in accordance with Section 2-03.3(14)C and the embankment fill shall be placed and compacted to full height prior to trench excavation and placement of the pipe. If pipe is being placed within the area of influence of structures, paved areas, or roadways, backfill within and above pipe zone shall be placed in horizontal layers no more than 6 inches thick an compacted to 95 percent maximum dry density. If pipe is being placed outside the area of influence of structures, roadways, and paved areas, backfill above the pipe zone shall be compacted to 90 percent maximum density. All compaction shall be in accordance with the Compaction Control Test of Section 2-03.3(14)0. Material excavated from the trench shall be used for backfill above the pipe zone Remove all organic material frozen lumps, wood, rocks, or pavement from excavated material determined by the engineer to be unsuitable for backfill. Material determined by the engineer to be unsuitable for backfill at the time of excavation shall be removed and replaced with imported backfill material. .~"""" ~\ The section is supplemented with the following: All drainage ditches disturbed by trench excavation and backfilling shall be restored to their pre-existing line, grade and cross section, and the work required shall be incidental to the items included in the Bid Form. ' Measurement and payment for Pipe Trench Backfill is specified in Sectio!l 2-09. Measurement for providing, maintaining, and removing adequate Trench' Safety Systems for sanitary sewer excavations will be per linear foot measured along the centerline of the pipe. No separate payment will be made for trench safety systems associated with excavations that are part of items of work for which payment is made on a lump sum basis or per each basis. 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 53 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . 7-17 SANITARY SEWERS The section is supplemented with the following: For sanitary sewer pipe material specifications, reference the Technical Specifications in Part IV of this Project Manual. 7-17.3 Construction Requirements The section is supplemented with the following: For work relating to plug valves, air relief valves and other sanitary sewer forcemain appurtenances. reference the Technical Specifications in Part IV of this Project Manual. 7-17.3(2)F Low Pressure Air Test For Sanitary Sewers Constructed of Non Air Permeable Materials The section is changed to be as follows: For pipeline pressure testing specifications, reference the Technical Specifications in Part IV of this Project Manual. . 7-17.4 Measurement The section is supplemented with the following: Measurement will be in place measurement of installed length of drilled piping installed by directional drilling. No payment will be made for piping installed beyond the limits indicated on the Drawings. Valves on the sanitary sewer forcemain shall be incidental to sanitary sewer pipe installation and no measurement will be made. 7 -17.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following: Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following bid items in the Bid Form. "PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 8 In. Diam.," per linear foot "PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 10 In. Diam.," per linear foot "PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 12 In. Diam.," per linear foot "PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 15 In. Diam.," per linear foot. . 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 54 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor "HOPE Sanitary Sewer Forcemain, 10 In. Diam.," per linear foot. "HOPE Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 16 In. Diam," per linear foot. "HOD HOPE Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 8 In. Diam." per linear foot. . The contract unit prices per linear foot for "HOPE Sanitary Sewer Pipe Forcemain", "HOPE Sanitary Sewer Pipe" and "PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe" for the sizes specified shall be full pay for furnishing all remaining components not provided by the Owner and installing the pipe and fittings, complete, including but not limited to trench excavation, dewatering, pipe bedding, pipe zone backfill, and adjustments of inverts to manholes for completion of the installation to required lines and grade and stubouts as shown on the Drawings. Use of excavated material for trench backfill above the pipe zone is incidental to contract unit price for the pipe. Payment for "HOD HOPE Sanitary Sewer Pipe, 8 In. Diam." will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 at the contract unit price as indicated on the Bid Form. The contract unit price shall be full pay for all labor, management, materials, equipment, for directionally drilling the 8-inch HOPE pipe per the requirements of these Specifications. DIVISION 8 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION . 8-02.1 Description The section is changed to be as follows: This work shall consist of removing and replacing topsoil, seeding, fertilizing, and mulching all disturbed areas outside of paved or graveled areas. 8-02.2 Materials The topsoil item is changed to be as follows: Remove existing topsoil over the area to be excavated and stockpile for' later replacement. Replace topsoil after backfilling is completed. 8-02.3 Construction Requirements 8-02.3(1) Preparation of Area 8-02.3(4) Topsoil The section is changed to be as follows: 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 55 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .; e:; . Remove existing topsoil to a minimum depth of 4 inches and stockpile for later replacement. Replace the topsoil after excavation and backfill have been completed. Loosen the finished surface to a depth of 2 inches to prepare it for seeding. 8-02.3(5) Planting Area Preparation The section is supplemented with the following: Areas to be seeded shall be cultivated to provide a reasonably firm but friable seedbed. Cultivation shall take place within two days prior to seeding. All excess excavation materials shall be removed from all areas adjacent to the construction. All disturbed areas outside of paved or graveled areas shall receive topsoil and seeding. They shall be brought to the correct grade to allow space for the topsoil, shall be free of undesirable weed or plant growth, and the surface shall be free of clods, rocks, and debris larger than 2 inches in any dimension. 8-02.3(15) Seeding and Fertilizing . The section is supplemented and amended with the following: Seed and wood fiber mulch shall be applied with a hydroseeder. All areas disturbed by construction, which are not resurfaced by pavement or gravel, shall be hydroseeded. Seed mix shall be 50 percent Perennial Rye, 25 percent Chewing Fescue, and 25 percent Red Fescue. Apply seed at a rate of 5 pounds per 1,000 feet. 8-02.4 Measurement The section is changed to be as follows: Removal and replacement of topsoil shall be incidental to excavation and backfill or other earthwork, and no measurement will be made. 8-02.5 Payment The section is changed to be as follows: Payment for removal and replacement of topsoil, seeding, and mulching will be considered incidental to other bid items included in this Bid Form. . 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 56 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 8-12 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND WIRE FENCE . 8-12.1 Description The third paragraph is deleted. 8-12.2 Materials The section is supplemented with the following: Chain link fence and gates shall by Type 1, topped with three strands of barbed wire on 45-degree supports pointing out from site. Chain link fence shall be equipped with pre-woven HOPE privacy slats with gray color matching the pump station exterior buildings. Privacy slats shall have a minimum of 90% privacy factor and 90% wind load factor. Privacy slats shall be POS Fence Fin2000 or equal. The pump station gates shall be equipped with a double "u" type padlock with two separate keys. Keys are to be provided to the Engineer upon installation. 8-12.4 Measurement .~ ~ No measurement will be made for chain link fence. 8-12.5 Payment The section is changed to be as follows: Payment for chain link fence will be incidental to the Contract. 8-31 CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING (NEW SECTION) 8-31.1 Descri ption This work described in this section includes dewatering systems and appurtenances that may be required during construction of pipelines, manholes and sewer pump stations and includes measurement and payment. Dewatering systems include, but are not limited to, any dewatering wells, well points, recharge or injection wells, pumps, vacuum lines, discharge lines, trash pumps, temporary water storage tanks, and other equipment, appurtenances, and related earthwork necessary to perform dewatering. 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 57 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor -* ",-->'Y . . . Reduction of hydrostatic pressures may be required in the aquifer below the base of the pump station wet well excavation at both pump station sites. This Section does not specify the control, removal, or disposal of surface water runoff, water generated by construction activities other than dewatering, or water seeping through the pump station excavation support system. The Contractor is solely responsible for the proper design, installation, operation, maintenance, performance, failure, or damage resulting from any component of the dewatering system for this Contract. 8-31.2 Vacant 8-31.3 Construction Requirements 8-31.3.1 General The Contractor shall be responsible to perform all work and practices in accordance with respective agency(s) requirements having jurisdiction over the activity(s). In addition, it is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain all applicable permits prior to commencing the activity. The Contractor shall furnish, install, operate, maintain and remove all machinery, appliances, and equipment necessary to preserve all excavations free from water during construction, and shall dewater and dispose of the water in a manner such that injury, danger, or nuisance to the publiC or private property does not occur. The dewatering system shall be installed and operated so that the groundwater level outside the excavation is not reduced to the extent which would cause damage or endanger adjacent structures. The static water level shall be drawn down below the bottom of the excavation a minimum of 2 feet to maintain the undisturbed state of the foundation soils and to facilitate the placement of fill or backfill compacted to the required density. 8-31.3.2 Submittals Not less than two weeks prior to the beginning of dewatering efforts the contractor shall submit a dewatering plan to the Engineer for review. Before dewatering commences, the Contractor shall obtain the acceptance of the Engineer for the method, installation, and details of the dewatering system, designed by a licensed professional engineer or licensed geologist, the 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGNSpecs 58 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Contractor proposes to use. To that end, the Contractor shall submit to the . Construction Manager plans, design calculations, drawings, and other documentation stamped by the responsible designer selected by the Contractor for the proposed dewatering system. The dewatering system plans shall be in sufficient detail to indicate sizes of pumps, piping, appurtenances, and the ultimate disposal point for water and to permit the Construction Manager to judge the overall completeness of the proposed system. The dewatering plan shall contain the following minimum information for the dewatering method selected by the contractor. 1. Drawings indicating location and depth of berms, ditches, deep wells, well points, monitoring wells, and discharge points. 2. Capacities of pumps and standby equipment. 3. Design calculations proving adequacy of systems and selected equipment. 4. Documentation in support of filter grain size. 5. Qualifications of the firm proposed to perform control of water for the project. 8-31.3.3 Backup Equipment . Maintain on site sufficient backup equipment and materials to provide continuous and effective operation of the dewatering system. Equipment and materials include, but are not limited to, pumps, motors, generators, header pipe, discharge pipe, valves, tees, elbows, tools, and parts or other system hardware needed to immediately repair or modify any part of the system. Provide backup pumps, motors, and generators whose performance capacity is equal to or greater than the primary components. Keep standby equipment fueled and operational at all times. 8-31.3.4 Installation The Contractor shall install all equipment necessary for dewatering. He shall have on hand, at all times, sufficient pumping equipment and machinery in good working condition and shall have available, at all times, competent workmen for the operation of the pumping equipment. Adequate standby equipment shall be kept available at all times to ensure efficient dewatering and maintenance of dewatering operations during power failure. 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 59 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . 8-31.3.5 Performance The control of groundwater shall be such that softening of the bottom of excavations or formation of "quick" conditions or "boils" during excavation shall be prevented. Dewatering systems shall be designed and operated to prevent erosion of the natural soils. Care shall be taken to prevent disturbance, by the method of dewatering, of pipe bedding already in place in the trench. The Contractor is fully responsible for maintaining the integrity of previously placed pipe and bedding during dewatering and the release of groundwater. During excavation, construction of structures, installation of pipelines, placement of the structure and trench backfill, and the placing and setting of concrete, excavations shall be kept free of water. The Contractor shall control surface runoff to prevent entry or collection of water in excavations. The static water level shall be drawn down in the vicinity of the excavation to maintain the undisturbed state of the foundation soils and allow the placement of any fill or backfill to the required density. The dewatering system shall be installed and operated so that the groundwater level outside the excavation is not reduced to an extent that would damage or endanger adjacent structures or property. All dewatering systems shall be equipped with adequate filtering systems to prevent pumping of fine grained soils from the ground in and around the excavations. 8-31.3.6 Discharge Points Discharge to any treatment plant unit is prohibited unless approved by the Owner in writing. Discharge of ground and surface runoff water shall be to locations approved by the Construction Manager. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to avoid discharge of oil, grease, and excessive suspended solids. 8-31.3.7 Release of Groundwater The release of groundwater to its static level shall be performed in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed state of the natural foundation soils, prevent disturbance of compacted backfill, and prevent flotation or movement of structures, pipelines, and sewers. 8-31.3.8 System Removal Well abandonment per Chapter 173-160 WAC. Cut off the casing and well 1 to 2 feet below ground surface and backfill the 1211/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 60 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor resulting hole with soil. Remove valve box if it has been installed. . 8-31.4 Available Subsurface Data The subsurface exploration and geotechnical evaluation report is available for review at the Owner's offices. Use of this information in no way relieves the Contractor from responsibility for design, construction, and operations of a properly functioning dewatering system. The Contractor shall perform additional testing as required, including soil sampling and test pumping, to insure a properly functioning dewatering system. 8-31.5 Damages The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs to repair any damage to existing facilities, work in place, other Contractors' equipment, and the excavation (including damage to the bottom and removal of material) that may result from the Contractor's dewatering operations. In addition, the Contractor is responsible for any damages that may result from mechanical or electrical failure of the dewatering system. 8-31.6 Measurement Construction Dewatering shall be incidental to sanitary sewer pipe, sewer manhole and sewer pump station installation and no measurement will be made. . 8-31.7 Payment Payment for dewatering, including arrangements and coordination with the local power company for temporary service, applicable permits and inspections and all other labor, materials, and equipment necessary to allow this item to be complete, will be considered incidental to other bid items included in this Bid Form. 8-32 SEWAGE PUMP STATIONS (NEW SECTION) 8-32.1 Description This section provides for measurement and payment of the pump stations. Construction materials and requirements are shown on the Plans and specified in other sections of Part III and Part IV of the Project Manual. 8-32.2 Materials Materials for pump station are shown on the Plans and specified in other sections of Part III and Part IV of the Project Manual. 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 61 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . 8-32.3 Vacant 8-32.4 Measurement Payment for the Sewage Pump Stations will be by lump sum and no measurement will be made. Payment for additional control system programming will be by the hour for each hour of additional control system programming requested by the Owner for the sewage pump station. Additional programming is only to be used as authorized in writing by the Owner and is intended for control system programming beyond the scope required by the Project Manual. 8-32.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following Bid items: "Sewage Pump Station 12 and Accessories," lump sum. "Sewage Pump Station 13 and Accessories," lump sum. The lump sum contract price shall be full payment for constructing the station within the gravel pad limits shown on the Plans, including tree removal clearing and grubbing, site grading, site surfacing, building construction, furnishing and installing manholes and valve vaults, installing of submersible pumps, piping and appurtenances, portable engine-generator connection, controls, and SCADA system integrator services, excavation, dewatering, trench safety systems, backfill, arrangements and coordination with the local power company for service, conduit, conductors, and electrical enclosure service equipment, startup, testing, and training, and applicable permits and inspections, and all other labor, materials, and equipment necessary to allow this item to be complete. Cost of materials for Owner-furnished products shall not be included in the lump sum contract price. The contract unit price for "Sewage Pump Station Additional Control System Programming" shall be full payment for providing additional programming as authorized by the Owner, complete. Request for this item shall be limited to hours programmer is actively performing the programming outside the scope required by the Project Manual. All other programming shall be included in the lump sum contract price for "Sewage Pump Station 12 and Accessories" and "Sewage Pump Station 13 and Accessories." 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 62 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 8-33 HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING (NEW SECTION) .' " " 'j I 8-33.1 Description This Section specifies the installation of high density polyethylene (HOPE) pipe by horizontal directional drilling (HOD), Scope of Work. The work specified in this Section includes the installation of HOPE pipe by HOD. The method of installation includes the use of a steerable small-diameter borehead with electronic locating package to prepare a hole and install the pipe. The methods also include use of pressurized slurry to maintain the integrity of the hole, provide lubrication for the pipe during installation, and transport of drilled cuttings from the hole. Pipe installation shall be land based provided the requirements of this Section, all permit requirements, as well as additional local, state, and federal requirements are met. Contractor shall be aware of and adhere to City of Port Angeles and Clallam County Sensitive Area Ordinances. 8-33.2 Materials Materials for HOD are shown on the Plans and specified in other sections of Part III and Part IV of the Project Manual. . 8-33.3 Design Requirements The plan and profile included in the Contract Drawings describes a drill path that provides for adequate starting and ending locations. Contractor shall , review and modify proposed drill path as needed to eliminate impact to existing: utilities and optimize the installation. Contractor shall determine actual lengths of pipe needed for installation including an appropriate allowance of pipe required for the pipe to recover and relax from installation loads and other conditions. Contractor shall determine the handling and installation loads for all phases of the work. Contractor shall include forces resulting from frictional resistance between the pipe and the borehole, frictional resistance from the pipe and the ground, forces from bends, hydrokinetic drag, resistance due to pipe stiffness, as well as other installation and handling loads as applicable. Contractor shall submit empirical loads from other installations of similar size, length and ground conditions. Contractor shall determine allowable loads for the pipe including the appropriate factor of safety for successful installation, however, the factor of safety shall not be less than 2.5 for the yield stress of the pipe material nor shall it exceed the recommended limits identified by the pipe manufacturer, whichever is more stringent. 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 63 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .~ . . . Determine appropriate size of reamed borehole and drilling fluid required for installation. Radius of curves shall be determined by Contractor; however, radius shall not be less than 100 ft for every inch of nominal pipe diameter for all HOPE pipe. Provide minimum cover to prevent hydrofracturing of soil and loss of dnlling fluid. Minimum cover shall not be less than 10 feet except at entry and exit points. The entry and exit angles shall be determined by Contractor. To the extent practicable, the exit angle shall be not less that shown on the Contract Drawings. The entry angle may be adjusted by Contractor; however the minimum cover requirements shown on the Drawings shall be met. Contractor shall propose procedures for assembly of pipe. 8-33.4 Construction Requirements 8-33.4.1 General Install the pipe to the minimum cover and radius shown on the Drawings. Install the pipe by pulling or pushing the pipe into a continuous hole created by the steerable pilot borehead and enlarged with reamers to the required diameter. Advancing the pipe forward from the drill site is required. No intermediate excavations shall be permitted. Access to the drill side and pipe side work areas shall be within the limits shown on the Drawings. Conduct all operations such that trucks and other vehicles do not create a dust nuisance to the adjacent properties. Each day clean up, remove and dispose of any spilled drilling fluid or other waste. 8-33.4.2 Submittals The Contractor shall submit the following information 4 weeks prior to the beginning of construction. 1. HOD Contractor shall submit with the bidder's package an informational package describing his experience. Data in the informational package shall be sufficient to substantiate HOD Contractor's compliance with the experience requirements of this Section. 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 64 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2. Drawings with survey results of verified utility location along the project alignment corridor within 30 feet of the alignment. . 3. Proposed alignment and profile taking into account verified locations of utilities. Include modifications as needed to optimize the installation. 4. Anticipated loads for pipe installation and related calculations for all phases of the work. Submit maximum allowable load for the pipe. Include manufacturer's written recommendations. 5. Advance rate and work activity durations for drilling, reaming, and pipe installation activities. In this schedule, Contractor shall identify when the anticipated time frame or noise output shall exceed weekday daylight operating hours and/or noise conditions above 75 decibels. 6. A diagram showing pipe spacing and arrangement for the installation configuration selected. 7. HDPE pipe and fittings product information. 8. Joining methods and equipment for pipe and fitting materials selected. . 9. Drilling fluid product information and Material Data Safety Sheets for bentonite and additives. 10. Equipment data for drilling, reaming, pulling, pushing and locating equipment. 11. Drilling fluid handling equipment. 12. Detailed site layout plan showing locations of all items of equipment, piping, offices and trailers, Contractor's access limits, pipe assembly and layout area, materials storage, and other considerations affecting public and private use of lands near the work. 13. Identify disposal sites for drilling fluid and cuttings disposal and provide procedures for handling and disposal of cuttings and drilling fluid. 14. Pull-back or push-back buoyancy modification procedure and plan. 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 65 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . 1S. Work plan for minimizing release of drilling fluid to nearby sensitive areas. 16. A contingency plan for inadvertent loss of drilling fluid and related containment plan for land based loss and water based loss. 17. Contractor shall submit a project schedule in accordance with the requirements of 1-0S.3. The schedule shall include all major tasks including the following: a. HOPE pipe fittings delivery b. Mobilization and setup c. HOPE pipe assembly d. Pilot hole drilling e. Reaming f. Pipe pushing/pulling g. Demobilization h. Restoration of disturbed areas 18. A work plan shall be submitted with the following information: a. b. c. d. The pipe configuration to be installed. Quantity of pressure grout to be used. The size and thickness of pipe to be installed. Method of monitoring location of directional drill and method of adjusting heading of drill path. 19. Proposed ground movement monitor locations, equipment, and survey results. 20. Complete as-built of installed pipeline. 8-33.4.3 Contractor Qualifications Use the personnel and equipment approved as part of the qualifications for the HOD Contractor as specified below: 1. Contractor shall have a minimum of eight (8) years of documented experience in HDD and shall have completed at least five (S) projects in the last five (S) years in with a minimum length of SOD feet were successfully installed. At least one project shall be 1,000 feet in length or more. At least one project shall be with 1S-inch diameter HDPE pipe or larger. 2. The HDD superintendent shall have at least eight (8) years of 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGA/Specs 66 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor trench less pipe installation experience and shall have worked on at least two (2) HOD projects in the last three (3) years using the same equipment required for this project. The machine operators shall have at least five (5) years of trenchless pipe installation experience and shall have worked on at least two (2) HOD projects using the same equipment required for this project. Qualifications shall be submitted with the bid for all HOD Contractors. The submitted qualifications shall clearly show that the proposed HOD Contractor has the experience and qualifications listed above. .' l Survey work shall be conducted by a surveyor licensed in the State of Washington. 8-33.4.4 Project Conditions Contractor shall positively locate all utilities within 25 feet of proposed bore path prior to setup of equipment and selection of final alignment and profile for the drilling operation. Maintain access to residents, businesses, treatment plant operations, and emergency vehicles at all times. Temporary access blockage may be allowed during drilling and pipe pulling phases only if approved by the Engineer prior to HOD contractor mobilization. All contact with impacted parties shall be coordinated with Owner. . Adhere to all permit requirements. Contractor shall be responsible for fines associated with not following permit requirements. A water supply for use in mixing with drilling fluid shall be coordinated with the Owner by Contractor. If Contractor connects to Owner's water system a suitable backflow prevention device shall be used. Maintain traffic flow at all times while connection is in place. Contractor shall minimize noise related to their work to the extent practicable, particularly after 5 pm and before 7 am. Contractor shall adhere to local ordinance requirements relative noise and work hours. Pipe installation shall not begin on a Friday, Saturday, or Sunday. To the extent practicable, work requiring 24-hour per day effort shall begin on a Monday. Contractor shall control its methods to minimize ground movement. See requirements later in this section. 8-33.4.5 Facilities Layout 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 67 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .}' .~ . . . Contractor shall adhere to permit requirements to conduct the HDD work. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining rights to use any additional area necessary. Contain all drilling fluids within tanks on the site for haul off and disposal. 8-33.4.6 Protection of Underground Facilities Undertake the following steps prior to commencing drilling operations in a location that might contain underground facilities: 1. Contact the utility owners for utilities along project alignment. Make contact a minimum of four (4) weeks before drilling. 2. Positively locate and stake all existing lines, cables, or other underground facilities including exposing any facilities that are located within 30 feet of the proposed bore path. 3. Modify drilling practices and downhole assemblies to prevent damage to existing facilities. 4. Locate any and all underground facilities regardless of previous efforts in this regard. a. Locate utilities and adjust arrangement of equipment if needed to avoid existing utilities. Prior to drilling, hold a site meeting with the Engineer and the utility representatives in the vicinity of the work present. Discuss proposed work activities, safety procedures as they relate to the specific utilities, and emergency procedures and contact information. Contractor shall address utility representative concerns and modify procedures as needed. Meeting shall occur after utilities have been positively located and a minimum of seven (7) days prior to anticipated start of drilling. b. 8-33.4.7 Instrumentation At all times provide and maintain instrumentation which shall accurately locate the pilot hole, measure drill string axial and torsional loads, and measure drilling fluid discharge rate and pressure. Provide Engineer with access to these instruments and their readings at all times. Maintain a log of all recorded readings. 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 68 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 8-33.4.8 Control of Line and Grade . Monitor the location of the pilot borehead monitored using an electronic instrument package installed in the pilot borehead and a surface receiver. Record and plot the actual horizontal and vertical alignment of the pilot borehead at intervals not to exceed 50 feet. Update these records continuously as the pilot bore is advanced. Submit the complete records to the Engineer immediately after completion of the pilot boring. During installation, grant Engineer unrestricted access to these records, as well as the readouts showing the position and inclination of the borehead. Interpret such readouts for the Engineer when requested. In addition to a magnetic downhole survey system, utilize a surface monitoring system to accurately determine the location of the magnetic steering tool during pilot hole drilling and to correct the magnetic line azimuth used in pilot hole survey calculations. The surface monitoring system shall be a Tensor Tru- Tracker Guidance System, or approved equal. The surface monitoring system shall be designed for application in horizontally drilled pipeline installations and shall provide accurate information even in areas of magnetic interference. The surface monitoring system shall generally operate by inducing a .~: magnetic field in a surface coil of known location, allowing the magnetic steering tool to sense its location relative to this magnetic field and communicate this information to the surface. Prior to drilling, the surface monitoring system coil shall be laid out on the ground surface and its corners accurately surveyed. Any changes to the alignment outside of the specified pilot hole tolerances shall be approved by the Engineer. 8-33.4.9 Handling of Drilling Fluid and Cuttings Provide adequate measures for handling and disposal of drilling fluid and cuttings. Provide watertight piping, pumps, storage containers and other measures to guard against leakage. Drilling fluid and cuttings shall not be discharged into any waterway, storm drain, sanitary sewer or other such conveyance, nor shall it be disposed of at the work site. 1. When Contractor's provisions for storage of the fluids or cuttings on site are exceeded, these materials shall be hauled away to a suitable legal disposal site. Contractor shall conduct his directional drilling operation in such a manner that drilling fluids are not forced through the sub-bottom into the waterway, storm drain, sanitary sewer or other such conveyance. After completion of the directional 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 69 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .~ ~",I . . . drilling work, the entry and exit pit locations shall be restored to original conditions. Contractor shall comply with all permit provisions. 2. Pits constructed at the entry or exit point area shall be so constructed to completely contain the drill fluid and prevent its escape. 3. Contractor shall utilize drilling tools and procedures which will minimize the unintentional discharge of any drill fluids. Contractor shall comply with all mitigation measures listed in the required permits and elsewhere in these Specifications. 4. To the extent practical, Contractor shall maintain a closed loop drilling fluid system. 5. Contractor shall minimize drilling fluid disposal quantities by utilizing a drilling fluid cleaning system which allows the returned fluids to be reused. 6. As part of the installation plan specified herein before, Contractor shall submit a drilling fluid plan which details types of drilling fluids, drilling fluid admixtures, cleaning and recycling equipment, estimated flow rates, methods for containing drilling fluid escape, and procedures for minimizing drilling fluid escape. B. Regulate the pressure of drilling fluid and conduct drilling operations in such a manner that minimizes potential for drilling fluid to migrate to the surface. C. Contractor shall provide pressure grouting materials and equipment on site. In the case of a leakage of drilling fluid through the sub-bottom into the waterway, Contractor shall seal leak by injecting pressure grouting into the sub-bottom at intervals of six (6) feet. Close visual monitoring shall be conducted to assure the injected grout is not being discharged into the waterway. Once the grout has set, drilling may commence but should be monitored closely for any further leakage of drilling fluids. D. Dispose of all drilling fluid and excavated materials properly away from the construction site in accordance with applicable local, State, and Federal regulations for disposal of these materials. Use the disposal sites identified in Contractor's accepted submittal for cuttings and drilling fluid disposal. 12/1/2006 - p:1130282/EUGAlSpecs 70 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 8-33.4.10 Recirculation . Optimize recirculation of drilling fluid surface returns. Provide solids control and fluid cleaning equipment of a configuration and capacity that can process surface returns and produce drilling fluid suitable for reuse. 8-33.4.11 Inadvertent Drilling Fluid Returns Contractor shall be responsible for all inadvertent returns and their mitigation. Contractor shall control and handle inadvertent drilling fluid returns. 8-33.4.12 Pilot Hole Directional Tolerance: Drill the pilot hole along the minimum radius shown on the Drawings or described in this section and to the tolerances listed on the Drawings or described in this section. However, in all cases, right-of-way restrictions shall take precedence over the listed tolerances. Regardless of the tolerance achieved, no pilot hole will be accepted if it will result in any of the pipe being installed in violation of right-of-way restrictions. Additionally, concern for adJ'acent utilities and/or structures shall take precedence over the listed tolerances. Listing of tolerances does not relieve Contractor from responsibility e\ for safe operations or damage to adjacent utilities and structures. Curve Radius: Drill all horizontal and vertical curves at a radius equal to or greater than that listed on the Contract Drawings. The pilot hole and drill pipe installed by HDD shall be within the limits shown on the drawings and must be no shallower than shown on the drawings unless otherwise approved. The point of exit for the pilot bore head shall be as shown with an over-length tolerance of 4 feet and an alignment tolerance of 4 feet left or right. Any adjustments to the pipe bearing shall not result in the creation of any localized high points between the pipe entry and exit points. The location of the pilot borehead shall be monitored using an electronic instrument package installed in the pilot borehead and a surface receiver. Accuracy of the electronic package shall not exceed plus or minus 24 inches in either the vertical or horizontal directions. The electronic instrument package shall be selected and designed to minimize lost control under the irrigation canal and Cortina Creek crossings. The electronic instrument package shall provide the following information: 1, Clock and pitch information 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 71 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Depth Beacon temperature Battery status Position (x,y) Azimuth The Contractor shall record and plot the actual horizontal and vertical alignment of the pilot borehead at intervals not to exceed the length of a drill rod. These records shall be updated continuously as the pilot bore is advanced. The Contractor shall at all times provide and maintain instrumentation that will accurately locate the pilot hole and measure drilling fluid flow and pressure. The Contractor shall grant the Engineer access to all data and readouts pertaining to the position of the bore head and the fluid pressures and flows. When requested, the Contractor shall provide explanations of this position monitoring and steering equipment. The Contractor shall employ experienced personnel to operate the directional drilling equipment and, in particular, the position monitoring and steering equipment. No information pertaining to the position or inclination of the pilot bores shall be withheld from the Engineer. The complete records shall be delivered to the owner immediately after completion of the pilot boring. During installation, the owner's staff and their consultants shall be granted unrestricted access to these records, as well as the readouts showing the position and inclination of the borehead. The Contractor shall interpret such readouts for the owner when requested. Any changes to the alignment must be approved in writing by the Engineer, and any affected landowners. 8-33.4.13 Pre-ream and Pull Back/Push Back Prereaming: Conduct prereaming operations to insure that a hole sufficient to accommodate the pull section or push section has been produced. The hole shall be prereamed to the minimum of 150 percent of the effective outside diameter of the pipe. Any damage to the pipe resulting from inadequate prereaming shall be the responsibility of Contractor. Pulling/Pushing Loads: The tensile/compressive load imposed on the outfall pipe shall not exceed the maximum allowable tensile/compressive load of the HOPE pipe as specified by the pipe manufacturer. Calculate the load in the pipe and submit results per 1-05.3. Torsional Stress: Use a swivel to connect the pull section or push section to the reaming assembly to minimize torsional stress imposed on the pipe. 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 72 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 8-33.4.14 Ground Movement Monitoring and Mitigation . Contractor shall control its methods to minimize ground movement. Monitor ground movement at all structures including buildings within 20 feet of the proposed alignment. Measure at each corner or end at additional locations such that separation between monitoring points does not exceed 25 feet. Monitor prior to construction to establish baseline elevations. Monitor on an as needed basis but at least daily during reaming and pipe or casing installation. Submit survey monitor information within 24 hours of taking readings. 8-33.4.15 Completion of Directional Drilling Upon completion of surveying and successful testing of the pull section or push section, terminate and cap both ends of the pipes until final connections are made. Sufficiently cap all pipes to prevent water, soil, and all other foreign material from entering pipes until diffuser and upper connection can be made. 8-33.4.16 Site Restoration .) Upon completion of the HDD pipe installation, remove all unnecessary HOO equipment, materials and waste matter from the site. Provide pavement restoration to match existing where pavement is damaged or removed. 8-33.5 Measurement Payment for horizontal directional drilling will be by lump sum and no measurement will be made. 8-33.6 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following Bid item: "HDD HOPE Sanitary Sewer Pipe 8 In. Oiam.," lump sum. The lump sum contract price shall be full payment for horizontal directional drilling, including all mobilization, inspections, permits, labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete this item as shown on the Plans and d~scribed in these Specifications. .) 111-73 PW-407_03 [rev 5/18/04) . . . 8-34 STEEL CASINGS (NEW SECTION) 8-34.1 Description This Section specifies the requirements for steel casing the sanitary sewer mains crossing under Highway 101. 8-34.2 Materials Minimum inside diameter and wall thickness based on permanent installation as shown on the Drawings. Increase the casing wall thickness greater than the minimum consistent with Contractor's operations. Minimum steel casing thickness shall be 0.500 inch. Maintain the minimum annular space shown on the Drawings between the casing and the carrier pipe. Use Advanced Products & Systems, Model SSI8 stainless steel band casing spacers and insulators for multiple pipe clusters with Model AC seamless pull-on end seals or equal. Install and space per the manufacturer's recommendations. New welded steel pipe, unlined and uncoated, meeting the requirements of ASTM A36 or ASTM 283 Grade A or B (straight seam only), fabricated in sections with beveled ends for field welded butt joints. Yield Strength of the Material: 35,000 pounds per square inch, minimum. 1. Welding procedures used to fabricate steel casings: Consistent with the provisions of AWS 01.1 and AWWA C206. Joints: 1. Full circumferential butt-welded joints capable of developing the full strength of the pipe. Welding performed in the field in full conformance with the requirements of AWWA C206. 2. Full circumferential butt-welded joints capable of developing the full strength of the pipe. Dimensional Tolerances: 1. Roundness: a. The maximum acceptable difference between the major and minor outside diameters at any point in a length of casing is one percent of the nominal diameter or 1/4 inch whichever is less. 111-74 . PW-407_03 [rev. 5/18/04] b. The maximum acceptable deviation between the inside and outside diameters at any point in a length of casing is 1/2- inch provided the circumferential tolerance is maintained with 1/4 inch of the nominal circumference. 2. Circumference: The outside circumference at any point in a length of pipe within 1 percent of the nominal circumference or within 1/2 inch, whichever is less. 3. Straightness: 1/8 inch is the maximum acceptable straightness deviation for any length of casing. 4. End of the pipe: Perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the pipe within 1/16 inch per foot of diameter with a maximum deviation of 1/4 inch measured with a straight edge and square across the end of the pipe. 8-34.3 Construction Requirements 8-34.3.1 Submittals The Contractor shall submit the following information 2 weeks prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Fabrication information, including pipe designs, weights, diameter, thickness, length and class. The Contractor shall furnish certificates to the Engineer certifying that the pipe furnished hereunder is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer the casing pipe manufacturer's quality control records. 4. Welder certification. 5. Line and grade calculations and layout for casing installation. 8-34.3.2 Contractor Qualifications Welder and Welding to be Qualified: 1. Qualified under the provisions of AWS 01.1. When qualified, use an independent local approved testing agency not more than six months prior to commencing work on the casing or pipeline unless continuously employed in similar welding jobs since last certification. 2. In qualification tests, use machines and electrodes similar to those to be used in the work. Furnish all material and bear the expense 111-75 PW-407_03 [rev. 5/18/04] . . . . . . of qualifying welders. 3. Welding procedures: Longitudinal and girth or special welds for pipe cylinders, casing joint welds, reinforcing plates, and grout coupling connections. 8-34.3.3 Installation of Casing Install casing at line and grade -necessary to allow sanitary sewer mains to maintain line and grade as shown in the Contract Documents. Casing to bedded per Section 7-08 8-34.3.4 End Seals Construct end seals as follows: 1. After inside of casing has been thoroughly cleaned and approved by Engineer. 2. After carrier pipe has been permanently placed inside casing, tested and approved. 3. End seals shall be made of brick or concrete. Install two inches of fiberglass batt or other approved material around the carrier pipe. 8-34.3.5 Cleaning and Testing Thoroughly clean, test, and inspect the casing pipe to the satisfaction of the Engineer per the requirements of this section. Casing: 1. Visually inspect after completion the pipe casing prior to installation of the carrier pipe. No visible leakage will be allowed. 2. Cleaning: Leave casing free of all debris and sediment. Carrier Pipe: 1. Complete hydrostatic testing of the carrier pipe prior to placement of the end seals. 8-34.4 Measurement Steel Casing installation shall be incidental to sanitary sewer pipe installation at the Highway 101 crossings and no measurement will be made. 111-76 PW-407_03 [rev. 5/18/04J 8-34.5 Payment . Payment for steel casing, including inspections and all other labor, materials, and equipment necessary to allow this item to be complete, will be considered incidental to other bid items included in this Bid Form. END OF AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS. ..' . 111-77 PW-407 _03 [rev 5/18/04] . DIVISION 3 03100 03200 03300 03308 03309 03310 03400 03600 PART IV - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS CONCRETE CONCRETE FORMWORK CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONCRETE MIXING, PLACING, JOINTING, AND CURING CONCRETE FINISHING AND REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL (CDF) PRECAST CONCRETE GROUT DIVISION 4 MASONRY 04200 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 5 METALS . 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05311 STEEL ROOF DECK 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 05501 ANCHOR BOLTS 05910 HOT -DIP GALVANIZED COATING 05911 MECHANICAL ZINC COATING DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS NOT USED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07121 LIQUID WATERPROOFING FOR EXTERIOR MASONRY 07212 RIGID INST ALLA TION 07412 METAL ROOFING 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07900 JOINT SEALERS 07905 PREFORMED JOINT FILLERS DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS \. 08120 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 08310 ACCESS HATCHES 08331 ROLL-UP DOORS December I, 2006 Port Angeles East UGA 12/20/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 1 Sewer Interceptor 08710 FINISH HARDWARE .~ '. )' DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09900 COATING SYSTEMS 09901 FINISHES AND COLORS DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES DIVISION 11 11 000 11002 11020 11050 11060 11081 11347 11381 DIVISION 12 NOT USED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT EQUIPMENT GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT RIGID EQUIPMENT MOUNTS VIBRATION AND CRITICAL SPEED LIMITATIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CENTRIFUGAL AND AXIAL FLOW PUMPING EQUIPMENT ELECTRIC MOTORS DIESEL STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATOR SET SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS CHEMICAL METERING PUMPS FURNISHINGS .' "'.,/ NOT USED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13207 CHEMICAL STORAGE TANK DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS DIVISION 15 15050 15061 15064 15065 15066 15073 15075 15085 15092 15095 NOT USED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS STEEL PIPE PLASTIC PIPING HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE COPPER PIPE DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PLASTIC PIPE JOINT GASKETS PIPING CONNECTIONS WALL PENETRATION SEALS PIPING APPURTENANCES tJ~ ~ ~'-,"';' , December 1, 2006 12/20/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .i 15096 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL, continued 15110 15118 15124 15150 15152 15184 15250 15400 15424 15431 15440 15632 15859 15863 15944 DIVISION 16 . 16000 16030 16110 16120 16140 16155 16175 16260 16410 16431 16432 16440 16450 16460 16470 16500 16620 16920 16992 16994 . ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES SPRING-LOADED SWING CHECK VALVES REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS AND DETECTOR ASSEMBLIES SPECIALTY VALVES COMBINATION VACUUM RELIEF AND AIR RELEASE VALVE MANUAL VALVE AND GA TE OPERATORS AND OPERATOR APPURTENANCES INSULATION FOR EXPOSED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PLUMBING ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS EMERGENCY EYEWASH UNITS PLUMBING FIXTURES ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS PROPELLER WALL FANS LOUVERS ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK TESTING RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE WIRING DEVICES INDIVIDUAL MOTOR STARTERS MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DEVICES AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITORS SHORT CIRCUIT AND COORDINATION REPORT ARC FLASH REPORT INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS, METERS, SWITCHES AND ACCESSORIES GROUNDING SYSTEM DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS LIGHTING AND POWER DISTRIBUTION P ANELBOARDS LIGHTING FIXTURES FIRE ALARM SYSTEM LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS CIRCUIT SCHEDULE MOTOR CONTROL CENTER, SWITCHBOARD, AND PANEL BOARD SCHEDULES December 1,2006 12/20/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 111 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor DIVISION 17 17000 17800 INSTRUMENT A TION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS PROCESS INSTRUMENT A TION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PROGRAMMING DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS December 1, 2006 12/20/2006 - p./130282/EUGA/Specs IV Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . A; ~ . . . Section 03100 03200 03300 03308 03309 03310 03400 03600 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Title CONCRETE FORMWORK CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONCRETE MIXING, PLACING, JOINTING, AND CURING CONCRETE FINISHING AND REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL (CDF) PRECAST CONCRETE GROUT November 3,2006 12/4/2006 - P /130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . @t . . . . SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. GENERAL: This Section specifies formwork requirements for concrete construction. B. RELATED SECTIONS: The work of the following Section is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents: 1. Section 03300: Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following document. These references are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of this listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title ACIl16R ACI347R IBC Cement and Concrete Terminology Guide to Formwork for Concrete 2003 International Buildin Code B. MISCELLANEOUS: 1. Design and engineering of formwork, shoring and reshoring as well as its construction is the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. Design Requirements: a. Design formwork for loads, lateral pressures and allowable stresses outlined in ACI 347R and for design considerations, wind loads, allowable stresses and other applicable requirements of the controlling local building code. Where conflicts occur between the above two standards, the more stringent requirements shall govern. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 03100-1 b. Design formwork to limit maximum deflection of form facing materials reflected in concrete surfaces exposed to view to 1/240 of span between structural members. ~~. IJ - )' 3. Develop a procedure and schedule for removal of shores and installation of reshores and for calculating the loads transferred to the structure during this process: a. Perform structural calculations as required to prove that all portions of the structure in combination with remaining forming and shoring system has sufficient strength to safely support its own weight plus the loads placed thereon. b. When developing procedure, schedule and structural calculations, consider the following at each stage of construction: 1.03 DEFINITIONS 1) 2) 3) 4) The structural system that exists. Effects of all loads during construction. Strength of concrete. The influence of deformations of the structure and shoring system on the distribution of dead loads and construction loads. The strength and spacing of shores or shoring systems used, as well as the method of shoring, bracing, shore removal, and reshoring including the minimum time intervals between the various operations. Any other loading or condition that affects the safety of serviceability of the structure during construction. ~. 5) 6) Words and terms used in, these Specifications are defined in ACI 116R. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3 B. Manufacturer's Data: 1. Product technical data including: Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. Manufacturer's installation instructions. Manufacturer and type of proposed form materials. Manufacturer and type of proposed form ties. Manufacturer and type of proposed form coating material. a. b. c. d. e. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs -. ~ 03100-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . f. Manufacturer and type of void forms including compressive strength. 2. Formwork designer qualifications. 3. If requested, submit structural analysis and concrete strength data used in planning and implementing form removal and shoring. 4. Samples: A 12 inch square sample of each form finish. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.0 1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. VOID FORMS: 1. Sure Void Products, Inc. 2. Deslauriers, Inc. 3. Or approved equaL B. STAY-IN-PLACE FORMS: 1. 2. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation. Or approved equaL 2.02 MATERIALS A. FORMS FOR SURF ACES EXPOSED TO VIEW: 1. Wood forms: a. New % or % inch 5-ply HDO structural plywood of concrete form grade. b. Built-in place or prefabricated type paneL c. 4 x 8 feet sheets cut to 2 x 8 feet sheets for built-in-place type except where smaller pieces will cover entire area. d. Install alternate form work sheets in running bond courses as indicated on the Drawings. e. Offset formwork 4 feet between adjacent courses. f. When approved, plywood may be reused. B. FORMS FOR SURFACES NOT EXPOSED TO VIEW: 1. Wood or metal sufficiently tight to prevent leakage. Do not use aluminum forms. a. 4 x 8 feet sheets for built-in-place type except where smaller pieces with cover entire area. December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 03100-3 2.03 ACCESSORIES . A. FORM TIES: 1. Commercially fabricated for use in form construction. Do not use wire ties. 2. Constructed so that ends or end fasteners can be removed without causing spalling at surfaces of the concrete. 3. % inch minimum to 1 inch maximum diameter cones on both ends. 4. Embedded portion of ties to be not less than 1-Y2 inch from face of concrete after ends have been removed. 5. Provide ties with built-in waterstops in all walls that will be in contact with process liquid or ground water. during plant operation. 6. Locate 24 inch on center in pattern indicated on the Drawings. B. VOID FORMS: 1. Continuous void forms. 2. Specially designed and manufactured for the purpose of creating a void area directly under concrete members which will allow a space for soil vertical upward movement. @; 3. Able to support the weight of concrete and construction loads to be placed thereon with no decrease in required void form depth. 4. Constructed from double faced corrugated cardboard or fiberboard which is wax impregnated and laminated with moisture-resistant adhesive. 5. Capable of resisting moisture with no loss ofload carrying strength or change in depth or configuration. c. STAY-IN-PLACE FORMS: 1. Ribbed expanded metalleave-in-place concrete forms commercially fabricated to provide an intentionally rougher surface. 2. Hot-dipped galvanized. 3. Similar to "Stay-Form" by Alabama Metal Industries Corporation. D. REVEALS: Construct to profiles indicated on the Drawings. ,~ .' ,~r December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03100-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. FORM SURFACE TREATMENT: I. Before placing of either reinforcing steel or concrete, cover surfaces of forms with an approved coating material that will effectively prevent absorption of moisture and prevent bond with concrete, will not stain concrete or prevent bonding of future finishes. A field applied form release agent or sealer of approved type or a factory applied nonabsorptive liner may be used. 2. Do not allow excess form coating material to stand in puddles in forms nor in contact with hardened concrete against which fresh concrete is to be placed. B. Provide temporary openings at base of column and wall forms and at other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and observation immediately before concrete is placed, and to limit height of free fall of concrete to prevent aggregate segregation. Temporary openings to limit height of free fall of concrete shall be spaced no more than 8 feet apart. c. Clean surfaces of forms, reinforcing steel and other embedded materials of any accumulated mortar or grout from previous concreting and of all other foreign material before concrete is placed. 3.02 ERECTION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. TOLERANCES: 1. Variation from plumb: a. In lines and surfaces of columns, piers, walls, and in risers. 1) Maximum in any 10 feet of height: !14 inch. 2) Maximum for entire height: Y2 inch. b. For exposed comer columns, control-joint grooves, and other exposed to view lines: 1) Maximum in any 20 feet length: !14 inch. 2) Maximum for entire length: Y2 inch. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs 03100-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2. Variation from level or from grades specified: .) a. In slab soffits, ceilings, beam soffits and in arises, measured before removal of supporting shores: I) Maximum in any 10 feet of length: '!4 inch. 2) Maximum in any bay or in any 20 feet length: % inch. 3) Maximum for entire length: % inch. b. In exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other exposed to view lines: 1) Maximum in any bay or in 20 feet length: '!4 inch. 2) Maximum for entire length: ~ inch. 3. Variation of linear structure lines from established position in plan and related position of columns, walls, and partitions: a. Maximum in any bay: ~ inch. b. Maximum in any 20 feet oflength: ~ inch. c. Maximum for entire length: 1 inch. 4. Variation in sizes and location of sleeves, floor openings, and wall openings: Maximum of +'l4 inch. .\ ~ 5. Variation in horizontal plan location of beam, column and wall centerlines from required location: Maximum of +~ inch. 6. Variation in cross sectional dimensions of columns and beams and in thickness of slabs and walls: Maximum of -'l4 inch, +~ inch. 7. Footings and foundations: a. Variations in concrete dimensions in plan: -~ inch, +2 inch. b. Misplacement or eccentricity: 1) 2 percent of footing width in direction of misplacement but not more than 2 inches. c. Thickness: 1) Decrease in specified thickness: 5 percent. 2) Increase in specified thickness: No limit except that which may interfere with other construction. . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03100-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 8. Variation in steps: a. In a flight of stairs: 1) Rise: +'Is inch. 2) Tread: +'4 inch. b. In consecutive steps: 1) Rise: +1116 inch. 2) Tread: +'Is inch. 9. Establish and maintain in an undisturbed condition and until [mal completion and acceptance of Project, sufficient control points and bench marks to be used for reference purposes to check tolerances. 10. Regardless of tolerances listed allow no portion of structure to extend beyond legal boundary of Project. 11. To maintain specified tolerances, camber formwork to compensate for anticipated deflections in formwork prior to hardening of concrete. C. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent loss of mortar from concrete. D. Place % inch chamfer strips in exposed to view comers of forms to produce % inch wide beveled edges. E. At construction joints, overlap contact surface of form sheathing for flush surfaces exposed to view over hardened concrete in previous placement by at least 1 inch. Hold forms against hardened concrete to prevent offsets or loss of mortar at construction joint and to maintain a true surface. Where possible, locate juncture of built- in-place wood or metal forms at architectural lines, control joints or at construction joints. F. Where circular walls are to be formed and forms made up of straight sections are proposed for use, provide straight lengths not exceeding 2 feet wide. Brace and tie formwork to maintain correct position and shape of members. G. Construct wood forms for wall openings to facilitate loosening, if necessary, to counteract swelling. H. Anchor formwork to shores or other supporting surfaces or members so that movement of any part of formwork system is prevented during concrete placement. I. Provide runways for moving equipment with struts or legs, supported directly on formwork or structural member without resting on reinforcing steel. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/ l30282/EUGA/Specs 03100-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor J. Provide positive means of adjustment (wedges or jacks) of shores and struts and take up all settlement during concrete placing operation. Securely brace forms against lateral deflection. Fasten wedges used for final adjustment of forms prior to concrete placement in position after final check. e) " " K. After void forms are in place and before concrete is placed thereon, cover joints between abutting form sections and cover ends of forms to prevent intrusion of soil, concrete or any other materials. Install void forms in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. L. Stay-In-Place Forms: 1. Support stay-in-place forms as required to maintain the formwork in proper position. 2. Hold the edge of stay- in-place forms back a minimum of2 inch from all smooth formed concrete surfaces. 3. Stay-in-place forms may be used at the Contractor's op~ion at: a. Surfaces that will be backfilled with soil. Maintain a minimum of 3 inch of concrete cover over all reinforcing. b. Roughened construction joints. c. Other locations approved by the Engineer. . 3.03 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. No construction loads shall be supported on, nor any shoring removed from, any part of the structure under construction except when that portion of the structure. in combination with remaining forming and shoring system has sufficient strength to safely support its weight and loads places thereon. B. When required for concrete curing in hot weather, required for repair of surface . defects or when finishing is required at an early age, remove forms as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal operations or lack of support. C. Remove top forms on sloping surfaces of concrete as soon as concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging. Perform any needed repairs or treatment required on such sloping surfaces at once, followed by curing specified in Section 03300. D. Loosen wood forms for wall openings as soon as this can be accomplished without damage to concrete. E. Formwork for columns, walls, sides of beams, and other parts not supporting weight of concrete may be removed as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to resist damage from removal. . December 1, 2006 12/112006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 03100-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . F. Where no reshoring is planned, leave forms and shoring used to support weight of concrete in place until concrete has attained its specified 28 day compressive strength. Where a reshoring procedure is planned, supporting formwork may be removed when concrete has reached the concrete strength required by the formwork designer's structural calculations. G. When shores and other vertical supports are so arranged that non-load-carrying form facing material may be removed without loosening or disturbing shores and supports, facing material may be removed when concrete has sufficiently hardened to resist damage from removal. 3.04 RESHORING B. C. . D. E. F. A. No construction loads shall be supported on, nor any shoring removed from, any part of the structure under construction except when that portion of the structure in combination with remaining forming and shoring system has sufficient strength to safely support its weight and loads placed thereon. While reshoring is underway, no superimposed dead or live loads shall be permitted on the new construction. During reshoring do not subject concrete in structural members to combined dead and construction loads in excess of loads that structural members can adequately support. Place reshores as soon as practicable after stripping operations are complete but in no case later than end of working day on which stripping occurs. Tighten reshores to carry their required loads without overstressing. Shoring, reshoring and supporting formwork may be removed when concrete has reached the concrete strength required by the formwork designer's structural calculations. G. For floors supporting shores under newly placed concrete leave original supporting shores in place or reshore. Reshoring system shall have a capacity sufficient to resist anticipated loads. Locate reshores directly under a shore position above. H. In multi-story buildings, extend reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute weight of newly placed concrete, forms, and construction live loads in such a manner that design superimposed loads of floors supporting shores are not exceeded. . **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03100-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .\ J " . . . SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART I--GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. GENERAL: This. Section specifies reinforcing steel for use in reinforced concrete. Epoxy coated reinforcing steel is not included in this Section. B. RELATED SECTIONS: The work of the following Sections is related to the work ofthis Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents. Standard Specifications Sections 1-05 and 1-06: Inspection and Testing. Section 03300: Cast-in-Place Concrete. . 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCED STANDARDS: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following document. These references are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete Welded Wire Fabric. Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, Grade 30. Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as used in Construction Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts, and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction Manual of Standard Practice ACI318 ASTM Al85 ASTM A615 ASTM E329 AWS D1.4 CRSI . December' I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 03200-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Shop Drawings and Product Data: a. Technical data of reinforcing bars, dowel bars, and tie bars. b. Reinforcing bar shop and placement drawings. c. Bar lists and bending details. d. Bar tags. e. Welder qualification certificate in accordance with A WS. PART 2-.PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. BAR REINFORCEMENT: Deformed billet steel conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60, including supplementary requirements except No.2 bars. B. TIE BARS: Deformed billet steel bars conforming to the requirements of ASTM A615, Grade 60. C. BAR SUPPORTS AND TRIM STEEL: Locate in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Show all reinforcing steel required on the shop Drawing. Unless otherwise indicated, use standard steel supports for other work. Non-corrosive, non-rusting material where bar supports will be exposed to view or sewage. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. FABRICATION: 1. Reinforcing steel: a. Do not bend or straighten in a manner that will damage the material. b. Do not use bars with kinks or with bends not shown. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03200.2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ~ ~~ ~ .,: \"::,.J . . . 2. Heating or welding bars: Unless otherwise indicated: a. Perform in accordance with A WS 0104. b. Welders shall meet the requirements of A WS D 104. c. Do not weld bars at the bend. d. Tack welding of cross bars is not acceptable. B. PLACEMENT: I. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI, the Drawings, and the applicable shop drawing per the reinforcing steel supplier. 2. Include all reinforcing steel as required by CRSI when not shown specifically on the Drawings or explicitly referred to in the Specifications. 3. Unless otherwise indicated, use concrete cover as shown on the Drawings. 4. Position reinforcing steel accurately and secure against displacement at intersections with tie wire and support by concrete or metal chairs, spacers or metal hangers. 5. Support reinforcing steel on rock foundations with steel rods and pegs. 6. Unless otherwise indicated, do not place reinforcing steel on fresh concrete or force the steel into fresh concrete. 7. When moisture-proofing is used, support reinforcing steel or mesh with small chairs designed with flat bases to protect the membrane at all times. C. SPLICING: I. Lap splice reinforcing steel as shown on the Drawings, or 24 inches if not shown. 2. In slabs, beams, girders, and walls subject to lateral pressure, do not splice reinforcing steel in areas of maximum stress. 3. Stagger splices of adjacent bars. D. CLEANING: I. Clean steel of mill rust scale, dried concrete, or other coatings that may reduce bond. 2. Reinforcement reduced in section is not acceptable. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03200-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3. Remove all debris in the placement area prior to concrete placement. 4. When concrete placement is delayed, special cleaning ofreinforcement may be required by the Engineer. 3.02 TESTING SCW may elect to test concrete reinforcement. Refer to Standard Specifications Section 1-06. To demonstrate conformance with the specified requirements for concrete reinforcement, SCW may provide the services of an independent testing laboratory that complies with the requirements of ASTM E329. The testing laboratory may sample and test concrete reinforcement and inspect welded rebar. **END OF SECTION** December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 03200-4 ..~ '~y .~ ~ ~ . . . SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART I--GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. GENERAL: This Section specifies cast-in-place reinforced concrete, including embedded material and formwork. B. RELATED SECTIONS: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents. Standard Specifications Section 1-05 and 1-06: Inspection and Testing Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement. Section 09900: Coating Systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCED STANDARDS: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following document. It is a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete Specification for Defonned and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Concrete Aggregates Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete S ecification for Portland Cement Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction ACI 30 I ACI318 ASTMAI85 ASTM A615 ASTM C33 ASTM C94 ASTM Cl50 ASTM E329 December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03300-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Title . Reference CRSI Manual of Standard Practice B. TESTING: To demonstrate conformance with the specified requirements for cast-in-place concrete, the County will provide the services of an independent testing laboratory which complies with the requirements of ASTM E329 per Section 01410. C. BASIS FOR QUALITY: Comply with ACI 301, except as modified herein. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Concrete-Mix Designs. Reinforcing Steel. Concrete Placement Drawings. Waterstops. Surface Retarder. Curing Compound. Bonding and Repair Materials. Surface Hardener. . 1.04 CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS A. COMPRESSIVE' STRENGTHS: Unless otherwise specified, provide the following as minimum: PART 2--PRODUCTS 1. Concrete walls and slabs: 4000 psi. 2. Concrete paving: 4000 psi. 3. Concrete post foundations: 2000 psi. 2.01 REINFORCEMENT Comply with the following as minimums: 1. Bars - ASTM A615, grade 60, unless otherwise shown, using deformed bars for Number 3 and larger. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 03300-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 2. Welded Wire Fabric - ASTM A185. 3. Bending-ACI3l8. Fabricate reinforcement to the required shapes and dimensions, within fabrication tolerances stated in the CRSI. Do not use reinforcement having any of the following defects: 1. Bar lengths, depths, or bends exceeding the specified fabricating tolerances. 2. Bends or kinks not indicated on the Drawings or required for this work. 3. Bars with cross-section reduced due to excessive rust or other causes. 2.02 CONCRETE A. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or II, low-alkali. 2. Aggregate, General: a. b. ASTM C33, uniformly graded and clean. Do not use aggregate known to cause excessive shrinkage. 3. Aggregate, Coarse: crushed rock or washed gravel with minimum size between 314-inch and 1-1/2 inches, and with a maximum size number 4. 4. Aggregate, Fine: natural washed sand of hard and durable particles varying from fine to particles passing a 3/8-inch screen, of which at least 12 percent shall pass a 50~mesh screen. 5. Water: clean and potable. B. SURFACE TREATMENT: Surface treatment shall be per Section 09900. 2.03 OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor. PART 3--EXECUTION December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03300-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS .1 Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 REINFORCING Rt'inforcing shall be per Section 03200. 3.03 EMBEDDED ITEMS Do not embed piping in structural concrete. Electrical conduit shall be as follows: 1. Locate to maintain maximum strength of the structure. 2. Increase the thickness of the concrete if the outside diameter exceeds 30 percent of the thickness of the concrete. Set and secure bolts, inserts, and other required items in the precise locations needed so they are not displaced. .~ Prior to concrete placement, assure the actual locations are noted on the as-built set of drawings. 3.04 FORMS Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to safely support vertical and lateral loads which will be applied until such loads can be supported safely by the concrete structure. Construct forms to the exact sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown, and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, and level and plumb work in the finished structure. 3.05 MIXING CONCRETE Mix the concrete in accordance with provisions of ASTM C94. Do not use concrete that has stood for over 30 minutes after leaving the mixer, or concrete that is not placed within 90 minutes after water is first introduced into the mix. 3.06 PLACING CONCRETE A. PREPARATION: . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs 03300-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 1. Remove foreign matter accumulated in the forms. 2. Rigidly close openings left in the formwork. 3. Wet wood forms sufficiently to tighten up cracks; wet other material sufficiently to maintain workability of the concrete. 4. Use only clean tools. B. CONVEYING: 1. Perform concrete placing at such a rate that concrete which is being integrated with fresh concrete is still plastic. 2. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its final location so as to avoid separation due to rehandling and flowing. 3. Do not use concrete which becomes non-plastic and unworkable, or does not meet required quality control limits, or has been contaminated by foreign materials. 4. Remove concrete from the work site that does not meet specifications. c. PLACING CONCRETE IN FORMS: 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers not deeper than 24 inches, and avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Remove temporary spreaders in forms when concrete has reached the elevation of the spreaders. D. PLACING CONCRETE SLABS: 1. Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. 2. Bring slab surfaces to the correct level with a straightedge, and then strike off. 3. Use bullfloats or darbies to smooth the surface, leaving the surface free from bumps and hollows. 4. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface. 5. Do not disturb the slab surface prior to start of finishing operations. 3.07 CONSOLIDA nON December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1I302821EUGAlSpecs 03300-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Consolidate each layer of concrete immediately after placing by use of internal concrete vibrators and supplemented by hand spading, rodding, or tamping. . ....""~ ' Do not vibrate forms or reinforcement. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside the forms. 3.08 JOINTS A. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: 1. Unless shown otherwise, do not use horizontal construction joints. 2. If construction joints are found to be required, submit for the Owner's Representative's approval of joint design and location prior to start of concrete placement. B. EXPANSION JOINTS: 1. Do not permit reinforcement or other embedded metal items that are being bonded with concrete (except dowels in floors bonded on only one side of the joints) to extend continuously through any expansion joint. 2. Fill expansion joints full depth with expansion joint material. . 3.09 CONCRETE FINISHING Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following finishes at the indicated locations. 1. Scratch finish: apply to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting bed. 2. Float finish: apply to monolithic slab surfaces that are to receive trowel finish and other finishes specified hereinafter, and to slab surfaces which are to be covered with insulation. 3. Trowel finish: apply to monolithic slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view, unless otherwise shown, and to slab surfaces that are to be covered with resilient flooring, carpeting, paint, or other thin-film finish coating system. 4. Non-slip broom finish: apply to walks, stairs, drives, ramps and similar pedestrian and vehicular areas. **END OF SECTION** . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 03300-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 03308 CONCRETE MIXING, PLACING, JOINTING, AND CURlNG PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies mixing, placing, jointing, and curing of concrete construction. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents: 1. Standard Specifications Section 1-06: Testing. 2. Section 03100: Concrete Formwork. 3. Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement. 4. Section 03300: Cast-in-Place Concrete 5. Section 03309: Concrete Finishing and Repair of Surface Defects. 6. Section 07900: Joint Sealers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following document. It is a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail: Reference Title Cement and Concrete Terminology Quide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods Hot Weather Concreting Cold Weather Concreting Standard Practice for Curing Concrete Guide for Consolidation of Concrete Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curin Concrete ACIl16R ACI 304R ACI 304 2R ACI 305R ACI 306R ACI 308 ACI 309R ASTM C94 ASTM C171 December I, 2006 ) 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 03308-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor Title Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane- Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type) Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials Sponge or Expanded Rubber Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-Extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Waterstops. National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA Check List for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities .) ASTM C309 ASTM D994 ASTM D 1056 ASTM DI751 Reference COE CRD-C572 NRMCA B. QUALIFICA nONS: 1. Ready Mixed Concrete Batch Plant: Certified by NRMCA. @" '" ,I 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Words and terms used in this Specification are defmed in ACI 116R. 1.04 SUBMITIALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: I. Product technical data including: December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. Manufacturer's installation instructions. I) Procedure for adding high-range water reducer at the jobsite. Scaled (minimum Ys inch per foot) drawings showing proposed locations of construction joints and joint keyway dimensions. Manufacturers and types: I) Joint fillers. 2) Curing agents. 3) Construction joint bonding adhesive. 4) Waterstops. 5) Fibrous reinforcing. a. b. c. d. .. ~ 03308-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 2. Certifications: a. Ready mix concrete plant certification. b. Waterstops: Products shipped meet or exceed the physical properties specified. B. MISCELLANEOUS: 1. Copies of concrete delivery tickets. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. DELIVERY: 1. Concrete: a. Prepare a delivery ticket for each load of ready mixed concrete. b. Truck operator shall hand ticket to Contractor at the time of delivery. c. Ticket to show: 1) Mix identification. 2) Quantity delivered. 3) Amount of material in each batch. 4) Outdoor temperature in the shade. 5) Time at which cement was added. 6) Time of delivery. 7) Time of discharge. 8) Amount of water added. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPONENTS A. NEOPRENE EXPANSION JOINT FILLERS: 1. Manufacturers: a. Permaglaze. b. Rubatex. c. Williams Products. 2. Materials: a. Closed cell neoprene. b. ASTM D 1 056, Class SC, 2 to 5 psi compression deflection, Grade SCE-41. B. ASPHAL T EXPANSION JOINT FILLERS: 1. Manufacturers: a. W R Meadows. b. J and P Petroleum Products. December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 03308-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2. Materials: ASTM D994. ~~ ~1 '"" r" C. FIBER EXPANSION JOINT FILLERS: 1. Materials: ASTM D1751. D. W ATERSTOPS, BULB TYPE: 1. Manufacturers: a. Greenstreak Plastics Products b. W R Meadows Materials: a. Virgin polyvinyl chloride compound not containing any scrap or reclaimed materials or pigment. b. Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C572. In expansion joints: a. 9 inch wide x % inch thick tear web type waterstop. b. 2 inch minimum horizontal movement without rupturing. c. Similar to Greenstreak Plastic Products Style #700. In all other joints: a. 6 inch wide x % inch thick bulb type. b. Similar to Greenstreak Plastics Products Style #705. Provide hog rings or grommets at maximum 12 inch OC along the length of the waterstop. Provide factory-made waterstop fabrications at all changes in direction, intersections and transitions, leaving only straight butt splices for the field. ~ 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. E. W A TERSTOPS, PREFORMED - STRIP TYPE: 1. Manufacturers: a. Hydrotite CJ by Greenstreak Plastics, Inc. b. Synko Flex. c. Volclay Waterstop Rx. 2. Materials: a. Hydrophilic type waterstop manufactured solely for the purpose of preventing water from traveling through construction joints. b. Hydrotite type CJ-0725-3K or approved equal. F. Sand cement grout and non-shrink grout: See Section 03308. G. EPOXY GROUT 1. Manufacturers: a. Masterflow 648 CP Plus by Degussa b. Chockfast Red by Philadelphia Resins c. DP Epoxy Grout by Five Star Products d. Approved equal ." ~ December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 03308-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . H. PART 3 2. Materials: a. Non-cementitious, resin based, multi-component formulation. b. Flowable, with shrinkage minimized to achieve minimum 98% effective bearing area. Modify resin and aggregate content where recommended by the epoxy grout manufacturer to provide desired epoxy grout flow properties. 3. Submit requests for substitutions. EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. GENERAL: 1. 2. 3. 4. . 5. 6. Complete formwork: a. See Section 03100. Remove earth, snow, ice, water, and other foreign materials from areas that will receive concrete. Secure reinforcement in place: a. See Section 03200. Position expansion joint material, anchors and other embedded items. Obtain approval of reinforcement erection and placement prior to placing concrete. Do not place concrete during rain, sleet, or snow, unless adequate protection is provided and approval is obtained: a. Plan size of crews with due regard for effects of concrete temperature and atmospheric conditions on rate of hardening of concrete as required to obtain good surfaces and avoid unplanned cold joints. b. Do not allow rainwater to increase mixing water nor to damage surface finish. 7. Coat all construction joints with an approved bonding material, before new concrete is placed. Apply proprietary bonding adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 8. Remove hardened concrete and foreign materials from inner surfaces of conveying equipment and formwork. 9. Provide slabs and beams of minimum indicated required depth when sloping structural foundation base slabs and elevated slabs to drains. For floor slabs on grade, slope top of subgrade to provide slab of required uniform thickness. B. PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE FOR SLABS ON GROUND: . 1. 2. Sub grade drained and of adequate and uniform load-bearing nature. Obtain approval of sub grade compaction density prior to placing slabs on ground. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03308-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor 3. Maintain subgrade at a temperature above 320 F before concrete placing begins for a sufficient amount of time to remove frost. Moisten sub grade to eliminate absorption. Keep subgrade moist at time of concreting. Allow no free-standing water on sub grade or soft or muddy spots when concrete is placed. '''' \' f 4. C. EDGE FORMS AND SCREEDS: 1. Set accurately to produce designated elevations and contours of fmished surface. 2. Sufficiently strong to support vibrating screeds or roller pipe screeds, if required. 3. Use strike off templates, or approved vibrating type screeds, to align concrete surfaces to contours of screed strips. 3.02 CONCRETE MIXING A. GENERAL: B. 1. Provide all concrete from a central plant conforming to Check List for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities of the NRMCA. 2. Batch, mix, and transport in accordance with ASTM C94. .~ C/ CONTROL OF ADMIXTURES: 1. Charge admixtures into mixer as solutions. a. Measure by means of an approved mechanical dispensing device. b. Liquid considered a part of mixing water. c. Admixtures that cannot be added in solution may be weighed or measured by volume if so recommended by manufacturer. 2. Add separately, when two or more admixtures are used in concrete, to avoid possible interaction that might interfere with efficiency of either admixture, or adversely affect concrete. 3. Complete addition of retarding admixtures within one minute after addition of water to cement has been completed, or prior to beginning of last three quarters of required mixing, whichever occurs first. C. TEMPERING AND CONTROL OF MIXING WATER: 1. 2. 3. Mix concrete only in quantities for immediate use. Discard concrete which has set. Discharge concrete from ready mix trucks within time limit and drum revolutions stated in ASTM C94. Addition of water at the jobsite: a. See Section 03300 for specified water cement ratio and slump. b. Do not exceed maximum specified water cement ratio or slump. .: ~ 4. December l, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03308-6 Port Angeles East UOA Sewer Interceptor . . . c. Incorporate water by additional mixing equal to at least half of total mixing required. Perform strength test on any concrete to which water has been added at the jobsite. See Standard Specifications Section 1-06. d. 3.03 PLACING OF CONCRETE A. GENERAL: 1. 2. Comply with ACI 304R and 304.2R. Deposit concrete: a. Continuously to avoid cold joints. b. In layers of 12 to 18 inch. Locate construction joints at locations approved by Engineer: a. Plan size of crews with due regard for effects of concrete temperature and atmosphere conditions to avoid unplanned cold joints. Place concrete at such a rate that concrete, which is being integrated with fresh concrete, is still workable. Do not deposit concrete which has partially hardened or has been contaminated by foreign materials. Spreaders: a. Temporary: 1) Remove as soon as concrete placing renders their function unnecessary . b. Embedded: 1) Obtain approval of Engineer. 2) Materials: Concrete or metal. 3) Ends of metal spreaders coated with plastic coating 2 inch from each end. Do not begin placing of concrete in supported elements until concrete previously placed in supporting members is no longer plastic and has been in place at least a minimum of2 HRS. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid segregation: a. Maximum free fall: 4 feet. b. Free fall exceeding 4 feet: 1) Place concrete by means of hopper, elephant trunk or tremie pipe extending down to within 4 feet of surface placed upon. Perform the following operations before bleeding water has an opportunity to collect on surface: a. Spread. b. Consolidate. c. Straightedge. d. Darby or bull float. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03308-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. HIGH-RANGE WATER REDUCERS (SUPERPLASTICIZERS): 1. Add superplasticizer to the concrete in the truck mixer at the jobsite. 2. Perform concrete slump test at the jobsite both prior to and after addition of the admixture to the concrete. C. COLD WEATHER CONCRETE PLACEMENT: 1. Comply with ACI 306R. 2. Do not place concrete on substrates that are below 32 degree F or contain frozen material. 3. Maintain all materials, forms, reinforcement, sub grade and any other items which concrete will come in contact with free of frost, ice or snow at time of concrete placement. 4. Temperature of concrete when discharged at site: Air Temperature Desrree F 30 to 45 o to 30 below 0 Minimum Concrete Temperature, DegF for Sections With Least Dimension Less Than 12 In 60 65 70 Minimum Concrete Temperature, DegF for Sections With Least Dimension 12 In or Greater 55 55 60 5. Heat subgrade, forms, and reinforcement so the temperature of the subgrade, forms, and reinforcement will be between 45 and 70 degrees F, when temperature of surrounding air is 400 F or below at time concrete is placed. Remove all frost from sub grade, forms and reinforcement before concrete is placed. 6. Combine water with aggregate in mixer before cement is added, if water or aggregate is heated above 900 F. 7. Do not mix cement with water or with mixtures of water and aggregate having a temperature greater than 900 F. 8. Do not place slabs on ground if temperature is below 400 F or if temperature surrounding the slab will be below 400 F before structure is enclosed and heated. D. HOT WEATHER CONCRETE PLACEMENT: 1. 2. Comply with ACI 305R. Cool ingredients before mixing, or add flake ice or well crushed ice of a size that will melt completely during mixing for all or part of mixing water if high temperature, low slump, flash set, cold joints, or shrinkage cracks are encountered. Temperature of concrete when placed: a. Not to exceed 900 F. b. Not so high as to cause: 3. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 03308-8 .) . .' ~ . . . 4. I) Shrinkage cracks. 2) Difficulty in placement due to loss of slump. 3) Flash set. Temperature of forms and reinforcing when placing concrete: a. Not to exceed 900 F. b. May be reduced by spraying with water to cool below 900 F: I) Leave no standing water to contact concrete being placed. E. CONSOLIDATING: 1. 2. Consolidate in accordance with ACI 309R except as modified herein. Consolidate by vibration so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, embedded items and into comers of forms: a. Eliminate: I) Air or stone pockets. 2) Honeycombing or pitting. 3) Planes of weakness. Internal vibrators: a. Minimum frequency of 8000 vibrations per minute. b. Insert and withdraw at points approximately 18 inch apart: 1) Allow sufficient duration at each insertion to consolidate concrete but not sufficient to cause segregation. c. Use in: I) Beams and girders of framed slabs. 2) Columns and walls. d. Size of vibrators shall be in accordance with Table 5.1.5 of ACI 309R. Obtain consolidation of slabs with internal vibrators, vibrating screeds, roller pipe screeds, or other approved means. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete within forms. Provide spare vibrators on jobsite during all concrete placing operations. Bring a full surface of mortar against form by vibration supplemented if necessary by spading to work coarse aggregate back from formed surface, where concrete is to have an as-cast finish. Use suitable form vibrators located just below top surface of concrete, where internal vibrators cannot be used in areas of congested reinforcing. Prevent construction equipment, construction operations, and personnel from introducing vibrations into freshly placed concrete after the concrete has been placed and consolidated. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. F. Handle concrete from mixer to place of final deposit by methods which will prevent segregation or loss of ingredients and in a manner which will assure that required quality of concrete is maintained: 1. Use truck mixers, agitators, and non-agitating units in accordance with ASTM C94. Horizontal belt conveyors: 2. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03308-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3. a. Mount at a slope which will not cause segregation or loss of ingredients. b. Protect concrete against undue drying or rise in temperature. c. Use an arrangement at discharge end to prevent segregation. d. Do not allow mortar to adhere to return length of belt. e. Discharge conveyor runs into equipment specially designed for spreading concrete. Metal or metal lined chutes: a. Slope not exceeding I vertical to 2 horizontal and not less than I vertical to 3 horizontal. b. Chutes more than 20 feet long and chutes not meeting slope requirements may be used provided they discharge into a hopper before distribution. c. Provide end of each chute with a device to prevent segregation. Pumping or pneumatic conveying equipment: a. Designed for concrete application and having adequate pumping capacity. b. Control pneumatic placement so segregation is avoided in discharged concrete. c. Loss of slump in pumping or pneumatic conveying equipment shall not exceed I-~ inch. d. Do not convey concrete through pipe made of aluminum or aluminum alloy. e. Provide pumping equipment without Y sections. . 4. . G. PLACING OF CONCRETE ON METAL DECK: I. Prior to concrete placement, the metal deck shall be free of soil, debris, standing water, loose mill scale, and all other foreign matter. 2. Care shall be exercised when placing concrete so that the deck will not be subject to construction loads or impact that exceed the design capacity of the deck. 3. Concrete shall be placed in a uniform manner and spread toward the center of the deck span. 4. lfbuggies are used to place concrete, runways shall be planked, and the buggies shall only operate on planking. Planks shall be of adequate stiffness to transfer loads to the steel supports without damaging the deck. 5. Deck damage caused by careless placement of concrete shall be repaired or replaced. 3.04 JOINTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS A. GENERAL - CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: 1. Locate joints as indicated on Contract Drawings or as shown on approved Shop Drawings: . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03308-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 2. a. Where construction joint spacing shown on Drawings exceeds the joint spacing indicated in Paragraph B below, submit proposed construction joint location in conformance with the Specification. Unplanned construction joints will not be allowed. If concrete cannot be completely placed between planned construction joints, then it must be removed. In general, locate joints near middle of spans of slabs, beams and girders unless a beam intersects a girder at this point, in which case, offset joint in girder a distance equal to twice the width of the beam. Locate joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, or girders, and at tops of foundations or floor slabs, unless shown otherwise: a. At Contractor's option, beam pockets may be formed into concrete walls. Size pockets to allow beam reinforcing to be placed as detailed on Drawings. Place beams, girders, column capitals and drop panels at same time as slabs. Place corbels monolithically with walls. Locate wall vertical construction joints midway between corbels. Where only a single corbel is located place \it also monolithically with wall and locate wall vertical construction joint a minimum of 3 feet from face of corbel. Make joints perpendicular to main reinforcement with all reinforcement continuous across joints. Provide roughened construction joints at all construction joints unless indicated otherwise on Drawings: a. Clean the previously hardened concrete interface and remove all laitance. b. Intentionally roughen the interface to a full amplitude of 1/4 inch. c. Provide recessed flat surface as required to install strip type waterstops. Provide continuous keyways ONLY WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. Construction joint keyways shall have the following dimensions, unless shown otherwise on Drawings or directed otherwise by Engineer: a. Construction joint keyways in walls: 1) Keyway width, not less than Y3 and not more than ~ the wall thickness measured perpendicular to wall faces. 2) Keyway depth to be not less than 1-~ inch. 3) Place keyway in wall center unless shown otherwise on Drawings. b. Construction joint keyways in footings, foundations, base slabs, and structural or elevated slabs: 1) Keyway height not less than Y3 and not more than ~ the footing or slab thickness. 2) Keyway depth not less than I-Y2 inch. 3) Keyway in footing or slab center unless shown otherwise on Drawings. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03308-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 10. c. Construction joint keyways in beams: 1) Keyway height not less than Y3 and not more than 12 the beam depth. 2) 2) Keyway depth not less than l-Y2 inch. 3) 3) Keyway in beam center unless shown otherwise on Drawings. Allow a minimum of 48 HRS before placement of adjoining concrete construction. ~ ~) B. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS - SPACING: 1. General - Structures not intended to contain liquid: a. Wall vertical construction joints: I) 60 feet maximum centers. 2) At wall intersections, 30 feet maximum from comer b. Wall horizontal construction joints: 20-25 feet centers. c. Base slab, floor, and roof slab construction joints: I) Placements to be approximately square and not to exceed 3500 square feet. 2) Maximum side dimension of a slab pour to be 60 feet. Structures intended to contain liquids: a. Wall vertical construction joints: 1) 30 feet maximum centers. 2) At wall intersections, 15 feet maximum from comer. b. Wall horizontal construction joints: 10-15 feet centers. c. Base slab, floor, and roof slab construction joints: I) Placements to be approximately square and not to exceed 2000 square feet. 2) Maximum side dimension of a slab pour to be 60 feet. ~ ~~ 2. C. BONDING AT CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: 1. Obtain bond between concrete pours at construction joints by thoroughly cleaning and removing alllaitance from construction joints. Before new concrete is placed, all construction joints shall be cleaned and dampened: a. General- Use cement grout or dampening for all construction joints: 1) At tanks, and structures designed to contain liquids: a) Cover the hardened concrete of horizontal joints with a coat of cement grout of similar proportions to the concrete, except substitute fine aggregate for coarse aggregate. Place grout as thick as possible on vertical surfaces. Place I inch layer of grout in bottoms of wall or column lifts immediately before placing concrete and at least 12 inch thick on other horizontal b) c) @ December 1, 2006 121112006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 03308-12 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . d) surfaces. Vibrate grout and first layer of concrete simultaneously. Place fresh concrete before the grout has attained its initial set. 2. At other locations: a. Roughen the surface of the concrete to expose the aggregate uniformly. b. Remove laitance, loosened particles of aggregate or damaged concrete at the surface, or at the Contractor's option, use an approved chemical retarder which delays but does not prevent setting of the surface of the mortar in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Retarded mortar shall be removed within 24 HRS after placing to produce a clean exposed aggregate bonding surface. c. Dampen the hardened concrete (but do not saturate) immediately prior to placing of fresh concrete or grout. D. Locate control joints in slabs on grade as indicated on Drawings: 1. Time cutting properly with set of concrete, if saw cut joints are required or permitted: a. Start cutting as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent aggregates being dislodged by saw. b. Complete before shrinkage stresses become sufficient to produce cracking. E. EXPANSION JOINTS: I. Do not permit reinforcement or other embedded metal items bonded to concrete (except smooth dowels bonded on only one side of joint) to extend continuously through an expansion joint. 2. Use neoprene expansion joint fillers, unless noted otherwise on Drawings. 3. Seal expansion joints as shown on Drawings. See Section 07900 for requirements. F. WATERSTOPS: 1. Preformed strip type: a. Install on smooth surface of hardened concrete by use of nails, adhesive or other means as recommended by manufacturer to prevent movement of waterstop during placement of concrete. b. Waterstop to be continuous with splices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. c. Use in joints against existing concrete and where indicated on Drawings. Bulb type: a. Position waterstop accurately in forms. 2. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 03308-13 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor b. Secure waterstops in correct position using hog rings or grommets spaced along the length of waterstop and tie wire to adjacent reinforcing. Hold horizontal waterstops in place with continuous supports. Install according to manufacturer's instructions. Do not displace reinforcement from required location. Waterstops to be continuous. Splice ends with perpendicular butt splice using electrical splicing iron in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Unless otherwise noted, use for all construction joints in new construction for all structures indicated on Drawings. c. d. e. f. g. G. OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS: 1. Place sleeves, inserts, anchors, and embedded items required for adjoining work or for its support, prior to initiating concreting. 2. Do not place electrical conduit, drains, or pipes in or thru concrete slabs, walls, columns, foundations, beams or other structural members unless approved by Engineer. H. PLACING EMBEDDED ITEMS: 3.05 FINISHING 1. 2. 3. 4. Position expansion joint material, waterstops, and other embedded items accurately. Support against displacement. Fill voids in sleeves, inserts and anchor slots temporarily with readily removable material to prevent entry of concrete into voids. Provide adequate means for anchoring waterstop in concrete: a. Provide means to prevent waterstops in the forms from being folded over by the concrete as it is placed. b. Work concrete under the waterstops by hand, so as to avoid the formation of air and rock pockets, when placing roof and floor slab concrete around waterstops. A. See Section 03309 - Concrete Finishing and Repair of Surface Defects. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF GROUT A. GROUT SCHEDULE OF USE: 1. 2. Sand cement grout: a. Fill keyways if precast HCU. b. General use. Non-shrinking non-metallic grout: a. Filling form tie holes. b. Under column and beam base plates. December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03308-14 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ~ ~ @ . . . 3. c. Other uses indicated on the Drawings. Epoxy grout: a. Patching cavities in concrete. b. Grouting of dowels and anchor bolts into existing concrete. c. Grouting of equipment base plates where driving motor is 500 HP and above. d. Other uses indicated on the Drawings. B. GROUT INSTALLATION: 1. Sand cement grout: a. Fill keyways between precast concrete hollow core slabs with sand cement grout. b. Consolidate grout by rodding or by other means to assure complete filling of keyways. c. Cure grout by one of methods specified. Non-shrink non-metallic grout: a. Clean concrete surface to receive grout. b. Saturate concrete with water for 24 HRS prior to grouting. c. Mix in a mechanical mixer. d. Use no more water than necessary to produce flowable grout. e. Place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. f. Provide under beam, column, and equipment base plates, in joints between precast concrete filter slabs, and in other locations indicated on the Drawings. g. Completely fill all spaces and cavities below the top of base plates. h. Provide forms where base plates and bed plates do not confine grout. 1. Where exposed to view, finish grout edges smooth. J. Except where a slope is indicated on the Drawings, finish edges flush at the base plate, bed plate, member or piece of equipment. k. Coat exposed edges of grout with cure or seal compound recommended by the grout manufacturer. 2. 3. Epoxy grout: a. Mix and place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. b. Apply only to clean, dry, sound surface. c. Completely fill all cavities and spaces around dowels and anchors without voids. d. Grout base and bed plates as specified for non-shrinking, non- metallic grout. e. Obtain manufacturer's field technical assistance as required to assure proper placement. 3.07 CURING AND PROTECTION December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03308-15 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor A. Protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury immediately after placement, and maintain with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement, hardening, and compressive strength gain. Follow recommendations of ACI 308 except as modified herein. B. Apply one of the following curing procedures immediately after completion of placement and finishing, for concrete surfaces not in contact with forms: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Ponding or continuous sprinkling. Application of absorptive mats or fabric kept continuously wet. Application of sand kept continuously wet. Continuous application of steam (not exceeding 1500 F) or mist spray. Application of waterproof sheet materials, conforming to ASTM C 171. Application of other moisture retaining covering as approved. Application of a curing compound conforming to ASTM C309: a. Apply curing compound in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations immediately after any water sheen which may develop after finishing has disappeared from concrete surface. b. Do not use on any surface against which additional concrete or other material is to be bonded unless it is proven that curing compound will not prevent bond. c. Where a vertical surface is cured with a curing compound, the vertical surface shall be covered with a minimum of two coats of the curing compound: 1) Apply the first coat of curing compound to a vertical surface immediately after form removal. 2) The vertical concrete surface at the time of receiving the first coat shall be damp with no free water on the surface. 3) Allow the preceding coat to completely dry prior to applying the next coat. 4) A vertical surface: Any surface steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal. C. CURING CONCRETE IN CONTACT WITH FORMS: 1. Minimize moisture loss from and temperature gain of concrete placed in forms exposed to heating by sun by keeping forms wet and cool until they can be safely removed. After form removal, cure concrete until end of time prescribed: a. Use one of methods listed above. Forms left in place shall not be used as a method of curing in hot weather. The term "hot weather," where used in these specifications, is defined in ACI 305R. In hot weather, remove forms from vertical surfaces as soon as concrete has gained sufficient strength so that the formwork is no longer required to support the concrete. 2. 3. 4. 5. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03308-16 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .~ ~;' .~ ej A"~ ~ . . . D. Continue curing for at least 7 days for all concrete except high early strength concrete for which period shall be at least 3 days. If one of curing procedures indicated above is used initially, it may be replaced by one of other procedures indicated any time after concrete is 1 day old, provided concrete is not permitted to become surface dry during transition. E. COLD WEATHER: 1. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R. 2. Maintain temperature of concrete between 50 and 70 degree F for required curing period, when outdoor temperature is 400 F, or less. 3. Use heating, covering, insulating, or housing of the concrete work to maintain required temperature without injury due to concentration of heat. 4. Do not use combustion heaters unless precautions are taken to prevent exposure of concrete to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide. 5. Interior slabs in areas intended to be heated shall be adequately protected so that frost does not develop in the supporting sub grade. F. HOT WEATHER: 1. 2. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R. Make provision for cooling forms, reinforcement and concrete, windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ponding, or wet covering with a light colored material. Provide protective measures as quickly as concrete hardening and fmishing operations will allow. 3. G. RATE OF TEMPERATURE CHANGE: 1. Keep changes in temperature of air immediately adjacent to concrete as uniform as possible, during and immediately following curing period. 2. Do not exceed a temperature change of 50 F in any 1 HR or 500 F in any 24 HR period. H. PROTECTION FROM MECHANICAL INJURY: 1. Protect concrete from damaging mechanical disturbances, such as load stresses, heavy shock, and excessive vibration. 2. Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage by construction equipment, materials, or methods, and by rain or running water. 3. Do not load self supporting structures in such a way as to overstress concrete. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-06. December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 03308-17 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 1. Perform a strength test on all concrete to which water or superplasticizer, in addition to the amount stated in the concrete mix design, has been added at the jobsite: a. Perform strength test after water or superplasticizer has been added and additional mixing has been performed. B. Field samples of fabricated waterstop fittings (crosses, tees, etc.) will be selected at random by the Engineer for testing by a laboratory at the Owner's expense. When tested, they shall have a tensile strength across the joints equal to at least 600 psi. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1130282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 03308-18 . ';:::/ ..~ ~ @ . . . SECTION 03309 CONCRETE FINISHING AND REPAIR OF SURF ACE DEFECTS PART l--GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies concrete finishing and repair of surface defects. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents: 1. Section 03108: Formwork. 2. Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement. 3. Section 03308: Concrete, Materials and Proportioning. 4. Section 09900: Coating Systems. 5. Section 09905: Protective Coatings. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following document. It is a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail: Reference Title Cement and Concrete Terminology Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete Standard Specification for Portland Cement Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealin Concrete ACIll6R ACI301 ASTM Cl50 ASTM C1315 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. VERTICAL SURF ACE DEFECTS: 1. Any void in the face of the concrete deeper than 1/8 inch, such as: a. b. Tie holes. Air pockets (bugholes). December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03309-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor c. d. Honeycombs. Rock holes. 2. Scabbing: a. Scabbing is defect in which parts of the form face, including release agent, adhere to concrete. 3. Foreign material embedded in face of concrete. 4. Fins 1/16 inch or more in height. B. Installer or Applicator: Installer or applicator is the person actually installing or applying the product in the field at the Project site: 1. Installer and applicator are synonymous. C. Other words and terms used in these Specifications are defined in ACI II6R. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. See Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Certifications: a. Certification of aggregate gradation. b. Certification that products being used will not interfere with bonding of future floor or wall finishes. B. MISCELLANEOUS SUBMITTALS: 1. See Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements for materials used. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 03309-2 .\ 'I " ~ "'.. tJ t; . . . 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty equal to specified manufacturer's standard warranty for all products used. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Chemical sealer: a. L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. b. Euclid Chemical Co. c. Dayton Superior. 2. Bonding agents: a. Euclid Chemical Co. b. Master Builders, Inc. c. L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. B. Submit requests for substitution. 2.02 MATERIALS A. CHEMICAL FLOOR SEALER: 1. Colorless low VOC water-based solution containing acrylic copolymers: a. ASTM C1315, Class B, minimum 30 percent solids. 2. Similar to L & M Construction Chemicals Inc. Dress & Seal WB 30. B. BONDING AGENT: 1. High solids acrylic latex base liquid for interior or exterior application as a bonding agent to improve adhesion and mechanical properties of concrete patching mortars. 2. Euclid Chemical Co. "Flex-Con." 3. Master Builders Inc. "Acryl-Set." December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs 03309-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 4. L & M Construction Chemicals "Everbond." 5. Thoro System Products "AcryI60." C. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II Portland for areas exposed to sewage. D. AGGREGATE: 1. Sand: Maximum size #30 mesh sieve. 2. For exposed aggregate finish surfaces: Same as surrounding wall. E. Water: Potable. 2.03 MIXES A. BONDING GROUT: 1. One part cement to one part aggregate. 2. Mix cement and aggregate. 3. Mix bonding agent and water together in separate container in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. Add bonding agent/water mixture to cement/aggregate mixture. 5. Mix to consistency of thick cream. 6. Bonding agent itself may be used as bonding grout if approved by manufacturer and Engineer. B. PATCHING MORTAR: 1. One part cement to two and one-half parts aggregate by damp loose volume: a. Substitute white Portland cement for a part of gray Portland cement to produce color matching surrounding concrete. 2. Mix cement and aggregate. 3. Mix bonding agent and water together in separate container in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. Add only enough bonding agent/water mixture to cement/aggregate mixture to allow handling and placing. December 1, 2006 12/112006 - p:1130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 03309-4 .~, " ,_ /1 @> A,> ~ . . . 5. Let stand with frequent manipulation with a trowel, until mix has reached stiffest consistency to allow placement. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Repair surface defects within 24 HRS after removal of forms: 1. Chip, wire brush or abrasive blast to completely open defects down to sound concrete: a. If chipping is necessary, make edges perpendicular to surface or slightly undercut. b. No featheredges will be permitted. B. REPAIRING SURFACE DEFECTS: I. Fill and repair using patching mortar mix specified in Article 2.3. 2. Clean surfaces to remove dust, dirt, laitance, form oil, grease, or other contaminants: a. If required by bonding agent manufacturer, etch surfaces with a muriatic acid solution followed by a thorough rinse with clean water. Test concrete to determine pH level and continue flushing with clean water until surface pH is within acceptable limits. b. 3. Dampen area to be patched and an area at least 6 inch wide surrounding it prior to application of bonding grout. 4. Brush bonding grout into the surface after the surface water has evaporated. 5. Allow bonding grout to set for period of time required by bonding agent manufacturer before applying premixed patching mortar. 6. Fill tie holes and areas where honeycombed or defective concrete has been removed: a. Fill tie holes in liquid containing structures with non-shrink non- metallic grout. See Section 03308. b. Fill all other defects with patching mortar. c. Consolidate grout or mortar into place and strike off so as to leave patch slightly higher than surrounding surface. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 03309-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 7. Leave undisturbed for at least 60 minutes before finishing level with surrounding surface: 'J a. Do not use metal tools in finishing a patch in a formed wall which will be exposed or coated with other materials. 8. Keep areas damp for 7 days or in accordance with bonding agent manufacturer's directions. 3.02 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION A. Do not repair surface defects or apply wall or floor fmishes when temperature is or is expected to be below 50 degree F: 1. Ifnecessary, enclose and heat area to between 50 and 70 degree F during repair of surface defects and curing of patching material. B. CHEMICAL FLOOR SEALER APPLICATION: 1. Apply to floor areas indicated on the Drawings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Apply at rate recommended by manufacturer. 3. After final coat of material is applied, remove surplus in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. @J 4. Do not apply sealer to floors scheduled to receive epoxy floor fmish. C. CONCRETE FINISHES FOR VERTICAL WALL SURF ACES: 1. General: Give concrete surfaces finish as specified below after removal of formwork and repair of surface defects. 2. Finish #1 - As cast rough form finish: a. Selected forming materials are not required. b. Prepare surface in accordance with Paragraph 3.lA and repair the following surface defects: 1) Tie holes. 2) Honeycombs deeper than 14 inch. 3) Air pockets deeper than y.. inch. 4) Rock holes deeper than y.. inch. c. Chip or rub off fms exceeding y.. inch in height. d. Use at unexposed surfaces such as foundations and backfilled surfaces of walls not to be waterproofed. .\ ~ December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 03309-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 3. Finish #2 - Smooth form finish: a. Form facing material shall produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture. Use forms specified for surfaces exposed to view in accordance with Section 03100. b. Prepare surface in accordance with Paragraph 3.1 A and repair the following surface defects: 1) Tie holes: Fill to Y2 inch depth from surface. 2) Honeycombs deeper than 'l'4 inch or larger than 'l'4 inch DIA. 3) Air pockets deeper than 'l'4 inch or larger than 'l'4 inch DIA. 4) Rock holes deeper than 'l'4 inch or larger than 'l'4 Inch DIA. 5) Scabbing. c. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 'l'4 inch'in height. d. Provide finish for: 1) Exposed surfaces not specified to receive another finish. 2) Walls being waterproofed coated with some other material. e. Construct mock-up per Article 1.2. 4. Finish #5 - Grout cleaned finish: a. Form facing material shall produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture. Use forms specified for surfaces exposed to view in accordance with Section 03100. Prepare surface in accordance with Paragraph 3.1A and repair all surface defects. All contiguous surfaces to be finished shall be completed and accessible before finishing operation begins. Mix one part Portland Cement and one and one-half parts fine sand with sufficient bonding agent/water mixture to produce a grout with the consistency of thick paint: 1) White Portland cement shall be substituted for gray Portland cement to produce a color that matches color of surrounding concrete as determined by trial patch for areas not to be painted. Wet surface of concrete to prevent absorption of water and uniformly apply grout. Immediately after applying grout mix, scrub the surface with a cork float or stone to coat surface and fill remaining air holes, etc. While grout is still plastic, remove all excess grout by working surface with rubber float or sack. After the surface whitens from drying, rub vigorously with clean burlap. Keep final finish damp for a minimum of 36 HRS after fmal rubbing. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. 1. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03309-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor J. k. Provide this finish on all surfaces which are to be painted, or to remain as grout cleaned finish, or as noted on the Drawings. Inside walls of wet wells, basins and manholes, tipping and operating floors, and pipe trenches. ~ D. RELA TED UNFORMED SURFACES (EXCEPT SLABS): I. Strike smooth tops of walls or buttresses, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces after concrete is placed. 2. Float surface to a texture consistent with that of formed surfaces: a. If more than one finish occurs immediately adjacent to unformed surface, provide surface with most stringent formed surface requirement. 3. Continue treatment uniformly across unformed surfaces. E. CONCRETE FINISHES FOR HORIZONTAL SLAB SURF ACES: 1. General: Tamp concrete to force coarse aggregate down from surface. Screed with straightedge, eliminate high and low places, bring surface to required finish elevations; slope uniformly to drains. Dusting of surface with dry cement or sand during finishing processes not permitted. ~ 2. Unspecified slab finish: When type of finish is not indicated, use following finishes as applicable: a. Surfaces intended to receive bonded applied cementitious applications: Scratched finish. b. Surfaces intended to receive roofing waterproofing membranes, or sand bed terrazzo: Floated finish. c. Floors and roof surfaces which are future floors intended as walking surfaces or for reception of floor coverings: Troweled fmish. d. Garage floors and ramps: Broom or belt finish. e. Exterior slabs, sidewalks, platforms, steps and landings not covered by other finish materials: Broom or belt finish. f. All slabs to receive a floated finish before final finishing. 3. Scratched slab fmish: After concrete has been placed, consolidated, struck off, and leveled to a Class B tolerance, roughen surface with stiff brushes or rakes before fmal set. @ December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 03309-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 4. Floated finish: a. After concrete has been placed, consolidated, struck off, and leveled, do no further work until ready for floating. b. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared and surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Use wood or cork float. c. During or after first floating, check planeness of entire surface with a 10 feet straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. d. Cut down all high spots and fill all low spots to produce a surface with Class B tolerance throughout. e. Refloat slab immediately to a uniform texture. 5. Troweled finish: a. b. c. Float finish surface to true, even plane. Power trowel, and finally hand trowel. First troweling after power troweling shall produce a smooth surface which is relatively free of defects, but which may still show some trowel marks. Perform additional trowelings by hand after surface has hardened sufficiently. Final trowel when a ringing sound is produced as trowel is moved over surface. Thoroughly consolidate surface by hand troweling. Leave finished surface essentially free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and plane to a Class A tolerance. On surfaces intended to support floor coverings, remove any defects that would show through floor covering by grinding. d. e. f. g. h. 6. Broom or belt finish: Immediately after concrete has received a float finish as specified, give it a transverse scored texture by drawing a broom or burlap belt across surface. 7. Underside of concrete slab finish: Match finish as specified for adjacent vertical surfaces: a. If more than one finish occurs immediately adjacent to underside of slab surface, provide surface with most stringent formed surface requirement. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Horizontal slab finishes will be accepted provided: 1. Applicable specification requirements are satisfied. 2. Water does not pond in areas sloped to drain. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03309-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3. Gap between a 10 feet straightedge placed anywhere and the finished surface does not exceed: . '_ J a. Class A tolerance: 1/8 inch. b. Class B tolerance: 1/4 inch. c. Class C tolerance: 1/2 inch. 4. Accumulated deviation from intended true plane of finished surface does not exceed 1/2 inch. 5. Accuracy of floor finish does not adversely affect installation and operation of movable equipment, floor supported items, or items fitted to floor (doors, tracks, etc.). 6. Provide services of manufacturer technical advisor for entire installation for the following: a. Installation of metallic aggregate dry shake hardener and metallic aggregate topping. B. Unacceptable finishes shall be replaced or, if approved in writing by Engineer, may be corrected provided strength and appearance are not adversely affected. High spots to be removed by grinding and/or low spots filled with a patching compound or other remedial measures to match adjacent surfaces. ~ 3.04 PROTECTION A. All horizontal slab surfaces receiving applied toppings or sealer compound shall be kept free of traffic and loads for minimum of 10 days following installation of topping or compound. 3.05 ACCEPTANCE A. DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES: 1. Formed surfaces resulting in concrete outlines smaller than permitted by tolerances shall be considered potentially deficient in strength and subject to modifications required by Engineer. 2. Formed surfaces resulting in concrete outlines larger than permitted by tolerances may be rejected and excess material subject to removal. If removal of excess material is permitted, accomplish in such a manner as to maintain strength of section and to meet all other applicable requirements of function and appearance. 3. Concrete members cast in wrong location may be rejected if strength, appearance or function of structure is adversely affected or misplaced items interfere with other construction. . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03309-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 4. Inaccurately formed concrete surfaces exceeding limits of tolerances and which are exposed to view, may be rejected. Repair or remove and replace if required. 5. Finished slabs exceeding tolerances may be required to be repaired provided that strength or appearance is not adversely affected. High spots may be removed with a grinder, low spots filled with a patching compound, or other remedial measures performed as permitted or required. B. APPEARANCE: 1. Concrete surfaces exposed to view with defects which, in opinion of Engineer, adv.ersely affect appearance as required by specified finish shall be repaired by approved methods. 2. Concrete not exposed to view is not subject to rejection for defective appearance unless, in the opinion of the Engineer, the defects impair the strength or function of the member. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUOAlSpecs 03309-11 Port Angeles East UOA Sewer Interceptor ~l ~ ~ ~ ~ .' . . SECTION 03310 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL (CDF) P ART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies high slump concrete slurry for bedding purposes and for fill of abandoned buried pipes. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents. 1. Standard Specifications Section 1-06: Inspection and Testing. 2. Standard Specifications Division 2: Earthwork. c. Purpose: The main intent of specifying the use of concrete slurry for bedding material is to ensure the placement and consolidation of materials under the haunch of the pipe and to maintain the slope and elevations shown on the Drawings. The fluidity and workability of the concrete slurry is therefore of principal concern. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. These references are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title Specification for Portland cement Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete ASTM C150 ASTM C260 ASTM C618 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3 B. Mix Designs. December 1,2006 12/1/2006- p:/130282/EUGA/Specs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 03310-1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete slurry: Composed of portland cement, aggregate, pozzolan, admixtures and water. B. MIX PROPORTIONING: 1. Aggregate, cement, pozzolan and water: Proportioned by weight or by volume. 2. Cementitious materials: Consisting of portland cement and pozzolan. 3. Combined content of cement and pozzolan: Between 300 and 400 pounds per cubic yard with water totaling between 400 and 500 pounds per cubic yard of material produced. Within these limits, the amounts of cement and pozzolan may be varied to produce a fluid workable mix. 4. Minimum 7-day compressive strength: Between 75 psi and 200 psi. 5. Maximum 28-day compressive strength: No greater than 300 psi. 6. Water content: Sufficient to produce the fluid workable mix but not exceeding that required to maintain the fine aggregate in suspension and prevent segregation. C. AGGREGATE: 1. Concrete slurry meeting the aggregate criteria of Section 03300. 2. Aggregate grading requirements: Per approved submittal or as agreed to by the Engineer. D. AIR ENTRAINING AGENTS: 1. May be added to improve the workability of the mix, provided the air content of the concrete slurry mix does not exceed 15 percent by volume. 2. Conform to ASTM C260. E. Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class F. F. Portland Cement: ASTM CI50, Type I or II, low-alkali. G. Water: clean and potable. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006- p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03310-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ,;, :'J " _/ ,) .~ \<;::"" .9 ~ . . . H. Fly Ash: Not allowed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Prior to placing as pipe bedding, place the pipe to proper alignment and grade and support by blocking underneath the pipe to provide the minimum bedding depth shown on the Drawings. B. Place concrete slurry bedding in such a manner and rate that the pipes being installed do not become buoyant or otherwise disturbed. C. WEATHER CONDITIONS: 1. May be placed as pipe bedding if weather conditions are favorable. 2. At the time of placement, CDF must have a temperature of at least 400 F. 3. Stop mixing and placement when the temperature is 380 F or less and falling. 4. Make each stage of placement of fill as continuous an operation as practicable. 5. Do not place CDF on frozen ground. D. Remove groundwater in trench prior to placement ofCDF. E. Contain trench sections to be filled at either end of trench section by bulkhead or earthfill. F. Place in the trench bottom in two lifts. Place the first lift uniformly on both sides of the pipe to approximately the spring line and allow to set prior to placing the second lift. G. Vibrate the fill by hand-operated mechanical compactor to remove voids underneath the pipe. H. After the first lift has taken an initial set, place the second lift to provide the remainder of the backfill as shown on the Drawings. December I, 2006 12/l/2006- p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 03310-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.02 TESTING A. Prior to the start of construction, demonstrate the workability, setting characteristics, and strength of the resultant mix through the preparation of a trial or test section of the pipeline. B. The test section shall simulate, as nearly as possible, the field installation conditions in a typical lower trench area of the work. Modifications may require an additional test section for approval, as determined by the Engineer. 3.03 MIXING A. Thoroughly mix the concrete slurry in a rotary drum or other approved type mIxer. B. Continue mixing until the cement and water are thoroughly dispersed throughout the material. C. Place concrete slurry within 1 hour after mixing. 3.04 RESPONSIBILITY A. Take full responsibility for ensuring the integrity of the completed pipeline system, conforming to the requirements of the trench bedding, and backfill details shown on the Drawings. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/1/200~ p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 03310-4 ~ ~ @ '" IS:" _j . . . SECTION 03400 PRECAST CONCRETE PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies precast concrete. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents: 1. Standard Specifications Section 1-06 : Testing. 2. Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement. 3. Section 03300: Cast in Place Concrete. 4. Section 03308: Concrete Mixing, Placing, Jointing, and Curing. 5. Section 03309: Concrete Finishing and Repair of Surface Defects. 6. Section 09900: Coating Systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCED STANDARDS: 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): a. Standard Specification for Highway Bridges. 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A108, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold Finished, Standard Quality. c. A4l6, Standard Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven- Wire for Prestressed Concrete. d. A496, Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. e. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. f. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03400-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ~''-'.. ~ , ~ "._~ _< L_~.'-'_ '_~'''"_' ~'" "'_<. .; ~^'...._...~_. '". ..I.> ....____~..w..~~..,........""_"_ ~'_~""' '"-''''' _~....~ _"'-........... ~ ..... _ _~ ~c~o....-.~......__, "-,,,..._ __>-""'_~ ~_,_,,,~,,~,,_~ _... 4' - ._.,--,,~-, ---~~..-- ~~ ~"'~"'~~ - ~.-- --~ ~.... -- .~ ~~- ~ ~ -- g. E329, Standard Specifications for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction. f; 4. American Welding Society (A WS): a. A5.l, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding. b. A5.5, Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Covered Arc- Welding Electrodes. c. D1.l, Structural Welding Code Steel. d. Dl.4, Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel. 5. Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI): a. MNL-116, Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products. b. PCI Design Handbook Precast and Prestressed Concrete. B. QUALIFICATIONS: 1. Provide precast and prestressed concrete units produced by an active member of Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI). 2. Provide units manufactured by plant which has regularly and continuously engaged in manufacture of units of same type as those required for a minimum of3 years. . ~ 3. Assure manufacturer's testing facilities meet requirements of ASTM E329. 4. Welding operators and processes to be qualified in accordance with: a. A WS D 1.1 for welding steel shapes and plates. b. A WS D 1.4 for welding reinforcing bars. 5. Welding operators to have passed qualification tests for type of welding required during the previous 12 months prior to commencement of welding. 1.03 SUBMITI ALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. See Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. 2. Product technical data including: a. Acknowledgement that products submitted meet requirements of standards referenced. Manufacturer's installation instructions. .~ ".; b. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03400-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . .' . c. d. Sizes, types and manufacturer of neoprene bearing pads. Hardware to be utilized to support suspended appurtenances. 3. Shop Drawings and erection plans for precast units, their connections and supports showing: a. Member size and location. b. Size, configuration, location and quantity of reinforcing bars and prestressing strands. c. Initial prestress forces. d. Size and location of openings verified by Contractor. e. Size, number, and locations of embedded metal items and connections. f. Required concrete strengths. g. Identification of each unit using same standard marking numbers as used to mark actual units. 4. Concrete mix design(s) including submittal information defined in Section 03300, Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3, and Standard Specifications Section 1-06. 5. Copies of source quality control tests. 6. Certification of manufacturer's testing facility qualifications. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Headed studs and deformed bar anchors: a. Nelson Stud Welding Div.; TRW, Inc. b. KSM Division, Omark Industries. B. Submit requests for substitution. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Embedded Steel Plates and Shapes: ASTM A36. B. CEMENT: 1. Comply with ASTM C150, Type II. December I, 2006 12/112006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 03400-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor ~~ '_B~_"""_~~~.'_ ~,_"'^'''~'''''-.-'_",__ ,,~. _~ _ ,+."-~_ L ~_.W--=--___ 1>._V .__~'''''''~ ,"--__~..L,~... ,~_"....... ~_,'-'~.o><><.~........~~_"'"""~"""""'''''~",, __~.. ~_~"'~~"""'L"'_~""'~"'" L,<< ......'~-, ~,~....~~~_. ~...~.....---"' '"""--..-- '"-'-"~ -- ~ ~,~~, >~~"'~~. .~ ".., .~-~~,",' -- - .....~ ~ ~~ -~. C. AGGREGATES FOR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE: 1. ASTM C33 with coarse aggregate meeting the gradation for size 67 as stated in ASTM C33. 2. Provide aggregates approved for bridge construction by the State Highway Department in the state where the precast units are fabricated or in the state where the Project is located. 3. All fine aggregate to be natural not manufactured. D. WATER: 1. Potable, clean. 2. Free of oils, acids, and organic matter. E. Maximum total chloride ion content contributed from all ingredients of concrete including water, aggregates, cement and admixtures measured as a weight percent of cement to not exceed 0.06 for prestressed concrete and 0.10 for all other precast concrete. F. Reinforcing Steel and Welded Wire Fabric: See 03200. G. HEADED STUDS: 1. ASTM AI08. 2. Minimum yield strength: 50,000 psi. 3. Minimum tensile strength: 60,000 psi. H. DEFORMED BAR ANCHORS: I. ASTM A496. 2. Minimum tensile strength: 80,000 psi. 3. Minimum yield strength: 70,000 psi. I. Concrete sand cement grout in keyways between hollow core slabs. See Section 03308. 2.03 MIXES A. See Section 03300. B. Do not begin fabrication of units until concrete mix design(s) have been approved by Engineer. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 03400-4 .~ 'j ,-- -h ~ A\ ~ . 2.04 DESIGN A. GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: 1. Design units and connections in strict accordance with ACI 318 and the PCI Design Handbook Precast and Prestressed Concrete. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Do not fabricate units until shop drawings have been approved by Engineer and returned to Contractor and support locations have been field verified by Contractor. B. Manufacture, quality, dimensional and erection tolerances of all units to be in accordance with both PCI MNL-116 and PCI Design Handbook Precast and Prestressed Concrete. C. Cast all members in smooth rigid forms which will provide straight, true members of uniform thickness and uniform color and finish. D. Use sand cement grout mixture to fill all air pockets and voids, and to repair chipped edges. . E. Finish all repairs smooth and to match adjacent surface texture and color. F. Incorporate embedded plates, angles, and flange welding strips into members at time of manufacture. Provide embedded items as shown on the Drawings unless prior approval is received from Engineer to do otherwise: 1. Space strips as shown on Drawings. G. Make provisions for support of suspended ceilings, lighting fixtures, ducts, piping, conduits and other suspended work: 1. When drilled expansion bolts or powder-driven fasteners are approved for use, coordinate prestress strand location with prestress concrete member supplier so that drilled expansion bolts or powder-driven fasteners do not hit or are drilled or driven into prestress strands. 2. Install powder-driven fasteners by means of a low velocity powder- actuated tool complying with requirements of OSHA: a. Assure that the load to be supported by each in place drilled expansion bolt or powder-driven fastener does not exceed the maximum allowable load recommended by the bolt or fastener manufacturer for the concrete strength encountered and for the type, size and embedment length of expansion bolt or driven fastener installed. . December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03400-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor H. Automatically weld headed studs and deformed bar anchors to members to provide full penetration weld between studs, bar anchors and members they are attached to. . I. Weld steel shapes and plates per A WS D 1.1 and reinforcing steel per A WS D 1.4. J. Minimum concrete compressive strength at time of strand release: 3500 psi. K. Mark each unit as indicated on the erection plans. Place mark on non-exposed-to- view surface. L. Coat or finish ends of exposed prestressing strands to prevent rusting. 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. During production of precast concrete units, conduct strength tests of concrete placed in units as required in Specification Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3 for concrete placed during fabrication. Results of strength tests to be sent immediately to Engineer, Contractor and Owner. Test reports to indicate units they represent. B. When approved by Engineer, strength tests may be made by precast manufacturer after he has submitted certification that his testing facilities meet the requirements of ASTM E329. ~ PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Use only erection equipment adequate for placing units at lines and elevations indicated on Drawings. Do not damage units or existing construction during erection. Erect units using lifting handles cast into the units. B. After all precast units are erected and all precast unit connections have been made, coat all exposed surfaces of the connections with the same prime and finish paint as required on the adjacent precast concrete units. See Section 09900. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Causes for rejection of units include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Cracked units. 2. Chipped, broken, or spalled edges. 3. Units not within allowable casting tolerances. ~ December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03400-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. . . Voids or air pockets which, in opinion of Engineer, are too numerous or too large. Non-uniform finish or appearance. Low concrete strength. Improperly placed embedded items and/or openings. Exposed wire mesh, reinforcing or prestressing strands. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 03400- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ~....~...~""-"--~ >-:: '~'"------- ~ -~ _/ A, ~ . . . SECTION 03600 GROUT PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. GENERAL: This Section specifies grout for use in fields other than masonry. The work includes, but is not limited to, leveling machine bases to equipment pads, grouting the annular space at the termination points of slip-lining, epoxy grouting of anchor bolts, threaded rod anchors, and pressure grouting of cracks. B. RELATED SECTIONS: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents. Section 03300: Cast-in-Place Concrete. Section 05500: Metal Fabrications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCED STANDARDS: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following document. These references are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title ASTM C33 ASTM C40 ASTM C88 Concrete Aggregates Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate Test Method for Materials Finer than No. 200 Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Course Aggregates Portland Cement ASTM C1l7 ASTM C 136 ASTM C150 December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUOAlSpecs 03600-1 Port Angeles East UOA Sewer Interceptor Reference Title Test Method for Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method) Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction Co s of En ineers S ecification for Non-shrink Grout ~ e1 ASTM C289 ASTM C494 ASTM ClOI? ASTM D2419 ASTM E329 CRD-C-621-83 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. 1. Manufacturer's Data for the following: a. b. c. d. Bonding compounds. Non-shrink grout. Pressure grout. Retardants. ~ 2. Certified Test Reports: Before delivery of materials or grout, submit certified reports of the tests specified herein. Accompany the certified reports on previously tested materials with the manufacturer's certified statement that the previously tested material is of the same type, quality, manufacture, and make as that proposed for use in this Contract. Certified test reports are required for the following: a. Cement. b. Aggregates. c. Retardants. d. Bonding compounds. e. Grout. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. CEMENT: 1. 2. Portland cement, ASTM C150 Type II or Type V. Low alkali - containing less than 0.60 percent alkalis. @ December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 03600-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . :. B. AGGREGA IE: 1. General: a. Non-reactive and washed before use. b. When sources of aggregate are changed, provide test reports for the new material. Perform the tests specified prior to commencing grout work. 2. Fine aggregate: a. Hard, dense, durable particles of either sand or crushed stone regularly graded from coarse to fine. b. Comply with ASTM C33 as modified herein. c. When tested in accordance with ASTM C136, gradation shall be such that 100 percent by weight will pass a standard No.8 mesh sieve and no less than 45 percent by weight will pass a standard No. 40 mesh sieve. d. Variation from the specified gradations in individual tests will be accepted if the average of 3 consecutive tests is within the specified limits and the variation is within the permissible variation listed below. u.s. standard sieve size Permissible variation in individual tests. oercent 30 or coarser 50 or fmer 2 0.5 e. Other tests shall be in accordance with the following specifications: Test Method Test Re uirements ASTM C40 Color Ii hter than standard ASTM Cl117 Amt. Material passing 3 percent max by weight No. 200 sieve ASTM C88 Soundness 10 percent max loss with sodium sulfate ASTM C289 Reactivi Innocuous a re ate ASTM D2419 Sand E uivalent Minimum 80 December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/I30282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 03600-3 C. ADMIXTURES: .\ ~ ......"--~,,' 1. General: a. Admixtures shall be compatible with the grout. b. Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions are not permitted. c. Use admixtures in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and add separately to the grout mix. d. Chemical admixtures for flowing concrete grout shall comply with ASTM C1017. 2. Water reducing, retarding admixture: a. Acceptable manufacturer: 1) Euclid Chemical Co., "Eucon Retarder-75". 2) Master Builders, "Pozzolith 1 00 XR". 3) Sika Chemical Corp., "Plastiment". 4) Approved equal. b. The admixture shall comply with ASTM C494 Type D requirements and not contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. .' 3. Lubricant for cement pressure grouting: a. Acceptable manufacturer: 1) Intrusion Prepakt, "Intrusion Aid". 2) Sika Chemical Corp., "Intraplast N". 3) Approved equal. D. WATER FOR WASHING AGGREGATE, FOR MIXING AND FOR CURING: 1. Shall be free from oil and deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis, and organic materials 2. Shall not contain more than 1,000 mg/L of chlorides as CI, nor more than 1,300 mgIL of sulfates as SO 4 3. Shall not contain an amount of impurities that may cause a change of more than 25 percent in the setting time of the cement nor a reduction of more than 5 percent in the compressive strength of the grout at 14 days when compared with the result obtained with distilled water. a" ~ December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 03600-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 4. Water used for curing shall not contain an amount of impurities sufficient to discolor the grout. 2.02 GROUT A. NON-SHRINK GROUT: I. Non-metallic. 2. Acceptable manufacturer: a. Euclid Chemical Co., "Euco NS". b. Master Builders, "Masterflow 713". c. U.S. Grout Corp., "Five-Star Grout". d. Approved equal. 3. Comply with CRD-C-621-83, "Corps of Engineers Specification for Non-Shrink Grout". B. EPOXY GROUT: 1. A three-component 100 percent-solids compound suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. 2. Acceptable manufacturer: a. Euclid Chemical Co., "High-Strength Grout". b. Sika Chemical Co. (Sika 635), "Sikadur Grout-Pak". c. Adhesive Engineering, "Concresive 1380". d. Approved equal. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Blow clean the holes required for grouting. Drill the horizontal holes for grouting at a slight downward angle to facilitate holding the grout until setting is complete. Slightly bend the bolts or reinforcing steel installed in horizontal grout holes accordingly. Use the epoxy adhesive specified in Section 03300 with cementitious-type grout where required by the Engineer. December 1, 2006 12/l/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 03600-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.02 NON-SHRINK GROUT Mix, place and cure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 EPOXY GROUT Use for repairing cracks by pressure grouting, repairing structural concrete, and setting reinforcing dowels and anchor bolts. Prime concrete in accordance with the grout manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 PRESSURE GROUTING EQUIPMENT Include a mixer and holdover agitator tanks. Design to place grout at pressures up to 50 psi. Provide gages to indicate pressure used. Provide with a meter capable of indicating to I110 of a cubic foot the volume of grout used. 3.05 TESTING To ensure compliance with the specified requirements for grout, provide the services of an independent testing laboratory that complies with the requirements of ASTM E329. The testing laboratory will sample and test grout materials. During the course of construction, the Engineer may require field samples of the following materials for confirming tests: 1. Cement. 2. Aggregates. 3. Retardants. 4. Bonding compounds. 5. Grout. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 03600-6 .~ /j ,~ - .~ ~-,1 ~, ~ . . '. Section Title 04200 UNIT MASONRY November 3,2006 12/4/2006 - p.l130282/EUGAfSpecs DIVISION 4 MASONRY Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor .~ ~ ~: ~ . . . SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. GENERAL: This Section specifies concrete masonry unit (CMU) and concrete form masonry unit (CFMU) assemblies consisting of concrete form masonry unit, rigid insulation, reinforcement, anchorage, accessories, mortar, and grout. B. RELA TED SECTIONS: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents. Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement Section 03300: Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 07121: Liquid Waterproofing for Exterior Masonry 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCED STANDARDS: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revisions of the following documents. They are part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents, requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures & Specifications for Masonry Structures & Commentaries Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Masonry Units and Related Units Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar Specification for Portland Cement ACI 530.1 ASTM A82 ASTM C67 ASTM C90 ASTM CI40 ASTM CI44 ASTM C150 December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 04200-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Reference Title Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout Standard Test Method for Linear Drying Shrinkage of Masonry Units Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry Standard Test Method for Measurement of Masonry Flexural Bond Strength Standard Practice for Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Unit Masonry Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage Through Masonry International Building Code, 2003 International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council: Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. ASTM C207 ASTM C270 ASTM C404 ASTM C426 ASTM C780 ASTM CIOn ASTM ClO93 ASTM E514 IBC IMIAC B. QUALITY CONTROL BY CONTRACTOR: To demonstrate conformance with the specified requirements for masonry, the Contractor shall provide the services of an independent testing laboratory which complies with the requirements of ASTM C1093. The Contractor shall engage and pay for the services of a Special Inspector. The Special Inspector shall be qualified to the satisfaction of the Building Official in accordance with Chapter 17 of the International Building Code. The Special Inspector shall be acceptable to the Owner in its sole discretion. Continuous Special Inspection shall be provided for the placement of grout in accordance with IBC, Chapter 17. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Provide the following submittals: 1. Samples: three samples of block units to illustrate mortar color, texture, and extremes of color range. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 04200-2 ~ ~; ~ A, ~ . . . 2. Masonry unit certificates: for each type of masonry unit. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). 4. Manufacturer's literature: For mortar and grout admixtures along with Contractor's proposed usage details. 5. Mix designs and results. 6. Shop drawings showing details of reinforcing. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. GENERAL: Protect masonry work against freezing for a period of 48 hours after lay up. B. HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS: During hot weather, masonry installation shall be in accordance with ACI 530.1, Specification for Masonry Structures. C. COLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTS: In accordance with Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction by IMIAC, provide adequate equipment for heating the mortar and grout materials when air temperature is below 40 degrees F. Temperatures of the separate materials, including water, shall not exceed 140 degrees F when placed in the mixer. When air temperature is below 32 degrees F, maintain mortar temperature on boards above freezing. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Cementitious materials shall be delivered to the site in unbroken containers, plainly marked and labeled with manufacturers' names and brands, stored in dry, weathertight enclosures to prevent entry of foreign materials and damage by water or dampness. Masonry units shall be stored off the ground and handled with care to avoid chipping and breakage. Materials shall be protected from damage and, except for sand, kept dry until used. Sand shall be covered to prevent intrusion of water and foreign materials and to prevent drying. Materials containing frost or ice shall not be used. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 04200-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL Provide "Pentstar" CFMU Building System as manufactured by a Pentstar licensed manufacturer, or approved equal. Contractor has the option to substitute a concrete masonry unit (CMU) cavity wall system for the specified CFMU system. Cavity wall system shall include 4-inch thick solid masonry unit veneer, minimum I-inch air apace, rigid insulation with equivalent thermal performance to specified system adhered to inner wythe, and 8-inch solid grouted masonry reinforced as shown on the drawings. Contractor shall be responsible for revising dimensions to maintain modular layout of masonry. Contractor shall be responsible for any additional lintels, flashings and other appurtenances required for the cavity wall system. 2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. HOLLOW LOAD BEARING BLOCK UNITS, SOLID LOAD BEARING BLOCK UNITS, AND DECORA TNE BLOCK UNITS: 1. ASTM C90, Grade N, Type I, medium weight. 2. Size as indicated on Drawings. Provide special shapes and sizes as required. 3. Provide units with integral water repellent. 2.03 CONCRETE FORMED MASONRY UNITS A. GENERAL: Provide concrete form masonry units consisting of two masonry face shells joined with High Strength Polymer (manufactured by Pentstar Corporation) cross members dovetailed into the face shells by the manufacturer with rigid insulation insert positioned to create two cavities within the concrete form masonry unit, an air space and a form cavity to be filled with grout. 1. Face shells shall conform to ASTM C90, Grade N, Type I, medium weight. 2. Size as indicated on Drawings. Provide special shapes and sizes as required. 3. Minimum average compressive strength equal to 3750 psi. 4. Exterior exposed face shell shall be split faced. 2.04 MORTAR AND GROUT December I, 2006 \2/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 04200-4 -D ~y "'''-''0<' .~ ~} @; . . . A. PORTLAND CEMENT: ASTM C 150, Type II, low alkali. B. MORTAR AGGREGATE: Sand conforming to ASTM C144. C. GROUT AGGREGATE: Conform to ASTM C404. D. HYDRATED LIME: Hydrated lime conforming to ASTM C207, Type S. E. WATER: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other harmful substances. F. ADMIXTURES: Use in strict accordance with manufacturer's specifications. I. Mortar: a. Omicron Mortarproofing by Degussa. b. Hydrocide Powder by Sonneborn Contech. c. Approved equal. 2. Grout: a. Sika Grout Aid. b. Pozzolith 200N by Degussa. c. Approved equal. G. WATER REPELLENT ADMIXTURE: Liquid polymeric admixture formulated for mixing with mortar mix to cross link into mortar to provide resistance to water penetration and achieve a Class E rating when tested in accordance with ASTM E514. Admixture shall not reduce flexural and compressive strength of the mortar when tested in accordance with ASTM CIOn and C780. H. MORTAR MIX: December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 04200-5 1. Comply with ASTM C270 for Type S mortar using 1 part cement, 1/2 part . lime, and 4-1/2 parts aggregate. 2. Color mortar for exposed concrete masonry walls to match the masonry units. 3. Compressive strength: minimum 2000 psi, as required to achieve specified compressive strength of masonry. 4. Color cure admixture. 5. Measurement: Accurately measure materials by ASTM C270 by the Proportions Method per Table 1. 6. Mix cementitious materials and aggregates 3 to 5 minutes in a mechanical mixer. Small amounts of mortar may be mixed by hand. 7. Adjust consistency of the mortar depending on the absorptive quality of the units being laid, and to the satisfaction of the mason. 8. If mortar begins to stiffen, it may be retempered by adding water within a basin formed by the mortar, and remixing. 9. Use within 2-1/2 hours of initial mixing and no mortar shall be used after . it has begun to set or after is has become harsh or non-plastic. 10. Mix <?olor in a specific and exacting ratio in accordance with the reviewed submittals. 1. GROUT MIX: Proportion by volume and add sufficient water to produce a consistency for pouring without segregation. 1. Fine grout: a. Composed of 1 part cement, not more than 1/10 part lime, and 2-1/4 to 3 parts fine aggregate. b. Use in spaces smaller than those specified for coarse grout. 2. Coarse grout: a. Composed of 1 part cement, not more than 1/10 part lime, 2 to 3 parts fine aggregate, and not more than 2 parts coarse aggregate. b. Use in continuous grout spaces 2 inches or more wide and in cells 4 inches x 4 inches or larger. c. Equivalent to pea gravel. {t; ,,, )t- *,",~ December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 04200-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 3. Compressive strength: minimum 2000 psi, as required to achieve specified compressive strength of masonry. 4. Job-Site Mixed: In accordance with ASTM C476. 5. Transit-Mixed: a. Unless specified otherwise, designed by the supplier or an independent testing laboratory with a minimum compressive strength of 2000 psi in 28 days. b. Slump: not to exceed 8 inches (200mm), unless otherwise noted on Drawings. c. Use within 1-112 hours of initial mixing and use no grout after it has begun to set or after it has become harsh or non-plastic. d. Course grout may be used in cavity walls with a horizontal dimension of 2 inches (50mm) or more, and in hollow cell construction 4 inches (100mm) or more in both horizontal directions. 2.05 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. REINFORCING STEEL: 1. Reinforcing steel wire: a. Comply with ASTM A82. b. Supply in prefabricated units with special units for comers and intersections. 2. Joint reinforcing: Dur-O-Wal, or approved equal. 3. Bar: per Section 03200. 2.06 FLASHINGS A. PLASTIC FLASHINGS: Black, virgin polyvinyl chloride with plasticizers and other modifiers, formed into uniform flexible sheets not less than 20-mils thick. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. PLASTIC WEEPHOLES: 1/4-inch round by 4 inches long, medium density polyethylene plastic tubes. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 04200- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. MORTAR BARRIER: .) Trapezoidal-shaped polyester/polyethylene mesh to maintain airflow and drainage through air space. C. BUILDING PAPER: 30# asphalt saturated felt. D. FLUID WATERPROOFING: Per Section 07121. E. CLEANING SOLUTION: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials as recommended by masonry unit supplier. 2.08 WALL INSULATION INSERTS Insulation inserts shall be minimum 2-inch thick Polyisocyanurate Form Core Board Rigid insulation with reinforced aluminum foil facers on both sides, conform to ASTM C236/C518. . ~- PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION Foundations for masonry work shall be straight and level. Surfaces to be bonded with masonry shall be clean and free from laitance or foreign materials. Reinforcing dowels: as shown on the Drawings. Coordinate the placement and location of inserts and other embedded items in concrete or other adjoining work to suit the masonry work. 3.02 COURSING AND PLACEMENT Construct to meet dimensions specified on the Drawings. Start courses from the comers where possible. Maintain story poles and level lines. Raise string lines with the work. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 04200-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Tolerances shall be as follows: 1. Maximum variation from vertical alignment shall be 1/16-inch per foot of height, 1/4-inch in 10 feet and 1 inch maximum for the total height. 2. Maximum variation in horizontal alignment shall be 1/16-inch per foot, 114-inch in 10 feet and 1/2-inch for the total length. 3. Maximum variation in level for any course shall be 1/8-inch in 10 feet, 1/2-inch for the total length. Lay concrete masonry units in running bond. Form concave mortar joints. Provide windbreaks and shelters when wind is in excess of 15 mph. Wind breaks or shelters shall be translucent. Wet installed units using fog spray of clean water. Cover installed work immediately after installation to slow rate of loss of moisture from units. Do not use frozen or ice coated materials. At end of each day or at shutdown, cover tops of all walls not enclosed or sheltered with clear polyethylene minimum 6 mil thick. Extend down each side of wall minimum of 16 inches and secure. Temporary facilities include: 1. Construct and maintain temporary protection required to permit continuous and orderly progress of work. 2. Provide and maintain heat sufficient to assure temperature above 32 Degrees F within protected areas. 3. Remove all temporary facilities after completion of work. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p.l130282/EUGA/Specs 04200-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.03 FLASHING, MORTAR BARRIER, WEEP HOLES Install flashing, mortar barrier and weep holes in masonry at the base of wall, lintels, and at other obstructions to downward flow of water. Provide weep holes spaced at 32 inches. 3.04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. REINFORCING STEEL BARS: Unless shown otherwise on the Drawings: 1. Hold in position at top and bottom and at intervals not exceeding 192 bar diameters. 2. Minimum clear distance between bars, except for lapped splices, shall be 1-112 bar diameters at columns and 1 bar diameter elsewhere. 3. Lap splices: 40 bar diameters. 4. Minimum masonry cover: two inches. 5. Vertical bars shall be on wall centerline for single curtain reinforcing. B. REINFORCING STEEL WIRE: Unless shown otherwise on the Drawings: 1. Lap spliced 12 inches for smooth wire and 6 inches for deformed wire. 2. Minimum masonry cover: 5/8-inch. 3.05 GROUTING A. LOW-LIFT GROUTED CONSTRUCTION: 1. Hollow Units: a. Lay with bed and head joint depth from each face at least as thick as face shells. Fully seal cells containing reinforcing with mortar around cell to prevent grout leakage. Provide cleanout openings at bottom of each pour which exceeds 4 feet in height. Remove overhanging mortar, mortar droppings and debris from inside of cells. Seal cleanout openings after inspection and before grouting. Pour grout in lifts not more than 8 feet high. b. c. d. e. f. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 04200-10 . ~,.,~ .~ .' ~ . . . g. h. Consolidate grout with a stick or vibrator iminediately after pounng. When work is stopped for more than one hour, stop grout II2-inch below top unit, with horizontal steel fully covered. Grout only cells containing reinforcing bars or wire unless noted otherwise on Drawings. 1. B. IDGH-LIFT GROUTED CONSTRUCTION: Comply with requirements of ACI 530.1. The compressive strength will meet the specifications if the average of three consecutive tests of the grout is equal to or greater than the specified strength and no individual strength test falls below the specified strength by more than 500 psi. Do not retemper. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION Keep exposed faces of masonry clean as the work progresses. Do not allow mortar and grout stains to dry on faces. Use clean water and fiber brushes only for cleaning. Do not use muriatic acid. Fill and point holes or defects in mortar joints when necessary. Protect masonry work from damage or staining at all times. Replace damaged units. Apply fluid waterproofing. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 04200-11 . . . . . . Section 05120 05311 05500 05501 05910 05911 DIVISION 5 METALS Title STRUCTURAL STEEL STEEL ROOF DECK METAL F ABRICA nONS ANCHOR BOLTS HOT-DIP GALVANIZED COATING MECHANICAL ZINC COATING November 3,2006 12/4/2006 - p./1302821EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . . . SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. GENERAL: This.Section specifies structural steel framing, base plates, grouting under base plates, structural frame accessories, and shop finishing. B. RELATED SECTIONS: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents. Section 03600: Grout. Section 04200: Masonry. Section 09900: Coating Systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCED STANDARDS: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following document. It is a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application Specification for Carbon Structural Steel Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware S ecification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60000 PSI Tensile AISC ASTM A27 ASTM A36 ASTM AS3 ASTM Al23 ASTMA153 ASTM A307 December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 05120-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Reference Title . ASTM A325 Strenl!th Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing Structural Steel Shapes Structural Welding Code Filler Material Steel Structures Painting Council ASTM A490 ASTM A500 ASTM A501 ASTM A992 AWS D1.1 A WS E70 SSPC Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC. Welding shall be performed by certified welders complying with requirements of A WS D1.1. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . The following submittals shall be provided: 1. Welder's certificates verifying A WS qualification within the previous 12 months. 2. Zinc plating certification. 3. Shop drawings containing the following information: a. Erection views, plan and elevation as appropriate, of completed assemblies including connection hardware. b. Detail drawings of fabricated pieces, including sections, size and thicknesses, material proposed for use, dimensions, camber, and welds (if any). . December l, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 05120-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. ROLLED STEEL PLATES, SHAPES AND BARS: Comply with ASTM A36. B. COLD-FORMED STEEL TUBING: Comply with ASTM A500, Grade B. Furnish all members full length, without splices, unless indicated or approved otherwise. C. HOT-FORMED STEEL TUBING: Comply with ASTM A50l. D. STEEL PIPE: Comply with ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B. E. ROLLED STEEL W -SHAPES: . Comply with ASTM A992. F. ANCHOR BOLTS: Comply with ASTM A307, headed type with heavy hexagonal nuts unless otherwise indicated. G. UNFINISHED THREADED FASTENERS: Comply with ASTM A307, Grade A, regular low-carbon steel bolts and nuts. Provide either hexagonal, or square, heads and nuts, except use only hexagonal units for exposed connections. H. IDGH-STRENGTH THREADED FASTENERS: Heavy hexagonal structural bolts, heavy hexagon nuts, and hardened washers shall be quenched and tempered medium-carbon steel bolts, nuts and washers. Comply with ASTM A325. I. ELECTRODES FOR WELDING: A WS Code E70 series electrodes. . 1. GROUT: December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 05120-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Comply with Section 03600. ." JI , " 2.02 ZINC COATING Where structural steel is exposed to the weather, provide zinc-coating or galvanizing by the "hot-dip" method, in accordance with ASTM A123, of the following coating weights per square foot of actual surface: 1. Steel1l8-inch and 3116-inch: 2.0 ounces average, 1.8 ounces minimum. 2. Steelll4-inch and heavier: 2.3 ounces average, 2.0 ounces minimum. Galvanize bolts, plates, and similar threaded fasteners, where possible, in accordance with ASTM A153, Class A, B, C and D, as applicable. Where not possible, as after field welding, use Galvicon, or approved equal; 3 coats minimum, in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. 2.03 F ABRICA nON Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with AISC specifications and as indicated on the Drawings. Provide camber in structural members as indicated on the Drawings. Verify dimensions and make field measurements as necessary to ensure the accuracy and layout of work. .' ~ ,~ Where finishing is required, complete the assembly, including welding of nuts, before start of fmishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in the fmal structure free of markings, burrs, and other defects. 2.04 SHOP PAINTING Comply with the provisions of this Section and Section 09900. After inspection and before shipping, clean steelwork to be painted. Remove loose rust, loose mill scale, and splatter, slag, and flux deposits. Clean steel in accordance with SSPC SP-6, Commercial Sandblast, for steel scheduled or specified to receive paint. Immediately after surface preparation, apply a shop coat of zinc chromate, minimum dry thickness I-mil, application in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and at a rate to provide a uniform dry film thickness. Use painting methods which result in full coverage of joints, comers, edges and exposed surfaces. .~ -) December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/I30282/EUGAlSpecs 05120-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Primer paint shall be compatible with finish paint. Shop paint structural steel work, except those members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete, mortar, or covered in fireproofing. Paint embedded steel which is partially exposed on the exposed portions and the initial two inches of embedded areas only. Do not paint surfaces which are to be welded or high-strength bolted with friction-type connections. Apply two coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from the first coat. 2.05 PROTECTION Machined surfaces shall be protected against corrosion by a rust-inhibiting coating easily removable at time of erection. 2.06 ACCESSORIES Provide other accessories, as required for complete installation as indicated on Drawings and as approved on shop drawings. Finish accessories same as specified for adjacent or connected structural metal framing. 2.07 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL Factory tests: provide inspection and tests by an independent testing agency in the mill and shop. The testing and inspection service shall perform the following: 1. Inspect structural steel at the plant before shipment. 2. Verify dry mil thickness of shop prime coat. 3. Shop bolted connections: inspect in accordance with AISC specifications. 4. Shop welding: inspect and test during fabrication of structural steel assemblies, as follows: a. Certify welders and conduct inspections and tests as required. Record types and locations of defects found in the work. Record work required and performed to correct deficiencies. Perform visual inspection of welds. Perform non-destructive testing on full penetration welds. b. c. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 05120-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Provide access for the testing agency to places where structural steel work is being fabricated or produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished. e) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section shall be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 ERECTION Erection shall comply with AISC and this Section. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. Establish permanent benchmarks necessary for the accurate erection of structural steel. Check elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, and locations of anchor bolts and similar items, before erection proceeds. Provide anchor bolts and other connectors required for securing structural steel to foundations and other in-place work. . Provide templates and other devices necessary for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate locations. Comply with Section 03300 for anchor bolt installation requirements in concrete. Comply with Section 04200 anchor bolt installation requirements in masonry installation. Clean the bearing surfaces and other surfaces which shall be in permanent contact before assembly. Set structural frames accurately to the lines and elevations indicated on the Drawings. Align and adjust the various members forming a part of a complete frame or structure before fastening permanently. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. Level and plumb individual members of the structure within specified AISC tolerances. ." rJ December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 05120-6 I Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Splice members only where indicated on the Drawings unless splices not indicated would result in lower costs due to reduced shipping costs Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval of Engineer. Setting bases and bearing plates: 1. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces free from bond reducing materials, and then roughen to improve bond to surface. Clean the bottom surface of base and bearing plates. 2. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges or other adjusting devices. 3. Tighten anchor bolts after the supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims. Cut offflush with the edge of the base or bearing plate, if protruding, prior to packing with grout. 4. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure that no voids remain. 5. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint primer. Apply touchup paint primer by brush or spray of the same thickness and material specified for shop paint. 3.03 INSPECTION The testing and inspection agency shall visually inspect field-welded connections and shall prepare test reports. The testing agency shall conduct and interpret the tests and shall state in each report whether the inspected work complies with the requirements, and specifically state deviations. Correct deficiencies in structural steel work for which inspections and test reports have indicated a lack of compliance with the specified requirements. Perform additional tests required to confirm compliance of corrected work. Field bolted connections: testing agency shall inspect for connections in accordance with the AISC specifications. Field welding: testing agency shall inspect and test during erection of structural steel as follows: December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 05120-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 1. Certify welders and conduct inspections and tests as required. Record types and locations of defects found in the work of this Section. 2. Perform visual inspection of welds. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 05120-8 .'\. ~ . \ Jj ." " -~ . . . SECTION 05311 STEEL ROOF DECK PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. GENERAL: This Section specifies fabrication and erection of steel roof deck. B. RELATED SECTIONS: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents. Section 04200: Unit Masonry Section 05120: Structural Steel 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCED STANDARDS: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. They are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title ASTM A36 ASTM A446 Specification for Structural Steel Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot- Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process Structural Welding Code--Stee1 International Building Code Steel Deck Institute Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks, and Roof Decks ASTM A653 AWS D1.1 IBC SDI Pub. 26 December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 05311-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. ERECTOR QUALIFICA nONS: Minimum of three years experience on comparable steel deck projects. C. INST ALLA nON REQUIREMENTS: Steel deck shall be installed to meet requirements of the IBC and SDI. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following submittals shall be provided: 1. Shop drawings: a. Deck layout, framing, and supports, with unit dimensions and sections. b. Type and location of welds. c. Details of accessories, showing sump pans, ridge and valley plates, and closure strips. d. RecOJ;nmended installation instructions. 2. Submit welder certifications or manufacturer installation certification. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Do not bend or mar metal decking. Store metal deck off ground with one end elevated for drainage. Cover deck with waterproof material. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. SHEET STEEL: ASTM A446, Grade A, with ASTM A653 Designation G90 galvanized coating. B. STRUCTURAL STEEL: ASTM A36. C. GALVANIZING REPAIR PAINT: Self curing, one-component, sacrificial organic zinc coating. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 05311-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . .'" :>, ~' ." ; . 2.02 FABRICATION A. GENERAL: 1. Form deck units in length to span three or more support spacings, with minimum two-inch laps and side laps. Configuration appropriate for side lap connection. 2. Acceptable manufacturer: a. Profile Vulcraft Type 1.5B deck configuration b. Approved equal. B. CLOSURE PLATES: 1. Fabricate of galvanized sheet steel of same quality as deck units. 2. Provide tight-fitting closure with deck units. C. FABRICATION TOLERANCES: Maximum variation in unit alignment shall be 1/4 inch in 40 feet. . PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION Check supporting members for correct layout and alignment. Verify that surfaces to receive steel deck are free of debris. Do not proceed with installation until defects are corrected. Coordinate work with requirements of mechanical equipment installation requirements. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: Install deck units and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and shop drawings. B. PLACING DECK UNITS: 1. Position deck units on supporting steel framework and adjust to final position with minimum of 3-inch end bearing on supporting members and accurately aligned end to end before being permanently fastened. 2. Lap ends not less than two inches. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 05311-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3. Do not stretch or contract the side lap interlocks. ."1',' / 4. Place deck units flat and square, and secure to adjacent framing without warp or deflection. C. FASTENING DECK UNITS: 1. Welded fastening as indicated on the Drawings: a. Welding: AWS 01.1. b. Clean and dry surfaces prior to welding. c. Fasten to supports as indicated on the Drawings. d. Fasten end laps as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Button punching will not be permitted. 3. Optional powder-actuated fastening: a. System shall be Hilti or approved equaL b. Installers shall be trained and certified by manufacturer to install fastening system. D. CUTTING AND FITTING: 1. Cut and fit roof deck units and accessories around projections through roof decking. .~ ~ :; ~.... 2. Make cuts neat, square, and trim. 3. Cut openings in roof deck true to dimensions using metal saws or drills. 4. Do not use cutting torches if neat appearance is required. E. CLOSURE STRIPS: 1. Install metal closure strips at all open uncovered ends and edges of roof decking, and in voids between decking and other construction. 2. Attach into position to provide complete decking installation F. TOUCH UP PAINTING: Touch up galvanized surfaces with galvanizing repair paint applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 05311-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 3.03 PROTECTION Do not use deck units for storage or working platforms until permanently secured in position. Assure that construction loads do not exceed carrying capacity of deck. Replace damaged or warped panels. **END OF SECTION** . . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 05311-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ~ ~~ -~ ~ / . . . . PART l--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS This section specifies miscellaneous metalwork, which consists of custom fabricated steel, alloy steel, and aluminum metalwork other than structural metalwork. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. GENERAL: The use of salvaged, reprocessed or scrap materials will not be permitted. B. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Reference AlSC Manual of Steel Construction ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION ASTM A36/ A36M ASTM A283/ A283M ASTM A276 ASTM A307 ASTM A380 ASTM A320/ A320M Title American Institute of Steel Construction, Manual of Steel Construction, Allowable Stress Design-9th Edition Aluminum Design Manual by the Aluminum Association, including Specification and Standards. Structural Steel Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners Cleaning, Descaling, and Passivation of Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment, and Systems Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Low Temperature Service December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUONSpecs 05500-1 Port Angeles East UOA Sewer Interceptor Reference Title Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes 2003 International Buildin Code e; ASTM A500 mc 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be provided: 1. Shop drawings containing the following information: a. Erection views, plan and elevation as appropriate, of completed assemblies including connection hardware. b. Detail drawings of fabricated pieces, including sections, size and thicknesses, material proposed for use, dimensions, camber, and welds (if any). PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS Materials for miscellaneous metalwork are specified in Table A. . Table A, Materials for Miscellaneous Metalwork Material Nonstructural steel bars, angles, clips, and similar items Structural steel tubing Steel bolts Stainless steel bolts Stainless steel Aluminum sha es, lates S ecification ASTM A36 or ASTM A283 ASTM A500, Grade B ASTM A307, Grade A ASTM A320, Class 1 ASTM A276, Type 316 ASTM B308, 6061- T6, or 6063- T6 2.02 FABRICATION A. GENERAL: Conform to AISC or Aluminum Association standards as applicable. e: December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 05500-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Holes shall be punched 1116 inch larger than the nominal size of the bolts, unless otherwise specified. Whenever needed, because of the thickness of the metal, holes shall be subpunched and reamed or shall be drilled. Fabrication including cutting, drilling, punching, threading and tapping required for miscellaneous metal or adjacent work shall be performed prior to hot-dip galvanizing. B. SEAT ANGLES, SUPPORTS AND BRACKETS: Brackets for piping shall be steel, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication unless otherwise specified. Angle supports for floor plates shall be aluminum unless otherwise specified. C. FLOOR AND COVER PLATES: Floor and cover plates (Checkered Plate) shall be Alcoa C-I 02 aluminum tread plate, or equal. Hinged cover plates shall be as specified and shall be set flush with surrounding floor. No single piece of floor and cover plate shall weigh more than 80 pounds unless specifically detailed otherwise. D. OTHER MISCELLANEOUS STEEL METALWORK.: Other miscellaneous steel metalwork including embedded and nonembedded steel metalwork, hangers and inserts shall be as specified on the drawings. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: Fieldwork shall not be permitted on galvanized items. Drilling of bolts or enlargement of holes to correct misalignment will not be allowed. Dissimilar metals shall be protected from galvanic corrosion by means of pressure tapes, coatings or isolators. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry surfaces, contact surface shall be coated with heavy alkali-resistant bituminous paint. Metalwork to be embedded in concrete shall be placed accurately and held in correct position while the concrete is placed or, if specified, recesses or blockouts shall be formed in the concrete. The surfaces of metalwork in contact with or embedded in concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned. If accepted, recesses may be neatly cored in the concrete after it has attained its design strength and the metalwork grouted in place. Embedments shall be as specified in Section 03300. B. SEAT ANGLES, SUPPORTS AND GUIDES: December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 05500-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Supports for floor plates shall be set so that they are flush with the floor and maintain floor . plates flush with the floor. 3.02 FINISHES Fabricated metalwork which is not embedded in concrete shall be finished according to Section 09900. For items not specified in that section confonn to the following: ItemlMaterial Finish Steel fabrications - Process or wet areas Hot dip galvanized Steel fabrications - Dry areas Shop prime, field paint (urethane exterior, epoxy interior) Aluminum fabrications Mill finish, cleaned Stainless steel fabrications and hardware Mill finish, pickled and passivated per ASTM A380 Steel hardware Hot dip galvanize or mechanical zinc coating de endin u on size 3.03 CLEANING After installation, damaged surfaces of shop primed metals shall be cleaned and touched up with the same material used for the shop coat. Damaged surfaces of galvanized metals shall be repaired as specified in Section 05910. All surfaces shall be properly cleaned or prepared for finishing if specified elsewhere. . **END OF SECTION** . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 05500-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 05501 ANCHOR BOLTS PART I--GENERAL 1.0 I DESCRIPTION This section specifies anchor bolts complete with washers and nuts. Unless otherwise specified, anchor bolts shall be type 316 stainless steel. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Reference Title Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures Structural Steel Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Low Temperature Service International Buildin Code, 2003 ASCE-7 ASTM A36/ A36M ASTM A307 ASTM A320/ A320M mc 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. QUALITY CONTROL BY CONTRACTOR: The Contractor shall engage and pay for the services of a Special Inspector. The Special Inspector shall be qualified to the satisfaction of the Building Official in accordance with Chapter 17 of the International Building Code. The Special Inspector shall be acceptable to the Owner in its sole discretion. Special Inspection shall be provided for the installation of all anchor bolts in accordance with mc, Chapter 17. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 05501-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Anchor bolt holes in equipment support frames shall not exceed the bolt diameters by more . than 25 percent, up to a limiting maximum oversizing of 1/4 inch. Unless otherwise specified, minimum anchor bolt diameter shall be 1/2 inch. Anchor bolts for equipment mounting shall be provided as specified in Section 11002. Tapered washers shall be provided where mating surface is not square with the nut. Expansion or adhesive anchors set in holes drilled in the concrete after the concrete is placed will not be permitted in substitution for anchor bolts except where otherwise specified. Upset threads shall not be acceptable. 2.02 MATERIALS Anchor bolt materials shall be as specified in Table A. Table A, Anchor Bolt Materials Material S ecification Steel bolts Fabricated steel bolts Stainless steel bolts, nuts, washers Expansion anchors Adhesive anchors ASTM A307, Grade A ASTM A36 ASTM A320, Type 316 IllLTI-KWIK, BOLT IT IllLTI-HVA . 2.03 DESIGN Anchor bolts for equipment frames and foundations shall be designed for earthquake forces based on seismic design parameters specified on drawings. 2.04 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided for all anchorage systems post-installed in concrete: 1. Data indicating load capacities. 2. Chemical resistance. 3. Temperature limitations. 4. Installation instructions. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 05501-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 5. Evaluation report for expansion anchors as specified in paragraph 05501- 3.04. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Fieldwork, including cutting and threading, shall not be permitted on galvanized items. Dissimilar metals shall be protected from galvanic corrosion by means of pressure tapes, coatings or isolators. Grouting of anchor bolts with nonshrink or epoxy grouts, where specified, shall be in accordance with Section 03600. 3.02 CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS Anchor bolts to be embedded in concrete shall be placed accurately and held in correct position while the concrete is placed or, if specified, recesses or blockouts shall be formed in the concrete and the metalwork shall be grouted in place in accordance with Section 03300. The surfaces of metalwork in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned. After anchor bolts have been embedded, their threads shall be protected by grease and the nuts run on. . 3.03 ADHESIVE ANCHOR BOLTS Use of adhesive anchors shall be subject to the following conditions: 1. Use shall be limited to locations where exposure, on an intermittent or continuous basis, to acid concentrations higher than 10 percent, to cWorine gas, or to machine or diesel oils, is extremely unlikely. 2. Use shall be limited to applications where exposure to fire or exposure to concrete or rod temperature above 120 degrees F is extremely unlikely. Overhead applications (such as pipe supports) will not be allowed. 3. Approval from Engineer for specific application and from supplier of equipment to be anchored, if applicable. 4. Anchor diameter and grade of steel shall be per contract documents or per equipment supplier specifications. Anchor shall be threaded or deformed full length of embedment and shall be free of rust, scale, grease, and oils. 5. Embedment depth shall be as specified. . 6. All installation recommendations by the anchor system manufacturer shall be followed. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 05501-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 7. Holes shall have rough surfaces, such as can be achieved using a rotary percussion drill. 8. Holes shall be blown clean with compressed air and be free of dust or standing water prior to installation. 9. Anchor shall be left undisturbed and unloaded for full adhesive curing period. 10. Concrete temperature (not air temperature) shall be compatible with curing requirements of adhesives per adhesive manufacturer. Anchors shall not be placed in concrete below 25 degrees F. 3.04 EXPANSION ANCHORS Use of expansion anchors shall be subject to conditions 2,3,4,6, 7, and 8 specified in paragraph 05501-3.03. The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with the current evaluation report from the International Code Council for the particular brand of expansion anchors to be used. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor I 05501-4 .\ "-' )/ .l ._..~ .~ ':.1 _>f . . . PART l--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 05910 HOT -DIP GALVANIZED COATING This section specifies hot-dip zinc coating. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Reference ASTM A123 ASTMA143 ASTMA153 ASTM A384 ASTM A385 ASTM A 780 MILSPEC DOD-P-2l035 Title Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on lIon and Steel Products Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip Galvanized Structural Steel Products and Procedure for Detecting Embrittlement Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During Hot-Dip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies Providing High-Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot-Dip) Repair of Damaged Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings Paint, High Zinc Dust Content, Galvanizing Repair PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. ZINC COATING: Zinc coating material shall be as specified in ASTM A153. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 05910-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. ZINC DUST-ZINC OXIDE COATING: . ,".-,/ Zinc dust-zinc oxide coating shall conform to MILSPEC DOD-P-21035. Coating shall be as manufactured by Z.R.C. Chemical Products Co., Galvicon Co., or equal. 2.02 F ABRICA TION REQUIREMENTS Fabrication practices for products to be galvanized shall be in accordance with applicable portions of ASTM A143, A384 and A385. 2.03 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. 1. Zinc dust-zinc oxide coating manufacturer's product data showing conformance to the specified product. 2. Manufacturer's recommendation for application of zinc dust-zinc oxide coating. 3. Coating applicator's Certificate of Compliance that the hot-dip galvanized coating meets or exceeds the specified requirements of ASTM A123 or A153, as applicable. .; ',,",,;,]1 PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION Steel members, fabrications and assemblies shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. Unless otherwise specified, steel items weighing 100 pounds or less shall be hot-dip zinc coated. Anchor bolts and nuts 5/8 inch and larger shall be hot-dip zinc coated in accordance with ASTM A 153. Anchor bolts and nuts smaller than 5/8 inch and all other bolts, screws, nuts, washers and other minor steel fasteners shall be mechanically zinc coated as specified in Section 05911. 3.02 COATING REQUIREMENTS Coating weight shall conform with paragraph 5.1 of ASTM A123 or Table 1 of ASTM A153, as appropriate. . December I, 2006 121112006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 05910-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ! . 3.03 REPAIR OF DEFECTIVE GALVANIZED COATING Where zinc coating has been damaged after installation, substrate surface shall be first cleaned and then repaired with zinc dust-zinc oxide coating in accordance with ASTM A 780. Application shall be as recommended by the zinc dust-zinc oxide coating manufacturer. Coating shall consist of multiple coats to dry film thickness of 8 mils. Items not physically damaged, but which have insufficient or deteriorating zinc coatings, and items damaged in shipment or prior to installation, shall be removed from the project site for repair by the hot-dip zinc coating method. **END OF SECTION** . . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 05910-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 05911 MECHANICAL ZINC COATING PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies mechanically applied zinc coating. This coating shall be used on steel fasteners including bolts, screws, nuts and washers. Anchor bolts are coated as specified in Section 05910. Electroplated corrosion protection is not an acceptable substitute for mechanical zinc coating. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ZINC COATING THICKNESS: Coating thickness shall be Class 50 as specified in ASTM B695. B. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Reference Title Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware Coatin s of Zinc Mechanicall De osited on Iron and Steel ASTMA153 ASTM B695 PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS The coating material shall be as specified in ASTM A153. 2.02 PRODUCT DATA In accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3, information shall be provided that describes materials and method of coating used. December 1. 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 05911-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD REPAIR Damaged surfaces of zinc coated metals shall be repaired as specified in Section 05910. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs I Port Angeles East U?A Sewer intercePtor 05911-2 .> .; . . . . DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS NOT USED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT November 3, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282IEUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UOA Sewer Interceptor . . . Section 07121 07212 07412 07620 07900 07905 DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Title LIQUID WATERPROOFING FOR EXTERIOR MASONRY RIGID INSULA nON METAL ROOFING SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM JOINT SEALERS PREFORMED JOINT FILLERS November 3,2006 12120/2006 - p'/1302821EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 07121 LIQUID WATERPROOFING FOR EXTERIOR MASONRY PART l--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies liquid waterproofing coating for all exposed exterior building masonry. B. TYPE: The liquid waterproofing coating shall consist of a transparent penetrating polymeric silane and/or siloxane. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Not less than 72 hours priors to starting work, Contractor shall arrange for material manufacturer to inspect masonry and certifY its suitability to receive waterproofing. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS Liquid waterproofing shall be "White Roc 10 WB" by Sonneborn; "Enviroseal Double 7 lID" by Hydrozo; "Fabrishield 907" by Fabrikem; or equal. 2.02 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided: 1. Manufacturer's product data showing conformance to the specified product. 2. Manufacturer's written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. The warranty shall cover a time period of 5 years after the data offmal acceptance of the project. December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 07121-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION Materials shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Vertical and horizontal passes shall be made to cover and saturate the surfaces from every angle. 3.02 PROTECTION Surfaces adjacent to treated surfaces shall be masked prior to application. Damage to adjacent surfaces shall be repaired. 3.03 CERTIFICATION Upon completion ofthe work of this section, the Contractor shall provide an application (installation) certification. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/I30282/EUGAlSpecs 07121-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .~ ,J I __~.. v .~ J ~ .' e; . SECTION 07212 RIGID INSULATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. GENERAL This Section specifies rigid insulation. B. RELATED SECTIONS: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents. 1. Section 04200: Masonry 2. Section 07412: Metal Roofing 3. Section 07620: Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim . 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Reference A enc Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Core Materials for Structural Sandwich Constructions Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Ri id Cellular Plastics ASTM C272-91 ASTM C518-98 ASTM C578-95 ASTM D1621-00 . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 07212-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Reference A enc Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials Insulation Board, Thermal, Pol sene .~ 1 '......,.,.? ASTM E96-95 FS HH-I-524C 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be provided: 1. Product Data: Submit completely definitive data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and limitations. 2. Required R-Values: As indicated on the drawings and as specified below. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with the following: 1. Deliver in original labeled packages. a. State Manufacturer, material, "R"-value, thickness, density and other pertinent information. . 2. Store in clean, dry place. 3. Protection of Insulation: Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 4. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver insulation materials to project site ahead of installation time. Complete installation and concealment of materials as rapidly as possible in each area of work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUF ACTURERSIMA TERIALS A. ManufacturerslMaterials: 1. Polyisocyanurate Insulation: Dow Chemical Company "Value-R" or an approved equal. "Value-R" is specified for type, quality, and construction required. a. Materials/Properties: . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 07212-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 1) Provide an insulation 2" thickness with a Stabilized R-value as shown below. Conform to referenced ASTM C518 for aged R-value per inch of thickness. 2) Minimum Compressive Strength: ASTM D1621, 16 Ib/square inch. 3) Maximum Water Absorption: ASTM C209, 0.3 % by volume. 4) Water Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96, 0.03 perm (max.) for one inch of product. 5) Insulation board to meet physical property requirements of referenced ASTM C578, Type IV. 6) Edges: Square edged. 7) R Value: R-30 5" nominal roof insulation thickness. B. Adhesives (as applicable): Type recommended by manufacturer. Provide any mechanical fasteners needed to secure insulation in place. c. Miscellaneous: Provide miscellaneous and accessory materials, methods, tools, and equipment required for completion of insulation work. 1. Provide other fasteners as required. 2. Miscellaneous: Accessory materials, methods, tools, and equipment required for completion of insulation work. D. Vapor Barrier: Below insulation at roof provide 30 # felt paper. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VerifY installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References", Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 07212-3 1. Carefully cut and fit, to assure continuity of insulation layer. 2. At roof, install installation tight between Z-shaped furring. 3. Install vapor barrier, lap ends a minimum of 6" 3.04 CLEAN UP A. Leave premises clean and free of residue of work of this Section. UEND OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs 07212-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . . . SECTION 07412 METAL ROOFING PART I--GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. GENERAL: This Section specifies architectural metal roofing and required closures, accessories, fastenings as required and as indicated on the Drawings. B. RELATED SECTIONS: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents. 1. 2. 3. 3. 4. Section 05120: Structural Steel Section 05500: Metal Fabrications Section 07212: Rigid Insulation Section 07900: Joint Sealers Section 09900: Coating Systems 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCED STANDARDS: This Section references the latest revisions of the following documents. They are a part of this Section insofar as specified and modified herein. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and the listed documents, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title American Society of Civil Engineers, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures 2003 International Building Code "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual," available from SMACNA ASCE 7-02 IBC SMACNA December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 07412-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: . 1. Approved by metal roofing manufacturer. 2. Familiar with the metal roofing installations and have at least five years experience applying these types of materials with successful completion of projects of similar scope. C. MANUFACTURER'S QUALIFICATIONS: 1. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 5 years experience supplying these types of materials to successfully completed proj ects of similar scope. 2. Comply with current independent testing and certification as specified. 3. The roof panel manufacturer must also subscribe to Underwriters Laboratories' "Follow Up Service" assuring continuing product compliance with UL requirements. Shipment packaging of panels and attachment clips must bear UL classification markings. 4. Panel Manufacturers without full supporting literature; Flashings & Details Guides, Guide Specifications and Technical Support, shall not be considered equal to the specified product. D. TESTING AND CERTIFICATION: . 1. Wind Uplift: UL 580 test, 24 and 22 gauge panels rated Class 90 (Construction #170), when installed over minimum 14 gauge steel purlins spaced 5'0" on center maximum. 2. Structural Performance: The wind uplift resistance of the roof assembly shall be established in accordance with ASTM E-1592. 3. Water Penetration: Panel to meet the following standard when tested in accordance with ASTM EI646-95: a. With Sidelap Sealant: No leakage at 6.24 psf. E. DESIGN CRITERIA ROOFING: Panel and attachment shall be designed to resist the following design loads: Live load shall be 25 psf. Roof snow load shall be 25 psf. Wind load shall meet or exceed UL 90. The building site is a 100 mph, exposure "C" wind load based on ASCE 7-02. Most stringent requirements govern. Deflection shall be less than L/240. The roof system manufacturer shall provide attachment calculations, stamped by a licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Washington, indicating compliance with the design wind uplift conditions for the entire roof including roof perimeter and roof comers. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 07412-2 Port Angeles East UGA SevverInterceptor . 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be provided: 1. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions and recommendations for each type of roofing required. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements. 2. Samples: a. Prior to ordering products, submit Manufacturer's standard color samples for Engineer's selection. b. Prior to starting work, submit the following for the Engineer's acceptance: 1) One l2-inch by l2-inch panel sample showing shape and a representative color chip. 2) A 6-inch long sample of flashing. 3) One sample of each type of fastening. 3. Shop Drawings: . a. Submit complete shop drawings detailing all perimeter and joint flashings that comply with Manufacturer's standard recommendations. b. Describe all proposed details that deviate from what is shown on the plans. c. Details to allow for expansion and contraction. l 4. Copy of proposed warranty including finish warranty. 5. Calculations as specified in paragraph 1.02. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. DELIVERY: 1. Delivery of material shall be made only after suitable facilities for its storage and protection are available on the site. 2. Upon receipt of preformed metal panels, flat sheets, flashings, and panel accessories, installer shall examine each shipment for damage and for completeness of the consignment. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 07412-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. STORAGE: eo :l 1. Store materials out of the weather, in a clean, dry place. One end of each container should be slightly elevated to allow any moisture to run off. 2. Panels and/or flashings with strippable film must not be stored in areas exposed to sunlight. 3. Care should be taken to prevent contact with any substance which may cause a discoloration in the fmish during storage. 4. Store materials to provide ventilation and prevent bending abrasion, or twisting. C. HANDLING: 1. Care should be taken to avoid gouging, scratching, or denting. Replace damaged material. 2. Do not allow traffic on completed roof. If required, provide cushioned walk boards. 3. Protect installed products from damage caused by foreign objects and adjacent construction until completion of project. Replace all damaged work. .\~ -~ 1.05 WARRANTY A two-year weather-tightness warranty is required from the panel applicator and a 20 year warranty for finish system (corrosion, fade, chalking). Replacement value shall include installation. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER A. AEP Span, Tacoma, W A, CA (800) 733-4955, "Klip-Rib", minimum 24 gage, flat panels, and accessories. B. Alternates: Approval of substitute systems is required. The Engineer will be the sole judge of what qualifies as an "equal" system. 2.02 MATERIALS .~ _",/,1 December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:11302821EUGNSpecs 07412-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . A. PANELS: 1. BASE METAL: Base metal shall be steel conforming to ASTM A446 (Galvanized) or ASTM A792 (Zincalume), minimum yield 40,000 psi, thickness 24 or 22 gauge. Protective coatings shall conform to ASTM A525 G-90 (Galvanized) or ASTM A 792, AZ50 (Zincalume). Finish shall include a 0.2 mil thick corrosion-resistance primer and a 0.8 mil thick finish coat ofPolyvinylidene Fluoride (PVF2), full 70% Kynar 500, for a total of 1.0 mil dry film thickness. 2. COLOR: To be selected by Engineer. 3. CONFIGURATION: Roofpanels shall consist of integral self-locking standing seams with a rib height of 1-5/8 inches spaced 8 inches on center, nominal panel width 16 inches. B. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES: 1. SOLDER: For use with steel or copper, provide 50-50 tin/lead solder ASTM B32, with rosin flux. 2. FASTENERS: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal, or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed head with materials being fastened. 3. BITUMINOUS COATING: FS FF-C-494 or SSPC - Paint 12, solvent type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compounded for IS-mil dry film thickness per coat. 4. MASTIC SEALANT: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. 5. ELASTOMERIC SEALANT: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of metal and fabricator of components being sealed; comply with FS TT -S-0027, TTS-00230, or TT -S-001543. 6. METAL ACCESSORIES: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance. C. FLASHING: Material, gauge, and fmish to match panels. Stainless steel in all other locations. Do not use lead or copper. Provide peak, rake, or eave flashing of sufficient size to cover the roof framing on all four sides. D. FABRICATION: December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 07412-5 Unless otherwise shown in Drawings, panels shall be full length. Flashings and accessories shall be fabricated in longest practical lengths. . "'. > ~r Roofing panels shall be factory formed. Field formed panels are not acceptable. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. EXISTING CONDITIONS: 1. Verify that members and/or substrate to receive panels are complete, accurately sized and located, in true plane, secure and otherwise properly prepared. 2. Prior to starting work, notify Engineer about defects requiring correction. 3. Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. B. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: Verify prior to fabrication. If field measurements differ from drawing dimensions, notify . Engineer prior to fabrication. C. PROTECTION: Treat, or isolate with protective material, any contacting surfaces of dissimilar materials to prevent electrolytic corrosion. Require workmen who will be walking on roofing panels to wear clean, soft-soled work shoes that will not pick up stones or other abrasive material which could cause damage and discoloration. Protect work of other trades against damage and discoloration. D. SURFACE PREPARATION: Clean and dry surfaces prior to applying sealant. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, and with SMACA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manua1." Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams which will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. . . ~ December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 07412-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. Install elastic flashing without stretching. Install elastic flashing filler strips to provide for movement by forming loops or bellows in width of flashing. Locate filler strips to facilitate complete drainage of water from flashing. Seam flashing sheets with adhesive, and anchor edges in manner indicated. Attach flanges of expansion joint units at maximum spacing of 6 feet. Complete seams at joints between units, to form a continuous waterproof system. B. PANELS: Follow roof panel manufacturer's directions. Install panel seams vertically. Lap panels away from prevailing wind direction. Do not stretch or compress panel side-lap interlocks. Secure panels without warp or deflection. Fully engage interlocking seams. Extend roof panels to overlap eave trim I inch. Remove strippable protective film, ifused, immediately preceding panel installation. Erection tolerance: panels shall be installed in a true and straight alignment. C. FLASHING: Follow manufacturer's directions and approved shop drawings. Overlap roof panels at least 6 inches. Install flashings to allow for thermal movement. D. CUTTING AND FITTING: Neat, square and true. Torch cutting is prohibited. Opening 6 inches and larger in any direction: Shop fabricate and reinforce to maintain original load capacity. Where necessary to saw cut panels, debur and treat with galvanic paint. 3.03 CLEANUP AND CLOSE OUT A. PANEL DAMAGE AND FINISH SCRATCHES: Do not apply touch-up paint to damaged paint areas that involve minor scratches. Panels or flashings that have severe paint and/or substrate damage shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer. B. CLEANING AND REPAIRING: At completion of each day's work and at work completion, sweep panels and flashings clean. Do not allow fasteners, cuttings, filing or scraps to accumulate. Remove debris from project site upon work completion or sooner, if directed. Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for protection of flashings and sheet metal work during construction, to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration, other than natural weathering, at time of substantial completion. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 07412-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. GENERAL: This Section specifies flashing and sheet metal not specifically described in other sections but required to prevent penetration of water through the exterior shell of the building. B. RELATED SECTIONS: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. 1. Section 07900: Joint Sealers 2. Section 09900: Coating Systems 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCED STANDARDS: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following document. These references are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Pol Vin I Chloride CPVC Com ounds ASTM A123 ASTM D1784 Perform the work in accordance with SMACNA: Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, as a minimum standard, and to normal good practice in the area except where in conflict with the Contract Documents, which shall govern. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be provided: 1. Product Data. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p;/130282/EUGNSpecs 07620-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 1.04 STORAGE AND HANDLING .~ ,~ /J' Stack preformed and pre finished material to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide ventilation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.0 I SHEET METAL A. SHOP PRIMED, GAL V ANIZED STEEL: ASTM A123, Grade A, G90, 22-gage core steel. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. FASTENERS: Same material and finish as flashing metal, with soft neoprene washers, or Type 304 stainless steel, with soft neoprene washers. B. UNDERLA YMENT: No. 15 asphalt saturated roofmg felt. . II!!) C. SEALANT: Specified in Section 07900. D. PLASTIC CEMENT: Asbestos-free asphaltic base cement. 2.03 F ABRICA TION Form components true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. Form pieces in longest practical lengths. Fabricate cleats and starter strips of same material as flashing, minimum 2 inches wide, interlockable with flashing. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2-inch. Miter and seam comers. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4-inch and hemmed to form drip edge. Form material with standing seam. Fabricate comers in one piece, 8-inch legs, minimum. Seam for rigidity and seal with sealant. e: ~ December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 07620-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Verify that surfaces to be covered are smooth, clean, and free from holes. Drive flush all projecting nails. Do not proceed with installation until discrepancies have been resolved. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: Separate flashings from dissimilar materials by a heavy bitumastic coating on the flashing. B. EXPANSION: Form, fabricate, and install sheet metal to adequately provide for expansion and contraction in the finished work. Unless otherwise indicated, provide suitable water-tight expansion joints for all runs of more than 40 feet. C. REGLETS: Install level and true in forms a minimum of 7 inches above cant strip. Tape cut ends before installation. After roofmg is applied install flashing by snapping into reglet without screws. Lap all joints and miter comers. D. FASTENING: Whenever possible, secure metal by means of continuous clips or cleats without nailing through the metal. In general, space nails, rivets, and screws not more than 8 inches apart. Where exposed to the weather, use neoprene washers. For fastening into concrete or masonry, use drilled plugholes and plugs. Penetrate I inch. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 07620-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs **END OF SECTION** 07620-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .,: ",,_/ . . . . . SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART l--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies sealants for concrete expansion joints and similar applications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Single Component Sealin Com ound: Elastomeric T e, Multi-Com onent FEDSPEC IT -S-00230C FEDSPEC IT-S-00227E PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 POLYURETHANE SEALANT A. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS: Acceptable products shall be Sikaflex by Sika Chemical Corporation, Vulkem by Mameco International, U-Seal Joint Sealant by Burke Company, or Rubber Calk by Products Research and Chemical Corporation. December I, 2006 12/112006 - p:1l30282/EUGA/Specs 07900-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. GENERAL: . Polyurethane sealants shall conform to FEDSPEC IT -S-0230C for one-component systems and FED SPEC TI-S-00227E for two-component systems. Polyurethane sealant shall be one of the following two types. 1. SELF-LEVELING: Self-leveling polyurethane sealant shall be Type I, Class A as specified by the FEDSPECs referenced above. 2. NONSAG: Nonsag polyurethane sealant shall be Type II, Class A as specified by the FEDSPECs referenced above. C. PRIMER: Primer shall be as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. D. BACKER ROD OR BACKER TAPE: Backer rod shall be open cell polyethylene or polyurethane foam. Rod shall be cylindrical unless otherwise specified. Backer tape shall be polyethylene or polyurethane with adhesive on one side. 2.02 MASTIC SEALANT . A. GENERAL: Mastic joint sealant shall consist of a blend of refined asphalts, resins and plasticizing compounds, reinforced with fiber. Sealant shall be compatible with joint fillers and shall be pressure grade. B. PRIMER: Primer shall be as recommended by the mastic sealant manufacturer. 2.03 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Manufacturer's product data showing conformance to the specified products. 2. Manufacturer's recommendations for storage, handling and application of sealants and primers. . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 07900-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . PART3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Sealants and primers shall be applied according to the sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Polyurethane sealants shall be used on all expansion joints and specified construction joints. Joints and spaces to be sealed shall be clean, dry and free of dust, loose mortar, concrete and plaster. Additional preparation ofjoints and spaces shall be provided in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Primer shall be applied only to the surfaces that will be covered by the sealant. 3.02 POLYURETHANE SEALANTS A. GENERAL: Nonsag polyurethane sealants shall be used on vertical joints. Self-leveling polyurethane sealants shall be used on horizontal joints. B. JOINT DIMENSIONS: . Unless otherwise specified, joints and spaces to be filled shall be constructed to the following criteria. Joints and spaces shall have a minimum width of 1/4 inch and a maximum width of 1 inch. The depth of the sealant shall be one-half the width of the joint, but in no case less than 1/4 inch deep. Sealant depth shall be measured at the point of smallest cross section. When joints exceed the depth requirements, backing rod shall be inserted to provide the joint depth specified. If the joint sealant depth is within the specified tolerances, backer tape shall be placed in the bottom of the joint. 3.03 MASTIC SEALANT A. JOINT DIMENSIONS: Joints to be sealed shall be 2 inches deep, 1 inch wide at the top, and 3/4 inch wide at the base. **END OF SECTION** . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1I30282/EUGA/Specs 07900-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 07905 PREFORMED JOINT FILLERS PART I--GENERAL 1.0 I DESCRIPTION This section specifies preformed joint fillers concrete expansionjoints and similar applications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type) Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Pavin and Structural Construction ASTM D994 ASTM DI752 PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.0 I PREFORMED ASPHALT FffiERBOARD Preformed asphalt fiberboard joint filler shall be in accordance with ASTM D994 and shall be 1/2 inch thick unless otherwise specified. December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 07905-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.02 PREFORMED RESIN-BONDED CORK Preformed resin-bonded cork joint filler shall be in accordance with ASTM D1752, Type II. Cork joint filler thickness shall match the specified joint width. 2.03 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Manufacturer's recommendations for handling and installation of the material. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Preformed joint fillers shall be placed into position before the concrete is poured. Where it is necessary for the filler to be fixed to existing concrete or other building materials, a suitable adhesive recommended by the filler manufacturer shall be used. Filler surfaces shall be clean and dry prior to the placement of the concrete. 3.02 PREFORMED ASPHALT FIDERBOARD Preformed asphalt fiberboard joint fillers shall be used for expansion joints in concrete sidewalks, curbs, and roadways. 3.03 PREFORMED RESIN-BONDED CORK Preformed resin-bonded cork joint filler shall be used for expansion joints in concrete structures. The expansionjoint shall be sealed with backer rod and sealant as specified in Section 07900. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/I30282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 07905-2 .~ I ""...~ >~ .1 ,~ . . . . Section 08120 08310 08331 08710 DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS Title ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES ACCESS HATCHES ROLL-UP DOORS FINISH HARDWARE November 3, 2006 1212012006 - P 1130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 08120 ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies aluminum doors and frames. B. RELATED SECTIONS: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents. Section 03600: Grout. Section 04200: Masonry. Section 09900: Coating Systems. Section 15944: Louvers c. TYPE: Unless otherwise specified, the doors shall be flush slab type. Frames shall be square-cut and mechanically locked at header ends and shall have integral stops. D. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: 1. STRUCTURAL: Shapes and thicknesses of framing members shall be sufficient to withstand a design wind load of not less than 30 pounds per square foot of supported area with a deflection of not more than 1/175 times the length of the member and a safety factor of not less than 1.65. 2. AIR INFILTRATION: When tested in accordance with ASTM E 283, air infiltration shall not exceed 0.06 cubic feet per minute per square foot of fixed area at a test pressure of 6.24 pounds per square foot (50 mile per hour wind). 3. WATER PENETRATION: When tested in accordance with ASTM E 331, there shall be no water penetration at a pressure of 8 pounds per square foot of fIXed area. December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 08120-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE .) ",,,~,,, A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced docwnent contains references to other standards, those docwnents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed docwnents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Reference AA DAF45 ASTM A36/36M ASTM B209 ASTM B221 ASTM E283 ASTM E331 SSPC-PS 9.01 Title Designation System for Aluminum Finishes Structural Steel Alwninum and Aluminwn-Alloy Sheet and Plate Aluminwn and Alwninwn-Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape, and Tube Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference Cold-Applied Asphalt Mastic Painting System with Extra-Thick Film .\ ~~ B. CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE: Manufacturer's certificates shall be submitted to the Engineer attesting that doors, frames, and accessories meet the specified requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be provided: 1. Shop drawings containing the following information: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. 1. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Elevations of each door type Size of doors and frames Metal gauges Details of door and frame construction Methods of anchorage Louver details Weatherstripping Provisions for and location of hardware Details of installation . 08120-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . J. Schedule showing location of each door, frame, and swing of door 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Materials delivered to the site shall be unloaded and stored with minimum handling. Storage space shall be in a dry location with adequate ventilation, free from dust or water, and easily accessible for inspection and handling. Materials shall be stacked on nonabsorptive strips or wood platforms. Doors and frames shall not be covered with tarps, polyethylene film, or similar coverings. Finished surfaces shall be protected during shipping and handling using manufacturer's standard method, except that no coatings or lacquers shall be applied to surfaces to which calking and glazing compounds must adhere. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 DOORS AND FRAMES Swing-type aluminum doors and frames shall be of size, design, and location indicated. Doors shall be provided complete with frame's, framing members trim, and accessories. Doors shall be provided with louvers where indicated on the drawings. 2.02 MATERIALS A. ANCHORS: Unless otherwise specified, anchors shall be 316 stainless steel. B. WEATHERSTRIPPING: Unless otherwise specified, weatherstripping shall be continuous wool pile. C. ALUMINUM ALLOY FOR DOORS AND FRAMES: Aluminum alloy for doors and frames shall be ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063- T5 for extrusions and ASTM B 209, alloy and temper best suited for aluminum sheets and strips. D. FASTENERS: Unless otherwise specified, fasteners shall be nonmagnetic stainless steel or aluminum. E. STRUCTURAL STEEL: Structural steel shall conform to ASTM A 36. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 08120-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor F. ALUMINUM PAINT: .) Unless otherwise specified, aluminum paint shall be as recommended by aluminum door manufacturer. G. BITUMINOUS COATING: Coating shall be cold applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-PS 9.01 compounded for 30 mil thickness per coat. 2.03 F ABRICA nON A. ALUMINUM FRAMES: Frames shall be fabricated from extruded aluminum shapes with contours approximately as indicated. Countersunk stainless steel Phillips screws spaced not more than 12 inches o.c. shall be used for exposed fastenings. Joints in frame members shall be milled to a hairline fit, reinforced, and secured mechanically. B. ALUMINUM DOORS: Doors shall be of type, size, and design indicated and not less than 1 3/4 inches thick. Minimum wall thickness shall be 0.125 inch, except beads and trim shall be 0.050 inch. Door sizes . shown are nominal and shall include standard clearances as follows: 0.093 inch at hinge and lock stiles, 0.125 inch between meeting stiles, 0.125 inch at top rails, 0.187 inch between bottom and ~ threshold, and 0.687 inch between bottom and floor. Single-acting doors shall be beveled 0.125 inch at lock, hinge, and meeting stile edges. Unless otherwise specified, doors shall be flush doors using facing sheets with a plain smooth surface. Construction shall consist of a phenolic resin-impregnated kraft paper honeycomb core, surrounded at edges and louvered areas with extruded aluminum shapes. The impregnation of core shall have a minimum of 20 percent resin content. Sheet aluminum door facings shall be not less than O.04-inch thick laminated to a 0.10-inch thick tempered hardboard backing. The backing shall be bonded to the honeycomb core. Facing sheets shall be bonded to core under heat and pressure with a thermosetting adhesive, and mechanically locked to the extruded edge members. C. WELDING AND FASTENING: Where possible, welds shall be located on unexposed surfaces; on exposed surfaces welds shall be dressed smoothly. Welding rods, filler wire, and flux shall be selected to produce a uniform texture and color in finished work. Flux and spatter shall be removed from surfaces immediately after welding. Exposed screws or bolts will be permitted only in inconspicuous locations, and shall have countersunk heads. Concealed reinforcements for hardware shall be welded in place. . December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 08120-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . D. WEATHERSTRIPPING: Weatherstripping shall be provided on edges of exterior doors and fit into slots which are integral with doors or frames. " Weatherstripping shall be replaceable without special tools. Installation shall allow doors to swing freely and close positively. E. ANCHORS: Anchors shall be provided on the backs of sub frames for securing sub frames to adjacent construction: Transom bars shall be anchored at ends and mullions at head and sill. Freestanding door frames shall be reinforced and anchored to floor construction in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Anchors shall be placed near top and bottom of each jamb and at intermediate points not more than 25 inches apart. F. PROVISIONS FOR HARDWARE: Hardware is specified in Section 08710. Hardware templates and hardware (except field-applied hardware) shall be delivered to the door manufacturer for use in fabrication of aluminum doors and frames. Doors and frames shall be cut, reinforced, drilled, and tapped at the factory to receive template hardware. Doors to receive surface-applied hardware, except push plates, kick plates, and mop plates, shall be provided with reinforcing only and drilled and tapped in the field. Hardware reinforcements shall be stainless steel or steel with hot-dipped galvanized finish, and secured with stainless steel screws. Reinforcement in core of flush doors shall be provided as required to receive locks, door closers, and other hardware. G. FINISHES: Finish on doors and frames shall be factory finish of anodic coating. Exposed aluminum surfaces shall be cleaned and provided with an anodized fmish conforming to AA DAF45. Finish shall be AA-MlO-C22-A42 Architectural Class I color-anodized finish. Color shall be clear. 2.04 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided: 1. Detail specifications and instructions for installation, adjustments, cleaning and maintenance. 2. Certificates of compliance specified in paragraph 08120-1.02 B. December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 08120-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor PART 3--EXECUTION .1 ~,....,~, ,r 3.01 INSTALLATION Frames shall be plumb, square, and level and anchored to adjacent construction as specified and in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Bottom of each frame shall be anchored to rough floor construction with 3/32-inch thick stainless steel angle clips secured to back of each jamb and to floor construction; stainless steel bolts and expansion rivets shall be used for fastening clip anchors. Doors shall be hung to produce clearances specified. After erection and glazing, doors and hardware shall be adjusted to operate properly. 3.02 PROTECTION FROM DISSIMILAR MATERIALS A. DISSIMILAR METALS: Where aluminum surfaces come in contact with metals other than stainless steel, zinc, or small areas of white bronze, aluminum shall be protected from direct contact by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Paint the dissimilar metal with one coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. 2. Apply a good quality elastomeric sealant between the aluminum and the dissimilar metal. . 3. Paint the dissimilar metal with one coat of primer and one coat of aluminum paint. 4. Use a nonabsorptive tape or gasket in permanently dry locations. B. DRAINAGE FROM DISSIMILAR METALS: In locations where drainage from dissimilar metals has direct contact with aluminum, provide protective paint, to prevent aluminum discoloration. C. MASONRY AND CONCRETE: Aluminum surfaces in contact with mortar, concrete, or other masonry materials shall be protected with one coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. D. WOOD OR OTHER ABSORPTIVE MATERIALS: Aluminum surfaces in contact with absorptive materials subject to frequent moisture, and aluminum surfaces in contact with treated wood, shall be protected with two coats of aluminum paint or one coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. In lieu of painting the aluminum, the Contractor shall have the option of painting the wood or other absorptive surface with two coats of aluminum paint and sealing the joints with elastomeric sealant. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUONSpecs 08120-6 Port Angeles East UOA Sewer Interceptor '. . . 3.03 CLEANING Upon completion of installation, door and frame surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with door manufacturer's recommended procedure, including removal of excess glazing and sealant compounds. Protective coating shall be removed when completion of construction activities no longer requires its retention. Use of abrasive, caustic, or acid cleaning agents is not allowed. 3.04 PROTECTION Doors and frames shall be protected from damage and from contamination by other materials such as cement mortar. Prior to completion and acceptance of the work, damaged doors and frames shall be restored to original condition or replaced with new ones. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 08120-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 08310 ACCESS HATCHES PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies floor access hatch and roof access hatch. B. Related Sections: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper perfonnance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents: 1. Section 03300: Cast-In-Place Concrete. 2. Section 05500: Metal Fabrications. 3. Section 07900: Joint Sealers. 4. Section 09900: Coating Systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following document. These references are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail: Reference Title Aluminum Design Manual Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 6061- T6 Standard Structural Profiles AA AAMA 2605-02 AASHTO ASTM B209 ASTM B221 ASTM B308 December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 08310-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Reference Title Aluminum Diamond Tread Plate Stainless steel Angle, 304 Stainless Steel Diamond Tread Plate, 304 Recommended Practices for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding Structural Welding Code Aluminum OSHA Safety and Health Standard for General Industry Uniform Building Code and associated standards, 1997 Edition including State of Washington amendments Washin on Industrial Safe and Health Act .' ", ",) ASTM B632 ASTM A276 ASTM A 793 AWS C5.5 AWS D1.2 OSHA 29R 1910 UBC WISHA B. Qualifications: 1. Qualify welding procedures and welding operators in accordance with A WS and ASME Section IX. 1.03 DEFINITIONS .\ ~,J A. Heavy Duty: Floor access hatch doors and frame will support live load of 300 pounds per square foot (pst), minimum. B. Traffic Load: Floor access hatch doors and frame will support H20 (per AASHTO) wheel loadings suitable for use in off street locations where not subjected to high density traffic. Meets concentrated load of 16,000 pounds per square foot, minimum. C. Door cover plate: Metal plate that covers the top of the hatch access door. D. Door bottom sheet (liner): Metal sheet that covers the bottom side of the hatch access door. E. Stiffeners: Provides structural reinforcement to meet loading requirements of the hatch door. Stiffeners are in-between the door cover plate and the door bottom sheet. F. Frame: Provides structural support for the hatch door and anchoring support to the building structure. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 08310-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . B. Manufacturer's Data: 1. Product technical data including: a. Manufacturer's technical data and information for each type of floor or roof access hatch assembly and shop drawings: 1) Calculations indicating design meets load criteria. 2) Complete schedule, types, locations, construction details, fmishes, latching or locking provisions, and other pertinent data. 3) Installation instructions, dimensions, tolerances, and other pertinent installation data. C. Operation and Maintenance Manual including parts list. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packing, Shipping, Handling and Unloading: Deliver hatch as a factory assembled unit in manufacturer's original packaging. B. Store materials in a dry, protected, well-vented area. The contractor shall thoroughly inspect product upon receipt and report damaged material immediately to delivering carrier and note such damage on the carrier's freight bill oflading. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Floor Hatches: 1. LW Products. 2. Bilco Company. 3. Nystrom. 4. Halliday Products. 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS - MATERIALS AND F ABRICA nON A. Floor Hatch (Traffic Duty): 1. Double-leaf access door. 2. Door cover plate, door bottom sheet, stiffeners, and frame will be made with all aluminum materials or all stainless steel materials. 3. Floor access hatch doors and frame will be designed to meet H20, AASHTO, traffic load requirements. See 1.03 B. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 08310-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 4. Door Cover Plate and Door Bottom Sheet: . a. Materials Options (2): I) Aluminum: a) Door cover plate - 3/8 inch, minimum, mill finish diamond plate aluminum. b) Door bottom sheet - lf4 inch, minimum, aluminum plate. 2) Stainless steel: a) Door cover plate -lf4 inch, minimum, 304(L) stainless steel, diamond plated with mill finish. b) Door bottom sheet - 1/8 inch 304(L) stainless steel sheet. b. Reinforce door cover plate with stiffeners to meet H20 load requirements. 5. Frame: a. Material Options (material must match door cover and bottom plate option): 1) Aluminum: 3/8 inch, minimum, structural grade one-piece aluminum extruded frame having a continuous anchor as part of the one-piece construction. . 2) Stainless steel: 3/16 inch, minimum, 304(L) stainless steel, mill finish with continuous anchor as part of frame. b. Frame Accessories: 1) Built-in neoprene gasket with SCE of 41 per ASTM D 1056. 2) Continuous EPDM debris gasket. 3) Gutter frame with 1-'l'2 inch drain welded under frame for free drainage. 6. Aluminum surfaces that will be in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals shall have two heavy coats of bituminous paint. 7. Hatch Door Hardware: a. All hardware shall be stainless steel. b. Hinges shall have tamper-proof fasteners. c. Grip hand~: Vinyl. d. Positive locking hold open arms (two minimum per leaf) using hydraulic spring assist such that no more than 30 pounds force is required to open hatch cover. e. Fabricate doors to open to 90 degrees. f. Furnish with slam lock and removable key handle. Provide padlock hasp. . December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 08310-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 8. Safety Grating: Hatch opening shall be provided with hinged safety grating for fall protection. a. Grating should provide 300 psf rated fall-through protection. b. Grating hardware: I) All hardware shall be stainless steel. 2) Hinges shall have tamper-proof fasteners. 3) Grip handle: Vinyl. 4) Positive locking hold-open arm using spring assist such that no more than 30 pounds force is required to open safety grating. 5) Fabricate doors to open to 90 degrees. 6) Grating shall be similar in design to aluminum Safety Grate System by Syracuse Castings. 9. Fabricate access hatch and safety grating such that the clear opening size is 72 inches x 72 inches, minimum. 2.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain floor access doors and panel units, and frames from one source and one single manufacturer. B. Warrant materials and workmanship against defects for a minimum of one full year after completion and final acceptance of installation: 1. Repair defects, or replace with new materials, faulty materials or workmanship developed during the guarantee period at no expense to Owner. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 08310-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 08331 ROLL-UP DOORS PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies aluminum roll-up doors. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE Furnish each roll-up door as a complete unit produced by one manufacturer, including hardware, accessories, mounting and installation components. 1.03 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following document. It is a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of a conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed document, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Reference Title NEMA ICS-6-83 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and S stems 1.04 SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturer's product data, roughing-in diagrams, and installation instructions for each type and size of roll-up door. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS A. MANUFACTURERS: Roll-up doors shall be by Kinnear, Cookson, Cornell, Pacific Rolling Door, or equal. B. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 08331-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor All doors shall have manual operators. Where aluminum metal touches concrete, it shall be ~ coated with heavy alkali-resistant bituminous paint. Provide inside slide bolt suitable for padlock. 2.02 PRODUCT DATA Provide operation and maintenance information. 2.03 CURTAIN Curtain shall be made of interlocking slats fabricated of aluminum of a gage suitable to resist wind load of 30 pounds per square foot. Malleable endlocks shall be fastened to each end of all slats with a minimum of two rivets. The bottom of the curtain shall be equipped with a foot piece consisting of two extruded aluminum angles for reinforcement and a rubber loop astragal for sill contact. Curtain shall be flat slat type. Slats shall be of continuous length without splices for full width of door. 2.04 HOOD The hood shall be constructed of Alloy 3003 aluminum sheet of not less than 0.032-inch thick, mill fmish, formed to fit contour brackets, and reinforced at top and bottom edges. 2.05 GUIDES Door guides shall be fabricated of steel angles bolted together to form channel guide for the @; curtain. galvanized after fabrication. Guides shall have sufficient slot depth to retain the curtain against a wind pressure of 30 pounds per square foot. 2.06 BRACKETS Brackets shall be constructed of steel plates of sufficient thickness to support the weight of the curtain and barrel assembly and designed to form an end closure support for the hood. The drive bracket shall be equipped with permanently lubricated sealed ball bearings. 2.07 BARREL ASSEMBLY Barrel shall be of steel pipe and shall be adequate to carry door weight with deflection not to exceed 0.04 inch per foot of door width. The door shall be counterbalanced with oil-tempered helical torsion springs. Spring tension shall be adjustable by a wheel that is accessible without removing the hood. 2.08 GEARS All gears shall be of high grade cast iron made from machine cut patterns. ",1 ~ December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 08331-2 I Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 2.09 CONTROLS AND OPERA nONS A. MANUAL: Manual operators shall consist of reduction gears and heavily galvanized steel hand chain provided with chain lock brackets. 2.10 FINISH All aluminum parts shall be given a 204-RI class I clear anodized finish after fabrication. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Installation shall be under the supervision of manufacturer-approved personnel. On completion of the installation, the doors shall operate smoothly without interruptions during the opening and closing cycles. 3.02 EXAMINATION AND PREP ARA nON . Verify that wall openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions and tolerances are within limits. 3.03 INSTALLATION Install according to manufacturer's instructions. Fit and align door assembly level and plumb, install to provide for smooth and quiet operation requiring a minimum of service and adjustment. Coordinate installation of sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter per specification Section 07900. 3.04 WARRANTY Provide manufacturer's 2-year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. 3.05 CLEAN UP Clean all exposed and adjacent surfaces at completion of installation. **END OF SECTION** '. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 08331-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. GENERAL: Work under this section includes the finish and security hardware requirements for the project. Items not specifically mentioned but necessary to complete the work shall be furnished, matching the items specified in quality, and finish. 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL A. SUPPLIER: Finish Hardware shall be supplied by recognized builder's hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than two years. The supplier's organization shall include a member of the American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants who is available at all reasonable times during the course of the work to meet with the Owner, Architect, or Contractor for project hardware consultation. Supplier shall be located within 200 miles of the project. Supplier shall be a distributor for the specified products, not a broker. Supplier shall maintain a warehouse and stock of specified hardware and replacement parts. B. INSTALLER: Finish Hardware shall be installed only by experienced tradesmen in compliance with trade union jurisdictions, either at the door and frame fabrication plant or at the project site. C. CODES: All Finish Hardware shall comply with applicable local and/or state current building codes. Hardware for fire-rated openings shall also be in compliance with all fire building codes applicable to the district in which the building is located. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL for the types and sizes of doors required, and which complies with the requirements of the Door and Door Frame Labels. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. MANUFACTURER'S DATA: Submit Manufacturer's data for each item of finish hardware. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 08710-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. HARDWARE SET: . Submit listing of Finish Hardware Set indicating complete designation of every item required for each door or opening. List in a vertical form. Review of hardware schedule does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to fulfill project requirements in accordance with contract documents. Set must be in vertical form, including all quantities, stock numbers, finishes and sizes. List hardware for each door opening separately. B. FORMAT OF HARDWARE SET: Heading 5 1 single Door 5 Corridor P7 from Classroom P2 - RHR 100 3'0 x 7'0 x 1-3/4" Wd x Hm HW-4 1-1/2 Pro Butts 1 Lockset 1 Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencers TA2714 26D 4-112 x 4-1/2 1I2WS 35H 7EW I5H 32D EN350-PED TB 5th Screw Spacer 5153 12 x 34 (Push Side) QU W307 26D IV 20R After the hardware has been reviewed, submit one (1) copy of catalog cuts of each item . and installation and maintenance instructions. " c. TEMPLATES: Furnish hardware templates for fabricators of doors, frames and other work to be factory prepared for hardware. Upon request, check shop drawings of such other work to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for the prior installation of hardware. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. PACKAGING: Each item or package is to be separately tagged with identification related to final hardware schedule. Basic installation instructions shall be included. B. STORAGE: Provide locked room at the jobsite for storage of hardware. 1.06 GUARANTEE Finish hardware shall be guaranteed against defects in workmanship and operation for a period of one year, backed by a factory guarantee oftbe hardware manufacturer, except the door . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 0871 0-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . closers shall be so guaranteed for ten years. No liability shall be assumed by the hardware supplier where faulty operation is due to improper installation or failure to exercise normal maintenance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.0 1 MANUFACTURERS A. Items used are from the catalogs of: McKinney Ives Sargent & Co. Tice Trimco Pemko Mfg. ABH BEST B. Except as shown in the following paragraphs, no other substitutions are allowed. 2.02 BUTTS A. Manufacturer Listed: McKinney. B. Acceptable Substitutions: Lawrence, Stanley. C. Size: 4-112 x 4-112 except as required to clear projecting trim. 5 x 4-112 at exterior, vestibule and doors over 36" in width. D. Quantity: 1-112 pair up to and including 90" in height. 2 pair over 90" in height. E. For unusual size or weight doors, furnish type, size, and quantity recommended by the butt manufacturer. F. Outswing doors to have non-removable pins (NRP set screw in barrel). G. Finish: US32D STAINLESS STEEL H. Continuous Hinges = Mckinney 2.03 LOCKSETS, LA TeRES, DEADLOCKS A. Manufacturer Listed: BEST 35H MORTISE LOCKS. B. Acceptable Substitutions: None. C. Design: Lever - ISH December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 08710-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor D. Alllocksets and latchsets shall be the product of one manufacturer. E. Finish: US32D STAINLESS STEEL 2.04 CYLINDERS A. Manufacturer Listed: BEST INTERCHANGEABLE CORE. B. Acceptable Substitutions: None. C. Provide cylinders for all key operated locks, exit devices and mullions. D. Finish: US26D DULL CHROME. 2.05 EXIT DEVICES AND MULLIONS A. Manufacturer Listed: Sargent & Co. 80 Series B. Acceptable Substitutions: None C. Provide lever handles where noted to match mortise locksets. D. Provide shim kits as required to clear projecting lite frames. E. Provide 12-L980 mullion as listed. Box type 2" x 3" "UL" listed at all locations - key removable type. F. Finish: US32D STAINLESS STEEL. 2.06 DOOR CLOSERS, SURFACE A. Manufacturer Listed: Sargent 351 Series. B. Acceptable Substitutions: None C. Provide drop plates where required. D. Provide extra duty arms at all parallel arm locations: 351-PlO E. Furnish shoe supports for all closers. F. Provide closers with proper spring power adjustment to meet ADA Codes. G. Provide regular arms at all in-swing doors where listed. 351-0 H. Finish: PLATED ARMS AND PLATED COVERS US26D DULL CHROME December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 08710-4 . . . . . . 1. Provide special closer mounting as required where interference with weatherstrip or sound seal occurs. 2.08 KICK PLATES, PUSH & PULLS A. Manufacturer Listed: Tice B. Acceptable Substitutions: Trimco, Ives. C. Finish: Kick Plates: US32D STAINLESS STEEL Push & Pulls: US32D STAINLESS STEEL D. Size: All plates shall be 2" less than door width on push side of door, except pairs of doors shall be I" less than door width. Kick Plates shall be 12" in height. Armor Plates shall be 34" in height. 2.09 STOPS, HOLDERS, AND MISCELLANEOUS A. Manufacturer Listed: Ives. B. Acceptable Substitutions: Rockwood, TRIMCO,SPECW ARE C. Wall Stops: WS402CVX (unless otherwise noted). Floor Stops: 1215. D. Finish = US26D DULL CHROME E. Where wall stops are not applicable, furnish floor stop or vise-versa. Provide proper height floor stops to suit conditions. Contractor to provide solid blocking for all wall mounted stops. 2.10 OVERHEAD STOPS A. Manufacturer Listed: ABH B. acceptable Substitutions: Glynn-Johnson, Sargent. C. Provide proper size and degree of swing to suit conditions. D. Finish: US32D STAINLESS STEEL 2.11 WEATHERSTRIP AND THRESHOLD A. Manufacturer Listed: Pemko B. Acceptable Substitutions: Reese, National Guard December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 08710-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor C. Where smoke gasket is specified, provide Pemko S44D D. Provide sleeve anchor Pemko FHSL-25 for all thresholds. E. Finish all weather stripping. Will be clear anodized aluminum. All thresholds will be Mill Finish Aluminum. F. As per the International Building Code, the maximum height of all thresholds is to be 0.5 inch. 2.12 DOOR SILENCERS A. Manufacturer Listed: Ives. B. Acceptable Substitutions: Trimco, Baldwin. C. Quantity: Furnish three (3) for each single door frame, and four (4) for each pair of door frames. D. Type: 64 or 65. 2.13 KEYING Keying shall be established at a key conference attended by the Ownerl Architect and BEST LOCK REPRESENTATIVE. Provide permanent key schedules in a format acceptable to the Owner. All permanent keys shall be hand delivered or sent via registered mail directly to the Owner. Key to existing GGMK system. The hardware distributor will provide brass construction cores for all locks. When the project is completed, the hardware distributor will provide the permanent cores. The contractor will install the permanent cores. Keys: Provide 3 for each cylinder unit (except as amended at key conference). Master keys: Provide 6 for each new set established. Provide 6 construction keys. Cylinders will be BEST (No Substitution) December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 08710-6 .) .) . ~ PART3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation by skilled mechanics to architect's satisfaction. Conform strictly to manufacturer's templates and directions. Conform to referenced IBC and UL requirements. B. Adjust movable parts to operate perfectly at time of final acceptance. C. Make further adjustments required during guarantee period. D. Replace hardware which has been damaged by use when damage is caused by faulty installation. E. Make mortises accurately to exactly receive hardware. Depth or Mortises such that hardware is flush with finish surfaces. F. Screws and similar: Drill appropriate size guide holes for all wood screws. Drill and tap metal doors and frames to receive manufacturer's machine screws. Do not use sheet metal or "TEK" screws to install hardware. . G. Use cast-in-place stainless steel anchor bolts or stainless steel expansion shield for all items supported by, or on, new concrete. H. Place door stops and holders to allow maximum swing. Doors not to contact anything but stop. I. Cut and fit thresholds to profiles of door jambs with mitered comers and precision joints. Set exterior thresholds in bed of butyl rubber sealant and fill all voids to exclude moisture. Do not block any weep holes and remove excess sealant. Align the bevel of exterior thresholds with exterior face of door, unless detailed otherwise. Thresholds shall be installed level. 1. Hardware Placement: Locate hardware on doors as follows: 1. Comply with handicapped code where more stringent requirements are indicated. 2. Dimensions are from the finished floor to centerline unless shown otherwise. . Butts: As per approved metal jambs. Lock/Latch: 40-inch centerline of strike. Exit Device Cross Bar: 40-inch centerline of bar, except as required to clear vision lites. Deadlock Cylinder: 48 inches All other items are manufacturer's instructions or as directed. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/l30282/EUGAlSpecs 08710-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3. After installation, check and adjust all operation hardware. 4. Protection and Cleaning: After installation, clean interior and exterior metal surfaces of all mortar, plaster, paint and other contaminants. 3.02 HARDWARE GROUPS Hardware Set Each to Receive: 3 EA HINGE T4A3386 X 4.5 X 4.5 1 EA LOCK 35H 7EW ISH 1 EA OVERHEAD STOP ABH 1 EA CLOSER 351- PIO X PLATED ARM & COVER26D 1 EA EXIT DEVICE 80 SERIES 1 EA KICKPLA TE B4E 1 EA THRESHOLD 276A 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 3I5CN 1 SET GASKET S44D 1 EA RAIN DRIP 346C 32D 32D 1010 32D AL AL BRZ AL **END OF SECTION** MCK BEST 32D SA SA TICE PEMKO PEMKO PEMKO PEMKO December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 08710-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor A) ~,r 4PJ t' " '~:J :. . . Section Title 09900 09901 COATING SYSTEMS FINISHES AND COLORS November 3,2006 12/4/2006 - p"/130282IEUGAlSpecs DIVISION 9 FINISHES Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 09900 COATING SYSTEMS PART l--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies coating systems, surface preparations, and application requirements. B. DEFINITIONS: Specific coating terminology used in this section is in accordance with definitions contained in ASTM D16, ASTM D3960, and the following definitions: 1. Dry Film Thickness (DFT): The thickness of one fully cured continuous application of coating. 2. Field Coat: The application or the completion of application of the coating system after installation of the surface at the site of the work. 3. Shop Coat: One or more coats applied in a shop or plant prior to shipment to the site of erection or fabrication, where the field or finishing coat is applied. 4. Tie Coat: An intermediate coat used to bond different types of paint coats. Coatings used to improve the adhesion of a succeeding coat. 5. Photochemically Reactive Organic Material: Any organic material that will react with oxygen, excited oxygen, ozone or other free radicals generated by the action of sunlight on components in the atmosphere giving rise to secondary contaminants and reaction intermediates in the atmosphere which can have detrimental effects. 6. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: The portion of the coating that is a compound of carbon, is photochemically reactive, and evaporates during drying or curing, expressed in grams per liter or pounds per gallon. 7. Touch-Up Painting: The application ofa paint on areas of painted surfaces to repair marks, scratches, and areas where the coating has deteriorated to restore the coating film to an unbroken condition. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:!130282/EUGAlSpecs 09900-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE .; "'_.- A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Standard Terminology Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards for Painting Steel Surfaces Methods for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of Paints and Related Coatings Field Measurement of Surface Profile of Blast Cleaned Steel Federal Standard Colors . ASTM D16 ASTM D2200 (SSPC-Visl) ASTM D3359 A ASTM D3960 ASTM D4417 F 595 B SSPC ANSIINSF 61 B. STANDARDIZATION: Materials and supplies provided shall b~ the standard products of manufacturers. Materials in each coating system shall be the products of a single manufacturer. The standard products of manufacturers other than those specified will be accepted when it is demonstrated to the Engineer that they are equal in composition, durability, usefulness, and convenience for the pwpose intended. Requests for substitutions will be considered, provided the following minimum conditions are met: . December 1, 2006 12/112006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 09900- 2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 1. The proposed coating system shall use an equal or greater number of separate coats to achieve the required dry film thickness. 2. The proposed coating system shall use coatings of the same generic type as that specified. 3. Requests for substitution shall have directions for application and descriptive literature which includes generic type, percent solids by volume, volatile organic content (grams per liter), and information confirming that the substitution is equal to the specified coating system. . 4. The Contractor shall provide a list of references where paint of the same generic type has been applied. The reference list shall give the project name, city, state, owner, phone number of owner, coating system reference and number, and year paint was applied. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Materials shall be delivered to the job site in their original, unopened containers. Each container shall bear the manufacturer's name, coating type, batch number, date of manufacture, storage life, and special directions. Materials shall be stored in enclosed structures and shall be protected from weather and excessive heat or cold. Flammable materials shall be stored in accordance with state and local codes. Materials exceeding storage life recommended by the manufacturer shall be removed from the site. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS The following list specifies the material requirements for coating systems. Coating systems are categorized by generic name followed by an identifying abbreviation. If an abbreviation has a suffix number, it is for the purpose of identifying subgroups within the coating system. Coating System Manufacturer Primer Coat( s) Finish Coat(s) Epoxy E-l Ameron Amerlock 400 Amerlock 400 Carboline Carboguard 890 Carboguard 890 ICI Devoe Devran 224HS Devran 224HS International Paint Intergard 750HS Intergard 760HS Sherwin-Williams B67H5/B67V5 B628001B62V800 Tnemec Series 69 Series 69 December 1, 2006 12/112006 - p:/130282IEUGAlSpecs 09900-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Coatin S stem Manufacturer Primer Coat s Finish Coat s e) EP-2 Ameron Amercoat 385 Amercoat 385 International Paint Interguard 750HS Interguard 760HS ICI Devoe Bar Rust 236 Bar Rust 236 Tnemec Series 69 Series 69 Misc. M-l DEN SO Denso Paste Densyl Tape TRENTON Wax Ta e Primer #1 Wax Ta e 2.02 PRODUCT DATA Before materials are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall provide the following information in accordance with Standard Specifications 1-05.3: 1. F or each primer and finish coating, the Contractor shall furnish a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). 2. For each primer and finish coating, the Contractor shall provide the manufacturer's application instructions which shall include the following: a. Surface preparation recommendations. . b. Primer type, where required. c. Maximum dry and wet mil thickness per coat. d. Minimum and maximum curing time between coats, including atmospheric conditions for each. e. Curing time before submergence in liquid. f Thinner to be used with each paint. g. Ventilation requirements. h. Minimum atmospheric conditions during which the paint shall be applied. 1. Allowable application methods. J. Maximum allowable moisture content. k. Maximum storage life. . ~ December 1, 2006 12/112006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 09900-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 3. List of materials proposed to be used under this section and manufacturer's data for each material. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 COATINGS A. GENERAL: Coating products shall not be used until the Engineer has inspected the materials and the coating manufacturer's technical representative has instructed the Contractor and Engineer in the surface preparation, mixing and application of each coating. B. COATING SYSTEMS: 1. SHOP APPLIED PRIME COAT: Except as otherwise specified, prime coats may be shop- or field-applied. Shop-applied p~mer shall be compatible with the specified coating system and shall be applied at the minimum dry film thickness recommended by the manufacturer. Product data sheets identifying the shop primer used shall be provided to the on-site finish coat applicator. Adhesion tests shall be performed on the shop primer as specified in paragraph 09900-3.02 A. Damaged, deteriorated and poorly applied shop coatings that do not meet the requirements of this section shall be removed and the surfaces recoated. If the shop primer coat meets the requirements of this section, the field coating may consist oftouching up the shop prime coat and then applying the finish coats to achieve the specified film thickness and continuity. 2. FIELD COATS: Field coats shall consist of one or more prime coats and one or more finish coats to build up the coating to the specified dry film thickness. Unless otherwise specified, finish coats shall not be applied until other work in the area is complete and until all previous coats have been inspected. C. COATING REQUIREMENTS: 1. EQUIPMENT, NONIMMERSED: All items of equipment, or parts of equipment which are not immersed in service, shall be shop primed and then finish coated in the field after installation with the specified or approved color. The methods, materials, application equipment and all other details of shop painting shall comply with these specifications. If the shop primer requires topcoating within a specified period of time, the equipment shall be finish coated in the shop and then touch-up painted after installation. 2. EQUIPMENT, IMMERSED: All items of equipment, or parts and surfaces of equipment which are immersed when in service, with the exception of pumps and valves shall have all surface preparation and coating work performed in the field. 3. STEEL PIPING: Steel piping shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-6 (Commercial Blast Cleaning) and primed before installation.F December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 09900-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.02 PREPARATION .J A. GENERAL: Surfaces to be coated shall be clean and dry. Before applying coating or surface treatments, oil, grease, dirt, rust, loose mill scale, old weathered coatings, and other foreign substances shall be removed except as specified. Oil and grease shall be removed before mechanical cleaning is started. Where mechanical cleaning is accomplished by blast cleaning, the abrasive used shall be washed, graded and free of contaminants which might interfere with the adhesion of the coatings. The air used for blast cleaning shall be sufficiently free of oil and moisture to not cause detrimental contamination of the surfaces to be coated. The Contractor shall examine all surfaces to be coated and shall correct all surface defects before application of any coating. Clean cloths and clean fluids shall be used in solvent cleaning. Cleaning and painting shall be scheduled so that dust and spray from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. Hardware, hardware accessories, nameplates, data tags, machined surfaces, sprinkler heads, electrical fixtures, and similar uncoated items which are in contact with coated surfaces shall be removed or masked prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Following completion of coating, removed items shall be reinstalled. Equipment adjacent to walls shall be disconnected and moved to permit cleaning and painting of equipment and walls and, following painting, shall be replaced and reconnected. The Contractor shall perform an adhesion test after proper cure in accordance with ASTM . 033~9 to ddhemonstrathte thah t (1) theTshop coalt adhhere~ to the dhsubs~te, ~d (2f)5thAe sp~ified fie did '~~ . coatmgs a ere to e s op coat. est resu ts s owmg an a eSIon ratmg 0 on Immerse surfaces and 4A or better on all other surfaces shall be considered acceptable. Where unacceptable test results are obtained, the Contractor shall be responsible for removing and reapplying the specified coatings at no expense to the Owner. B. METALLIC SURFACES: Metallic surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with applicable portions of surface I preparation specifications of the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) specified in each coating system. The profile depth of the surface to be coated shall be 20 to 25 percent of the coating dry film thickness as measured by Method C of ASTM 04417. Blast particle size shall be selected by the contractor to produce the specified surface profile. The solvent in solvent cleaning operations shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. Preparation of metallic surfaces shall be based upon comparison with SSPC- VIS 1-89 (ASTM 02200), and as described herein. To facilitate inspection, the Contractor shall, on the first day of blasting operations, abrasive blast metal panels to the standards specified. Plates shall measure a minimum of 8-112 inches by 11 inches. Panels meeting the requirements of the specifications shall be initialed by the Contractor and the Engineer and coated with a clear non- yellowing finish. One of these panels shall be prepared for each type of abrasive blasting and shall be used as the comparison standard throughout the project. . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 09900-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . c. SOL VENT CLEANING: Any solvent wash, solvent wipe, or cleaner used, including but not limited to those used for surface preparation in accordance with referenced Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) specifications, shall be of the emulsitying type which emits no more than 2.8Ib/gal (340 gms/l) VOCs, contains no phosphates, is biodegradable, removes no zinc, and is compatible with the specified primer. D. DETAILED SURFACE PREPARATION: Surface preparations for each type of surface shall be in accordance with the specific requirements of each coating specification sheet (COA TSPEC). 3.03 APPLICATION A. WORKMANSI-llP: Coated surfaces shall be free from runs, drops, ridges, waves, laps, and brush marks. Coats shall be applied so as to produce an even film of uniform thickness completely coating comers and crevices. Painting shall be done in accordance with the requirements of SSPC Paint Application Specification No.1. The Contractor's equipment shall be designed for application of the materials specified. Compressors shall have suitable traps and filters to remove water and oils from the air. A paper blotter test shall be performed by the Contractor when requested by the Engineer to determine if the air is sufficiently free of oil and moisture to not pr?duce deteriorating effects on the coating system. The amount of oil and moisture in spray air shall be less than the amount recommended by the coating manufacturer. Spray equipment shall be equipped with mechanical agitators, pressure gages, and pressure regulators, and spray nozzles of the proper sizes. Each coat of paint shall be applied evenly and sharply cut to line. Care shall be exercised to avoid overspraying or spattering paint on surfaces not to be coated. Glass, hardware, floors, roofs, and other adjacent areas and installations shall be protected by taping, drop cloths, or other suitable measures. B. PAINT PROPERTIES, MIXING AND TIllNNING: Paint, when applied, shall provide a satisfactory film and smooth even surface, and glossy undercoats shall be lightly sanded to provide a surface suitable for the proper application and adhesion of subsequent coats. Paints shall be thoroughly stirred, strained, and kept at a uniform consistency during application. Coatings consisting of two or more components shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Where necessary to suit the conditions of the surface, temperature, weather and method of application, the paint may be thinned immediately prior to use. The volatile organic content (VOC) of the coating as applied shall comply with prevailing air pollution control regulations. Unless otherwise specified, paint shall not be reduced December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 09900- 7 more than necessary to obtain the proper application characteristics. Thinner shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer. ~ ~ c. ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS: Paints shall be applied only to surfaces that are dry, and only under conditions of evaporation rather than condensation. Paint shall not be applied during rainy, misty weather, or to surfaces upon which there is frost or moisture condensation. During damp weather, when the temperature of the surface to be coated is within 10 degrees F of the dew point, the surfaces shall be heated to prevent moisture condensation thereon. Bare metal surfaces, except those which may be warped by heat, may be dehydrated by flame-heating devices immediately prior to paint application. During painting, and for a period of at least 8 hours after the paint has been applied, the temperature of the surfaces to be painted, the painted surfaces, and the atmosphere in contact shall be maintained at or above 40 degrees F and 10 degrees F above the dew point. Paint, when applied, shall be approximately the same temperature as that of the surface on which it is applied. Fans or heaters shall be used inside enclosed areas where conditions causing condensation are severe. D. PROTECTION OF COATED SURFACES: Items which have been coated shall not be handled, worked on, or otherwise disturbed, until the paint is completely dry and hard. After delivery at the site of permanent erection or installation, shop-coated metalwork shall be repainted or retouched with specified paint when it is necessary to maintain the integrity of the film. E. -. METHOD OF PAINT APPLICATION: . Where two or more coats are required, alternate coats shall contain sufficient compatible color additive to act as indicator of coverage, or the alternate coats shall be of contrasting colors. Color additives shall not contain lead, or any lead compound which may be destroyed or affected by hydrogen sulfide or any other corrosive gas. Mechanical equipment, on which the manufacturer's coating is acceptable, shall be touch-~p primed and painted with two coats of the specified coating system to match the color scheduled. Electrical and instrumentation equipment specified in Divisions 16 and 17 shall be painted as specified in paragraph 09900-3.03 H. Paint shall not be applied to a surface until it has been prepared as specified. The primer or first coat shall be applied by brush to ferrous surfaces which are not blast-cleaned. All coats for blast-cleaned ferrous surfaces and subsequent coats for nonblast-cleaned ferrous surfaces may be either brush or spray applied. After the prime coat is dry, pinholes and holidays shall be marked, repaired in accordance with coating manufacturer's recommendations and retested before succeeding coats are applied. Unless otherwise specified, coats for concrete and masonry shall beibrushed or rolled. ... '., December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p.l130282/EUGAlSpecs 09900-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . F. FILM TIllCKNESS AND CONTINUITY: Coating system thickness is the total thickness of primer and finish coats. The surface area covered per gallon of paint for various types of surfaces shall not exceed those recommended by the manufacturer. The first coat, herein referred to as the prime coat, on metal surfaces refers to the first full paint coat and not to any solvent wash, grease emulsifiers or other pretreatment applications. Coatings shall be applied to the thickness specified, and in accordance with these specifications. Unless otherwise specified, the average total thickness (dry) of any completed protective coating system on exposed metal surfaces shall be not less than 1.25 mils per coat. The minimum thickness at any point shall not deviate more than 25 percent from the required average. Unless otherwise specified, no less than two ~oats shall be applied. In testing for continuity of coating about welds, projections (such as bolts and nuts), and crevices, the Engineer will determine the minimum conductivity for smooth areas of like coating where the dry mil thickness has been accepted. This conductivity shall then be taken as the minimum required for these rough or irregular areas. Pinholes and holidays shall be repainted to the required coverage. G. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: Before erection, Contractor shall apply all but the final finish coat to interior surfaces of roof plates, roof rafters and supports, pipe hangers, piping in contact with hangers, and all contact surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly. The final coat shall be applied after erection. Structural friction connections and high tensile bolts and nuts shall be painted after erection. Areas damaged during erection shall be hand-cleaned or power-tool cleaned and recoated with primer coat prior to the application of subsequent coats. Touch-up of all surfaces shall be performed after installation. All surfaces to be coated shall be clean and dry at the time of application. H. ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS: Electrical and instrumentation equipment and materials shall be coated by the manufacturer as specified below. I. FINISH: Electrical equipment shall be treated with zinc phosphate, bonderized or otherwise given a rust-preventive treatment. Equipment shall be primed, painted with enamel, and baked. Minimum dry film thickness shall be 3 mils. Unless otherwise specified, instrumentation panels shall be coated with system E-I for indoor mounting and system U for outdoor mounting. Before final acceptance, the Contractor shall touch up any scratches on equipment with identical color paint. Finish shall be smooth, free of runs, and match existing finish. Prior to touching up scratches, Contractor shall fill them with an appropriate filler. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAiSpecs 09900-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2. COLOR: Exterior color of electrical equipment shall be FS 26463 (ANSI 61) light grey. Interior shall be painted FS 27880 white. Nonmetallic electrical enclosures and equipment shall be the manufacturer's standard grey color. Exterior color of instrumentation panels and cabinets mounted indoors shall be FS 26463 light grey; unless otherwise specified, exterior color for cabinets mounted outdoors shall be FS 27722, white. Cabinet interiors shall be FS 27880, white. 1. SAFETY AND VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS: Requirements for safety and ventilation shall be in accordance with SSPC Paint Application Guide No.3. 3.04 CLEANUP Upon completion of coating, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials, protective coverings, and accumulated rubbish, and thoroughly clean all surfaces and repair any overspray or other paint-related damage. 3.05 COATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SHEETS (COATSPEC) Coating systems for different types of surfaces and general service conditions for which these systems are normally applied are specified on the following COA TSPEC sheets. Surfaces shall be coated in accordance with the COA TSPEC to the system thickness specified. December I, 2006 1211/2006 - p:1130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 09900-10 .l ~j ~ A; ~ . 3.05 COATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SHEETS (COATSPEC) Coating System Identification: E-I Coating Material: Epoxy Surface: Metal Service Condition: Interior; exterior, covered, not exposed to direct sunlight. Surface Preparation: General: Shop primed surfaces which are to be incorporated in the work shall be prepared in the field by cleaning all surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-2 (Hand Tool Cleaning). Damaged shop coated areas shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP-5 (White Metal Blast Cleaning) and spot primed with the primer specified. Shop epoxy primed surfaces shall require light abrasive blasting prior to receiving finish coats. Ferrous Metal: Bare ferrous metal surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-6 (Commercial Blast Cleaning). . Ferrous metal with rust bleeding shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP-I (Solvent Cleaning). Areas of rust penetration shall be spot blasted to SSPC SP-IO (Near White Blast) and spot primed with the specified primer. Nonferrous and Galvanized Metal: Nonferrous and galvanized metal shall be prepared in accordance with SSPC SP-7 (Brush-off Blast Cleaning). Application: Field General: Prime coat may be thinned and applied as recommended by the manufacturer, provided the coating as applied complies with prevailing air pollution control regulations. Ferrous Metal: Prime coats shall be an epoxy primer compatible with the specified finish coats and applied in accordance with the written instructions of the coating system manufacturer. . December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 09900-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.05 COATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SHEETS (COATSPEC) Coating System Identification: Nonferrous and Galvanized Metal: System Thickness: Coatings: Primer: Finish: December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs E-l (continued) Nonferrous and galvanized metal shall be cleaned prior to the application of the prime coat in accordance with SSPC SP-l (Solvent Cleaning). 10 mils dry film. One coat at manufacturer's recommended dry film thickness. One or more coats at manufacturer's recommended dry film thickness per coat to the specified system thickness. 09900-12 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .f . t; . 3.05 COATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SHEETS (COATSPEC) Coating System Identification: EP-2 Coating Material: Polyamidoamine epoxy, suitable for intermittent exposure to raw sewage Surface: Concrete Service Condition: (1) Immersed, nonpotable; non immersed, corrosive environment, color not required: Surface Preparation: Concrete: Concrete surfaces shall be allowed to age for at least 28 days and allowed to dry to the moisture content recommended by the coating manufacturer. Moisture content may be tested by the Engineer with a Delmhorst Instrument Company moisture detector, or equal. Except as otherwise specified, loose concrete, form oils, surface hardeners, curing compounds, and laitance shall be removed from surfaces by abrasive blasting and chipping, and voids and cracks shall be repaired as specified in Section 03300. . Application: Field Sealer or filler shall dry a minimum of 48 hours prior to application of prime coat. Prime coat shall be thinned and applied as recommended by the coating manufacturer, provided the coating as applied complies with prevailing air pollution control regulations. Drying time between coats shall be as specified by the manufacturer for the site conditions. If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, surface preparation shall require solvent washing, light abrasive blasting, or other procedures per manufacturer's instructions. System Thickness: 16 mils dry film. . December I, 2006 12/l/2006 - p:/130282IEUGAlSpecs 09900-13 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.05 COATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SHEETS (COATSPEC) Coating System Identification: Coatings: Primer: Finish: December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs EP-2 (continued) One coat at manufacturer's recommended dry film thickness, black. One or more coats at manufacturer's recommended dry film thickness per coat to the specified system thickness, black. 09900-14 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .J -'>~~"" .iI. 'j - ""',) . '. 3.05 COATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SHEETS (COATSPEC) Coating System Identification: M-I Coating Material: Petrolatum based mastic and wrapping tapes. Surfaces: Metal Service Condition: Below grade (buried). Surface Preparation: Remove loose scale, rust, dirt, excessive moisture, or frost from the surface in accordance with SSPC SP-2 (Hand Tool Cleaning). Application: All surfaces shall be hand rubbed or brushed with a priming paste recommended by the manufacturer. Sharp projections such as threads, irregular contours, or badly pitted areas shall receive a liberal amount of priming paste to ensure maximum protection of metal throughout. . On irregular shaped surfaces, i.e., nuts, bolts, flanges, valves, etc., Contractor shall use either of the following systems recommended by the manufacturer. A. Apply recommended mastic by hand in sufficient quantity to build an even contour over entire surface. Contractor shall pay particular attention to ensure that all folds and air pockets within the mastic layer are thoroughly pressed out prior to subsequent application of tape. OR: B. An extra layer of tape shall be cut and carefully molded around all sharp projections, nuts, bolts, etc., before final application of tape, in order to meet specified system thickness. Tape shall be spirally wrapped with a 55 percent overlap and sufficient tension and pressure to provide continuous adhesion without stretching the tape. Edges of tape must be continuously smoothed and sealed by hand during wrapping. On vertical application, contractor shall begin at bottom and proceed upward creating a weather board overlap. . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 09900-15 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.05 COATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SHEETS (COATSPEC) Coating System Identification: M-1 (continued) System Thickness: Smooth contours shall have a minimum thickness of 50 mils while nuts, bolts, and sharp projections shall be 100 mils. Coating: Number and types of coating shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/112006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 09900-16 . .\ ~ . . SECTION 09901 FINISHES AND COLORS PART I GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. GENERAL: This Section specifies finishes and colors for rooms, equipment and other items which are to be painted or have other architectural finishes. B. RELATED SECTIONS: The work of the following Sections is related to the work of this Section. Other Sections, not referenced below, may also be related to the proper performance of this work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to perform all the work required by the Contract Documents: 1. Section 09900: Coating Systems. .' 1.02 COATING SCHEDULE In the following schedule, the coating system for each specified surface shall comply with the requirements of Section 09900. Coat surfaces indicated on this schedule unless specifically noted otherwise on the Drawings or in the Specifications. ,e Surfaces Coating System Color Remarks Concrete floor Hardener, Farwest Clear slab #6362 or equal. Pre-cast concrete Per Section 09900, Black Two or more coats wet well interiors COA TSPEC EP-2 at manufacturer's and exteriors, recommended dry valve vault film thickness per interiors and coat to the exteriors, and specified system manhole interiors thickness. Apply coating after manhole channeling is complete. Pump Station Latex primer / sealer Pittsburgh Paints Building Interior 501-11 Rain Drop or Walls equal l' December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1130282/EUGAlSpecs 09901-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Surfaces Coating System Color Remarks Miscellaneous Per Section 09900, Match adjacent exposed conduit, COA TSPEC E-I surfaces piping, and utilities Buried steel pipe Per Section 09900, COA TSPEC M-l Metal louvers Factory finish / Construction Kynar Specialties - No. 60 Onyx. Gray or eQual Metal roofing and Factory fmish / AEP-SPAN / Trim Kynar Hemlock Green or eQual Interior and Alkyd primer and Pittsburgh Paints - Exterior Doors semi-gloss enamel 581-4 Flagstone or and Frames eQual Exterior CMU Per Section 07121 Wood siding, Wood stain - semi Cabot Stains - soffit, fascia, and transparent Driftwood trim Gray/0344 or eQual PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 1211/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 09901-2 ..~ ~y @; f; . . '. DIVISION 10 SPECIAL TIES NOT USED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT November 3, 2006 1214/2006 - p'/I30282IEUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Section 11000 11002 11020 11050 11 060 11081 11347 11381 DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT Title GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT RIGID EQUIPMENT MOUNTS VIBRATION AND CRITICAL SPEED LIMIT A TIONS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CENTRIFUGAL AND AXIAL FLOW PUMPING EQUIPMENT ELECTRIC MOTORS DIESEL STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATOR SET SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS CHEMICAL METERING PUMPS November 3, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1\30282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 11000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies general requirements which are applicable to all mechanical equipment. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all mechanical equipment meets the requirements of this section in addition to the specific requirements of each individual equipment specification section. B. EQUIPMENT LISTS: Equipment lists, presented in these specifications and as specified on the drawings, are included for the convenience of the Engineer and Contractor and are not complete listings of all equipment, devices and material required to be provided under this contract. The Contractor shall prepare his own material and equipment takeoff lists as necessary to meet the requirements of this project manual. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ARRANGEMENT: The arrangement of equipment shown on the drawings is based upon information available to the Owner at the time of design and is not intended to show exact dimensions conforming to a specific manufacturer. The drawings are, in part, diagrammatic, and some features of the illustrated equipment installation may require revision to meet actual submitted equipment installation requirements; these may vary significantly from manufacturer to manufacturer. The contractor shall, in determining the cost of installation, include these differences as part of his bid proposal. Structural supports, foundations, connected piping, valves, and electrical conduit specified may have to be altered to accommodate the equipment actually provided. No additional payment shall be made for such revisions and alterations. B. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the documents listed below. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document cites other standards, such standards are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11000-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect . ) at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the - Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, has been discontinued or has been replaced. Reference Title Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings Unified Screw Threads Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 125 Square and Hex Bolts and Screws, Including Askew Head Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Log Screws S uare and Hex Nuts ABMA Std 9 ABMA Std 11 ANSI B1.1 ANSI B1.20.1 ANSI B16.1 ANSI B 18.2.1 ANSI B18.2.2 c. UNIT RESPONSIBILITY: . The Contractor shall cause equipment assemblies made up of two or more components to be provided as a working unit by the unit responsibility manufacturer, where specified. The unit responsibility manufacturer shall coordinate selection, coordinate design, and shall provide all mechanical equipment assembly components such that all equipment components furnished under the specification for the equipment assembly, and all equipment components specified elsewhere but referenced in the equipment assembly specification, is compatible and operates reliably and properly to achieve the specified performance requirements. Unless otherwise specified, the unit responsibility manufacturer shall be the manufacturer of the driven component equipment in the equipment assembly. The unit responsibility manufacturer is designated in the individual equipment specifications found elsewhere in this project manual. Agents' representatives or other entities that are not a direct division of the driven equipment manufacturing corporation shall not be accepted as a substitute for the driven equipment manufacturer in meeting this requirement. The requirement for unit responsibility shall in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibility to the Owner for performance of all systems as provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall ensure that all equipment assemblies provided for the project are products for which unit responsibility has been accepted by the unit responsibility manufacturer(s), where specified. Where an individual specification requires the Contractor to furnish a certificate from a unit responsibility manufacturer, such certificate shall conform to the content, form, and style of the submittal form requirements as described in the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions section of this Specification and shall be signed by an officer of the unit . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1130282/EUGA/Specs 11000-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . responsibility manufacturer's corporation and shall be notarized. No other submittal material will be processed until a Certificate of Unit Responsibility has been received and has been found to be satisfactory. Failure to provide acceptable proof that the unit responsibility requirement has been satisfied will result in withholding approval of progress payments for the subject equipment even though the equipment may have been installed in the work. D. BALANCE: Unless specified otherwise, for all machines 10 HP and greater, all rotating elements in motors, pumps, blowers and centrifugal compressors shall be fully assembled, including coupling hubs, before being statically and dynamically balanced. All rotating elements shall be balanced to the following criteria: W e=16- N Where: e imbalance, ounce-inches, maximum. = w = Weight of the balanced assembly, pounds mass N = Maximum operational speed, rpm Where specified, balancing reports, demonstrating compliance with this requirement, shall be submitted as product data. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 FLANGES AND PIPE THREADS Flanges on equipment and appurtenances provided under this section shall conform in dimensions and drilling to ANSI BI6.1, Class 125. Pipe threads shall conform in dimension and limits of size to ANSI B 1.1, coarse thread series, Class 2 fit. Threaded flanges shall have a standard taper pipe thread conforming to ANSI B 1.20.1. Unless otherwise specified, flanges shall be flat faced. Flange assembly bolts shall be heavy pattern, hexagonal head, carbon steel machine bolts with heavy pattern, hot pressed, hexagonal nuts conforming to ANSI B 18.2.1 and B 18.2.2. Threads shall be Unified Screw Threads, Standard Coarse Thread Series, Class 2A and 2B, ANSI B 1.1. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11000-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.02 BEARINGS . Unless otherwise specified, equipment bearings shall be oil or grease lubricated, ball or roller type, designed to withstand the stresses of the service specified. Each bearing shall be rated in accordance with the latest revisions of ABMA Methods of Evaluating Load Ratings of Ball and Roller Bearings. Unless otherwise specified, equipment bearings shall have a minimum L-l 0 rating life of 50,000 hours. The rating life shall be determined using the maximum equipment operating speed. Grease lubricated bearings, except those specified to be factory sealed and lubricated, shall be fitted with easily accessible grease supply, flush, drain and relief fittings. Extension tubes shall be used when necessary. Grease supply fittings shall be standard hydraulic alemite type. Oil lubricated bearings shall be equipped with either a pressure lubricating system or a separate oil reservoir type system. Each oil lubrication system shall be of sufficient size to safely absorb the heat energy normally generated in the bearing under a maximum ambient temperature of 60 degrees C and shall be equipped with a filler pipe and an external level indicator gage. All bearings accessible to touch, and located within 7 feet measured vertically from floor or working level or within 15 inches measured horizontally from stairways, ramps, fixed ladders or other access structures, shall either incorporate bearing housings with sufficient cooling to maintain surface temperature at 65 degrees C or less for continuous operation at bearing rated load and a 50 degrees C ambient temperature or shall be provided with appropriate shielding shall be provided .\, that will prevent inadvertent human contact. _ ~ 2.03 V-BELT ASSEMBLIES Unless otherwise specified, V -belt assemblies shall be Dodge Dyna- V belts with matching Dyna-V sheaves and Dodge Taper-lock bushings, Wood's Ultra V-belts with matching Ultra-V sheaves and Wood's Sure-Grip bushings, or equal. Sheaves and bushings shall be statically balanced. Additionally, sheaves and bushings which operate at a peripheral speed of more than 5500 feet per minute shall be dynamically balanced. Sheaves shall be separately mounted on their bushings by means of three pull-up grub or cap tightening screws. Bushings shall be key seated to the drive shaft. ' Belts shall be selected for not less than 1 SO percent of rated driver horsepower and, where two sheaves sizes are specified, shall be capable of operating with either set of sheaves. Belts shall be of the antistatic type where explosion proof equipment is specified. 2.04 PUMP SHAFT SEALS A. GENERAL: Seals for water and wastewater pump shafts shall be either stuffmg box or mechanical seals. For industrial wastewater service, or for fluids other than water or municipal wastewater, the I; December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11000-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . recommendations of the seal manufacturer shall be followed for selection of appropriate seals. Unless specified otherwise, stuffing boxes and mechanical seals shall conform to the requirements set forth in this paragraph. B. MECHANICAL SEALS: Where mechanical seals are specified, the seal shall be of a nondestructive (nonfretting) type requiring no wearing sleeve for the shaft. Shafts for pumps specified with mechanical seals shall be furnished with no reduction in size through the seal area. Mechanical seals shall be the split mechanical type, requiring no field assembly, other than assembly around the shaft and insertion into the pump. Metal parts shall be Type 316 or 316L stainless steel. Springs shall be Hastalloy C. Rotary faces shall be ceramic or silicon carbide. Stationary faces shall be ceramic carbon or silicon carbide. Elastomers shall be ethylene propylene or fluorocarbon. Mechanical seals shall be suitable for operation under full vacuum to 200 percent of the maximum specified operating pressure, but in any event not less than 200 psig. Unless otherwise specified, mechanical seals for pumping equipment shall be self-aligning, self-centering, single, Chesterton 442, or equal. Mechanical seals for all pumps (except lineshaft pumps where the seal barrier fluid is used for lineshaft bearing lubrication) shall be fitted with SpiralTrac Version F, N or D, as recommended by EnviroSeal Engineering Products, Ltd, Nova Scotia, Canada. Boxes for mechanical seals on pumps for contaminated water service (sludge, grit, wastewater, scum, reclaimed water, etc.) shall be drilled and tapped for connection of a clean water purge supply. C. SHAFT PACKING: Where shaft packing is specified, stuffing boxes shall be tapped to permit introduction of seal liquid and shall hold a minimum of five rows of packing. Stuffing boxes shall be face attached. Stuffmg box and shaft shall be suitable for field installation, without machining or other modifications, of the mechanical seal specified in paragraph 11000-2.04.B for the applicable pump and operating conditions. Unless otherwise specified, lantern rings shall be bronze or Teflon, packing shall be die-molded packing rings of non-asbestos material suitable for the intended service and as recommended by the manufacturer, and glands shall be bronze, two piece split construction. Lantern rings shall be of two-piece construction and shall be provided with tapped holes to facilitate removal. Lantern rings shall be drilled and tapped 1/4 NC-20. The impeller end of the packing on all but line shaft pumps with external source water lubricated bearings shall be fitted with a SpiralTrac, Version P packing protection system as manufactured by EnviroSeal Engineering Products, Ltd, Nova Scotia, Canada. The section of each shaft or impeller hub that extends through or into the stuffmg box shall be fitted with a replaceable stainless steel sleeve with a Brinell hardness of not less than December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11 000- 5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 500. The sleeve shall be held to the shaft to prevent rotation and shall be gasketed to prevent leakage between the shaft and the sleeve. Minimum shaft sleeve thickness shall be 3/8 inch. ( 2.05 COUPLINGS .~ ~) Unless otherwise specified in the particular equipment sections, equipment with a driver greater than 1/2 HP, and where the input shaft of a driven unit is directly connected to the output shaft of the driver, shall have its two shafts connected by a flexible coupling which can accommodate angular misalignment, parallel misalignment and end float, and which cushions shock loads and dampens torsional vibrations. The flexible member shall consist of a tire with synthetic tension members bonded together in rubber. The flexible member shall be attached to flanges by means of clamping rings and cap screws, and the flanges shall be attached to the stub shaft by means of taper lock bushings which shall give the equivalent of a shrunk-on fit. There shall be no metal-to-metal contact between the driver and the driven unit. Each coupling shall be sized and provided as recommended by the coupling manufacturer for the specific application, considering horsepower, speed of rotation, and type of service. Where torque or horsepower capacities of couplings of the foregoing type is exceeded, Thomas-Rex, Falk Steel Flex, or equal, couplings will be acceptable provided they are sized in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's recommendations and sizing data are submitted. They shall be installed in conformance to the coupling manufacturer's instructions. 2.06 GUARDS @v Exposed moving parts shall be provided with guards which meet all applicable OSHA requirements. Guards shall be fabricated of 14-gage steel, 1/2-13-15 expanded metal screen to provide visual inspection of moving parts without removal of the guard. Guards shall be galvanized after fabrication and shall be designed to be readily removable to facilitate maintenance of moving parts. Reinforced holes shall be provided. Lube fittings shall be extended through guards. 2.07 CAUTION SIGNS Equipment with guarded moving parts which operates automatically or by remote control shall be identified by signs reading "CAUTION - AUTOMATIC EQUIPMENT MAY START AT ANY TIME". Signs shall be constructed of fiberglass material, minimum 1/8 inch thick, rigid, suitable for post mounting. Letters shall be white on a red background. The sign size and pattern shall be as shown on the drawings. Signs shall be installed near guarded moving parts. 2.08 GAGE TAPS, TEST PLUGS AND GAGES Gage taps shall be provided on the suction and discharge sides of pumps, blowers and compressors. Pressure and vacuum gages shall be provided where specified. Gage taps, test plugs, and gages shall be as specified in Divisions 15 and 17, respectively. ell ~ December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11000-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . '. 2.09 NAMEPLATES Nameplates shall be provided on each item of equipment and shall contain the specified equipment name or abbreviation and equipment number. Equipment nameplates shall be engraved or stamped stainless steel and fastened to the equipment in an accessible and visible location with stainless steel screws or drive pins. 2.10 LUBRICANTS The Contractor shall provide for each item of mechanical equipment a supply of the required lubricant adequate to last through the specified commissioning period. Lubricants shall be of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer and shall be products of the Owner's current lubricant supplier. The Contractor shall limit the various types oflubricants by consolidating them, with the equipment manufacturer's approval, into the least number of different types. Not less than 90 days before the date shown in his construction schedule for starting, testing and adjusting equipment (Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions section of this Specification), the Contractor shall provide the Owner with three copies of a list showing the required lubricants, after consolidation, for each item of mechanical equipment. The list shall show estimated quantity oflubricant needed for a full year's operation, assuming the equipment will be operating continuously. 2.11 ANCHOR BOLTS Anchor bolts shall be designed for lateral forces for both pullout and shear in accordance with the provisions of Section 05501. Unless otherwise stated in the individual equipment specifications, anchor bolt materials shall conform to the provisions of Section 05501. Equipment anchorage shall be according to Section 11002 2.12 SPARE PARTS Spare parts, wherever required by detailed specification sections, shall be stored in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. Spare parts shall be tagged by project equipment number and identified by part number, equipment manufacturer, and subassembly component (if appropriate). Spare parts subject to deterioration, such as ferrous metal items and electrical components, shall be properly protected by lubricants or desiccants and encapsulated in hermetically sealed plastic wrapping. Spare parts with individual weights less than 50 pounds and dimensions less than 2 feet wide, or 18 inches high, or 3 feet in length shall be stored in a wooden box with a hinged wooden cover and locking hasp. Hinges shall be strap type. The box shall be painted and identified with stenciled lettering stating the name of the equipment, equipment numbers, and the words "spare parts." A neatly typed inventory of spare parts shall be taped to the underside of the cover. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11 000- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor PART 3--EXECUTION Installation of equipment accessories included in this section shall be as recommended by the equipment manufacturer unless otherwise specified in the individual equipment specification section. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 11000-8 .~ "'"," l .~, ~J f; . . . SECTION 11002 RIGID EQUIPMENT MOUNTS PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies minimum requirements for rigid equipment mounts (baseplates, soleplates, and mounting blocks) and their installation on equipment pads. Completed equipment supports shall consist of equipment pads, equipment anchors, and rigid equipment mounts (baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks) set in grout. Unless alternate requirements for equipment mounts are specified in the applicable equipment specification, the requirements of this section shall be applied to rigid mounts for all rotating or reciprocating equipment that is used to mix, convey, or pressurize fluids (gases and liquids). The requirements of this section shall also apply whenever referenced in specifications for other types of equipment. If conflict exists between this section and requirements of individual equipment manufacturers, the more restrictive requirements shall prevail. B. DEFINITIONS: Specific equipment mounting terminology used in this section conforms to the following definitions: 1. Baseplate: Fabricated (welded structural steel elements), cast, or plate steel base providing a common mounting element on which the legs, feet, or mounting surfaces of equipment are mounted by means of bolted connections. 2. Soleplate: A machined plate, spanning an opening in the floor or equipment pad, providing a common mounting element on which the legs, feet, or mounting surfaces of equipment are mounted by means of bolted connections. 3. Mounting Blocks: Multiple smaller baseplates on which individual legs, feet or equipment supports are mounted when equipment or drivers are not fastened to a common baseplate or sole plate. 4. Equipment Pad: Concrete foundation (block or slab) supporting and elevating equipment mounts above the supporting structural floor slab or local grade. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11002-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 5. Mounting Pads: Thickened or raised areas of baseplates and soleplates where the feet or mounting surfaces of mounted equipment and drivers are bolted and/or doweled to the baseplate or soleplate. ,~ 6. Leveling Blocks: Temporary steel blocks placed under baseplates, soleplates, or a mounting block at leveling positions (at equipment anchors) for the purpose of leveling baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks prior to grouting. 7. Shims: Thin stainless steel plates of a uniform thickness installed on top of Leveling Blocks for fine adjustment oflevel. Shims may also be used between equipment or drivers and baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks for equipment alignment purposes specified in Section 11005. 8. Wedges: Pairs of uniformly tapered metal blocks that are stacked with the tapered surfaces reversed (relative to the other wedge) so that the top and bottom surfaces of the wedges are parallel. Wedges are used between equipment pads and baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks for the purpose of leveling baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks. 9. Mounting Stud: Threaded rod or bolts anchored to baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks for the purpose of mounting equipment or ancillary devices onto baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks. @J 10. Reinforcement Dowels: Steel reinforcement rods embedded in concrete, across a cold joint, for the purpose of transferring loads or force across the joint. 11. Machine Alignment Dowels: Tapered diameter rods inserted in tapered diameter holes for the purpose of aligning machinery. The practice of drilling tapered diameter holes through machinery and baseplates so that Machine Alignment Dowels may be inserted to facilitate alignment of machinery is known as Doweling. 12. Leveling Position: - A location on the top of a concrete equipment pad where leveling tools and equipment will be temporarily installed or used for the purpose of leveling baseplates, soleplates, and mounting blocks prior to grouting. 13. Grout Manufacturer: Refers to the manufacturer of the epoxy grout system used for installation of rigid equipment mounts. 14. Grout Manufacturer's Technical Representative(s): Refers to the technical representative(s) of the Grout Manufacturer. er' ~ December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11002-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . c. EQUIPMENT MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS: Unless otherwise specified, equipment and drivers shall be rigidly mounted on a common cast iron or fabricated steel baseplate or soleplate grouted into place on a concrete equipment pad. Under no circumstances shall baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks be grouted directly to concrete slabs or floors. Equipment that uses an interdependent equipment and driver mounting configuration (equipment that is bolted onto the driver frame and equipment that supports the driver entirely from the equipment frame) may be bolted directly on concrete or grout surfaces of equipment pads if the driver is less than five horsepower. Bolting equipment directly on concrete or grout surfaces of equipment pads is not acceptable for equipment and drivers that do not have an interdependent equipment and driver mounting configuration. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. It is a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed document, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid. If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Centrifugal Pumps - Installation, Operation and Maintenance Vertical Pumps - Installation, Operation and Maintenance ANSVHI 1.4 ANSVHI 2.4 API RECOMMENDED PRACTICE 686 ASTM E329 Recommended Practices for Machinery Installation and Installation Design Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction Anti-Seize Thread Compound, High Temperature Society for Protective Coatings Specifications, Vol. 2 International Building Code (including local amendments MIL.PRF-907E SSPC mc December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11002-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. QUALITY CONTROL BY CONTRACTOR: To demonstrate conformance with the specified requirements for rigid equipment mounts, the Contractor shall provide the services of an independent testing laboratory that complies with the requirements of ASTM E329. The testing laboratory shall sample and test equipment mount related materials as indicated in this Section. Costs of testing laboratory services shall be borne by the Contractor. For equipment with drivers 20 horsepower and greater, the Contractor shall furnish the services ofa grout manufacturer's technical representative that has been factory trained by the grout manufacturer. The grout manufacturer's technical representative shall perform training and quality control of epoxy grout installation for rigid equipment mounts as indicated in this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be provided in accordance with the submittal requirements specified in Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, (referenced sections need not be included for Section 11002) with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check maries shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right ofthe identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the fmal authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. Copies of this specification section shall be numbered and marked (specification number and equipment number) for inclusion (filing) with the associated equipment submittal requirements. 2. Schedule of rigid equipment mount installations specified in Paragraph 11002-2.01. 3. Name, employer and certificates or other information documenting compliance with the journeyman qualifications requirements for millwrights who will install rigid equipment mounts, as specified in paragraph 11002-3.03. C. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11002-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . ,--) .~ ~ .' ~j . . . 4. Certificates or other documentation issued by the epoxy grout manufacturer that demonstrates that the grout manufacturer's technical representative has been factory trained on installation of epoxy grout for equipment mounts, as specified in paragraph 11002-1.02 B. 2. 5. Shop drawings for all equipment pads, equipment anchors, and baseplate, soleplate or mounting block details. Shop drawings shall depict size and location of equipment pads and reinforcement; equipment drains; equipment anchor, size, location, and projection; expansion joint locations; elevation of top of grout and grout thickness; elevation of top of baseplate; soleplate; or mounting block; size and location of electrical conduits; and any other equipment mounting features embedded in equipment pads. Shop drawings for equipment pads, equipment anchors, and baseplate, soleplate, or mounting blocks shall be numbered and marked (specification number and equipment number) for inclusion (filing) with the associated equipment submittal requirements. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL Prior to initiating any installation efforts, the Contractor shall produce a rigid equipment mount installation schedule containing the expected dates for installing equipment anchors and preparation of equipment pads for leveling, grouting, and fmal equipment anchor clamping for each item of equipment. The schedule shall list the equipment, by equipment tag number, and shall list applicable equipment specification section, motor horsepower, and name of the Contractor's representative responsible for quality control during installation of rigid equipment mounts. The schedule shall be accompanied by written verification of equipment anchor clamping torque from the manufacturer of each item of equipment to be installed with rigid equipment mounts. 2.02 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS Concrete equipment pads shall be as shown in the structural details for equipment pads and equipment anchors for rigid mounted equipment. The Contractor shall submit equipment anchor calculations for all equipment with drivers 20 horsepower and greater. Equipment anchor calculations shall demonstrate that equipment anchor size, embedment, and edge distance comply with the IBC and are sufficient to resist the maximum lateral and vertical forces specified in Paragraph 11000-2.11. Equipment anchor calculations shall be sealed by a registered structural or civil engineer licensed in the State of Washington. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11002-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.03 BASEPLATES, SOLEPLA TES, AND MOUNTING BLOCKS . ,,~-" ~ A. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, Type I baseplates, soleplates, and mounting blocks shall be a minimum of 1 inch thick for equipment with drivers 20 horsepower and larger. All Type I baseplates, soleplates, and mounting blocks shall have edges of surfaces bearing on grout rounded to a radius of not less than 0.25 inch. Horizontal comers of Type I baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks shall be rounded to a radius of not less than two inches to avoid producing stress risers on the grouted foundation. Grout pouring holes (minimum 4 inches in diameter for epoxy grout, minimum 2 Y2 inches in diameter for cementitious nonshrink grout) shall be provided in all baseplates and soleplates and all baseplates and soleplates shall have grout release holes. Mounting blocks may be grouted without grout pouring holes provided that no dimension of the mounting block (width or length) exceeds 18 inches. Grout relief or vent holes (minimum 1 inch in diameter) shall be provided in all baseplates, soleplates, and mounting blocks. Internal stiffeners shall be provided on all cast and fabricated baseplates and shall be designed to allow free flow of grout from one section of the baseplate to another. The minimum acceptable opening in cross bracing and stiffeners shall be 2-inches high by 6-inches in width. All welds shall be continuous and free from skips, blowholes, laps and pockets. Mounting holes for equipment anchors shall be drilled through baseplates, soleplates, and mounting blocks. Mounting holes for equipment anchors shall not be burned out and they shall not be open slots. All mounting studs shall be Type 316 stainless steel. An anti-seize or anti- . galling compound, as specified in this Section, shall be applied to all mounting stud threads prior to installing nuts on mounting studs. Terminations requiring connections to baseplates, V' soleplates, or mounting blocks shall be acorn nuts welded to the under side of the baseplate or nuts welded to the underside of the baseplate and plugged with cork, plastic plugs or grease. In no case shall the fastener terminate only into the metal base. Where baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks are leveled using jackscrews, jackscrew threads shall be tapped in thickened pads or otherwise in sufficient metal to provide ease in adjusting level. Mounting pads for equipment shall be machined after all welding and stress relieving and shall be coplanar within 0.002 inch per foot in all directions. Mounting pads shall extend not less than 0.5 inch beyond the perimeter of the foot or mounting surface of the mounted equipment, in any direction. Equipment baseplates shall provide common support for the equipment and driver (and flywheel, if one is specified). Baseplates for equipment with drivers 20 horsepower and greater shall be furnished with eight transverse alignment (horizontal) positioning jackscrews for alignment of equipment drivers on horizontal surfaces of baseplates. Two of the eight transverse alignment/positioning jackscrews shall be installed in perpendicular directions in a horizontal plane at the mounting position for each comer or foot of the equipment driver. (Eight additional jackscrews shall be provided for transverse alignment of the flywheel, if flywheels are specified.) @ December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11002-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . B. TYPE I BASEPLATES: Type I baseplates shall be plate or fabricated structural steel baseplates with thickened steel mounting pads for doweling and bolting equipment to the baseplate. The baseplates shall be rectangular in shape for equipment other than centrifugal refrigeration machines and pump baseplates, which may be "T" or "L" shaped to accommodate the equipment drive and accessories. Baseplates for split case pumps shall include supports for suction and discharge elbows, if required by the specified configuration. Perimeter members shall be beams with a minimum depth equal to 1/10th of the longest dimension of the baseplate. Beam depth need not exceed 14 inches provided that the deflection and misalignment is kept within acceptable limits as determined by the manufacturer. C. NOT USED D. TYPE IV BASEPLATES: Type IV baseplates shall be cast iron with thickened mounting pads for doweling and bolting equipment to the baseplate. Cast iron baseplates shall be sealed in accordance with the requirements for bleeding surfaces specified in Section 09900 prior to grouting. E. SOLEPLA TES: Where soleplates are provided, the underside shall be scribed with the words "THIS SIDE DOWN" using welding rod material prior to milling the mounting pad for each equipment foot or mounting surface. Mounting surfaces and mounting pads on soleplates shall be milled flat to a tolerance of not less than 0.002 inch per foot in all directions. Soleplates shall be machined for an indexed fit to the mounted equipment or driver. F. MOUNTING BLOCKS: Where equipment is fabricated or cast with feet or mounting surfaces that are not fastened to a common baseplate or soleplate, as in dry-pit bottom suction pumps, the equipment may be supported on individual concrete piers or equipment pads in lieu of a common baseplate or soleplate and equipment pad. In such instances, the equipment shall be supported at the feet or mounting surfaces on individual mounting blocks, which shall be leveled and grouted into place on the individual piers or equipment pads as specified in this section. Vertical volute-type pumps weighing more than 2000 pounds shall be mounted on mounting blocks under each foot or mounting surface for the pump. All mounting blocks shall be furnished with jackscrew threads (three locations, minimum) tapped in the mounting block for the purpose of leveling mounting blocks with jackscrews. 2.04 GROUT FOR EQUIPMENT PADS A. EPOXY GROUT FOR EQUIPMENT MOUNTING: Unless otherwise specified, grout for setting bearing surfaces of baseplates, soleplates, and mounting blocks on equipment pads shall be Epoxy Grout for Equipment'Mounting as December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11 002- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor specified in Section 03600. Where the term epoxy grout is used in the context of details and specifications for equipment mounting it shall mean Epoxy Grout for Equipment Mounting. .\ ~_...Y B. CEMENTITIOUS NONSHRINK GROUT: Cementitious Nonshrink Grout, specified in Section 03600, may be used for setting bearing surfaces of baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks on equipment pads where equipment drivers are 20 horsepower and smaller and the combined weight of equipment and driver is less than 1000 pounds. Where the term nonshrink grout or cementitious grout is used in the context of details and specifications for equipment mounting it shall mean Cementitious Nonshrink Grout. Training and quality control by the grout manufacturer's technical representative is not required for rigid equipment mounts installed with cementitious non-shrink grout. 2.05 EPOXY PRIMER Epoxy primer shall be a lead free, chrome free, rust inhibitive, two-component epoxy primer specifically designed for use on metal substrates and in conjunction with epoxy grout. The epoxy primer shall be a product of the epoxy grout manufacturer. 2.06 ANTI-SEIZE/ANTI-GALLING COMPOUND Anti-seize or anti-galling compound shall be a molybdenum disulfide and graphite combination in an aluminum complex base grease conforming to MIL-PRF-907E. Acceptable products include Jet Lube 550 by Jet Lube, Inc., E-Z Break by LA-CO, or equal. A) ~ 2.08 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with the product data requirements specified in Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Equipment anchor calculations specified in paragraph 11002-2.02. 2. Results of grout strength tests, as specified in paragraph 11002-3.03 D. 3. Completed Rigid Equipment Mount Installation Inspection Checklist Forms (11002-A), as specified in paragraph 11002-3.02 B. 4. List of Contractor's equipment installation staff that has completed epoxy grout manufacturer's grout installation training specified in paragraph 11002-3.02 A. . December 1, 2006 12/l/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11002-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . ,. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Grouting for installation of equipment on equipment pads shall take place prior to connecting any field piping or electrical and instrumentation systems. Unless the Engineer accepts an alternate installation procedure in writing, baseplates, soleplates, and mounting blocks shall be leveled and grouted with the equipment removed. Pumps shall be installed in accordance with this section and ANSI/HI 1.4 or ANSI/HI 2.4, as appropriate for the type of pumping equipment installed. Connecting piping with flexible connections and/or expansion joints shall be anchored such that the intended uses of these joints are maintained in the piping system without imposing strain on the equipment connections. Where an equipment manufacturer's installation requirements include a rigid connection between the machine and connecting piping systems, the Contractor shall delete any flexible coupling (including equipment connection fittings) shown on the drawings and install the equipment in the following manner, in lieu of installing the flexible coupling: 1. The equipment pad shall be prepared as shown on the details for rigid equipment mounts 2. The baseplate, soleplate, or mounting blocks supporting the equipment shall be installed, leveled, and grouted in place as specified in this section. 3. The equipment shall be installed, aligned and doweled in place as specified in Section 11005. 4. The piping shall be installed and aligned to the equipment connections and the field piping connections without welding one of the joints for one section of pipe between the equipment connection and the field piping and all valving. All flanged joints shall be bolted up and pressure tested. 5. All piping shall be fully supported by supports designed to accept their full weight and thrust forces. 6. The fmal sections of piping shall be aligned with the equipment and field connections without the use of jacks, chain falls or other devices to force it into alignment. 7. The final piping joints shall be welded only after the previous steps have been completed and accepted by the Engineer. December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11002-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.02 EPOXY GROUT TRAINING AND QUALITY CONTROL ~ A. EPOXY GROUT TRAINING: Prior to commencing rigid equipment mount installation work on equipment pads, the Contractor shall furnish the services of a grout manufacturer's technical representative to conduct a training school for the workers that will be using the epoxy grout for rigid equipment mount installations. The school shall be not less than 4 hours in length and shall cover all aspects of using the products, from mixing to application. This requirement, however, shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of overall responsibility for this portion of the work. The epoxy grout manufacturer shall furnish a list of school attendees that have been satisfactorily trained to perform epoxy grout installation for equipment mounting. B. EPOXY GROUT QUALITY CONTROL: For equipment with drivers 20 horsepower and greater, the epoxy grout manufacturer's technical representative shall provide quality control services for epoxy grout installation in rigid equipment mounts. The epoxy grout manufacturer's technical representative shall be on site to inspect and verify that the application personnel have successfully performed surface preparation, epoxy grout application, and Quality Control Inspection in accordance with these specifications for a representative portion of the epoxy grout installation work. Specifically, the epoxy grout manufacturer's technical representative shall perform the following services for at least one rigid equipment mount installation for each equipment type and size: ~ 1. Inspect ambient conditions during various phases of epoxy grouting installation for conformance with the epoxy grout manufacturer's requirements. 2. Inspect the surface preparation of concrete substrates onto which epoxy grout materials are to be applied, for conformance to the specified application criteria, including but not limited to substrate profile, degree of cleanliness, and moisture. 3: Inspect the surface preparation of the metallic substrates onto which the epoxy primer is to be applied. 4. Inspect the epoxy-primed metallic substrate for coverage and adhesion. 5. Inspect preparation and application of epoxy grout form work for conformance to the specifications. 6. Inspect and record that the "pot life" of epoxy grout materials is not exceeded during installation. 7. Inspect epoxy grout for cure. @t Id Qp "I December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11002-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 8. /, Inspect and record that localized repairs made to grout voids are in conformance with the specification requirements. 9. Conduct a final review of completed epoxy grout installation for conformance to these specifications. 10. Attest to conformance of the Contractor's work by signing appropriate entries in the "Rigid Equipment Mount Inspection Checklist," form according to the submittal form requirements as described in the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions section of this Specification. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD PREP ARA TION: After the concrete is fully cured, the top of the equipment pad shall be roughened by chipping the surface. Chipping shall remove alllaitance and defective or weak concrete and result in a rough surface profile with a 0.25 inch minimum amplitude. Chipping shall expose broken aggregate without dislodging unbroken aggregate from the cement matrix and shall not cause fractures below the concrete surface. Leveling surfaces of the concrete that have been finished smooth and level for baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block leveling at equipment anchors shall be protected from damage during chipping. A light duty, hand held pneumatic chipper with a chisel type tool shall be used for chipping the equipment pad concrete surface. Abrasive blast, bush-hammer, jack hammers with sharp chisels, heavy chipping tools, or needle gun preparation of concrete surfaces to be grouted is not acceptable. Prior to leveling activities, satisfactory removal of defective or weak concrete shall be demonstrated in the presence of the Engineer by operating the chipper on the chipped concrete surface at locations identified by the Engineer. The chipped surface of the concrete shall be such that the final baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block elevation results in the grout manufacturer's recommended grout thickness between the surface of the equipment pad and the lower baseplate flange, underside of the soleplate or underside of mounting block. All dust, dirt, chips, oil, water, and any other contaminants shall be removed and the surface protected with plastic sheeting until grout is installed. Concrete equipment pad surfaces that have been finished smooth and level for use as leveling positions shall be protected from damage during chipping activities. Alternatively, leveling positions may be restored on chipped surfaces. Leveling positions shall be restored by installing leveling blocks or leveling plates for jackscrews on a high compressive strength epoxy putty (Philadelphia Resins, Phillybond Blue 6A, or equal). Leveling blocks and leveling plates shall be installed level on the epoxy putty. B. BASEPLATES, SOLEPLA TES, AND MOUNTING BLOCKS: All surfaces of baseplates, soleplates, and mounting blocks to be in contact with epoxy grout shall be cleaned to SSPC SP-6 and shall be primed with epoxy primer within 8 hours of cleaning. December 1, 2006 121112006 - p:/130282IEUGAlSpecs 11 002-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor c. LEVELING: ., """"","v' All machinery shall be mounted and leveled by journeyman millwrights. Precision surveying equipment shall be used for leveling. Machinists' spirit levels will not be permitted for leveling purposes for any baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block with a plan dimension greater than 4 feet. Baseplates and mounting blocks shall be leveled to a maximum tolerance of 0.002 inch per foot or as otherwise required by the equipment manufacturer, ifmore stringent. Soleplates shall be leveled to 0.0005 inch per foot or as otherwise required by the equipment manufacturer, if more stringent. An anti-seize or anti-galling compound specified in this Section shall be applied to all equipment anchor threads prior to beginning baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block leveling. All baseplates, soleplates, and mounting blocks shall be leveled against steel surfaces (jackscrew plates, leveling blocks, leveling nuts, support plates, or other steel surfaces). Use of other materials for leveling purposes is strictly and specifically prohibited. Unless otherwise specified, baseplates, mounting blocks, and soleplates shall be leveled as indicated in the leveling details. Leveling equipment and tools shall be stainless steel leveling blocks and shims, steel wedges, or jackscrews bearing on leveling plates. Leveling nuts may be used for leveling baseplates and soleplates weighing less than 200 pounds. The use of leveling nuts for leveling mounting blocks is not permitted. After baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks have been leveled on the leveling equipment, the Contractor shall clamp the baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks in position by installing the equipment anchor nuts and washers. Clamping torque shall be less than the final clamping torque specified in this Section, but sufficient to hold the baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block in position. The Contractor shall verify that the correct level and position of the baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block has been maintained after clamping on the leveling equipment. @, Leveling blocks shall be stainless steel, four inches square and 1-112 inches thick with an open-ended slot terminating in the center for the equipment anchor. Leveling blocks shall be machined flat on all horizontal surfaces and placed under the baseplate or soleplate at each equipment anchor. Shims shall be pre-cut stainless steel, slotted for removal after grouting, and shall extend not less than three inches beyond the baseplate, soleplate or mounting block. Leveling blocks and shims shall be coated with a light oil just prior to beginning the leveling and grouting work. Shims shall be placed so the tabs on the shims are easily accessible. D. GROUTING: Grout forms shall be built of minimum 0.75 inch thick waterproof plywood and shall be securely braced (minimum brace size shall be two-by-four lumber). Forms shall be designed for a minimum of6 inches hydrostatic head above the final elevation of the grout, to assist in flow during installation. Equipment mounting grout shall be furnished with expansion joints installed at four to six foot intervals, perpendicular to the centerline of baseplates. Forms shall be coated with three coats of paste wax on all areas that will come in contact with the grout to prevent the grout from bonding to the forms. Forms shall be waxed before .~ i!' ~ December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11002-12 Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor . . . assembly to prevent accidental application of wax to surfaces where the grout is to bond. Before any forms are installed, all concrete surfaces that will contact epoxy grout shall be free from any foreign material, such as oil, sand, water, wax, grease, etc. Forms shall be liquid-tight. Any open spaces or cracks in forms, or at the joint between forms and the foundation, shall be sealed off, using sealant, putty, or caulking compound. All outside vertical and horizontal edges of the grout shall have 45-degree chamfers as indicated in the equipment anchor details for rigid equipment mounts. Match chamfers in concrete portions of the equipment pad. Block outs shall be provided at all shimming and leveling positions to allow removal of leveling equipment and tools after the grout has cured. Jackscrews shall be coated with a light oil or other acceptable bond-breaking compound prior to grouting. The 45-degree perimeter chamfer strip shall be located at the final elevation of the grout. The final elevation of the grout on baseplates with exposed I-beam or C-channel supports shall be at the top of the lower support flange. The top of the grout, on all other baseplates soleplates, and mounting blocks, shall be at least 1.0 inch above the bottom or underside of the baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block and shall not be higher than the top of the baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block. The grout's final elevation shall not be so high as to bond the equipment anchor nut and washer. The resin and hardener for epoxy grout for equipment mounting shall be mixed in accordance with the epoxy grout manufacturer's recommendations. Epoxy grout shall be placed at the center of one end of the baseplate or soleplate and worked toward the ends in such a manner as to force the air out from beneath the baseplate or soleplate and out the vent holes, to eliminate voids. Epoxy grout shall be placed in a manner that avoids air entrapment, using a head box to pour grout into the grout holes. When the head box is moved to the next grout hole, a 6-inch high standpipe shall be placed over the grout hole and filled with grout. Use of vibrating tools and/or jarring (rapping or tapping) forms to facilitate grout flow is not permitted during placement of epoxy grout. The Contractor shall exercise care to never allow the grout to fall below the baseplate level once the grout has made contact with the baseplate. Grout placement shall be continuous until all portions of the space beneath the baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block have been filled. Subsequent batches of grout shall be prepared so as to be ready when the preceding batch has been placed. Under no circumstances shall the grouting operation be halted because of lack of grout mix. After the entire baseplate is full, 6-inch high standpipes shall be maintained over each grout hole, to continue purging of air. When the grout has started to take an initial set (typically this is determined by a noticeable increase in temperature and no flow of grout at the vent holes) the standpipes shall be removed and excess grout cleaned from all surfaces. Where the cavity under a baseplate or mounting block extends above the elevation of the top of the bolting flange for the baseplate or mounting block, grouting may be completed in two pours. Under these circumstances, the first grout pour shall be continuous until the lower face of the bolting flange for the baseplate or mounting block is submerged in grout a minimum of one inch. The second grout pour shall be completed with standpipes and air purges as specified in the previous paragraph. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11 002-13 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Grout forms shall be checked for leaks throughout grout pours. Leaks shall be repaired immediately to prevent formation of voids. A final check of baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block level and elevation shall be performed before the grout sets. .' A grout sample shall be taken for each equipment pad that has a baseplate, soleplate, or, mounting block set in grout. The sample shall be placed in a cylinder of sufficient size to yield, three two-inch cubes as test samples. The samples shall be tagged with project name, date, time, the equipment number and ambient temperature at the time of placement. Once the epoxy grout cylinder has been completely filled, it shall be placed next to the foundation of the equipment being grouted and allowed to cure for 48 hours. After 48 hours, the test cylinder shall be tested in accordance with the grout manufacturer's recommendations by the independent testing laboratory specified in this Section. The results shall be reported directly to the Engineer. Forms shall be removed only after the grout has cured sufficiently and upon specific permission from the Engineer. E. COMPLETION: Upon acceptance by the Engineer and the equipment manufacturer's representative and after the grout has reached sufficient strength, grout forms and block outs at leveling positions shall be removed. Leveling blocks and shims or wedges and support plates shall be removed, leveling nuts and jack screws shall be backed ofT to allow the grout to fully support the baseplate, mounting block, or soleplate. Take care not to damage the grout during removal of extended shimming material or leveling equipment and tools. . The equipment anchor nuts shall be tightened, using calibrated indicating torque wrenches, to develop the full clamping force required by the equipment manufacturer. Equipment anchor nuts shall be tightened in increments of not more than 25 percent of the final torque value in an alternating pattern to avoid stress concentration on the grout surface. After tightening equipment anchor nuts to final values, apply additional wax, grease, or mastic to all exposed portions of the equipment anchor beneath the baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block. After applying additional wax or mastic to exposed portions of equipment anchors, block outs (pockets) for access to leveling nuts, leveling blocks and shims, or wedges shall be filled with the grout material installed under baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks and pointed after the equipment anchor nuts have been tightened to final values. Jackscrews shall be removed and holes in the baseplate, soleplate, or mounting blocks filled with a flexible sealant (silicone rubber) or a short cap screw. Check for baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block movement (soft foot) by individually loosening and re-tightening each equipment anchor. Vertical movement at each equipment anchor shall be measured and recorded during loosening and retightening and shall not exceed 20 micrometers (0.001 inch). Vertical movement shall be measured using a magnetic-based dial indicator on the baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block referenced to the epoxy grout surface of the equipment pad or other approved method. Soft foot conditions shall be sufficient cause for removal and reinstallation of grout and baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks. . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11002-14 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . Check for grout voids by tapping along the upper surfaces of the baseplate, soleplate, or mounting block. Grout voids shall be sufficient cause for removal and reinstallation of grout and baseplates, soleplates, or mounting blocks. Grout voids shall be marked. At the discretion ofthe Engineer, grout voids may be repaired as specified in Chapter 5, Section 3.16 of API 686. 3.04 FINAL INSPECTION The Engineer will conduct a final inspection with the Contractor for conformance to requirements of the contract documents. **END OF SECTION** . . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11002-15 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 11020 VIBRATION AND CRITICAL SPEED LIMITATIONS PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies vibration and critical speed limitations for rotating mechanical equipment. Factory and/or field testing and vibration measurements shall be taken when specified in the individual equipment specification sections. 1.02 VIBRATION LIMITATIONS A. GENERAL: Vibration frequencies shall span the range from 5.0 to 5000 Hz. Where specified, measurements shall be obtained while the installed equipment is operating within the specified speed range. B. CENTRIFUGAL: 1. MACHINES WITH SLEEVE BEARINGS: Unless otherwise specified, centrifugal machines with sleeve bearing shafts shall not exhibit unfiltered RMS readings for vibration displacement in excess of the following: m eak, mils Up to 900 3.5 901-1800 3.0 1801-3000 2.5 3001-4500 2.0 Above 4500 1.6 Displacement measurements shall be taken radially on the shaft at two points at each bearing, except for well pumps which shall be measured at top of motor. Measuring points shall be 90 degrees apart. 2. MACHINES WITH ANTIFRICTION BEARINGS: Unless otherwise specified, centrifugal machines with antifriction bearing shafts shall not exhibit unfiltered RMS readings for vibration velocity in excess of 0.12 inch per second. Velocity measurements shall be taken on one point of each bearing housing. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11 020-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor c. POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT MACIllNES: Unless otherwise specified, positive displacement machines of the rotary, reciprocating and controlled volume types shall operate without any lateral or torsional vibration characteristics that may accelerate wear of the equipment. The Contractor shall provide manufacturer's certification that the manufacturer has inspected the machine under operating conditions and found it to comply with the requirements of this paragraph. 1.03 CRITICAL SPEED REQUIREMENTS Unless otherwise specified, rotating mechanical equipment shall not exhibit critical speeds within the specified range of operating speeds. Critical speeds for equipment with rigid rotor systems shall be at least 20 percent greater than maximum operating speed. Critical speeds for equipment with flexible shaft-rotor systems shall be at least 15 percent below minimum operating speed and 20 percent above maximum operating speed. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT DATA Manufacturer's certified data showing location of critical speeds in relation to operating speeds shall be provided as product data in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. **END OF SECTION** December r, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 11020-2 ~ _.~ ~J !J~, ~ " ' . . . SECTION 11050 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CENTRIFUGAL AND AXIAL FLOW PUMPING EQUIPMENT PART1--GENERAL 1.0 I DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section, when referenced in the detailed specification section, provides minimum requirements applicable to centrifugal and axial flow pumping equipment furnished under this contract. More restrictive requirements, where found in individual pump specifications, shall supersede requirements of this section. "Detailed pump specification", "detailed specification", "individual pump specification", "referencing section", or words of similar import in the following paragraphs, shall mean the specification section where the requirements for specific pump performance are presented. "Pumping unit", whenever and wherever used, shall mean the complete pumping assembly, including driver (whether engine, turbine, or motor) and shall include all accessories such as variable speed drives required for motor operation, gear reducers, intermediate shafting and bearings, flywheels, and all supports for all equipment furnished with the pump. B. DEFINITIONS: The following defmitions apply for classifying pumps specified in this and referencing sections. 1. SOLIDS BEARING LIQUIDS. Liquids to be pumped containing, or assumed to contain, solids that require appropriate pump design considerations and/or materials of construction. Solids Bearing Liquids are liquids with settleable solids exceeding 50 mg/1 and shall include, wastewater, stormwater, primary effluent, return sludge, return activated sludge (RAS), trickling filter circulation, and similar services. 2. CLEAR LIQUIDS. Liquids to be pumped generally free of deleterious solids. Clear Liquids shall include, potable water, heat reservoir, raw water, secondary effluent pumping, and similar services. 3. EFFICIENCY. For the purposes of this section and sections referencing this section, efficiency, as related to pumps, shall be the ratio of the pump output power (water horsepower) divided by the pump input power (brake horsepower) required to deliver the total head, with meanings as defmed in HI 1.2.6 and 2.2.6 and 2.2.3.8. For column type pumps, it shall be computed inclusive of inlet, bowl, column and discharge head losses. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11 050-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 4. NET POSITIVE SUCTION HEAD - 3 Percent Reduction (NPSH3). For the purposes ofthis section and sections referencing this section, NPSH3 shall mean the value of net positive suction head resulting in a reduction of 3 percent in the developed pump discharge head when the pump is tested in accordance with procedures established by the Hydraulic Institute. NPSH3 is the successor designation to NPSHR (net positive suction head required). Where NPSHR is used in the Contract Documents it shall be taken to mean NPSH3. .\ ') ,--" , 1.02 TYPE Provisions and requirements contained in this section apply specifically to centrifugal and axial flow pumps, both vertical and horizontal, commonly falling into the generic types covered by ANSI/HI 1.1 through 1.6 and 2.1 through 2.6. This section does not apply, except by specific reference, to positive displacement pumps of any type. 1.03 REFERENCES This section (Section 11050) contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section and any referencing section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section or any referencing section and those of the listed documents, the following order of precedence shall prevail (in the order of primacy): 1. 2. 3. The referencing section. This section. The referenced document. A) ~ Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings American Institute of Steel Construction Manual of Practice Centrifugal Pumps Vertical Pumps Pum s - General Guidelines .~ ~J ABMA 9 ABMA 11 AlSC ANSI/HI 1.1 - 1.6 ANSI/HI 2.1 - 2.6 ANSI/HI 9.1 - 9.5 December I, 2006 12/112006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . Reference ANSI/HI 9.6.1 ANSI/HI 9.6.2 ANSI/HI9.6.3 ANSI/HI9.6.4 ANSI/HI9.8 ANSI/HI 11.6 API 610, 2003 ASME Code ASTM A27 ASTM A36 ASTM A148 ASTM A322 ASTM A564 . ASTMA571 ASTM B148 AWWA C550 ISO 9001 ISO 10816 MIL STD 167-2 Vibration Institute Corbo and Malanoski, 1996 ,e Title Centrifugal and Vertical Pumps for NPSH Margin Centrifugal and Vertical Pumps for Allowable Nozzle Loads Centrifugal and Vertical Pumps Allowable Operating Region Centrifugal and Vertical Pumps. Vibration Measurements and Allowable Values Pump Intake Design Submersible Pump Tests Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum, Petrochemical and Natural Gas Industry Services ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application Carbon Structural Steel Steel Castings, High Strength, for Structural Purposes Steel Bars, Alloy, Standard Grades Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes Austenitic Ductile Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts Suitable for Low-Temperature Service Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings Protective Epoxy Coatings for Valves and Hydrants Quality Management Systems - Requirements, 3rd Ed. (2000) Mechanical Vibration-Evaluation of Machine Vibration by Measurement on Non-rotating Parts-Part 1: General Guidelines, Annex B, Table B.l. Zone A, Class I, II or II, as applicable. For the purposes of this specification, Annex B of ISO 10816, Part 1 shall form a part of this specification and ISO 10816, Part 1. Mechanical Vibrations of Shipboard Equipment (Reciprocating Machinery and Propulsion System and Shafting) Vibration Specialist Certification Requirements Practical Design Against Torsional Vibration, 25th Turbomachinery Symposium, Turbomachinery Laboratory, Texas A & M Universi , . 186 - 222 December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11050-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Reference Title Pump Rotordynamics Made Simple, Pumping Technology, June 1998, . 202 - 236 . Corbo and Malanoski, 1998 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS - ALL PUMPS: A. GENERAL: Equipment furnished under all sections referencing this section shall conform to the requirements and objectives of paragraph 5.1.1, API 610. All components associated with the rotating elements in the drive train, including equipment supports and supports for rotating elements, shall be selected and designed to function without damage or disassembly at reverse rotational speeds up to 150 percent of maximum operational speed during flow reversals through the pump. The complete pumping unit shall operate without overload on any component at any point along the pump's entire full-speed operating curve. Pumps required by virtue of the specified operating conditions to operate against a closed valve or throttled for any period of time exceeding five seconds shall be furnished with drivers sized to operate continuously at the power requirement for that condition even though the power requirements at the rated condition may be less. With the exception of submersible pumps and the inlet connection for pumps designed to operate in open forebays or wet wells, pump connection nozzles shall be designed for the loads and moments stipulated in ANSI/HI 9.6.2. Where ANSI/HI 9.6.2 does not cover a specific pump type or category, or where that document is silent on allowable nozzle loads or a particular type of nozzle load (e.g. thermal pipe strain), the Contractor shall furnish documentation from the manufacturer attesting to the limitations on loads and moment forces that can be tolerated on each connection and recommended connection details to be used. .~ ~ B. PUMP SELECTION: Pumping equipment provided under any section referencing this section shall be suitable for the operating modes described in the detailed specification section and other relevant portions of this project manual. They shall be selected to place all specified continuous duty operating conditions within the manufacturer's Allowable Operating Region (AOR), as defined under ANSI/HI9.6.3. Operating conditions are defmed in the referencing sections. Pumps furnished under this section and any referencing section shall operate without damaging cavitation or vibration over the entire specified range of flow and head conditions and shall be specifically selected for NPSH margin requirements detailed in paragraph 11050-1.04 F. Pump selections which do not provide the specified margin will be rejected. Under no circumstances will centrifugal pumps with suction specific speeds in excess of 12,500 be considered. Suction specific speed shall be calculated in accordance with ANSI/HI 1.3, paragraph 1.3.4.1.15. Each pump shall be subjected to a factory NPSH3 test at the pump's BEP to confirm that the suction specific speed limitation has not been exceeded. .~ ~ December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11050-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . The pump selection for a given application shall be predicated on locating the specified most frequent operating condition (usually Condition Point B in the detailed specification sections, but other specified operating conditions may apply as well) in the proposed pump's Preferred Operating Region (POR), as defined in ANSI/HI 9.6.3. The Preferred Operating Region (POR) shall be not less than that specified in paragraph 5.1.14, API 610. If the pump. manufacturer's information is silent on the boundaries of the AOR and POR for the proposed selection, the submittal will be rejected. Proposed pump selections shall be selected to allow not less than a five percent increase in head, as specified in paragraph 5.1.6 of API 610. Unless otherwise specified, Condition Point B requirements apply to the pump's full speed performance and only a head condition will be specified because the shape of individual pump designs' head capacity curves are unique. Variable speed operation to achieve this objective will not be considered. Pump selections proposing maximum diameter impellers for the proposed pump model and casing size will not be accepted. All pumps furnished under sections referencing this section shall be designed in accordance with applicable portions of ANSI/HI 1.1 -1.6,2.1- 2.6 and ANSI/HI 9.1 - 9.6 and the requirements of this section. The pumps shall be specifically designed to pump the fluid described in the detailed specification and shall operate without clogging or fouling caused by material in the pumped fluid at any operating condition within the range of service specified. . Unless otherwise noted or specified, pump head capacity curves shall slope in one continuous curve within the specified operating conditions. No points of reverse slope inflection capable of causing unstable operation will be permitted within the specified zone of continuous duty operation. Pumps with head/capacity curves as described in paragraph 9.6.3.3.12 of ANSI/HI 9.6.3 are specifically prohibited if these characteristics will cause unstable operation within the specified range of operating conditions and where startup/shutdown conditions entail operation against a slow opening/closing valve. Column type (vertical turbine, vertical column solids handling, and axial flow propeller and mixed flow) pumps shall have bells selected to provide a maximum intake velocity of 4.0 feet/second when operating at the maximum specified flow or the flow resulting from the lowest specified operating head at maximum speed, whichever is the greatest. Pump discharge column sizes shall be selected to limit the calculated average velocity at peak flow (as defmed previously) to no more than 12 feet/second. C. CRITICAL SPEEDS AND NATURAL FREQUENCIES: 1. LATERAL ROTOR DYNAMICS: The complete pumping unit, including all related frames, supports, enclosures, and casings, shall be free from dangerous critical speeds from 20 percent below to 30 percent above the operating speeds required to achieve the specified performance characteristics. The logarithmic decrement for each damped natural frequency (forward or backward) shall be greater than +0.3, and the amplitude magnification factor shall not exceed 3, for any natural frequency within this range. . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:!l30282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Process sensitivities are such that operation at infinitely variable speed within the specified operational conditions is an absolute requirement. Any remedy imposing a locked-out speed interval or intervals will not be considered an acceptable remedy for identified critical speeds. Acceptable remedies include combinations of adjustments in rotor geometry or materials, and the substitution of energy absorbing couplings. Other remedies may be considered so long as they are justified in writing and the proposal sealed and signed by the design professional retained by the manufacturer to perform the system mass elastic system analyses. .1 "',~} 2. TORSIONAL AND COMBINED SHAFT STRESS: For constant torque applications, the pump rotor shall be free from torsional response which produces combined (steady plus alternating torque induced) stresses exceeding 30 percent of the material's elastic limit (but no more than 18 percent of the material's ultimate tensile strength) at any speed from 1 0 percent below to 20 percent above that required by the specified operating conditions, or during startup, shutdown or motor control transients. For variable torque applications (including variable speed pumps, vertical pumps and pumps with large overhung loads) the pump rotor and any intermediate shafting shall be free from torsional responses which, in accordance with MIL STD 167-2, produce combined (torsional steady and alternating) peak shear stresses at points of stress concentration (calculated in accordance with the requirements of this section) that exceed 4 percent of the material's ultimate tensile strength, nor more than 50 percent of the material's fatigue limit, whichever is less. D. IMPELLER CLEARANCES, VANE PASSING FREQUENCY AND IMPELLER KEYWAYS: .~ --.~ The radial clearance between the tip of the impeller vane and diffuser or volute vanes ' shall be not less than 3 percent and 6 percent, respectively, of impeller diameter. The ratio of liquid channel widths (diffuser or volute/impeller) shall be not less than 1.15 nor more than 1.3 for diffuser pumps and 1.4 - 1.5 for volute-type pumps. The pump shall be designed so that internal geometry shall not cause uneven flow distribution at impeller vane inlets. Impeller vane combinations shall not be an even multiple of diffuser vanes in column type pumps. Impeller keyways for multistage column type pumps shall be cut at differing positions and equal angular spacing on the impeller shaft to avoid multiple simultaneous vane passing pulses. E. COMPONENT DESIGN CRITERIA: 1. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, combined stresses in steel frames and supports shall not exceed those permitted by the AISC Manual of Practice. Combined stresses in cast, forged, rolled, or fabricated pressure retaining components, frames and supports shall not exceed that allowed for the given material in Section VIII, Division I of the ASME Code. Design pressures for pressure-retaining parts shall be not less than twice the pump's shutoff head at the .~ ~ December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1130282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . manufacturer's listed maximum operating speed. Pump casing strain at any head on the full speed operating curve (including allowances for increases caused by specified multi-stage applications) shall not result in distortions at the bearing housings greater than the maximum allowable by the bearing manufacturer to provide the specified bearing life. The term "combined stresses" in this section shall mean the sum of all operating stresses, including stresses induced by dynamic and static forces as developed via the analysis procedures stipulated in this section. Static forces (x, y, z, and moments in all planes) shall include the relevant maximum nozzle loads specified in ANSI/ID 9.6.2 or as stipulated by the pump manufacturer. Dynamic forces shall include both steady state and transient stresses induced by operating conditions within the zone of operation established by the specified operating conditions. 2. ANCHORAGE: The Contractor shall cause the pump manufacturer to be responsible for the design of the anchor bolting system for each separately mounted component furnished under the detailed specification. Anchorage requirements for pumps shall conform to the standards of the Hydraulic Institute. Unless otherwise recommended by equipment manufacturer, all pump discharge nozzles shall be restrained using the equipment connection fitting specified in Section 15085. . Bases for horizontal pumps shall be designed in accordance with Section 11002 and paragraph 6.3, API 610 and shall provide common support for the pump and motor (and flywheel, if one is specified). Baseplate bolting shall conform to assumptions contained in ANSI/HI 9.6.2. Pump base shall be drilled and dowel pinned to the base plate in addition to bolting. Dowel pins shall allow for proper alignment and prevent lateral movement caused by pump dynamics and thrust acting on bolt hole tolerances. All operation and maintenance manuals for horizontal pumps shall contain criteria for baseplate bolt torque values. Anchor bolts and connecting bolts for all assemblies supported by other assemblies furnished under this section or sections referencing this section shall be designed in accordance with the mc. All vertical (column type) pumps (including driver, if supported by the pump) weighing more than 1000 pounds and all vertical volute type pumps with suction nozzle sizes 6 inches in diameter and greater and all separately supported motors shall be supported on a sole plate or sole plates provided by the pump manufacturer. Sole plates shall conform to the requirements of Section 11002. 3. TORSIONAL AND COMBINED SHAFT STRESSES: Shaft stresses shall be calculated using the following equation and the stress concentration factors in the table below. s=s x GxDx!J..@ cf 2xL . December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p'/130282IEUGAlSpecs 11 050- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor where: S = Scj = D = ~e = L = G = . stress, psi stress concentration factor, dimensionless minimum shaft diameter at point of concentration, inches twist in shaft between adjacent masses, radians effective length between masses, inches shear modulus of shaft material, lb/in2 The Scj, to be applied at all the roots of all keyways and changes in shaft diameter shall be as follows: Sc Ratio of fillet radius to shaft diameter 4.3 3.7 3.05 2.75 2.6 2.55 0.0025 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 and eater . Values of Scjbetween data points in the table above shall be based upon a straight line interpolation. 4. SHAFT DEFLECTION: Pump shafts on volute type pumps shall be designed to provide sufficient stiffness to operate without distortion or damaging vibration throughout the range of service specified. Shaft deflection at the face (impeller side) of the shaft seal shall be limited to no more than 1.5 mils at any operating condition within the zone described by the specified continuous duty operating conditions. Deflection at the shaft seal shall be calculated using the relationship set forth in paragraph 11050-1.05. B.5.c. 5. BEARINGS: Unless otherwise specified, anti-friction bearings for pumps with suction nozzle sizes 12 inches and smaller in diameter shall be selected for an L-IO life of 50,000 hours in accordance with ABMA 9 or 11. Anti-friction bearings for pumps with suction nozzle sizes 14 inches in diameter and greater shall have bearings selected for an L-IO life of 100,000 hours in accordance with ABMA 9 or 11. Bearings for other elements in the rotating system such as motors, intermediate shaft bearings, and flywheel bearings shall be selected using the same criteria as specified for the pump. Bearing selection shall be based upon the worst combination of continuous duty operating conditions specified and shall include both steady state December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs .: ~ 11050-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor '. . . and transient loads. Calculations supporting the selection of bearing sizes shall be provided as Product Data. 6. BEARING ISOLA TORS: Unless otherwise specified, all bearings shall be fitted with bearing isolators, specifically selected for the size and type bearing. Bearing isolators shall be labyrinth, non-fretting type designed to expel contaminants by centrifugal force and prevent escape oflubricants. Vapor block capability shall be provided. Bearing seals shall be Inpro/Seal or approved equal. 7. PUMP SHAFT SEALS: Unless otherwise specified in the detailed specification, pump shaft seals shall be packing as specified in Section 11000. F. NET POSITIVE SUCTION HEAD MARGIN LIMIT A nONS: 1. GENERAL: Pumps furnished under this section and sections referencing this section shall be selected for NPSH (Net Positive Suction Head) margin limitations using the suction energy methodology set forth in ANSI/HI 9.6.1. Net Positive Suction Head Required - 3 Percent Reduction (NPSH3) characteristics for the candidate pump shall be based upon documented test data not more than five years old, performed on a pump not more than two nominal pump diameters larger or smaller than the proposed pump with an impeller of the same geometry as that proposed for the pump to be used for the subject application, and operating at the same speed as the pump for the proposed application. The Contractor shall document the basis for pump selection based upon NPSH margin limitations as set forth in this paragraph. The detailed specification sections provide NPSHA (Net Positive Suction Head Available) information for anticipated operating conditions for each application. This information is generally referenced to a specific elevation, stated in terms of project datum. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to cause the pump manufacturer to adjust the NPSHA information to the elevation of the pump impeller eye for the specific pump model and size proposed for the application. NPSH3, as used in the following paragraphs, shall mean the NPSH3 at the impeller eye, determined in accordance with ANSI/HI 1.6, 2.6 or 11.6, as applicable for the proposed pump. The Contractor shall c;ause the pump manufacturer to document the method used to determine NPSH3 for the proposed pump and justifying compliance with the NPSH margin limitations established under this paragraph for each specified operating condition in material submitted under paragraph 11050-1.08. The documentation shall include justification of the NPSH3 tests used to develop NPSH3 characteristics, including the following: a. Date, test procedure, and test logs of original NPSH3 information used to project requirements for pump selected for the application. b. Test pump size, impeller diameter, impeller model, eye diameter, and speed. c. Calculations projecting NPSH3 test information to NPSH3 curve information for the pump proposed for the application. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor d. Calculations demonstrating compliance with the NPSH margin requirements established in this paragraph. .~ "'.......I>>'d The Contractor shall cause the pump manufacturer, using suction energy rules in selecting pumps proposed for each application, to apply criteria set forth in the individual paragraphs below. Percentages stated below shall apply to pump capacity on the selected pump's head/capacity curve at the speed required to achieve the specified operating condition. The Contractor shall submit the manufacturer's suction energy calculations justifying the proposed pump selection with the material required under paragraph 11050-1.08. The NPSH margin ratios specified in this paragraph shall be the minimum acceptable margin ratios. If the proposed pump requires greater margin ratios to operate within the specified operating conditions without damaging cavitation, then it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to bear all costs associated with achieving the required margin ratio by lowering the elevation of the pump setting, lowering the elevation of the structure or other means. Any such adjustments shall be subject to review and acceptance by the Engineer. Individual restrictions that apply to NPSH margin shall be as set forth below, depending upon the type of pumping equipment and the fluid to be pumped. 2. CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS - LOW MARGIN RATIO: The following restrictions shall apply to pumps classified as centrifugal pumps under ANSI/HI 1.1 - 1.2 with specific speeds less than 7000 and to vertical column-type sewage pumps with specific speeds less than 4000: .~ ~1 a. A minimum NPSHA/NPSH3 margin ratio of 1.3 shall apply to low suction energy pumps at any operating condition within 85 percent and 115 ~cent of best efficiency capacity. The minimum acceptable NPSHAlNPSH3 margin ratio at any other location on the pump's head/capacity curve (for low suction energy pumps) shall be 1.8. b. Notwithstanding item a., above, the manufacturer shall use the methodolDBY in ANSI/HI 9.6.1 to determine the proposed pump's suction energy based upon the pump's performance at best efficiency capacity and head at the speed required for meeting Condition Point A and B requirements as specified in the detailed specification section. In determining the proposed pump's suction energy, the inlet nozzle .size shall be increased by two nozzle sizes to account for impeller design considerations. In employing the suction energy method, the minimum NPSHAlNPSH3 ratio shall be not less than that recommended in ANSI/HI 9.6.1 or item a., above, whichever is greater. For submersible pumps, suction nozzle size shall be the impeller eye diameter for the proposed pump. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1130282/EUGAlSpecs / ~ 11050-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . c. lfthe proposed pump's suction energy, as determined in item b. falls into the "high" and "very high" region in Figure 3 in ANSIIHI 9.6.1, the minimum acceptable NPSHA/NPSH3 margin ratios shall be 1.5 and 2.0, respectively, for specified operating conditions within the zone defmed by::l: 15 percent of best efficiency capacity and 2.0 and 3.0, respectively, for specified operating conditions falling outside the::l: 15 percent zone. 3. CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS - mGH MARGIN RATIO: The methodology set forth in ANSI/Ill9.6.1 shall be employed for determining NPSH margin for vertical column-type sewage pumps with specific speeds greater than or equal to 4000, other vertical pumps classified under ANSIIHI 2.1 - 2.2, and all pumps with specific speed greater than 7000: a. A minimum NPSHA/NPSH3 margin ratio of2.0 shall apply to low suction energy pumps at any operating condition within 85 percent and 115 percent of best efficiency capacity. The minimum acceptable NPSHAlNPSID margin ratio for low suction energy pumps at any other location on the pump's head/capacity curve shall be 2.5. b. Notwithstanding item a., above, the manufacturer shall use the methodology in ANSIIHI 9.6.1 to determine the proposed pump's suction energy based upon the pump's performance at best efficiency capacity and head at the speed required for meeting Condition Point A and B requirements as specified in the detailed specification section. In employing the suction energy method, the suction nozzle size shall be the impeller eye diameter for the proposed pump. c. To adjust for impeller design considerations for pumps employed for solids bearing liquids, the inlet nozzle size shall be increased by two nozzle sizes in determining the proposed pump's suction energy in accordance with ANSIIHI 9.6.1. For submersible and column type pwnps, suction nozzle size shall be the impeller eye diameter for the proposed pump. d. lfthe proposed pump's suction energy, as determined in item b. falls into the "high" and "very high" region in Figure 3 in ANSIIHI 9.6.1, the minimum acceptable NPSHA/NPSID margin ratios shall be 2.5 and 3.0, respectively, for specified operating conditions within the zone defmed by::l: 15 percent of best efficiency capacity 3.0 and 3.5 respectively, for specified operating conditions falling outside the::l: 15 percent zone. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor G. ELECTRIC MOTORS: . '.-/ 1. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, pumps shall be electric motor driven. All motors shall be selected to be non-overloading at any operating point along the pump's full speed operating curve, including all points located beyond specified operating conditions. All vertical motors shall be solid shaft construction. Hollowshaft motors will not be accepted. Motors furnished with pumps specified for operation at variable speed shall be inverter duty types conforming to the requirements of Section 11060 and shall be compatible with the variable speed equipment furnished with the pump. 2. MOTORS FOR CUSTOM ENGINEERED PUMPS: In addition to the information submitted under the requirements of Section 11060, the Contractor shall provide certified reed frequency calculations for both the motor rotor and frame for motors driving custom engineered pumps with the data to be submitted under paragraph 11050-1.08. Upon completion of construction of motors for custom engineered pumps, each rotor and frame and the completed assembly shall be given a bump test to confirm reed frequency calculations in the dynamic analysis modeling work performed under paragraph 11050-1.05 B. The results of the bump test, certified by an officer of the manufacturing corporation and notarized, shall be submitted as Product Data under paragraph 11050-2.09. All vertical motors shall meet motor face dimensions as follows: 12 16.5 through 24.5 30 through 42 42 and lar er 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.005 ~ Motor face bolt circle diameter, inches Motor face runout, inches Motor face register concentricity, referenced to the shaft centerline, shall be not greater than 0.002 inches, if the motor is furnished without jack screws. Motor shaft total indicated runout (TIR) shall not exceed 0.002 inches. 3. BALANCE: \ Motors rated 50 horsepower and greater, all motors driving custom engineered pumps and all motors operating at less than 1200 rpm shall be precision balanced motors conforming to the requirement set forth in the table below. Mils dis 1500 - 2999 1000 - 1499 <1000 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.5 ~ ~ December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGNSpecs 11 050-12 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . The Contractor shall provide certified balance logs attesting to achieving these requirements, as Product Data under paragraph 11050-2.09. Displacement readings shall be taken at the shaft with an FFT analyzer at I X speed. Balance logs shall be notarized and signed by an officer of the manufacturing corporation. 1.05 ADDITIONAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. SCOPE The following paragraphs present requirements that apply to only some pumps on the project. In each following paragraph, the first sub-paragraph titled GENERAL explains when the paragraph applies. B. ROTOR CRITICAL SPEED ANALYSIS AND SYSTEM DESIGN: 1. GENERAL: The requirements of this paragraph shall apply to all variable speed, volute-type pumping systems with pump suction nozzle sizes 12 inches in diameter and larger, all variable speed column-type pumping systems with bowl sizes 16 inches in diameter and larger, all pumping unit specifications where the words "Custom Engineered" appear in the title of the specification section, and elsewhere when the referencing specification section stipulat~s. . 2. REQUIREMENTS: The complete pumping unit, including rotating elements, frames, supports, and all related structural elements, including pump, motor and bearing supports, shall be subjected to a lateral rotordynamic analysis, including a rotordynamic critical speed analysis, to identify and eliminate harmful resonant conditions. The complete pumping unit rotating element including pump, motor, intermediate shafting and flywheel rotors (if specified), and all other elements in the power train (or powered via the power train) shall be designed and manufactured to limit torsional stresses. Overhung shaft pumps and between bearings pumps operating in single volute casings shall be subject to analysis for shaft deflection in accordance with the terms of this section. The torsional and rotordynamic analyses shall together be termed the pumping equipment's "mass elastic design". No fabrication work on any component for the equipment specified under this section and any referencing section shall be started until the mass elastic design has been completed and has been reviewed by the Engineer. If the Contractor proposes the use of alternative methods for the required analyses, documentation shall be submitted justifying the substitution. The documentation shall include justification that product results will be equivalent to that specified and with an equivalent level of accuracy. The location and description of projects of an equivalent size where the procedure has been employed and the length of time these projects have been in actual service shall also be included. . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGA/Specs 11050-13 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3. PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS: The Contractor shall cause the manufacturer of the pumping equipment to retain the services of an independent professional engineering firm, employing a qualified design professional, which has been engaged in performance of the required, mass elastic design analyses for not less than ten years on equipment of similar size and complexity. Manufacturer's internal engineering organizations, regardless of qualifications, are specifically prohibited from doing this work. This provision, however, shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of overall responsibility for this portion of the work . ~'"""" The mass elastic design shall be the product of a registered design professional who has been responsible for the design of not less than five systems similar to that specified in the detailed specification section. The design professional shall have been engaged in this type of analysis for not less than 10 years and shall directly supervise the performance of the work and be responsible for analysis of results and recommendations for any corrections to the specific rotating system and the associated frames and supports. The Contractor shall submit the design professional's qualifications as a part of the initial submittal information required under this section. The Owner and Engineer believe the following firms are capable of providing services which will satisfy the requirements of this paragraph. This statement, however, shall not be construed as an endorsement ofa particular firm, nor shall it be construed that a named firm's standard service will comply with the requirements of this Section. Candidate firms performing these analyses satisfactorily in the past include: a. DynaTech, Roseville, California, b. Engineering Dynamics Incorporated, Houston, Texas c. Mechanical Solutions, Inc., Parsippany, New Jersey d. No Bull Engineering (Corbo, Malanoski & Associates), Delmar, New York . The Contractor may propose a firm other than those listed. However, before a substitute firm can perform the analyses, the proposed firm's qualifications, the qualifications of personnel proposed for assignment to this project, along with examples of analyses performed on similar pumping equipment using the Corbo and Malanoski procedures specified in this section shall be submitted for review by the Engineer. Examples shall include the types of graphical displays required under this section as well as a complete report describing the analyses performed and the recommendations arising out of the analysis results. 4. REPORTS, CALCULATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS: All reports, calculations and recommendations resulting from the required analyses shall bear the design professional's original signature and professional registration seal. All reports, recommendations and calculations produced under this paragraph shall be submitted under the requirements of this section, as follows: a. Following completion of the pumping equipment's mass elastic design, Contractor shall cause the design professional to prepare a .' ~ December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-14 Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor . . . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1130282/EUGAlSpecs plain-English "Executive Summary" report with a narrative including: a description and assumptions about proposed operating system; detailed description of the analysis process; results of analyses and findings; detailed recommendations for modification of the Pumping Unit (defined in paragraph 11050-1.0 I.A), if any; and sufficient graphical depictions to describe the information to a lay reader. Detailed calculations and extensive data reports are not to be submitted at this time and will cause the entire report to be rejected, if included. This Executive Summary shall be submitted for review and approval prior to pump or component fabrication. The Executive Summary report shall state that analysis procedures have complied fully with the requirements of this section and that the proposed system will meet all of the requirements set forth herein for limitations in stresses, deflection and fatigue limits. The design professional shall affirm in writing that all requirements of this section have been achieved or shall specifically state where exceptions have been taken, with justification citing recognized authorities for taking such exceptions. The reports shall be signed and sealed by the design professional, as specified, and shall be notarized. b. Following review and approval of the Executive Summary, the Contractor shall cause the design professional to review and address any comments from the Engineer and incorporate all changes that may be required. Subsequently, Contractor shall direct the design professional to issue a complete, "Final Report" with a revised Executive Summary, recommendations binding on the manufacturer, calculations, data and other supporting information. The format and documentation for this report shall follow the requirements of ANSI/HI 9.6.4. The Contractor shall submit this report as Product Data. c. Upon completion and receipt of certified results of the bump tests required for the motor rotor, frame and assembly specified under paragraph 11050-1.04 G., the design professional shall review the data and submit a "Supplemental Report", as Product Data, either accepting the test results or recommending alterations to assembly structures to adjust for differences between calculated values used for the original analyses and actual values determined subsequent to motor fabrication. d. Upon completion of installation and as a part of the initial test procedures specified under the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions section of this Specification, the design professional responsible for the mass elastic design shall visit the site and inspect the installed equipment. Prior to the initiation of 11050-15 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor any field tests, the design professional shall issue a report bearing the design professional's original signature and original registration seal attesting that the equipment, as installed, conforms to the recommendations contained in the report setting forth the results of the mass elastic system design. .~ -._~ e. During initial testing of the equipment, the design professional shall be prepared with all necessary monitors, instruments and recorders, and shall conduct an in-situ torsional vibration test on one of the installed pumping units, to be selected by the Engineer, to confirm the torsional natural frequency results of the original mass elastic system design. The torsional vibration test shall be conducted with transducers suitable for narrow band spectrum analysis, including strain gauges, magnetic or optical pulse demodulation, or shaft position encoders. If the torsional vibration test should reveal any anomalies that cause the equipment to be out of compliance with the requirements of this section, the design professional shall conduct torsional vibration tests on all other like pumping units and submit a comprehensive report, sealed and signed as specified above, detailing the reasons for failure to comply with these specifications and recommendations for attaining compliance. The design professional shall consider all feasible options for compliance and shall provide detailed descriptions of the modifications required to achieve the required performance. Those recommendations accepted by the Engineer shall be implemented by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. . 5. METHODOLOGY: a. LATERAL ROTOR DYNAMIC ANALYSIS: The rotor dynamic analysis shall follow the procedure prescribed in Corbo and Malanoski, 1998, and shall include the following features: December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 1) The procedure shall consider all speeds required to operate the equipment within the envelope of specified continuous operating conditions specified. 2) The procedure shall produce Campbell diagrams for the proposed operating conditions depicting all potential sources of excitation. 3) For column type pumps only, the procedure shall consider variations in assumed coefficients for seal and wearing ring clearances (Lomakin effect), bearing stiffness and damping, rotor imbalance (up to 10 percent of rotor disc weight at each disc position), impeller destabilizing forces, rotor .. " ~~ 11050-16 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs shaft bending, hydraulic imbalance at not less than five operating conditions within the envelope of continuous operating conditions specified in addition to the specified continuous operating conditions. For all pumps, the analysis shall also consider vane pass excitation at revl2. Unless specifically accepted by the Engineer, the range in variation of component characteristics shall comply with the ranges recommended in Corbo and Malanoski, 1998. 4) The mathematical modeling tools to be employed for the analyses and the procedure to be used shall be as described in the references specified in paragraph 11050 1.05 B. 5. a., Item 3) with the following modifications: a) The mathematical model of the rotating element shall be built on a rotordynamics code such as FEATURE or DYROBES. Use ofa [mite element modeling program for this purpose will be unacceptable. The model shall specifically be constructed to contain axisymmetrical models of the rotor and casing. This model shall be used to determine the natural frequencies of the rotating elements. b) A finite element code such as NASTRAN or ANSYS shall be used to construct three dimensional models of the casing and support structures for the equipment furnished under this contract. This model shall be used to determine the natural frequencies of the support structures and casing as well as the pump bearing frames. c) The axisymmetrical model shall then be adjusted, preferably by changing component materials or sizes, or by changing component type, until its output frequencies agree with the models constructed under b). 5) Physical adjustments to provide the required characteristics shall be preferably by changes in component dimensions and secondarily by providing torsionally resilient dampening devices such as fluid-damped couplings or all metallic couplings such as manufactured by Bibby and Holset. Couplings or dampeners using rubber or similar elastic materials shall not be used. 11050-17 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 6) The final report shall include three-dimensional graphic presentation of frame and shaft distortion and rotor element performance at identified critical speeds within the pump's operating range. . ~->. b. TORSIONAL DYNAMIC ANALYSIS: The methodology used for evaluation of the mass elastic system and shaft combined stresses shall follow the approach prescribed in Corbo and Malanoski, 1996, using either the Matrix-Eigenvalue or Holzer methods for determining natural frequencies. The computer analysis results shall be verified by hand calculations for the fundamental frequency and for mode shapes. Exciting frequencies to be con- sidered during the analysis shall be 0.5, 1, and 2 times running speed, vane passing frequencies and twice vane passing frequencies for the pump impeller/cutwater-diffuser vane combinations, line and twice line frequency, motor pole frequency and motor starting transients. Forcing function magnitudes used for the analysis shall be not less than 10 percent of the maximum transmitted torque. The analysis shall also include evaluation of control pulse frequencies induced by variable frequency drives or engine power stroke frequencies, if provided as part of the specified system. The analysis report shall include a statement produced by the variable frequency drive manufacturer detailing all control pulse frequencies generated by the equipment between 1/4 and 18 times motor running speed. Unless otherwise justified by documentation supported by independent studies, the analysis procedure shall use the range of factors recommended in Corbo and Malanoski, 1996. The Contractor shall produce a Campbell-type interference diagram showing the relationship between operating range, natural frequencies and exciting frequencies. The stress analysis procedure shall be based upon a finite element analysis technique using a digital computer program that has been field calibrated with not less than five similar installations . The analysis shall include a time-integration study showing transient peak stresses resulting from startup, shutdown and motor control transients if synchronous drives are specified. The diagrams shall include calculated stresses throughout the range of frequencies considered in I the analysis. Tomographic diagrams, displaying colorimetrically stresses at all positions in the pump shaft and all frames, including roots at changes in section and keyways or other stress concentrating locations, shall be provided with the analysis report. The diagram shall indicate operating speeds identified that produce the peak stresses and shall be specific for speeds inducing identified peak stresses at keyways, changes in section and at connections to other components. The reported stresses shall be combined stresses incorporating all identified loads from torsional, lateral and hydraulic sources. c. SHAFT RADIAL LOAD AND DEFLECTION: 1) OVERIillNG SHAFT PUMPS: Shaft radial loads and deflection for overhung shaft pumps operating in single volute casings shall be calculated using the following relationship: A _ R {a2xc-(aXbxc) 1 [3 b3-(3xa2xb)]} L.l --x +-x a + mal< 3 x E Ie Ia 2 . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11050-18 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . where: dmax deflection, inches, at the outboard (impeller side) face of the shaft seal E = modulus of elasticity, psi 30 x 106 for carbon steel 28 x 106 for 316 stainless steel Alternate materials: as accepted by Engineer a = shaft length, inches, from the centroid of the impeller profile (from inlet to discharge nozzle) to the centerline of the radial bearing b = shaft length, inches, from the centroid of the impeller profile (from inlet to discharge nozzle) to outboard (impeller side) face of shaft seal c = shaft length between centerline of bearings, inches Ia = moment of inertia of the shaft at section a, in4 Ic = moment of inertia of the shaft at section c, in4 . R = radial load, pounds, at any specified operating condition or any operating condition within the envelope of specified operating conditions resulting in peak loads imposed on the shaft: R = (K) (ll) (D) (Y) + W where: K = Radial thrust factor. K for single volute pumps shall vary with flow and specific speed in accordance with the following: / BEP K, Ns = 2000 0.31 0.30 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.18 0.15 . 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-19 K, Ns = 3500 0.38 0.375 0.36 0.345 0.325 0.3 0.27 0.23 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor H = D = y = W = December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs / BEP K, Ns = 2000 K, Ns = 3500 @J 0.8 0.12 0.185 0.9 0.08 0.14 1.0 0.05 0.09 1.1 0.06 0.12 1.2 0.11 0.17 1.3 0.20 0.25 Notes: 1. Q/QBEP in the table is the ratio of flow at the operating condition to flow developed by the pump at best efficiency 2. Ns in the table is specific speed, as defined in ANSIIHI 1.1 - 1.6. 3. K for pumps with specific speeds between 2000 and 3500 shall be established by a straight line interpolation from the above values. 4. K for pumps with specific speeds greater than 3500 shall be established by a straight line extrapolation from the above values. @\ p ".v 5. K for double volute pumps shall be not less than halfthe values in the above table, as determined by the application of the rules in notes 3 and 4. 6. The manufacturer is at liberty to use differing values of K from that stipulated above so long as they are greater than those listed in the table. Under no circumstances will lesser values ofK be acceptable. Head (psi) developed by the pump at any specified duty point, including operating conditions within the envelope of conditions specified. Mean impeller diameter, inches Impeller width, inches, at discharge, including shrouds Impeller weight with wearing ring, pounds (W= 0 if vertical pump) Ail ~ 11050-20 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . Radial loads calculated in accordance with the above procedure shall be used for bearing life calculations as required under paragraph 11050-1.04 E. 5. Flexural stress calculations shall be based upon the loading criteria specified above and shall be incorporated into the combined stress calculations specified under paragraph 11050-1.04 E. 3. 2) IMPELLER BETWEEN BEARINGS PUMPS: Shaft deflection for single volute pumps with the impeller mounted between bearings such as for split case centrifugal pumps shall be calculated in accordance with the following formula: where: ~max = R = L = E = . I = x = t!.. = (Rxx)x(3xL2 -4xx2) max 48 x E x I deflection, inches, at the face (impeller side) of the shaft seal radial force, as defined above distance between bearings, inches modulus of elasticity for the shaft material, as defined above shaft moment of inertia at the bearings, inches4 distance between bearing and seal face (impeller side), inches C. SUCTION WELLS FOR COLUMN PUMPS: 1. GENERAL: This paragraph applies where the detailed specification requires a column type pump to be installed in a suction or inlet well. 2. REQUIREMENTS: Where the detailed specification requires a column type pump to be installed in a suction or inlet well, the Contractor shall cause the well to be designed and provided by the pump manufacturer. This provision, however, shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of responsibility for this portion of the work. Inlet wells shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of ANSIIHI 9.8 and design documentation shall be provided as a part of the information to be submitted under paragraph 11050-1.08. 3. MODEL TESTING: The Contractor shall cause the pump manufacturer to verify the design of suction or inlet wells for pumps with suction nozzles 20 inches in diameter and greater by physical model tests conducted in accordance with ANSI/HI 9.8. Acceptance criteria for design confirmation and final report of the model study shall be as set forth in ANSI/ill9.8. . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11050-21 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor The physical modeling effort shall be the product of a commercial hydraulics laboratory specializing in physical model studies of this type. Hydraulics laboratories associated with colleges or universities and pump manufacturer's hydraulics laboratories are specifically prohibited from providing this service. All development work required for the conduct of the study shall be under the direct supervision of an engineer licensed to practice in at least one of the states comprising the United States of America, hereinafter called 'the design professional' for the purposes of this paragraph. The design professional shall have not less than 10 years experience in hydraulic modeling of pump intake designs of at least the magnitude required by these specifications, using physical modeling techniques. Computation Fluid Dynamics (CFD) modeling techniques are not an acceptable substitute for the requirements of this paragraph. The final report, describing the work performed and the results and recommendations arising out of the study, shall bear the original seal and signature ofthe design professional. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE - ALL PUMPS A. QUALITY CERTIFICATION: All manufacturers and manufacturing sites proposed by the Contractor for supply of equipment furnished under this section and sections referencing this section shall hold current certification under ISO 9001. Application for certification under ISO 9001 shall not be deemed as an acceptable substitute for current certification. Documentation attesting to current certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer's corporation and shall be notarized. The documentation shall also include the manufacturer's written Quality Assurance/Quality Confirmation (QAlQC) program and the documentation plan necessary for ISO 900 I certification. B. UNIT RESPONSIBILITY: The Contractor shall assign Unit Responsibility to the pump manufacturer in conformance with the requirements of Section 11000. C. PERFORMANCE CONFIRMATION: 1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS: All pressure sustaining parts shall be subjected to factory hydrostatic tests. Hydrostatic tests shall conform to the requirements of API 610. 2. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE: Unless specified otherwise in the detailed specification, pump performance, including efficiency and NPSH3, shall be guaranteed by the pump manufacturer to the criteria specified under this paragraph. Equipment performance documentation, including test data, where tests are specified, shall include sufficient test points (not less than 8) to document peak efficiency at full speed within a tolerance of minus 0 percent, plus 2 percent. For column type pumps, performance documentation shall include curves showing both bowl efficiency and overall efficiency (including inlet, bowl, column and discharge head losses) at maximum operating speed for the application. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 11050-22 .~ " ,~~~ ) ~ .\\ \: ;1 ~ '. Acceptance criteria for head and capacity test results, based upon the rated condition specified in the detailed specification shall be: a. At rated head: 95 - 105 percent rated flow. b. At rated flow: 97 - 103 percent rated head. NOTE: In the above acceptance criteria, one value may be less than specified, but not both. Put differently, head may be less than the value specified in the detailed specification, but the pump capacity at that head may not be less than that specified in the detailed specification; and, vice versa, provided that no deviation within the stated acceptance margins shall result in power requirements that exceed the nameplate rating (1.0 service factor) specified for the driver and no power requirement at any head on the full speed head/capacity curve shall exceed the driver nameplate rating (1.0 service factor). Acceptance criteria for specified peak efficiency at rated speed shall be minus 1 percent, plus unlimited, of the value specified in the detailed specification. Acceptance criteria for NPSH3 at any specified operating condition shall be the values proposed by the Contractor in the submittal curves submitted under paragraph 11050-1.08 and duly accepted by the Engineer, with a tolerance of plus 0, minus unlimited, with the exception that Suction specific speed, as calculated for the specific pump, shall not exceed the limitation established under paragraph 11050-1.04 B. . The guarantee shall include a statement to the effect that the pump will operate within the operating regions specified in the detailed specification, within meanings as defined in ANSI/lll 9.6.3. The guarantee shall be in writing, shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturing corporation, and shall be notarized. Under no circumstances shall deviations from specified operating conditions result in overload of the driver furnished with the equipment, nor shall such deviations result in power requirements greater than the driver's nameplate (1.0 service factor) rating. 3. NON-WTINESSED TESTS: Unless specified otherwise, all pumps shall be performance tested in accordance with ANSI/illl.6 (centrifugal pump), 2.6 (vertical pump), or 11.6 (submersible pump), as applicable, to the criteria specified herein. The factory tests shall include test data for each full speed performance requirement (Condition Points A and B specified in the detailed specification) and any other points stipulated for this test procedure in the detailed specification. These tests shall be conducted with the pump inlet throttled to provide the specified NPSHA. For large column pumps, model performance testing with reduced NPSHA, pursuant to paragraph 11050-1.07.B.2, may be used. Ifspecified in the detailed specification, test data at the full speed operating conditions shall include shaft vibration and case noise. . The test setup in the manufacturer's test facility shall duplicate as closely as possible the inlet conditions in the proposed installation, using temporary baffles and other means. Where centrifugal pumps are furnished with inlet elbows, inlet adapters or inlet reducers, the pumps shall be tested with the elbow, adapter or reducer fitted to the pump and specified performance criteria shall apply to the complete pump assembly, including losses through any elbow, adapter or reducer. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11050-23 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Where submersible pumps are to be furnished with inlet nozzles and/or discharge elbows or adapters, the pumps shall be tested with these components fitted to the pumps. The specified performance requirements shall apply to the complete pumping assembly including any inlet nozzles, and discharge elbows or adapters. Certified test data shall include separate readings for inlet and discharge head for each data point. ~ --~ ' Not less than eight test points shall be taken, including not less than three within :I: eight percent (in terms of rated flow) of the rated condition (Condition Point A) and not less than two test points within :1::4 percent of the pump's best efficiency point at the test speed. In addition, one test point shall be sufficient to defme head and power requirements at shutoff head. NPSH3 tests shall be performed to confirm the data used to establish NPSHA margin for each specified operating condition as specified in paragraph 11050-1.04 F. NPSH3 tests for column type (axial and mixed flow and vertical turbine) pumps shall be performed using the method described for Figure 2.74 or Figure 2.75 in ANSIIlll2.6. NPSH3 tests for submersible wastewater pumps shall be performed using the method described in Figure 11.6.8 in ANSJ/HI 11.6. All NPSH3 tests shall extend from 30 percent to 140 percent of Best Efficiency Flow at full speed, or to not less than 10 percent (in terms of flow) past the flow at Operating Condition B, whichever is greater. Failure to achieve specified performance or performance proposed in accepted submittal documents (capacity and head, efficiency or NPSH3), whichever is more restrictive, shall be cause for rejection. Acceptance tolerances shall be as set forth in paragraph 11050-1.06 C. 2. All test procedures shall be in strict conformance with the referenced standards, except prediction of performance of a trimmed impeller from test data of the larger impeller will not be permitted. If trimming is required, the pump shall be retested. Under no circumstances shall deviations from specified operating conditions, though allowed by the referenced standards, result in overload of the driver furnished with the equipment, nor shall such deviations result in power requirements greater than the driver's nameplate (1.0 service factor) rating. @J The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with not less than two weeks' advance written notice of the date and place of the non-witnessed tests. All test results, including test logs and generated curves, shall be certified correct by an officer of the pump manufacturer's corporation and shall be notarized. Contractor shall submit test results as Product Data. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE - ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. SCOPE: The following paragraphs are applicable to all custom-engineered pumps, large pumps meeting criteria described below and where additional requirements such as Witnessed Testing are specified in detailed specifications referencing this section. et ~ December 1,2006 12/112006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11050-24 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . B. PERFORMANCE TESTING: 1. WITNESSED TESTS: All custom engineered pumps, and other pumps where required by the detailed specification, shall be subject to a witnessed performance test in accordance with ANSIIIlll.6 (centrifugal pump), 2.6 (vertical pump), or 11.6 (submersible pump), as applicable, to the criteria specified herein. The factory tests shall include test data for each full speed performance requirement (Condition Points A and B specified in the detailed specification) and any other points stipulated for this test procedure in the detailed specification. These tests shall be conducted with the pump inlet throttled to provide the specified NPSHA. For large column pumps, model performance testing with reduced NPSHA, pursuant to 11050-1.07.B.2, may be used. If specified in the detailed specification, test data at the full speed operating conditions shall include shaft vibration and case noise. The test setup in the manufacturer's test facility shall duplicate as closely as possible the inlet conditions in the proposed installation, using temporary baffles and other means. Where centrifugal pumps are furnished with inl~t elbows, inlet adapters or inlet reducers, the pumps shall be tested with the elbow, adapter or reducer fitted to the pump and specified performance criteria shall apply to the complete pump assembly, including losses through any elbow, adapter or reducer. Where submersible pumps are to be furnished with inlet nozzles and/or discharge elbows or adapters, the pumps shall be tested with the inlet nozzles or adapters and the specified performance requirements shall apply to the complete pumping assembly including any inlet nozzles, and discharge elbows or adapters. Under no circumstances shall NPSHA exceed that specified in the detailed specification during any performance test. Certified test data shall include separate readings for inlet and discharge head for each data point. Not less than 10 test points shall be taken, including not less than four within :I: 8 percent (on the basis of rated flow) of the rated condition (Condition Point A) and not less than two test points within:l: 4 percent of the pump's best efficiency point at the test speed. In addition, one test point shall be sufficient to define head and power requirements at shutoff head. NPSH3 tests shall also be performed to confirm the data used to establish NPSHA margin for each specified operating condition as specified in paragraph 11050-1.04 F. Unless otherwise specified, NPSH3 tests for column type (axial and mixed flow and vertical turbine) pumps shall be performed using the method described for Figure 2.74 or Figure 2.75 in ANSI/Ill2.6. NPSH3 tests for submersible wastewater pumps shall be performed using the method described in Figure 11.6.8 in ANSI/HI 11.6. All NPSH3 tests shall extend from 30 percent to 140 percent of Best Efficiency Flow at full speed, or to not less than 10 percent (in terms of flow) past the flow at Operating Condition B, whichever is greater. Failure to achieve guaranteed performance or performance proposed in accepted submittal documents, whichever is the more restrictive (capacity and head, efficiency or NPSH3) shall be cause for rejection. Tolerances and restrictions shall be as set forth in paragraph 11050-1.06 C.3, above, for non-witnessed tests. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with not less than two weeks' advance written notice of the date and place of the witnessed tests. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11050-25 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2. MODEL TESTS: Where allowed in the detailed specification or upon specific application with adequate justification by the manufacturer, confirmation of performance of large pumps may be demonstrated by testing the prototype at reduced speed or by testing a model of the prototype pump. NPSH3 tests shall also be performed to confirm the data used to establish NPSHA margin for each specified operating condition as specified in paragraph 11050-1.04 F. Failure to achieve guaranteed performance (capacity and head, efficiency or NPSH3) shall be cause for rejection. Physical model testing shall be performed at qualified, commercial facilities, with at least 10 years of continuous operation. All tests shall be conducted in accordance with ANSI/HI 1.6 or 2.6. with the following restrictions: a. If the prototype is tested at reduced speed the ratio of test speed to prototype speed shall not be less than 0.66: 1. b. Model test ratios shall not be less than 0.33: 1, model to prototype. c. Impellers for model tests shall be not less than 12 inches in diameter. d. Impellers for prototype pumps shall be subject to a model-to- prototype profile comparison using templates ratioed from the impeller used for the completed and accepted model test. Impeller profiles shall be compared for the x, y and z planes. If model testing is proposed for any or all of the specified tests, the Contractor shall include the proposed methodology for profile confirmation as a part of the submittal material required under paragraph 11050-1.08. Impeller profile comparison shall be performed with a representative of the Engineer present. All costs associated with travel and subsistence of the Engineer's representative shall be borne by the Contractor. e. Acceptance criteria, based upon projected prototype performance from model test results using Hydraulic Institute approved affinity relationships, shall be as set forth above under paragraph 11050-1.06 C. 3. f. Restrictions set forth above for witnessed tests shall apply. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with not less than two weeks' advance written notice of the date and place of the model tests. C. TEST CERTIFICATION AND REPORTING: All test results, including test logs and generated curves, shall be certified correct by an officer of the pump manufacturer's corporation and shall be notarized. Contractor shall submit test results as Product Data. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:!l30282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 11050-26 . ~""-,,., e) """-- .j . 1.08 SUBMITTALS In addition to the material listed in the detailed specification, the following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: . . 1. Certificate of Unit Responsibility attesting that the Contractor has assigned unit responsibility in accordance with the requirements of this section and paragraph 11000-1.02 C. No other submittal material will be reviewed until the certificate has been received and found to be in conformance with these requirements. 2. A copy of this specification section and the referencing section and all other applicable specification sections governing the pump, drive and driver, supports and specified appurtenances. The specification copies shall be complete with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check- marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated and, therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. The submittal shall be accompanied by a detailed, written justification for each deviation. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 3. A copy of the contract document control diagrams and process and instrumentation diagrams relating to the submitted equipment, with addendum updates that apply to the equipment in this section, marked to show specific changes necessary for the equipment proposed in the submittal. If no changes are required, the drawing or drawings shall be marked "no changes required". Failure to include copies of the relevant drawings with the submittal shall be cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further review. 4. Documentation of certification in accordance with ISO 9001 as specified under paragraph 11050-1.06 A. 5. Predicted pump performance curves for each condition point specified showing head, power, efficiency, and NPSH required on the ordinate plotted against capacity (in mgd) on the abscissa. Curves for variable speed pumps shall be provided to demonstrate operation at all speeds required to achieve the specified reduced speed operating conditions. All December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-27 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor curves shall clearly display the specified operating conditions and the manufacturer's limits for the POR and AOR, as specified in paragraph 11050-1.04 B. Curves for column type pumps shall show bowl efficiency and allowances for inlet, column and discharge head losses separately. e) """.".. 6. NPSH margin calculations performed for each specified operating condition in accordance with paragraph 11050-1.04 F. 2 or 3 as applicable and including the information required under paragraph 11050-1.04 F. 1. 7. Motor submittal information as specified in Section 11060. In addition, this information shall include certified calculations for motor rotor and frame reed frequencies, as specified under paragraph 11050-1.04 G. 8. Complete description and sketch of proposed test setup for factory test if a factory test has been required under the detailed specification section. Submittal material shall include sample calculations and proposed test log format. If the Contractor proposes a model test for a part or all of the specified performance tests, the submittal information shall include the proposed model details and a complete description of the proposed method for comparing the model impeller profiles with the impeller profiles for the prototype pumps. 9. Drawings showing general dimensions and confirming the size of pumps, motors, drives and specified appurtenances; piping connections; construction details of equipment; wiring diagrams; and weight of equipment. . 10. Not used 11. Driver unit support calculations and data if the driver is separately supported and if the analysis under the requirements of paragraph 11050 1.05 B. has been required by the terms of these specifications. 12. Shaft deflection calculations to demonstrate compliance with paragraph 11050-1.04 E. if shaft deflection calculations have been required by the terms of these specifications. 13. Detail drawings of the pump and driver unit foundation demonstrating conformance to this Section and Section 11002. Submittal shall include drawings depicting type, size, number, projection, and arrangement of anchor bolts, dimensional drawings of the sole and baseplates, dimensional drawings for the concrete supports for both the pump and motor, if applicable. Drawings shall also depict all other pertinent information, including: location of equipment pads and reinforcement; equipment drains; expansion joint locations; elevation of top of grout and grout thickness; elevation of top of baseplate; soleplate; or mounting . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUOAlSpecs 11050-28 Port Angeles East UOA Sewer Interceptor .' .' . block; size and location of electrical conduits; and any other equipment mounting features embedded in equipment pads. 14. Limiting nozzle loading criteria, if different from that established by ANSVHI9.6.2. 15. The qualifications of the independent testing laboratory and individual personnel proposed by the Contractor to perform field vibration testing, analysis and reporting in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 11050-3.06. . 16. The qualifications of the personnel proposed by the Contractor to perform field alignment procedures in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 11050-3.04. The following are applicable for pumps meeting specified applicability criteria: 1. Qualifications of the design professional, and firm name, proposed to perform the mass elastic design analyses specified under paragraph 11050- 1.05 B. if the subject analyses are required by the terms of these specifications. 2. Descriptive material outlining the methodology and software to be used in the analyses required under paragraph 11050-1.05 B. 3. "Executive Summary" report of the mass elastic design analyses for pumps as specified in paragraph 11050-1.05 B. 4. The proposed instrumentation setup for the in-situ torsional vibration test specified under paragraph 11050-1.05 B. 4. d. 5. Suction or inlet well design documentation specified under paragraph 11050-1.05 C. 2. 6. Final report of the model study specified under paragraph 11050-1.05 C.3. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. GENERAL: Where this section and sections referencing this section are silent with respect to materials of construction on any component, material selection shall follow the requirements of Table H.1, API 610, Materials Class I-I, with the exception that all shafts for vertical column December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/I30282/EUGA/Specs 11050-29 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor type pumps shall be 12 percent chromium stainless steel. Materials specified are considered the minimum acceptable for the purposes of durability, strength, and resistance to erosion and corrosion. The Contractor may propose alternative materials for the purpose of providing greater strength or to meet required stress limitations. However, alternative materials must provide at least the same qualities as those specified for the purpose. .~ ,1 " ~'" ~, B. PUMPS: Unless otherwise specified, wetted cast iron parts for pumps for solids bearing liquid services shall have 2 to 3 percent nickel added to the cast iron. Stainless steel impellers shall be provided for the first stage of all custom engineered pumps, pumps intended for pumping screened or unscreened wastewater and elsewhere when specified. Stainless steel impellers shall be cast duplex stainless steel conforming to API 610, Materials Class D-I ("DUPLEX"). Where cast nickel aluminum bronze (C95800) impellers are specified, the materials shall conform to ASTM B 148. Unless otherwise specified, second and successive stage impellers on multistage column pumps may be porcelain coated cast iron or bronze. Materials for all shaft sleeves for packed boxes, fretting seals and interstage seals shall conform to API 610, Annex H; 12 percent chromium hardened; or hard-faced 316 austenitic stainless steel. Materials for seal glands for packed boxes and shaft sleeves for mechanical seals shall be AISI 316 stainless steel. Fastener parts of all types in wetted areas shall conform to API 610, Materials Class S-5 requirements. Regardless of the seal construction, all seal chambers shall be adequately sized to accommodate specified mechanical seals. .\ ~ C. FLYWHEELS: Where flywheel assemblies are to be provided with the pumping equipment, pump pressure containing parts shall be of ductile iron conforming to ASTM AS7!. Materials of construction for the flywheels shall be as follows: Frame Steel, ASTM A-36, welded and stress relieved. Shaft Alloy Steel, ASTM A322, Grade 4142 HT, ST, BHN 375-388 for shafts 3.5 inches in diameter and less; Stainless steel, ASTM A564, Type 630 HT, Condition HI150 for shafts larger than 3.5 inches in diameter. Rotor Steel, ASTM A36, or cast steel, ASTM A27 for flywheels 3 feet in diameter or less; Cast steel, ASTM AI48 for flywheels greater in diameter than 3 feet. All stress relieved after machining. A; ~ December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-30 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 2.02 GENERAL QUALITY Details of manufacture and assembly of equipment furnished under this section and referencing sections shall follow the requirements of API 610 with respect to the following features (paragraph references, API 610): 1. Alignment aids (paragraph 5.1.26). 2. Removal of rotating element (paragraph 5.1.27). 3. Jackscrews for assistance in alignment on all baseplates and equipment supports (paragraph 8.3.8.3.2). 4. Castings (paragraph 5.12.2). All components or subassemblies weighing 50 pounds or more shall have at least one lifting eye or a provision for threading in a lifting eye. Components 250 pounds or greater shall have lifting eyes or provisions for at least two lifting eyes. Components 1000 pounds or greater shall have at lest 3 lifting eyes or provisions for inserting lifting eyes. 2.03 BASEPLATES AND SOLE PLATES . Unless otherwise noted in the detailed specification, all pumps shall be furnished by the pump manufacturer with baseplates or soleplates conforming to the requirements of Section 11002. Baseplates and sole plates shall be designed to be installed in the housekeeping curb shown and shall be machined flat and co-planar to within 0.002 inch per foot in all directions on the face mating with the pump and motor or driver support. Sole plates shall have the words "THIS SIDE DOWN" permanently affixed to the underside using welding rod material prior to milling. Alternative marking methods, using heavy scribing or machining, are acceptable provided that they may be observed following blasting in preparation for coating. 2.04 WEARING RINGS Where specified, pumps shall be fitted with both stationary and rotating wearing rings. Except for the difference in hardness between stationary and rotating rings, wearing rings shall be of stainless steel and shall conform to the requirements of API 610, paragraph 5.7 and material class S-8 (Table H.l, Annex H). Maximum wearing ring clearances shall not exceed 150 percent of the values stated in Table 5, API 610. Minimum wearing ring hardness on the rotating ring shall be 350 Brinnel Hardness Number (BRN), with the stationary ring not less than 100 hardness points greater. L-form wearing rings are not acceptable for wastewater, sewage, stormwater, thickener overflow, mixed sludge, digester circulation, digested sludge, waste activated sludge, return activated sludge or primary eftluent pumping service. . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-31 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.05 BALANCE ~ Balancing for pumps with suction nozzle sizes 6 inches in diameter and greater and all associated components shall conform to the requirements set forth in API 610, paragraph 5.9.4.1 (equivalent to ISO 1940 or ANSI 2.19 Grade 2.5), unless other portions of this project manual impose more restrictive requirements. It is the intent that the components be balanced as an assembly ("rotor") in accordance with API 610 definitions. For extended shaft pumps, balance impeller(s) and shaft up to the first coupling with the line-shaft. For separately balanced components, perform a residual unbalance inspection after rotor assembly per API 610 requirements, as described in Annex J of that document. Provide copies of worksheets and demonstrate that tolerances are in compliance (i.e. rotor has passed) in addition to other reporting requirements of this paragraph. All balance logs, certified correct and signed by an officer of the manufacturing corporation and notarized, shall be furnished as Product Data in accordance with paragraph 11050-2.09. 2.06 DRIVE UNIT SUPPORTS FOR SEPARATELY SUPPORTED MACHINES AND INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SUPPORTS Supports for separately mounted vertical pump drivers and intermediate shaft bearings shall be composite structures of fabricated steel, ASTM A36. Unless otherwise specified, the ... supports shall be designed to span an opening in the floor sufficient to allow removal for the e complete pump. Rolled steel beams shall be provided to stiffen the support and a fabricated steel driver unit support pedestal shall be mounted on the support plate. The support pedestal top plate and all portions of the support plate assembly intended to join with surfaces in the installation structure shall be milled flat and parallel to 0.002 inches per foot. Pedestals shall be provided with access provisions to adjust or assemble/disassemble couplings. The support shall be designed to be supported on a sole plate or sole plates embedded in a house keeping pad at the edges of the floor opening or as indicated. Other details for the driver unit support shall be as indicated. 2.07 FLYWHEEL ASSEMBLIES When a flywheel assembly is specified, the moment of inertia (WR2) of the rotating element for each complete motor/pump set, including entrained water, pump rotor, shafting, couplings, and motor rotor shall be adjusted to provide the value specified in the detailed specification by providing a flywheel. The flywheel shall consist of cast or fabricated steel weight in the form of a torus with supporting struts, keyed and locked on a shaft supported by bearings at each end of the shaft. Flywheels with diameters greater than three feet shall be double keyed to the shafts. If cast construction is used, the struts and weight shall be cast as a unit. The flywheel shall be designed and fabricated for a coefficient of fluctuation no larger than 0.05. A factor of safety of 5 shall be used for the ratio of operating speed to maximum safe operating speed. The lateral critical ~ e December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-32 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . frequency of the flywheel assembly shall be shall be higher than the maximum safe operating speed by a factor of 1.5. If the weight is to be fabricated steel, it shall be machined from a single billet to the diameter and shape required. All flywheels (cast and fabricated alike) shall be stress relieved before balancing. The size of the weight and the distance of the torus centroid from the center of the shaft shall be sufficient to achieve the overall rotating moment of inertia (WK2) specified for the pump rotating system. Cantilevered designs employing only one set of bearings will not be permitted. Bearings shall be selected in accordance with ABMA 9 or 11 for an L-l 0 life of not less than 100,000 hours. Input and output bearings shall be held in place by rigid fabricated steel struts. The entire rotating assembly shall be balanced in accordance with paragraph 11050-2.05. The flywheel assembly shall be included in the lateral, torsional and rotordynamic analyses specified under paragraph 11050 1.05 B. . The flywheel assembly shall be furnished with a fabricated steel enclosure designed to provide protection against accidental entry of tools or other objects and to provide enclosure protection in accordance with OSHA requirements. The flywheel enclosure shall have an outside width of at least that of the motor, but not greater than 110 percent of the motor's width. The housing shall match the quality of the motor enclosure and shall be equipped with at least two lifting eyes. A mounting pad shall be located on the upper portion of the flywheel housing to permit installation of the vibration detector specified in Division 17 or the referencing section. The flywheel bearing housings shall be supported independently by a rigid frame to maintain alignment. Where horizontal flywheels are required, the flywheel assembly shall be mounted on a baseplate common with the pump and motor. Frames for horizontally mounted flywheel assemblies shall be fitted with mounting pads for bolting to the pumping unit baseplate. Sufficient space shall be provided on each pad to permit dowelling to the baseplate after final alignment. End plates shall be similar to those provided for the motor and shall provide complete closure to prevent incidental access to the flywheel. The flywheel input shaft shall be direct connected to the motor output shaft by means of a flexible coupling, and the output shaft shall be designed to accommodate the shaft spacer coupling specified. Where vertical flywheel assemblies are shown supporting the electric motor, the frame shall be designed to support the weight of the motor in accordance with the design requirements of this section. The flywheel assembly frame shall be extended to carry a support plate which shall be rabbetted to provide self-aligning features with the motor base. The frame extension shall have access openings to permit assembly/disassembly of the motor output shaft coupling. The lower flywheel assembly end plate shall be finished flat for mating with the support pedestal on the driver unit support, if so mounted, or rabbetted for alignment with the pump drive shaft if mounted on a column pump discharge head. Where vertical flywheel assemblies are mounted separately from the pump and motor, the lower end plate shall be finished flat. The input shaft shall be keyed for the specified flexible coupling and shaft guards shall be provided '. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-33 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.08 INLET WELLS FOR COLUMN TYPE PUMPS ~ '!I') Unless specified otherwise, suction or inlet wells for column type pumps shall be fabricated from ASTM A36 steel with internal baffles fillet welded to the interior surface of the inlet well. Seal welds all around shall be provided at all welded joints and all welds shall be ground smooth. All internal surfaces shall be coated after welding with fusion coated epoxy conforming to the requirements of A WW A C550. Where the detailed specification requires an inlet well suitable for service with an upstream hydraulic gradient in excess of the elevation required for the pump discharge head, the flanged connection to the pump discharge head shall be gasketed or fitted with a double a-ring seal designed to withstand not less than twice the pressure specified in the detailed specification 2.09 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. 1. Performance guarantee as specified in paragraph 11050-1.06 C. 2. Equipment anchor calculations specified in paragraph 11050-1.04 E. 2. 3. Operation and maintenance information specified in Section 01730. @; 4. Motor Product Data as specified in Section 11060 5. Bearing L-I0 life calculations. 6. Critical speed calculations demonstrating compliance with paragraph 11 q50-1.04 C. if the material was not submitted in compliance with paragraph 11050-1.05 B. 7. Nozzle loading information required under paragraph 11050-3.01. 8. Motor balance logs, certified and notarized as specified in paragraph 11050-1.04 G. 3. 9. Certified balance logs and worksheets, as specified in paragraph 11050- 2.05. 10. Installation Certification Form 11000-A as specified in paragraph 11050-3.01. 11. Training Certification Form 11000- B as specified in paragraph 11050- 3.08. .~ ~ December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-34 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 12. If factory tests are specified in the detail specification section, certification of satisfactory testing of each unit as specified. The certified material shall include copies of test logs and resulting performance curves. The following are applicable for pumps meeting specified applicability criteria: 1. Results of model tests for pump inlet wells if model tests are required by the provisions for paragraph 11050-1.05 C. 2. "Final Report" of mass elastic systems analyses for pumps as specified in paragraph 11050-1.05 B. 3. Results of motor rotor, frame and assembly bump tests, certified as specified under paragraph 11050-1.04 G., along with the design professional's "Supplemental Report" as specified under paragraph 11050-1.05 B. 2. 4. Pump inlet well installation acceptance certification, as specified in paragraph 11050-3.03, if applicable. 5. Results offield vibration tests as specified under paragraph 11050-3.06. . PART3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL With the exception of submersible pumps and the inlet connection for column type pumps installed in open forebays or wet wells, all pump inlet and discharge nozzles shall be connected to field piping using equipment connection fittings conforming to the requirements of Section 15085. Restraining rods on equipment connection fittings shall be designed specifically to restrain the unbalanced hydraulic thrust developed by the pump when operating at full speed against a closed valve. All restraining rod nuts shall be torqued to assure that any moment or shear transmitted to the pump nozzles is within the values permitted under ANSI/HI 9.6.2 or that permitted by the equipment manufacturer, whichever is greatest. Where ANSI/HI 9.6.2 is silent with respect to any particular aspect of allowable nozzle loads, the Contractor shall follow the written requirements provided by the equipment manufacturer. Equipment with pump suction nozzle sizes 12 inches in diameter and greater shall be installed under the presence of a factory authorized installation specialist or specialists. Under no circumstances shall any installation procedures take place without the installation specialists present. Equipment installation procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 11002. Upon completion of installation work, the Contractor shall submit a complete, properly signed certification form as described in the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions section of this Specification. \. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs 11050-35 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.02 SOLE PLATES . Sole plates, if provided as required by this section, or any section referencing this section, or where required by the equipment manufacturer's recommendation, shall be leveled in the presence of a factory authorized installation specialist to a maximum tolerance of 0.002- inches/foot in all directions. Where the equipment manufacturer requires more stringent tolerances, those tolerances shall prevail. 3.03 PUMP INLET WELLS When specified, pump inlet wells shall be installed as indicated to the following tolerances: Horizontal position: :l: 0.125 inches in all directions Vertical axis: within Y2 degree from vertical Level: 0.02 inches per foot of diameter at the pump baseplate bolt circle Elevation: :l: 0.125 inches from planned elevation Where the equipment manufacturer requires more stringent tolerances, those tolerances shall prevail. Ail ~) Installation of equipment in pump inlet wells shall not take place until the pump , manufacturer's factory trained and authorized installation specialist has furnished the Enginee~ with written and signed certification that the inlet well has been installed satisfactorily and is I acceptable for installation of the equipment. 3.04 ALIGNMENT Journeymen millwrights shall perform alignment of equipment furnished under this section and any referencing section. Carpenters, laborers or any other trades are specifically excluded from performing this work. In locations where such trades are not available, the Contractor shall retain the services of a firm specializing in this type of work to perform the setting and alignment work. The Contractor shall submit the qualifications of the proposed firm to the Engineer for acceptance prior to performing the work. The Engineer shall personally witness final alignment procedures for each item of equipment as a condition precedent to beginning any work required under the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions section of this Specification. 3.05 FIELD TESTING Field testing shall conform to the testing requirements as described in the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions section of this Specification. For all units with variable .~ ~# December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGNSpecs 11050-36 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . speed drives and any unit with pump suction nozzle size 12 inches in diameter and greater, the testing procedure shall be a plan developed jointly by the Contractor and the equipment manufacturer to demonstrate performance of each item of equipment at all specified operating conditions. Field testing may include vibration and torsional vibration testing, as applicable. 3.06 FIELD VIBRATION Vibration shall be measured in accordance with ISO 10816 for all pumps with variable speed drives and pumps with shaft power requirements 50 horsepower and greater and all pumps with driver ratings 100 horsepower and greater. An independent testing laboratory specializing in this work, retained by the Contractor but acceptable to the Engineer, shall perform the measurements and shall submit the results directly to the Engineer. The independent laboratory shall provide the services of a vibration specialist to supervise all data collection work, analysis and reporting, and who shall hold a current certificate as an ISO qualified - Level IV Vibration Analyst as recognized by the Vibration Institute. Data collection and analysis shall be conducted by the vibration specialist or may be conducted by an individual holding a current ISO Level III Vibration Analyst certificate with vibration specialist oversight. . The independent testing laboratory shall be fully equipped to provide continuous velocity and displacement values for all rotating equipment installed under the requirements of this section. Vibration testing equipment shall include sufficient calibrated pressure and flow monitoring devices to determine pump operating conditions as well as vibration levels. RMS vibration velocity on any component when the pump is operating at any specified continuous duty operating condition shall not exceed the limits established for the appropriate machine by tables 7 and 8 in API 610 when the pump is operating within the manufacturer's listed POR. Field vibration for custom engineered column type vertical pumps and motors shall not exceed 2.5 mils peak to peak RMS when the pump is operated at any capacity condition within 85 percent and 115 percent of the pump's capacity at full speed, when measured at the top of the pump motor. When operating at any combination of conditions outside the POR for any pump regardless of type, limiting values shall be 25 percent greater than the above limits. Field vibration tests for submersible pumps shall be as specified in Section 11347. Vibration test reports shall be submitted as Product Data, directly to the Engineer, and shall bear the signature of the responsible vibration specialist. Vibration spectra shall be of sufficient resolution for legibility of magnitude and frequency data to be properly reviewed by the Engineer. Cascade diagrams are not sufficient for variable speed drive application unless supported by the required data in a format suitable for more detailed analyses. Separate spectra shall be provided at the maximum and minimum operating speeds and any potential resonant frequencies. . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11050-37 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.07 FIELD TORSIONAL VIBRATION TESTING Where required by these specifications, field torsional vibration tests shall be performed under the direct supervision of the design professional responsible for the mass elastic system design on a pumping unit selected by the Engineer. 3.08 TRAINING Training shall conform to the requirements as described in the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions section of this Specification and shall include separate training sessions for each operator shift maintained by the Owner and a separate session for maintenance personnel. Unless otherwise specified in the referencing section, the training requirement is waived for constant speed pumping equipment with suction nozzle sizes 6 inches in diameter and smaller and for all pumps with connected power requirements 10 horsepower and less. The training session for maintenance personnel shall include complete field and shop disassembly and subsequent reassembly of one complete pumping unit selected by the Engineer. Field disassembly demonstrations for column type pumps are exempted so long as the training session includes a step-by-step tutorial (including video tape on VHS format) of the removalldisassembly/reassembly/reinstallation process. Upon completion of all training requirements, the Contractor shall submit the required forms as described in the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions section of this Specification. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 11050-38 .~ y "-.., ~ .~, ~.Ii ~ . . . SECTION 11060 ELECTRIC MOTORS PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRlPTION This section specifies single and three phase, horizontal and vertical, single-speed and two-speed, low-voltage (600 volts and less), energy efficient (900 rpm) and premium efficiency (1200, 1800, and 3600 rpm) alternating current, induction motors, 500 horsepower or less. Standard NEMA MG 1 motors are specified, as modified herein. This section also specifies IEEE 841 severe-duty, totally enclosed fan-cooled (TEFC Type-2, specified herein) squirrel cage induction motors from 1 to 500 horsepower with voltage ratings of 600V. Motors shall be provided in compliance with these specifications. Ambient conditions for the Project are specified in Project Manual. Provide motors suitable for continuous operation under the ambient conditions: 1. Temperature: -25-degree C to +40-degree C. 2. Altitude: 0 to 3300 feet above sea level. 3. Derate motors for higher ambient temperature and for higher altitude with motor size based on brake-horsepower. Motors shall have copper rotor material and copper stator windings with F-insulation without exceeding the B-temperature rise of80-degree C and with Design-B torque / current characteristics rated for continuous operation duty. Two-speed motors shall be two-winding motors. Two-speed, one-winding consequential- pole motors that require special motor starters are prohibited. Refer to Motor Types-I, 2, and 3 Classification and Inverter Duty variable torque and constant torque specification requirements herein. Motor Types-I, 2, and 3 have the additional requirements of Inverter Duty Motors as specified or scheduled. Custom Motors and Special Purpose Motors, with features or ratings that are not specified herein, are specified in the particular equipment specifications. The submittal, installation, and testing requirements for all motors are specified herein. Custom motors are motors over 500 horsepower, for high elevations, high ambient conditions, high thrust, special enclosures, intermittent duty, varying duty, and inverter duty motors December 1, 2006 12/6/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 11060-1 that require special cooling for slow speed operation with constant torque loads and motor limited to below base speed operation. .\ iiI .~) Special purpose motors are submersible motors, integral gear motors, close-coupled pump motors, crane and hoist motors, fire pump motors, brake motors, gate and valve operator motors, and high torque rated motors and other unique application motors that specified with the driven equipment. Submersible motors used as inverter duty motors shall meet the motor insulation, slow speed cooling, and synthetic output sine wave mitigation requirements of this specification and the driven equipment specification. Submersible motor designs and applications shall comply with NEMAMG 1-30 and NEMA MG 1-31. Standard, custom, and special purpose motors shall be provided by the manufacturer of the driven equipment under the provisions of Section 11000 Requirements for Equipment Unit Responsibility. The Contractor shall assign unit responsibility as specified in paragraph 11 000-1.02C to the manufacturer for the equipment specified and a certificate of unit responsibility shall be provided. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. GENERAL: Motors shall be built in accordance with UL 674, UL 1004, NEMA Standard MG 1, NEMA MG 1, Table 12-10 motors that meet the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPAct) requirements with full- load efficiency measurements per IEEE Standard 112, Test Method B, and to the requirements specified. mc Metric Motors and imported EP Act Motors that do not meet the NEMA standards are prohibited. . B. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Ai, ~ December I, 2006 12/6/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11060-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference . Title Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings Standard Test Procedures for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators Standard for Petroleum and Chemical Industry-Severe Duty Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction Motors - Up to and Including 500 HP Industrial Control and Systems Controllers, Contactors and Overload Relays Rated Not More Than 2000 Volts AC or 750 Volts DC Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 volts maximum) Motors and Generators Application Considerations for Constant Speed Motors Used on a Sinusoidal Bus with Harmonic Content and General Purpose Motors Used with Adjustable-Voltage or Adjustable- Frequency Controls or Both. Note: Specifications for Standard TENV Submersible Motors rated 1/2 - 200 HP, 140TY-L360TY Frames, and rated at 200, 230,460,575,600 Volt are available from motor manufactures. NEMA MG 1-31 Definite-Purpose Inverter-Fed Polyphase Motors: Rated 5000 horsepower or less at 7200 volt or less, intended for use with adjustable-voltage and adjustable frequency controls, commonly referred to as inverters. ABMA 9 ABMA 11 IEEE 112 IEEE 841 NEMA ICS 2 NEMA 250 NEMA MG 1 NEMA MGl-30 UL 674 Electric Motors and Generators for Use in Division 1 Hazardous (Classified) Locations UL 1004 Electric Motors C. FACTORY TESTS: The manufacturer's factory motor Prototype Tests per IEEE Standard 112 Appendix-A on motors through 250 horsepower shall be submitted as Product Data for the motor, actual factory tests for motors is not required: . 1. 2. 3. Winding resistance in ohms and converted to 25 degree C. Resistive Unbalance and Quarter Voltage Impedance, as applicable. Locked-Rotor current (Single phase). December 1, 2006 12/612006 - p:1l30282/EUGA/Specs 11 060-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 4. 5. 6. 7. High Potential. No-Load Excitation (volts, amperes, RPM). Bearing vibration check. Efficiency, Power Factor, Current at 115%, 100%,75%,50%, and no load. .: The motors larger than 250 horsepower shall be subject to the manufacture's complete factory dynamometer tests per IEEE Standard 112 Appendix-B: 1. Standard routine factory tests. 2. Full Load Heat Run. 3. Temperature Rise at full load. 4. Breakdown Torque. 5. Rated Full Load Slip. 6. Speed-Torque Curves. D. WARRANTY: In addition to the guarantee requirements specified in General Conditions, all motors 1/2 horsepower and greater shall be warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 5 years under the specified uses and with normal operation and service. This warranty shall be delivered, in writing, to the Owner and shall include, as a minimum, 100 percent full payment coverage for parts and labor during the first 60 months of operation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS .~ ~ Submittals shall be provided in accordance with Part ill of the Project Manual and shall include the following: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the [mal authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, .\ " ;; ~' December 1, 2006 12/6/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11060-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 6. 7. . 8. 9. 10. with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Manufacture completed IEEE Standard 841 Date Sheet for AC Squirrel Cage Induction Motors or Supplier completed "Form 11060-A" in specification Section 16000 with required factory data of motors supplied. 3. Speed-Torque curve per 1.02 C Factory Tests. 4. Factory Test Data: Including Guaranteed Minimum Efficiency for 115% load, 100% load, 75% load, 50% load, and no load. 5. Guaranteed vibration level when measured per MG 1, Figure 7-6: a. Displacement: 0.0025 inch peak-to-peak b. Velocity: 0.10 inches per second peak c. Acceleration: Ig (gravity) peak. Motor heating curve for motors per 1.02 C Factory Tests. Motor outline, dimensions, and weight. Manufacturer's descriptive information relative to motor features. Response curve where a winding over-temperature device is required. For all inverter duty motors: Manufacturer's certification that the motor is compatible with the adjustable frequency drive to be used. 11. Disassembly and repair documentation. 1.04 POWER SUPPLY VARIATIONS Motors shall operate successfully under running conditions at rated load with +/ - 10-percent of rated voltage with rated frequency or +/- 5-percent of rated frequency with rated voltage. 1.05 NEMA WINDING TEMPERATURES NEMA MG 1 Table 12-7 motors insulation system maximum winding temperatures in degrees-Centigrade (C), with the degrees-Fahrenheit (F) insulation system class specified herein. 1. Forty degree-C ambient (104 degree-F) is the basis for temperature rise. 2. For 50 degree C ambient (122F) and above, refer to the driven equipment specifications for additional requirements. . December 1, 2006 12/612006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11 060-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Insulation S stem Class De eesC/F Tern erature Rise b Resistance .' ~ ;, , --~~ A B F H 140/284 165/329 190/374 215/419 NA B-rise: 40 + 80 = 120 Degrees C / 248 F F-rise: 40 + 105 = 145 Degrees C / 293 F H-rise: 40 + 125 = 165 De ees C / 329 F 1.06 NEMA MOTOR TEMPERATURE PROTECTION TYPES Refer to Thermal Protection in Part-2 for thermal device requirements. The NEMA design shall limit the temperatures of the windings without using a thermal device: 1. Type-I: Winding Running and Locked Rotor Over-temperature Protection. 2. Type-2: Winding Running Over-temperature Protection. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.0 I ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS The following manufacturer's motors generally meet the class and performance requirements of this specification when furnished with appropriate modifications and additional features as specified: @; A. HORIZONTAL MOTORS: 1. Type 1 - Premium efficiency guarded, open-drip-proof motors manufactured by: a. General Electric Inc.: Type KS b. Reliance Electric Co.: Type XEX c. Emerson US Motor: Type DE or RE. 2. Type 2 - Premium efficiency totally enclosed-fan cooled, Chemical Industry seyere duty motors manufactured by: a. General Electric Inc.: TEFC IEEE 841 Severe duty: X$D b. Reliance Electric Co.: Type IEEE 841 XL Severe Duty. c. Emerson US Motor: Type CEo 3. Type 3 - Premium efficiency explosion-proof motors manufactured by: a. b. C. General Electric Inc.: Type KS - Explosion Proof. Emerson US Motor: Type LCE. Reliance: XEX-XP, IP 54 with Temperature Code: T3C .~ ~ December I, 2006 12/6/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11060-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . B. VERTICAL MOTORS: 1. Types 1 and Type 2 - Premium efficiency ODP and TEFC motors manufactured by: a. General Electric Inc.: Type KS. b. Emerson US Motors: Type TUCE Corroduty. 2. Type 3 - Premium efficiency explosion-proof motors manufactured by: a. General Electric Inc.: Type KS, Class I, Group D. b. Emerson US Motors: Type LUCE. C. MOTOR TYPES 1,2 OR 3 RATED FOR INVERTER DUTY SERVICE: 1. General Electric Inc.: a. KAF design for ODP, TEFC, or TEFC Severe Duty enclosures. b. KAF design in horizontal TEFC Severe Duty and EP enclosures with A$D construction for constant torque speed range. c. XSD Ultra for Severe Duty IEEE 841. 2. Emerson US Electrical Motors: a. VFM: Horizontal (TEFC) 841 Plus: Variable and Constant Torque rated motor. 3. Reliance Electric Inc.: a. V*S Master XT: Variable and Constant Torque rated motor. 2.02 GENERAL A. NAMEPLATES: Motor nameplates shall be engraved or stamped stainless steel. Information shall include those items enumerated in NEMA Standard MG 1, as applicable. Nameplates shall be permanently fastened to the motor frame and shall be visibly positioned for inspection. Additionally, provide the following information on nameplates or additional nameplates for: 1. Motors 1/2 horsepower and larger: Indicate the ABMA L-lO rated life for the motor bearings. December I, 2006 12/6/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11 060-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2. Motors 2 to 50 horsepower: Indicate the NEMA nominal efficiency. 3. Motors 50 horsepower and larger: Indicate NEMA guaranteed minimum efficiency. 4. Explosion-Proofmotors: Indicate UL frame temperature limit code. 5. Space heater information. 6. NEMA MG lOver Temperature Protection Type Number. 7. Temperature device rating and alarm and shutdown setpoint information. B. CONSTRUCTION: All motors provided under this specification shall have the following features of construction: 1. Frames: a. Cast iron frames for motors 1/2 horsepower and larger. b. Steel frames for motors smaller than 1/2 horsepower. c. Aluminum frame motors will not be permitted. 2. Cast metal shrouds and covers for non-sparking fan blades. 3. Non-hygroscopic motor leads. 4. NEMA Design-B as standard design. 5. NEMA Design-A, C, or D shall be identified as custom design features in the driven equipment specifications. 6. Motor Service Factor (percent of additional horsepower): a. SF: 1.15 for Types-I, 2, and 3 Sine-wave motors b. SF: 1.0 for Inverter Duty motors. c. SF dual rating: 1.15 Sine-wave and 1.0 Inverter Duty. 7. Grounding terminal in conduit box. 8. Stainless Steel nameplate. December 1, 2006 12/6/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 11060-8 .~ ",e' . . . 2.03 MOTORS LESS THAN 1/2 HORSEPOWER A. GENERAL: Motors less than 1/2 horsepower shall be squirrel cage, single phase, capacitor start, and induction run type with Class B or F insulation. Fan motors rated 1/8 horsepower or less may be split-phase or shaded-pole type. Windings shall be copper. B. RATING: Motors shall be rated 115 volts, single phase, 60 hertz, and shall be continuous-time rated in conformance with NEMA Standard MG 1. Motors shall be non-overloading at all points of the equipment operation. C. ENCLOSURES: Motor enclosures shall be as defined in NEMA MG 1. Motors shall have totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) or totally enclosed non-ventilated (TENV) enclosures, unless specified otherwise in the driven equipment specification. ' . Explosion-proof (EP or XP) motors shall bear the UL Label for Class I, Division 1, Group D hazardous locations. The nameplate shall indicate the UL frame temperature limit code T2A. The enclosure surface temperature shall not exceed 280 degrees C. Provide self-protected over- temperature device in the motor to detect and automatically de-energize the motor ifthe frame temperature limit is exceeded and automatically reset. 2.04 MOTORS 1/2 HORSEPOWER THROUGH 250 HORSEPOWER A. GENERAL: Motors 1/2 horsepower through 250 horsepower shall have copper windings and shall be three phase, squirrel cage, induction type rated for full-voltage start and continuous duty and rated for 460- Vac. Motors shall have a NEMA MG 1 design for the duty service imposed by the driven equipment. such as frequent starting, intermittent overload, high inertia, mounting configuration, or service environment. B. RATING: Motors shall be rated 460 volts, three-phase, 60-Hertz, and shall be continuous time rated in accordance with NEMA Standard MG 1. Refer to the driven equipment specification for custom motors or special purpose motors with voltage rating above 460 volts. :. December 1,2006 12/612006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11060-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Unless specified otherwise, motors shall have a service factor of 1.15 with additional 15-percent horsepower. Motors shall not be required to exceed the nameplate rating at service factor 1.00. C. MOTOR TYPE CLASSIFICA nONS: 1. GENERAL: a. Definition of terms shall be in accordance with NEMA MG 1. 2. TYPE 1 MOTORS: a. Enclosure: Open drip-proof, guarded ventilation openings (ODP). b. Class F insulation and Class B temperature rise at the motors nominal rating. 3. TYPE 2 MOTORS: a. Enclosure: Totally enclosed, fan cooled (TEFC). b. Class F insulation and Class B temperature rise at the motor's nominal rating. c. Conform to IEEE 841 Chemical Industry-Severe Duty rating through 500 Horsepower. d. Surfaces shall be coated with a corrosion-resistant treatment such as an epoxy paint that passes ASTM B 117 for 96-hours. e. No load airborne sound power level below 90-dBA per MG 1 Part-9. f. Breather/drain fitting instead of solid drain plug. g. International Protection Standard IP55 bearing enclosure. 4. TYPE 3 MOTORS: a Enclosure: Explosion-proof motors (EP or XP). b. UL listed in accordance with UL 674 for Class I, Group D for Hazardous Atmospheres. c. Bear UL Label for Class I, Division 1, Group D Hazardous locations. d. UL-approved breather/drain device in the motor drain hole. December 1, 2006 12/6/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 11060-10 . . . . . . e. Class F insulation. f. Nameplate: Indicate the UL frame temperature limit code T2A without thermostat and T2D with thermostat. g. Rated for the UL surface temperature limit codes for Class I Group D for gasoline, petroleum, alcohols, natural gas etc: 1) Motor designed below the UL frame temperature limit code T2A of 280 degrees C or 2) Provide an internal frame temperature thermostat that meets the UL frame temperature limit code T2D of 215 degree C with normally closed contact rated 5-amperes at 115- Vac. D. THERMAL PROTECTION: Type I, Type 2 and Type 3 motors that require motor over-temperature protection, as defmed in NEMA MG 1-12, with the motor controller interface wiring and devices as indicated on the drawings for the following: I. Inverter duty motors and totally-enclosed-air-over (TEAO) motors: a. NEMA Type-2 motor over-temperature self-protection: Thermal- overload, self-reset bimetallic Klixon switch for motors 5 horsepower and smaller. b. Motors larger than 5 horsepower require controller alarm / trip: I) Self-powered, motor mounted auxiliary device with F orm-C output contacts wired to variable speed or adjustable frequency drive to shut down the motor controller. Both the normally open contact and the normally closed contact shall be available at the motor terminal box. 2) Non-self-powered power thermal devices are prohibited. 3) Factory set thermal protection device with alarm and trip setpoints indicated on the motor device nameplate. 4) Factory wired to separate motor termination box. 2. Motors 300 horsepower and larger and higher voltage: a. NEMA Type-I thermal protection: Two-IOO-ohm platinum RIDs in each winding. December I, 2006 12/6/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11 060-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor b. Resistance Temperature Detectors (R TD) wired to separate motor termination box with wiring diagram provide. . c. Provide RID monitor and transmitter at the motor, as indicated or d. Provide RID monitor at the motor controller, as indicated. e. Indicated alarm and trip setpoints on the motor device nameplate. 3. Auxiliary equipment shall have normally closed NEMA ICS 2 B300 contacts and shall be housed in NEMA 250 enclosures as follows: a. Type 1 motors: NEMA 12. b. Type 2 motors: NEMA 4. c. Type 3 motors: NEMA 7D. E. INVERTER DUTY MOTORS: Motors for use with adjustable frequency controllers shall be inverter duty motors specifically designed for inverter service for the speed range and load torque characteristic required by the associated driven equipment. Inverter duty motors shall be specifically certified compatible with the adjustable frequency controller and driven equipment, as specified in Section 11000-1.01C Unit Responsibility. . Motors for use with adjustable frequency controllers shall not exceed NEMA MG 1, Class B temperature rise when operating over the specified speed range on the adjustable frequency controllers specified in Section 11069 with the specified load speed/torque characteristic. . Inverter duty rated motors shall have 4: 1 turndown with variable torque motor controllers or constant torque motor controllers rating designed to operate from 25% of base speed to base speed continuously with full load current and torque without exceeding the Class F insulation with B temperature rise. Torque requirement for greater turndown and slower speed applications is a custom design; refer to the driven equipment specification for additional requirements. Inverter duty rated moto~ shall be designed to operate over the speed or frequency range specified. ' Motor insulation shall be designed to meet 2000-volt peak at a minimum of 0.1 microsecond rise time which exceeds the NEMA MG 1, Part 31: 1600-volt peak requirement for the 460 volt motors. Provide inverter duty motors with NEMA Type 2 over-temperature protection as specified in NEMA MG 1-12. Provide motor mounted and motor powered winding temperature device with a 5-ampere normally open and normally closed output contacts at the motor terminal box for monitoring by the adjustable frequency controller and shutdown where the temperature exceed 165 degree-Centigrade. .." ., December 1, 2006 12/6/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11060-12 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . Inverter duty motors shall have electrically insulated bearings or shall be equipped with a shaft-grounding unit mounted on the fan housing with stub shaft extended from the motor shaft. Larger motors, using the shaft-grounding unit, shall be equipped with two brushes, totally enclosed, and sealed against environmental contamination. F. VERTICAL MOTORS: Vertical motors shall be solid-shaft P-base type specifically designed for vertical installation. Thrust bearing rating shall be compatible with the loads imposed by the driven equipment. Universal position motors are not acceptable. Vertical motors shall conform to Type I, Type 2, or Type 3 in accordance with the location and use. Vertical motors specified or indicated as rated for Inverter Duty Motor shall be as specified herein. G. MOTOR EFFICIENCY: Type-l and Type-2 motors in accordance with 2002 NEMA MG I Table 12-11 and Table 12-12 and Type-2 in accordance with IEEE 841 Table 2 motor minimum nameplate efficiency for energy efficient 900 rpm motors and premium efficiency motor for 1,200 rpm, 1,800 rpm, and 3,600 I]Jm determined in accordance with IEEE 112B testing procedures, when operating on a sinusoidal power source shall conform to the following: . MG1 Motor Horse ower I 70.0 78.5 81.5 74.0 1.5 72.0 81.5 82.5 81.5 2 80.0 81.5 82.5 82.5 3 81.5 86.5 84.0 82.5 5 82.5 86.5 84.0 84.0 7.5 82.5 88.5 88.5 86.5 10 86.5 88.5 88.5 87.5 15 86.5 89.5 89.5 87.5 20 87.5 90.2 91.7 89.5 25 87.5 91.0 91.7 90.2 30 89.5 91.0 91.7 90.2 40 89.5 92.4 92.4 91.0 50 90.2 92.4 92.4 91.7 60 90.2 93.0 93.0 92.4 75 91.7 93.0 93.6 92.4 December 1, 2006 Port Angeles East UGA 12/6/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11060-13 Sewer Interceptor . MG 1 Motor . " ~ Horse ower ...- 100 91.7 93.6 94.1 92.4 125 92.4 93.6 94.1 93.0 150 92.4 94.5 94.5 93.0 200 92.4 94.5 94.5 94.1 250 93.6 94.1 94.1 94.1 IEEE SID 841-2001 900 rpm 1200 rpm 1800 rpm 3600 rpm 600V 8-pole 4-pole 6-pole 2-pole 250HP 93.6 94.1 94.1 94.5 300HP - 94.1 94.5 94.5 350HP - 94.1 94.5 94.5 400HP - - 94.5 94.5 450HP - - 94.5 94.5 500HP - - 94.5 94.5 . H. CONDUIT BOXES: Conduit boxes shall be sized based on the conduit number and conduit size indicated on the drawings. Provide over-sized boxes with the number of openings as required to accommodate the conduits required. Replace undersized conduit boxes. Conduit boxes shall be split construction with threaded hubs and shall conform to IEEE 841 for Type 2 and Type 3 motors. Motors shall be furnished with petroleum-resistant gaskets at the base of the conduit box and between the halves of the conduit box Conduit boxes shall be designed to rotate in order to permit installation in any of four positions 90 degrees apart. Motors shall have grounding lug located within the conduit box for the ground connection. Provide separate conduit boxes for temperature devices and space heaters. 1. BEARINGS: Bearings may be oil or grease lubricated ball or angle contact roller bearings rated for a minimum L-10 life of 100,000 hours in accordance with ABMA 9 or 11 at the ambient temperature specified. Motor designs employing cartridge type bearings will not be accepted. Bearings shall be .~ ~) December 1,2006 12/6/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11060-14 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . '. . fitted with lubricant fill and drain or relief fittings. Belt loads shall not exceed forces calculated from NEMA MG I Table 14-1. 1. LIFTING EYES: Motors weighing more than 50 pounds shall be fitted with at least one lifting eye and motors over 150 pounds shall be fitted with two lifting eyes. K. SPACE HEATERS: Where shown on the Drawings or Schedules, furnish motors with space heaters to prevent condensation inside the motor enclosure after motor shutdown and maintain the temperature of the winding at not less than 5-degree C above outside ambient temperature. Heaters shall be flexible wraparound type rated 120 volts, single phase, 60 Hertz. The space heater rating in watts and volts shall be noted on the motor nameplate or on a second nameplate. Space heater leads HI and H2 shall be brought to a separate terminal block or pigtails in the motor conduit box or separate conduit box with a threaded conduit opening. 2.05 PRODUCT DATA The following product data shall be provided for each motor in accordance with Part III of the Project Manual: 1. Operating and maintenance information specified in Part III of the Project Manual. 2. Overhaul instructions for each motor 50 horsepower and above. 3. Written warranty specified in paragraph 11060-1.02 D. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING Verify the circuit ground cable (green) is identified and connected to the grounding lug terminal in the conduit box. Provide supplementary grounding by installing a bond from the motor frame to the grounding electrode system as indicated on the drawings. 3.02 FIELD TESTING Verify breather/drain fittings have been installed as specified herein. Winding insulation resistance for motors shall be not less than 10-megohm measured with a 1000- V ac megohmmeter at I-minute at or corrected to 40-degree C. December I, 2006 12/6/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11060-15 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Motor phases current imbalance testing for motors 50 horsepower and larger shall be performed as specified in Section 16030. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/6/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 11060-16 .~ l ~>-".. ~ .~ """":; . . . PART I--GENERAL SECTION 11081 DIESEL STANDBY ENGINE-GENERA TOR SET 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies a permanently installed diesel engine generator set that will be operated to provide standby power. The engine generator set includes, but is not limited to, the following components: weather and sound enclosure; diesel engine; load bank breaker, generator; electric starter, batteries and battery charger; exhaust system including silencer, exhaust piping, insulation and supports for silencer and exhaust piping, cooling system equipment; fuel tank and fuel system; operating and safety shutdown controls; engine generator control panel with all devices and accessories; intake air cleaner; lubrication system; engine jacket water heater; and vibration isolation base and connectors; and appurtenances for a complete and operational system. B. RATINGS FOR PUMP STATION 12: 1. Rated kW at P.F. 125 KW @ l.1L standby, _ prime, _ continuous) Voltage 480 Volts, 3 Wire PhaselHz: 3/60 Winding configuration Grounded wye Power Factor 0.8 Elevation: 1000 feet Voltage waveform distortion from no load to full linear load shall not exceed 5 percent total harmonic distortion. No single harmonic shall exceed 3 percent. UL 2200 approved set. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. B. RATINGS FOR PUMP STATION 13: 1. Rated kW at P.F. 150 KW @ l.1L standby, _ prime, _ continuous) 480 Volts, 3 Wire 3/60 Grounded wye 0.8 1000 feet 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Voltage PhaselHz: Winding configuration Power Factor Elevation: December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11081-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 7. Voltage waveform distortion from no load to full linear load shall not exceed 5 percent total harmonic distortion. No single harmonic shall exceed 3 percent. UL 2200 approved set. .Ill _.j 8. c. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: Equipment shall be installed in the location as shown on the drawings. The ambient conditions are expected to be in the following ranges: Temperature, degrees F Humidity, percent 15 to 100 10 to 100, condensing 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and of those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. . Reference Title ANSI/IEEE 519 IEEE Recommended Practice and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electric Power Systems American Society of Mechanical Engineers Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines National Electric Code ASME PTC17 NEC NEMA MG 1 National Electrical Manufacturers Association Motors and Generators NFP A 30 Flammable and Combustible Li uid Code eh ~ December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11081-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Reference Title NFP A 37 NFPA 70 NFPA 110 UBC UFC UL National Fire Protection Association Standard 37-1984, Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines National Electrical Code Emergency and Standby Power Systems Uniform Building Code Uniform Fire Code Underwriters Laboratories Inc. B. UNIT RESPONSffiILITY: The Contractor shall assign unit responsibility to the engine-generator manufacturer for the equipment specified in this section. A certificate of unit responsibility shall be provided. c. FACTORY TESTING: 1. GENERAL: The engine-generator set shall be factory tested to insure compliance with the manufacturer's standards, ASME PTC 17 for the engine, and NEMA MGl for the generator. The test reports shall be submitted to the Owner and the Engineer for review. 2. STATIC TESTING: The entire unit, including control panels and accessories, shall be adequately tested on a major components basis, using static methods to ensure that all safety devices and control circuits are properly installed, aligned and connected. All trim piping shall be pressure tested, and all regulators, solenoid valves, etc., tested for proper function. 3. OPERATING TESTS: a. The engine generator unit shall be tested and operated to determine its operating characteristics under various loads as listed in paragraph c. below. The tests shall be conducted in accordance with SAE J 1349 and NEMA MG-l. b. Engine and generator monitoring systems shall be verified to be operating accurately. Control panel instrumentation, gauges, back lighting, switches, etc shall be confirmed to be operating correctly. c. The engine generator test shall include full load steady state and transient response testing including engine and generator voltage dip and load data via block loading. The engine generator shall be factory tested under the following block loading conditions: December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11081-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Pump Station 12: Block Load 1: e: "", 100 kV A Inductive Pump Station 13: Block Load 1: 121 kV A Inductive The maximum allowable voltage dip shall be 20 percent for each loading step. The voltage dip shall recover to 2% of rated voltage within one second. d. The complete unit shall be subjected to a continuous operating te,st of at least 8 hours with 2 hours at half load, 2 hours at three quarters load, and 4 hours at full load without exceeding specified alarm trip levels. e. Test records, in addition to the information required by SAE J 1349, shall be provided for all specified tests. In addition to the tests required by SAE J 1349 and NEMA MG-I, testing shall minimally include the following tests: 1) Average starting time for not less than 3 cold starts. Records shall include ambient temperature and number of cranking cycles before successful start. Fuel consumption at 50, 75, and 100 percent rated load. Voltage and frequency transient recordings upon application and removal of rated load via block loading as specified in paragraph 11081-1.02 D.3.c. Values shall be recorded on high-speed charts to provide accurate definition of response. Voltage regulation. Rated power. Winding insulation resistance. Phase sequence. All alarms, indicators, and protective functions specified in this section. ' Water jacket/oil/block and ambient temperature at IS-minute intervals during continuous operating test. .~ 'C,/ 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) f. The results of the factory tests shall be certified by an officer of the manufacturer's corporation and submitted to the Engineer for review prior to the engine generator leaving the factory. Engineer shall be given 15 days, from the date of test report arrival at their office, to review and respond to the test reports. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs .' i 1 ~ 11081-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . D. WARRANTY: The manufacturer's and dealer's extended warranty shall in no event be for a period of less than 5 years from completion of operational testing specified in Section 1-27 or 1,500 operating hours, whichever comes first. It shall include repair parts, labor, reasonable travel expenses necessary for repairs at the job site, and expendables (lubricating oil, filters, antifreeze, and other service items made unusable by the defect) used during the course of repair. Submittals received without written warranties as specified will be rejected in their entirety. A metal warranty nameplate of not less than 4 inches high by 8 inches long must be affixed to the generator set with the following data: Warranty Period: Start-up Date: Termination Date: Supplier Name: Supplier Address: 24-Hour Emergency Number: The 24-Hour Emergency Number shall meet the requirements of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURERS above. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SCOPE: All of the material required for submittal under this section shall be furnished in one complete package. Where the submittals include vendor or manufacturer catalogs, literature, text, diagrams, options, etc. that does not pertain to the equipment the contractor intends to provide, the extraneous literature, text, diagrams, options, etc shall be crossed out or be removed. The package shall be submitted in accordance with Sections 1-05.3, 16000, and this Section. B. GENERAL: In addition to the items required in paragraph 11081-1.03 A, submittal data shall be required as follows: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (,/') shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the fmal authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11081-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. ~ 2. Outline and installation drawings (plans and sections) of all auxiliary equipment in front, rear, and both side elevations for the complete engine generator set showing the location, size and other pertinent details for the mounting of the set and electrical and monitoring connections. 3. Weight of complete unit. 4. An affidavit attesting to the identity of the supplier having unit responsibility, as specified under paragraph 11081-1.02 C. 5. Product Data as listed in paragraph 2.08. 6. Contractor's field testing procedure specified in paragraph 11081-3.02 C. C. ENGINES: In addition to the items required in paragraph 11081-1.03 A, submittals shall be required for each unit as follows: . ~ 1. Torque, brake horsepower and fuel consumption curves for the specified conditions. i I 2. Catalog data including dimensional information, description and operating' data for cooling, airflow, fuel flow, heat rejection, exhaust, BMEP, and RPM. 3. Details on the fuel tank and fuel filling system. D. GENERATOR: In addition to the items required in paragraph 11081-1.03 A, submittal data for each unit shall be required as follows: 1. Weight. 2. Stator and field ratings including temperature rise at full load conditions. 3. Catalog data. E. MAIN GENERATOR BREAKER: (NOT USED) , December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11081-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . F. LOAD BANK BREAKER: 1. Catalog data. 2. Time current curves. G. ENGINE GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL: In addition to the items required in paragraph 11081-1.03 A, submittal data shall be required as follows: 1. Panel enclosure layout drawings. 2. Conduit stubout locations. 3. Shop drawings including dimensions and cross-sectional views and locations of all equipment and devices showing details of construction. 4. A copy of the complete As-Built wiring, panel, elementary and process/instrumentation diagrams for the generator engine control, engine and generator start-up and shut down and alarm functions, automatic transfer switch functions, AC and DC power distribution, voltage regulation and excitation circuitry showing identified terminals and identified conductors. They shall show any addenda updates that apply to the equipment in this section marked to show specific changes necessary for the supplied equipment. If no changes are required, the drawing shall be marked, "No Changes Required". 5. Catalog data. H. WEATHER AND SOUND ENCLOSURE: In addition to the items required in paragraph 11081-1.03 A, submittal data shall be required as follows: 1. Drawings showing the size of the enclosure, access door locations and size, locking mechanisms, and observation windows. 2. Data on the sound attenuation of the enclosure and the expected sound levels at a distance of 23 feet around the enclosure. 3. Weight. 4. Details on the enclosure to show weather protection, and vandal protection. December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11 081- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor I. FOUNDATION: .s ,'> In addition to the items required in paragraph 11081-1.03 A, submittal data shall be required as follows: 1. Recommended mountings on the grade. 2. Foundation anchor bolt location, type, and size including anchor embedment length into the pad. 3. Design calculations for both static and dynamic forces including earthquake force prepared and sealed by an engineer registered in the State of Washington. 1.04 SlllPMENT The equipment furnished under this section shall be shipped to the site with weathertight covers on all piping and electrical connections. All shaft housing penetrations shall be sealed in a manner that shall protect against damage from the elements and deterioration of the equipment due to moisture, corrosive gases, dirt and debris. Additionally, each individual shipment shall be packaged in a manner designed to protect the equipment against damage caused by sudden acceleration or deceleration. Generator unit shall not be shipped until all submittals and Factory Test Reports have received favorable reviews by the Engineer 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION . A. GENERAL: The generator set shall include the capability of automatically controlling generator set operation. After starting, the unit will attain rated speed and voltage, and accept rated load. Generator set speed shall be controlled by the engine governor, while generator output voltage, regulation shall be a function of the generator automatic voltage regulator. Manual adjustment I of generator speed and voltage shall be provided. The generator set start, stop, and cool-down! sequences shall be initiated manually or automatically by the closing or opening of a contact. ' The control system shall automatically engage the cranking motor, sense engine starting speed, disengage the motor, and arm the engine protection circuit. An electric jacket water heater installed in the engine cooling water system shall keep the engine block warm to allow quick starts and immediate application of full load. B. AUTOMATIC MODE: The engine-generator shall operate as follows in automatic "Auto" mode. Upon receipt of a start/run signal (closed dry contact) from the automatic transfer switch, the engine shall immediately start. The engine controls shall bring the engine up to operating speed and stabilize it at a generator frequency of 60 hertz. The generator controls shall excite the generator field and stabilize the output .\ ~ December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11081-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . at 480 volts. Once the generator is stable the automatic transfer switch controls shall switch the load to the generator by closing contacts located at the automatic transfer switch. When utility power is restored, the automatic transfer switch will restore normal power to the load (after an adjustable time delay to ensure normal power stability) and open the adjustable time delay start/run contact for the engine generator. The engine-generator controls shall then return to the automatic mode and be ready for the next run cycle. C. MANUAL MODE: Operation of the engine-generator in the manual "RUN" mode shall be the same as in the automatic mode except that the engine start/stop shall be manually initiated from the engine control panel. Transfer of power from the Normal source of power to the generator shall be manually initiated from the automatic transfer switch located in A TS-1252 AND 1352. When manual engine-generator operations are no longer desired the restoration of Normal power to the loads shall be manually initiated from the automatic transfer switch. The generator shall manually be placed in cool-down and the generator's control panel selector switch shall be placed in automatic and aligned for engine starting by automatic means from the auto transfer switch upon loss of Normal power. D. TEST MODE: . The test mode for the engine generator shall be the same as the manual mode except that the generator's output will be manually switched to the load bank thereby exercising the generator. The site's automatic transfer switch will still be in the automatic position during load bank operations. Once the engine-generator tests are complete the load bank will be taken off line. The generator shall manually be placed in its cool-down / stop cycle. The generator's control panel selector switch shall be placed in "Auto" and aligned for engine starting by automatic means from the auto transfer switch upon loss of Normal power. In the event that Normal power is lost during Test Mode operations the load bank control panel's control relay will drop out, or the load bank breaker shall be shunt tripped, thereby de- energizing the load bank. This drop out signal shall originate at the A TS when Normal power is lost. The engine generator control panel shall shunt trip the load bank. breaker. The shunt trip signal shall originate from the PLC after Normal Utility Power is lost. Upon restoration of Normal power, and noted time delay, the automatic transfer switch will switch to the Normal position and transfer loads back onto Normal power. In this scenario the engine will still be running in manual operation. Engine testing with the load bank would continue unless deemed accomplished by the Engineer. Once testing is completed and Normal power is restored the generator shall manually be placed in its cool-down / stop cycle. The generator's control panel selector switch shall be placed in automatic and aligned for engine starting by automatic means from the auto transfer switch upon loss of Normal power. . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11081-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor PART 2--PRODUCTS . 2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS-ENGINE GENERATOR: Engine-generator system shall be as manufactured and assembled by Kohler or equal. 2.02 ENGINE Engine blocks shall be cast iron with replaceable dry liners. Enclosure, silencer, exhaust piping, insulation and supports for silencer and exhaust piping shall be sized for the engine requirements. The engines shall be rated as follows: 1. 2. Service: Fuel: Standby Diesel No.2 Additionally, the engine shall be equipped with the following: 1. A 24 V positive engagement solenoid shift starting motor. 2. 35A minimum automatic battery-charging alternator with solid-state voltage regulation. 3. Positive displacement, full pressure lubrication oil pump, cartridge oil filters, dipstick and oil drain. . 4. Dry-type replaceable air cleaner elements with pyrometer indicator. 5. An engine-mounted radiator with blower fan, water pump, thermostat and duct adapter flange. 6. Safety guards for exhaust manifold, silencer, and turbocharger. 7. Crankcase drain to outside of engine base frame terminated with a plugged ball valve and located conveniently for crankcase oil changing. The ball valve is to be inside the protective housing; the plug is to be outside. 8. Engine Exhaust - Stainless steel in conformance with piping system condensate drains at low points. Thermal blanket on the exhaust manifold and exhaust piping and silencer for personnel safety and to reduce heat rejection into the space. Exhaust piping insulation and silencer insulation shall be four inches thick. Insulation shall cover all exposed exhaust piping and shall be readily removable for maintenance. 9. Gas-proof, seamless, stainless steel, flexible exhaust connection and critical grade engine exhaust silencers (reducing engine exhaust noise by 25 to 35 dBa). . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11081-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 10. Two stage water/fuel separator, Racor or approved equivalent. 11. A double-walled diesel fuel tank shall be installed in the generator set's base, pre-plumbed with fuel gauge, low fuel alarm, drain valve and vented fill cap. The fuel tank shall be sized for 24-hour continuous full load run. The sub- base fuel tank shall be ofUL-142 specification (delivered with UL label) and equipped with alarm sensors to detect leakage. 12. An insulated sound attenuated NEMA 3R weather protective drop over enclosure onto the sub-base fuel tank. 2.03 GENERATOR The generator shall be an alternating current revolving field, four-pole, synchronous alternator type. Stators shall be impregnated with solid epoxy resin and shall have continuous end rings and amortisseur windings. Exciters shall be brushless type with encapsulated rectifiers and mounted outboard. Voltage regulator shall be solid-state type with temperature compensation complete with phase controlled sensing circuit. Generator shall be air-cooled. Rotor shall be directly coupled to engine with a flexible drive disc. The generator shall be rated as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Insulation Class H Max. temperature rise 105 degrees C Ambient temperature: 85 degrees F Winding's center point grounding means shall be a bolted connection and accessible. 2.04 ENGINE-GENERA TOR CONTROL PANEL: A. GENERAL: The engine-generator control panel shall be mounted above the accessible and clear end of the generator and shall be capable of facing right, left or rear. Engine-generator control panels shall be covered with hinged metal covers with hasps for padlocks or other locks. Plastic, fiberglass, and polycarbonate covers are specifically prohibited. The control panel shall be mounted to be free of vibration from the running engine generator. The control panel shall incorporate the use of solid-state electronic devices or microprocessor-based controls for starting, monitoring, metering, and protective features. Relays will only be acceptable in high-current circuits. The control panel shall be powered from the engine generator's heavy-duty starting batteries. The engine-generator control panel shall have the minimum following features: 1. Controls: Manual-Off-Auto selector switch Voltage regulator adjustment Emergency stop push button December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11081-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2. Gauges: Gauges shall be illuminated. Engine Coolant Temperature Engine Oil Pressure . 3. Meters: Meters shall be illuminated. Generator Voltage Generator Amperage Engine Run Time Frequency Battery Charging Voltage 4. Warning Alarms: Alarms shall be illuminated. Low Oil Pressure High Engine temperature Low D.C. Voltage (from battery charger) Discrete Warning Alarm output contact for above alarms (Generator Trouble) 5. Shutdown Alarms Contacts: Alarms shall be illuminated. Low Low Oil Pressure High High Engine Temperature Overspeed Overcrank Discrete Shutdown Alarm output contact for above alarms (Generator Fail) . 6. Status Contacts: Generator Running output contacts (2) Generator Ready output contacts (2) Generator in AUTO position output contacts (2) 7. Outputs Contacts: Provide one set of normally open, dry (i.e. non-energized) output contacts for connection to the station's PLC control system as a common "Generator Fail Alarm." The contact shall open when any of the alarms in item 5 are detected. Provide one set of normally open, dry output contacts for connection to the station's PLC control system as a common "Generator Trouble Alarm", The contact shall open when any of the alarms in item 4 are detected. The contacts shall remain activated during the entire period of the abnormal condition, and reset shall be automatic. All contacts shall be rated at 120 V AC. The contractor shall document the discrete and common connections via shop drawings. . '" December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11081-12 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 8. In addition to the output contacts listed in item 7, provide I set of normally open dry contacts for "Low Fuel Level", and 1 set of normally open dry contacts for "Fuel Leakage", to be connected to the stations PLC control system. Provide an emergency stop pushbutton (E-Stop) located on the exterior of the weatherproof enclosure. The emergency stop pushbutton shall entirely shutdown the generator in the event of an emergency. 9. 2.05 BATTERIES AND BATTERY CHARGERS The engine-generator shall be provided with 24 volt lead antimony storage batteries for heavy-duty diesel starting application. The batteries shall be guaranteed for one year and the manufacturer shall install a new battery for any battery found defective within the guarantee period. Batteries shall be capable of sustaining engine-rated cranking speed through at least three automatic IS-second cranking cycles at 25 degrees F without starting aids, and with API-rated IOW-30 oil in the engine crankcase. The batteries shall be installed in battery boxes and mounted in a corrosion resistant rack on the engine generator skid. The battery shall have a protective polyglass removal cover. Battery cables shall be provided and sized for 125% of expected engine starting current. Battery voltage shall not drop below 85 percent of rated voltage during start/crank cycles. Batteries shall provide operational engine-generator controls during cranking. The skid mounted battery charger shall be the automatic, two-rate, auto-boost potential type. The charger shall automatically switch to the high-rate mode after an engine start cycle and recharge the battery to full potential within one hour after a maximum cranking cycle when the AC power returns. The float and high-rate voltage levels shall be set at the factory in accordance with the battery manufacturer's recommendations. The input voltage shall be single phase, 120 volt, 60 hertz AC. The chargers shall have a 10 ampere output and be UL listed. The battery charger shall be equipped with the following features: 1. Loss of AC power - red light 2. Low battery voltage - red light 3. High battery voltage - red light 4. Power ON - green light 5. Analog DC voltmeter and ammeter Charger shall be as manufactured by Sens, Model FCA 24-10-2411 U, or equal. 2.06 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER (NOT USED) 2.07 LOAD BANK BREAKER Provide a molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker and mounted on the engine- generator skid for the load bank. Breaker size, as shown on the drawings, is based on a breaker that is not 100% rated. Circuit breaker shall be UL listed with stored energy type mechanism to provide quick-make, quick-break, trip-free operation. Breaker shall provide manual switching operation by means of a low-torque handle on the front of the unit. Circuit breaker shall provide automatic December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs 11081-13 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor operation during overload and short circuit. Circuit breaker shall have a minimum interrupting current of 22,000 amperes (symmetrical) at 480 volts. The breaker shall have a shunt trip feature, powered by the engine generator control panel, to trip the breaker when Normal power is lost. The breaker shall also have an auxiliary "B" contact that shall enable the A TS to transfer pump station loads onto the generator only when the load bank breaker is open. .~ .", I 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS A. EXHAUST SYSTEM: Flexible stainless steel pipe connections shall be provided between the engine exhaust silencer and exhaust pipe in compliance with applicable codes and regulations. Flexible connections shall allow 1.5-inch compression from free length and 0.75-inch offset between flanges. The engine-generator shall be provided with a critical-grade grade exhaust silencer to provide at least 25 dBA of noise reduction. The silencer shall be fabricated of heavy-gage stainless steel in all-welded construction. The silencer shall be bolted to the engine and provide adequate support for the flexible exhaust pipe connection. Alternatively, the exhaust silencer may be mounted on the support skid or shipped loose for installation in the exhaust piping leaving the engine-generator. In these cases the flexible connection shall be furnished for installation between the engine's exhaust manifold and the silencer or exhaust system. B. COOLING SYSTEMS: .\ ry - The cooling system shall be a complete engine-mounted radiator system including radiator, water pump, engine-driven fan, expansion tank and all appurtenances. The system shall be designed to utilize a water and glycol solution with a freezing point below minus 15 degrees F. The radiator shall be designed for a maximum top tank temperature 0[210 degrees F at 125 degrees F ambient. The radiator, fan and drive shall be the manufacturer's standard configuration. The radiator shall be provided with a duct adapter flange permitting the attachment of the air discharge duct directing the discharge of the radiator air through a load bank or a damper. C. FUEL OIL SYSTEM: The fuel oil system shall consist of an engine driven fuel injector pump, a sub-base mounted fuel tank complete with accessories, fuel filter, fuel oil supply and return piping and necessary controls. The fuel tank shall be integral with the engine base. Fuel tank shall have a minimum capacity for 24 hours of operation or 660 gallons, whichever is the least amount. Fuel tank shall be filled with No.2 diesel oil through the fill fitting located on the tank. The fuel tank shall be double wall and fabricated of heavy-steel plate in accordance with l)L 142, NFPA 37 and the local fire marshal. Provide a 2" vent pipe, an emergency 1" vent (return), . .~ t !!V December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11081-14 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . and a secondary vent pipe. The fuel tank shall be fitted with check valves at the tank discharge to prevent fuel from draining from the fuel injection system. The fuel tank shall be installed in the generator set's base, pre-plumbed with fuel gauge, low fuel alarm, drain valve and vented fill cap. The sub-base fuel tank shall be of UL-142 specification (delivered with UL label) and equipped with alarm sensors to detect leakage. The fuel tank shall be epoxy-coated inside and fmish-painted outside, or stainless steel. Finish color shall match engine-generator set. The fuel tank shall include a 2-inch fill connection and a level indicator or dipstick. The fuel tank shall include a manual drain valve capable of completely draining the tank's contents. The fuel tank shall be provided with one level switch. The low-level switch shall monitor the tank for a low fuel condition and signal the local programmable controller (PLC). Each level switch shall have a normally open and a normally closed contact (Form-C) rated 5 amperes at 120V AC. All of the switch contacts shall be wired to a common terminal box and labeled. The terminal box shall be mounted near the generator end of the unit. The set point of the level switch shall be as follows: Switch Tank volume setting, percent Low level alarm 30 D. FUEL METERING SYSTEM: The fuel metering system shall be comprised of a water separator or coalescer, followed by a fuel filter, fuel manifold injection pumps, and injectors. Fuel filter shall be of the replaceable element type. E. LUBRICA nON SYSTEM: The engine shall be of the wet sump type, provided with a full pressure lubricating oil system arranged to distribute oil to all moving parts of the engine. The lubricating oil pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be gear-driven from the engine crankshaft or camshaft. The pump shall have ample capacity to circulate the amount of lubricating and cooling oil required by the engine at all operating speeds. F. JACKET WATER HEATER: The engine shall be titted with a thermostatically controlled jacket water heater designed to maintain proper conditions for quick starting regardless of ambient temperature. Heater shall be December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 11081-15 sized to maintain 900F in 200F ambient. Jacket water heater shall be suitable for 208/120V AC, I phase, 60 Hz power. Heater shall be Kim Hotstart, or equal. Designed based on a 1.5 kW heater. ..~ ~y G. COMBUSTION AIR: Engine combustion air systems shall include air filters. H. FLEXIDLE METAL CONNECTORS: Flexible metal connectors for exhaust piping shall be provided. The exhaust connectors shall be unbraided, stainless steel, suitable for temperatures up to 1300 degrees F. Flexible metal connectors shall be by Flexonics, Hyspan, or equal. 1. MOUNTING: The engine-generator shall be permanently mounted on a welded steel base and anchored to the concrete foundation. Spring vibration isolators with seismic restraints shall be provided between the engine-generator and the welded steel base and shall be complete with lateral and vertical seismic restraints. Isolator restraints shall be steel weldments. Vibration isolators shall be as manufactured by California Dynamics, Type RJSD, or equal. Supplier shall provide seismic calculations signed by a Washington registered engineer verifying the integrity of the isolator restraint and anchor. 1. ANCHOR AND ASSEMBLY BOLTS: @; I Anchor and assembly bolts and nuts shall be of ample size and strength. All bolts shall be standard machine bolts, with cold pressed hexagon nuts. Type 316 stainless steel epoxy anchors may be substituted for embedded anchor bolts where welded steel base is equipped with vibration isolators. Bolts submerged or embedded in concrete shall be Type 316 stainless steel with oversized nuts. Provide suitable degauling compounds for stainless steel threaded components. Anchor bolts shall be installed in accordance with Section 6-02.3(18) of the Standard Specifications and Section 11002. K. GROUND PADS: Engine-generator shall be provided with a ground pad(s). Drill and tap ground pads as necessary for attachment of all grounding conductors. Use two-hole lugs for terminating No. 4/0 A WG and larger ground conductors. Bond ground pads to existing electrode connector where provided or in absence of an electrode conductor, to adjacent structural steel with #3/0 bare copper cable, using form-poured exothermic welds or Ampact tool applied devices. A solid ground shall exist: 1. Between generator frame and base. 2. Between generator and engine. A\ ~ December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11081-16 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor '. . . 3. Between generator frame and transfer switch through cable. 4. Between battery charger, control cabinet(s), conduits, generator enclosure, wire tray(s), fuel tank, light fixtures, and any other metal conductive parts in accordance with NEe. . L. WEATHERPROOF SOUND ENCLOSURE: Th ~ engine-generator shall be provided with a weatherproof sound enclosure. The enclosure shall be weather-protective with a top mounted exhaust silencer, a heat shield and an exhaust discharge that shall be parallel with the skid. End of exhaust pipe shall be angle cut to prevent water from entering the pipe. The enclosure shall also protect the equipment from vandals. The housing shall be constructed of 14 gauge steel and have heavy gage hinged side access doors and a rear door with window to allow observation of controls. All access doors shall be lockable via a padlock and doors and side panels shall be easily removed for servicing. The enclosure panels shall be treated on the interior with standard, readily available sound absorbing materials as required to meet the specified sound levels. The sound level within 7 meters (23 feet) of the enclosure shall not exceed 55 dBA at full load. Louvers shall be provided at the generator and radiator ends of the housing. The enclosure shall be provided with a shop applied prime coat in accordance with Painting Coating System U in Division 9 and then fmal field painted in accordance with the fmish schedule in paragraph Division 9. The engine-generator set shall be provided with a balanced set of lifting eyes. 2.09 PRODUCT DATA The following shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3: 1. Applicable operation and maintenance information. 2. Manufacturer's warranty in accordance with paragraph 11 081-1.02.E. 3. Copies of all generator factory and field test documentation: Factory Static Test Data (I.02C2), Factory Operational Test Data (I. 02. C3), Field Test Data (3. 02. c.). 4. Point-to-point and schematic wiring diagrams for all controls showing elementary and process/instrument diagrams for the generator engine control, power distribution including batteries and charger, tamper switch wiring, jacket heater, interconnection to the automatic transfer switch, voltage regulation and excitation circuitry showing connection and interconnection of identified terminals and identified conductors to components of the complete electrical system. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 11 081-1 7 5. Installation Certification and Training Certification. " 6. Certification of unit responsibility as required in paragraph 11081-1.02 B. 7. List of spare parts. 8. Generator impedances: Xd, Xq, Xd', Xd", X2, Xo Xp, ra, d, r2 and available fault current. 9. Circuit breaker information including time current curves. 10. Field Test Report - Submit field test report for review within fifteen days of the time of test completion. 11. Demonstration ofUL 2200 compliance. 12. Affidavit - Furnish affidavit from the engine-generator supplier stating that the system has been properly installed and tested and is ready for full time operation in conformance with the specifications. 2.10 SPARE PARTS The following spare parts shall be provided for each generator set: ~ 1 - each size and type of relay 2 - each size and type of lamp in the control panels 1 - complete replacement, engine oil filters and fuel filters 1 - complete replacement, air inlet filters 1 - complete set of control fuses PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL I In addition to the factory tests set forth in paragraph 11081-1.02 C, the equipment furniSh~d under this section shall be subject to the tests specified in 11081-3.02, below. : I I 3.02 FIELD TESTS : The field test shall be conducted by the Contractor and the Manufacturer's Representative in the presence of the Engineer. It is recommended that testing procedures follow guidance in NFP A 110,5-13. All costs of testing and preparation and submittal of the Field Test Report, including fuel, a supplemental load bank, an outside testing agency, shall be borne by the Contractor. The test December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11 081-18 I I I Port Angeles East UGA I Sewer Interceptor I I e} V . procedure shall be developed by a qualified testing agency and approved by the Engineer prior to conducting the field test. A. Prior to acceptance, equipment shall be tested in accordance this Section to show it will start and operate properly under all modes of operation. A minimum of 8 hours of representative time shall be allowed for operational and performance testing. B. Contractor is responsible for supplying all fuel for the testing and shall top off fuel tank(s) when testing is complete and prior to acceptance of the facility. C. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval and 30 days prior to the test, a test procedure which has been developed by a qualified testing agency to demonstrate the correct function of the standby power generation system. All controls of the electrical system shall be demonstrated to operate in accordance with the contract and the manufacturer's recommendations. The test shall include five sequential starts, including one cold start. The engine-generator shall be operated for ~ hour at 50% of its kW rating and for six hours continuously at 100% of its kW rating. Pertinent data, such as voltage, frequency, kilowatts, power factor, load current, oil pressure, water temperature, dBa readings at 23 ft. from all sides of the unit shall be recorded for each test at one-hour intervals. D. Removal of normal AC power shall be simulated to prove proper operation of alarms and the capability to cause the standby power generation system to start, transfer power, and operate continuously without operator assistance. Battery and charging systems shall be tested to demonstrate correct alarm annunciation and operation. The field test shall be conducted by the Contractor and the Manufacturer's Representative in the presence of the Owner. Any ground-fault circuitry shall be performance tested in accordance with the NEC article 230 and a copy of the test shall be available for the Owner and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. . E. Test the load bank breaker shunt trip contact function by operating the engine generator on the load bank and then simulate the loss of Normal power at the ATS. ATS shall transfer plant load to the engine only after the load bank breaker is shunt tripped. F. The following field tests shall also be performed. 1. Measure generator output voltages; phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground. 2. Measure generator output phase rotation. 3. Megger power circuit conductors with a 500-volt megger. 4. Megger the generator windings. G. The load sequencing controls that is programmed in the station's PLC shall be implemented for operation in conjunction with the generator's operation. The Contractor shall include this control testing as part of the performance test. The Contractor shall allow for up to two weeks time in this phase of performance testing . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11081-19 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor as contingency in the overall project scheduling for the station's PLC based control system application program to be modified and/or corrected to optimize performance as necessary. ..~ ,~"",,,"I' H. Contractor shall prepare a Field Test Report containing all test information required herein, and submit to the Engineer within 15 days of completion of testing. 3.03 INSTALLATION The engine-generator shall be installed as shown and specified and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. All nicks and scratches shall receive touch-up paint identical to the shop coat. At the completion of testing, the engine fuel tank shall be filled with a full complement of fuel. A. ENGINE-GENERATOR SET: In setting equipment, make an allowance of at least one inch for grout under the equipment bases. Shims used to level and adjust the bases shall be stainless steel or brass. Shims may be left embedded in the grout and should be installed neatly in order to be as inconspicuous as possible in the completed work. Unless otherwise approved, all grout shall be non-shrink, non-metallic grout. Non-shrink, non-metallic grout shall be dimensionally stable, inorganic, premixed grout, resistant to acids, alkalis and salt water and shall be unaffected by water and oil. It shall have high strength even when used as a pourable mixture and shall bond well with steel and cured concrete or be compatible with a suitable bonding agent, which shall then be used to affect the bond. It shall be used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall be "Five Star Grout" as manufactured by U.S. Grout Corporation or Bonsai Construction Grout as manufactured by Bonsai Company. ~ 3.04 TRAINING A representative of the engine-generator supplier shall meet with selected representatives of the Owner at the time of the [mal acceptance to review operation and maintenance manuals, demonstrate correct control and device settings and control methods including detailed preventative maintenance procedures. A. Training shall include the following: I. Operation of the generator sets including manual start-up and automatic operation with the automatic transfer switch. 2. Routine maintenance. 3. Troubleshooting. 4. Technical review of the control logic using elementary diagrams. .~.~ "'- ,-r "",- December 1,2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11081-20 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . .' . B. A factory-trained instructor shall provide not less than 12 hours of factory training on equipment specified in this section. Training shall include time devoted to each trade -- mechanics, lubricators, electricians, and electronic technicians. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11081-21 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . '. SECTION 11347 SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS PART l-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies submersible pumps for constant speed (on/off cycling) wastewater pumping complete with motor, inlet nozzle and discharge fitting, guide bar brackets, access frames, covers and accessories suitable for pumping unscreened wastewater at constant speed. Pumps provided under this specification are limited to units with discharge connections 4 inches in diameter or larger or 4 horsepower and greater. Manufacturers proposing to furnish equipment specified under this section shall hold current certification under ISO 9001-2001. Application for certification under ISO 9001 shall not be deemed as an acceptable substitute for current certification. Documentation attesting to current certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer's corporation and shall be notarized. B. TYPE: The pump shall be of the heavy-duty, submersible, vertical shaft, centrifugal nonclog type, suitable for pumping fluids containing unscreened wastewater solids. Special attention shall be devoted to the shaft design to limit deflection under all operating conditions, as specified in this section. C. EQUIPMENT LIST: Item Pum Submersible Pump 1 Submersible Pum 2 PMP-1201 PMP-1202 PMP-130l PMP-1302 D. PUMPED FLUID AND OPERA TINO CONDmONS: The fluid to be pumped is unscreened municipal wastewater. The temperature is anticipated to range between 40 degrees F and 70 degrees F and contain up to 400 mg/l of solids consisting of grit and organic material with small quantities of petroleum products and animal fats and greases. The pumped material will have a tendency to form long fibrous strings due to the rotation of the water through piping passageways. For the purposes of this specification and Section 11050, this is solids bearing liquid service. December 1, 2006 1217/2006 - p:1I30282/EUGA/Specs 11347-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor The pumps will be operated by a control system that will start and stop the pump at constant speed in accordance with the control system specified in Division 17. The pumps will be operated at constant speed, responding to a control system that will cycle the pumps in accordance with the specified program. The pump control system that will start and stop the pumps in accordance with the liquid level as measured by an ultra-sonic level transducer. Float switches serve as backup level control to the ultra-sonic level transducer. Under normal operation, there will be no cascade into the wet well, and wet well level will vary according to the indicated levels. During normal operation, the pump motor will be partially submerged. . "",~....'""' The pumps will be installed in a reinforced concrete wet well (pre-cast, standard manhole) designed to provide sufficient space for access to install and remove the equipment. The manhole will be modified to include sloped sides and a trench to facilitate solids and scum removal during the cleaning cycle. The wet well will be cleaned using the pumping equipment provided under this Section at intervals anticipated to be not greater than every week. Under the cleaning procedure, the liquid level in the wet well will be drawn down below the low water level required during normal operation until the operating pump breaks suction. Both pump and motor will be fully exposed during the cleaning procedure. Cleaning will be accomplished using one pump. The influent sewer has been designed to create a hydraulic jump that travels through the sewer and fluidizes the solids accumulations for removal with the pumping equipment. Valving and piping has been included in the design to allow the operator to run the secon~ pump to manually backwash the wet well. Backwashing ensures fluidization of the solids that may have accumulated in the sump. . E. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: The performance requirements presented in tabular form below are intended to describe the results of hydraulic calculations developed using a mathematical modeling program specifically developed for the purpose. The model was intentionally used to develop the limits: of expected extremes in variation of static head, coefficients for pipeline resistance and turbulence losses through fittings and valves. Equipment furnished under this section shall be fully suitable for continuous operation at any specified condition or any condition lying between the extremes of the operating conditions specified in the following table. The notes presented al the end of the table are intended to be complimentary to the information presented in the table. : I . ~ December 1, 2006 12/7/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11347-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Pump Station 12 Pump Station 13 Equipment number PMP-I201 PMP-1301 PMP-I202 PMP-1302 Operating Condition C d" A I 3 4 on ItlOn .. Capacity, mgd 2.0 1.2 Total head, feet 74.0 133.9 NPSHA, feet 32.7 32.6 C d" B 2 3 4 on ltIon .. Capacity, mgd from pump H/Q curve from pump H/Q curve Total head, feet 71.7 132.1 NPSHA, feet 35.2 34.6 NOTES: 1. Condition A shall be taken as the rated operating condition. Performance at the rated condition shall be guaranteed in accordance with Section 11050. Condition A has been selected to obtain the rated pumping capacity for the installation. It is not intended that the pumps be selected for maximum efficiency at Condition A. Pumps furnished under this section should be selected to achieve Condition A performance, but also operate continuously without objectionable vibration or cavitation at the head specified under Condition B. Condition A may be located in the Allowable Operating Region as established by the pump manufacturer in accordance with ANSI/HI 9.6.3 and published in the manufacturer's published application data for the specific model proposed for this application. 2. Condition B head is presented to indicate operating conditions when the pump is operating against minimum anticipated system head, assuming a hypothetical head-capacity curve. Condition B shall be used for pump selection. Condition B shall be located within the Preferred Operating Region as established by the pump manufacturer in accordance with ANSI/HI 9.6.3 and listed in the manufacturer's published application data for the specific model proposed for this application. Pumps with head-capacity curves steeper than that assumed will produce somewhat less flow at somewhat lower head. The reverse will occur with pumps having a shallower head-capacity curve. 3. Total head in the above tabulation is the algebraic difference between the discharge head and suction head as defined in ANSI/ID 1.1 - 1.6. Net positive suction head available (NPSHA) in the above tabulation is referred to the wet well invert as shown and is calculated in accordance with ANSI/HI 1.3 for average barometric pressure and maximum December 1,2006 12/7/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11347-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor temperature conditions. An allowance of five feet has been included for the presence of volatile constituents in the pumped fluid. NPSHA at the pump impeller eye can be determined by adjusting the given value by proposed pump dimensions and the indicated requirements for pump installation details. It is the Contractor's responsibility to m~e this adjustment and produce calculations justifying the proposed selection. Required NPSHA margin shall be as specified in Section 11050. 4. Maximum expected surge pressure is 33.0 psig for Pump Station 12 and 74.8 psig for Pump Station 13. In the absence of surge information, the pump manufacturer shall use the rating conditions used for the connecting discharge piping. F. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: Equipment provided under this section shall conform to the following: Purno Station 12 Purno Station 13 Equipment number PMP-1201 PMP-1301 PMP-1202 PMP-1302 Pump Rigid sphere, inches diameter 4 3 (min.), capable of passing through the pump from inlet to I discharge 1 I I Maximum efficiency, minimum, 75 65 I 2 percent ~ Piping connection size, inches, mIDlmum Inlet 6 4 Discharge 5 4 Inlet nozzlefbell, inches 3 Nominal bell size 8 6 Bell inlet diameter 12.3 9.9 Operating speed, rpm, maximum 1200 1800 Motor Motor horsepower, maximum 50 60 Motor voltage 480 480 December 1, 2006 12/7/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA I Sewer Interceptor 11347-4 . . .\ ';~ . . . NOTES: 1. For pumps 10 inches in discharge nozzle diameter and less, this dimension shall be the minimum clearance between the outside diameter of the impeller and the volute cutwater. The sphere shall be a solid sphere, incapable of compression or distortion of any kind. 2. Efficiency is the minimum acceptable value at the maximum efficiency point on the pump's efficiency/capacity curve for the selected impeller, and is not necessarily associated with any specified operating condition. The efficiency stated shall include losses from the inlet through the pump to the discharge fitting. Any additional losses associated with the cooling water system shall also be included. 3. The bell inlet velocity shall not exceed 4.0 feet per second at Condition Point B as specified in paragraph 11347-1.01 E. A suction nozzle will be required to reduce the suction velocity to 4.0 feet per second or less, and the nozzle length must exceed the difference between the inlet and outlet diameter of the nozzle. Except as specifically referenced in this section, Section 11050 provisions will not apply to equipment furnished under this section. The pump shall be designed for continuous and cyclic operation under all conditions, including the cleaning procedure, specified herein, without damage to the pump and motor. Equipment furnished under this section shall be specifically certified by the manufacturer as suitable for operation in manhole type wet wells where the wet well will be cleaned using the pumping equipment. Pump anchorage systems, including the discharge piping, shall be restrained against the short-term buffeting caused by the cleaning process, where velocities in the wet well are expected to reach 15 ftJsec, with the liquid level at or below the top of the motor housing. Pump anchorage systems shall be designed to restrain the unbalanced hydraulic thrust developed by the pump at the specified speed and during the starting and stopping conditions. In applications within known seismic zones, the pump anchorage provisions shall be designed in accordance with the mc for Seismic Design Category D, importance factor 1.5. The analysis for the anchorage system in known seismic design category shall include the affect of differential loads imposed by water in the wet well moving in response to the design seismic event. G. VIBRATION AND CRITICAL SPEEDS: The pump, when operating within the manufacturer's listed POR, as specified in Section 11050, with wet well levels as indicated for normal (not cleaning) operation, shall comply with the requirements onso 1940, GRADE G 6.0. Vibration at any specified operating condition that is located outside the manufacturer's listed POR shall not exceed 125 percent of the limiting values in December I, 2006 12nt2006 - p:/I30282/EUGNSpecs 11347-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ISO 1940, Grad~ 2.5. Vibration levels shall be subject to field verification as specified in paragraph 11347-3.02. ~ ~; 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: References shall be as set forth in Section 11050. In addition, this section (Section 11347) contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section and any referencing section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, th<?se documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section or any referencing section and those <;>f the listed documents, the following order of precedence shall prevail (in the order of primacy): 1. This section 2. Section 11050 3. The referencing section. 4. The referenced document. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the SPl;cific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced.' I I , , ~ Reference ISO 1940 Title Mechanical Vibration - Balance Quality Requirements of Rigid Rotors Quality Systems Motors and Generators Motors and Generators, Electric, for Use in Hazardous Locations, Class I, Groups C and D, Class II, Groups E, F, and G. Sewage Pumps for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations ISO 9001-2001 NEMA MG 1 UL 674 UL 1207 B. PERFORMANCE CONFIRMA nON: The pump shall be subject to a non-witnessed factory test in accordance with the requirements of Section 11050. The test procedure shall follow the requirements of ANSI/lll11.6 e December 1, 2006 12/7/2006 - p:/1302821EUGNSpecs 11347-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . for Submersible Pump Tests if that document is in force and effect at the time bids are opened for this project. If not, the factory test shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/ID for testing of submersible pumps. Test acceptance criteria shall be Acceptance Level A as established in Table 11.6.3 of ANSI/HI 11.6. Any deviations from specified limiting values shall be subject to review by the Construction Manager. In addition, the following procedures shall be followed: 1. Impeller, motor rating and electrical connections shall first be checked for compliance with the specifications. 2. Prior to submergence, the pump shall be run dry to establish correct rotation and mechanical integrity. 3. The pump shall be run for 30 minutes submerged, with a minimum of 6 feet of water over the top of the motor. Following this warm-up period, the pump shall be subjected to the performance and NPSHR tests specified in Section 11050. 4. After satisfactory completion of the performance and NPSHR tests, the motor shall be subjected to a housing leakage test performed under vacuum in accordance with paragraph 11.6.7.2.2 of ANSI/HI 11.6. 5. All motor circuits, including thermal and moisture sensors and the moisture sensors in the shaft seal area shall be subjected to electrical resistance tests to determine functionality. A written report stating the tests have successfully been completed along with the results of the tests required under Section 11050 shall be provided, certified in accordance with Section 11050, as product data. C. WARRANTY: In addition to the guarantee requirements specified in the Standard Specifications, the Contractor shall cause the pump manufacturer to warrant the units against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 5 years or 10,000 hours under the specified uses and with normal operation and service. This warranty shall be delivered, in writing, to the Owner and shall include, as a minimum, 100 percent full payment coverage for parts and labor during the first 60 months or 10,000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first. 1.03. SUBMITTALS In addition to the requirements of this section, submittals shall conform to the requirements of the following: Section 11000: General Requirements for Equipment Section 11050: General Requirements for Centrifugal and Axial Flow Pumping Equipment Section 11060: Electric Motors December 1, 2006 1217/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs ~ Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 11347-7 The following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: . I. Proof of service of previously installed units of similar size and configuration in wet wells of the type described in paragraph 11347-1.01 D. 2. Shaft deflection calculations according to Section 11050 3. Anchorage calculations and required documentation 4. Cooling system calculations 5. Field vibration test protocol as specified in Part 3 - Execution 6. Field discharge connection leakage test, as specified in Part 3 - Execution. 7. Motor data as specified in 11060 8. Manufacturer's data including materials of construction, installation instructions, and equipment weight. 9. Wiring diagrams PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.0 I ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS The Owner and Engineer believe the following manufacturers are capable of producing equipment and products, which will satisfy the requirements of this Section. This statement, . however, shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular manufacturer's product, nor shah ,'I it be construed that a named manufacturer's standard product will comply with the requirements of this Section. Candidate manufacturers include Fairbanks Morse, ABS Pumps, Ebara, Pumpex, Flowserve (lOP) lID Hydro, WILO EMU, lIT Flygt, or equal. 2.02 MATERIALS Material employed for the construction of equipment provided under this specification shall be as follows: Com onent Pump and motor casing Discharge elbow Material Cast iron, ASTM A48, Class 30 Cast iron, ASTM A48, Class 30 or Ductile iron, ASTM A 536, Class 65-45-12 Cast Iron, ASTM A48, Class 30 or forged steel Cast stainless steel, ASTM A744 Stainless steel, ASTM A276 Type 329, 403, or 416 Nitrile or stainless steel, ASTM A276 Series 400 Stainless steel, ASTM A276 T e 316 . Inlet nozzle and bell Impeller Motor and pump shaft Wearing rings External bolts and nuts December 1,2006 12nt2006 - p.l130282/EUGNSpecs 11347-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Guide bar brackets Anchor bolts Guide rails, liftin assemblies Stainless steel, ASTM A276 Type 316 Stainless steel, ASTM A276 Type 316 Stainless steel, ASTM A276 T e 316 Materials specified are considered the minimum acceptable for the purposes of durability, strength, and resistance to erosion and corrosion. The Contractor may propose alternative materials for the purpose of providing greater strength or to meet required stress limitations. However, alternative materials must provide at least the same qualities as those specified for the purpose. If alternatives are proposed, the proposals shall be accompanied with documentation supporting the claimed superiority of the proposed substitutions. 2.03 EQUIPMENT FEATURES A. GENERAL: The motor and rotating parts shall be removable from the motor end of the pump. All motor mating surfaces where watertight sealing is required shall be machined and fitted with nitrile O-rings. The pump shall be fitted with a dynamically balanced non-clog impeller designed to pass coarse solids and stringy materials. The pump shall conform in all respects to the requirements in UL 1207. B. CASING: The volute casing shall be a one-piece casting with a tangential or center discharge nozzle. The volute shall be designed for efficient conversion of kinetic to potential energy and shall have clear passageways designed to pass the solid sphere specified under paragraph 11347-1.01 F. The cutwater shall be specifically designed for use in fluids with stringy solids and rags. The volute casting shall be specifically designed to bear the loads associated with removal and placement of the pump and to withstand the loads imposed by the operations specified under paragraphs 11347- 1.01 E and 11347-1.01 F. The discharge nozzle shall be not less than the diameter specified under paragraph 11347-1.01 F and shall be reinforced for the loads imposed by the specified conditions of service. The nozzle flange face shall be designed to mate with the discharge fitting specified in paragraph 11347-2.03 L. The volute casing shall be drilled and tapped or otherwise fitted with an inlet nozzle conforming to the requirements specified in paragraph 11347-2.03 K. c. SHAFT: / The pump shaft shall be turned, ground and polished, of proportions suitable for use in the specified application. The shaft shall be of sufficient section to limit deflection at the shaft seal to not more than 1.5 mils when the pump is operating at any continuous-duty point defmed by the envelope of conditions specified under paragraph 11347-1.01 E. The method for calculating shaft deflection shall be as established in Section 11050. The documentation required under Section 11050 shall be included as a submittal along with all other documentation required by paragraph 11347-1.03. December 1, 2006 12n/2006 - p'/1302821EUGAlSpecs 11347-9 Port Angeles East UOA Sewer Interceptor D. BEARINGS: .')'1, J' Bearings shall be heavy-duty, oil lubricated or permanently greased lubricated anti-friction type double shielded and factory sealed. Bearings shall be designed for an L-1 0 rating life of at least 50,000 hours at any operating condition specified under paragraph 11347-1.01 E. Loads for radial bearing calculations shall be calculated in accordance with paragraph 11347-2.03 C. In air:- filled submersible motors, bearings shall be pre-packed. E. IMPELLER: The impeller shall be dynamically balanced, and have a non-clog design capable of passing solids, fibrous materials, heavy sludge, and other matter found in normal sewage applications through to the discharge nozzle. Impellers for pumps with discharges 4 inches in diameter and greater shall not be less than two-vane design. Fit between the impeller and the shaft shall be a sliding fit with a taper-lock bushing pressed by a screw, which is threaded into the end of the shaft, or a slip fit onto the shaft and drive key and fastened to the shaft by an impeller nut having cover. for protection from pumped fluid. A wear ring system designed for abrasion resistance shall provide efficient sealing between the volute and impeller. F. MECHANICAL SEALS: The pump shall be provided with a tandem double mechanical seal running in an oil i reservoir, composed of two separate lapped face seals. The lower seal unit, between the pump an;d oil chamber, shall consist of one stationary and one positively driven, rotating tungsten-carbide of silicon-carbide ring, with each pair of rings held in contact by a separate spring. The upper seal I unit, between the oil sump and the motor housing, shall consist of one stationary tungsten-carbid6 or silicon-carbide ring and one positively driven silicon-carbide or rotating carbon ring. Ceramic I seals will not be acceptable. The seals shall require neither maintenance nor adjustment and shall be easily replaceable. Conventional double mechanical seals with a single or a double spring i between the rotating faces, or seals that require constant differential pressure to effect sealing anq are subject to opening and penetration by pumping forces, will not be acceptable. The pump shall be capable of continuous submergence without loss of watertight integrity to a depth of 65 feet. .~ !,?f Each pump shall be provided with a seal lubricant chamber for the shaft sealing system. The seal lubricant chamber shall be designed to assure that an air pocket is provided in the seal lubricant chamber to absorb the expansion of the seal lubricant due to temperature variations. TIle drain and inspection plug with positive anti-leak seal shall be easily accessible from the outside. G. CABLE: 1. CABLE: The pump manufacturer shall provide the power/control cable(s) to connect motor to starter and sensors for leakage and over temperature to supervision relay. The cable(s) shall include, as a minimum, nine (9) conductors: three (3) conductors for power, four (4) conductors for control, and two (2) ground conductors. The conductor sizes shall meet the requirements of Section 16000. The cable design shall be suitable for installation in a municipal . December 1, 2006 1217/2006 - p./130282/EUGAlSpecs 11347-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . wastewater pump station. The cable length shall not exceed the product manufacturer's recommended length. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the length of cable required to wire the motors and sensors from the wet well to the disconnect switches and relay enclosures. The Contractor shall provide additional cable length for slack to allow the pumps to be removed from the wet well. The length of cable for slack shall be based on the pump manufacturer's recommendation. A cable rack shall be provided and installed in the wet well to neatly store the cable slack when the pumps are in service. The cabling shall be direct connections without the use of any junction boxes. 2. CABLE SEAL: The cable entry water seal design shall preclude specific torque requirements to insure a watertight and submersible seal. The cable entry shall be comprised of a single cylindrical elastomer grommet having a close tolerance fit against the cable outside diameter and the entry inside diameter and compressed by the entry body containing a strain relief function, separate from the function of sealing the cable. The cable entry junction chamber and motor shall be separated by a stator lead sealing gland, potting chamber or terminal I board, which shall isolate the motor interior from foreign material gaining access through the pump top. If a potting chamber is used, the potting procedure shall employ an epoxy-potting compound combined with a procedure that insures penetration of the compound into the individual cable conductor strands to prevent development of wicking pathways for entrance of water into the motor. 3. CABLE DISCONNECTION: The pump shall be designed such that power/ control cable can be removed from the pump motor without breaking the cable seal. The power/ control cable shall be sealed to a removable motor chamber cap that shall be universally mateable to the same manufacturer's pump series. The pump shall be able to be removed from the wet well and disconnected from the cable by removing the motor chamber cap. H. MOTOR: The pump motor shall be a squirrel-cage induction, explosion proof, shell type design, housed in an air-filled or an oil-filled, watertight chamber, NEMA B type with a service factor of 1.15 based upon nameplate rating. The manufacturer shall furnish an unqualified warranty guaranteeing (full replacement at no cost to the Owner) the performance of the motors furnished under this project for a period of five years when operating under the specified conditions. The stator winding and stator leads shall be insulated with moisture resistant Class H insulation, which shall be rated at a temperature of 155 degrees C. The motor shall be designed for continuous duty, capable of sustaining a minimum of 12 starts per hour. The temperature rise of the motor shall not be in excess of that specified in NEMA MG-l for class B insulating materials when operating continuously under load. Motors shall be Factory Mutual or UL listed in accordance with UL 674 and 1207 for Class I, Group D hazardous atmospheres. The junction chamber, containing the terminal board, shall be hermetically sealed from the motor. Connection between the cable conductors and stator leads shall be made with threaded compressed type binding post permanently affixed to a terminal board. The cooling system may be of the oil filled or air filled motor housing type. Thermal . sensors shall be provided to monitor stator temperatures. The motor shall be provided with a December 1, 2006 1217/2006 - p.l130282/EUGAlSpecs 11347-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor thennal overload protection device, Klixon or equal. The thennal overload protection device shall be used in conjunction with external motor overload protection and wired to the control panel. The design shall be suitable for continuous motor operation at listed motor rating in 95 degree F water. . The cooling system may rely on radiation of excess heat energy to the fluid in the wet well or, alternatively, the pumped fluid via a closed circuit circulating system utilizing either oil or glycol, or a combination of these. It is specifically required that the cooling system must be compatible with the contemplated control schedule, which may require that the motor case to be exposed continuously or intermittently. Cooling systems shall not employ the pumped fluid to directly cool the motor through wastewater passageways incorporated into the motor shell. It is preferred that the motor be cooled by the wastewater via fins incorporated into the motor shell. If. an internal liquid circulation system is employed for cooling purposes, the liquid shall be glycol :or heat transfer oil, which shall in turn circulate past heat exchange surfaces incorporated into the cavity behind the pump impeller. If the motor is an oil-filled type, it shall be positively cooled by circulating oil through th'e windings to passages within the pump designed as a heat exchanger to transfer heat to the pump6d fluid. Vanes cast into the rear impeller shroud shall be provided to circulate pumped flow past a heat exchanger in the shaft seal area to provide the required cooling. Cooling water passages in the motor's shell are specifically prohibited. The system shall be designed to prevent clogging 1Jy virtue of dimensions and configuration and shall be specifically configured to maintain motor I temperatures within conservative limits when the pump is operating under the operating conditions specified. .--""- " .r) 1. MOISTURE DETECTORS: Air-filled motors 10 horsepower and larger and all oil-filled motors shall be provided with an electronic moisture detection system. The leakage sensor shall be located in the motor housing and shall be specifically designed to detect the presence of water in the motor housing. In addition, motors 15 horsepower and larger shall be fitted with moisture detectors in the cable junction box. A second moisture detector shall be provided between the tandem mechanical seals. All moisture detectors shall be wired to the junction chamber for connection to the specified monitoring system. Provide relays as necessary for all moisture detection systems, Warrick 2800 Series or equal. 1. NOT USED K. INLET NOZZLE: The wet well design has been developed on the basis of a limiting velocity at the pump inlet according to paragraph 11347-1.01 F and a confmed inlet designed for cleaning by operating the pump until it breaks suction. Inlet nozzles are required for all pumps with entrance velocities exceeding this limitation. If the Contractor offers a pump that requires a nozzle to achieve the inlet velocity requirements, then the Contractor will be responsible for the modifications required to incorporate this nozzle into the pump station design, and a reduction in pump submergence at low water operating level will not be an acceptable solution. If a nozzle is required, the pump casing shall be drilled and tapped to receive an inlet nozzle and bell fitting to extend the pump inlet e) December I, 2006 121712006 - P 1130282/EUGNSpecs 11347-12 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . connection into the confines of the wet well or sump to achieve the floor separation required by the Hydraulic Institute Intake Standard (ANSIIIll9.8). The final configuration of the inlet bell and nozzle shall be selected to efficiently convey the pumped fluid into the impeller eye. Dimensions shall be as specified in paragraph 11347-1.01 F. L. PUMP DISCHARGE CONNECTION SEAL: The connection between the pump discharge connection shall be fitted with a replaceable dynamic sealing feature to effect a complete closure between the pump discharge flange and the mating connection on the anchor fitting described in paragraph 11347-2.03 M. The dynamic seal shall function to effect a water tight connection as further defmed in this paragraph. Leakage through the seal shall not exceed 1.5 percent of the flow specified for Condition Point A when operating at pump shutoffhead and not more than 1 percent of total pump flow at Condition Point B as specified in paragraph 11347-1.01 D. The dynamic seal shall effect a seal meeting the requirements of this paragraph using the head developed by the pump when in operation to expand the sealing device, which may be of metallic or elastomeric construction, against the inner contours of the discharge fitting. The design of the seal shall incorporate features to protect the integrity of the seal during the pump removaVsetting process. The seal shall be attached to the pump side of the pump/anchor connection and shall be easily replaceable. The seal shall be subject to field test for acceptance in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 11347-3.02. M. PUMP ANCHORAGE, GUIDE SYSTEM, AND ACCESS COVER: The pump shall be provided with a guide system to allow easy removal of the pump without entering the wet well. The guide rail system may be of either the single or dual rail type. The discharge connection shall be bolted to the structure as indicated and shall serve as a lower attachment for the guide rails. The discharge connection shall be either horizontal or elbow discharge type, as indicated. The anchorage system shall be designed to transmit the forces generated by the operating conditions specified under paragraph 11347-1.01 safely to the structure. Calculations and supporting documentation justifying the support design shall be provided with the submittals required under Section 11050. The pump and guide rail system shall be designed to automatically connect the pump to the discharge piping when lowered into place on the discharge connection. The design shall be non- sparking and shall conform to UL requirements for installation in a location classified in accordance with NFPA 70, Article 500 for Class 1, Group D, Division Il0cations. The pump shall be easily removable for inspection or service, requiring no bolts, nuts, or other fastenings to be removed for this purpose, and no need for personnel to enter the pump wet well or sump. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection shall be accomplished by a simple linear downward motion of the pump with the entire weight of the pumping unit guided to and pressing tightly against the discharge connections. No portion of the pump shall bear directly on the floor of the sump and no rotary motion of the pump shall be required for sealing. Guide bars provided for directing the pump into position or for removing the pump for maintenance shall steer the pump December I, 2006 1217/2006 - p.l130282/EUGAlSpecs 11347-13 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor into proper contact with the discharge elbow. Once the pump has been positioned on its support fitting at the discharge fitting, the guide bar system shall not be required for pump support. . 2.04 ACCESSORIES The pump shall be provided with lifting chains, guide bars, upper guide bar brackets, intermediate guide bar brackets, cable holder assemblies, safety chain hook assemblies, discharge elbow connections, anchor bolts, and all other accessories necessary to complete the installation as specified. All connecting hardware and miscellaneous attachments and accessories shall be constructed out of ASTM A276, Type 316 stainless steel. 2.05 SPARE PARTS The following spare parts shall be provided for each pump: 2 sets--all gaskets 2 sets--all bearings 2 sets--mechanical seals 2 sets--discharge connection sealing devices Spare parts shall be packed and boxed as specified in paragraph 11000-2.12. 2.06 PRODUCT DATA The following product data shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. 2. . Product data as specified in Section 11050 Extended warranty as specified in paragraph 11347-1.02C. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Execution shall conform to the requirements set forth in Section 11050. 3.02 FIELD TESTS A. GENERAL: In addition to the field test required under the Standard Specifications, each pump shall be subjected to field tests for vibration and leakage at the connection between the pump discharge flange and the pump anchorage fitting. All field tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer. . December 1, 2006 12/7/2006 - p./130282/EUGAlSpecs 11347-14 Port Angeles East UOA Sewer Interceptor . . . B. VIBRATION: Vibration levels shall be determined by affixing suitable sensors to the top of the motor housing in both the x-x (parallel to the nozzle) and y-y (perpendicular to the nozzle) directions. The Contractor shall provide all sensors and monitoring equipment. As a condition precedent to final acceptance of the equipment, the pumps shall be individually operated at all specified operating conditions. The Contractor shall provide the means to recirculate pumped fluid or alternatively throttle the pumps to achieve the specified head at specified flow. Vibration levels shall not exceed that specified in paragraph 11347- 1.01 G when the pump is operating within the manufacturer's listed POR as determined in accordance with Section 11050. When operating at conditions o~tside the POR, vibration levels shall be no more than 125 percent of that specified in paragraph 11347-1.01 G. C. LEAKAGE TEST The leakage test shall utilize a boot seal supplied by the pump manufacturer. The boot seal shall effect a complete water tight seal around the pump discharge and anchor fitting mating flanges at a pressure equal to 125 percent of the pump shutoff head. The boot shall have a discharge connection fitted to a pressure hose which can be used to determine the rate of leakage during the acceptance testing of the equipment furnished under this section. Five sets of tests, each set consisting of two tests, one with the pump operating against a closed discharge valve and one with the pump operating at Condition B, as specified in paragraph 11347-1.01 E. Each test shall be not less than 60 seconds in duration, with the rate ofleakage determined either by displacement in a vessel of known dimensions or by inline flow meter. The tests results shall be recorded and shall be averaged after discarding the test sets with the greatest and least leakage rates. The average rate of leakage from the three remaining test sets shall be determined, averaging the tests against a closed valve and at Condition Point B separately. The average rate ofleakage shall not exceed that specified in paragraph 11347-2.03 L. If the discharge connection leakage rate at either against a closed valve or at Condition Point B exceeds the specified allowance, the Contractor shall cause the pump manufacturer to correct the defect and the pump shall be tested again as described in this paragraph. If the pump should fail the second test, the pump shall be removed from the site and the Contractor shall furnish a replacement which in turn shall be tested for acceptance in accordance with this Section. **END OF SECTION** December 1,2006 1217/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11347-15 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 11381 CHEMICAL METERING PUMPS PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies chemical metering pumps and appurtenances for feeding solutions of Bioxideilll for odor control to the wastewater pump station wet well. The pump supplier shall furnish a complete metering pump system including all specified accessory equipment as a skid or panel mounted system to operate as identified by these specifications. Each pump shall be capable of being paced using a 4 to 20 milliamp control signal. B. TYPE: The metering pumps shall be of the positive displacement, mechanically-driven diaphragm type with a preshaped circular diaphragm that separates the process fluid from pump internal parts. The pump shall be suitable for chemical metering service, which uses a variable-speed motor to control pumping rate over the full stroke of the diaphragm to provide a control range of 1000: 1 with accuracy of +/- one percent of the pump setting. Flow control shall be means of digital adjustment of the variable speed motor. The pump connection rod shall remain in full contact with the diaphragm throughout the suction/discharge cycle. Pumps shall not use or require modulation of stroke length for regulation of flow rate. Pumps shall be configured to conform to the space constraints shown in the drawings. C. EQUIPMENT LIST: Equipment provided under this section shall have the following identification numbers: Item Chemical Metering Pump 1 Chemical Meterin Pum 2 Descri tion PMP-1381 PMP-1382 D. PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: Diaphragm type metering pumps under this section shall meet the following minimum operating and design requirements: December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 11381-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Maximum Pump Maximum Manual discharge relief Equipment Capacity, stroke speed Pump head pressure, pressure, no. m>h Motor, HP speed, spm control matenal psi psi PMP-1381 0.25 to 2.5 <0.25 180 Yes PVC 87 60 PMP- 1382 0.25 to 2.5 <0.25 180 Yes PVC 87 60 ." " ~/ E. SERVICE CONDITIONS: Chemicals to be pumped by the equipment under this section shall have the following characteristics: Equipment no. 1.45 1.84 5.5 to Ambient 7.5 PMP-1381 PMP-1382 F. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: The pumping units specified in this section shall be designed for indoor operation in a corrosive environment. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. GENERAL: The metering pumps and appurtenances manufacturer shall be regularly engaged in the I design, fabrication and assembly of pump systems of the type specified in this section. All pumps and appurtenances furnished for this contract shall be furnished by the same supplier as a I prefabricated package. The supplier shall take unit responsibility for ensuring the proper [I components are incorporated in the package. B. REFERENCES: This section references the following documents. They are a part of this section, as specified and modified. In case of a conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Reference Title HI API NEMA Hydraulic Institute American Petroleum Institute National Electric Manufacturers Association . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11381-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . c. SUBMITTALS: Data giving a full description of all new metering pump equipment and accessories shall be submitted. In addition to requirements of other sections referenced in paragraph 11381-1.01 A, as a minimum, the following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. A copy of this specification section and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check- marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks ( ~) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. A copy of the contract document control diagrams and process and instrumentation diagrams relating to the submitted equipment, with addendum updates that apply to the equipment in this section, marked to show specific changes necessary for the equipment proposed in the submittal. If no changes are required, the drawing or drawings shall be marked "no changes required". Failure to include copies of the relevant drawings with the submittal shall be cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further review. 3. Certificate of Unit Responsibility attesting that the Contractor has assigned and that the manufacturer accepts unit responsibility in accordance with the requirements of this Section and paragraph 11000-1.02 C. No other submittal material will be reviewed until the certificate has been received and found to be in conformance with these requirements. 4. Wiring and connection diagrams indicating all electrical connections and alarms. 5. Piping connections, locations, sizes, and details for all fittings. 6. Recommended on-site installation, testing, and start-up procedures. December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11381-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 7. Catalog information and pump materials list for each pump. . 8. Motor data as specified in specification Section 11060. 9. Net positive suction head requirement for each pump. 10. Manufacturer's equipment data and catalog information on pulsation dampeners, calibration chambers, back pressure valves, and chemical seals and pressure gauges. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL The supplier shall furnish all metering pump system equipment to complete a properly functioning, integrated package as intended by these specifications. The system shall be factory- . assembled to the maximum extent practical. Factory assembly shall include all pumps, motors, bases, and appurtenant valves and fittings. Any component parts not preassembled due to packaging and shipping concerns shall be identified and clearly labeled. No field welding shall be required. All materials used for the metering pumps and accessories shall be designed by the manufacturer to have the necessary strength, corrosion-resistance, stability and support for the intended service. Equipment and piping shall be rigidly and accurately anchored into the proper I position. All connections, foundation bolts, plates, nuts, washers and clamps shall be corrosion i resistant to the conditions of use. The assembled unit shall be shop-tested prior to shipment and shall not vibration or significant pulsation. .; ,,"'"-.....-~' 2.02 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS I Metering pumps for Bioxide@ shall be Grundfos Digital Dosing, or equal. Pumps shall bJ configured to conform to space constraints. Pulsation dampeners, calibration chambers, pressure relief valves and back pressure valves shall be provided by the pump supplier. 2.03 METERING PUMPS A. GENERAL: Each pump shall be furnished complete with pump base, drive, drive motor, coupling guard, and liquid end. Pump and accessories parts shall be interchangeable to the extent possible. Pumps shall be corrosion resistant and provide +/ - 1 percent repetitive accuracy within a 1000: 1 operating range. . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11381-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ." . . B. MATERIALS: Metering pump materials, which will be in contact with the pumped liquid, shall be corrosion resistant to the chemicals indicated in paragraph 11381-1.01 E. Exposed parts of all metering pumps shall be selected by the manufacturer to ensure corrosion-free and erosion-free operation. Materials shall be submitted to the Engineer for review in accordance with specification Section 11381-1.02 C. Diaphragms shall be made ofTeflon@ or be a composite Teflon@ construction. C. ADJUSTABLE CONTROLS: The dosage rate of each metering pump shall be adjustable at each pump. Controls shall be easily accessible at the front of the pump and shall be fully digital. Adjustment of mechanical components shall not be required. D. PUMP: 1. All pumps shall have simplex type pumping heads. 2. The liquid end shall house TFE or ceramic ball check valve in both the suction and discharge ports. 3. J A step motor shall be provided to control the rate of pumping. Capacity adjustment shall be accomplished by varying the motor speed rather than the stroke length. 4. Maximum discharge pressure developed by each pump shall be 87 psi. 5. Pumps shall be capable of a minimum required NPSH suitable to properly convey the fluid pumped from the supply tank to the pump under the conditions shown on the drawings. 2.04 PUMP MOTORS The chemical feed pumps shall be provided with I-phase, 120-volt, TEFC, Type 2 motors as specified in specification Section 11060. 2.05 ACCESSORIES The following accessories shall be provided by the manufacturer having unit responsibility. A. PULSATION DAMPENERS: Pulsation dampeners shall be provided on the discharge piping of each pump installation as shown on the drawings. Pulsation dampeners shall be plastic and be of the single diaphragm type, consisting of a pressurized vessel containing a flexible elastomeric diaphragm which separates December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 11381-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .~ pressurized gas in the upper chamber from process liquid in the lower chamber. Pulsation " dampeners shall be sized to limit variation from average pressure to 5 percent, with a minimum gas volume in the dampener of 15 times the maximum pump stroke volume. Dampener housing wetted components and diaphragm materials shall be compatible with the chemical service. Each dampener shall be clearly labeled for the chemical system intended. Pulsation dampeners shall be equipped with a high quality, glycerin-filled, stainless steel pressure gage in the upper chamber with a 2-1I2-inch dial graduated to 150 psi; and a gas fill valve with cap. B. CALIBRATION CHAMBER: The calibration chamber shall be of clear PVC construction, graduated in milliliters. Chambers shall be of I-liter size. C. BACK PRESSURE VAL YES: Back pressure valves shall comply with Hydraulic Institute standards and API 675 accessory requirements. Valves shall be constructed of material suitable for the chemical service of paragraph 11381-1.01 E. Valve size shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular service except that line connections shall be 3/4-inch NPT minimum. Valves shall be ' preset at 35 psi; pressure setting shall be externally adjustable. D. CHEMICAL SEALS AND PRESSURE GAUGES: . Chemical seal assemblies and pressure gauges shall be provided as specified in specification Section 15095. Pressure relief and pump shut -off pressures shall be set at the pressures indicated in paragraph 11381-1.01 D. E. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES Field adjustable pressure relief valves shall be provided on discharge piping for each new, pump. Reliefvalves shall be PVC body with Teflon diaphragms field adjustable between 30 and 100 psig. Relief valves shall be factory set at 60 psig. Valve capacity shall be in excess of the pump capacity specified. Wetted valve components shall be suitable for chemical being pumped. 2.06 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS Spare parts and special tools required for disassembly shall be provided. One complete set of necessary spare parts, as recommended by the manufacturer, including seals, diaphragms, check valve assemblies, valve seats, and other parts subject to wear, for each pump size. . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11381-6 , Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 2.07 PRODUCTDATA The following product data shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Operation and maintenance information specified in Standard Specifications Section 1-05 and 1-06. 2. Installation certification form 11 OOO-A. 3. Motor product data as specified in Section 11060. 4. Product data as specified in Section 11010. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 SHIPPING, DELIVERY, AND STORAGE . Factory tests shall be performed by the manufacturer prior to delivery in order to verify accuracy and performance of the systems as specified. Factory tests need not be witnessed by the Engineer. However, factory tests and their results shall be performed by the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall certify and provide copies of the tests and guarantee the equipment's performance specified in this section. All certifications of factory tests shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer before shipping equipment. Units shall be packaged in reinforced containers so as to prevent rust or damage during delivery. All piping connections shall be capped for shipping and while in storage. Each system and all components and mounting hardware shall be delivered at the same time. 3.02 INSTALLATION AND TESTING Installation and testing shall be by the Contractor and shall be in accordance with the supplier's written instructions. **END OF SECTION** . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 11381-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS NOT USED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT November 3.2006 12/4/2006 - P 1130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Section Title 13207 CHEMICAL STORAGE TANK November 3,2006 12/4/2006 - p'/130282IEUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 13207 CHEMUCALSTORAGETANK PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies crosslinked high-density polyethylene tanks for chemical storage. B. TYPE: Unless otherwise specified, tanks shall be circular cross-section, vertical, complete with piping outlets, drains, overflows, entrance manways, anchoring system, and integral secondary containment. C. EQUIPMENT LIST: Item I, I DO-gallon capacity Chemical Stora e Tank Descri tion Snyder CCS Model 5470-5450 D. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: I. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS: Chemical storage tanks provided under this section shall have the following characteristics: Type Nominal diameter, ft Nominal height, ft Liquid depth, ft Nominal capacity Manway Mounting Diameter, inches Exposure Color Chemical Storage 76 inches 106 inches 83.5 inches I, I 00 gallons Top 15" access Indoor Natural White December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 13207-1 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference ANSI A58.1 ASTM CI77 ASTM C273 ASTM D638 ASTM D746 ASTM D 1505 ASTM D 1525 ASTM D1621 ASTM D 1622 ASTM D 1623 ASTM D 1693 ASTM D2126 ASTM D2842 Title Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus Shear Properties in Flatwise Plane of Flat Sandwich Constructions or Sandwich Cores Tensile Properties of Plastics Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact Density of Plastics by the Density Gradient Technique Vicat Softening Temperature of Plastics Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics Tensile and Tensile Adhesion Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics Environmental Stress-Cracking of Ethylene Plastics Response of Rigid Cellular Plastics to Thermal and Humid Aging Water abso tion of Ri id Cellular Plastics . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs . 13207-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Reference Title Open Cell Content of Rigid Cellular Plastics by the Air Pycnometer Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials International Building Code Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems Impact and Gel Testing ASTM D2856 ASTM E84 IBC NEMA ICS 6 Phillips Chemical Technical Bulletin SSL-193 B. FACTORY TEST: Following fabrication the tanks, including factory applied pipe outlet fittings, shall be hydraulically tested with water. Test methods may include adding a 2.5 psig air pad to filled tanks or filling the tanks with standpipes, raising the maximum water surface approximately 6 feet higher than the normal maximum tank level. The test duration shall be 24 hours with proof of acceptance being an affidavit signed by the factory inspector. Following successful testing, the tank shall be emptied and dried prior to shipment. c. MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY: The tank shall be warranted for 7 years to be free of defects in material and workmanship. Warranty shall be prorated over the last 5 years. D. MANUFACTURER'S EXPERIENCE: The tank manufacturer shall have a record of at least ten installations during the previous 5 years for the tank sizes specified. The manufacturer must be capable of providing names of users and specific locations which can be visibly inspected. 1.03 SUBMlTT ALS The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section _: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates induded, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (Y"') shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs 13207-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Tank manufacturer's data and dimensions showing locations of all openings, seismic support structure and anchoring system details, and location of tank accessones. 3. Details on outlet fittings, flexible connections, and vent and level indicator. 4. Manufacturer's experience. 5. Insulation data, name of insulation contractor, and insulation contractor credentials. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS The tanks specified in this section shall be manufactured by Snyder or equal, modified to provide the specified features. . 2.02 TANKS The tanks provided under this specification shall be constructed of high -density crosslinked, polyethylene using a rotationally molded fabrication process. Resin used in the tank shall be equal to Phillips Chemical crosslinked polyethylene Marlex CL 200 or equal and shall contain 1/2 to 1 I percent ultraviolet stabilizer. Where black tanks are specified, the black resin shall contain 3 percent carbon black blended into the resin. The tank material shall meet or exceed the following test properties: ASTM Test ASTM D638 ASTM D638 ASTM D746 ASTM D 1505 ASTMDI525 ASTM D1693 December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs Parameter Tensile strength, ultimate, psi, 2-inch minimum Elongation at break, percent, 2-inch minimum Brittleness temperature, degrees F Density, gms/cc Vicat softening point, degrees F Environmental stress crackine:, F50, hrs 13207-4 Value 2,600 450 <-180 1.9 255 >1,000 . Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . ASTM Test Phillips SSL-193 Phillips SSL-193 Parameter Impact resistance at -40 degrees F, ft/lb Percent gel, innermost 1132 inch of inner wall Percent gel, outermost 1132 inch of outer wall Percent gel, entire wall thickness Value >120 >65 >90 >80 Wall thickness of the tank shall be designed by the manufacturer with a hoop stress no greater than 500 psi and a safety factor of no less than 2 using the Barlow formula. The tank: manufacturer shall provide a certificate attesting that the tank materials meet or exceed the test properties specified above. Such certificates shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer's corporation and shall be notarized. 2.03 T ANI( FITTINGS Tank fittings shall be according to the Drawings. Gasket material shall be closed cell, crosslinked polyethylene material. PVC fittings shall be compression type Schedule 80 long shank high-torque design with minimum of 85 percent threaded contact. No metals shall be exposed to tank contents. 2.04 LEVEL INDICA TORS Level indicators shall be provided where specified. Graduations shall be provided at every 200-gallon interval with I,OOO-gallon intervals clearly labeled for bulk storage tanks. Unless otherwise specified, graduations shall be marked on the tank exterior. The level indicator shall be completely assembled to the tank and shall consist ofPVC float, indicator, polypropylene rope, perforated interior pipe, PVC roller guides, clear sun and chemical resistant sight tube, and necessary pipe supports. The level indicator shall act inversely to the tank contents and shall not allow entrance of tank contents into the sight tube at any time. 2.05 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEM The tanks shall be provided with seismic restraint systems manufactured in conformance with plans and instructions prepared and stamped by a registered structural engineer. 2.06 SAFETY SIGNS Each tank inlet and tank outlet shall be clearly marked with hazardous material warning signs, 10 inches by 14 inches in size. Each sign shall have the words "DANGER" and the name of the chemical stored, printed in large block letters and mounted directly adjacent to the tank outlet and tank inlet. Each entry manway shall be provided with a sign ("DANGER--CONFINED SP ACE--HAZARDOUS A TMOSPHERE"). December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 13207-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.07 PRODUCT DATA .' The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section_: 1. Applicable operation and maintenance information. 2. Signed affidavit by the tank manufacturer indicating that the tank was successfully factory tested as specified in paragraph 13207-1.02 B. 3. Copy of manufacturer's warranty specified in paragraph 13207-1.02 C. 4. Certification of tank material test data as specified in paragraph 13207-2.02. 5. Manufacturer's recommendations for installation. 6. Seismic restraint plans and instructions specified in paragraph 13207-2.05. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. TANKS: . The tanks shall be installed as specified and in accordance with the manufacturer's written , instructions. I 3.02 FIELD TESTING I Field testing shall be in accordance with the following. Each tank shall be field tested by I filling entire contents with water and monitoring the tank as well as all fitting connections for at least 24 hours. Any leaks shall be corrected by the manufacturer's representative prior to I acceptance. Following successful field tank testing, the tank shall be completely emptied and dried. 3.03 SAFETY Appropriate sections of the safety precautions outlined by Cellular Plastics Division of the SPI, the NFP A, OSHA, and the material manufacturers shall be followed. All personnel shall be familiar with the hazards involved in the use of equipment and materials on the project and the proper techniques and procedures to safely handle and apply the materials. **END OF SECTION** . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 13207-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptqr I . . . DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT USED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT November 3,2006 12/4/2006 - p'/1302821EUGAlSpecs / Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL Section Title 15050 15061 15064 15065 15066 15073 15075 15085 15092 15095 15096 15110 15118 15124 15150 15152 15184 15250 15400 15424 15431 15440 15632 15859 15863 15944 PIPING SYSTEMS STEEL PIPE PLASTIC PIPING mGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE COPPER PIPE DOUBLE CONTAINMENT PLASTIC PIPE JOINT GASKETS PIPING CONNECTIONS WALL PENETRATION SEALS PIPING APPURTENANCES PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES SPRING-LOADED SWING CHECK VALVES REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS AND DETECTOR ASSEMBLIES SPECIALTY VAL YES COMBINATION VACUUM RELIEF AND AIR RELEASE VALVE MANUAL VALVE AND GATE OPERATORS AND OPERATOR APPURTENANCES INSULATION FOR EXPOSED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PLUMBING ELECTRIC WATER REA TERS EMERGENCY EYEWASH UNITS PLUMBING FIXTURES ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS PROPELLER WALL FANS LOUVERS November 3.2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15050 PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies systems of process piping and general requirements for piping systems. Detailed specifications for the components listed on the Piping System Specification Sheets are found in other sections of Division 15. This section shall be used in conjunction with those sections. B. DEFINITIONS: Pressure terms used in Section 15050 and elsewhere in Division 15 are defmed as follows: 1. Maximum: The greatest continuous pressure at which the piping system operates. 2. Test: The hydrostatic pressure used to determine system acceptance. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15050-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Reference Title .; AASHTO Metallic (Zinc or Aluminum) Coated Corrugated Steel Culverts M36/M36M and U nderdrains ANSI A13.1 Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems ANSI B1.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125,250, and 800 ANSI B 16.3 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Class 150 and 300 ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings ANSI B16.9 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings ANSI B 16.11 Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded ANSI B16.12 Cast Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings ANSI B16.22 Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings ANSI B 16.26 Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes ANSI B31.1 Power Piping ANSI B31.3 Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping ASME Section IX Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Welding and Brazing .' " Qualifications j ASTM A47 Malleable Iron Castings ASTM A53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless ASTM A 74 Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM A105/A105M Forgings, Carbon Steel, for Piping Components ASTM A106 Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service ASTM A126 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings ASTMA197 Cupola Malleable Iron ASTM A234/ A234M Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures ASTM A312/A312M Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe ASTM A403/A403M Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings ASTM A536 Ductile Iron Castings ASTM A570/ A570M Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality ASTM B88 Seamless Co er Water Tube . December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15050-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . Reference Title ASTM C76 ASTM C296 ASTM C443-REV A ASTM C564 ASTM D1248 ASTM D 1784 ASTM D 1785 ASTM D2241 ASTM D2513 ASTM D2665 ASTM D2996 ASTM D3034 . ASTM D3261 ASTM D4174 ASTM D4101 ASTM F441 AWWA CI05 AWWACIIO AWWA Clll AWWA C1l5 AWWA Cl51 AWWA C200 Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe Asbestos-Cement Pressure Pipe Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings Filament- Wound Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings Butt Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing Cleaning, Flushing, and Purification of Petroleum Fluid Hydraulic Systems Propylene Plastic Injection and Extrusion Materials Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 Inch Through 48 Inch, for Water and Other Liquids Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings Flanged Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids Steel Water Pi e 6 Inches and Lar er . December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15050-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Title Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe--4 In. and Larger--Shop Applied Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Services--Sizes 4 In. through 144 In. Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings Cold-Applied Tape Coating for Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipe Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel Cylinder Type, for Water and Other Liquids Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe--Steel Cylinder Type, Pretensioned, for Water and Other Liquids Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances Disinfecting Water Mains Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 Inches Through 12 Inches, for Water Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe And Fittings, 4 in. (100 mm) through 36 in. (1,575 mm), for Water Distribution and Transmission Steel Pipe--A Guide for Design and Installation Specification Data for Hubless Cast Iron Sanitary System with No-Hub Pipe and Fittings Coating, Pipe, Thermoplastic Resin or Thermosetting Epoxy . Reference AWWAC205 AWWAC206 AWWA C207 AWWA C208 AWWA C209 AWWA C210 AWWAC214 AWWAC301 AWWA C303 AWWAC600 AWWAC651 AWWAC900 AWWAC906 AWWAMll CISPI 301 FED SPEC L-C-530B( 1) MIL-H-13528B MIL-STD-810C SAE 11227 IPC . Hydrochloric Acid, Inhibited, Rust Removing Environmental Test Methods Assessing Cleanliness of Hydraulic Fluid Power Components and Systems International Plumbin Code December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:!l30282/EUGAlSpecs . 15050-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . B. FITTINGS AND COUPLING COMPATIBILITY: To assure uniformity and compatibility of piping components, fittings and couplings for grooved end piping systems shall be furnished by the same manufacturers. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified, piping materials, including pipe, gaskets, fittings, connection and joint assemblies, linings and coatings, shall be selected from those listed on the piping system specification sheets. Piping materials shall conform to detailed specifications for each type of pipe and piping appurtenance specified in other sections of Division 15. 2.02 PIPING IDENTIFICA nON A. PLASTIC CODING MARKERS: Plastic markers for coding pipe shall conform to ANSI A 13.1 and shall be as manufactured by W. H. Brady Company, Seton Name Plate Corporation, Marking Services Inc., or equal. Markers shall be the mechanically attached type that are easily removable; they shall not be the adhesive applied type. Markers shall consist of pressure sensitive legends applied to plastic backing which is strapped or otherwise mechanically attached to the pipe. Legend and backing shall be resistant to petroleum based oils and grease and shall meet criteria for humidity, solar radiation, rain, salt, fog and leakage fungus, as specified by MIL-STD-81 Oc. Markers shall withstand a continuous operating temperature range of -40 degrees F to 180 degrees F. Plastic coding markers shall not be the individual letter type but shall be manufactured and applied in one continuous length of plastic. Markers bearing the legends on the background colors specified in the PIPESPEC shall be provided in the following letter heights: Outside pipe diameter,a inches Letter height, inches Less than 1-1/2 1-1/2 through 3 Greater than 3 1/2 1-1/8 2-1/4 a Outside pipe diameter shall include insulation and jacketing. In addition, pipe markers shall include uni- and bi-directional arrows in the same sizes as the legend. Legends and arrows shall be white on blue or red backgrounds and black on other specified backgrounds. December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15050-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. PLASTIC TRACER TAPE: . Tracer tape shall be 6 inches wide, colored the same as the background colors as specified in Table A, paragraph 15050-3.06, and made of inert plastic material suitable for direct burial. Tape shall be capable of stretching to twice its original length and shall be as manufactured by Allen Systems, W. H. Brady Co., Seton Name Plate Corporation, Marking Services Inc., or equal. Two messages shall be printed on the tape. The first message shall read "CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION PIPE BURIED BELOW" with bold letters approximately 2 inches high. The blank shall be filled with the particular system fluid such as chlorine, oxygen or sulfur dioxide. The second message shall read "CALL CITY OF PORT ANGELES" with letters approximately 3/4 inch high. Both messages shall be printed at maximum intervals of2 feet. C. MAGNETIC TRACER TAPE: Polyethylene magnetic tracer tape shall be as manufactured by Allen Systems, W. H. Brady Co., Seton Name Plate Corporation, Marking Services Inc., or equal. Tape shall be acid and alkali- resistant, 3 inches wide, 0.005 inch thick, and have 1500 psi strength and 140 percent elongation value. The tape shall be colored the same as the background colors as specified in paragraph 15050-3.06 and shall be inscribed with the word "CAUTION--PIPE BURIED BELOW" and the name of the piping system. 2.03 VAL YES . Valves of the same size and service shall be provided by a single valve manufacturer. Packing shall be nonasbestos material. Actual length of valves shall be within 1/16 inch (plus or I minus) of the manufacturer's specified length. Flanges shall meet the requirement of ANSI B16.5.' Push-on and mechanical joints shall meet the requirements of A WW A C 111. Valve operators are specified in Sections 15184 and 15185. 2.04 PRODUCT DATA Product data on piping materials shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3 where specified. Piping layout drawings shall be transmitted to the Engineer a minimum of 2 weeks prior to . construction. Drawings shall be original layouts by the Contractor; photocopies of contract . drawings are not acceptable. . December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15050-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . PART3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. LOCATION: Piping shall be provided as specified except for adjustments to avoid architectural and structural features and shall be coordinated with electrical construction. B. PIPING SIZES: Where the size of piping is not specified, the Contractor shall provide piping of the sizes required by the IPC. Unless specified otherwise, small piping (less than 1 inch in diameter) required for services not described by the IPC shall be 1/2 inch. C. PIPE SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE AND SEISMIC BRACJNG: . 1. GENERAL: Piping shall be supported by anchor brackets, guides, saddles or hangers. Acceptable types of supports, guides, saddles, hangers and structure attachments for general pipe support, expansion! contraction and for seismic bracing, as well as anchorage details, are shown on the drawings. Minimum spacing shall be as specified for supports and for seismic bracing. Where a specific type of support or anchorage is indicated on the drawings, then only that type shall be used there. Piping shall be vertically supported by anchor brackets, guides, saddles or hangers and shall be seismically braced where indicated to resist lateral load. Supports shall be provided on each run at each change of direction. Pipe supports shall be hot-dip or mechanically galvanized. Unless otherwise specified, existing pipes and supports shall not be used to support new piping. 2. PIPING CONNECTIONS TO MACHINES: Piping at machine connections shall be aligned in all planes to permit insertion of bolts at bolted connections or coupling screwed connections without using jacks, come-a-Iongs or other mechanical means to align field piping with the connections at the machines. Bolts shall not be forced into mating flange bolt holes and shall be capable being withdrawn using finger pressure alone. The use of 'dutchmen' mitered sections or similar specials to achieve the required alignment with machine connections is strictly prohibited. D. ANCHORAGE FOR BURIED PIPING: All plugs, caps, tees and bends in buried pressure piping systems shall be anchored by means of reaction backing or restrained joints as specified. E. BEDDING AND BACKFILL: Bedding and backfill for buried piping shall be as specified. . December 1,2006 12/19/2006 - p:!l30282/EUGA/Specs 15050- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor F. EQUIPMENT CONNECTION FITTINGS . Where shown, equipment connection fittings as specified in Section 15085 shall be provided between field piping systems and equipment inlet and outlet connections. G. FLEXIBILITY Unless otherwise specified, piping passing from concrete to earth shall be provided with two pipe couplings or flexible joints as specified in Section 15085. 3.02 PIPING IDENTIFICATION A. PIPE CODING: After application of the specified coating and insulation systems, exposed piping, interior and exterior, and piping in ceiling spaces, pipe trenches, pipe chases and valve boxes shall be identified with plastic markers as specified in paragraph 15050-2.02 A. Legend markers and directional arrows shall be located at each side of walls, floors and ceilings, at one side of each piece of equipment, at piping intersections, and at approximately 50-foot centers. B. PLASTIC TRACER TAPE: A single line of tape as specified in paragraph 15050-2.02 B shall be provided 2.5 feet above the centerline of buried plastic pipe. For pipelines buried 8 feet or greater below finished grade, contractor shall provide a second line of tape 12 inches below finished grade, above and parallel to each buried pipe. Tape shall be spread flat with message side up before backfilling. .L\ .~ C. MAGNETIC TRACER TAPE: I I I I Polyethylene magnetic tracer tape shall be buried 12 to 18 inches below ground and shall be above and parallel to buried nonferrous, plastic and reinforced thermosetting resin pipe lines. Fori pipelines buried 8 feet or greater below final grade, the Contractor shall provide a second line of I tape 2.5 feet above and parallel to the buried pipe. , I 3.03 VALVE IDENTIFICATION Stainless steel tags bearing the specified valve number stamped in l/4-inch high letters shall be installed on valve flanges in a position visible from floor level. Flangeless valves 8 inches in diameter and larger shall have tags attached to the valve body by self-tapping corrosion resistant metal screws. Flangeless valves 6 inches in diameter and smaller shall have tags attached to the valve stem by stainless steel wire. Wire shall be 0.063 inch minimum. e; December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15050-8 Port Angeles East UbA Sevverlnterceptor . 3.04 TESTING A. GENERAL: Upon completion of piping, but prior to application of insulation on exposed piping, the Contractor shall test the piping systems. Pressures, media, and test durations shall be as specified in the PIPE SPEC. Equipment which may be damaged by the specified test conditions shall be isolated. Testing shall be performed using calibrated test gages and calibrated volumetric measuring equipment to determine leakage rates. Each test gage shall be selected so that the specified test pressure falls within the upper half of the gage's range. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer 24 hours prior to each test. Unless otherwise specified, testing, as specified herein, shall include existing piping systems which connect with new pipe systems. Existing pipe shall be tested to the nearest existing valve. Any piping which fails the test shall be repaired. Repair of existing piping will be considered and paid for as extra work. B. NOT USED C. LIQUID SYSTEMS: . Leakage shall be zero at the specified test pressure throughout the specified duration for the following systems: exposed piping, buried insulated piping, and buried or exposed piping carrying liquid chemicals. Unless otherwise specified, leakage from other buried liquid piping systems shall be less than 0.02 gallon per hour per inch diameter per 100 feet of buried piping. F. DRAINS: Drain systems, other than pumped drain systems, shall be tested in accordance with IPc. 3.05' CLEANING AND FLUSHING A. GENERAL: Piping systems shall be cleaned following completion of testing and prior to connection to operating, control, regulating or instrumentation equipment. The Contractor may, at his option, clean and test sections of buried or exposed piping systems. Use of this procedure, however, will not waive the requirement for a full pressure test of the completed system. Unless specified otherwise, piping 24 inches in diameter and smaller shall first be cleaned by pulling a tightly fitting cleaning ball or swab through the system. Piping larger than 24 inches in diameter may be cleaned manually or with a cleaning ball or swab. B. TEMPORARY SCREENS: I. Upon completion of the cleaning, the Contractor shall connect the piping systems to related process equipment. Temporary screens, provided with locator tabs which remain visible from the December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15050-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor outside when the screens are in place, shall be inserted in pipelines at the suction of pumps and compressors in accordance with the following table: . Equipment suction or piping size, inches Maximum screen opening, inches Over 6 1/16 1/4 1/2 1 0-1 1-1/4 - 3 3-112 - 6 The Contractor shall maintain the screens during testing, initial start-up, and initial operating phases of the commissioning process. In special cases, screens may be removed as required for performance tests. The Contractor shall remove the temporary screens and make the final piping connections after the screens have remained clean for at least 24 consecutive hours of operation. Systems handling solids are exempted. C. NOT USED D. LIQUID SYSTEMS: After completion of cleaning, liquid systems, unless otherwise specified, shall be flushed with clean water. With temporary screens in place, the liquid shall be circulated through the piping . system using connected equipment for a minimum period of 15 minutes and until no debris is collected on the screens. E. POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS: Potable water piping systems shall be flushed and disinfected in accordance with A WW A I C651. . December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15050-10 Port Angeles East UqA Sewer Interceptor . 3.06 PIPING SPECIFICATION SHEETS (PIPE SPEC) Piping and valves for groupings of similar plant processes or types of service lines are specified on individual piping specification sheets (PIPESPECS). Piping services are grouped according to the chemical and physical properties of the fluid conveyed and/or by the temperature or pressure requirements. Each grouping of services (pIPE SPEC) is identified by a piping system number. Piping services specified in the PIPESPECS and on the drawings are alphabetically arranged by designated service symbols as shown in Table A. Table A also indicates the system number, fluid category, and pipe marker background color of each service. Table A, Piping Services Fluid S bol Service S stem cate 0 CSO Chemical Solution 19 Chemical Yellow D Drain 24 Drain/V ent Green FM Force Main (Raw Sewage) 12 Wastewater Green RWP Rainwater Pipe 24 Drain/V ent Green SS Sewer 28 Wastewater Green STD Storm Drain 24 Drain/V ent Green . V Vent 24 Drain/V ent Yellow VC Chemical Vent 25 Drain/V ent Yellow lW Potable Water (City water) 7 Water Blue lWH Potable Hot Water 7 Water Blue . December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15050-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.06 PIPING SPECIFICATION SHEETS--PIPESPEC . Piping Symbol/Service IW-- Potable Water IWH--Potable Hot Water System-- 7 Test Requirements: Medium: Pressure: Duration: Water; ref. spec paragraph 15050-3.04 C. 150 psig 60 minutes Gasket Requirements: Flange: Push-onlMech Cpl: Compressed gasketing consisting of organic fibers (Kevlar) and neoprene binder EPDM Exposed Pipe and Valves: (See drawings for pipe size and valve type. See Remarks for insulation requirements.) (1" and smaller) Pipe: Copper tube; ASTM B88, Type L, drawn. Ref. spec Section 15066. Conn; solder type with threaded or flanged adapters for valves. Ftgs; wrought copper or bronze, ANSI B 16.22. . (1 1/2" thru 3") Pipe: Steel; ASTM A53, galvanized. Ref. spec Section 15061. Conn; taper threaded, ANSI B 1.20.1. FtgS; malleable iron, ASTM A197, ANSI BI6.3, Class 150, galvanized. (2" and smaller) Valves: Ball; Jamesbury Fig. 351, Nibco T-580, or equal. Globe; Crane 7TF or 17TF, Lunkenheimer 123 or 214, or equal. Swing check; Crane 137, Lunkenheimer 230, or equal. (4" and larger) Pipe: Steel; ASTM A53, seamless, Grade B, black, with cement mortar lining. Ref. spec Section 15061. Conn; grooved mechanical pipe coupling or flanged. FtgS; malleable iron, ductile iron, or steel per spec Section 15061; ends and lining to match pipe. . December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15050-12 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 3.06 PIPING SPECIFICA nON SHEETS--PIPESPEC Piping SymboVService: 7 (continued) (2 1/2" and larger) Valves: Butterflv; ref. spec Section 15103. Substitute Type B on 2-1/2-inch lines. Swing check; spring loaded per spec Section 15118. Buried and Encased Pipe and Valves: (See drawings for pipe size and valve type. Omit coating on encased pipe. See Remarks for insulation requirements.) (3" and smaller) Pipe: Copper tube; ASTM B88, Type K, annealed or drawn. Conn; solder type, with threaded or flanged adapters for valves. Ftgs; wrought copper or bronze, ANSI B 16.22. Valves: Gate; ref. spec Section 15101, with extension stem and valve box. Coating M-l per spec Section 09900. . (4" and larger) Pipe: Ductile iron; A WW A C151 with cement mortar lining. Ref. spec Section 15062. Conn; grooved end or restrained push-on rubber gasket joint. Flanged adapters for valves. Ftgs; ductile iron per spec Section 15062; coating, lining, and ends to match pipe. Valves: Butterfly; same as exposed with extension stem and valve box. Coating M-l per spec Section 09900. Remarks: 1. Manual air vents shall be provided at the high points and drains provided at the low points of each reach of pipeline as specified in paragraph 15095-3.03. 2. Exposed piping for potable hot water (1 WH) must be insulated per spec Section 15250. 3. System 7 piping installed in areas and locations subject to freezing (including ceiling areas which are not heated) shall be insulated per spec Section 15250. 4. Water lines installed over suspended or other type ceilings shall be insulated for condensation control. 5. Provide magnetic underground warning tape for non-ferrous piping. . December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15050-13 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.06 PIPING SPECIFICA nON SHEETS--PIPESPEC . Piping SymboVService: FM--Force Main (Raw Sewage) System--12 Test Requirements: Medium: Pressure: Duration: Water; ref. spec paragraph 15050-3.04 C. 125 psig 120 minutes Gasket Requirements: Flange: Push-onlMech Cpl: Compressed gasketing consisting of organic fibers (Kevlar) and neoprene binder Nitrile or Neoprene Exposed Pipe and Valves (see Remarks): (See drawings for pipe size and valve type) (2 1/2" thru 8") Pipe: Steel; ASTM A53 ERW, Grade B, black, no lining. Ref. spec Section 15061. Conn; butt weld, grooved mech pipe coupling or flanged. FtgS; malleable iron, ductile iron, or steel per spec Section 15061; ends to match pipe. Valves: Eccentric plug; per spec Section 15110. Install valve with seat upstream. Swing check; spring loaded per spec Section 15118. . (l0" thru 24") Pipe: Steel; same as 8 inch or A WW A C200, 3/16 inch thick, with lining. Ref. spec Section 15061. Conn; butt weld, mech pipe coupling, or flanged. See Remarks. Ftgs; steel, ASTM A234, or fabricatedsteel, A WW A C208; lining and ends to match pipe. Valves: Eccentric plug; ref. spec Section 15110. Swing check; spring loaded per spec Section 15118. . December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15050-14 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 3.06 PIPING SPECIFICA nON SHEETS--PIPESPEC Piping Symbol/Service: 12 (continued) Buried and Encased Pipe and Valves (see Remarks): (See drawings for pipe size and valve type. Omit coating on encased pipe.) (All pipes) Pipe: Steel; same as exposed with polyethylene tape coating. Field application of coating to all couplings. Ref. spec Section 15061. HDPE shall be used were indicated (See Remark #4) Conn; same as exposed with polyethylene coating. Ftgs; same as exposed with polyethylene coating. (All pipes) Valves: Eccentric plug; same as exposed with extension stem and valve box. Coating M-l per spec Section 09900.Remarks: Remarks: 1. Manual air vents shall be provided at the high points and drains provided at the low points of each reach of pipeline as specified in paragraph 15095-3.03. . 2. Sewage air release and vacuum valves shall be installed according to the drawings and comply with 15152 3. Grooved mechanical pipe couplings, 10 to 24 inch size, may be used with standard weight or heavier pipe; grooved or shouldered mechanical pipe couplings are permitted with fabricated pipe if the rated working pressure of the coupling exceeds the specified test pressure. Butt weld connections are not permitted with lined pipe. 4. Force main pipes shall be HDPE pipe conforming to the requirements of Section 15065 downstream of the force main transition point after the valve vault. See drawings M -1201 and M-130I for locations of transition to HDPE. HDPE force main pipes shall be DR-I? 5. Provide magnetic underground warning tape for non-ferrous piping. . December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15050-15 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.06 PIPING SPECIFICA IION SHEEIS--PIPESPEC . Piping Symbol/Service: CSO--Chemical Solution System--19 Test Requirements: Medium: Pressure: Duration: Water; ref. spec paragraph 15050-3.04 C. 100 psig 120 minutes Gasket Requirements: Flange: Push-onlMech Cpl: PIFE bonded EPDM, full-face gaskets, ANSI BI6.1. N/A Exposed Pipe and Valves: (See drawings for pipe size and valve type) (All sizes) Pipe: PVC; ASTM D1784, Class I 2454-B, NSF certified, ASTM D1785, Sch. 80. Pipe and fittings exposed to sunlight shall be painted. Ref. spec Section 15064. Conn; plain end, solvent weld, flanged for valves 3 inch and larger. Ft~s; PVC, Sch. 80, solvent weld. . (4" and less) Valves: Ball; PVC Chemtrol Iru Bloc TV Series, Asahil America Duo Bloc TV Series, GSR TV Series, or equal, with PTFE seats and EPDM O-rings. Diaphragm; PVC body, Chemtrol Series PO, Posacon 677, Asahil America, or equal with EPDM or PIFE diaphragm. Ball check; PVC body, Chemtrol Series BC, Asahil America, or equal with EPDM or PIFE seats/seals. (5" and larger) Valves: Diaohragm; ITT Dia-Flo 2558-2-M, Hills-McCanna 0649-1- 38, or equal. Swing or ball check: fully lined valve body; fully coated swing check flapper or ball check ball; lining and coating shall be Hypalon or fluorinated ethylene propylene. Valve and Primer Co. APCO Series 100R, Peabody Dore Model 770, or equal. . December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15050-16 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 3.06 PIPING SPECIFICA DON SHEETS--PIPESPEC Piping Symbol/Service: 19 (continued) Buried and Encased Pipe and Valves: (See drawings for pipe size and valve type) (All sizes) Pipe: PVC; same as exposed. Double containment unless otherwise specified. See Remarks. Provide magnetic tracer tape. Conn; same as exposed. Ftgs; same as exposed. (2" and less) Valves: Ball; same as exposed with extension stem and valve box. (2 1/2" and larger) Valves: Diaphragm; same as exposed with extension stem and valve box. Remarks: . 1. Chemical solution piping shall be suitable for use with the chemicals listed in Section 11381-1.02E. 2. Where plastic piping may be exposed to sunlight, pipe and fittings shall be painted in accordance with Section 15064. 3. Provide magnetic underground warning tape for non-ferrous piping. 4. Buried CSO piping shall be double containment piping as shown on the yard piping plan (C-1302). 5. Double containment piping shall be Schedule 40 PVc. Interstitial supporting devices shall be provided within the secondary containment pipe to center and support the primary piping. Interstitial supporting devices shall be molded polypropylene (Guardian Centra-Guide, or equal). Supports shall be designed to allow continuous drainage in the annular space to the drain point. All fittings shall be pre-assembled and pre-tested by the manufacturer. 6. Low pressure air of approximately 5 psi is allowed for testing the secondary containment pIpmg. 7. All installation procedures shall be in accordance with manufacturer's specific recommendations. Splitting and re-welding of fittings shall not be permitted. . December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15050-17 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.06 PIPING SPECIFIC A nON SHEETS--PIPESPEC Piping SymboVService: Test Requirements: Medium: Pressure: Duration: Gasket Requirements: Flange: Push-onlMech Cpl: Exposed Pipe and Valves (See drawings for pipe size.) (3" and smaller) Pipe: Valves: (4" thru 12") Pipe: Valves: D-- Drain RWP--Rainwater Pipe STD--Storm Drain V--Vent System--24 In accordance with the International Plumbing Code. In accordance with the International Plumbing Code. m accordance with the International Plumbing Code. Compressed gasketing consisting of organic fibers (Kevlar) and neoprene binder Nitrile or neoprene Steel; ASTM A53, galvanized. Ref. spec Section 15061. Conn; taper threaded, ANSI B 1.20.1. Ftgs; cast iron, threaded drainage fittings, ASTM A126, ANSI BI6.12, galvanized. None Cast iron soil oioe (CISP); ASTM A 74. Conn; service hub and spigot compression type or hubless cast iron sanitary system per CISPI 301. Ftgs; CISP, ASTM A 74, joint options to match pipe. None Buried and Encased Pipe and Valves Under and 5 Feet Outside Building (see Remarks) (See drawings for pipe size.) (12" and smaller) Pipe: Valves: December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Cast iron soil pipe (CISP); same as exposed. None 15050-18 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .) ',+"... T .~ e. ~/ .' . . 3.06 PIPING SPECIFIC A nON SHEETS--PIPESPEC Piping Symbol/Service: 24 (continued) Buried and Encased Pipe and Valves Bevond 5 Feet Outside Building (See drawings for pipe size.) (8" and smaller) Pipe: PVC; ASTM D 1784, Class 12454-B, ASTM D2665, Sch. 40. Ref. spec Section 15064. Provide magnetic tracer tape. Conn; plain end, solvent weld. Ftgs; PVC, socket type, DWV, ASTM D2665. Valves: None (l0" and 12") Pipe: PVC; ASTM D3034, SDR 35. Provide magnetic tracer tape. Conn; Push-on with nitrile gasket. Ftgs; PVC or IPS cast iron; ends to match pipe. Valves: None Remarks: 1. Provide magnetic underground warning tape for non- ferrous piping. 2. Backwater valves, where specified, shall be as follows: Vertical: Horizontal: Josam 1000 series, Smith Fig. 7080, or equal. Josam 1100-41 series, Smith Fig. 7012, or equal. 3. HV AC equipment condensate drains shall be copper tube; ASTM B88, Type M, drawn. Fittings shall be wrought copper or bronze, ANSI B 16.22. Connections shall be solder type with threaded adapters for equipment connections where required. Products and fabrication shall be as specified in Section 15066. December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 15050-19 3.06 PIPING SPECIFICATION SHEETS--PIPESPEC .P Piping Symbol/Service: VC--Chemical Vent System--25 Test Requirements: Medium: Pressure: Duration: In accordance with the International Plumbing Code. In accordance with the International Plumbing Code. In accordance with the International Plumbing Code. Gasket Requirements: Flange: Push-on/Mech Cpl: N/A N/A Exposed Pipe and Valves: (See drawings for pipe size and valve type) (All sizes) Pipe: PP; ASTM D4101, Sch. 40, flame retardant. Ref spec Section 15064. Conn; ref. spec Section 15064. Ftgs; PP, socket type coil fused DWV. Ref spec Section 15064. Valves: None . .....,. Buried and Encased Pipe and Valves: (See drawings for pipe size and valve type) Pipe: PP; same as exposed. Double containment unless otherwise specified. Ref. spec Section 15073. Provide magnetic tracer tape. Conn; ref. spec Section 15064. Ftgs; same as exposed. Valves: None Remarks: 1. Provide magnetic underground warning tape for non-ferrous piping. 2. Where plastic piping may be exposed to sunlight, pipe and fittings shall be painted in accordance with Section 15064. 3. Buried CD piping shall be double containment piping as shown and as specified. Low pressure air of approximately 5 psi is allowed for testing the secondary containment piping. . December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15050-20 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 3.06 PIPING SPECIFICATION SHEETS--PIPESPEC Piping Symbol/Service: SS--Sewer System--28 Test Requirements: Medium: Pressure: Duration: In accordance with the International Plumbing Code. In accordance with the International Plumbing Code. In accordance with the International Plumbing Code. Gasket Requirements: Flange: Push-on/Mech Cpl: Compressed gasketing consisting of organic fibers (Kevlar) and neoprene binder Nitrile or Neoprene Buried and Encased Pipes (see Remarks): (See drawings for pipe size) (15" and smaller) Pipe: PVC; ASTM D3034, SDR 35. Provide magnetic tracer tape. Ref. spec Section 15064. Conn; Push-on with nitrile gasket. Ftgs; PVC or IPS cast iron; ends to match pipe. . Valves: None (16" and larger) Pipe: PVC; ASTM D1784, Class 12454-B, ASTM D2665, Sch. 40. Ref. spec Section 15064. Provide magnetic tracer tape. Conn; plain end, solvent weld. Ftgs; PVC, socket type, DWV, ASTM D2665. Valves: None Remarks: 1. Pipes used in horizontal directional drilling (lIDD) shall be HDPE, DR-II and are shown on Drawing C-2034 and C-2035. Reference Section 02321 for HDD pipe requirements and Section 15065 for HDPE requirements. 2. Provide magnetic underground warning tape for non-ferrous piping. **END OF SECTION** . December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15050-21 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15061 STEEL PIPE PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies steel pipe and fittings. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 150 and 300 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded Structural Steel Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless Forgings, Carbon Steel, for Piping Components Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service Cu ola Malleable Iron ANSI B16.3 ANSI B16.9 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A36/ A36M ASTM A47 ASTM A53 ASTM AI05/AI05M ASTMAI06REV A ASTM A197 De~ember 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 1506f-l Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Reference . ASTM A234/A234M ASTM A283/ A283M REV A ASTM A536 ASTM A570/A570M ASTM A572/ A572M REVB AWWAC200 AWWA C205 AWWAC206 AWWAC207 AWWAC208 AWWAC209 AWWA C210 AWWAC214 AWWAC600 AWWAMll SSPC-SPlO Title Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars Ductile Iron Castings Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality High Strength Low Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality Steel Water Pipe 6 Inches and Larger Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe--4 In. and Larger-- Shop Applied Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Services--Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In. Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings Cold-Applied Tape Coating for Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipe Tape Coating Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances Steel Pipe--A Guide for Design and Installation Near-White Blast Cleanin . B. TESTING: FactoI)' testing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A53, ASTM A106, or A WW A C200 as applicable. December 1,2006 12/412006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15061-2 .' Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE MATERIALS Steel pipe and fittings shall be provided in accordance with ASTM A53, ASTM AI06, or A WW A C200 as specified in Section 15050, Piping Systems. Steel for pipe fabricated to meet requirements of A WW A C200 shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A36, ASTM A572, Grade 42, ASTM A570, Grades 33 and 36, or ASTM A283, Grade D. Steel for ASTM A53 and ASTM A 106 pipe shall be Grade B. 2.02 PIPE MANUFACTURE Unless otherwise specified, ASTM A53 pipe shall be Type E, electric resistance welded or Type S, seamless pipe as specified in Section 15050. The minimum wall thickness for ASTM A53 or ASTM A I 06 pipe shall be Schedule 40 for pipe 10 inch diameter and less and 3/8 inch for pipe 12 inch through 24 inch diameter. Increased shell thickn~ss shall be provided where specified. A WW A C200 pipe shall be straight or spiral seam. The minimum wall thickness shall be 7 gage for pipe 6 inch through 24 inch diameter and 1/4 inch for pipe 26 inch diameter and larger. Increased shell thickness shall be provided where specified. . 2.03 CONNECTIONS Connections shall be as specified in Section 15050 and shall conform to Section 15085. Coating for buried connections shall be as specified in paragraph 15085-2.06. 2.04 FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES Malleable iron threaded fittings and appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A47 or ASTM A197, ANSI B16.3. Unless otherwise specified, steel fittings and appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A234, ASTM Al 05, or ANSI B 16.11; and fabricated steel fittings and appurtenances shall conform to A WW A C208. Fittings for grooved end piping systems shall be full flow cast fittings, steel fittings, or segmentally welded fittings with grooves or shoulders designed to accept grooved end couplings. Cast fittings shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536 or malleable iron conforming to ASTM A47. Standard steel fittings, including large size elbows, shall be forged steel conforming to ASTM Al 06. Standard segmentally welded fittings shall be fabricated of Schedule 40 carbon steel pipe. Unless otherwise specified, all fittings shall be rated for pressure and loadings equal to the pIpe. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15061-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.05 PIPE LINING . A. EPOXY: Unless otherwise specified, pipe and fittings shall be lined with a liquid epoxy as specified in A WW A C21 0 with the following exceptions: 1. No coal tar products shall be incorporated in the liquid epoxy. 2. The curing agent may be an amidoamine as well as the other curing agents listed in AWWA C210. The lining shall be applied to a minimum thickness of 16 mils in not less than two coats. B. CEMENT MORTAR: Where specified, pipe and fittings shall be lined with cement mortar as specified in A WW A C205. Fittings and specials larger than 24 inches, not fabricated from centrifugally lined straight sections, shall require 2-inch by 4-inch by 13-gage self-furring wire mesh reinforcement for hand-applied lining. 2.06 PIPE COATING A. EPOXY: .' Unless otherwise specified, pipe and fittings shall be coated with a liquid epoxy as specified in A WW A C21 0 with the following exceptions: 1. No coal tar products shall be incorporated in the liquid epoxy. 2. The curing agent may be an amidoamine as well as the other curing agents listed in A WW A C21 O. The coating shall be applied to a minimum thickness of 16 mils in not less than two coats. B. POLYETHYLENE TAPE: Where specified, pipe and fittings shall be coated and wrapped with prefabricated multilayer cold applied polyethylene tape coating in accordance with A WWA C214. The coating application shall be a continuous step operation in conformance with A WW A C214, Section 3. The total coating thickness shall be not less than 50 mils for pipe 24 inches and smaller and not less than 80 mils for pipe 26 inches and larger. 2.07 FUSION EPOXY COATING AND LINING Where specified, steel pipe and fittings shall be fusion epoxy coated and lined. The fusion epoxy coating shall be 3M Scotchkote 203, or equal. Surface preparation shall be in accordance . ,~-y December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - pJ130282/EUGAlSpecs 15061-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . with SSPC-SP 10 Near White Blast Cleaning. The application method shall be by the fluidized bed method and shall attain 12 mils minimum dry film thickness. Field welds, connections and otherwise damaged areas shall be coated and patched according to the manufacturer's instructions with 3M Scotchkote 306. 2.08 JOINT GASKETS Joint gaskets shall be as specified in Section 15075. 2.09 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Affidavits of Compliance with A WW A C200, ASTM A53, or ASTM Al 06 as applicable. 2. Contractor's layout drawings as specified in paragraph 15050-2.04. PART 3--EXECUTION . 3.01 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: Pipe shall be installed in accordance with A WW A MIl, Chapter 16. Welded joints shall be in accordance with A WW A C206 and Section 15085. Sleeve-type mechanical pipe couplings shall be provided in accordance with A WW A Mil and paragraph 15085-2.02 A. Pipe lining and coatings at field joints shall be applied as specified in paragraphs 15061-2.05 and 2.06. Unless otherwise specified, buried mechanical couplings and valves shall be field coated as specified in paragraph 15085-2.06. B. ANCHORAGE: Anchorage shall be provided as specified. Calculations and drawings for proposed alternative anchorage shall be submitted in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1- 05.3. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15061-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.02 TESTING Hydrostatic testing shall be in accordance with Section 4 of A WW A C600 except that test pressures and allowable leakage shall be as listed in Section 15050. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 15061-6 . . . . . . SECTION 15064 PLASTIC PIPING PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies polyvinylchloride, chlorinated polyvinylcWoride, polyethylene, and polypropylene pipe and fittings. High density polyethylene (HDPE) piping for gravity and pressure pipelines is specified in Section 15065. B. PIPE DESIGNATIONS: For use in the Piping System Specification Sheets (PIPE SPEC) in Section 15050 and in this section, the following plastic pipe designations are defmed: Desi tion Definition Chlorinated polyvinylchloride Polyethylene Polypropylene Pol in 1chloride CPVC PE PP PVC 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version ofthe document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15064-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Title Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 Socket- Type Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings Heat-Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVe) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings Propylene Plastic Injection and Extrusion Materials Safe Handling of Solvent Cements and Primers Used for Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings Threaded Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80 . Reference ASTM Dl248 ASTM Dl784 ASTM DI785 ASTM D2241 ASTM D2464 ASTM D2466 ASTM D2467 ASTM D2564 ASTM D2657 ASTM D2665 ASTM D3034 ASTM D4101 ASTM F402 ASTM F437 ASTM F438 ASTM F439 ASTM F441 ASTM F477 ASTM F493 . -~ PART 2--PRODUCTS December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs . 15064-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 2.01 PVC PIPE A. PRESSURE PIPE: PVC material for pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM D1784, Class 12454-B. Pipe and fittings shall either be in accordance with ASTM D 1785 or shall conform to ASTM D2241 for standard dimension ratios: 160 psi pipe--SDR 26; 200 psi pipe--SDR 21; 250 psi--SDR 17. Pressure rating for pipe shall be in excess oftest pressure specified in Section 15050. Neoprene gaskets wIth push-on joints shall conform to ASTM F477. Schedule 80 PVC socket type fittings shall conform to ASTM D2467. Schedule 40 PVC fittings shall conform to ASTM D2466. PVC solvent weld cement for socket connections shall meet the requirements of ASTM D2564. Schedule 80 PVC threaded fittings shall conform to ASTM D2464. Fittings for gasketed pipe shall be ductile iron or steel push-on IPS-sized pressure fittings rated for use with the specified class ofPVC pipe. B. NONPRESSURE PIPE: 1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE: PVC material for sewer pipe and fittings shall conform to Class 12454-B, as defined in ASTM D1784. Pipe and fittings shall meet the require- ments of ASTM D3034 for SDR 35. Neoprene gaskets with push-on joints shall conform to ASTM F477. . 2.05 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Manufacturer's certificates of compliance with the specified standards and Contractor's layout drawings. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION PVC pipe 3 inches in diameter and smaller shall be joined by means of socket fittings and solvent welding in conformance with ASTM F402. Solvent-cemented joints shall be made in strict compliance with the manufacturer's/supp1ier's instructions and recommended procedures. Unless otherwise specified, PVC pipe 4 inches in diameter and greater shall be joined by means of gasketed push-on joints and steel or ductile iron push-on or mechanical joint fittings. . Connections to different types of pipe shall be by means of flanges, specified adapters or transition fittings. Where sleeve type couplings are used, both shall be uniformly torqued in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendation. Foreign material shall be removed from the pipe interior prior to assembly. December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15064-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.02 TESTING Testing of plastic piping shall be as specified in Section 15050. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 15064-4 . .\1 -~/ . . ~ . . SECTION 15065 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies high density polyethylene (HOPE) pipe, fittings, and appurtenances for piping 8 inches to 30 inches in nominal diameter. The designation HDPE is used in the Piping System Specification Sheets (pIPESPEC) in Section 15050 and in this section. B. CHARACTERISTICS: The piping system shall conform with the following: 1. Dimension ratio (DR) - As indicated in Section 15050. 2. Pressure Class in accordance with A WW A C906 - As indicated in Section 15050. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15065-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor References ANSI! A WW A C906 ASTM D2160 l\STM D2321 ASTM D2657 ASTM D3350 PPI TR 31 Title Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4-inch through 63-inch, for Water Distribution Solids Wall High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit Based on Conduit Based on Controlled Outside Diameter (OD) Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications Heat Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Material Under ound Installation of Pol olefin Pi in eJ B. INSPECTION AND TESTING: All HDPE materials, pipe and fittings shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the requirements of A WW A C906. c. AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE: The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit of compliance conforming to the requirements of A WW A C906, Section 1.5, affirming that the piping components comply with the requirements of A WW A C906 and this section. The affidavit shall be signed under penalty of perjury by an officer of the pipe manufacturer's company. 1.03 SUBMITI ALS .'~\ ,!V The following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (~) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the 1. December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs . 15065-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Detail drawings which show the type and location of all fittings, joints, and connections to structures and manholes. 3. Proof of training and contact information for successful projects of each HOPE pipe fitter/joiner according to paragraph 3.02B. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL HOPE materials, pipe and fittings shall be manufactured, inspected, sampled and tested in accordance with the requirements of A WW A C906 and this section. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and A WW A C906, the requirements of this section shall prevail. 2.02 MATERIALS HDPE piping components shall be manufactured from materials that meet or exceed the requirements of the Plastic Piping Institute designation PE3408 and that conform to the requirements of ASTM D3350 for a cell classification ofPE 345434C. Bolts and nuts for buried mechanical joining components such as flanges shall be made of noncorrosive, high-strength, low-alloy steel having the characteristics specified in ANSI! A WW A C 111/ A21, regardless of any protective coating. 2.03 PIPE Pipe shall have the nominal dimensions shown with an IPS outside diameter basis and the dimensions and tolerances specified in A WW A C906. DR rating and pressure class shall be as specified in Section 15050. 2.04 FITTINGS Fittings shall conform to the applicable requirements of A WW A C906 for the joining methods specified in paragraph 15065-3.02 B. 2.05 PIPE MARKINGS Pipe marking shall conform to the requirements of A WW A C906. 2.06 PRODUCT DATA December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15065-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor The following product data shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: .'i:\ ~ J 1. Affidavit of Compliance specified in paragraph 15065-1.02 C. 2. A report containing a copy of all manufacturer's test results for all tests conducted in accordance with paragraph 15065-1.02 B. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 PIPE HANDLING AND STORAGE The Contractor shall use care in handling and storage of the pipe. Pipe sh!ll be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking shall be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe shall be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment. Sections of pipe with cuts, gouges, or scratches on the outside diameter (OD) surface that exceed 10-percent ofthe wall thickness of the pipe shall be removed completely and the ends of the pipeline rejoined. The inside diameter (ID) surface shall be free of cuts, gouges, and/or scratches. 3.02 INSTALLATION .'"'" 11 ~ A. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, the piping system shall be installed in accordance with ASTM D2321, A WW A C906 and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. JOINING: Pipe and fittings shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. Unless otherwise specified, joining shall by the butt-fusion method performed in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM D2657. Socket fusion, extrusion welding and hot gas welding shall not be used. The pipe supplier shall be consulted to obtain machinery and expertise for the joining by butt-fusion ofHDPE pipe and fittings. No pipe or fittings shall be joined by fusion by any of the Contractor's personnel unless they are adequately trained and qualified in the techniques involved. If Contractor's personnel is used, Contractor shall provide proof of training and a minimum of 5 successful projects for each qualified person; Contractor shall include contact information for the successful projects. Butt fusion joining shall yield a joint strength equal to or greater than the tensile strength of the pipe. . December 1,2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15065-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Flanged joining, or other mechanical joining methods specified, may be used to make connections to differing piping materials, to equipment, valves and other appurtenances, and where specified. C. TRENCH EXCAVATION: Trenches shall be excavated to ensure that sides will be stable under all working conditions. Trench walls or supports shall comply with all local and national standards for safety. D. LOCATION AND ALIGNMENT: Pipe and fittings shall be placed in the trench with the invert conforming to the elevations, slopes, and alignments shown. E. BEDDING AND BACKFILL: Materials used for bedding and backfill shall be as specified in the Special Provisions of these Specifications and as shown. 3.03 TESTING A. GENERAL: Testing of piping shall be as specified in Section 15050 and this section. In case of conflict, the requirements of this section shall prevail. B. HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING: HOPE piping systems shall be fully pressure tested prior to placing the line into service. Water shall be the test medium for hydrostatically testing the pipe. Test procedures shall be as specified in Section 15050 and the following. In case of conflict, the following procedures shall apply. At a minimum, contractor shall hydrostatically test every 1,000 foot HDPE pipe segments of installed pipe. Contractor shall hydrostatically test the entire forcemain after completed installation. After all free air is removed from the test section, the pressure in the pipe or pipe segment shall be raised at a steady rate to the required pressure. The pressure in the section shall be measured at the lowest point of the test section. Test pressure shall be as specified in Section 15050. The initial pressure shall be applied and allowed to stand without makeup pressure for 2-3 hours to allow for diametric expansion or pipe stretching to stabilize. After the equilibrium period, the test section shall be returned to the required test pressure and held for 3 hours. Amounts of makeup water allowable for expansion during the pressure test shall be as listed in the Plastic Pipe Institute Technical Report TR 31-88. No leaks in excess of those allowed by TR 31-88 or pressure drops shall be observed during the segment tests or final test period. . December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15065-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15066 COPPER PIPE PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies copper piping, tubing, couplings and fittings. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement ifthere were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes Solder Metal Seamless Co er Water Tube ANSI B 16.22 ANSI B 16.26 ASTM B32 ASTM B88 PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 COPPER TUBING Copper tubing shall be seamless copper, conforming to ASTM B88. Unless otherwise specified, copper tubing shall be Type L, drawn, where used in exposed service and Type K., annealed or drawn for buried service. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor 15066-1 2.02 COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS FOR COPPER TUBING ., '" ' Unless otherwise specified, couplings and fittings for copper tubing 1/2 inch and smaller nominal diameter shall be compression type, brass or bronze, capable of holding the full bursting strength of the tubing; shall meet the requirements of ANSI BI6.26; and shall be Swagelok, Gyrolok, or equal. Couplings and fittings for copper tubing larger than 1/2-inch nominal diameter shall be wrought copper or bronze, solder joint pressure fittings and shall conform to ANSI B 16.22. 2.03 SOLDER Solder to be used in copper piping shall be ASTM B32, Alloy Grade Sn95 or Silvabrite 100. 2.04 PRODUCT DATA Contractor's layout drawings and catalog data demonstrating compliance with this specification and giving full description of the copper piping shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION . A. SOLDER JOINTS: All pipe and fittings to be jointed with solder shall be free from all burrs and wire brushed or steel wool cleaned. After cleaning, a paste flux shall be evenly and sparingly applied to the surfaces to be joined. Solder shall then be applied and flame passed toward the center of the fitting until the solder disappears. All excess solder shall be removed while it is still plastic. Absolutely no acid flux or acid wipe shall be used in making solder joints. B. TAKEDOWN COUPLINGS: Takedown couplings shall be screw union type and shall be provided in accordance with paragraph 15085-3.01 C. C. DIELECTRIC PROTECTION: Copper tubing or fittings shall not be permitted to come in contact with steel piping, reinforcing steel, or other steel at any location. Electrical checks shall be made to assure no contact is made between copper tubing and steel elements. Wherever electrical contact is demonstrated by such tests, the Contractor shall provide dielectric protection as specified in paragraph 15085-3.01 E. . December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15066-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 3.02 INST ALLA TION, CLEANING, DISINFECTION, AND TESTING The installation, cleaning, disinfection, and testing of copper piping shall be as specified in Section 15050. **END OF SECTION** . . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15066-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15075 JOINT GASKETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY This Section specifies rubber gaskets for push-on compression type joints used with fabricated steel pipe, steel pipe, and cement mortar lined and coated steel pipe. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCED STANDARDS: This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following document. These references are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title ASTM D395 Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property-Compression Set Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Rubbers and Thermoplastic Elastomers-Tension ASTM D412 ASTMD47l ASTM D573 Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Effect of Liquids Standard Test Method for Rubber-Deterioration in an Air Oven ASTM Dl149 Standard Test Method for Rubber Deterioration-Surface Ozone Cracking in a Chamber Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness ASTM D2240 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. PROCEDURES: Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. B. Certified copies of test reports indicating that the gasket material has been tested and that the results of the tests comply with the physical requirements specified. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15075-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS . A. COMPOUND: 1. Synthetic rubber with neoprene or nitrile elastomer. 2. Containing no less than 50 percent by volume elastomer. 3. Free from factice, reclaimed elastomer and other deleterious substances. B. GASKET: Containing no asbestos. 2.02 PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Physical requirement should conform to the results of the following tests, in accordance with the specified ASTM standards: 1. Tensile strength (ASTM D412): 1,500 psi minimum, with ultimate elongation at 425 percent minimum. 2. Hardness (ASTM D2240, Type A durometer): a. Initial test: 1) Pipe diameters less than 90 inches: Minimum hardness of 45 +5. 2) Pipe diameters greater than 90 inches: Minimum hardness of 55 +5. b. Subsequent test: 1) Condition test specimen and durometer at minus 10 degrees C for 48 hours, then test. 2) The increase in hardness over the initial test value shall not exceed 15 points. . 3. Compression set (ASTM D395): a. Not to exceed 20 percent when compressed for 22 hours at 70 degrees C. b. Test specimens: 1) Circular discs cut from the gaskets. 2) Height: 0.500 (+0.005 - 0.025) inches. 3) Diameter: That of the gasket, but not to exceed 1.129 +0.010 inches. 4. Aging (ASTM D573): a. Less than 20 percent reduction in tensile strength. b. Less than 40 percent reduction in ultimate elongation. c. Less than 15 points increase in hardness. d. Test specimens: 1) Circular discs cut from the gaskets. 2) Thickness: 0.080 +0.005 inches. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15075-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 5. Effect ofliquids (ASTM D47l): The maximum volume change in oil and in water shall be as follows: a. Oil: 100 percent in ASTM oil No.3. b. Water: 15 percent. 6. Ozone cracking (ASTM Dl149): a. Test specimen: A gasket loop mounted to give at least 20 percent elongation. b. There shall be no cracking visible at 2 times magnification of the gasket after 100 hours exposure to 1 mg/L ozone at 40 degrees C. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15075-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . . . PART l--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 15085 PIPING CONNECTIONS This section specifies the following methods of connecting metallic piping: flanges, threading, mechanical couplings, equipment connection fittings, dielectric unions, and welding. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference ANSI Bl.l ANSI Bl.20.1 ANSI B16.1 ANSI B16.5 ANSI B18.2.1 ANSI B 18.2.2 ANSI B31.l ANSI B3l.3 ASME Section IX ASTM B98 December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs Title Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form) Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Square and Hex Bolts and Screws Inch Series Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series) Power Piping Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing Operators Qualifications Co er-Silicon Allo Rod, Bar and Sha es 15085-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Title Standard Test Methods for Sealability of Gasket Materials Standard Classification System for Nonmetallic Gasket Materials Standard Test Methods for Tension Testing of Nonmetallic Gasket Materials Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service-Size 4 in. through 144 in. Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain-End Pipe Protective Epoxy Coatings for Valves and Hydrants Grooved and Shouldered Joints . Reference ASTM F37 ASTM F104 ASTM F152 ASTM F593 AWWAClll AWWA C206 AWWA C207 AWWAC219 AWWA C550 AWWAC606 AWWAMll NSF 61 PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 FLANGE ASSEMBLIES . ~, A. FLANGES: 1. GENERAL: Flanges shall either be flat flanges or convoluted ring flanges as specified in the following paragraphs. 2. FLAT FLANGES: Cast iron flanges shall be faced in accordance with ANSI B 16.1. Where companion flanges are used, the flanges on pipe shall be refaced to be flush with the companion flange face. Class 150 and Class 300 forged steel flanges shall be raised face conforming to ANSI B 16.5. Lightweight slip-on flanges shall be plain face conforming to A WW A C207, Class B and ANSI BI6.5. Unless otherwise specified, steel flanges shall be ANSI BI6.5, Class 150 or A WW A C207, Class D. Class E A WW A flanges shall be provided where test pressure exceeds 175 psi. Plain faced flanges shall not be bolted to raised face flanges. 3. CONVOLUTED RING FLANGES: Convoluted ring flanges shall be ductile iron, forged steel or cast stainless steel, designed to bear on hubs welded to the pipe and shall be as manufactured by Improved Piping Products. The Engineer knows of no equal. The flange joints shall be rated for not less than 150 percent of the test pressures listed in Section 15050 and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI B 16.5 and A WW A C207. The flange manufacturer shall be prepared to demonstrate, by certified pressure test that the flanges will meet these . requirements. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282IEUGNSpecs 15085-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . B. GASKETS: Gasket material shall be as specified in paragraph 15085-2.03. Gaskets for plain faced flanges shall be the full face type. Thickness shall be 1/16 inch for pipe 10 inches and less in diameter and 1/8 inch for pipe 12 inches and larger in diameter. Unless otherwise specified, gaskets for raised face flanges shall match the raised face and shall be 1/16 inch thick for pipe 3-1/2 inches and less in diameter and 1/8 inch thick for pipe 4 inches and larger. C. BOLTS: Flange assembly bolts shall be ANSI B18.2.1 standard square or hexagon head bolts with ANSI B18.2.2 standard hexagon nuts. Threads shall be ANSI BU, standard coarse thread series; bolts shall be Class 2A, nuts shall be Class 2B. Bolt length shall conform to ANSI B16.5. Unless otherwise specified, bolts shall be carbon steel machined bolts with hot pressed hexagon nuts. Bolts for submerged service shall be made of Type 316 stainless steel in conformance with ASTM F593, marking F593F. Nuts for submerged service shall be made of copper-silicon alloy bronze conforming to ASTM B98, alloy C651 00, designation H04 or alloy C65500, designation H04. Bolts and nuts for buried service shall be made of noncorrosive high- strength, low-alloy steel having the characteristics specified in ANSI! A WW A C 111 / A2l, regardless of any other protective coating. Where washers are required, they shall be of the same material as the associated bolts. 2.02 MECHANICAL COUPLINGS A. SLEEVE-TYPE COUPLINGS: Unless otherwise specified, sleeve-type mechanical pipe couplings shall be Smith-Blair Type 411, Dresser Style 38, or equal, with the stop removed from the middle ring. Reducing couplings shall be Smith-Blair Type 415, Dresser Style 62, or equal. Sleeve-type flanged coupling adapters shall be Smith-Blair Type 913, Dresser Style 128, or equal. Insulating couplings shall be Smith-Blair Type 416, Dresser Style 39, or equal. Bolts for submerged service shall be made of Type 316 stainless steel in conformance with ASTM F593, markingF593F. Nuts for submerged service shall be made of copper-silicon alloy bronze conforming to ASTM B98, alloy C65l 00, designation H04, or alloy C65500, designation H04. Bolts and nuts for buried service shall be made of noncorrosive high-strength, low-alloy steel having the characteristics specified in ANSI! A WW A C 111/ A2l, regardless of any other protective coating. Where washers are required, they shall be of the same material as the associated bolts. Gaskets shall be as specified in paragraph 15085-2.03 and A WW A C 111. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15085-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. PLAIN END COUPLINGS: .) ..,Y Plain end pipe couplings for pipe sizes 6 inches and smaller shall be Gustin-Bacon 200, Victaulic Style 99, or equal for Schedule 80 pipe and Gustin-Bacon 205, Victaulic Style 90, or equal for lighter weight pipe. Plain end couplings for pipe sizes 8 inches and larger shall be Gustin-Bacon 200, Victaulic Style 99, or equal. Unless otherwise specified, bolts and nuts shall comply with A WW A C606. Gaskets shall be as specified in paragraph 15085-2.03 and A WW A C606. C. GROOVED END COUPLINGS: Grooved end flexible-type couplings shall be Gustin-Bacon 100, Victaulic Style 77, or equal. Grooved end rigid-type couplings shall be Gustin-Bacon 120 Rigi-Grip, Victaulic Style 07 Zero-Flex, or equal. Flexible-type couplings shall be used for all piping greater than 12 inches in diameter; for pipe 12 inches in diameter and less in rack-mounted tunnel piping applications; and for grooved joints adjacent to pump or blower suction and discharge where grooved couplings are used for noise and vibration control. All other applications for piping 12 inches in diameter and less shall utilize rigid-type couplings. Grooved end flanged coupling adapters shall be either Gustin- Bacon 154, Victaulic Style 741, or equal. Snap-joint grooved end couplings shall be Gustin-Bacon 115, Victaulic Style 78, or equal. Cut grooves are not permitted on fabricated or lightwall pipe. Unless otherwise specified, bolts and nuts shall comply with A WW A C606. Bolts for submerged service shall be Type 316 stainless steel in conformance with ASTM F593, marking F593F. Nuts for submerged service shall be made of copper-silicon alloy bronze conforming to ASTM B98, alloy C651 00, designation H04 or alloy C65500, designation H04. Bolts and nuts for buried service shall be made of noncorrosive high-strength, low-alloy steel having the characteristics specified in ANSI! A WW A C 111/ A21, regardless of any other protective coating. Where washers are required, they shall be of the same material as the associated bolts. . --;;cp- Gaskets shall be as specified in paragraph 15085-2.03 and A WW A C 606. D. EQUWMENTCONNECTIONFnnITNGS Equipment connection fittings shall provide both lateral and angular misalignment adjustment between equipment connection flanges and the connection to field piping systems by providing individually adjustable flexible joints at each connection. In addition, equipment connection fittings shall provide full pressure thrust restraint between the field piping connection and equipment connection flanges. Equipment connection fittings shall consist of two flanged coupling adapters, a plain end section of pipe and thrust restraint rods and associated fittings designed to transmit thrust without transmitting shear to the thrust restraint rods and without compromising provisions for accommodating angular and parallel misalignment. Materials and features shall conform to the requirements established in this paragraph. Standard "dismantling joints" incorporate only one . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15085-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . flanged coupling adapter and are not acceptable substitutes. Equipment connection fittings shall be Viking Johnson, Romac, or equal, modified as specified to provide the required features. Equipment connection fittings shall each consist of a single sleeve of plain end piping conforming to the requirements of the specified piping system of sufficient length to span the gap between the connection at the equipment and the connection at the field piping with gasketed flange adapters at each end. Thrust restraint shall be provided by means of all threaded rod spanning between flanges and male rod nuts and female washers that are rounded to provide a ball-joint type self aligning feature. All threaded restraint rod shall project through flange and mating flange coupling adapter bolt holes or through holes in restraint lug plates that extend above the flanges and are secured to the flanges with a minimum of two flange bolts. Where the all threaded rods project through flange bolt holes, ball joint type nut and washer combinations and lock washers shall be provided at each face, each end. Where restraint lug plates are employed, ball joint type nuts and washers shall be provided only on the outside faces of the plates and the nuts shall have a selflocking feature that prevents nut movement due to vibration or other operational or environmental causes. Double nutting with non-locking nuts shall not be an acceptable method of providing the self locking feature. Thrust rod diameter and material shall be selected to provide sufficient freedom of movement through all bolt holes to allow unrestricted maximum adjustment of equipment connection fittings to accommodate piping misalignment without transmitting any shear to the thrust rods and also to permit full development of thrust restraint at all thrust rod tension take-ups. Design of equipment connection fittings shall conform to A WW A C219. Thrust rods, restraint lug plates, nuts, washers and lock washers shall be Type 316 stainless steel, all selected to develop full rated piping system pressure thrust forces. Dry film molybdenum di-sulfide anti-galling compound shall be factory applied to ends of thrust rods, covering all threads subject to nut travel and tightening. Gaskets shall be as specified in paragraph 15085-2.03. Flange gaskets shall be full face type. Follower gaskets shall be compression wedge type. , Sleeves shall be carbon steel or as specified for the specific piping system. Pressure rating of flange adapters shall equal or exceed the pressure rating of mating flanges. All metal portions of equipment connection fittings, with the exception of 316 stainless steel components, shall be coated and lined with fusion bonded epoxy conforming to A WW A C550 and NSF 61. 2.03 GASKETS Gaskets designated in Section 15050 shall be as follows: 1. EPDM: ethylene-propylene-diene-terpolymer. 2. Neoprene: neoprene. 3. Nitrile: nitrile (Buna N). December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 15085-5 4. Compressed gasketing consisting of organic fibers (Kevlar) and neoprene binder; ASTM FI04 (F712400), 2500 psi (ASTM F152), 0.2 ML/HR LEAKAGE FUEL A (ASTM F37). .: ~~ " 5. Compressed gasketing consisting of organic fibers (Kevlar) and SBR binder; ASTM FI04 (F712400), 2500 PSI (ASTM F152), 0.1 ml/hr leakage Fuel A (ASTM F37). 6. Gylon gasketing, Garlock Style 3500, 2000 psi (ASTM F152), 0.22 ml/hr Fuel A (ASTM F37). 7. Gylon gasketing, Garlock Style 3510, 2000 psi (ASTM F152), 0.04 ml/hr Fuel A (ASTM F37). 8. Gylon gasketing, Garlock Style 3504, 2000 psi (ASTM F152), 0.12 ml/hr Fuel A (ASTM F37). 9. TFE: noncreeping tetrafluoroethylene (TFE) with insert filler. 10. PTFE bonded EPDM: PTFE bonded to EPDM in full-face gasket having concentric-convex molded rings; Garlock Stress Saver 370 or equal. 2.04 THREAD Pipe thread dimensions and size limits shall conform to ANSI Bl.20.1. . ~ 2.05 COATINGS Unless otherwise specified, flange assemblies and mechanical type couplings for buried installation shall be field coated with System M-I as specified in Section 09900. 2.06 PRODUCT DATA In accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3, the Contractor shall provide for each welder, a welder qualification certificate indicating the welder is certified for pipe welding in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel, Section IX. Each welder's certificate shall be provided to the Engineer prior to that welder working on the job. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 PIPE CUTTING, THREADING AND JOINTING Pipe cutting, threading and jointing shall conform to the requirements of ANSI B31.1. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15085-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 3.02 PIPE WELDING Pipe shall be welded by ASME-certified welders using shielded metal arc, gas shielded arc or submerged arc welding methods. Welds shall be made in accordance with the requirements of ANSI B31.1 for piping Systems 8, 26, and 28 specified in Section 15050. Welds shall be made in accordance with the requirements of ANSI B31.3 for piping System 20 specified in Section 15050. Welds for piping systems not specified above shall be made in accordance with A WW A C206. 3.03 TAKEDOWN COUPLINGS Takedown couplings shall be screw unions, flanged or grooved end mechanical coupling type joints and shall be provided as specified. Flanged or grooved end joints shall be employed on pipelines 2-1/2 inches in diameter and larger. Where piping passes through walls, takedown couplings shall be provided within 3 feet of the wall, unless specified otherwise. A union or flanged connection shall be provided within 2 feet of each threaded end valve. 3.04 FLEXIBILITY . Unless otherwise specified, piping passing from concrete to earth shall be provided with two pipe couplings or flexible joints as specified on the buried pipe within 2 feet of the structure for 2- inch through 6-inch diameter pipe; within 3 feet of the structure for 8-inch through 24-inch diameter pipe; and within one and one-half pipe diameters of the structure for larger pipe. Where required for resistance to pressure, mechanical couplings shall be restrained in accordance with Chapter 13 of A WW A Mil, including Tables 13-4, 13-5 and 13-5A, and Figure 13-20. 3.05 DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS Where a copper pipe is connected to steel or cast iron pipe, an insulating section of rubber or plastic pipe shall be provided. The insulating section shall have a minimum length of 12 pipe diameters. Dielectric unions as specified in paragraph 15085-2.05 may be used instead of the specified insulating sections. Where copper pipe is supported from hangers, it shall be insulated from the hangers, or copper-plated hangers shall be used. 3.06 EQUIPMENT CONNECTION FITTINGS Where shown, equipment connection fittings shall be provided between field piping systems and equipment inlet and outlet connections. **END OF SECTION** . December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15085- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15092 WALL PENETRA nON SEALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY This section specifies standard wall seals for above grade pipe penetrations, and watertight wall seals for below grade pipe penetrations. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCED STANDARDS: Not Used. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. B. The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section Standard Specification Section 1-05.3: 1. A copy of this specification section with addenda updates, and all referenced sections with each paragraph check marked to show specification compliance or marked to show deviations. 2. Manufacturer's product data including descriptive literature about the material and installation procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STANDARD WALL SEAL A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: 1. 3M brand fire barrier strip FS 195, and fire barrier calk CP25. 2. HiIti CS-2420, Intumescent Wrap and CS-240 Firestop Sealant. 3. Dow Corning Fire Stop Wrap Strip 2002 and Fire Stop Sealant 2000. 4. Approved equal. B. MATERIALS: 1. Metal sleeve: 20-gage galvanized steel. 2. Cold smoke and water seal. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15092-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3. Exposure to heat shall expand product 8 to 10 times its original volume into any cavities in wall opening (intumescence). e) 4. Three-hour fire penetration seal. 5. Chrome-plated escutcheon plates shall be 1 inch larger in diameter than wall openmg. 2.02 WATERTIGHT WALL SEAL A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: 1. Thunderline Link-Seal. 2. Approved equal. B. MATERIALS: 1. Modular mechanical type, interlocking synthetic rubber links, sized to fill annulus between pipe and wall opening. 2. Rubber links expanded to form watertight seal with Type 304 stainless steel bolts. C. FABRICATION: .\ _i'" 1. Cast-in-place anchor and waterstop or core drilled. 2. Size as recommended by the manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. STANDARD WALL SEAL: 1. Concrete structure and masonry walls. 2. Minimum of 2 inches larger than outside diameter of pipe. 3. Wrap strip around pipe and calk around piping with calking full length of sleeve. 4. Calk evenly to outside of sleeve. 5. Follow manufacturer's installation recommendations. .\ _I!:P" December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15092-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 6. Pipe penetrations through walls above grade cored 1 inch larger than pipe. 7. Provide wall escutcheon plates when piping is installed in [mished areas. B. WATERTIGHT WALL SEAL: Install below finish floor elevation and tighten seal as recommended by the manufacturer. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15092-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15095 PIPING APPURTENANCES PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE This section specifies pressure gages, strainers, vents, and drains. B. EXCLUSIONS: Temperature, pressure and flow measuring devices used for instrumentation are specified in Division 17. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 PRESSURE DEVICES A. GAGE COCKS: Unless otherwise specified, gage cocks shall be Robertshaw 1303, Ashcroft 1095, or equal. The exposed threads of each gage cock shall be protected by a brass plug. B. PRESSURE GAGES: J Unless otherwise specified, pressure gage scales shall be selected so that the normal operating pressure falls between 50 and 80 percent of full scale, shall be 4 1/2-inch,270-degree movement, 1/2-percent accuracy, full-scale, and suitable for bottom stem mounting. Gages shall have a 316-8S bourdon tube. All gages shall have a 300 series stainless steel case, shatterproof glass, and a 1/2-inch NPT bottom connection. Pressure gages for air, gas, and low pressure services (0-10 feet) shall be premium grade, heavy-duty bourdon-tube units (bellow type for vacuum) with Delrin bushings and pinion, and stainless steel sector. Gages on liquid service shall be as noted above, except they shall be provided with an internal pulsation dampening system consisting of either a glycerin fill or a silicone fluid fill. Snubbers or orifices shall not be utilized. Gages shall be Ashcroft Duragauge Fig. 1279, Ametek 1981 L, or equal. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15095-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor c. DIAPHRAGM SEALS: . Unless otherwise specified, seals shall be diaphragm type with 1I4-inch flushing connection, Type 316 stainless steel body and Type 316L diaphragm. Fill fluid shall be Silicone DC200 unless otherwise specified. Seal shall be Mansfield and Green Type SG, Ashcroft Type 101, or equal. D. PRESSURE SENSORS Unless otherwise specified, pressure sensors (tubular chemical seals) shall be the in-line full stream captive sensing liquid type. Wetted parts shall be 316 stainless steel. Flexible cylinder shall be Buna-N unless otherwise specified. Seals shall be rated for 200 psi with 5-inch SC hysteresis. Seals shall be Ronningen-Petter, Red Valve, or equal. Fill fluid shall be rated for a temperature range of -20 degrees F to 200 degrees F. Capillary tubing shall be armored stainless steel. Fittings shall be provided for vacuum filling of system. Systems that are not factory filled shall be vacuum filled in the field. Filling connections shall be soldered shut after vacuum evacuation and filling. 2.04 STRAINERS A. WATER STRAINERS: Steam and water strainers shall be ofY-pattern, unless otherwise specified. Steam strainers . shall.hdavde ~arbth on steel ?~dy; wsate~ strainhersllshhall h3aOv4e c~tliron bodly. Bronze bdodies Sdhall be \,,,_!!7 proVI e WI copper pIpIng. traIners s a ave staIn ess stee screens an tappe and plugged blowoff connections. Screen perforations shall be 0.020 inch for steam service and 0.045 inch for water service. Strainers shall be Mueller, Armstrong, or equal. 2.05 PRODUCT DATA Manufacturer's product data shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GAGE TAPS Gage taps shall be provided on the suction and discharge of pumps, fans, and blowers. Gage taps shall consist of a 1/4-inch gage cock attached by a threaded nipple to the pipeline, duct or equipment. 3.02 VENTS AND DRAINS Manual air vents shall be provided at the high points of each reach of pipeline where specified. Air vents shall consist of bronze cock and copper tubing return. Air vents shall be taken . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15095-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . to the nearest floor with cock mounted 4 feet above the floor. Vents in piping systems for fluids containing solids shall be I-inch non-lubricated eccentric plug valves fitted with quick couplers. Drains shall be piped to a sump, gutter, floor drain or other collection point with a valve mounted 4 feet above the floor. Drain valves shall be threaded end gate valves of the size specified. When drains cannot be run to collection points, they shall be routed to a point of easy access and shall have hose gate valves of the size specified. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15095-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . SECTION 15096 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies hangers and supports for all piping systems specified in Section 15050. This section does not include pipe supports for fire sprinkler systems, pipe anchors, guides or seismic restraints. B. OPERATING CONDmONS: The hangers and supports specified in this section are provided to resist pipe loads occurring primarily in the downward (gravity) direction. For the purpose of pipe hanger and support selection, this section establishes pipe support classifications based on the operating temperatures of the piping contents. Pipe support classifications are as follows: . 1. Hot Systems: A-I. 120 degrees F to 450 degrees F A - 2. NOT USED A-3. NOTUSED 2. Ambient Systems: B. 60 degrees F to 119 degrees F 3. Cold Systems: C - I. 33 degrees F to 59 degrees F C - 2. NOT USED C. HANGER AND SUPPORT SELECTION: The Contractor shall select pipe hangers and supports as specified in the project manual. Selections shall be based upon the pipe support classifications specified in this section, the piping insulation thickness specified in Section 15250, and any special requirements which may be specified in the project manual. The Contractor shall review the piping layout in relation to the surrounding structure and . adjacent piping and equipment before selecting the type of support to be used at each hanger point. December 1, 2006 1214/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15096-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Hangers and supports shall withstand all static and specified dynamic conditions of loading . to which the piping and associated equipment may be subjected. As a minimum, consideration shall . be given to the following conditions: 1. Weights of pipe, valves, fittings, insulating materials, suspended hanger components, and normal fluid contents. 2. Weight of hydrostatic test fluid or cleaning fluid ifnormal operating fluid contents are lighter. 3. Reaction forces due to the operation of safety or relief valves. 4. Wind, snow or ice loadings on outdoor piping. Hangers and supports shall be sized to fit the outside diameter of pipe, tubing, or, where specified, the outside diameter of insulation. Where negligible movement occurs at hanger locations, rod hangers shall be used for suspended lines, wherever practical. For piping supported from below, bases, brackets or structural cross members shall be used. Hangers for the suspension of size 2 1/2 inches and larger pipe and tubing shall be capable of vertical hanger component adjustment under load. . The supporting systems shall provide for and control the free or intended movement of the piping including its movement in relation to that of connected equipment. Where there is horizontal movement at a suspended type hanger location, hanger components shall be selected to allow for swing. The vertical angle of the hanger rod shall not, at any time, exceed 4 degrees. There shall be no contact between a pipe and hanger or support component of dissimilar metals. Prevent contact between dissimilar metals when supporting copper tubing by use of copper- plated, rubber, plastic or vinyl coated, or stainless steel hanger and support components. Unless otherwise specified, existing pipes and supports shall not be used to support new plpmg. Unless otherwise specified, pipe support components shall not be attached to pressure vessels. Stock hanger and support components shall be used wherever practical. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15096-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title American Institute of Steel Construction, Manual of Steel Construction, Allowable Stress Design - 9th Ed. Hangers and Supports, Pipe Metal Framing Standards Publication Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacture AISC Manual of Steel Construction . FEDSPEC WW-H-17le-78 MFMA-2-9l MSS SP-69-91 MSS SP-58-93 PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS Standard pipe supports and components shall be manufactured by B-Line, Carpenter & Patterson, Kin-Line, Grinnell, Michigan, Pipe Shields Incorporated, Superstrut, Unistrut, or equal. Pipe support components shall conform to the requirements ofMSS SP-69 and FEDSPEC WW-H- l7le. Pipe support materials shall conform to the requirements ofMSS SP-58. Metal framing system components shall conform to the metal framing manufacturers' Association Standard MFMA-2. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15096-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.02 MATERIALS . A. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, pipe hangers and supports, structural attachments, fittings and accessories shall be hot-dip or mechanically galvanized after fabrication. Nuts, bolts and washers may be zinc-plated except for those subject to moisture or corrosive atmosphere, as specified in paragraph 16000-1.05 B, which shall be type 304 stainless steel. B. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: I. TYPE I - CLEVIS PIPE HANGER: Clevis hangers shall be carbon steel with configuration and components equivalent to MSS and FED SPEC Type 1. a. Steel pipe (insulated) - shall be B-Line B31 00, Grinnell Fig. 260, or equal, with insulation shield. b. Steel pipe (uninsulated) - shall be B-Line B31 00, Grinnell Fig. 260, or equal. c. Cast and ductile iron pipe - shall be B-Line B31 02, Grinnell Fig. 590, or equal. d. Copper pipe (uninsulated) - shall be B-Line B31 04 CT, Grinnell Fig. CT -65, or equal. . e. Copper pipe (insulated) - shall be B-Line B31 00, Grinnell Fig. 260, or equal, with insulation shield. f. Plastic pipe - shall be B-Line B3100 C, Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 100PVC, or equal. 2. TYPE 2 - "J" PIPE HANGER: Hangers shall be carbon steel with configuration and components equivalent to MSS Type 5. a. Steel pipe - shall be B-Line B3690, Grinnell Fig. 67, Michigan model 418, or equal. b. Copper and plastic pipe - shall be Michigan model 419, Unistrut J 1205N series, or equal. . December 1, 2006 1214/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15096-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 3. TYPE 3 - DOUBLE BOLT PIPE CLAMP: Pipe clamp shall be carbon steel, with configuration and components equivalent to MSS and FEDSPEC Type 3. a. Steel pipe (insulated) - shall be B-Line B3144, Grinnell Fig. 295, or equal, with insulation shield. Insulation shield is optional for hot and ambient systems. b. Steel pipe (uninsulated) - shall be B-Line B3144, Grinnell Fig. 295, or equal. c. Copper pipe (insulated only) - shall be B-Line B3144, Grinnell Fig. 295, or equal, with insulation shield. 4. TYPE 4 - ADJUSTABLE ROLLER HANGER: Rollers shall be cast iron, yoke and cross bolt shall be carbon steel. Configuration and components shall be equivalent to MSS Type 43 and FEDSPEC Type 44. a. Steel pipe (insulated) - shall be B-Line B31l 0, Grinnell Fig. 181, or equal, with insulation shield. b. Steel pipe (uninsulated) - shall be B-Line B311O, Grinnell Fig. 181, or equal. c. Copper pipe (insulated only) - shall be B-Line B311 0, Grinnell Fig. 181, or equal, with insulation shield. d. Plastic pipe - shall be B-Line B311O, Grinnell Fig. 181, or equal. 5. TYPE 5 - SINGLE PIPE ROLL: Rollers and sockets shall be cast iron, cross rod shall be steel. Configuration and components shall be equivalent to MSS Type 41 and FED SPEC Type 42. a. Steel pipe (insulated) - shall be B-Line B3114, Grinnell Fig. 171, or equal, with insulation shield. b. Steel pipe (uninsulated) - shall be B-Line B3114, Grinnell Fig. 171, or equal. c. Plastic pipe - shall be B-Line B3114, Grinnell Fig. 171, or equal. 6. TYPE 6 - FRAMING CHANNEL PIPE CLAMP: Pipe clamps shall be steel with galvanized finish and material thickness as listed below: a. Steel pipe (uninsulated) - Pipe size 3/8 inch and 1/2 inch shall be 16 gage; 3/4 inch through 1 1/4 inches shall be 14 gage; 1 1/2 inches through 3 inches shall be 12 gage; 3 1/2 inches through 5 inches shall December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/I30282/EUGA/Specs 15096-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor be 11 gage; 6 and 8 inches shall be 10 gage; Michigan model 431, Powerstrut PS 1100, Vnistrut P 1109 series, or equal. .\ ~,j b. Steel pipe (insulated) - Pipe clamp shall be as described in paragraph 15096-2.02 B.6.a with insulation shield. c. Copper (uninsulated) and plastic pipe - Pipe size 3/8 inch and 1 inch shall be 16 gage; 1-1/4 inches and 1-1/2 inches shall be 14 gage; 2 inches through 3 inches shall be 12 gage; 4 inches shall be 11 gage; clamp shall be copper-plated, plastic coated or lined with dielectric material; Michigan model 432, Powerstrut PS 1200, Vnistrut P 2024C and P 2024PC series, or equal. d. Copper pipe (insulated) - Pipe clamp shall be as described in paragraph 15096-2.02 B.6.a with insulation shield. 7. TYPE 7 - V-BOLT: V-bolts shall be carbon steel with configuration equivalent to MSS and FEDSPEC Type 24. a. Steel pipe (uninsulated) - shall be Grinnell Fig. 137, B-Line B3188, or equal. b. Steel pipe (insulated) - shall be Grinnell Fig. 137, B-Line B3188, or equal, with insulation shield. .; c. Cast and ductile iron pipe - shall be Grinnell Fig. 137, B-Line B3188, or equal. d. Copper pipe (uninsulated) - shall be Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 222 CT, B-Line B3501 CT, Grinnell Fig. 137C, or equal. e. Copper pipe (insulated) - shall be Grinnell Fig. 137, B-Line B3188, or equal, with insulation shield. ( Plastic pipe - shall be Grinnell Fig. 137C, Michigan model 151, B- Line B3188 C, or equal. 8. TYPE 8 - ADJUSTABLE PIPE ROLL SUPPORT: Rollers and sockets shall be cast iron, cross rod and support rods shall be carbon steel. a. Steel pipe (insulated) - shall be B-Line B3122, Grinnell Fig. 177, or equal, with insulation shield. b. Steel pipe (uninsulated) - shall be B-Line B3122, Grinnell Fig. 177, or equal. .' ~cr; December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15096-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . c. Copper pipe (insulated only) - shall be B-Line B3122, Grinnell Fig. 177, or equal, with insulation shield. d. Plastic pipe - shall be B-Line B3122, Grinnell Fig. 177, or equal. 9. TYPE 9 - WELDED PIPE STANCHION: Minimum material thickness shall be standard schedule carbon steel pipe, cut to match contour of the pipe elbow. Use of this support shllll be limited to ambient systems only. 10. TYPE 10 - PIPE STANCHION SADDLE: Saddles and yokes shall be carbon steel and comply with MSS Type 37 and FEDSPEC Type 38. a. Steel pipe (insulated) - shall be Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 125, B- Line B3090, or equal, with insulation shield. b. Steel pipe (uninsulated) - shall be Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 125, B- Line B3090, or equal. c. Cast and ductile iron pipe - shall be Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 125, B-Line B3090 NS, or equal. d. Copper pipe (uninsulated) - shall be Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 125, B-Line B3090, or equal, with insulation shield or lined with dielectric material. e. Copper pipe (insulated) - shall be Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 125, B- Line B3090, or equal, with insulation shield. f. Plastic pipe - shall be Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 125, B-Line B3090, or equal. 11. TYPE 11 - OFFSET PIPE CLAMP: Pipe clamp shall be carbon steel with configuration and components as specified and shall be of standard design manufactured by a pipe hanger component manufacturer. a. Steel pipe (insulated) - shall be B-Line B3148, Grinnell Fig. 103, or equal, with insulation shield. b. Steel pipe (uninsulated) - shall be B-Line B3148, Grinnell Fig. 103, or equal. c. Cast and ductile iron pipe - shall be B-Line B3148 NS, Grinnell Fig. 103, or equal. d. Copper pipe (insulated) - shall be B-Line B3148, Grinnell Fig. 103, or equal, with insulation shield. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15096- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor e. Copper pipe (uninsulated) - shall be B-Line B3l48, Grinnell Fig. 103, or equal, lined with dielectric material. .: f. Plastic pipe - shall be B-Line B3148, Grinnell Fig. 103, or equal. Vertical pipe support applications shall be as specified above except that insulation shields shall not be used for insulated pipe. 12. TYPE 12 - RISER CLAMP: Riser clamp shall be carbon steel with configuration and components equivalent to MSS and FEDSPEC Type 8. a. Steel pipe (insulated) - shall be B-Line B3373, Grinnell Fig. 261, or equal. b. Steel pipe (uninsulated) - shall be B-Line B3373, Grinnell Fig. 261, or equal. c. Cast and ductile iron pipe - shall be B-Line B3373, Grinnell Fig. 261, or equal. d. Copper pipe (insulated) - shall be B-Line B3373 CT, Grinnell Fig. CT-121, Michigan modelSll, or equal. e. Copper pipe (uninsulated) - shall be B-Line B3373 CT, Grinnell Fig. CT-121, Michigan modelSll, or equal. .' ,f '~~ f. Plastic pipe - shall be B-Line B3373, Grinnell Fig. 261c, or equal. 13. TYPE 13 - FRAMING CHANNEL PIPE STRAP: Pipe strap shall be carbon steel, with configuration equivalent to MSS Type 26. a. Steel pipe (uninsulated) - shall be Superstrut No. C-708-U, Powerstrut PS 3126, Kin-Line No. 477, or equal. b. Steel pipe (insulated) - shall be Superstrut No. C-708-U, Powerstrut PS 3126, Kin-Line No. 477, or equal, with insulation shield. c. Copper pipe (uninsulated) - shall be Superstrut No. C-708-U, Powerstrut PS 3126, Kin-Line No. 477, or equal, with insulation shield or lined with dielectric material. d. Copper pipe (insulated) - shall be Superstrut No. C-708-U, Powerstrut PS 3126, Kin-Line No.4 77, or equal, with insulation shield. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs IS096-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . e. Plastic pipe - shall be Superstrut No. C-708-U, Powerstrut PS 3126, Kin-Line No. 477, or equal. C. RACK AND TRAPEZE SUPPORTS: I. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, trapeze and pipe rack components shall have a minimum steel thickness of 12 gage, with a maximum deflection 1/240 of the span. 2. TYPE 20 - TRAPEZE PIPE SUPPORT: Trapeze pipe support cross members shall be framing channel as specified in paragraph 15096-2.02 E.5. Flat plate fittings shall be I 5/8-inch square carbon steel of standard design manufactured by framing channel manufacturer, Unistrut P2471, B-Line B202-2, or equal. 3. TYPE 21 - PIPE RACK SUPPORT: Post and cross members shall be framing channel as specified in paragraph 15096-2.02 E.5. Pipe rack fittings shall be carbon steel, of standard design manufactured by framing channel manufacturer. 90-degree fittings shall be gusseted Unistrut P2484, B-Line B844, or equal. Post base fittings shall be as specified in paragraph 15096-2.02 D.5. D. STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS: 1. TYPE A - MALLEABLE IRON CONCRETE INSERT: Concrete inserts shall be malleable iron and comply with MSS and FED SPEC Type 18. Grinnell Fig. 282, Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 108, or equal. 2. TYPE B - SIDE BEAM BRACKET: Bracket shall be malleable iron and comply with MSS Type 34 and FEDSPEC Type 35. Grinnell Fig. 202, B-Line B3062, or equal. 3. TYPE C - MALLEABLE BEAM CLAMP WITH EXTENSION PIECE: Clamp and extension piece shall be malleable iron, tie rod shall be steel. Beam clamp shall comply with MSS and FEDSPEC Type 30. Grinnell Fig. 218 with Fig. 157 extension piece, B-Line B3054, or equal. 4. TYPE D - STEEL BEAM CLAMP WITH EYE NUT: Beam clamp and eye nut shall be forged steel. Configuration and components shall comply with MSS and FEDSPEC Type 28. Grinnell Fig. 292, Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 297, or equal. 5. TYPE E - FRAMING CHANNEL POST BASE: Post bases shall be carbon steel, of standard design manufactured by framing channel manufacturer. Single channel: Unistrut P20nA, B-Line B280, or equal. Double channel: Unistrut P2073A, B-Line B281, or equal. 6. TYPE F - WELDED BEAM ATTACHMENT: Beam attachment shall be carbon steel and comply with MSS and FEDSPEC Type 22. B-Line B3083, Grinnell Fig. 66, or equal. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15096-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 7. TYPE G - WELDED STEEL BRACKET: Bracket shall be carbon steel and comply with MSS Type 32 and FED SPEC Type 33 for medium welded bracket. Heavy welded bracket shall comply with MSS Type 33 and FED SPEC Type 34. .\ -j ,. ./ 8. TYPE H - CAST IRON BRACKET: Bracket shall be cast iron, Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 340, or equal. 9. TYPE J - ADJUSTABLE BEAM ATTACHMENT: Beam attachment shall be carbon steel, Carpenter & Patterson Fig. 151, B-Line B3082, or equal. 10. TYPE K - DOUBLE CHANNEL BRACKET: Wall channel shall be single channel framing channel as specified in paragraph 15096-2.02 E.5. Cantilever bracket shall be a carbon steel double framing channel assembly, Unistrut P2542 through P2546, B-Line B297-12 through B297-36, or equal. 11. TYPE L - SINGLE CHANNEL BRACKET: Wall channel shall be single channel framing channel as specified in paragraph 15096-2.02 E.5. Cantilever bracket shall be a carbon steel single framing channel assembly, Unistrut P2231 through P2234, B-Line B 198-6, BI98-12, B196-18 and BI96-24, or equal. 12. TYPE M - WALL MOUNTED CHANNEL: Wall channel shall be single channel framing channel as specified in paragraph 15096-2.02 E.5. e: """':.; 13. TYPE N - PIPE STANCmON FLOOR ATTACHMENT: Baseplate shall be carbon steel with 1/2 inch minimum thickness. Anchor bolt holes shall be 1/16 inch larger than the anchor bolt diameter. The space between the baseplate and the floor shall be filled with nonshrink grout. E. ACCESSORIES: 1. HANGER RODS: Rods shall be carbon steel, threaded on both ends or continuous threaded and sized as specified. 2. WELDLESS EYE NUT: Eye nut shall be forged steel and shall comply with MSS and FEDSPEC Type 17. Eye nut shall be Grinnell Fig. 290, B-Line B3200, or equal. 3. WELDED EYE ROD: Eye rod shall be carbon steel with eye welded closed. Inside diameter of eye shall accommodate a bolt diameter 1/8 inch larger than the rod diameter. Eye rod shall be Grinnell Fig. 278, B-Line B3211, or equal. 4. TURNBUCKLE: Turnbuckle shall be forged steel and shall comply with MSS and FEDSPEC Type 13. Turnbuckle shall be Grinnell Fig. 230, B-Line B3202, or equal. 5. FRAMING CHANNEL: Framing channel shall be 1 5/8 inches square, roll formed, 12-gage carbon steel. Channel shall have a continuous slot along one side with in-turned ei <<;;"",,'/ December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15096-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . .i . clamping ridges. Single channel: Unistrut PIOOO, B-Line B22, or equal. Double channel: Unistrut PlOOl, B~Line B22A, or equal. Triple channel: Unistrut PlO04A, B-Line B22X, or equal. 2.03 THERMAL PIPE HANGER SHIELD Thermal shields shall be provided at hanger, support and guide locations on pipe requiring insulation. The shield shall consist of an insulation layer encircling the entire circumference of the pipe and a steel jacket encircling the insulation layer. The thermal shield shall be the same thickness as the piping system insulation specified in Section 15250. The standard shield shall be used for hot systems and the vapor barrier shield shall be used for cold systems. Stainless steel band clamps shall be used where specified to ensure against slippage between the pipe wall and the thermal shield. A. STANDARD SHIELD: 1. INSULATION: a. Hydrous calcium silicate, high density, waterproof b. Compressive strength: 100 psi average c. Flexural strength: 75 psi average d. K factor: 0.38 at 100 degrees F mean e. Temperature range: 20 degrees F to 500 degrees F 2. STEEL JACKET: Galvanized steel. Gage shall be the manufacturer's standard supplied for the given pipe size. 3. CONNECTION: Shield shall have butt connection to pipe insulation. Steel jacket and insulation shall be flush with end. B. VAPOR BARRIER SHIELD: 1. INSULATION: a. Hydrous calcium silicate, high density, waterproof b. Compressive strength: 100 psi average c. Flexural strength: 75 psi average d. K factor: 0.38 at 100 degrees F mean e. Temperature range: 20 degrees F to 500 degrees F 2. STEEL JACKET: Galvanized steel. Gage shall be the manufacturer's standard supplied for the given pipe size. 3. CONNECTION: Shield shall have butt connection to pipe insulation. Insulation shall extend 1 inch each side of steel jacket for vaportight connection to pipe insulation vapor barrier. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/I30282/EUGA/Specs 15096-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.04 PRODUCT DATA . Hanger and support locations and components shall be indicated on the piping layout drawings required by paragraph 15050-2.04. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 HANGER AND SUPPORT LOCATIONS The Contractor shall locate hangers and supports as near as possible to concentrated loads such as valves, flanges, etc. Locate hangers, supports and accessories within the maximum span lengths specified in the project manual to support continuous pipeline runs unaffected by concentrated loads. At least one hanger or support shall be located within 2 feet from a pipe change in direction. The Contractor shall locate hangers and supports to ensure that connections to equipment, tanks, etc., are substantially free from loads transmitted by the piping. Where piping is connected to equipment, a valve, piping assembly, etc., that will require removal for maintenance, the piping shall be supported in such a manner that temporary supports shall not be necessary for this procedure. .~ / Pipe shall not have pockets formed in the span due to sagging of the pipe between supports caused by the weight of the pipe, medium in the pipe, insulation, valves and fittings. 3.02 INSTALLATION Welded and bolted attachments to the building structural steel shall be in accordance with the requirements of the AISC Manual of Steel Construction. Unless otherwise specified, there shall be no drilling or burning of holes in the building structural steel. Hanger components shall not be used for purposes other than for which they were designed. They shall not be used for rigging and erection purposes. The Contractor shall install items to be embedded before concrete is poured. Fasten embedded items securely to prevent movement when concrete is poured. Embedded anchor bolts shall be used instead of concrete inserts for support installations in areas below water surface or normally subject to submerging. The Contractor shall install thermal pipe hanger shields on insulated piping at required locations during hanger and support installation. Butt joint connections to pipe insulation shall be made at the time of insulation installation in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15096-12 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Hanger and support components in contact with plastic pipe shall be free of burrs and sharp edges. Rollers shall roll freely without binding. Finished floor beneath Type N structural attachments and framing channel post bases shall be roughed prior to grouting. Grout between base plate and floor shall be free of voids and foreign material. Baseplates shall be cut and drilled to specified dimensions prior to welding stanchions or other attachments and prior to setting anchor bolts. Plastic or rubber end caps shall be provided at the exposed ends of all framing channels that are located up to 7 feet above the floor. 3.03 ADJUSTMENTS The Contractor shall adjust hangers and supports to obtain required pipe slope and elevation. Shims made of material that is compatible with the piping material may be used. Stanchions shall be adjusted prior to grouting their baseplates. **END OF SECTION** ." December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15096-13 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15110 ECCENTRIC PLUG VAL YES PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies eccentric plug valves. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement ifthere were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125, 250, and 800 Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes Austenitic Gray Iron Castings Ductile Iron Castings Rubber Seated Butterfl Valves ANSI B16.1 ASTM A126 ASTM A276 ASTM A436 ASTM A536 AWWAC504 B. PROOF OF DESIGN TESTS: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer three certified copies of a report from an independent testing laboratory certifying successful completion of proof-of-design testing December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15110-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor conducted thin accorddandc~ ~ith AdWW AdC504, Sectilon ~;2In' exl,ceptfthat ~hethre thelword "disc" . appears in e stan ar , It IS un erstoo to mean "p ug. leu 0 testmg e va ves at an independent testing laboratory, proof-of-design testing may be performed at the valve manufac- turer's laboratory, but must be witnessed by a representative of a qualified independent testing laboratory, and all test reports must be certified by the laboratory representative. Proof-of-design testing shall have been performed on not less than three 6-inch diameter valves, with all three test units demonstrating full compliance with the test standards. Failure to satisfactorily complete the test shall be deemed sufficient evidence to reject all valves of the proposed make or manufacturer's model number. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS Materials of construction shall be as follows: Com onent Material Cast iron, ASTM A126, Class B Cast iron, ASTM A126, Class B, or cast iron ASTM A436 (Ni-resist), or ductile iron, ASTM A536 Neoprene or Buna-N . Body Plug Plug facing Body seats Less than 3 inches 3 inches and larger Packin Cast iron, ASTM A126, Class B Stainless steel, ASTM A276, Type 304 or nickel Buna V-flex or TFE Materials specified are considered the minimum acceptable for the purposes of durability, strength, and resistance to erosion and corrosion. The Contractor may propose alternative materials for the purpose of providing greater strength or to meet required stress limitations, However, alternative materials must provide at least the same qualities as those specified for the purpose. 2.02 MANUFACTURE A. GENERAL: Valves shall be straight-flow nonlubricated resilient plug type suitable for driptight, bi- directional shutoff at the specified valve design pressure. Port areas for the valve shall be at least 80 percent of the adjacent full pipe area and shall be capable of passing solids 80 percent of pipe size. Valve body seats consisting of nickel for valves 3 inches and larger shall be constructed of a welded-in overlay of not less than 90 percent pure nickel. Upper and lower journal bearings shall . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15110-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . be replaceable, sleeve-type, corrosion resistant, and permanently lubricated. Packing shall be self- adjusting chevron type replaceable without disassembling the valve. Unless otherwise specified, valves shall, as a minimum, conform to the following pressure ratings: Size, inches 12 and smaller 14 through 36 42 throu 54 Desi 175 150 125 B. END CONNECTIONS: Valves 3 inches and smaller shall have threaded ends. Valve flange drilling for valves larger than 3 inches shall be per ANSI BI6.1, Class 125. Grooved-end valves may be provided with grooved-end piping systems. C. MANUAL OPERATORS: . Unless otherwise specified, valves 4 inches and smaller shall be provided with a lever type manual operator. Valves larger than 4 inches shall be provided with totally enclosed worm gear operators. Where specified, manual operators shall have an adjustable stop. All operator components shall be sized for the valve design pressure in accordance with A WW A C504, Section 4.5. Operators shall comply with applicable portions of Section 15184. 2.03 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Manufacturer's product data. 2. Proof-of-design test reports specified in paragraph 15110-1.02 B. PART 3--EXECUTION ~ Unless otherwise specified, valves shall be provided with the seat downstream away from flow. Valves at tank connections shall be installed with seat away from tank. Valves on pump discharge lines shall be installed with seat adjacent to the pump. **END OF SECTION** . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15110-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . SECTION 15118 SPRING-LOADED SWING CHECK VAL YES PART l--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies spring-loaded swing check valves. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. . Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes Ductile Iron Castings Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 In. Through 24 In. NPS ASTMA126 ASTM A276 ASTM A536 ASTM B148 AWWA C508 PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS The Owner and Engineer believe the following candidate manufacturers are capable of . producing equipment and/or products that will satisfy the requirements of this Section. This December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15118-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .~ statement, however, shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular manufacturer's .: products, nor shall it be construed that named manufacturers' standard equipment or products will comply with the requirements of this Section. Candidate manufacturers include Golden Anderson and APCO, or equal. 2.02 MATERIALS Materials of construction shall be as follows: Com onent Body, cover Disc Seat rings Material Cast iron, ASTM A126, Class B Ductile iron, ASTM A536 Aluminum bronze, ASTM B 148 or Stainless steel, ASTM A276, Type 316 Stainless steel, ASTM A276, Type 301 or 304 Bronze, A WW A C508 Hinge shafts and hinge pins Shaft bushin s Materials specified are considered the minimum acceptable for the purposes of durability, strength, and resistance to erosion and corrosion. The Contractor may propose alternative materials for the purpose of providing greater strength or to meet required stress limitations. However, alternative materials must provide at least the same qualities as those specified for the purpose. e) 2.03 MANUFACTURE Disc, disc arm, shaft, keyways, lever and spring shall be capable of closing within .05 seconds of pump stoppage and fluid moving at velocity of 8 feet per second. Spring tension shall be adjustable. The valve design shall permit mounting levers and springs on either side of the valve. The design of the spring attachment shall permit adjustment of closing force by tensioning the spring or replacement with different active length springs. Valves shall be provided with a clear opening equal to or greater than the connecting piping, with no raised seating surface. Seats shall be threaded onto the body or fitted with an O-ring seal and locked in place with stainless steel screws or pins and shall be replaceable. Shafts shall be provided with stuffing box and packing or O-ring seals at each end. Seals shall be externally replaceable. Minimum shaft diameters shall be as follows: Valve Inlet Connection Size, inches 8 Shaft diameter, inches 1.75 The pivot arm shall be secured to the disc with either twin bolted connections with lockwashers or a pinned nut. In either instance, the connection shall be designed to prevent disc movement relative to the arm. Shaft bearings shall extend the entire length of the shaft other than . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1130282/EUGA/Specs 15118-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . the section required for the disc ann attachment. Disc and lever anns shall be keyed to the shaft and retained by bushings or pins. Unless otherwise specified, valves shall, as a minimum, confonn to the following pressure ratings: Size, inches 2 throu h 12 Working pressure, SI Hydrostatic test, SI 175 350 Check valves wetted parts shall be coated with fusion bonded epoxy. 2.04 PRODUCT DATA Manufacturer's catalog information including dimensions, cross-sectional views, details of construction and materials list shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. PART 3--EXECUTION Spring loaded swing check valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15118-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15124 REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS AND DETECTOR ASSEMBLIES PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies reduced pressure principle backflow preventers. B. EQUIPMENT LIST: Backflow preventers shall be as follows: Connection size, E ui ment No. inch Capacity, m Maximum pressure loss, si MME-1287 3/4 MME-1387 3/4 12.5 12.5 13 13 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGA/Specs 15124-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Reference Title Standard for Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembl AWWA C511 B. TESTING: Backflow preventers shall meet the factory, laboratory and field test provisions of A WW A C5II. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS The Engineer believes the following candidate manufacturers are capable of producing equipment and/or products that will satisfy the requirements of this Section. This statement, however, shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular manufacturer's products, nor shall it be construed that named manufacturers' standard equipment or products will comply with the requirements of this Section. Candidate manufacturers include CIa-Val, Febco, Watts, or equal. 2.02 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Affidavit of Compliance with A WW A C5II. 2. Certificate of Approval as specified in A WW A C5II. 2.03 FREEZE PROTECTION The backflow preventer installed at Pump Station 12 shall be installed on a concrete pad within a HotBox @ Standard HB 1 T fiberglass heated enclosure or equal equipped with a 60 watt, 120 volt, single phase heat trace cable. PART 3--EXECUTION Backflow preventers and heated enclosure shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor 15124-2 . . . . . . SECTION 15150 SPECIALTY VAL YES PART I--GENERAL 1.0 I DESCRIPTION This section specifies specialty valves which are auxiliary to process piping systems. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title ASME SEC VIII D2 ASTM Al26 PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEAR GATES Shear gates shall be provided with a lift handle of sufficient length to permit operation from the operating levels specified. Shear gates shall be iron body with bronze seat and disc rings. Shear gates shall be Clow F-3000, Waterman C-16, or equal. 2.02 FLAP GATES Flap gates shall be heavy-duty, double-hinge type. Body and cover shall be cast iron conforming to ASTM A126, Class B. The body shall be provided with a resilient neoprene seat December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15150-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor bonded in a groove machined in the body. The seal shall provide positive shutoff. The cover shall have a phosphor bronze seat facing, securely mounted in a dovetail groove around the periphery of the gate opening. Upper pivot shall be adjustable for gate sensitivity, and lower pivot shall incorporate a provision to align the cover. Gate design shall prevent cover from wedging into gate opening. Lubrication fittings shall be provided for each pivot. e) Unless otherwise specified, wall thimbles shall be minimum 8-inch deep F-section, formed of ASTM A126, Class B cast iron with the gate mounting face machined flat to form a true bearing surface. Thimble opening shall be the same as the gate size specified on the drawings. All anchor bolts shall be hot-dip galvanized. Fasteners and bushings shall be naval bronze. Flap gates shall be Rodney Hunt Series FV-AC or FV-ACP, Waterman F-55, or equaL 2.03 MUD VALVES Unless otherwise specified, mud valves shall be iron body, bronze mounted, flange type with nonrising stems. Stems shall be bronze with steel extension shafts where indicated. Operating nuts shall be enclosed in floor boxes or mounted on angle supports as specified and shall be suitable for operation with T -handle wrenches provided with the valves. Operating nuts shall be A WW A standMd size. Mud valves shall be Clow F-3080, Waterman MY-II, or equal. 2.04 PRESSURE RELIEF VAL YES .:, .v>~ Pressure relief valves for air shall be ASME certified, Watts Fig 41A, Lonergan L 14/lA0 Series, or equal. Size and pressure settings shall be as specified or as required for the service intended. Pressure relief valves far cold and hot water shall be McDonnell and Miller 230, Watts 174A, Cash Acme F-82, Lonergan L14/L40 Series, or equal. 2.05 COMBINATION TEMPERATURE-PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES Combination temperature-pressure relief valves for use with boilers and hot water storage tanks shall be ASME certified and rated. Valves shall be provided with a safety relief testing lever. Connections shall be threaded type. Valves shall be Watts 40-140-N240-340 series, Cash Type NCLX, or equal. 2.06 HOSE VALVES Unless specified otherwise, hose valves shall be a brass angle valve, composition disc, Crane 17, Llmkenheimer 214, Powell 151 , or equal with threaded nipple adapter for hose connection. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15150-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 2.07 FLUSHING COCKS Flushing cocks shall consist of a DeZurik 159/118-S, Keystone Fig 541, or equal, neoprene- faced eccentric plug valve with a hose nipple adapter if required. Unless specified otherwise, flushing cocks shall be 1 inch in diameter. 2.08 QUICK DISCONNECTS Quick disconnects shall not be disconnectable under pressure. Quick disconnects for air service shall be Swagelok, Tomeo, or equal, and shall be 1/2 inch, unless otherwise specified. Quick disconnects for water service shall be EverTite Part B, Gate Part B, or equal, and shall be 1 inch, unless specified otherwise. 2.09 STOP AND DRAIN VAL YES Stop and drain valves shall be Mueller B-1 0284, or equal. 2.10 DIAPHRAGM VAL YES . Diaphragm valves for use with for use with chemical service shall be Type 14 molded flanged end valves of solid PVC or CPVC construction for the body and bonnet. The valves shall be provided with a visual position indicator, travel stop to prevent over-tightening, or compression strain on the diaphragm, and bonnet o-ring sealing arrangement. The valve shall be weir type with a square bomiet body sealing design and bayonet connection diaphragm (I12-inch to 2 inch) or round body bonnet sealing design and threaded stud diaphragm connection (2-112 inch to 4 inch). PVC conforming to ASTM D1784 Cell Classification 12454-A, rated to 150 psi for elastomeric and PTFE diaphragms at 70 degrees F. All PTFE diaphragm valves shall accept the installation ofa PVDF gas barrier between the layers ofEODM and PTFE membrane for aggressive chemical service. PVDF shall conform to ASTM D3222, Cell Classification Type II. The face to face dimensions shall conform to TYPE G. Valves shall be manually operated except as otherwise shown or specified. Operators shall have stem extensions and locking devices for tamper protection. Valves for sodium hypochlorite service shall be Teflon (PTFE). Valves shall, be manufactured by Asahil America, Inc or equal. 2.11 PRODUCT DATA Manufacturer's product data shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. PART 3--EXECUTION Specialty valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. . **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15150-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . SECTION 15152 COMBINATION VACUUM RELIEF AND AIR RELEASE VAL YES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies combination vacuum relief and air release valves for raw sewage transport and pumping applications. Valves shall be of single body construction. Size and capacity shall be as specified. B. APPLICATION: Valves provided under this section shall be installed where shown. These valves shall operate in conjunction with other surge suppression equipment to control transient-related pressure increases within the transmission system. The valves shall be designed to both vent air from the pipeline and admit air into the pipeline to relieve vacuum conditions as defined in paragraph 15152- 2.03. . 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following document. It is a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed document, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those doc~ments shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Pocketbook of AISI Standard Steels AISI . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15152-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. FACTORY TESTS: . All valves furnished under this section shall be subject to the following factory tests: 1. Perform a hydrostatic leakage test at twice the valve's rated working pressure. The test pressure shall be held for not less than 2 minutes. Valves showing signs of leakage, weeping or sweating shall be rejected. 2. Perform a low head leakage test at 7.3 psig. The valve shall be rejected if the valve shows any leakage after 2 minutes. . 3. Perform a small orifice function test where the valve is filled with water at not less that 10 percent above rated working pressure and isolated from the source of water. Air shall be introduced into the valve from a source pressurized by not less that 30 psi above the test pressure. The pressure shall be slowly reduced to working pressure or until the air release float drops away from the orifice, whichever occurs last. Failure of the float to function properly at rated working pressure shall be cause for rejection of the valve. 1.03 VAL VB SCHEDULE The following valve assemblies shall be provided. Each valve assembly shall consist of a vertically-mounted combination vacuum relief and air release valves connected to a valve and . mounted as shown on the mechanical and civil sheets. ..JIP Valve assembly Combination Normal pipeline Maximum pipeline Pipeline test equipment valve nominal operating surge pressure, number diameter, in pressure, psi condition, psi pressure, pSI CA V-1204 2 28 33 125 CAV-1205 2 28 33 125 CAV-1206 2 28 33 125 CA V-1207 2 28 33 125 CAV-1208 2 28 33 125 CAV-1209 2 28 33 125 CA V-1304 2 55 75 125 CA V-1305 2 55 75 125 CA V-1306 2 55 75 125 CA V-1307 2 55 75 125 CA V-1308 2 55 75 125 . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15152-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 1.04 SUBMITIALS The following information shall be submitted in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (,f) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated and, therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined shall signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. The submittal shall be accompanied by a detailed, written justification for each deviation. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Catalog information, sectional views showing internal details and bills of material detailing construction materials for the cone valve. This information shall be in sufficient detail to demonstrate compliance with this Section and any related specification section. . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS Combination air release and vacuum valves shall be Vent-O-Mat Models RGX modified to provide the specified features and to meet the specified operating conditions. Engineer knows of no equal product to the Vent-O-Mat specified in the Project. 2.02 MATERIALS . Com onent Bod , cover Float Seat Trim O-rin s Material Natural ~bber Stainless steel; AISI T e 304 or 316 Nitrile rubber December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15152-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.03 CONSTRUCTION . A. GENERAL: Valves shall consist of a single chamber body enclosing a series of control floats to regulate the passage of air between the pipeline and the atmosphere. The valve body shall have an end flange for connection to system piping, conforming to ANSI BI6.1, Class 150 or Class 250, to meet operating and test pressures of pipe as specified in Section 15050. Valves shall be constructed of suitable materials to allow proper operation without damage to the valve or leakage through valve seals at the normal and maximum operating pressures specified. Valves shall be provided with a l/4-inch tap located between the valve body and connecting flange to allow attachment of pressure sensing equipment to monitor system pressure at each valve installation. The passage of air between the pipeline and the atmosphere shall be accomplished via a series of orifices integral to the valve body or internal control floats as defined below. B. PRIMARY ORIFICE: The primary orifice shall be integral to the valve body and of the same nominal size as the valve. . C. SECONDARY ORIFICE: The secondary orifice shall be smaller in area than the primary orifice and shall allow the passage air of through the valve upon closure of the primary valve to reduce transient related pressure increases associated with the closure of the primary orifice. The secondary orifice shall be integral to a cylindrical control float which shall act to seal the primary orifice. The control float shall be provided with an O-ring gasket to prevent leakage of both air and water from the primary orifice upon seating. D. TERTIARY ORIFICE: The tertiary orifice shall be smaller in area than the secondary orifice and shall permit the release of air under pressure within the valve body while the valve body is completely filled with water. The secondary orifice shall be integral to a second cylindrical control float which shall seat against the control float containing the secondary orifice. The second control float shall be provided with an O-ring gasket to prevent leakage of both air and water from the secondary orifice upon seating. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15152-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 2.04 OPERA nON The valve shall be designed and constructed to operate as specified for each of the following operational conditions: 1. Pipeline filling: During routine filling of the pipeline, valves shall vent air present in the pipeline through the primary orifice. The valve body shall provide a relatively unobstructed path for air under this condition. As the filling operation nears completion and air flows through the valve begin to increase, the primary orifice shall be sealed by seating of the control float and all airflow shall be directed through the secondary orifice. The secondary orifice shall be sized such that the subsequent pressure rise following closure of the primary orifice is less than twice the rated operating pressure of the valve. 2. Normal system operation: During normal pipeline operation when the pipeline is flowing full under pressure, valves shall release air which becomes disentrained from the flow and collects in the valve body through the tertiary orifice. Under these specified normal operating conditions, the primary orifice shall remain seated and leakage of water past the seal shall not be permitted. . 3. Transient conditions due to pump failure or valve closure: Upon development of negative pressures in the pipeline, as may occur during pipeline drainage or liquid column separation, the primary orifice shall open by the unseating of the control floats permitting free flow of air into the pipeline. The primary orifice shall remain open until vacuum conditions are relieved in the pipeline. 2.05 PRODUCT DATA The following product data shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Manufacturer's product data. 2. Applicable O&M instruction manuals per the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions section of this Specification. 3. Results of the factory tests . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15152-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Air release and vacuum valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor 15152-6 . ei . . . . SECTION 15184 MANUAL VAL VB AND GATE OPERA TORS AND OPERATOR APPURTENANCES PART l--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies manual operators for valves and gates, and operator appurtenances. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that o~ganization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Gate Valves 3 through 48 inch NPS, for Water and Sewage S stems AWWAC500 PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL Except as specified in valve and gate specification sections, manual operators shall be as specified herein. Operators shall be mounted on the valve or gate and provided as a unit. Each valve body or operator shall have cast thereon the word "OPEN," an arrow indicating the direction to open, and flow direction arrows. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15184-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.02 OPERATORS \. "t" e'" A. GENERAL: Manual operators shall have operating torques less than 80 foot-pounds. Unless specified otherwise, each manual operator shall be provided with an operating wheel. Unless specified otherwise, the direction of rotation of the operator shall be counterclockwise for opening. B. WRENCH NUTS: Wrench nuts shall comply with Section 3.15 of A WW A C500. A minimum of two operating keys, but no less than one key per every ten valves, shall be provided for operation of the wrench nut operated valves. C. CHAIN WHEELS: Chain wheels shall be ductile iron. Operating chains shall be galvanized. 2.03 OPERATOR APPURTENANCES A. VALVE BOXES: Valve boxes shall be cast iron and shall have suitable base castings to fit properly over the . bonnets of their respective valves and heavy top sections with stay-put covers. Covers shall be hot- ",,::;r dip galvanized. B. FLOOR BOXES: Floor boxes shall be hot-dip galvanized. Where the operating nut is in the concrete slab, the floor box shall be bronze bushed. Where the operating nut is below slab, the opening in the bottom of the box shall be sufficient for passage ofthe operating key. c. ADJUSTABLE SHAFT VALVE BOXES: Adjustable shaft valve boxes shall be concrete or cast iron Brooks No. 3RT, Christie G5, Empire 7-1/2 valve extension box, or equal. Box covers on water lines shall be impressed with the letter "W." Gas line covers shall be impressed with the letter "G." 2.04 PRODUCT DATA Manufacturer's catalog information and other data confirming conformance to design and material requirements shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15184-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Installation shall be as specified herein. Valve operators shall be located so that they are readily accessible for operation and maintenance. Valve operators shall be mounted for unobstructed access, but mounting shall not obstruct walkways. Valve operators shall not be mounted where shock or vibration will impair their operation. Support systems shall not be attached to handrails, process piping, or mechanical equipment. 3.02 OPERATORS A. GENERAL: Valves and gates shall be provided with manual operators, unless specified otherwise. Where possible, manual operators shall be located between 48 inches and 60 inches above the floor or a permanent work platform. B. WRENCH NUTS: . Wrench nuts shall be provided on buried valves, on valves which are to be operated through floor boxes, and where specified. Extended wrench nuts shall be provided if necessary so that the nut will be within 6 inches of the valve box cover. C. CHAIN WHEELS: Unless otherwise specified, valves with centerlines more than 7 feet, 6 inches above the specified operating level shall be provided with chain wheels and operating chains. Chain wheel operated valves shall be provided with a chain guide. Operating chains shall be looped to extend within 4 feet of the specified operating level below the valve. For plug-type valves 8 inches and larger, the operator shall be provided with a hammer blow wheel. Hooks shall be provided for chain storage where the chain may hang in a walkway. 3.03 OPERATOR APPURTENANCES A. VALVE BOXES: Valve boxes extending to finished surfaces shall be provided for buried valves. B. FLOOR BOXES: Floor boxes shall be provided for wrench operation of valves located below concrete slabs. Each floor box and cover shall be of the depth required for installation in the slab. . **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15184-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15250 INSULATION FOR EXPOSED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART l--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies insulation for exposed piping and related equipment and appurtenant surfaces. B. TEMPERATURE CLASSES: Insulation for exposed piping and equipment is classified for the following temperature ranges: low and medium. Low temperature class insulation shall be suitable for an operating temperature range of minus 100 to plus 100 degrees F. Medium temperature class insulation shall be suitable for an operating temperature range of 100 to 800 degrees F. 1.02 . REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15250-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Reference T\tle Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation Water Vapor Transmission of Materials Plastic Sheet (Sheeting) "Plastic Strip" Poly (Vinyl Chloride) and Poly (Vinyl Chloride-Vinyl Acetate), Rigid Mineral Fiber Pi e Insulation .~ ,~ ) ASTM B209 ASTM C533 ASTM C534 ASTM C552 ASTM E96 FEDSPEC L-P-535E ASTM C547 PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL Piping insulation shall be tubular type or the flexible blanket type. Insulation for valves, strainers, fittings, expansion joints, flanges and other connections shall be segmented sections, molded, or blanket type coverings of the specified type and thickness of pipe insulation, or the flexible blanket type. Equipment insulation shall be flexible blanket type or rigid board type cut to fit the surface. .' x,.,/i 2.02 INSULA nON A. GENERAL: Low temperature class insulation shall be of the unicellular elastomeric thermal, cellular glass, or fiberglass type. Medium temperature class insulation shall be of the cellular glass or fiberglass type. B. UNICELLULAR ELASTOMERIC THERMAL TYPE: Unicellular elastomeric thermal type insulation shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C534, Type 1. C. CELLULAR GLASS TYPE: Cellular glass type insulation shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C552, Type II. D. FffiERGLASS TYPE: .' ~~ December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15250-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Fiberglass type insulation shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C547, Type I, Grade A. E. CALCIUM SILICATE TYPE: Calcium silicate type insulation shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C533, Type IT, Class C. F. FLEXIBLE BLANKET TYPE: NOT USED 2.03 INSULA nON JACKETS A. LAMINATED JACKETS: Laminated jackets shall consist of aluminum and white kraft paper. Jackets shall have a perm rating for water vapor transmission of not more than 0.02 in accordance with procedure A of ASTM E96. B. ALUMINUM JACKETS: Aluminum jackets shall be constructed of smooth finish aluminum sheet conforming to ASTM B209, alloy 5005, temper H16, with integral vapor barrier. Jackets shall be 0.016 inch thick. Sheet metal screws shall be aluminum or stainless steel. Jackets shall be secured with 0.020 by 3/4 inch type 304 stainless steel expansion bands. 2.04 INSULA nON COVERS A. POL YVINY'LCHLORIDE (pVC) COVERS: Polyvinylchloride covers shall be one piece, premolded polyvinylchloride conforming to FED SPEC L-P-535E, Composition A, Type IT, Grade E4. B. ALUMINUM COVERS: Aluminum covers shall be constructed of smooth finish aluminum sheet conforming to ASTM B209, alloy 5005, temper H16, with integral vapor barrier. Covers shall be 0.016 inch thick. C. SOFT COVERS: Soft covers shall be of the reusable type with TFE-coated fiberglass covers and liner. 2.05 SIDELDS December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15250-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Unless otherwise specified, thermal pipe hanger shields shall be provided at pipe supports. Thermal hanger shields shall be as specified in Section 15096. .; f ,".)' 2.06 FLASHING Flashing shall include aluminum caps, sealant and reinforcing. Aluminum caps shall be 20 gage thick and shall be cut to completely cover the insulation. Sealants shall be as recommended by the insulation manufacturer. Reinforcement in flashing heated up to 370 degrees F shall be nylon fabric. Reinforcement in flashing for hotter surfaces shall be wire mesh or as recommended by the insulation manufacturer. 2.07 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Manufacturer and manufacturer's type designation. 2. Samples, for each insulation material type, of typical jacket and closures for fittings, valves and appurtenances. 3. Descriptive literature and catalog data for materials to be used showing methods of installation. . 4. Certification of ratings for water vapor transmission and puncture and stiffness as specified in paragraph 15250-2.03 A. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: Insulation shall be applied over clean, dry surfaces. Double layer insulation, where specified or required to achieve the specified surface temperature, shall be provided with staggered section joints. B. PIPE SUPPORTS AND SHIELDS: Unless otherwise specified, thermal pipe hanger shields shall be provided by the Contractor and installed during pipe support installation. Where thermal pipe hanger shields are used, apply the following to all butt joints: . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1130282/EUGNSpecs 15250-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 1. On hot pipe systems, the Contractor shall apply 3-inch wide vapor barrier tape or band over the butt joints. 2. On cold water, chilled water, or refrigerant piping, the Contractor shall apply a wet coat of vapor barrier lap cement on all butt joints and seal the joints with a minimum 3-inch wide vapor barrier tape or band. C. PROTECTION: Insulation and jackets shall be protected from crushing, denting, and similar damage during construction. Vapor barriers shall not be penetrated or otherwise damaged. Insulation, jacket, and vapor barriers damaged during construction shall be removed and new material shall be installed. D. PIPING INSULATION: 1. GENERAL: a. PIPE: Piping shall be continuously insulated along its entire length including all in-line devices such as valves, fittings, flanges, couplings; strainers and other piping appurtenances. Unless otherwise specified, piping insulation shall be provided with laminated jackets specified in paragraph 15250-2.03 A. Insulation shall be butted firmly together and jacket laps and joint strips provided with lap adhesive. Jackets shall be provided with their seams located on the underside of pipe. PVC covers specified in paragraph 15250-2.04 A shall not be used with medium temperature class insulation. Removable flexible blanket-type insulation need not be jacketed. b. FITTINGS, CONNECTIONS, FLANGES AND VAL YES: Fitting, connection, flange and valve insulation shall be provided with covers specified in paragraph 15250- 2.04. Insulation shall be secured in place with 20-gage wire and a coat of insulating cement. Covers shall overlap the adjoining pipe insulation and jackets. Covers shall be provided with their seams located on the underside of fittings and valves. 2. LOW TEMPERATURE CLASS: coating. a. PIPE: Insulation shall have ends sealed offwith a vapor barrier b. FITTINGS, CONNECTIONS, FLANGES AND VAL YES: Except where soft covers are specified, insulation for pipe sizes 2 inches and less, shall be provided with rigid PVC covers specified in paragraph 15250-2.04 A. Covers shall be sealed at edges with vapor barrier adhesive. The ends of covers shall be secured with vinyl tape. The tape shall overlap the jacket and the cover at least 1 inch. Vapor barrier shall not be penetrated. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15250-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ell Except where soft covers are specified, insulation for pipes 2 1/2 inches and larger shall be } provided with rigid aluminum covers specified in paragraph 15250-2.04 B. Covers shall be mechanically secured by corrosion-resistant tacks pushed into the overlapping throat joint. 3. MEDIUM TEMPERATURE CLASS: a. PIPE: Except for flexible blanket type, insulation shall have ends sealed with end joint strips and held in' place by waterproof adhesive. b. FITTINGS, CONNECTIONS, FLANGES AND VALVES: Except where soft covers are specified, rigid insulation shall be provided with rigid aluminum covers specified in paragraph 15250-2.04 B. Covers shall be mechanically secured by corrosion-resistant tacks pushed into the overlapping throat joint. 4. OUTDOOR PIPING: a. PIPE: Rigid insulation shall be provided with aluminum jackets specified in paragraph 15250-2.03 B. Flexible blanket-type insulation shall be designed for outdoor, weather-exposed service. b. FITTINGS, CONNECTIONS, FLANGES AND V ALVES: Rigid insulation shall be provided with rigid aluminum covers specified in paragraph 15250-2.04 B. Flexible blanket type insulation shall be designed for outdoor, weather-exposed service. E. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INSULA nON: .l\ ,/ Off' 1. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, insulation shall fit the contours of equipment and shall be secured with 1/2 by 0.015 inch galvanized steel bands. Weld pins or stick clips with washers may be used for flat surfaces and spaced a maximum 18 inches apart. Joints shall be staggered and voids filled with insulating cement. Unless otherwise specified, insulation shall be provided with laminated jackets specified in paragraph 15250-2.03 A. Unless specifically specified to be uninsulated, equipment connected to insulated piping shall be insulated. 2. OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT: Insulation shall be provided with a coat of weatherproof mastic and a layer of open-weave glass cloth embedded into a wet tack coat. Seams shall overlap at least 2 inches. A finish coat of weatherproof mastic shall be provided. The total coating thickness shall be a minimum of 1/8 inch. 3. LOW TEMPERATURE CLASS: Insulation shall have joints, breaks, and punctures sealed in facing with fire-retardant vapor barrier adhesive reinforced with 4-inch tape. Insulation shall be provided with a layer of open-weave glass cloth embedded into a wet coat of fire-retardant adhesive. Seams shall overlap at least 2 inches. A finish coat of fire-retardant adhesive shall be provided. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15250-6 Port Angeles East UGA SevverInterceptor . . . 4. MEDIUM TEMPERATURE CLASS: Joints shall be covered and cemented in place with 4-inch-wide strips of the same material as the laminated jackets specified in paragraph 15250-2.03 A. F. FLASlllNG: Flashing shall be provided at jacket penetrations and terminations. Clearance for flashing shall be provided between insulation system and piping supports. A heavy tack coat of sealant shall be troweled over the insulation, extending over the jacket edge I inch and over the pipe or protrusion 2 inches. Reinforcement shall be stretched over the tack coat after clipping to fit over pipe and jacket. Clipped reinforcing shall be strapped with a continuous band of reinforcing to prevent curling. Sealant shall then be troweled over the reinforcement to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch. Aluminum caps shall be formed to fit over the adjacent jacketing and to completely cover coated insulation. Cap shall be held in place with a jacket strap. 3.02 INSULA nON THICKNESS SCHEDULE The insulation dimensional tolerances shall comply with the specified standards. Equipment insulation shall match thickness of attached piping. The minimum insulation thicknesses, exclusive of jacket, shall be as follows: Fluid Insulation thickness in inches for nominal pipe sizes temperature Runouts range, up to 2 I inch and 1.25 to 2 2.50 to 4 5 and 6 8 inches Piping service" degrees F inchesb less inches inches inches and larger Plumbing: IWH 100-150 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 IW" 55-65 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 " For condensation control. see specification Section 15050. Unless otherwise specified, connected equipment shall be uninsulated. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15250-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15400 1 PLUMBING PART l--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies drains, piping, appurtenances and general requirements for plumbing systems. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing; references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title International Plumbin Code IPC PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANOUTS A. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, cleanouts shall be the same size as the pipe connected. Cleanouts shall be provided with clamping collars where waterproofmg membranes are located in the floor. Cleanouts located inside buildings shall be provided with bronze covers. Bronze plug December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15400-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor with tapered thread shall be provided for c1eanouts on pressurized systems. Cleanouts on chemical . waste or drain lines shall be of the same material and type of joint as the pipe. B. TYPE I CLEANODT: Unless otherwise specified, Type I c1eanouts shall be Josam series 56010, 1. R. Smith series 4020, or equal. C. TYPE II CLEANOUT: Unless otherwise specified, Type II cleanouts shall be Josam series 56010(-12), 1. R. Smith series 4140, or equal. D. TYPE ill CLEANOUT: Unless otherwise specified, Type ill c1eanouts shall be Josam series 58500 (-20), 1. R. Smith series 4420, or equal, with cast iron frame and cover as specified on the drawing details. E. TYPE IV CLEANOUT: Unless otherwise specified, Type IV cleanouts shall be Josam series 58500(-20), 1. R. Smith series 4420, or equal. F. TYPE V CLEANOUT: . Unless otherwise specified, Type V cleanouts shall be Josam series 58890, J. R. Smith series 4472, or equal. 2.02 DRAINS A. FLOOR DRAINS: 1. GENERAL: Floor drains shall be provided with clamping collars where waterproofing membranes are located in the floor. 2. TYPE I FLOOR DRAIN: Unless otherwise specified, Type I floor drains shall be Josam series 32130, 1. R. Smith series 2225, or equal. 3. TYPE II, ill, AND IV FLOOR DRAINS: Unless otherwise specified, Type n, ill, and IV floor drains shall be Josam series 32120, 1. R. Smith series 2220, or equal. 4. TYPE V FLOOR DRAIN: Unless otherwise specified, Type V floor drains shall be Josam series 30000-A, 1. R. Smith series 201O-A, or equal. 5. TYPE VI FLOOR DRAIN: Unless otherwise specified, Type VI floor drains shall be Josam series 49850 (-31), 1. R. Smith series 3066, or equal. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15400-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 6. TYPE VII FLOOR DRAIN: Unless otherwise specified, Type VII floor drains shall be Type III, as specified above, outfitted with a dome strainer and an elastomer trap seal. Dome strainer shall be Josam series D, 1. R. Smith suffix-G, or equal. Elastomeric trap seal shall be ProSet Systems series TrapGuard, or equal. B. ROOF DRAINS: Unless otherwise specified, roof drains shall be J. R. Smith series 1330 (- TCRE) , Josam series 22040 (-1-2-lOT), or equal. c. CONDENSATE DRAINS: Unless otherwise specified, condensate drains shall be as specified for piping system 24 in Section 15050. D. SCUPPER DRAINS: 1. TYPE I SCUPPER DRAIN: Unless otherwise specified, Type I scrupper drains shall be Josam series 24700 (-22),1. R. Smith series 1510, or equal. . 2. TYPE II SCUPPER DRAIN: Unless otherwise specified, Type II scupper drains shall be Josam series 24730, 1. R. Smith series 1540, or equal. . 2.03 VALVE ACCESS COVERS Access covers for concealed valves within structure interiors shall be 12 inch by 12 inch minimum, stainless steel, 1. R. Smith series 4762 or 4767, Karp 214-M or 214-P, or equal. Two keys or wrenches shall be provided for each type of key-operated valve. 2.04 COUPLINGS, NIPPLES AND UNIONS Couplings and nipples shall be of the same material as the pipe on which they are used. Unions 2 inches and smaller shall be ground joint screwed pattern unions. Unions larger than 2 inches shall be flanged. Unions shall be packed with 1/16-inch thick rubber packing. Dielectric unions shall be as specified in paragraph 15085-2.05. 2.05 SINK HOSE BIBBS Sink hose bibbs shall be Acorn No. 8126, Chicago 387-LF, or equal. 2.06 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS Water hammer arresters shall be Josam, 1. R. Smith, Wade, or equal. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15400-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.07 SLEEVES . Sleeves shall be 22-gage sheet metal. 2.08 ESCUTCHEONS Escutcheons shall be chrome-plated cold rolled steel or stainless steel. 2.09 PRODUCT DATA Brochures of plumbing equipment, including catalog data and installation information, shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: Work shall be in accordance with the International Plumbing Code. Plumbing shall be provided to avoid obstructions, allow 7.5-foot minimum headroom, and . keep openings and passageways clear. ~ No holes shall be made in structural members. Tom and pierced waterproofing shall be repaired. Fixtures, fittings, valves, and copper and brass items shall be wrapped with burlap or building paper. Wrapping shall be removed at completion of the work. B. VAL YES AND ACCESSORIES: Valves shall be provided upstream of branches, apparatus and fixtures. Valves on branch lines and at distribution points shall be provided with a 2-inch heavy brass disc, stamped and stenciled with l/4-inch high letters, stating portion of system controlled by valve. Valve locations shall be shown on record drawings. The Contractor shall provide a chart of location and use of main valves. Adjustable shaft valve boxes shall be provided for underground valves. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15400-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor e -e . c. DIELECTRIC UNIONS: Dielectric unions shall be provided at connections between pipe or fittings of different material. D. ESCUTCHEONS: Escutcheons shall be provided where pipes penetrate fmished walls, ceilings or floors. Escutcheons shall be securely mounted allowing clearance for expansion. E. PIPING: Piping shall be carried in chases or recesses where provided in walls, through floors and partitions, and over ceilings. Unless otherwise specified, piping shall not be run in floor slabs. Pipes shall not be supported by plumbing fixtures or equipment. Changes in pipe size shall be made with reducing fittings. The use of bushings is not acceptable. Where galvanized steel pipe is calked into a cast iron hub, a soil pipe adapter shall be provided on the calked end of the steel pipe. Unless otherwise specified, underground piping outside buildings shall have a minimum cover of 24 inches. Piping under buildings shall have a minimum clearance from structure of 12 inches. Hot and cold water piping shall be separated by at least 6 inches. 3.02 CLEANING AND FLUSHING Piping and equipment shall be cleaned and flushed in accordance with paragraph 15050- 3.05. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15400-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15424 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section describes electric water heaters for heating potable water. B. EQUIPMENT LIST: Item Equipment No. T-1314 Hot Water Tank C. PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: Equipment No. T-1374 120 Storage capacity, a110ns Tank dimensions, inches Volts/ hase Thermostat set oint, OF 30 45-1/2 H x 17-3/4 D 480/3 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. STANDARDS: Water heaters shall comply with ASHRAE 90-75, UL 174, UL 465, and UL 559. B. WARRANTY: Provide a five year warranty on water heaters. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.0 1 MANUFACTURERS The Owner and Engineer believe the following candidate manufacturers are capable of producing equipment and/or products that will satisfy the requirements of the section. This statement, however, shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular manufacturer's products, nor shall it be construed that a named manufacture's standard equipment or products December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15424-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor will comply with the requirement of this section. Candidate manufacturers include A.O. Smith, . National, Rheem, Ruud, or equal. 2.02 EQUIPMENT FEATURES Water heater shall be unit with elements, enameled steel insulated storage tank, magnesium anode for corrosion protection, and operating and safety controls. The unit shall be tested for 125 psig working pressure. Each element shall have an adjustable thermostat. The elements shall not operate simultaneously. The water heater shall be provided with a high temperature safety cut-off, a pressure-temperature relief valve, and a drain valve. 2.03 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Applicable operation and maintenance information specified in Standard Specifications Section 1-05 and 1-06. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . Install the water heater where shown on the drawings and as detailed. Piping connections shall be with dielectric unions. Provide isolation valves on the hot and cold water piping. Wiring shall be with flexible connection. Pipe relief valve to drain to point as shown or as directed by the Engineer. **END OF SECTION** .' ~<.:.;:::,..;.;-".... December 1, 2006 1214/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15424-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor . SECTION 15431 EMERGENCY EYEWASH UNITS PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies emergency eyewash units for indoor use and temperature regulating valves to provide tempered water to the units. B. EQUIPMENT LIST: Item Emergency Eyewash Tempered Water Blending Valve Chemical Room Emer enc E ewash E ui ment No. MME-1374 MME-1376 1.02 SUBMITTALS . The following submittals shall be provided as specified in Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (,/') shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Manufacturer's catalog and/or other data confIrming conformance to specified design, material and equipment requirements. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15431-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3. Manufacturer and manufacturer's type designation. . PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS The Owner and Engineer believe the following candidate manufacturers are capable of producing equipment and/or products that will satisfy the requirements of the Section. This statement, however, shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular manufacturer's products, nor shall it be construed that a named manufacture's standard equipment or products will comply with the requirement of this Section. Candidate manufacturers the emergency eyewash include Haws and Western, or equal. Candidate manufacturers of the temperature regulating valves include Haws and Lawler, or equal. 2.02 INDOOR UNITS A. EMERGENCY EYEWASH AND SHOWER UNIT Emergency eyewash unit shall be floor-mounted and free-standing. Standard shall be of 1 1I4-inch diameter galvanized pipe with cast floor flange. Eyewash bowls shall be stainless steel and shall have hand and foot activated stay-open ball valve. Unit shall have automatic pressure and volume control. Emergency eyewash units shall be equipped with flow switches for remote monitoring. Each unit shall be provided with emergency identification sign. .' j -> 2.03 TEMPERATURE REGULATING VAL YES Temperature regulating valve shall mix hot and cold water to provide a tempered water supply for the emergency showers and eyewashes. The unit shall be constructed of brass and copper and be suitable for inlet temperatures of 1800F at 125 psig. The unit shall be provided with an outlet thermometer. Unit capacity shall be 21 gpm at 10 psi pressure drop. Set point shall be 8SOP. 2.04 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Applicable operation and maintenance information specified in Standard Specifications Section 1-05 and 1-06. . _.....;...,J December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUOAlSpecs 15431-2 Port Angeles East UOA Sewer Interceptor . PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Install the eyewash units as recommended by the manufacturer. Connect to potable water pIpmg. **END OF SECTION** . . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15431-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies plumbing fixtures, trim and fittings. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. WORK: Work shall be in accordance with the International Plumbing Code. B. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. ' Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title International Plumbin Code IPC PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 SERVICE SINKS Service sinks shall be acid resisting enameled cast iron, plain back with rim guard, 22 inch x 18 inch, and shall be wall hanger type. Sinks shall be American Standard 7692.023 with 8379.018 December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15440-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor rim guard, Kohler K-67l8, or equal. Trim shall be American Standard 8340.234, Kohler K-8907, or equal. Sinks shall be provided with chrome-plated strainer, wall mountings, and floor trap. 2.03 PRODUCT DATA Manufacturer's catalog data shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3. PART 3--EXECUTION Fixtures shall be provided plumb and level. Fixtures shall remain in manufacturer's packaging until installation. Fixtures shall be provided with required holes for fittings and mounting hardware. Unoccupied fixture faucet holes are not acceptable. Exposed fixture setting bolts shall be fitted with china caps. Fixtures shall be supported in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Wall mounted fixtures shall be provided with brackets and anchorage. Drop-eared fittings shall be provided at fixture outlets and securely fastened to backing. Openings into pipes shall be capped during construction. Vitreous finisheq surfaces on lavatories, toilets, and sinks shall have heavy paper pasted thereon during construction. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p.l130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 15440-2 .' , J . . . . . SECTION 15632 ELECTRIC UNIT REA TERS PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies electric unit heaters for indoor space heating applications. B. EQUIPMENT LIST: Item Chemical Room Unit Heater E ui ment No. HTR-I389 c. OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: E ui ment No. Heatin , kW 4 hase HTR-1389 480/3 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of a conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date ofthe Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title NFPA UL 1025 National Electrical Code (NEe) Electric Air Heaters December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15632-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. APPROVAL AND CONFORMANCE: .1; __ )I Unit heaters shall bear the label of a rating agency recognized in the State of Washington and shall conform to NEC requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following submittals shall be provided as specified in Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: PART 2--PRODUCTS 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. . Check marks (,() shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. . 2. Manufacturer's catalog and/or other data confIrming conformance to specified design, material and equipment requirements. 3. Electrical and control diagrams. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS The Owner and Engineer believe the following candidate manufacturers are capable of producing equipment and/or products that will satisfy the requirements of the Section. This statement, however, shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular manufacturer's products, nor shall it be construed that a named manufacture's standard equipment or products will comply with the requirement of this Section. Candidate manufacturers include Chromalox, Indeeco, Markel, Reznor, Ruffneck, Triad, Trane, or equal. .\ A -!!7 December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15632-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 2.02 CORROSION RESIST ANT UNIT HEATERS A. GENERAL: Corrosion resistant unit heaters shall be for installation in non-hazardous, corrosive environments. The unit shall be watertight and suitable for hosing down without disconnecting the electrical service. B. EQUIPMENT FEATURES: The cabinet shall be fabricated from 16-gage stainless steel. There shall be and adjustable louvered outlet grille that can be rotated. The heating elements and motor and fan assembly shall be enclosed in cabinet. The heating elements shall be fabricated from Monel. The motor shall be totally enclosed fan cooled and shall have permanently lubricated ball bearings. The fan shall be epoxy-coated aluminum and shall be non-sparking. The mounting bracket and hardware shall be stainless steel. A NEMA 4X control box shall house the built-in controls and the terminals. C. CONTROLS: The controls shall include unit mounted disconnect, power contactor, motor contactor, fan delay relay, automatic over temperature cutout, manual over temperature reset, and fused transformer for control circuit. . Each unit heat shall be provided with integral thermostat and selector switch. The thermostat shall be adjustable but shall be limited from being set above 50oF. The selector switch shall be an ON/OFF IF AN ONL Y switch. 2.03 PRODUCT DATA The following product data shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Applicable operating and maintenance information specified in Standard Specifications Section 1-05 and 1-06. PART 3-EXECUTION Unit heaters shall be installed where specified and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended clearances from combustibles. **END OF SECTION** . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15632-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15859 IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies duct-mounted, in-line fans complete with fans, motors, and accessories required for ventilation systems. B. EQUIPMENT LIST: Item Chemical Room Exhaust Fan E ui ment No. F-1388 C. OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: Fan motors shall be nonoverloading on all points of the operating curve. Fans shall be designed for continuous duty service and to comply with the following: Static Maximum Operating Equipment Capacity, pressure, fan speed, voltage/pha No. scfm Ill.,W.C. rpm Motor HP se F-1388 250 0.25 1550 1/4 120/1 D. SOUND AND VIBRATION: Fans specified in this section shall operate at noise levels below 30 sones, as defined by AMCA Standard 300, and at tip speeds below 8000 FPM. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 15859-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect . at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, ifthere are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Test Code for Sound Ratin AMCA Standard 210 AMCA Standard 300 B. CERTIFICATION: Fans shall bear the AMCA rating seal. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (,f) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Fan performance curves for the specified operating conditions. 3. Motor data form 11060-A as required in Section 11060. December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 15859-2 . . . PART2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS The Owner and Engineer believe the following candidate manufacturers are capable of producing equipment and/or products that will satisfy the requirements of the Section. This statement, however, shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular manufacturer's products, nor shall it be construed that a named manufacture's standard equipment or products will comply with the requirement of this Section. Candidate manufacturers include Carnes, Greenheck, Penn, or equal 2.02 MATERIALS Com onent Fan wheel Fan wheel shaft Fan housing Fasteners Material Type 316 stainless steel Stainless steel Type 316 stainless steel Stainless steel . Materials specified are considered the minimum acceptable for the purposes of durability, strength, and resistance to erosion and corrosion. The Contractor may propose alternative materials for the purpose of providing greater strength or to meet required stress limitations. However, alternative materials must provide at least the same qualities as those specified for the purpose. 2.03 EQUIPMENT A. FAN: The fan housing shall be square or rectangular in design and shall be provided with duct mounting collars at the inlet and outlet for connection to rectangular ductwork. Fan housing shall be designed to provide access to the motor and fan unit through a gasketed access door. The fan inlet shall be provided with a venturi throat that is overlapped by the fan wheel. The fan wheel shall have backward inclined blades as provided standard by the manufac- turer for the specified conditions. The wheel shall be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory. The fan wheel shaft, on belt-driven fans, shall be mounted in a heavy duty, permanently sealed, permanently lubricated, ball bearing pillow block. Bearings shall be rated for a minimum AFBMA L-1O bearing life of 100,000 hours. . The entire drive assembly, as a unit, shall be removable without removing the fan assembly from the ductwork. Belt-driven fans shall be furnished with adjustable pitch sheaves and adjustable motor bases suitable for a plus or minus 5 percent adjustment in operating speed. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15859-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor B. MOTOR: . '" ~ '" f Unless otherwise specified, the motor shall operate at 1750 rpm and shall be Type 2 as specified in Section 11060. Motor shall conform to the efficiency requirements of the energy code. Motors shall be mounted on vibration isolators and shall be sealed from the exhaust air stream. A motor and belt cover shall be provided on all belt-driven fans. A unit mounted disconnect switch shall be provided on each fan housing. A flexible conduit, connecting the disconnect to the fan motor, shall be provided. The conduit shall be of sufficient length to permit access to the motor and drive assembly without disconnecting the wiring. C. ACCESSORIES: Each fan shall be provided with vibration isolators for fan mounting as specified. Fan inlet guards shall be provided on fans with nonducted inlets. 2.04 SPARE PARTS One set of V-belts shall be provided for each belt-driven fan. 2.05 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: 1. Motor data as specified in paragraph 11060-2.05. . 2. Applicable operating and maintenance data in accordance with Standard Specifications Section 1-05 and 1-06. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Each fan shall be installed as specified and in accordance with manufacturer's recom- mendations. Flexible duct connections shall be provided where the fan connects to ductwork. 3.02 TESTING AND BALANCING Test, adjust, and balance the fan to not less than and not more than 5% of the specified air volume. **END OF SECTION** . December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15859-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 15863 PROPELLER WALL FANS PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies wall-mounted fans complete with fans, motors, dampers and accessories required for ventilation systems. B. EQUIPMENT LIST: Item Electrical Room Exhaust Fan E ui ment No. F-1369 C. OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: Fan motors shall be nonoverloading on all points of the operating curve. Fans shall be designed for continuous duty service and to comply with the following: Static Maximum Equipme Capacity, pressure, fan speed, Operating ntNo. scfm in., w.c. rpm Motor HP voltage/phase F-1369 500 0.125 1050 1/20 120/1 D. SOUND AND VIBRATION: Fans specified in this section shall operate at noise levels below 30 sones, as defined by AMCA Standard 300, and at tip speeds below 10,000 [pm. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict betwee~ the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/I30282/EUGA/Specs 15863-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement ifthere were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Test Code for Sound Ratin AMCA Standard 210 AMCA Standard 300 B. CERTIFICATION: Fans shall bear the AMCA rating seal. 1.03 SUBMITI ALS The following information shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Standard Specifications Section 1-05.3: I. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (.f) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the fmal authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Fan performance curves for the specified operating conditions. 3. Motor data form 11060-A as required in Section 11060. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 15863-2 . '..... - . ~ . . PART2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS The Owner and Engineer believe the following candidate manufacturers are capable of producing equipment and/or products that will satisfy the requirements of the Section. This statement, however, shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular manufacturer's products, nor shall it be construed that a named manufacture's standard equipment or products will comply with the requirement of this Section. Candidate manufacturers include Carnes, Greenheck, Penn, or equal 2.02 MATERIALS Com onent Material Aluminum Steel Steel Steel Stainless steel Propeller Venturi Wall panel Fan propeller shaft Fasteners . Materials specified are considered the minimum acceptable for the purposes of durability, strength, and resistance to erosion and corrosion. The Contractor may propose alternative materials for the purpose of providing greater strength or to meet required stress limitations. However, alternative materials must provide at least the same qualities as those specified for the purpose. 2.03 EQUIPMENT A. FAN: The fan shall be direct driven. B. MOTOR: Unless otherwise specified, motors shall operate at 1750 rpm and shall be Type 1 as specified in Section 11060. Motor shall conform to the efficiency requirements of the energy code. c. FAN PANEL: . Each fan panel shall have a spun venturi to direct air smoothly to the propeller blades. The fan, drive motor and fan guard shall be securely attached to the fan panel by means of a four-legged angle or tubular frame and mounting pads. The fan panel, frame, and mounting pads shall receive the manufacturer's standard enamel coating unless otherwise specified. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15863-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor D. ACCESSORIES: The fan shall be provided with a steel mounting collar. Mounting collars shall be protected with a baked epoxy fInish. Fans shall be provided with inlet guards constructed of steel wire with lacquer fInish. Inlet guards shall conform to OSHA standards and shall be removable to provide motor access. 2.04 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Standard SpecifIcation Section 1-05.3: 1. Motor data as specifIed in paragraph 11060-2.05. 2. Applicable operating and maintenance data in accordance with Standard SpecifIcations Section 1-05 and 1-06. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Each fan shall be installed as specifIed and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 TESTING AND BALANCING Test, adjust, and balance the fan to not less than and not more than 5% of the specified air volume. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 15863-4 .) .~ ! l "_",.Vi'" . . . . SECTION 15944 LOUVERS PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies intake and exhaust air louvers and accessories. B. TYPE: Louvers shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings. C. PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: Louvers shall not be less than 40% free area and shall not exceed O.l-inch pressure drop at design air volume. / 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCE: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title AMCA Standard 500 Test Methods for Louvers, Dam ers, and Shutters December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 15944-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Reference Title Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Sha es, and Tubes . ASTM 8221 B. CERTIFICATION: Louvers shall bear the AMCA certified ratings seal for both air performance and water penetration. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS The Owner and Engineer believe the following candidate manufacturers are capable of producing equipment and/or products that will satisfy the requirements of the Section. This statement, however, shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular manufacturer's products, nor shall it be construed that a named manufacture's standard equipment or products will comply with the requirement of this Section. Candidate manufacturers include Airolite, Construction Specialties, Greenheck, and Ruskin, or equaL 2.02 MATERIALS Com nent Blades Frame Fasteners Bird screen Material ASTM B221, 6063- T52 extruded aluminum alloy ASTM B221, 6063- T52 extruded aluminum alloy Stainless steel or aluminum Aluminum .\ >.~ 2.03 STATIONARY LOUVERS A. BLADES: Blades shall be of the fixed, drainable type with interlocking blade braces to provide an uninterrupted horizontal line. Blades for all louvers shall be minimum 0.081 inch thick. Slideable interlocked mullions shall have provisions for expansion and contraction. B. FRAME: The frame shall be minimum 0.081 inch thick by 4 inches deep. The louver frame shall be assembled by welding. The head, sill, and jamb shall be one-piece structural members and shall have an integral calking slot and retaining bead. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15944-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . c. SCREEN: The louver shall be furnished with a removable bird screen constructed of II2-inch mesh, 16-gage wire and secured within a la-gage extruded aluminum frame. The screen shall be mounted on the interior louver face but independent of the louver. D. FINISH: Unless otherwise specified, all louvers shall receive a 215-RI, Aluminum Association Code AA-C22A41, clear anodized finish after assembly. Minimum coating thickness shall be 0.7 mil. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION The louver shall be aligned, connected, and installed as specified and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A bituminous coat shall be applied to all aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete or masonry. Provide neoprene gasket between louver frame and dissimilar metals. **END OF SECTION** December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 15944-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL Section Title 16000 16030 16110 16120 16140 16155 16175 16260 16410 16431 16432 16440 16450 16460 16470 16500 16620 16920 16992 16994 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK TESTING RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE WIRING DEVICES INDIVIDUAL MOTOR STARTERS MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DEVICES AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITORS SHORT CIRCUIT AND COORDINATION REPORT ARC FLASH REPORT INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS, METERS, SWITCHES AND ACCESSORIES GROUNDING SYSTEM DRY- TYPE TRANSFORMERS LIGHTING AND POWER DISTRIBUTION P ANELBOARDS LIGHTING FIXTURES FIRE ALARM SYSTEM LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS CIRCUIT SCHEDULE MOTOR CONTROL CENTER, SWITCHBOARD, AND PANEL BOARD SCHEDULES November 3, 2006 12120/2006 - P 1130282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . SECTION 16000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies general requirements for electrical work. Detailed requirements for specific electrical items are specified in other sections but are subject to the general requirements of this section. The electrical drawings and schedules included in this project manual are functional in nature and do not specify exact locations of equipment or equipment terminations. The following statements highlight unique portions of the electrical work: 1. Coordinate with the local power and telephone utilities. 2. Coordinate with subcontractors, vendors, and other trades to provide the electrical power and communication required work, equipment, and materials. . 3. Coordinate with the local electrical power and communication utilities and provide temporary power and communication for construction. 4. Coordinate, provide, and install new phone, and power services to the new buildings. 5. Coordinate and provide start-up testing and assistance. B. DEFINITIONS: 1. ELEMENTARY OR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM: A schematic (elementary) diagram shows, by means of graphic symbols, the electrical connections and functions of a specific circuit arrangement. The schematic diagram facilitates tracing the circuit and its functions without regard to the actual physical size, shape, or location of the component devices or parts. 2. ONE-LINE DIAGRAM: A one-line diagram shows by means of single lines and graphical symbols the course of an electrical circuit or system of circuits and the components, devices or parts used therein. Physical relationships are usually disregarded. 3. BLOCK DIAGRAM: A block diagram is a diagram of a system, instrument, computer, or program in which selected portions are represented by annotated boxes . and interconnecting lines. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16000-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 4. WIRING DIAGRAM OR CONNECTION SYSTEM: A wiring or connection diagram includes all of the devices in a system and shows their physical relationship to each other including terminals and interconnecting wiring in an assembly. This diagram shall be (a) in a form showing interconnecting wiring only by terminal designation (wireless diagram), or (b) a panel layout diagram showing the physical location of devices plus the elementary diagram. . 5. INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM: Interconnection diagrams shall show all external connections between terminals of equipment and outside points, such as motors and auxiliary devices. References shall be shown to all connection diagrams which interface to the interconnection diagrams. Interconnection diagrams shall be of the continuous line type. Bundled wires shall be shown as a single line with the direction of entry/exit of the individual wires clearly shown. Wireless diagrams and wire lists are not acceptable. Each wire identification as actually installed shall be shown. The wire identification for each end of the same wire shall be identical. All devices and equipment shall be identified. Terminal blocks shall be shown as actually installed and identified in the equipment complete with individual terminal identification. All jumpers, shielding and grounding termination details not shown on the equipment connection diagrams shall . be shown on the interconnection diagrams. Wires or jumpers shown on the equipment connection diagrams shall not be shown again on the interconnection diagram. Signal and DC circuit polarities and wire pairs shall be shown. Spare wires and cables shall be shown. 6. ARRANGEMENT, LAYOUT, OR OUTLINE DRAWINGS: An arrange- ment, layout, or outline drawing is one which shows the physical space and mounting requirements . of a piece of equipment. It may also indicate ventilation requirements and space provided for connections or the location to which connections are to be made. J' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. . December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16000-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Reference Title Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures National Electrical Code (NEe) International Buildin Code ANSI AS8.l NFPA-70 IBC B. IDENTIFICA nON OF LISTED PRODUCTS: Electrical equipment and materials shall be listed for the purpose for which they are to be used, by an independent testing laboratory. Two such organizations are Underwriters Laboratories (UL), and Canadian Standards Association (CSA) anaerobic. Independent testing laboratory shall be acceptable to the inspection authority having jurisdiction. When a product is not available with a testing laboratory listing for the purpose for which it is to serve, the product may be required by the inspection authority, to undergo a special inspection at the manufacturer's place of assembly. All costs and expenses incurred for such inspections shall be included in the original contract price. Contractor shall be aware of Washington Administrative Code regulations concerning Listing requirements for electrical equipment. c. FACTORY TESTS: Where specified in the individual product specification section, factory tests shall be performed at the place of fabrication and performed on completion of manufacture or assembly. The costs of factory tests shall be included in the contract price. D. FIELD TESTS: Where specified in the individual specification sections, field tests shall be performed after the completion of installation or assembly. The costs of field tests shall be included in the contract pnce. 1.03 SUBMIrr ALS The following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (,I') shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the fmal authority for determining acceptability of December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16000-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. . 2. Catalog cuts of equipment, devices, and materials requested by the individual specification sections. Catalog information shall include technical specifications and application information, including ratings, range, weight, accuracy, etc. Catalog cuts shall be edited to show only the items, model numbers, and information which apply. Catalog cuts shall be assembled in a 3 hole binder or 3 hole folder. Each binder shall contain a cover sheet, indexed by item, and cross-referenced to the appropriate specification paragraph. Provide tabs in the folder that match the numbering on the index sheet. A minimum of one tab for every 4 products shall be provided. r 3. Interconnection diagrams-- The Contractor shall prepare interconnection diagrams depicting all cable requirements together with their actual terminations as specified in paragraph 16000-1.0 I B. 1.04 DRAWINGS . Where the Contractor is required to provide information on drawings as part of the specified work, such drawings shall be prepared on II-inch by 17 -inch paper, and on CD Rom in AutoCAD 2000. Drawings shall be complete with borders and title blocks clearly identifying project name, equipment and the scope of the drawing. Drawing quality and size of presentation shall be such as to permit 50 percent reduction of such drawings for insertion in operation and maintenance manuals. Drawings deemed illegible shall be rejected. 1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, equipment and materials shall be sized and derated for the ambient conditions specified in Section 1-05.3, but not less than an ambient temperature of 40 degrees C at an elevation ranging from sea level to 3000 feet without exceeding the manufacturer's stated tolerances. B. CORROSIVE AREAS: The following areas are designated as corrosive: 1. All outdoor installations. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16000-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor . . . C. HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) AREAS: The following areas are designated as hazardous (classified Class 1 Division 1): 1. Wet Well. The following areas are designated as hazardous (classified Class 1 Division 2): 1. Metering Vault D. SEISMIC: Electrical equipment and supports shall be braced in accordance with the mc. 1.06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Materials and equipment shall be stored as specified in Section 1-05.3. Equipment and materials to be located indoors shall be stored indoors and sealed with plastic film wrap. 1.07 ELECTRICAL NUMBERING SYSTEMS A. RACEWAY NUMBERS: Raceways shall be tagged at all terminations. Where raceway numbers have not been assigned, (For example: 120 volt circuits originating from 1201208 volt panelboards.) Contractor shall assign raceway numbers in accordance with the following system: Racewa Prefix T e of Function C Control power (24V - 120V) D Device-Net or other data communications H Power above 600V N Pneumatic tubing P Power 120V to 600V S Low level signal (less than 90 volt communication or less than 30 volt instrumentation) X S are Prefixes are followed by a three- or four-digit number. Typically a single circuit designation will be used from the discrete element to the power source or control device. However, where December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16000- 5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor e""---. additional clarity is deemed necessary, due to a particular raceway/cable route, a letter suffix may be added to distinguish one section of the raceway/cable route from another. Example: Circuit numbers from a breaker to a piece of equipment = P 0009-A, P 0009-B, P 0009-C. where: P 0009 = A = power circuit with power cable unique 4-digit number Letter to distinguish a section of a raceway from other sections of the same raceway being routed to the piece of equipment, cabinet, panel, etc. B. CONDUCTOR WIRE NUMBERS: Conductors shall be identified with numbers at both ends. Conductor tag numbers shall consist of the equipment number followed by a dash followed by the conductor number specified on the electrical and control drawings and diagrams. See Section 16000-2.02. Example: Tag number where: = PO 109 - L1 . PO 1 09 = cable number 1 = conductor number Conductors which are in parallel or in series between equipment shall have the same conductor number. Neutral conductors shall have the same conductor number. Wherever possible, the conductor number shall be the same as the terminal to which it connects. When factory-wired equipment has terminal numbers different than the conductor numbers shown on the control diagrams, both shall be shown on the interconnection diagram, and a copy of the interconnection diagram shall be fastened to the inside of the equipment cabinet. 1.08 INDICATING LAMP COLORS Unless otherwise specified, indicating lights shall be equipped with colored lenses in accordance with the following schedule: Color Function Ready, closed valve Exam Ie Equipment has tripped failed, not ready for use. Red Green Run, 0 en valve . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16000-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ,e -. . White or clear Amber (yellow) Normal condition Abnormal condition Control power on, status OK Alarm of equipment or status abnormal, alarm condition 1.09 UTILITY SERVICES: A. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Work consists of: · Provide temporary construction power for Pump Stations 12 and 13 · Provide new utility phone services at Pump Stations 12 and 13. · Provide all trenching and backfill as indicated on drawings to facilitate the installation of Clallam County PUD # I provided transformers, vaults and associated elements. B. SCHEDULING WORK WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY: The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all scheduling and coordination with the utility company. The Contractor shall make all necessary applications for service with the utility, and shall notify the Owner in writing of any obligations that the Owner must fulfill for service to be started, installed, or modified. The Contractor shall coordinate work with the Owner and Utility. See Section 13200 for further details. C. CONTRACTOR/UTILITY INTERFACE RESPONSIBILITIES: The requirements shown on the drawings for power service to the sites are general in nature and the Contractor shall meet all of the serving utilities' requirements to deliver a complete electric servIce. The basic guidelines for division of responsibility require the Contractor to provide the following: 1. All trenching and backfill for PUD installed primary conduits and conductors. 2. All trenching and backfill for the installation of Utility provided transformer and vaults. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16000- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3. Installation of CT enclosure, 13 socket meter base, conduits and conductors on the secondary side of the main distribution transformer for Pump Stations 12 and 13. . The Contractor shall coordinate and provide all required work and equipment to provide service to the site as required by the serving utility. Work shall be coordinated with Clallam County P.U.D #1. Utility Service Engineer, Brad Partridge, 360-565-3251. Division of responsibility of work is clearly defmed in Clallam County PUD # I service manual. Where there is a conflict between contract documents and Clallam County PUD # I service manual it shall immediately be brought to the attention of the Engineer. Coordinate with QWEST phone services for telephone interface. Contact Doug Davison with QWEST at 360-452-1258. All direct utility company charges shall be paid by the Owner. The Contractor shall include all costs associated with the Contractor's work to provide new service to the sites and temporary power for construction at the sites as required by the Utility and the Contract Documents, in the bid. D. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Comply with all serving utility company standards and requirements. . E. UTILITY REQUIREMENT VERIFICA nON The Contractor shall coordinate with the serving utility to provide new and temporary construction electrical power and telephone service entrances and services to the Pump Station sites to meet Utility requirements. Coordinate with the serving utility to install CT metering sockets and CTs as required. Enclosures shall conform to the Utility's requirements for service. The Contractor shall also submit any plans for the installation of the primary and secondary service for approval by the Utility prior to excavation. Any discrepancy between the Utility requirements and the Contract Documents shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Engineer. Contractor shall obtain permit and obtain L&I inspection prior to connection of power. 1.10 PROJECT DESCRIPTION: A. GENERAL Provide all electrical, control, fire alarm, signal, and communication labor, materials, equipment, testing, start-up, and coordination as indicated in the drawings and specifications and as necessary for contract compliance. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16000-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . .' . B. BASIS OF DESIGN The basis of the mechanical and electrical design is the installation of two 60hp pump motors at Pump Station 13 and two 50hp pump motors at Pump Station 12. The basis of the mechanical and electrical design is the installation of equipment and motors as shown in the electrical one-line drawing(s). In the event that different equipment, motors, etc. are provided in order for the vendor's equipment to meet mechanical performance requirements, the contractor shall coordinate various suppliers, vendors, and subcontractors to change the required electrical conduit, cables, breakers, motor control center sections, starters units and accessories, etc. as necessary to meet the vendor's equipment installation requirements of the National Electrical Code. The traits and characteristics of all provided materials, equipment, and devices shall meet the specifications. These changes to materials, equipment, and devices shall be at no cost to the Owner or Engineer. Electrical submittal infonnation shall be coordinated with the equipment and motors provided. The Electrical design is based on first named equipment as specified in their respective sections. For example, the first named acceptable manufacturer in Specification Section 11347 "Submersible Pumps" is Fairbanks/Morse. Therefore the electrical design for the submersible pumps is based upon the Fairbanks/Morse submersible pump. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. GENERAL: Equipment and materials provided shall be new and free from defects. All material and equipment of the same or a similar type shall be of the same manufacturer throughout the work. Standard production materials shall be used wherever possible. B. EQUIPMENT FINISH: Unless otherwise specified, electrical equipment and materials shall be painted by the manufacturer as specified in Div 9 requirements. C. GAL V ANJZING: Where specified, galvanizing shall be in accordance with Div 9. 2.02 WIRE MARKERS Each power, control, and signal conductor shall be identified at each terminal to which it is connected. Conductors size No. 10 A WG or smaller shall have identification sleeves. Conductors shall be identified in accordance with paragraph 16000-1.07 B. The letters and numbers that identify each wire shall be machine printed on sleeves with permanent black ink. The figures shall be 1/8 inch high. Sleeves shall be yellow or white tubing, sized to fit the conductor insulation. The sleeves shall be heat shrunk to fit the conductor with hot air after installation. They shall be TMS December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16000-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Thermofit Marker System by Raychem Co., sleeve style wire marking system by W. H. Brady Co., . or equal. Adhesive strips are not acceptable. Conductors No.8 A WG and larger shall use cable markers of the locking tab type. Tabs shall be white plastic with conductor identification number permanently embossed. 2.03 RACEWAY MARKERS Raceway markers shall be 0.036-inch minimum thickness, solid brass or aluminum tags with raceway number stamped in 3/16-inch minimum height characters. Tags shall be attached to the raceway with 316 stainless steel wire. Utilize contract document circuit numbering where identified and create new number sequence as necessary. 2.04 NAMEPLATES All electrical, control, and communication equipment, devices, and enclosures shall be provided with nameplates identifYing the equipment name. Nameplate shall also include equipment, devices, and enc10sures number where identified within the Contract Documents. Nameplate shall identifY equipment or enclosure. Nameplates shall be made from laminated phenolic plastic. The nominal size of the nameplates shall be 3/4 inch high by 2 inches long. Nameplates shall have black backgrounds with 3/16-inch white letters. Ifabbreviations are required because of space limitations, abbreviations shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to manufacture. Nameplates shall be fastened using self- . tapping stainless steel screws. The use of adhesives will not be permitted on the outside of J enclosures. ~>' Nameplates on the interior of panels and on switches and receptacles shall be White Polyester with printed thermal transfer lettering and permanent pressure sensitive acrylic; TYTON 822 or equal. 2.05 TERMINAL BLOCKS Unless otherwise specified, terminal blocks shall be panhead strap screw type. Terminals shall be provided with integral marking strips which shall be permanently identified with the connecting wire numbers as shown on the drawings. Terminal blocks for P-circuits (power 120-600 volts) shall be rated not less than the conductor current rating and shall not be rated less than 600 volts AC. Terminal blocks for C-circuits (control power 24 -120 volts) and S-circuits (signal) shall be rated not less than 20 amperes and shall not be rated less than 600 volts AC. Terminals shall be tin-plated. Insulating material shall be nylon. 2.06 PRODUCT DATA The following information and product data specified under individual specification sections shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3. 1. Applicable operation and maintenance information on an item-by-item basis in accordance with Section 1-05.3. Operation and maintenance information . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16000-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . shall be provided at the time of equipment, device, or material site delivery, or at a certain stage of project completion as required by Section 1-05.3, whichever is the earlier. Full-size drawings shall be reduced to II x 17 inches. 2. Test results for motors and electrical systems on the forms specified in Section 16030. A file of the original test results shall be maintained by the Contractor. Prior to acceptance of work, the resulting file shall be provided to the Engineer. 3. Description of functional checkout procedures specified under paragraph 16000-3.02 C shall be provided 5 days prior to performing functional checkout tests. 4. Record documents specified in Section 1-05.3 and paragraph 16000-3.03. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. CONSTRUCTION: The work under Division 16 shall be performed in accordance with these specifications. Unless otherwise detailed or dimensioned, electrical layout drawings are diagrammatic. The Contractor shall coordinate the location of electrical material or equipment with the work. Minor changes in location of electrical material or equipment made prior to installation shall be made at no cost to the Owner. NAMEPLA TES shall be provided on all electrical devices, (including but not limited to motor control equipment, MCC cubicles, control stations, junction boxes, panels, motors, instruments, switches, indicating lights, meters, and all electrical equipment enclosures.) Nameplates shall also be provided on all electrical panel interior equipment, including but not limited to: relays, circuit breakers, power supplies, terminals, contactors, and other devices.) All nameplates shall include the equipment name and number from the contract documents (and f\mction, if applicable). Nameplates of powered equipment and all switches and receptacles shall have included on the nameplate the circuit and panel number or MCC and unit number that the equipment is fed from. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16000-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .~ Nameplates on switches and receptacles shall include the panel and circuit and also " include application such as outdoor lights, computer receptacle, etc. if relevant. Nameplates on switches and receptacles can be printed thermal tape. All motors shall have equipment identification nameplates secured to the terminal box with 1/2" lettering or larger in addition to the standard motor stamped nameplate. B. HOUSEKEEPING: Electrical equipment shall be protected from dust, water and damage. Motor control centers, switchgear, and buses shall be wiped free of dust and dirt on the outside kept dry and shall be vacuumed on the inside within 30 days of acceptance of the work. Before fmal acceptance, the Contractor shall touch up any scratches on equipment as specified in Division 9. Electrical equipment temporarily exposed to weather, debris, liquids, or damage during construction shall be protected as specified in paragraph Division 9. 3.02 TESTING A. GENERAL: Prior to energizing the electrical circuits, electrical testing shall be performed. Electrical testing shall be in accordance with Section 16030. .~ ,I The test measurements shall be recorded on the specified forms and provided in accordance with paragraph 16000-1.03. B. INSULATION RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS: 1. GENERAL: Insulation resistance measurements shall be made on conductors and energized parts of electrical equipment. Minimum acceptable values of insulation resistance shall be in accordance with Section 16030 based on the applicable ICEA, NEMA or ANSI standards for the equipment or material being tested, unless otherwise specified. The ambient temperature at which insulation resistance is measured shall be recorded on the test form. Insulation resistance measurements shall be recorded in a format similar to Form 16000-A, contained in Section 16000. Insulation resistance of less than 10 megohms is not acceptable. 2. CONDUCTOR AND CABLE TESTS: The phase-to-ground insulation resistance shall be measured for all circuits 120 volts and above except lighting circuits. Measurements may be made with motors and other equipment connected, except that solid state equipment shall be disconnected unless the equipment is normally tested by the manufacturer at voltages in excess of 1000 volts DC. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16000-12 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 3. MOTOR TESTS: The Installed Motor Test Form, 16000-B, contained in Section 16000, shall be completed for each motor after installation. All motors shall have their insulation resistance measured before they are connected. Motors 50 HP and larger shall have their insulation resistance measured at the time of delivery as well as when they are connected. Insulation resistance values less than 10 megohms are not acceptable. C. PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT: Functional testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of Section 16030. Prior to functional testing, all protective devices shall be adjusted and made operative. Prior to energization of equipment, the Contractor shall perform a functional checkout of the control circuit. Checkout shall consist of energizing each control circuit and operating each control, alarm or malfunction device and each interlock in turn to verify that the specified action occurs. The Contractor shall submit a description ofms proposed functional test procedures prior to the performance of functional checkout. The Contractor shall verify that motors are connected to rotate in the correct direction. Verification may be accomplished by momentarily energizing the motor, provided the Contractor confirms that neither the motor nor the driven equipment will be damaged by reverse operation. 3.03 RECORD DOCUMENTS Record documents refer to those documents maintained and annotated by the Contractor during construction, and include record drawings in accordance with Section 1-05.3, and the following additional schedules, lists, and drawings: Cable and Raceway Schedule (16110, part 3, 16120, part 3) Interconnection Diagrams (16000, part 2) Original Submittal Drawings (16000, part 1) , December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16000-13 Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor 16000-A. WIRE AND CABLE RESISTANCE TEST DATA FORM: Wire or Cable No.: Temperature, of Insulation resistance, Location of Test megohms 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7 CERTIFIED Date Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Date Owner's Representative December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16000-14 '. .1 . ." / . l6000-B. INSTALLED MOTOR TEST FORM: Motor Equipment Number Date oftest Equipment Driven MCC Location Ambient of temp Resistance: Insulation resistance phase-to-ground megohms: Phase A I I Phase B I I Phase C I Current at Full Load: Phase Current, amps Phase Current, amps Phase Current, amps Thermal Overload Manufacturer/catalog Amperes Device: # Circuit breaker (MCP) setting: I . Motor Nameplate Markings: Mfr Mfr Frame HP Model Volts Phase RPM Service factor* * Amps Freq Ambient temp rating oc Time rating Design letter** (NEMA 1-10.35) (NEMA MG-1.l6) Code letter Insulation class "Required for 3-phase squirrel cage induction motors only. CERTIFIED Date Contractor's Representative . WITNESSED Owner's Representative Date December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16000-15 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16000-C. DRY TRANSFORMER TEST DATA FORM: Equipment No. Location Winding: Primary .-''''' ~ ., Temperature A. INSULATION-RESISTANCE TEST: Secondary The test shall be made with a megohmmeter at the test voltage for a period of 1 minute. T est volta e 1000 2500 5000 Test results (megohms) Phase Phase A-GRD A-B B-GRD B-C C-GRD C-A Resistance readings less than the manufacturer's recommended value or less than 10 megohms shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. B. DIELECTRIC-ABSORPTION TEST: The test shall be made with a megohmmeter at the test voltage for a period of 10 minutes. 1. TEST RESULTS (megohms): 2. POLARIZATION INDEX: Phase Phase A-GRD A-B B-GRD B-C C-GRD C-A . 10 minute reading = polarization index 1 minute reading (from paragraph "A" above) Phase Phase A-GRD A-B B-GRD B-C C-GRD C-A Polarization index values less than 2 shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. CERTIFIED Date Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Owner's Representative Date .~ ~ December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1130282/EUGNSpecs 16000-16 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 16000-D. MOTOR CONTROL CENTER TEST FORM: Equipment No. Ambient room temperature Location A. MECHANICAL CHECK: All bolted connections either bus to bus or cable to bus shall be torqued to the manu- facturer's recommendations. B. ELECTRICAL TESTS: 1. Measure insulation resistance of each bus section phase to phase and phase to ground for 1 minute using a megohmmeter at 1000 volts. . Test results {me~ohms Phase Phase A.GRD A-B B-GRD B-C C-GRD C-A 2. Set the circuit breaker in the starter unit to comply with the requirements of NEC, Article 430-52 and Table 430-152. 3. Motor overload heater elements shall be sized and installed based on the actual nameplate full load amperes of the motor connected to the starter. CERTIFIED Date Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Owner's Representative Date . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16000-17 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16000-G. PROTECTIVE RELAY TEST FORM: Location Switchgear Breaker No. Protective Relay Description The protective relays shall be tested in the following manner: 1. Each protective relay circuit shall have its insulation resistance tested to ground. 2. Perform the following tests on the specified relay setting: a. Pickup parameters on each operating element. b Timing test shall be performed at three points on the time dial curve. c. Pickup target and seal-in units. The results shall be recorded and signed. A copy shall be given to the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 16000-1.05 B. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16000-18 . . . . 16000-1. LIQUID-FILLED TRANSFORMER TEST FORM: . Equipment Number Location Date/Weather Conditions A. Perform the "Insulation-Resistance Test" and "Dielectric Absorption Test" using Form 16000-C, Dry Transformer Test Data Form. B. Perform an applied voltage (low frequency dielectric) test in accordance with ANSI C57.12.90, paragraph 10.5, Applied Voltage Test. Applied voltage levels shall be 75 percent of recommended factory test levels or recommended test levels of ANSI C57.12.00, Table 5. C. Insulating oil shall be sampled and shall be laboratory tested for the following: 1. Dielectric strength. 2. Acid neutralization. . 3. Interfacial tension. 4. Color. 5. Power factor. D. Perform a turns ratio test between the windings for all tap positions. E. The temperature and pressure switches shall be tested using a hot oil bath and air pump. The results shall be recorded and signed by the Contractor and Engineer. A copy shall be given to the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 16000-2.06 D. Any readings which are abnormal to ANSI industry standards shall be reported to the Engineer. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16000-19 Port Angeles East UOA Sewer Interceptor 16000-K. AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH TEST FORM: Equipment Number Location Date 1. Perform an insulation resistance test (1000 volts DC for 1 minute): Phase A B C Pole to ground megohms Pole to pole ABI Bcl CAI megohms 2. Perform the following operations and initial: a. Manual transfer b. Loss of normal power; sec delay c. Return to normal power; sec delay The results shall be recorded and signed. A copy shall be given to the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 16000-2.06 B. CERTIFIED Date Contractor's Representative WITNESSED Owner's Representative Date December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16000-20 . . . . .' . SECTION 16030 TESTING PARTI-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies the acceptance testing of electrical materials, equipment and systems. Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, material, power, and other services necessary to provide the specified tests. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference NFPA-70 NETA-ATS Title National Electrical Code (NEC) International Testing Association Acceptance Testing Standards 1.03 APPLICATION Requirements for testing in accordance with this section are specified in this and other sections of Division 16. Where testing in accordance with this section is required, the required tests, including correction of defects where found, and retesting, shall be completed prior to energization of material, equipment, or systems. December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16030-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 1.04 SUBMITTALS . "''''~ 0/' Contractor shall submit completed test report forms 16000-A and 16000-B (paragraph 16030-3.01 B), in accordance with Sections 1-05.3 and 16000. 1. Proposed testing procedures including proposed test report forms 2. Test report including documentation for all tests performed 3. Execution plan including schedule. 4. All testing required herein shall be included in submittals required under Sections 1-05.3 and 16000. 5. Test results shall also be submitted and documented as required under Sections 1- 05.3 and 16000. 6. Short circuit analysis and protective device curves. 7. Name and qualifications of the independent testing firm to be used to perform the testing work PART 2-PRODUCTS . 2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS Test instruments shall be calibrated to references traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Testing and shall have a current sticker showing date of calibration, deviation from standard, name of calibration laboratory and technician, and date recalibration is required. 2.02 PRODUCT DATA Functional checkout procedures shall be provided in accordance with Section 16000 forms. The Contractor shall provide proposed functional test procedures 45 days prior to performing functional checkout tests. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 TESTING A. GENERAL: All testing shall be performed by an independent electrical testing firm in strict conformance with the electrical acceptance tests specified . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16030-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Qualified testing firms include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Electrical Reliability Services Intertek Testing Services Advanced Electrical Testing Cutler Hammer Engineering Services Taurus (253) 736-6010 (425) 656-0166 (253) 735-0615 (425) 656-8976 (425) 656-4170 Prior to energizing the electrical circuits, the following tests shall be performed. Unless otherwise specified, a 1,000 volt megohmmeter shall be used for resistance measurements. The measurements of the tests shall be recorded on the specified forms and provided in accordance with paragraph 16030-1.04. B. INSULA TION RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS: 1. GENERAL: General insulation resistance measurements shall be made on conductors and energized parts of electrical equipment. Minimum acceptable values of insulation resistance shall be in accordance with the applicable ICEA, NEMA, or ANSI standards for the equipment or material being tested, unless otherwise specified. The ambient temperature at which insulation resistance is measured shall be recorded on the test form. Insulation resistance measurements shall be recorded in a format similar to Form 16000-A, contained in Section 16000. Insulation with resistance ofless than 10 megohms is not acceptable. 2. CONDUCTOR AND CABLE TESTS: The phase-to-ground insulation resistance shall be measured for all circuits 120 volts and above except lighting circuits. Measurements may be made with motors and other equipment connected. 3. MOTOR TESTS: The Installed Motor Test Form, 16000-B, contained in Section 01999, shall be completed for each motor after installation. All motors shall have their insulation resistance measured before they are connected. Motors 50 HP and larger shall have their insulation resistance measured at the time of delivery as well as when they are connected. Insulation resistance values less than 10 megohms are not acceptable. The Contractor shall verify that motors are connected to rotate in the correct direction. Verification may be accomplished by momentarily energizing the motor, provided the Contractor confirms that neither the motor nor the driven equipment will be damaged by reverse operation. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 4. DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT: Transformers, panelboards, and other . distribution equipment shall have their insulation resistance measured phase to phase and phase to ground. C. FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT: Functional testing shall be performed in accordance with the Contractor's proposed plan provided to the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 16030-2.02. Prior to functional testing, all protective devices shall be adjusted and made operative. Prior to energization of equipment, the Contractor shall perform a functional checkout of the control circuit. Checkout shall consist of energizing each control circuit and operating each control, alarm or malfunction device and each interlock in turn to verify that the specified action occurs. . . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16030-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 . 1.6 2 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 2.1.6 2.1.7 2.1.8 2.1.9 2.1.10 2.1.10.1 2.1.10.2 2.1.10.3 2.1.10.4 2.1.10.5 . 2.1.10.6 Electrical Acceptance Tests GENERAL SCOPE (Deleted) (As modified) The Contractor is responsible for conducting all discrete device and equipment tests and inspections as herein specified. The Contractor shall notify the Owner to allow the Owner to witness discrete device. The Contractor shall coordinate equipment and system operational testing with the Owner. The Contractor shall provide all material, equipment, labor, technical supervision necessary to perform such tests and inspections. Provide test equipment's power source when not available from the facility where tests are to be made. It is the purpose of these tests to assure that all tested electrical equipment is operational and within industry and manufacturer's tolerances and is installed in accordance with design specifications. The tests and inspections shall determine suitability for Operational Testing specified in 16000. The work shall include the inspection and testing of all electrical devices, equipment, and materials provided by and/or modified by the Contractor. APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, AND REFERENCES All inspections and tests shall be in accordance with the following codes and standards except as provided otherwise herein: National Electrical Manufacturer's Association - NEMA American Society for Testing and Materials - ASTM Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers - IEEE InterNational Electrical Testing Association - NET A Acceptance Testing Specifications-A TS-(Current year) American National Standards Institute - ANSI C2: National Electrical Safety Code State and local codes and ordinances Insulated Cable Engineers Association - ICEA Association of Edison Illuminating Companies - AEIC Occupational Safety and Health Administration - OSHA National Fire Protection Association - NFP A ANSIINFPA 70: National Electrical Code ANSIINFP A 70B: Electrical Equipment Maintenance NFPA 70E: Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces ANSIINFP A 78: Lightning Protection Code ANSIINFPA 820: Waste Water Treatment Plant ANSIINFP A 101: Life Safety Code December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.4 2.2.5 All inspections and tests shall utilize the following references: Project design specifications Project design drawings (Deleted) Manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each particular apparatus Project list of electrical equipment to be inspected and tested within the sections of Division 16. .' 3 QUALIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTOR 3.1 The Contractor shall be a first tier Contractor that shall be a corporately- and financially-independent testing organization which can function as an unbiased testing authority, professionally independent of the manufacturers, suppliers, and installers of equipment or systems evaluated by the Contractor. 3.2 The Contractor shall be regularly engaged in the testing of electrical equipment devices, installations, and systems. 3.3 The Contractor shall meet OSHA criteria for accreditation of testing laboratories, Title 29, Part 1907, or be a Full Member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association. 3.4 The lead, on-site, technical person shall be currently certified by the International Electrical Testing Association (NET A), National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET), or equal. If certification is other than NET A or NICET, the certification and resume of the proposed individual shall be submitted in accordance with this Section prior to the commencement of any testing activity. .-"'~ I 3.5 The Contractor shall utilize engineers and technicians who are regularly employed by the firm for testing services. 3.6 The Contractor shall submit proof of the above qualifications with bid documents, if requested. 3.7 The terms used herewithin, such as test agency, test Contractor, testing laboratory, or Contractor test company, shall be construed to mean the Contractor. 4 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITY 4.1 The Contractor shall perform routine insulation-resistance, continuity, and phase rotation tests for all distribution and utilization equipment prior to and in addition to tests performed by the Contractor specified herein. 4.2 The Contractor shall supply a suitable and stable source of electrical power to each test site. The Contractor shall specify the specific power requirements. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 4.3 The Contractor shall notify the Owner and the Engineer when equipment becomes available for acceptance tests. The Contractor is responsible for coordination and ensuring that all local PUD, Owner, and contract requirements have been met prior to the beginning of the testing. The Contractor is responsible for all testing and retests including mobilization should the initial and subsequent tests indicate unacceptable recordings, as judged by the Engineer or Owner, and the Contractor is required to conduct re-tests. Work shall be coordinated to expedite project scheduling. 4.4 (Deleted) 4.5 (Deleted) , 4.6 The Contractor shall notify the Owner and the Engineer prior to commencement of any testing two weeks in advance. 4.7 The Contractor shall report to the Owner and the Engineer any system, material, or workmanship which is found defective on the basis of acceptance tests. 4.8 4.9 4.9.1 4.9.1.1 4.9.1.2 4.9.1.3 4.9.1.4 4.9.1.5 4.9.1.6 4.9.2 4.9.3 5 5.1 5.1.1 5.1.2 (Modified) The Contractor shall maintain written test report records and provide a written test report within 7 days of each test completion to the Owner and Engineer for review before any piece of electrical equipment is energized. Within 10 days of substantial completion of the project, the Contractor shall assemble and certify a final test report package, using three ring notebook format, of all electrical tests completed. The test report package shall be submitted concurrently to the Contractor and the Engineer in accordance with the contract documents. Safety and Precautions Safety practices shall include, but are not limited to, the following requirements: Occupational Safety and Health Act Accident Prevention Manual for Industrial Operations, National Safety Council Applicable state and local safety operating procedures Owner's safety practices National Fire Protection Association - NFP A 70E American National Standards for Personnel Protection All tests shall be performed with apparatus de-energized whenever practical. Exceptions must be thoroughly reviewed to identify safety hazards and devise adequate safeguards. The Contractor shall have a designated safety representative on the project to supervise the testing operations with respect to safety. GENERAL Suitability of Test Equipment All test equipment shall be in good mechanical and electrical condition. Selection of metering equipment should be based on a knowledge of the waveform of the variable being measured. Digital multimeters shall be RMS sensing and may December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:!130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 5.1.3 5.1.4 5.1.5 5.2 5.2.1 5.2.1.1 5.2.1.2 5.2.2 5.2.2.1 5.2.2.2 5.2.2.2.1 5.2.2.2.2 5.2.2.2.3 5.2.2.2.4 5.2.2.2.5 5.2.2.2.6 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.2.4.1 5.2.4.2 5.2.5 5.2.6 5.2.7 5.2.8 5.2.9 5.2.9.1 5.2.9.2 5.2.9.3 5.2.9.4 5.2.10 5.2.11 5.2.12 5.2.13 5.2.14 5.2.15 include or exclude the dc component. When the variable contains harmonics or dc offset and, in general, any deviation from a pure sine wave, average sensing, average measuring RMS scaled meters may be misleading. Use ofRMS measuring meters is required. Field test metering used to check power system meter calibration must have an accuracy higher than that of the instrument being checked. Accuracy of metering in test equipment shall be appropriate for the test being performed. Waveshape and frequency oftest equipment output waveforms shall be appropriate for the test and tested equipment. . Test Instrument Standards All equipment used for testing and calibration 'procedures shall exhibit the following characteristics: Maintained in good visual and mechanical condition Maintained in safe operating condition Test equipment shall h!lve operating accuracy equal to, or better than, the following limits: Portable multimeters shall be true RMS measuring. Multimeters shall have the following accuracy limits, or better: AC voltage ranges: .75% +/-3 last single digits @ 60 Hz AC current ranges: .90% +/-3 last single digits @ 60 Hz, including adapters, transducers DC voltage ranges: .25% +/-1 last single digit DC current ranges: .75% +/-1 last single digit Resistance ranges: .50% +/-1 last single digit Frequency range: .10% +/-1 last single digit @ 60 Hz Clamp-on ammeters: ac current +/-3% ofrange +/-1 last single digit @ 60 Hz Dissipation/power factor field equipment +/-0.1 % power factor for power factor values up to 2.0% 5% of the reading for power factor values above 2.0% Low-range de resistance equipment: 1.0% of reading, +/-2 last single digits Transformer turns-ratio test equipment: 0.5% or better @ 60 Hz Ground electrode test equipment: +/-2% of range Insulation test sets: 0-1000V dc +/-20% of reading at mid-scale Electrical load survey equipment +/-5% total error, including sensors I % resolution Current transformers +/-2% of range @ 60 Hz Voltage transformers +/-0.5% ofrange @ 60 Hz Liquid dielectric strength test equipment: +/-2% of scale Infrared scanning equipment: sensitivity of 2?C Phase shifting equipment: +/-1.0? over entire range High-current test equipment: +/-2% ofrange DC high potential test equipment: +/-2% of full scale AC high potential test equipment (60 Hz): +/-2% of full scale . . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 5.3 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3 5.3.3.1 5.3.3.2 5.3.3.3 5.3.3.4 5.3.3.5 5.3.3.6 5.3.3.7 5.4 5.4.1 5.4.1.1 5.4.1.2 5.4.1.3 5.4.1.4 5.4.2 Test Instrument Calibration The Contractor shall have a calibration program which assures that all applicable test instruments are maintained within rated accuracy. The accuracy shall be directly traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology. Instruments shall be calibrated in accordance with the following frequency schedule: Field instruments: 6 months maximum Laboratory instruments: 12 months Leased specialty equipment: 12 months (Where accuracy is guaranteed by lessor) Dated calibration labels shall be visible on all test equipment. Records, which show date and results of instruments calibrated or tested, must be kept up-to-date. Up-to-date instrument calibration instructions and procedures shall be maintained for each test instrument. Calibrating standard shall be of higher accuracy than that of the instrument tested. Test Report The test report shall include the following: Summary of project Listing of equipment tested Actual test equipment readings for the tests conducted. Recommendations Furnish copies of the complete report to the Engineer as directed in the contract documents. 6 SHORT-CIRCUIT ANALYSIS AND COORDINATION STUDY 6.1 Perform a short circuit analysis at each pumping station in accordance with Section 16431. Coordinate with the providing utility to determine available fault information or use "infinite bus" assumptions for the primary source. Short circuit availability shall be determined for each bus affected under this contract. Provide analysis, protective device curves for all new breakers, fuses, etc., and recommended settings to the Owner and Engineer for review. Settings shall be approved by the Owner prior to the calibration and setting of breakers and relays. 6.2 Provide current transformer and potential transformer ratios. 7 INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES 7.1 7.1.1 7.1.1.1 7.1.1.2 7.1.1.3 Motor Control Center and Switchgear/Switchboard Assemblies Visual and Mechanical Inspection Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. Inspect physical, electrical, and mechanical condition. Not used. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16030-9 Port Angeles East UGA SevverInterceptor 7.1.1.4 7.1.1.5 7.1.1.6 7.1.1.7 7.1.1.8 7.1.1.9 7.1.1.9.1 7.1.1.9.2 7.1.1.10 7.1.1.11 7.1.1.12 7.1.1.13 7.1.1.14 7.1.1.15 7.1.1.16 7.1.1.16.1 7.1.1.16.2 7.1.1.17 7.1.2 7.1.2.1 7.1.2.2 7.1.2.3 7.1.2.4 7.1.2.5 7.1.2.6 7.1.2.7 7.1.2.7.1 Verify appropriate anchorage, required area clearances, physical damage, and correct alignment. Inspect all doors, panels, and sections for paint, dents, scratches, fit, and missing hardware. Verify that fuse and/or circuit breaker sizes and types correspond to drawings and device settings. Verify that current and potential transformer ratios correspond to drawings or submittals. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by noting previous mark across connection or by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or Table 10.12. Confirm correct operation and sequencing of electrical and mechanical interlock systems. Attempt closure on locked-open devices. Attempt to open locked-closed devices. Make key exchange with devices operated in off-normal positions. Note cleanliness of switchgear. Inspect insulators for evidence of physical damage or contaminated surfaces. Verify correct barrier and shutter installation and operation. Exercise all active components. Inspect all mechanical indicating devices for correct operation. Test operation, alignment, and penetration of new instrument transformer withdrawal disconnects, current-carrying and grounding systems. Inspect control power transformers. Inspect physical damage, cracked insulation, broken leads, tightness of connections, defective wiring, and overall general condition. Verify that primary and secondary fuse ratings or circuit breakers match drawings. Verify correct functioning of draw out disconnecting and grounding contacts and interlocks. .) . Electrical Tests Perform tests on all new instrument transformers in accordance with Section 7.10. Perform ground-resistance tests in accordance with Section 7.13. Perform resistance tests through all new bus joints with a low-resistance ohmmeter. Any joints that cannot be directly measured due to permanently installed insulation wrap or location within the equipment shall be indirectly measured from closest accessible connection. Perform insulation-resistance tests on new bus system, phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground. Not used. Perform insulation-resistance tests at 500 volts dc on all new control wiring. Do not perform this test on wiring connected to solid-state components. Perform current injection tests on the entire current circuit associated with new current transformers. Perform current tests by primary injection, where possible, with magnitudes such that a minimum of 1.0 ampere flows in the secondary circuit. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 7.1.2.7.2 7.1.2.7.3 7.1.2.8 7.1.2.8.1 7.1.2.8.2 7.1.2.9 7.1.2.9.1 7.1.2.9.2 7.1.3 7.1.3.1 7.1.3.2 7.1.3.3 . 7.1.3.4 7.1.4 7.1.4.1 7.2 7.2.1 7.2.1.1 7.2.1.2 7.2.1.3 7.2.1.4 7.2.1.5 . Where primary injection is impractical, utilize secondary injection with a minimum current of 1.0 ampere. Test current at each device. Perform the following tests on new control power transformers. Perform insulation-resistance tests. Perform measurements from winding-to-winding and each winding-to-ground. Test voltages shall be in accordance with Table 10.1 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer. Verify correct secondary voltage by energizing primary winding with system voltage. Measure secondary voltage with the secondary wiring disconnected. Potential Transformer Circuits Perform secondary wiring integrity test. Disconnect transformer at secondary terminals and connect secondary wiring to correct secondary voltage. Confirm correct potential at all devices. Verify secondary voltage by energizing primary winding with system voltage. Measure secondary voltage with the secondary wiring disconnected. Test Values Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with Table 10.12 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer. Compare bus connection resistances to values of similar connections. Insulation-resistance values for bus, control wiring, and control power transformers shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use Table 10.1. Values of insulation resistance less than this table or manufacturer's minimum should be investigated. Not used. Phase Rotation Tests: Determine the phase rotation of the distribution system. Prior to energizing the main motor control center take phase rotation readings at the main breaker's line side lugs. The phase rotation shall be labeled within the breaker enclosure.. Contact the Owner 14 days before this test to allow Owner witnessing of the test. Transformers: Transformer to be tested are those that have been installed under this contract. Transformers - Small Dry-Type, Air-Cooled (600 Volt and Below) Inspect for physical damage, broken insulation, tightness of connections, defective wiring, and general condition. Thoroughly clean unit prior to making any tests. Perform insulation-resistance test. Calculate dielectric absorption ratio and polarization index for transformers greater than 225 kV A. Make measurements from winding-to-winding and windings-to-ground. Test voltages and minimum resistance shall be in accordance with Table 7.2.3. Results shall be temperature corrected in accordance with Table 7.2.4. Verify taps and connect transformer to desired tap for system voltages. Once above tests have been completed and test results reviewed, obtain authorization to energize the primary winding with system voltage. Measure secondary winding with the loads disconnected. Record results. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 7.3 7.3.1 7.3.1.1 7.3.1.1.1 7.3.1.1.2 7.3.1.1.3 7.3.1.2 7.3.1.2.1 7.3.1.2.2 7.3.1.2.3 7.3.2 7.3.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.6.1 7.6.1.1 7.6.1.1.1 7.6.1.1.2 7.6.1.1.3 7.6.1.1.4 7.6.1.2 7.6.1.2.1 7.6.1.2.2 7.6.1.2.3 Cables: Cables to be tested are those that have been installed under this contract or reconfigured for service, feeder, and branch circuit voltage changes. Cables - Low-Voltage - 600V Maximum Visual and Mechanical Inspection Inspect cables for physical damage and proper connection in accordance with single- line diagram or device wiring diagram. Test cable mechanical connections to manufacturer's recommended values using a calibrated torque wrench. In the absence of manufacturer's data use Table 10.1. Check cable color coding with applicable engineer's specifications and National Electrical Code standards. Electrical Tests Perform insulation-resistance test on each conductor with respect to ground and adjacent conductors. Applied potential on 600 volt wiring shall be 1000 volts dc for 1 minute. Testing agency is responsible to ensure device loads and source are removed before cable test. Perform continuity test to insure proper cable connection. Test Values Evaluate results by comparison with cables of same length and type. Investigate any values less than 10 megohms for 600 volt cable. (Deleted) (Deleted) .; (Deleted) .) Circuit Breaker Shunt Trip: Circuit breakers with shunt trip devices shall be tested for function performance. Circuit Breakers: Circuit breakers to be tested are those that have been installed under this contract. Only those breakers greater than 200 amperes or are field settable need to undergo testing. All breakers shall undergo field visual and mechanical inspection. Circuit Breakers - Low-Voltage Visual and Mechanical Inspection Check circuit breaker for proper mounting and compare nameplate data to drawings and specifications. Operate circuit breaker to ensure smooth operation. Inspect case for cracks or other defects. Check tightness of connections using calibrated torque wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions or Table 10.1 for proper torque levels. Electrical Tests Perform a contact-resistance test. Perform an insulation-resistance test at 1000 volts dc from pole to pole and from each pole to ground with breaker closed and across open contacts of each phase. Determine long-time minimum pickup current by primary current injection where practical. . December I, 2006 1214/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-12 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 7.6.1.2.4 7.6.1.2.5 7.6.1.2.6 7.6.1.2.7 7.6.1.3 7.6.1.3.1 7.6.1.3.2 7.6.1.3.3 7.6.1.3.4 7.6.1.3.5 . . Perform long-time delay time-current characteristic tests by passing three hundred percent (300%) rated current through each pole separately. Record trip time. Determine short-time pickup and delay by primary current injection, if applicable. Determine ground-fault pickup and time delay by primary current injection, if applicable. Determine instantaneous pickup current by primary injection using run-up or pulse method. Test Values Compare contact resistance or millivolt drop values to adjacent poles and similar breakers. Investigate deviations of more than fifty percent (50%). Investigate any value exceeding manufacturer's recommendations. Insulation resistance shall not be less than 100 megohms. Trip characteristic of breakers shall fall within manufacturer's published time-current characteristic tolerance band, including adjustment factors. All trip times shall fall within Table 7.6.1.1. Circuit breakers exceeding specified trip time at three hundred percent (300%) of pickup shall be tagged defective. Instantaneous pickup values shall be within values shown on Table 7.6.1.2. TABLE 7.6.1.1 Insulated-Case Circuit Breaker Overcurrent Trip Test (At 300% of Rated Continuous Current of Circuit Breaker) Maximum Breaker Range of Related Maximum Trip Time Voltage Volts Continuous Current in Seconds Amperes 240 15-45 50 240 50-100 70 600 15-45 70 600 50-100 125 240 110-225 200 240 250-400 300 600 110-225 250 600 250-400 300 600 450-600 350 600 700-1200 500 600 1400-2500 600 600 3000-5000 650 *For integrally-fused circuit breakers, trip times may be substantially longer if tested with the fuses replaced by solid links (shorting bars). December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-13 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor TABLE 7.6.1.2 Insulated-Case Circuit Breaker Instantaneous Trip Tolerances Tolerances of High and Low Settings Frame Size, Amperes High Low <250 +40% +40% -25% -30% >400 ?25% ?30% .' 7.6.2 (Deleted) 7.7 (Deleted) 7.8 (Deleted) 7.9 (Deleted) 7.10 7.10.1 7.10.1.1 7.10.1.2 7.10.1.3 7.10.1.4 7.10.1.5 7.10.1.6 7.10.1.7 7.10.1.8 7.10.2 7.1 0.2.1 7.10.2.2 7.10.2.3 7.10.2.4 7.10.2.5 7.10.2.6 7.10.3 Instrument Transformers Visual and Mechanical Inspection Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify correct connection of transformers with system requirements. Verify that adequate clearances exist between primary and secondary circuit wiring. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque- wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data orvTable 10.12. Verify that all required grounding and shorting connections provide contact. Verify correct operation of transformer withdrawal mechanism and grounding operation. Verify correct primary and secondary fuse sizes for potential transformers. . Electrical Tests - Current Transformers Perform insulation-resistance test of the current transformer and wiring-to-ground at 1000 volts de. Do not perform this test on solid-state devices. Perform a polarity test of each current transformer. Not used Not used Not used Not used Electrical Tests - Voltage Transformers . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-14 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 7.10.3.1 7.10.3.2 7.10.3.3 7.10.3.4 7.10.3.5 7.10.4 7.10.4.1 7.10.4.2 7.10.4.3 7.10.4.4 7.10.4.5 7.11 7.11.1 7.11.1.2 7.11.1.3 7.11.1.4 . 7.11.1.5 7.11.1.6 7.11.2 7.11.2.1 7.11.2.2 7.11.2.3 7.11.2.4 7.12 7.13 7.13.1 7.13.1.1 7.13.2 7.13.2.1 . l. i- Perform insulation-resistance tests winding-to-winding and each winding-to- ground. Test voltages shall be applied for one minute in accordance with Table 10.13. Do not perform this test with solid-state devices connected. Perform a polarity test on each transformer to verify the polarity marks or HI-Xl relationship as applicable. Not used. Not used. Not used. T est Values Insulation-resistance measurement on any instrument transformer shall be not less than that shown in Table 10.13. Polarity results shall agree with system drawings. Not used. Not used. Not used. ~~ --- Metering and Monitoring Equipment Visual and Mechanical Inspection Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of electrical connections. Inspect cover gasket, cover glass, condition of spiral spring, disc clearance, contacts, and case-shorting contacts, as applicable. Verify mechanically for freedom of movement, correct travel and alignment, and tightness of mounting hardware. Electrical Tests Check calibration of meters and monitors at all cardinal points. Calibrate metering elements according to manufacturer's published data. Verify all instrumentn1uItipliers. Electrically confirm that current transformer and voltage transformer secondary circuits are intact. (Deleted) Grounding Systems Visual and Mechanical Inspection Verify ground system is in compliance with drawings and specifications. Electrical Tests Perform fall-of-potential test or alternative in accordance with IEEE Standard 81 on the main grounding electrode or system. See Section 16450 for further information. Where differences arise, IEEE Standard 81 shall govern. . ~".. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16030-15 7.13.2.2 7.13.3 7.13.3.1 7.13.3.2 7.14 7.15 7.15.1 7.15.1.1 7.15.1.1.1 7.15.1.1.2 7.15.1.1.3 7.15.1.1.4 7.15.1.2 7.15.1.2.1 7.15.1.2.2 7.15.1.2.3 7.15.1.2.4 7.15.1.2.5 7.15.1.2.6 7.15.1.2.7 7.15.1.2.8 7.15.1.2.9 Perform point-to-point tests to determine the resistance between the main grounding system and all major electrical equipment frames, system neutral, and/or derived neutral points. e) ~.~ Test Values The resistance between the main grounding electrode and ground should be no greater than five ohms for commercial or industrial systems and one ohm or less for generating or transmission station grounds unless otherwise specified by the owner. (Reference: IEEE Standard 142.) Investigate point-to-point resistance values that exceed 0.5 ohm. (Deleted) Rotating Machinery AC Motors: Motors to be tested are those that have been installed under this contract or reconfigured for service, feeder, and branch circuit voltage changes. Visual and Mechanical Inspection - Inspect for physical damage and compare nameplate data with drawings and specifications. Inspect for proper anchorage, mounting, grounding, connection, and lubrication. When applicable, perform special tests such as air gap spacing and pedestal alignment. Check for unusual mechanical or electrical noise or signs of overheating during initial test run. Electrical Tests - Induction Motors Perform insulation-resistance tests in accordance with ANSI/IEEE Std. 43. Motor Larger than 200 HP - Test duration shall be ten minutes with resistances tabulated at thirty seconds, one minute, and ten minutes. Dielectric absorption ratio and polarization index will be calculated. Motor 200 HP and Less - Test duration shall be one minute with resistances tabulated at thirty and sixty seconds. The dielectric absorption ratio will be calculated. (Deleted) . (Deleted) (Deleted) (Deleted) Inspect and test surge-protection devices in accordance with Section 7.19 of this specification. Test motor starter in accordance with Section 7.16 of this specification prior to energizing the motor. Check resistance temperature detector (RTD) circuits for conformance with drawings. Check that metering or relaying devices using the RTD's are of the proper rating. After checking differential relays in accordance with Section 7.9 and differential current transformer circuits in accordance with Section 7.10 of this specification, perform a system test of the differential scheme by primary injection. e> "'-..... ~ ,A, - Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-16 '. . . 7.15.1.2.10 Check that the motor space heater circuit, if installed, is in proper operating condition and in accordance with drawings and specifications. 7.15.1.2.11 Check all protective devices in accordance with other sections of these specifications. 7.15.1.2.12 Prior to energizing the distribution system, to ensure motor shaft direction matches original direction, perform phase rotation tests. Contractor to use their original phase rotation meter and hook up drawing to match the phase rotation meter's hook up. 7.15.1.2.13 Measure running current and evaluate relative to load conditions and nameplate full- load amperes. 7.15.1.2.14 (Deleted) 7.15.1.3 (Deleted) 7.15.1.4 Jest Values 7.15.1.4.1 Perform winding insulation-resistance tests at the test voltage listed in Table 10.2. Investigate dielectric absorption ratios less than 1.4 and polarization index ratios less than 1.5 for Class A insulation and 2.0 for Class B insulation. NOTE: Overpotential, high-potential, and surge-comparison tests shall not be made on motors having values lower than those indicated above. 7.15.1.4.2 Stator winding dc overpotential test voltage shall be in accordance with NEMA publication MGI paragraph 3.01.L. Test results are dependent on ambient conditions and evaluation is on a withstand basis. If phase windings can be separately tested, values of leakage current may be compared for similar windings. (Deleted) (Deleted) (Deleted) 7.15.1.4.3 7.15.1.4.4 7.15.2 7.16 Motor Control 7.16.1 (Deleted) 7 .16.2 Low-Voltage 7.16.2.1 Visual and Mechanical Inspection 7.16.2.1.1 Inspect for physical damage, proper anchorage, and grounding. 7.16.2.1.2 Inspect equipment for compliance with drawings and specifications. 7.16.2.1.3 Motor-running protection 7.16.2.1.3.1 Compare overload heater rating with motor full-load current rating to verify proper sizing. (Adjust as necessary if power factor correction capacitors are connected on load side of heaters.) 7.16.2.1.3.2 If motor-running protection is provided by fuses, verify proper rating considering motor characteristics and power-factor correction capacitors if applicable. 7.16.2.1.3.3 Check tightness of bolted connections using calibrated torque wrench. 7.16.2.2 Electrical Tests 7.16.2.2.1 Insulation tests: 7.16.2.2.1.1 Measure insulation resistance of each bus section phase-to-phase and phase-to- ground for one (1) minute. Test voltage shall be in accordance with Table 10.2. 7.16.2.2.1.2 Measure insulation resistance of each starter section phase-to-phase and phase- to-ground with the starter contacts closed and the protective device open. Test voltage shall be in accordance with Table 10.2. Verify that equipment damage will not occur while conducting the tests. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-17 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor e." 7 .16.2.2 .1.3 Measure insulation resistance of each control circuit with respect to ground. . Refer to Table 7.1.1 and Section 7.16.2. Verify that equipment damage will not occur while conducting the tests. 7 .16.2.2.2 Test motor overload units by injecting current through overload unit and monitoring trip time at three hundred percent (300%) of motor full-load current. NOTE: Test times will, in general, be longer than manufacturer's curve if single-pole testing is performed. Optionally test with all poles in series for time test and each pole separately for comparison. 7.16.2.2.3 Test molded-case breakers per Section 7.6.1.1. 7.16.2.2.4 Perform operational tests by initiating control devices to affect proper operation. 7.16.2.3 Test Values 7.16.2.3.1 Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with Table 10.1 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer. 7.16.2.3.2 Insulation-resistance test results shall conform with Table 10.2. 7.16.2.3.3 Control wiring-insulation test voltage shall be 1000V de. Manufacturer shall be consulted for test voltage where solid-state control devices are utilized. 7.16.2.3.4 Perform overload tests at three hundred percent (300%) of motor full-load current. Trip times shall be in accordance with manufacturer's tolerances. Investigate values in excess of one hundred twenty (120) seconds. 7.17 7.18 7.19 7.20 7.21 7.22 7.22.1 7.22.1.1 7.22.1.2 7.22.1.3 7.22.1.4 7.22.1.5 7.22.1.6 7.22.1.7 7.22.1.8 7.22.1.9 7.22.1.10 7.22.2 7.22.2.1 (Deleted) (Deleted) . (Deleted) (Deleted) (Deleted) Automatic Transfer Switches Visual and Mechanical Inspection Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and specifications. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Confirm correct application of manufacturer's recommended lubricants. Verify that manual transfer warnings are attached and visible. Verify tightness of all control connections. Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque- wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or Table 10.12. Perform thermographic survey in accordance with Section 9. Perform manual transfer operation going from NORMAL to EMERGENCY and from EMERGENCY to NORMAL positions. Verify positive mechanical interlocking between normal and alternate sources. Verify that switch position indication matches switch position. Electrical Tests Measure contact-resistance. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-18 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 7.22.2.2 7.22.2.3 7.22.2.4 7.22.3 7.22.3.1 7.22.3.2 7.22.3.3 7.22.3.4 7.22.4 7.22.4.1 7.22.4.2 7.22.4.3 7.22.4.4 7.22.4.5 7.22.4.6 7.22.4.7 7.22.4.8 7.22.5 7.22.5.1 7.22.5.2 7.22.5.3 7.23 7.24 7.25 8 8.1 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.2.1 8.1.2.2 8.1.2.3 9. Perfonn insulation-resistance tests, phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground, with switch in both source positions. Verify settings and operation of control devices. Calibrate and set all relays and timers in accordance with Section 7.9. Perfonn automatic transfer tests: Simulate loss of nonnal power. Return to nonnal power. Simulate loss of emergency power. Simulate all fonns of single-phase conditions. Verify correct operation and timing of the following functions: Nonnal source voltage-sensing relays. Engine start sequence. Time delay upon transfer. Alternate source voltage-sensing relays. Automatic transfer operation. Interlocks and limit switch function. Time delay and retransfer upon normal power restoration. Engine cooldown and shutdown feature. Test Values Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with Table 10.12 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer. Insulation-resistance test voltages and minimum values shall be in accordance with Table 10.13. Compare microhm values to adjacent poles and similar switches. Investigate deviations of more than 25 percent. (Deleted) (Deleted) (Deleted) SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS General Perfonn system function tests upon completion of equipment tests as defined in Section 7. It is the purpose of system function tests to prove the proper interaction of all sensing, processing, and action devices. Implementation Develop test parameters for the purpose of evaluating performance of all integral components and their functioning as a complete unit within design requirements. Test all interlock devices. Record the operation of alarms and indicating devices. THERMOGRAPHIC SURVEY December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-19 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 9.1 9.1.1 9.1.2 9.1.3 9.1.4 Visual and Mechanical Inspection Coordinate with Operational personnel to ensure expected loads are operating and system is in a normal operating status. Readings shall be taken after loading has stabilized. Inspect physical, electrical, and mechanical condition. Remove all necessary covers prior to thermographic inspection. Equipment to be inspected shall include all current-carrying devices. . 9.2 Provide report including the following: 9.2.1 Discrepancies. 9.2.2 T~mperature difference between the area of concern and the reference area. 9.2.3 Cause of temperature difference. 9.2.4 Areas inspected. Identify inaccessible and/or unobservable areas and/or equipment. 9.2.5 Identify load conditions at time of inspection. 9.2.6 Provide photographs and/or thermograms of the deficient area. 9.3 9.3.1 9.3.2 9.3.3 Test Parameters Inspect distribution systems with imaging equipment capable of detecting a minimum temperature difference of loe at 30oC. Equipment shall detect emitted radiation and convert detected radiation to visual signal. Thermographic surveys should be performed during periods of maximum possible loading but not less than 40 percent of rated load of the electrical equipment being inspected. Refer to NFP A 70B-1994, Section 18-16 (Infrared Inspection). . 9 .4 Test Results 9.4.1 Temperature differences of loe to 30e indicate possible deficiency and warrant investigation. 9.4.2 Temperature differences of 40e to 150e indicate deficiency; repair as time permits. 9.4.3 Temperature differences of 160e and above indicate major deficiency; repair immediately . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-20 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 10 TABLES - General Table 1O.1a U.S. Standard BOLT TORQUE VALUES FOR BUS CONNECTIONS Heat- Treated Steel - Cadmium or Zinc-Plated GRADE SAE 1&2 SAE5 SAE6 SAE8 mInImUm 64K 105K 133K 150K tensile strength (P.SJ.) bolt diameter torque (foot pounds) (inches) 1/4 4.0 5.6 8.0 8.4 5/16 7.2 11.2 15.2 17.6 3/8 12.0 20.0 27.2 29.6 7/16 19.2 32.0 44.0 48.0 1/2 29.6 48.0 68.0 73.6 9/16 42.4 70.4 96.0 105.6 5/8 59.2 96.0 133.6 144.0 3/4 96.0 160.0 224.0 236.8 7/8 152.0 241.6 352.0 378.4 1 225.6 372.8 528.0 571.2 Table 10.lb U.S. Standard BOLT TORQUE VALUES FOR BUS CONNECTIONS Silicon Bronze Fasteners* torque (foot pounds) bolt diameter (inches) Non Lubricated Lubricated 5/16 15 ) 10 3/8 20 14 Y2 40 25 5/8 55 40 3/4 70 60 *Bronze alloy bolts shall have a minimum tensile strength of 70,000 pounds per square inch. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16030-21 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Table lO.lc U.S. Standard BOLT TORQUE VALUES FOR BUS CONNECTIONS Aluminum Alloy Fasteners** torque (foot pounds) bolt diameter (inches) Lubricated 5/16 8.0 3/8 11.2 'l2 20.0 5/8 32.0 3/4 48.0 . ** Aluminum alloy bolts shall have a minimum tensile strength of 55,000 pounds per square inch. Table lO.ld U.S. Standard BOLT TORQUE V ALVES FOR BUS CONNECTIONS 316L stainless steel Fasteners*** torque (foot pounds) bolt diameter (inches) Uncoated 5/16 14 3/8 25 1/2 45 5/8 60 3/4 90 . ***bolts, cap screws, nuts, flat washers, locknuts: 18-8 alloy Belleville washers: 302 alloy . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-22 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Table 10.2 Insulation-Resistance Test Voltages for Electrical Apparatus Recommended Maximum Minimum Minimum Insulation Voltage Rating Test Voltage, dc Resistance in of Equipment Megohms 250 Volts 500 Volts 25 600 Volts 1,000 Volts 100 5,000 Volts 2,500 Volts 1,000 8,000 Volts 2,500 Volts 2,000 15,000 Volts 2,500 Volts 5,000 25,000 Volts 5,000 Volts 20,000 35,000 Volts 15,000 Volts 100,000 46,000 Volts 15,000 Volts 100,000 69,000 Volts 15,000 Volts 100,000 December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16030-23 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Table 10.3 Insulation- Resistance Temperature Conversion Factors For Conversion of Test Temperature to 20?C Multiplier Temperature Apparatus Apparatus Containing Containing Immersed Oil Insulations Solid Insulations ?C ?F 0 32 0.25 0.40 5 41 0.36 0.45 10 50 0.50 0.50 15 59 0.75 0.75 20 68 1.00 1.00 25 77 1.40 1.30 30 86 1.98 1.60 35 95 2.80 2.05 40 104 3.95 2.50 45 113 5.60 3.25 50 122 7.85 4.00 55 131 11.20 5.20 60 140 15.85 6.40 65 149 22.40 8.70 70 158 31.75 10.00 75 167 44.70 13.00 80 176 63.50 16.00 . . . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16030-24 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Table 10.4 Overpotential Test Voltages For Electrical Apparatus Other Than Inductive Equipment Nominal Maximum Maximum System (Line) Insulation AC Factory Field Applied Field Applied Voltage* (kV) Class Test (kV) AC Test (kV) DC Test (kV) 1.2 1.2 10 6.0 8.5 2.4 2.5 15 9.0 12.7 4.8 5.0 19 11.4 16.1 8.3 8.7 26 15.6 22.1 14.4 15.0 34 20.4 28.8 18.0 18.0 40 24.0 33.9 25.0 25.0 50 30.0 42.4 34.5 35.0 70 42.0 59.4 46.0 46.0 95 57.0 80.6 69.0 69.0 140 84.0 118.8 *Intermediate voltage ratings are placed in the next higher insulation class. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16030-25 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .' . . SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS PART l--GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE This section covers the furnishing and installation of electrical conduits, wireways, pull boxes, cable trays, fittings and supports for Division 16 and Division 17. Raceways shall be provided for lighting, receptacles, power, control, instrumentation, signaling, and grounding systems. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title AASHTO H20 ANSI C80.1 ASTM A48 REV A ASTMA193/A193M REVC ASTM F512 Highway Bridges Rigid Steel Conduit-Zinc Coated Gray Iron Castings Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature Service Smooth-Wall Polyvinyl chloride Conduit and Fittings for Underground Installation Conduit, Metal, Rigid and Intermediate; and Coupling, Elbow, and Nipple, Electrical Conduit; Zinc Coated Conduit and Conduit Fittin s, Plastic, Ri id FEDSPEC WW-C-58IE FED SPEC W -C-1094A December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16110-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Reference Title Electrical Standards for Mass Production Equipment Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC 40 and EPC 80) PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installation Cable Tray Systems Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 volts maximum) National Electrical Code (NEC) Electrical Standards for Industrial Machinery Flexible Metal Electrical Conduit Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit Liquid Tight Flexible Electrical Conduit Ri id Nonmetal Electrical Conduit . nc EMP-I NEMA ICS 6 NEMA TC2 NEMA TC6 NEMA VE I NEMA 250 NFPA 70 NFP A 79 UL 1 UL6 UL 360 UL 651 1.03 SUBMIrr ALS . The following information shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1-05.3 and 16000: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (./') shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16110-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 2. Manufacturer's catalog descriptive literature with identifying arrows pointing to specific equipment to be supplied for the following: a. All raceways to be installed under this contract. b. Junction boxes. c. Wiring gutters where used. d. Terminal cabinets e. Mounting channels. f. Manholes, handholes, and vaults. 1.04 NEW AND EXISTING PIPING All trench work shall be coordinated with other Division's work. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAY General requirements for raceway materials specified in this section are listed in the RACESPECS sheets at the end of this section. The type of raceway to be used for any given area and application shall conform to the requirements of Table A in this section. Installed conduits that are spare, unused, or installed for a utility's use shall be provided with conduit seal caps and pull strings. Pull strings shall be rated for 200 pound strength minimum. 2.02 BOXES AND FITTINGS A. PULL BOXES AND WIRING GUTTERS: Indoor boxes above grade shall be NEMA 12 and shall be provided with hinged doors with quick release latches for conduits 1-1/4" and larger. Similar enclosures for outdoors shall be rated NEMA 4X (316L stainless steel) with hinged doors. Box covers shall be provided with hinged doors with quick release latches and oil resistant gaskets. Box and gutter sizes, metal thickness, and grounding shall comply with the National Electrical Code. Minimum depth and size of box shall be as shown on the drawings or as required for the application by NEe. Hoffman type CH or approved equal. For damp, below grade, outdoor, or corrosive applications provide Hoffman type CHFNFSS or approved equal. B. TERMINAL CABINETS: Terminal cabinets located indoors shall be NEMA 12. Cabinets located outdoors and in corrosive or damp areas shall be NEMA 4X (316L stainless steel). Cabinets shall be provided with hinged doors with quick release latches. Adjustable terminal strip mounting accessories shall be provided. Cabinets shall be provided with channel mounted terminal blocks rated 30 amperes, 600 volt AC. Terminals shall be No.8 minimum strap-screw type, suitable for ring tongue or locking spade terminals. Hoffman type CHQR, or approved equal. For damp, outdoor, or corrosive applications provide Hoffman type CHFNFSS or approved equal. December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16110-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor c. CONDUIT SEALS: . Conduit seals for use in hazardous areas, wet wells, and as indicated, shall be installed in all conduit runs leaving the space and shall be of the EYS or EZS type with male and female hubs. Use PVC coated fittings with urethane interior coating for PVC coated RGS; use copper free cast aluminum for rigid aluminum. The sealing compound shall be as prescribed by the manufacturer of the sealing conduit body. The sealant shall be used in areas that are defined as hazardous and meet the NEe requirements for Article 500. D. FIRE ALARM: Fire alarm junction and pull boxes shall be externally and internally painted red. 2.03 RACEWAY SUPPORTS A. SUPPORT HARDWARE: All hardware (nuts, bolts, screws, anchors, etc.) used for supports for raceways in outdoor or corrosive areas shall be a minimum 316L stainless steel. .B. CONDUIT SUPPORTS: Heavy duty fiberglass framing channel, Bee-Line, or equal with end caps shall be provided . to support conduits and groups of conduits mounted directly to walls and ceilings for indoor, .~,y outdoor, and corrosive environments. Provide 316L stainless steel fittings and hardware for channel system's fabrication and mounting. C. SUSPENDED RACEWAY SUPPORTS (INDIVIDUAL CONDUITS AND RACKS): Suspended raceway supports supporting up to a maximum ofthree conduits, with all conduits less than trade size 2 inches, shall consist of concrete inserts, Y2 inch 316L stainless steel all-thread rods, and jamb nuts supporting heavy duty fiberglass framing channel as required. All suspended raceway supports shall be braced at 30-foot intervals (alternating from one side to the other) to meet specified seismic requirements of Section 16000. Hanger rods for suspended raceway in corrosive areas, installed outdoors, and those exposed to moisture shall be 316L stainless steel. Provide 316L stainless steel fittings and hardware. Concrete anchor embedment or necessary beam clamps shall be provided. Suspended raceway supports supporting more than three conduits shall be fabricated from 316L stainless steel channels, hardware, fittings, and rods in accordance with the drawings. 2.04 MANHOLES AND HANDHOLES: Manholes for medium voltage circuits shall be provided by Clallam County PUD #1. See Section 16000 for Clallam County PUD contact information. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16110-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 2.05 VAULTS: Manholes and vaults for medium voltage circuits shall be provided by Clallam County PUD # I. See Section 16000 for Clallam County PUD contact information. 2.06 UNDERGROUND MARKING TAPE Provide underground marking tape for early waming protection of digging around all underground duct banks and direct buried raceways. Underground marking tape for directly buried conduits shall be 6-inch wide metallic lined tape with red polyethylene film on top and clear polyethylene film on the bottom. Marking tape shall be mounted 18 inches above the buried electrical ducts or raceways. The message shall be clearly printed with black over red tape and shall read "CAUTION ELECTRIC LINE BURlED BELOW". A warning shall be imprinted continuously along the length, with message reading similar to "CAUTION - STOP DIGGING - BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW." Tape shall be Somerset (Thomas & Betts) or equal. 2.07 NAMEPLATES Nameplates shall be provided for all boxes in accordance with the requirements of Section 16000. Nameplate wording shall be as indicated on the drawings. Where no wording is specified, the Contractor shall provide the functional description of the device on the nameplate. . 2.08 FIRESTOPS Provide firestops at all penetrations of walls, floors, and ceilings. This includes penetrations via core drilling, penetrations through concrete and concrete block, gypsum board, masonry products, etc. Firestops and seals shall be Flamemastic 77, Vimasco No. I-A, or equal, and shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Products which are affected by water are not acceptable. 2.09 RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION Raceway number tags shall conform to the requirements of raceway markers, Section 16000. Each raceway shall be tagged where the raceway terminates at a panel, junction box, . enclosure, underneath a motor control center or switchgear, vault, etc. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Table A specifies the type of raceway required for each location and application by RACE SPEC sheet. Unless otherwise specified, in Table A, unscheduled conduit shall be galvanized, rigid steel, RACESPEC type GRS. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16110-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Table A . Location Application/condition RACESPEC Indoor noncorrosive Exposed GRS Indoor corrosive Exposed (Wet well) PGRS Outdoor Exposed PGRS Exposed Service entrance PVC-80 Concealed Embedded in building concrete structure or PVC-40 beneath building's slab-on-grade Under roadways All power, instrumentation, communications PVC-40 and data signals shall be encased in concrete encased in concrete or encased concrete duct bank Underground Instrumentation, communications and data PVC-40 signals encased in concrete or encased concrete duct bank or encapsulated with Controlled Density Fill. Underground Instrumentation, communications and data PVC-80 signals directly buried. Underground Power encased in concrete or encased PVC-40 . concrete duct bank or encapsulated with Controlled Density Fill Underground Power direct buried. PVC-80 Underground Medium Voltage encased in concrete duct PVC-80 bank, encapsulated with Controlled Density Fill, or direct buried Nonhazardous Final connection to equipment and light LFS fixtures Hazardous corrosive Exposed PGRS Hazardous Final connection to equipment XPFS 3.02 CONDUIT A. GENERAL: The number of directional changes of a conduit shall be limited to 270 degrees in any run between pull boxes. . ~ December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16110-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Conduit runs for non-power utility and non-communication utility circuits shall be limited to a maximum of 400 feet, less 100 feet or fraction thereof, for every 90 degrees of change in direction. B. INDOOR AND OUTDOOR CONDUIT SYSTEMS: In general, conduit inside process structures and buildings shall be embedded unless otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings. Embedded conduit is allowed to facilitate ease of installation to equipment mounted away from walls. No conduit shall be exposed in water chambers unless so indicated on the drawings. Raceways shall be concealed in office and administrative areas. Unless otherwise and specifically indicated on the drawings, the raceway routing as shown on the drawings is general and diagrammatic in nature. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining conduit routing that conforms to the installation requirements and the required coordination with other disciplines. Conduit installation shall conform to the requirements of the RACE SPEC sheets and the following: 1. Exposed conduit shall be installed either parallel or perpendicular to structural members and surfaces. 2. Two or more exposed conduits in the same general routing shall be in parallel with symmetrical bends. 3. Exposed conduit shall be run on supports spaced not more than 10 feet apart. 4. Where three or more conduits are located in parallel run, they shall be spaced out from the wall using stainless steel framing channel. 5. Where conduits are suspended from the ceiling or mounted on the walls, the support systems shall comply with the seismic requirements of Section 16000. 6. Conduit rack supports shall be secured to concrete walls and ceilings by means of cast-in-place anchors or framing channel concrete inserts. 7. Conduits shall be at least 12 inches from high temperature piping, ducts, and flues with temperatures higher than 90 degree C. 8. Conduits shall be installed between the reinforcing steel in walls or slabs which have reinforcing in both faces. In slabs which have only a single layer of reinforcing steel, conduits shall be placed under the reinforcement. 9. Conduit shall be routed clear of structural openings and indicated future openmgs. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1130282/EUGAlSpecs 16110-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 10. Conduits through roofs or metal walls shall be flashed and sealed watertight. .\ ,~. ~ / II. Conduit shall be neatly grouted into any openings cut into concrete and masonry structures. 12. Conduits shall be capped during construction to prevent entrance of dirt, trash, and water. 13. Exposed conduit stub-ups for future use shall be terminated with galvanized pIpe caps. . 14. Concealed conduit stub-up locations shall be determined from the manufacturer's shop drawings. 15. Concealed conduit for future use shall be terminated in equipment or by galvanized couplings plugged with easy to remove plugs. Jammed plugs shall be replaced. 16. Where the drawings indicate future duplication of equipment wired hereunder, concealed portions of conduits for future equipment shall be provided. 17. Conduit installed horizontally shall allow headroom of at least 7 feet except where it may be installed along structures, piping, and equipment, or in other areas where headroom cannot be maintained because of other considerations. .' ,>:~j 18. All conduits that enter enclosures shall be terminated by fittings which ensure that the NEMA rating of the enclosure is not affected or changed. 19. Underground metallic or nonmetallic conduit which turns out of concrete, masonry or earth shall be connected to a 90-degree elbow ofPVC-coated rigid steel conduit before emergence. 20. All spare raceways shall be provided with pull string and shall have end caps. End caps shall have waterproof label that identifies the panel, vault, MCC, etc. where the spare conduit's opposite end terminates. 21. Provide custom combination deflection/expansion fittings. Fittings shall be the long variety providing the maximum allowable angle and range of deflection and movement. Provide combination deflection/expansion fittings at the following locations. a. All conduits at the point of termination at manholes, handholes, and vaults. All conduits at the point of transitioning from below grade up onto the exterior sides of, or into and through the bottom of: concrete pads, foundations, structures, or buildings and vice versa. For . b. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 1611 0-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . c. vertical installations the bottom of fittings shall be mounted not greater than three inches above grade and shall be coordinated with the conduit's point of entry or penetration into subject structure or building. All conduits at the point of transitioning from an existing structure or building to a new addition to the original structure or building. The fitting's end shall be past the end of, but not greater than two inches away from, the existing structure or building. All conduits at the point of transitioning from below grade up into the floor of a structure or building where not encased in the concrete forms that make up the structure or building's floor. d. C. UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SYSTEM: All excavation, backfilling, and concrete work shall conform to respective sections of these specifications. Underground conduit shall conform to the following requirements: 1. All underground conduits shall be installed I.A.W. 16110-2.04. 2. Concrete encased conduit shall have minimum concrete thicknesses of 3.5 inches between conduits, 2 inches between conduit and reinforcing, and 1.5 inches over reinforcing. 3. Concrete encasement on exposed outdoor conduit risers shall continue to 2 inches above grade, with top crowned and edges chamfered. 4. Underground conduit bend radius shall be not less than 2 feet minimum at vertical risers nor less than 3 feet elsewhere. 5. Where conduits are concrete encased and stubbed out and end capped underground, the conduit and reinforcing shall both extend at least 2 feet past the concrete. Conduits shall be capped. All exposed reinforcing steel shall be given two coats of thixotropic coal tar paint. 6. Underground conduits and conduit banks shall have 2 feet minimum earth cover except where indicated otherwise. 7. Underground conduit banks through building walls shall be cast in place or concreted into boxouts with waterstops on all sides of the boxout. Water- stops shall be provided. Coordinate provided waterstops with the Cast-in- Place Concrete section. 8. Conduits not encased in concrete and passing through walls which have one side in contact with earth shall be sealed watertight with special rubber gasketed sleeve and joint assemblies or with sleeves and modular rubber sealing elements. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16110-9 9. Conduits shall be thoroughly swabbed on the inside, immediately upon completion of pouring concrete. After the concrete has set, and before backfilling, a mandrel having a diameter equal to the nominal conduit inside diameter minus 1/2 inch, and not less than 4 inches long, shall be pulled through each conduit. If the mandrel showed signs of protrusions on the inside of the conduit, the conduit shall be repaired or replaced. .\ f Y '- , / 10. 'All spare raceways shall be provided with a nylon pull rope. D. SEALING OF CONDUIT: Conduits passing from a hazardous or corrosive area into a nonhazardous or noncorrosive area, or between Class I, Division I area and Class 1, Division 2 area shall be provided with a sealing fitting which shall be located at the boundary in accordance with NEe. Seal fittings for conduit systems in hazardous atmosphere locations shall be hot-dip galvanized cast ferrous alloy. Sealing compound shall be hard type, UL listed for explosionproof sealing fittings. Sealing compound shall be nonhardening type for corrosive areas. Seal fitting and sealing compound shall be as manufactured by Appleton, Crouse-Hinds, or equal. 3.03 MANHOLES, HANDHOLES, AND VAULTS Manholes and vaults for medium voltage cable are provided and installed by Clallam County PUD # 1. The Contractor is responsible for all trench work for Clallam County PUD # 1 installed raceways, transformers and vaults. .~ ~~ 3.04 CABLE TRAY Not used. 3.05 RACEWAY NUMBERING Each conduit shall be provided with a number tag at each end and in each manhole and/or pull box. Trays shall be identified by stencils at intervals not exceeding 50 feet, at intersections, and at each end. 3.06 UNSCHEDULED RACEWAY With the exception of Panel boards 1261 and 1361 circuits, the type and size of raceway shall be as specified on the drawings and schedules. Panelboards 1261 and 1361 circuit raceways are unscheduled and shall be sized and provided by the Contractor in accordance with the NEC, (XIllIW-2 insulation). Minimum size for lighting and receptacle raceway shall be 3/4 inch for exposed and 1 inch for embedded and below grade raceway. The number and size of communication and fire alarm raceways shall be as required for the particular equipment provided subject to the minimum sizes specified above. The type of .; -.;~ December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16110-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . conductors shall be in accordance with Section 16120. See Section 16992 for additional requirements for unscheduled circuits. 3.07 SCHEDULED RACEWAY The size and type of raceways for 480 and 208 volt three phase circuits shall be as indicated in Section 16992. 3.08 RACESPECS SHEETS The following RACESPECS are included in this section: FLEX GRS LFS PGRS PVC-40 . PVC-80 XPFS . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs Flexible Steel Conduit Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit Rigid Steel Conduit, Corrosion-Resistant, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Coated Power and Communications Duct. Light wall thickness for concrete encasement, individually or in duct banks. Power and Communications Duct. Thick wall thickness for direct bury in earth without concrete encasement. Explosionproof Flexible Steel Conduit 16110-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 3.07 RACEWAY SPECIFICATION SHEETS (RACE SPEC) Raceway Identification: GRS Description: Rigid Steel Conduit Compliance: ANSI C80.l, UL 6 Finish: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, inside and outside. Smooth finished surfaces. Manufacturers: Allied Tube and Conduit Corp., Wheatland Tube Co., or equal. Minimum size: Unless otherwise specified, 3/4 inch for exposed, 1 inch for embedded, encased, or otherwise inaccessible. Fittings: Hubs: Insulated throat with bonding locknut, hot-dip galvanized. The hubs shall utilize a neoprene "0" ring and shall provide a watertight connection. O-Z Gedney, CHM-XXT, or equal Unions: Electrogalvanized ferrous alloy type Appleton UNF or UNY, Crouse-Hinds UNF or UNY, or equal. Threadless fittings are not acceptable. Boxes: Indoor: Type FD cast ferrous or aluminum alloy for all device boxes and for junction boxes less than 6 inches square. NEMA 12 welded steel, aluminum, or non-metallic for boxes 6 inches square and larger. Door shall have hinges with clamp locks. Boxes in process areas shall be NEMA 4 watertight. Conduit bodies: ferrous alloy type with screw taps for fastening covers. Gaskets shall be made of neoprene. Outdoor: NEMA 4X 316L stainless steel, aluminum, or nonmetallic. December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16110-13 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.07 RACEWAY SPECIFICA nON SHEETS (RACE SPEC) Raceway Identification: GRS (continued) Corrosive: NEMA 4X 316L stainless steel or nonmetallic. Hazardous: NEMA Class 7 cast ferrous. Elbows: (3/4" thru 1-112") Factory fabricated or field bent. (2" thru 6") Factory fabricated only. Conduit Bodies: (3/4" thru 4") Malleable iron, hot-dip galvanized, unless otherwise noted. Neoprene gaskets for all access plates. Tapered threads for all conduit entrances. (5" and 6") Electrogalvanized iron or cast iron box. Expansion Fittings: Expansion fittings in embedded runs shall be watertight and shall be provided with an internal bonding jumper. The expansion material shall be neoprene and shall allow for 3/4-inch movement in any direction. Manufacturers: Appleton, Crouse-Hinds, Hubbell, O. Z. Gedney, or equal. Installation: Rigid steel conduit shall be made up tight and without thread compound. Joints shall be made with standard couplings or threaded unions. Threadless joints shall not be used. Steel conduit shall be supported away from the structures using hot-dip galvanized malleable iron straps with nesting backs. Conduit entering boxes shall be terminated with a threaded ferrous metal or aluminum alloy hub with a grounding bushing. Exposed male threads on rigid steel conduit shall be coated with zinc-rich paint. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16110-14 . ,,~. . . ~ . . . 3.07 RACEWAY SPECIFICATION SHEETS (RACE SPEC) Raceway Identification: LFS Description: Liquidtight Flexible Steel Conduit Application: Final connection to equipment subject to vibration or adjustment. Compliance: UL 360 Construction: Spirally wound galvanized steel strip with successive convolutions securely interlocked and jacketed with liquidtight plastic cover. Minimum size: 3/4 inch Fittings: Cadmium-plated malleable iron body and gland nut with cast-in lug, brass grounding ferrule threaded to engage conduit spiral and O-ring seals around the conduit and box connection and insulated throat. Forty-five and 90-degree fittings shall be used where applicable. Installation: The length of flexible liquidtight conduit shall not exceed 15 times the trade diameter of the conduit. The length of liquidtight conduit shall not exceed 36 inches. Liquidtight conduit shall be provided with an internal ground wire. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16110-15 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.07 RACEWAY SPECIFICATION SHEETS (RACE SPEC) Raceway Identification: PGRS Description: Rigid Steel Conduit, Corrosion-Resistant, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Coated Compliance: ANSI C80.1, UL 6 Finish: PGRS shall be hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit, to which a minimum 40-mil thick PVC coating has been bonded to the outside of the conduit. A 2-mil coat of urethane coating shall be bonded to the inside. Coating shall be free of pinholes. Bond strength shall exceed the tensile strength of the PVC coat. Elbows shall be factory made and coated. Minimum size: 3/4 inch Fittings: Similarly coated to the same thickness as the conduit and provided with type 316L stainless steel hardware. Conduit and fittings shall be manufactured by the same company. Hubs: Hubs for connection of conduit to junction, device, or terminal boxes shall be threaded and made of cast ferrous alloy. Hubs shall have the same PVC coating as the conduit. The hub shall have and insulating grounding bushings. The hubs shall utilize a neoprene "0" ring and shall provide a watertight connection. Boxes: Nonhazardous: NEMA Class 4X 316L stainless steel or nonmetallic. Hazardous: ,. NEMA Class 7 cast ferrous or cast aluminum. Manufacturers: PVC coated conduit shall be by Robroy Industries, Occidental Coating Company, or equal. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16110-16 . .; ...-1 _,v e. ~ . . . 3.07 RACEWAY SPECIFICATION SHEETS (RACESPEC) Raceway Identification: PGRS (continued) Installation: Plastic coated conduit shall be made up tight, threaded, and installed using tools approved by the conduit manufacturer. All conduit threads shall be covered by a plastic overlap which shall be coated and sealed per manufacturer's recommendations. Pipe wrenches and channel locks shall not be used for tightening plastic coated conduits. Damaged areas shall be patched, using manufacturer's recommended material. The area to be patched shall be built up to the full thickness of the coating. Painted fittings are not acceptable. PVC coated conduit shall be supported away from the structure using PVC coated conduit wall hangers or PVC coated conduit mounting hardware. December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16110-17 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.07 RACEWAY SPECIFICATION SHEETS (RACE SPEC) Raceway Identification: PVC-40 Description: Power and Communications Duct. Light wall thickness for concrete encasement, individually or in duct banks. Compliance: ASTM F5l2, NEMA TC-6 Construction: Rigid nonmetallic utility duct, made of polyviny1chloride (PVC Schedule 40) Minimum size: 1 inch Fittings: PVC solvent weld type December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16110-18 . ~' ,~. ",' ~ , . . . 3.07 RACEWAY SPECIFICATION SHEETS (RACE SPEC) Raceway Identification: Pye-80 Description: Power and Communications Duct. Thick wall thickness for direct bury in earth without concrete encasement. Compliance: ASTM F512, NEMA TC-2 Construction: Rigid nonmetallic utility duct, made of polyvinylchloride (PYC - Schedule 80) Minimum size: 1 inch Fittings: PYC solvent weld type December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16110-19 3.07 RACEWAY SPECIFICATION SHEETS (RACESPEC) Raceway Identification: XPFS Description: Explosionproof Flexible Steel Conduit Application: XPFS Conduit shall be used for final connections to motors and other equipment subject to vibration or adjustment in Class I Division I hazardous areas Compliance: XFSC shall be suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D hazardous areas as specified in the NEC and shall be watertight. Minimum size: 1/2 inch **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16110-20 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . @t . . . . SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE PART I-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies conductors and cables rated 600 volts used for power, lighting, receptacle, signal, and control circuits. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been supersed~ by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title ASTM B3 ASTM B8 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire Concentric-lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes Ethylene- Propylene- Rubber-Insulated Wire Type Test of Class IE Electric Cables, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations Cross-Linked- Thermosetting Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electric Energy National Electric Code (NEe) Rubber-Insulated Wires and Cables ASTM B33 ICEA S-68-516 IEEE 383 NEMA WC7 NFP A 70 UL44 December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/I302~2IEUGAlSpecs 16120-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Title Thermo lastic-Insulated Wires and Cables .~ ,__,,7 Reference UL 83 1.03 SUBMITI ALS The following information shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1-05.3 and 16000: PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (v") shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contr3;ctor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. .~ ~ 2. Catalog cuts showing general information of the conductors and cable. 3. Cable insulation test results. A. UNSCHEDULED CONDUCTORS AND CABLES: With the exception of Panel boards 1261 and 1361 circuits the type and size of circuit conductors shall be as specified on the drawings and schedules. Panelboards 1261 and 1361circuit raceways are unscheduled and shall be sized and provided by the Contractor in accordance with the NEC, (XHHW-2 insulation). Minimum size for lighting and receptacle raceway shall be 3/4 inch for exposed and 1 inch for embedded and below grade raceway. Lighting and receptacle circuit conductors are not shown on the drawings and shall be sized by the Contractor in accordance with the NEC to limit voltage drop to 3 percent. Minimum size of lighting and receptacle circuits conductors shall be 12 A WG. Number, size, and types of communication, paging, fire alarm, and security cables shall be as required for the particular equipment provided. Lighting, receptacle, and 120 volt power circuit conductors shall be provided in accordance with CABLESPEC "XHHW-2," unless otherwise specified. e: ~ December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16120-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . B. CABLE SPECIFICA nON SHEETS (CABLE SPEC): General requirements for conductors and cables specified in this Section are listed on CABLESPEC sheets in paragraph 16120-3.06. 2.02 COLOR CODING A. GENERAL: Multiconductor power and control cable colors shall be manufacturer's standard. Single conductor control conductor color shall be yellow, except for the grounded conductor which shall be white. B. POWER CONDUCTORS: Single-conductor power conductors shall be color coded in accordance with the following: Use Cable Color Phase A Brown Phase B Orange Phase C Yellow Ground Green Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue Neutral White Ground Green Line 1 Red Line 2 Black Neutral White Ground Green Three-phase, 460-volt power Three-phase, 120/208-volt power Single-phase, 120/240-volt power Cables sized No.4 A WG and larger may be black with colored 3/4-inch vinyl plastic tape applied in 3-inch lengths around the cable at each end. The cables shall be tagged at terminations and in pull boxes, handholes, vaults, and manholes. C. SIGNAL CONDUCTORS: Unless otherwise specified, cables shall be color coded black and white for pairs or black, red, and white for triads. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16120-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor D. CONTROL CONDUCTORS: Control conductors color coding shall be manufacturer's standard. 2.03 POWER AND CONTROL CONDUCTORS AND CABLE, 600 VOLT A. SINGLE CONDUCTOR: Single conductor cable shall be stranded and shall be used in conduits for power and control circuits. Single conductor cable shall be provided in accordance with CABLESPEC "XHHW-2," unless otherwise specified. B. MUL TICONDUCTOR CABLE: Multiconductor cable shall be used for power and control circuits routed in cable tray. Cables shall be UL labeled, Type TC, designed for cable tray installation in accordance with NEC 340. The type of insulation, number of conductors, and size of conductor shall be as specified. Multiconductorpower and control cable shall be provided in accordance with CABLESPEC "MC," unless otherwise specified. - 1. POWER CABLE: Multiconductor power cable shall contain three or four conductors, as specified, plus an equipment grounding conductor. 2. CONTROL CABLE: Unless otherwise specified multiconductor control cable shall be size 14 A WG. 2.04 SIGNAL CABLES A. GENERAL: Signal cable shall be provided for instrument signal transmission, alarm, communication and other circuits as specified. Circuit shieldiBg shall be provided in addition to cable shielding. Circuits for type a and b signals specified in paragraph 17000-1.01 C.8 shall be provided in compliance with the instrument manufacturer's recommendations. Single circuit signal cable shall be provided in accordance with CABLESPEC "SIC," unless otherwise specified. Multicircuit signal cable shall be provided in accordance with CABLESPEC "MIC," unless otherwise specified. 2.05 PORTABLE CORD Portable cord shall be provided in accordance with CABLESPEC "CORD," unless otherwise specified. Cords shall contain an equipment grounding conductor. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16120-4 .; \",-", ~j @ @ . 2.06 SPLICING AND TERMINATING MATERIALS Connectors shall be tool applied compression type of correct size and UL listed for the specific application. Connectors shall be tin-plated high conductivity copper. Connectors for wire sizes No. lOA WG and smaller shall be nylon self-insulated, ring tongue or locking-spade terminals. Connectors for wire sizes No.8 A WG and larger shall be one-hole lugs up to size No. 3/0 A WG, and two-hole or four-hole lugs for size No. 4/0 and larger. Mechanical clamp, dimple, screw-type connectors are not acceptable. Motor connection kits shall consist of heat-shrinkable, polymeric insulating material over the connection area and a high dielectric strength mastic to seal the ends against ingress of moisture and contamination. Motor connection kits shall accommodate a range of cable sizes for both in-line and stub-type configurations. Connection kits shall be independent of cable manufacturer's tolerances. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Each power and control conductor shall be identified at each terminal to which it is connected. The marking system shall comply with Section 16000. . Pulling wire and cable into conduit or trays shall be completed without damaging or putting undue stress on the cable insulation. Soapstone, talc or UL listed pulling compounds are acceptable lubricants for pulling wire and cable. Grease is not acceptable. Raceway construction shall be complete, cleaned, and protected from the weather before cable is placed. Whenever a cable leaves a raceway, a cable support shall be provided. When flat bus bar connections are made with unplated bar, the Contractor shall scratch- brush the contact areas. Bolts shall be torqued to the bus manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 600 VOLT CONDUCTOR AND CABLE Conductors in panels and electrical equipment, No.6 A WG and smaller, shall be bundled and laced at intervals not greater than 6 inches, spread into trees and connected to their respective terminals. Lacing shall be made up with plastic cable ties. Lacing is not necessary in plastic panel wiring duct. Conductors crossing hinges shall be bundled into groups not exceeding 12 and shall be so arranged that they will be protected from chafing when the hinged member is moved. Slack shall be provided injunction and pull boxes, handholes, vaults, and manholes. Slack shall be sufficient to allow cables or conductors to be routed along the walls of the box. Amount of slack shall be equal to largest dimension of the box. Where plastic panel wiring duct is provided for wire runs, lacing is not required. Plastic panel wiring duct shall not be used in manholes and handholes. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16120-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Stranded conductors shall be terminated as described in paragraph 16120-2.07 A, except where terminals will not accept such terminations. In these cases, the conductors shall be terminated directly on the terminal block. Compression lugs and connectors shall be installed using manufacturer's recommended tools. . ,"'--.....' Raceway fill limitations shall be as defmed by NEC and the following: Lighting and receptacle circuits may be in the same conduit in accordance with derating requirements of the NEC. However, lighting and receptacle circuits shall not be in conduits with power or control conductors. Terminations at solenoid valves, 120 volt motors, and other devices furnished with pigtail leads shall be made using self-insulating tubular compression connectors. 3.03 SIGNAL CABLE Circuits shall be run as individually shielded twisted pairs or triads. In no case shall a circuit be made up using conductors from different pairs or triads. Triads shall be used wherever 3-wire circuits are required. Terminal blocks shall be provided at instrument cable junctions, and circuits shall be identified at such junctions unless otherwise specified. Signal circuits shall be run without splices between instruments, terminal boxes, or panels. Shields are not acceptable as a signal path, except for circuits operating at radio frequencies and utilizing coaxial cables. ." ~,) Common ground return conductors for two or more circuits are not acceptable. Unless otherwise specified, shields shall be bonded to the signal ground bus at the control panel and isolated from ground and other shields at other locations. Terminals shall be provided for running signal leads and shield drain wires through junction boxes. Spare circuits and the shield drain wire shall be terminated on terminal blocks at both ends of the cable run and be electrically continu.ous through terminal boxes. Shield drain wires for spare circuits shall not be grounded at either end of the cable run. Terminal boxes shall be provided at instrument cable splices. If cable is buried or in raceway below grade at splice, an instrument stand shall be provided as specified with terminal box mounted approximately 3 feet above grade. Cable for paging, telephone, and security systems shall be installed and terminated in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16120-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 3.04 PORTABLE CORD Portable cord feeding permanent equipment, such as pendant cords, pumps, cranes, hoists, and portable items shall have a wire mesh cord grip of flexible stainless steel wire to take the tension from the cable termination. Connection of portable cords to permanent wiring shall be accomplished with the use of terminals. In-line taps and splices shall be used only where specified. 3.05 TESTING A. GENERAL: The Contractor shall test conductors and cable in accordance with paragraph 16000-3.02 B and Section 16030. B. SIGNAL CABLE: 1. Each signal pair or triad shall be tested for electrical continuity. 2. Each shield drain conductor shall be tested for continuity. Shield drain conductor resistance shall not exceed the loop resistance of the pair or triad. 3. Each conductor (signal and shield drain) shall be tested for insulation resistance with all other conductors in the cable grounded. . 4. Instruments used for continuity measurements shall have a resolution of 0.1 ohms and an accuracy of better than 0.1 percent of reading plus 0.3 ohms. A 500 volt megohmmeter shall be used for insulation resistance measurements. 3.06 SCHEDULES Cables are scheduled in Section 16992. 3.07 CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEETS (CABLESPEC) A. GENERAL: Conductor and cable types for different locations, service conditions and raceway systems are specified on individual cable specification sheets (CABLESPECS). Scheduled and unscheduled conductors and cables shall be installed in accordance with the CABLESPECS. B. CABLESPEC SHEETS: The following CABLESPEC sheets are included in this section: . XHHW-2 CORD SIC Single conductor Cross-linked polyethylene Portable or temporary multi-conductor cable Single Twisted Shielded pair December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16120-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.07 B. CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEET--CABLESPEC Cable System Identification: Description: Voltage: Conductor Material: Insulation: Jacket: Flame Resistance: Manufacturer( s): Execution: Installation: Testing: December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs XHHW-2 Single conductor Cross-linked polyethylene power and control cable for all sizes. 600 vo Its Bare annealed copper; stranded in accordance with ASTM B8 XHHW-2, 90 degree C dry, 75 degree C wet, cross-linked polyethylene in accordance with ICEA S-66-524 None N/A Okonite, X-Olene; Cablec, Durasheath XLP; or equal Install in accordance with paragraph 16120-3.02. Test in accordance with paragraph 16000-3.02 and Section 16030. 16120-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .' . . . 3.07 B. CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEET--CABLESPEC Cable System Identification: CORD Description: Portable Cord, lOA WG and smaller, UL listed, type SO; larger than 10 A WG, UL listed type G Voltage: 600 volts Conductor Material: Flexible rope stranded per ASTM B189 and B33. Conductors shall be coated except ground conductors may be uncoated. Insulation: Bare annealed copper; stranded in accordance with ASTM B8. Insulation shall be ethylene propylene (EPR) as per ICEA S-68-516 and rated for continuous operation at 90 degrees C. Jacket: Heavy-duty neoprene as per ICEA S-68-516. Manufacturer( s): Okonite, Okocord; or equal . Execution: Installation: Install in accordance with paragraph 16120-3.02. Testing: Test in accordance with paragraph 16000-3.02 and Section 16030. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16120-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.05 CABLE SPECIFICA nON SHEETS--CABLESPEC Cable System Identification: Description: Voltage: Conductor Material: Insulation: Lay: Shield: Jacket: Flame Resistance: Manufacturer(s): Execution: Installation: Testing: December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/1302821EUGAlSpecs SIC Single twisted, shielded pair or triad, 16 A WG. instrumentation cable, UL listed Type TC 600 volts Bare annealed copper; stranded in accordance with ASTM B8 15 mil, 90 degree C, polyvinylchloride (PVC) with 4 mil nylon conduit or jacket Twisted on a 2-inch lay 100 percent, 1.35 mil aluminum-Mylar tape with 18 A WG 7 -strand tinned copper drain wire 45 mil flame-resistance polyvinylchloride UL 1277 and IEEE 383 Konite 264-60-3301 or equal. Install in accordance with paragraph 16123-3.02. Test in accordance with Sections 16000 and 16030. 16120-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . . 3.06 CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEETS-CABLESPEC Cable Identification: CA T5E Description: EIAffIA 568A Category 5E UTP data cable Code Approval: Cable shall be UL listed as UL Type CMP Voltage: N/A Conductor: 4 pair #24 A WG solid copper Insulation: FEP Teflon Jacket: Fluorocopolymer Execution: Installati on: Install in accordance with EIAffIA 568A and NEC Article 725, and in accordance with this specification. Terminate at wiring closet in EIAffIA 568A cross-connect with RJ-45 jacks. Terminate at workstation locations with RJ-45 wall plate. Run continuous without splices between terminations. Avoid unnecessarily long untwisted leads at terminations. . Testing: Certify in accordance with EIAlTIA 568A TSB-67 with Level II test equipment. **END OF SECTION** . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16120-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART l--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies wiring devices consisting of receptacles, plugs, switches and appurtenances. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 volts maximum) General Requirements for Wiring Devices National Electrical Code NEMA 250 NEMA WD-l NFP A 70 1.03 SUBMIrr ALS The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3 and 16000: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (./) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16140-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further considemtion. .\\ '<:::.__ t 2. Catalog cuts showing geneml information of the switches, plugs, and receptacles provided. 1.04 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Materials and equipment shall be stored in a manner to keep them dry and clean. Equipment and materials to be located indoors shall be stored indoors and sealed with plastic film wrap. PART 2--PRODUCTS ~ 2.01 GENERAL Wiring devices shall be UL approved for the current and voltage specified and shall comply with NEMA WD-I unless otherwise noted. Devices shall contain provisions for back wiring and side wiring with captively held binding screws. Devices shall be brown, except those located in finished areas shall be ivory. 2.02 RECEPTACLES AND PLUGS A. ( GENERAL: Receptacles shall be grounding type. B. 120V RECEPTACLES: 1. INDOOR, CLEAN AREAS: Receptacles shall be duplex 20 amp, NEMA 5-20R, and shall accept NEMA 5-15P and 5-20P plug caps. Receptacles shall be Hubbell, General Electric, or equal. Where the manufacturer of cord connected equipment requires and isolated ground, a receptacle with isolated ground shall be provided. Isolated ground receptacles shall be Hubbell, Arrow-Hart, or equal. @ December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16140-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 2. OUTDOOR, PROCESS OR CORROSIVE AREAS: Receptacle shall be duplex, 20 ampere, NEMA 5-20R, and shall accept NEMA 5-15P and 5-20P plug caps. Receptacle and plug caps shall be corrosion resistant, marine duty with weatherproof lift covers that allow the plug to be inserted into the receptacle with the cover closed. Receptacles shall be Ground Fault interrupter (GFI) where specified. Manufacturer shall be Hubbell, General Electric, or equal. C. 250V RECEPTACLES: Receptacles shall be duplex 15 amp, NEMA 6-15R, and shall accept NEMA 6-15P plug caps. Receptacles shall be Hubbell, Arrow Hart, or equal. Plug caps shall be Hubbell, Arrow-Hart, or equal. Provide weatherproof covers that maintain weatherproof rating when plug is inserted into receptacle. D. PLUG CAPS: 1. GENERAL: Male plug caps for 120 volt and 250 volt receptacles shall be of the cord grip armored type with heavy phenolic housing, of the same manufacture as the receptacle. Plug caps shall be rated 15 amps. One plug cap shall be provided for every four receptacles furnished, with a minimum of two plug caps being provided. Plug caps shall be delivered to the Engineer. 2.03 SWITCHES A. GENERAL PURPOSE (INDOOR, CLEAN AREAS): General purpose switches shall be quiet AC 20 amp type, specification grade, and shall be provided in accordance with rated capacities as required. Switches shall match receptacles in color. Switches shall be manufactured by General Electric, Hubbell, or equal. B. SWITCHES FOR OUTDOOR AND CORROSIVE AREAS: Switches shall be 20 amp presswitch type with weatherproof corrosion resistant neoprene plate as manufactured by Hubbell or Arrow-Hart. Switches shall be mounted in "FS" type copper- free aluminum or PVC mounting boxes. C. SWITCHES FOR MOTOR DISCONNECTING MEANS: Snap switches specified to be used for fractional horsepower disconnecting means shall be 20 amp heavy industrial use. 120 volt horsepower rating shall be 1 HP. 2.04 DEVICE PLATES Device plates shall be provided with switches. In noncorrosive indoor areas, receptacle device plates shall be made of sheet steel, zinc electroplated with chrome finish as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or equal. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16140-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Device plates in corrosive or outdoor areas shall be corrosion-resistantlmarine-duty type. Device plates for explosionproof equipment shall be factory provided with the equipment. Device plates shall be provided with engraved laminated phenolic nameplates with lI8-inch white characters on black background. Nameplates shall be in accordance with Section 16000. Nameplates for switches and receptacles shall identify panel and circuit number. 2.05 PRODUCT DATA In accordance with Section 1-05.3, the Contractor shall provide catalog cuts for all materials provided under this section. PART 3--EXECUTION Equipment and devices shall be installed per the manufacturer's instructions. Boxes shall be independently supported by galvanized brackets, expansion bolts, toggle bolts, or machine screws as appropriate. Wooden plugs inserted in masonry or concrete shall not be used as a base to secure boxes, nor shall welding or brazing be used for attachment. Receptacles and switches installed in architecturally finished spaces shall be sheet steel boxes and shall be flush mounted. Flush mounted receptacles shall be located 18 inches above the floor unless otherwise specified. In outdoor and in non-architectural spaces switch and receptacle boxes shall be mounted 48 inches above the grade/floor and shall be mounted in "FS" type threaded hubbed boxes. Wiring devices shall be tested for correct connections. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16140-4 . ";,.,......., ~f ~ ~ @ . . . SECTION 16155 INDIVIDUAL MOTOR STARTERS PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies individual motor starters, solid state reduced voltage starters and motor controllers installed in enclosures and in motor control centers. Refer to drawings for product, device, and circuit requirements. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid or on the effective date of the Agreement ifthere were no Bids. If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title General Standards For Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures for Electrical E ui ment 1000- V oIt Maximum NEMA ICS 1 NEMA 250 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3 and 16000: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGA/Specs 16155-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Catalog cuts of equipment, devices, and materials to be installed under this section. Catalog information shall include technical specifications and application information, including ratings, dimensions, starter schematics, etc. Catalog cuts shall be edited to show only the items, options, model numbers, and information that apply. 3. Factory and field test reports for all reduced voltage starters showing actual test equipment readings for the tests conducted. Where actual test equipment readings for the tests conducted are not provided the tests shall be redone at the contractor's expense. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 ENCLOSURE The door to the motor starter enclosure shall be provided with a defeatable interlock with an externally operated disconnect handle that prevents the door from opening when the starter's disconnect handle is in the "on" position. Disconnect handle shall be arranged to indicate disconnect position. The disconnect operator handle shall have provisions to accept up to three 3/8-inch shackle padlocks to lock the disconnect in the open position. Enclosures shall be: 1. NEMA 12 for indoor areas. 2. NEMA 4X for outdoor and process locations. 3. NEMA 7 cast metal for hazardous areas. 4. NEMA 1 back panel mounted for MCC mounted devices. December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16155-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ej " f "-'~ . ~ . 2.02 MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTION A. GENERAL: Motor branch circuit protection shall be provided by fused disconnect switches or molded case motor circuit protectors as specified or as indicated. B. FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES: Fused disconnect switches shall be provided with visible knife blades, shielded line terminals and quick-make, quick-break switch operator. Fuse clips shall be Class R rejection type and sized for UL Class RK, one-time, time-delay fuses. Fuse assembly shall have a minimum short circuit capacity of 65,000 ampere symmetrical at 480 volts when used in conjunction with an individual motor starter. In areas and line-ups where the AIC rating is identified the fused disconnect shall be rated to match the Ale. e. MOLDED CASE MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTORS: The motor circuit protector (MCP) type molded case circuit breaker shall only be used as a part of a combination motor starter. MCPs and motor starters that are supplied shall be NEMA rated and not IEC rated. Provide over sized enclosures as necessary. . The MCP shall operate on the magnetic principle with a current sensing coil in each of the three poles to provide an instantaneous trip for short circuit protection. The trip setting shall be adjustable over a range of700 to 1300 percent of the full load current of the motor served and shall be adjustable from the front of the breaker. Where the Ampere Interrupting Capacity (AlC) requirements are not shown on the drawings the MCP circuit breaker shall be rated to interrupt 65,000 ampere symmetrical at 480 volts and 22,000 ampere symmetrical at 240 volts when used in conjunction with an individual motor starter. In areas and line-ups where the AlC rating is identified the MCP circuit breaker shall be rated to match the AlC. 2.03 MOTOR STARTERS Motor starters shall be NEMA rated and sized for the motor to be served. IEC rated motor starters are unacceptable except for motor operated valves and gate actuators. The basic full voltage, non-reversing motor starter (FVNR) shall consist of a 3 pole, 600 volt AC contactor, transient surge suppressor, and solid-state overload relay, NEMA Size-l minimum. Reversing (FVR) and multispeed (2S2W) starters shall have additional contactors, overload relays and auxiliary relays as required for the specified functions. The contactors shall comply with NEMA ICS and NEMA rated for the horsepower as specified. . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16155-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Overload relays shall be adjustable solid-state with protection for each of the poles. An overload condition shall cause the overload relay to latch in the open position. Reset shall be accomplished with a reset button located on the unit door exterior. Trip setting shall be adjustable from 85 to 115 percent of rating. Provide 2 Form-C 2-ampere auxiliary contact for remote monitoring of the overload alarm condition. e) Provide starter with power factor correction capacitors where specified. Starter shall be so designed and constructed to mount the power factor correction capacitors atop the enclosure for free standing floor mounted starters. Where the starter is a wall mounted device the power factor correction capacitors shall be mounted adjacent to the starter. Contractor is responsible for field locating the equipment. 2.04 MOTOR CONTACTORS: Motor contactors shall be designed for continuous operation of induction motors at 600Vac or less at 60-Hertz and shall comply with NEMA ICS 2-210. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, minimum contactor size shall be NEMA Size-I. Motor contactors shall be supplied with a normally open auxiliary contact for use as a hold- in-contact and status contacts with a minimum of two additional Form-C contacts. Provide 120Vac coil voltage and 60-Hertz frequency with the number of poles and auxiliary contacts as indicated. Manufacturer: GE, ABB, Allen Bradley, Square D, Eaton-Cutler Hammer or equal. . 2.05 SOLID STATE REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTERS The solid state reduced voltage motor starter shall be NEMA rated and shall consist of a self-contained unit for the control of3-phase, 460-volt, 60-Hertz electric motors. The starter shall use solid-state components to limit current during motor starting and stopping. The starter shall include built-in or external bypass contacts operating closed when the motor is running at speed. Starter unit shall include bypass relay that energizes the bypass contactors when the drive is at full speed. The stater unit shall also include pilot realys, control relays, Hand/Ofli'Remote selector switch and motor overlaod protection. Starter unit shall include a power factor capacitor control relay that shall connect the capacitors to the motor feeder circuit after the internal reduced voltage starter devices are shunted. Provide control relays and timers in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and contract drawings to insert the capacitors into the motor circuit. The power factor capacitor control relay shall isolate the capacitors during reduced voltage start operations and insert the capacitors after the starter is in bypass operation via timing relays. Capacitors shall be de- energized when the motor is not running or as recommended by the starter manufacturer. The capacitors shall be taken offline before the motor's main contactor is open. Provide timing relays, wiring, raceway and all terminations for power factor capacitor and soft start starter device bypass operation. Coordinate with power factor correction capacitor manufacturer for sizing required interconnecting wiring. Controls shall permit selection among soft-start with selectable kickstart, current limiting with starting that is programmable 50 to 600 percent of full load current and field ~et as required. . December 1, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGNSpecs 16155-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . Full voltage start with ramp time less than 0.25 second, dual ramp start, or a start profile designed to reduce fluid surges when starting pumps. Controls shall permit field selection among ramp to stop, coast to stop, or stop profile designed for use with pumps. Provide time delay relays, contacts, and devices Provide an alphanumeric, backlit LCD display. Example: four-line 16-character, for controller set-up, diagnostics, status and monitoring. Provide a keypad for parameter adjustment. Provide motor overload protection with selectable trip classes utilizing three-phase current sensing, initially field set and field adjusted as required for the process application by the starter manufacturer's Factory Engineer. The solid state reduced voltage starter shall be MCC mounted as indicated on contract drawings. The solid state reduced voltage starter shall be UL listed for the Contractor provided MCC as required in Specification Section 16992. Provide a minimum of four 5-ampere, 240 Vac rated auxiliary contacts for customer use. Configure output contacts for: "Remote-Mode" status, "Ready" status, "Full-speed-Bypass Running" status, and "Fault" alarm. Provide for remote run command. Provide the following monitoring functions indicated through the LCD display: . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Three-phase current Three-phase voltage Power in kW Power usage in kWh Power factor Elapsed time. Provided as standard: I. Pre-start line fault alarm 2. Running line fault advising power loss 3. Shorted or missing load connection 4. Pre-start power loss with phase indication 5. Over-temperature 6. Fault alarm with phase problem indication. Provide the following defeatable protection as standard: . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Under-load Under-voltage Over-load Over-voltage Voltage Unbalance Excessive Starts Per Hour Phase Reversal December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16155-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 8. 9. Stall Jam. e) When fault conditions are detected, the controller shall inhibit starting or shut down. Fault diagnostics shall be indicated in descriptive text on the LCD display. The exclusive use of fault codes is unacceptable. Provide an auxiliary contact that is programmable for fault indication. Manufacturer and model: 1. Siemens Automation 2. Allen-Bradley Bulletin 150 SMC Flex 3. Eaton - Cutler Hammer 4. Square D 5. Or equal 2.06 TERMINAL BLOCKS Terminal blocks shall be heavy duty, rated for ampacity required, 600 volts, and shall contain integral marking strips. Terminal blocks shall be provided for external control connections. Spare terminals shall be provided as specified. Terminals shall be permanently identified with the numbers specified. . 2.07 CONTROL DEVICES Combination starters shall be provided with door-mounted control devices as shown on the diagrams. Control devices shall be as specified in Section 16175. 2.08 TRANSIENT SURGE SUPPRESSORS Transient surge suppressors shall be provided in each starter. Suppressors shall be encapsulated, three component, solid-state circuit, in a module suitable for mounting directly to the starter coil. Additional space for suppressors shall not be required. Suppressors shall be rated 120 volts AC/DC. 2.09 CONTROL CIRCUIT TRANSFORMERS Control power transformer shall be external to the starter unit but mounted within the MCC bucket that contains the starter unit. 2.10 CONTROL CIRCUIT FUSING Fuses shall be provided for the control power transformer as per the manufacturer's recommendation. . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16155-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 2.11 WIRING Conductors shall be 90-degree C switchboard type. Conductors shall be identified with tag numbers as specified in 16000. 2.12 MANUAL STARTERS Manual starters shall comprise a horsepower rated quick-make, quick-break, lockable, toggle mechanism together with overloads in all phase conductors. Provide red running light. 2.13 GA1:E AND VALVE OPERATORS Contractor shall be responsible for connecting signal, control, and power connections to the various gate and valve operators from the gate and valve to the remote operator, where required, and the power, signal, or controlling source. Final local connections shall be by flexible raceway means in accordance with the NEMA requirements for the site and the manufacturer's recommendations. Coordinate with Division 15 for manufacturer's cables and connectors to be supplied with the operators to meet manufacturer's recommended installation. Installation cables and connectors shall be Listed and Labeled for the use. 2.14 NAMEPLATES ~ Nameplates shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of 16000. 2.15 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3: 1. Applicable operating and maintenance as specified in Section 1-05.3. 2. Manufacturer's catalog data for all material provided under this section. The catalog data shall be assembled in a folder with each page clearly marked with the item and reference number to the specification. 3. MCP and solid-state overload rating selection data. 4. Product calibration and setup information. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 DEVICE CALIBRA nON AND TESTING The Contractor shall size the overload relay heater elements or adjust the solid-state overload device to the actual nameplate full load amperes of the motor connected to the starter. . December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16155-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor The Contractor shall adjust motor circuit protector to the lowest setting not causing false tripping. The Contractor shall record the settings on each motor controller and record the settings as part of the Record As-Built drawing submittal. 3.02 MOUNTING The solid state reduced voltage starter shall be mounted within MCCs 1253 and 1353. 3.03 TRAINING One four hour session of basic operation, control, and maintenance training covering all sizes of reduced voltage starters supplied shall be provided. Training shall be coordinated with the City of Everett and shall be performed by a factory trained service technician at the plant site. Provide field and class room training. 3.04 TESTING Local motor starters and circuits shall be tested in accordance with Section 16030-Testing. **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/1/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16155-8 . .. . ~ . . . SECTION 16175 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DEVICES PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION The vendor, manufacturer, and custom control panels shall provide enclosures, selector switches, pushbuttons, indicators, terminal strips, surge devices, nameplates, testing procedures, wiring method, wiring color coding, wire labeling, separation between power, controls, and instruments, hardwired logic relays or PLC logic products as specified in Division 16 and in Division 17. Devices specified under this section shall be provided in the NEMA rating that shall match the classification of the area installed. See Section 16000 for area classifications. See drawings for additional requirements. A. This section specifies electrical control and monitoring devices: 1. Control Devices: a. b. c. d. Pushbuttons Selector Switches Indicating Lights Control Station Enclosures 2. Control Relays: a. Load-Switching b. Logic Level Switching c. Timers and Time Switch d. Alternators B. This section specifies power devices: 1. Magnetic Contactors: a. Lighting Contactor 2. Safety Disconnect Switches: 3. Overcurrent Protection: a. Circuit breakers 4. Elapsed Time Indicators December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16175-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 5. Current transformers and transducers . ""- ,..." ~ C. Request clarification where conflicts occur with this section and other sections in Divisions 11,15, 16 and 17. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevaiL Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid or on the effective date of the Agreement ifthere were no Bids. If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. . Reference Title Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 volts maximum) General Standards For Industrial Controls and Systems Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies Enclosed Switches NEMA 250 NEMA ICS-l NEMA ICS-2 NEMA KS 1 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3 and Section 16176: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number 8t December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16175-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. . 8. 9. PART 2--PRODUCTS in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Arrangement drawings of the panel enclosure indicating the front door and panel equipment arrangement and dimensions, and enclosure type. Nameplate legend with engraving and sizes. Internal layout drawings showing all components. List of materials and components with the layout drawings. Elementary / schematic diagrams Internal wiring connection diagrams. External wiring interconnection diagrams including interlocks. Power and control single line diagrams, where motor controllers are included. Motor controllers shall be in accordance with Section 16155. 10. Manufacturer's catalog cuts showing data for all material provided under this section shall be assembled in a folder with each page clearly marked with the item model number and reference number to the specification. 2.01 CONTROL DEVICES A. PUSHBUTTONS: Pushbuttons shall be flush head, heavy-duty, with NEMA rating to match enclosure type. Operators shall be green for start function, red for stop functions, and black for all other functions. The escutcheon legend shall be as specified on the drawings. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/I30282/EUGA/Specs 16175-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 1. UL Listed. 2. Dielectric Strength: 1300 Volts for one minute for Logic Reed contacts, 2200 Volts for one minute for other contacts. 3. 30.5mm mounting hole. 4. Temperature operating range -10 degree C. to +55 degree C. 5. Momentary contact type 6. When switching circuits are monitored by programmable controllers or other solid state circuits, furnish hermetically-sealed, logic-reed type contacts rated not less than 0.15 amperes at 150 Vac and 0.06 amperes at 30 Vdc. 7. When switching circuits are not monitored by programmable controllers or other solid state circuits, furnish contacts with NEMA Utilization Category rating A600 rated not less than 10 amperes continuous and 6 amperes break at 120 Vac. Manufacturer: Allen-Bradley 800T/800H series or equal. B. SELECTOR SWITCHES: Selector switches shall be heavy-duty with NEMA rating to match enclosure type. Selector switches shall have maintained position contacts. Switches shall be provided with contact blocks and number of positions as required performing the specified or indicated operations. The escutcheon legend shall be as specified on the drawings. Provide: 1. UL Listed. 2. Dielectric Strength: 1300 Volts for one minute for Logic Reed contacts, 2200 Volts for one minute for other contacts. 3. 30.5mm mounting hole. 4. Temperature operating range -10 degree C. to +55 degree C. 5. Standard knob operator (not lever type nor wing lever type) 6. Number of positions and contact configuration as shown on Drawings. 7. When switching circuits are monitored by programmable controllers or other solid state circuits, furnish hermetically-sealed, logic-reed type contacts rated not less than 0.15 amperes at 150 Vac and 0.06 amperes at 30 Vdc. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16175-4 ~ ~ ~. " ~.." ' . . . 8. When switching circuits are not monitored by programmable controllers or other solid state circuits, furnish contacts with NEMA Utilization Category rating A600 rated not less than 10 amperes continuous and 6 amperes break at 120 Vac. Manufacturer: Allen-Bradley 800T/800H series or equal. C. INDICATING LIGHTS: Red, amber, green, and blue indicating lights shall be heavy-duty full voltage l20Vac or 24Vdc push-to-test LED type with NEMA rating to match enclosure type for installation in a 30.5mm hole. Furnish with 28 chip high visibility LED. The escutcheon and lens color shall be as shown on Drawings or scheduled in Section 16000. White indicating lights shall be as above, LED type lamp. Manufacturer: 1. Allen-Bradley 800H-QRTHlO series or equal for 120Vac applications. 2. Allen-Bradley 800H-QRTH24 series or equal for 24Vdc applications. Indicating Light Lens Color: Light/Lens color shall be as specified in Section 16000. D. CONTROL ST AnON ENCLOSURES: 1. Enclosures locations and ratings: a. Indoors: NEMA 12 b. Outdoors and Corrosive areas: NEMA 4X 316L stainless steel, or non-metallic iri chlorine storage areas. c. NEC 500 Hazardous Areas: NEMA-7. E. CONTROL POWER: Control power shall originate from and be controlled by the local PLC panel. 2.02 CONTROL RELAYS A. LOAD-SWITCHING CONTROL RELAYS: Control relays used for switching loads such as solenoids, actuators, contactors, motor starter coils, remote interlocking, etc. shall be heavy-duty machine tool type. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:!130282/EUGAlSpecs 16175-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Contacts shall be 4-pole and be field interchangeable to either normally-open or normally- closed. Relay shall be capable of accepting a 4-pole adder. .~ AC relays shall have NEMA A600 contact ratings and electrical clearances for 600 volts. DC relays shall have NEMA P300 contact ratings and electrical clearances for 250 volts. Manufacturer: Allen Bradley Bulletin-700, Square D Class 850 I, or equal. B. LOGIC LEVEL SWITCIllNG CONTROL RELAYS: Control relays for signal circuits shall have a minimum of three SPDT, gold-flashed, fine silver contacts rated 3-ampere resistive at 120V AC or 28Vdc. Control relays shall be plug-in type with heavy-duty, barrier-protected screw terminal sockets and clear polycarbonate dust cover with clip fastener. AC models shall have neon lamp indicator wired in parallel with coil. DC models shall have LED lamp indicator wired in parallel with coil. Manufacturer: Potter Blumfield series KUP; Schrack Series RA; or equal C. TIMERS: 1. Multi-function, micro-controller based, socket mounted timing relay. .' \ I v::;;,@'''' 2. Single functions: a. Delay on Make b. Delay on Break c. Recycle (on time first, equal recycle delays) d. Single shot e. Interval f. Trailing edge single shot g. Inverted single shot h. Inverted delay on break 1. Accumulative delay on make J. Re-triggerable single shot 3. Dual functions: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Delay on make/delay on break Delay on make/recycle (on time first, equal recycle delays.) Delay on make/interval Delay on make/single shot Interval/recycle (on time first, equal recycle delays) Delay on break/recycle (on time first, equal recycle delays) Single shot/recycle (on time first, equal recycle delays) . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGA/Specs 16175-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . h. Recycle - both times adjustable (on time first) Recycle - both times adjustable (off time first) Interval/delay on make Accumulative delay on makelinterval 1. J. k. 4. Time delay range, switch selectable: a. Single function 0.1 second to 1,705 hours in 8 ranges. b. Dual function 0.1 second to 3,100 minutes in 8 ranges. c. Setting accuracy +/ - 1 percent or 50 milliseconds, whichever is greater. d. Repeat accuracy +/- 0.1 percent or 16 milliseconds, whichever is greater. 5. Output: a. Two F orm-C electromechanical isolated contacts rated 10-amperes resistive at 240Vac b. Rated 113-horsepower at 120 or 240Vac c. Double-pole double-throw: DPDT. d. Mechanical life: 10,000,000 operations e. Electrical life: 1,000,000 operations at full load. 6. Mounting: Magnal Plug II-pin socket 7. Environment: -20 to +65 degree C. 8. Manufacture: a. ABB / SSAC's multifunction type TRDU time delay relay with dip-switch function setting with 12Vdc, 24Vac, 120Vac, 240Vac inputs as required or indicated. D. TIME SWITCH Provide an electronic time switch with full-year control in a NEMA 3R enclosure. The switch shall incorporate a non-volatile memory that maintains all programmed switching times for the life of the time switch and a factory installed field replaceable lithium battery maintains accurate time keeping and calendar information for a minimum of 8 years. Furnish with one single-pole, double-throw output switch rated 20-ampere at 240Vac. Manufacturer: Intermatic Model ET70115CR or equal. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:!I30282/EUGAlSpecs 16175-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor E. AL TERNA TING RELAY . 1. Alternate assignment between "Duty" and "Stand-by" at the end of each run cycle. 2. Double-pole, double-throw output relay rated for 7-amps inductive at 120- volts AC. Isolation not less than 1,500-volt RMS input to output. Life of 1,000,000 operations at full electrical load. 3. Switch to select alteration or continuous operation of either load. 4. Mount in Magnalll-pin socket. 5. Operating temperature range of -20 to +60-degree C. 6. Manufacturer: ABB-SSAC type ARP series or Engineer accepted substitute. 2.03 MAGNETIC CONTACTORS A. LIGHTING CONT ACTOR: Lighting contactors shall be 100 percent rated for ballast and tungsten lighting, resistance and other non-motor loads. . Contactor shall be rated 600Vac, 60-Hertz with the ampere rating and number of poles as indicated on the drawings. Provide a minimum of two poles per NEMA ICS 2-211B for industrial- duty applications. The following options shall be available and shall be provided as indicated on the drawings: 1. Auxiliary contacts rated 5-amperes at 600Vac. 2. Timer or time clock attachment. 3. Transient suppression module for 120Vac control circuits. 4. Electrically or mechanically held as specified. Contactors shall be provided with disconnecting means and overcurrent protection mounted in the same enclosure. Manufacturer: Allen Bradley Bulletin 500L or 500LP, Square D Class 8903, or equal. 2.04 SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. NONFUSIBLE: Where shown on the drawings as nonfusible, safety disconnect switches shall be heavy- duty, nonfusible, safety type rated 600 volts AC. Unless otherwise specified, indoor enclosures . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16175-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . shall be NEMA 12; enclosures installed in outdoor or corrosive areas shall be NEMA 4X, nonmetallic; and enclosures installed in hazardous areas shall be NEMA 7. Switch enclosures located in classified areas shall be suitable for the specified classification. The operating handle shall be capable of being padlocked in the "off' position. The operator shall be a positive, quick- make, quick-break mechanism. B. FUSIBLE: Where shown on the drawings as fusible, safety disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty, fusible, safety type rated 600 volts AC. Fuse clips shall be UL Class R rejection type with Type RK-5 dual element fuses for a minimum 200,000-arnp short circuit rating. Unless otherwise specified, indoor enclosures shall be NEMA 12; enclosures installed in outdoor or corrosive areas shall be NEMA 4X 316L stainless steel; and enclosures installed in hazardous areas shall be NEMA 7. Switch enclosures located in classified areas shall be suitable for the specified classification. The operating handle shall be capable of being padlocked in the "off' position. The operator shall be a positive, quick-make, quick-break mechanism. Switches shall be horsepower rated for motors and shall comply with NEMA KS-l. Switches shall be provided with defeatable door interlocks that prevent the door from opening when the operating handle is in the "on" position. Switches shall have line terminal shields and shall have the number of poles as indicated by the Drawings. Switches shall be Cutler Hammer Type DH; General Electric Mill Duty, Type TH; or equal. Fuses shall be provided per the equipment manufacturer's recommendations unless specified. Manufacturer: ABB, Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, Square-D, or equal. 2.05 OVERCURRENT PROTECTION A. CIRCUIT BREAKERS: Circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic, molded case type with the ampere rating as specified. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, circuit breaker shall be rated to interrupt 65,000 ampere symmetrical at 480 volts and 22,000 ampere symmetrical at 240 volts. In areas and line-ups where the AlC rating is identified the circuit breaker shall be rated to match the Ale. Separately enclosed circuit breakers shall be mounted in listed NEMA rated enclosures so listed for the purpose. NEMA rating shall match\ Section 16000's project and site condition requirements. 2.06 ELAPSED TIME INDICA TORS Elapsed time indicators shall be panel mounted, non-resettable, 5.5-digit, hour indicator, rated 120Vac, 6O-Hertz. 2.07 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS AND TRANSDUCERS Provide monitoring current transformers with 600Vac insulation and primary ampere rating as indicated with 5-ampere output. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16175-9 Provide AC current transducer for anyone of the phase conductors of the power circuit to be installed through onboard toroid. Provide a loop-powered transducer with input rated from 0 to 50-ampere with 4-20madc analog output scaled for the primary current of the current transformer. Provide zero and span adjustments. .j >::c_, / Manufacturer: ABB AC current transducer TCSA Series Loop Powered and mounting accessories, or equal. Provide a DIN rail or back plate mounted AC current transducer that is a loop-powered transducer with input rated from 0 to 5-ampere and with 4-20madc analog output scaled for the primary current of the current transformer. Manufacturer: ABB AC current transducer DCSA Series Loop Powered and mounting accessories, or equal. 2.08 NAMEPLATES Nameplates for all control stations, relays, timers, motor contactors and disconnect switches shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 16000 2.09 PRODUCT DATA Operation and maintenance data as specified in Section 1-05.3 including approved submittal .. manufacturer's catalog data, as-built drawings, and instructions for all configurable or e programmable components. PART 3--EXECUTION Equipment and devices shall be installed per the manufacturer's instructions. The Contractor shall mount wall mounted devices to the wall via heavy duty fiberglass channel, Bee-Line, or equal. The enclosures shall not be directly mounted to the wall. Control stations, contactors and safety disconnect switches shall be mounted 48 inches above the floor, ground, or slab to center of device unless otherwise indicated. Miscellaneous electrical devices shall be tested in accordance with Section 16000 and Section 16030. **END OF SECTION** .' ~} December I, 2006 12/412006 - p:!130282/EUGAlSpecs 16175-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION SECTION 16260 AUTOMA TIC TRANSFER SWITCHES (600 VOLT AND LESS) This section specifies automatic transfer switches rated 600 volts AC and less for motor loads, lighting and heating. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those ofthe listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Reference Title UL 1008-89 UL 489-86 UL 1087-86 Automatic Transfer Switches Molded-Case Circuit Breakers Molded-Case Switches 1.03 SUBMITI ALS The following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 16000 and 1-05.1: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (,I') shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated and, therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. The submittal shall be accompanied by a detailed, written justification for each deviation. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16260-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2. Elementary and internal connection diagrams. Complete wiring, panel, elementary and process/instrument diagrams for the automatic transfer switch showing connection and interconnection of identified terminals and identified conductors to components of the ATS. .' ,~_:J 3. Manufacturers data indicating momentary, interrupting, and continuous current ratings of all relevant equipment, components, and devices. 4. Manufacturers catalog data indicating features of construction and information on control features and components. 5. Outline drawings and equipment elevation with clearance requirements. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL The transfer switch shall automatically transfer its load circuit to the standby generator system upon failure of its normal source, and return the load to the normal source when it again becomes available. Automatic transfer switches for Pump Stations 12 and 13 shall be the electrically operated molded case circuit-breaker type with adjustable long time (L), and short time (S) settings. Transfer switch shall be wall mounted in the electrical room. Transfer switch shall be front accessible only. Bus maintenance and cable entry and exit must not require rear access. The switch shall comply with UL 489, UL 1087, and UL 1008, and shall be UL listed and labeled as service entrance equipment. Acceptable product is Cutler Hammer SE Rated A TC Series L Frame breakers equipped with Digitrip trip units or equal. . 2.02 RATING Transfer switches shall have withstand, closing, and interrupting ratings of not less than 22,000 amperes RMS symmetrical at 480 volts AC. Transfer switches shall provide over-current and short-circuit protection to the load circuits as shown on the drawings. Transfer switches shall be 100% equipment rated for continuous duty and shall conform to the applicable standards ofUL 1008 for emergency total system load and shall bear the UL label. Transfer switches shall be service entrance rated for 3-phase, 3-wire service at 480 volts AC. Switch shall not attempt transfer after a short-circuit or over-current trip. ~ December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16260-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 2.03 CONTROL The switches shall contain the following devices in the control circuit: 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. . 10. 11. 12. 13. 1. Pickup relays: 3-phase voltage pickup relay, adjustable 85 to 100 percent. Frequency pickup relay (standby source only), adjustable 90 to 100 percent. Time delay relay, normal to standby; adjustable from 0.2 to 50 seconds. Time delay relay, standby to normal; adjustable from 0.2 to 30 minutes. Engine warm-up time delay; adjustable from 1 to 60 seconds. Engine cool-down time delay; adjustable from 0.2 to 30 minutes. Test/off/auto/start selector switch. Trip latch relay. Auto return to normal source defeat selector switch. Switch position indicating lights; green light for normal source and red light for standby source. Source availability white indicating lights. Over-current trip red indicating lights Neutral position time delay; adjustable from 0 to 120 seconds. Provide dry contacts for remote monitoring to indicate the following: a. Transfer switch in normal (utility) position b. Transfer switch in standby (generator) position. c. Utili1ty Failure d. Transfer switch in "in auto". 14. Engine generator initiate contact. 2.04 SERVICE ENTRANCE RATING Transfer switches shall be provided with overcurrent trip units and a service entrance label. Indicators shall be provided to show availability of each source. Provide a neutral to ground main bonding conductor as per UL service entrance requirements. Provide ground fault protection for switches rated 1000 amperes or larger in accordance with NEC 230-95. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16260-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Provide neutral landing pad for utility's neutral service entrance conductor. . ~-,/ 2.05 CONSTRUCTION Transfer switches shall be supplied in NEMA 1 enclosures and shall consist of completely enclosed contact assemblies and a separate control logic panel. The contact assemblies shall be operated by stored energy mechanisms. Transfer switches shall be capable of being operated manually under full load conditions. Manual operation shall be accomplished via a permanently affixed manual operator or integrally mounted pushbutton operators. The manual operators shall provide the same contact-to-contact transfer time as provided under normal automatic operation. Each transfer switch shall have a manual neutral position for load circuit maintenance with a position indicator visible from the front of the switch. Control logic panel shall be connected to the switching portion of the transfer switch by control cables with plug-in connectors. The control section shall be capable of being disconnected from the power section for maintenance purposes. The logic panel shall utilize plug-in printed circuit boards with indicating LED's to accomplish functions such as timing, voltage, and frequency monitoring. Function cards shall be UL labeled and individually field replaceable without requiring replacement of the complete solid-state package. Transfer switch shall be provided with a 120 volt 100 watt space heater and thermostat. Provide a disconnecting means within the switch for the foreign voltage power supply. . 2.06 NAMEPLATES The switch shall be identified as specified. Nameplates shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 16000-2.04. 2.7 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3: 1. Catalog cuts describing the features of the switch. 2. Applicable operation and maintenance information as specified in Section 1-05.3. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16260-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS Unless otherwise specified, the time delay relays shall be adjusted to the following values: 3.02 FIELD TESTS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Normal to standby time delay: Engine warm-up: Neutral position dwell: Emergency to normal time delay: Engine cool-down: Pre-transfer signal: o seconds 30 seconds 30 seconds 30 minutes 10 minutes 10 seconds The automatic transfer switches shall be field tested in accordance with Section 16030. END OF SECTION December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16260-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .' . . SECTION 16410 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITORS PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK This section specifies power factor correction capacitors for motor starters or load centers. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title UL 810 Ca acitors 1.03 SUBMIrr ALS The following information shall be submitted in accordance with Section 1-05.3 and Section 16000: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUOAlSpecs 16410-1 Port Angeles East UOA Sewer Interceptor The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. .' ,> -.;_~",rf 2. Catalog cuts of equipment, devices, and materials to be installed under this Section. Catalog information shall include technical specifications and application information, including ratings, dimensions, weights, etc. Catalog cuts shall be edited to show only the items, options, model numbers, and information that apply. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS The capacitor units shall be designed for correcting power factor for industrial applications. They shall comply with the requirements ofUL 810. Capacitors shall be Myron Zucker, Cutler Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, or equal. 2.02 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS . The capacitors shall be three phase, delta-connected and rated for 480 volts. KV AR ratings for the individual capacitor units shall be determined by the motor manufacturer for the motor(s) supplied to correct the power factor of the individual motor circuit to .95 lagging power factor. At no time during motor operations shall the power factor become leading. The unit shall be protected by three fast acting current limiting fuses with an interrupting capacity of a minimum of 200,00 amperes at 480 volts. Unit shall be supplied with a built-in contactor for switching the capacitors into and out of the motor circuit they are connected to. The contactor shall be controlled by a relay which is integral to the R VSS, refer to Specification Section 16920 for Reduced Voltage Soft Starter requirements and the instrumention and control drawings for relay control requirements. The capacitors shall be disengaged from the motor circuit, via the contactor, when the motor is starting and when the motor is not running. The capacitors shall be fed from an external overcurrent disconnecting means mounted within the motor control center for the particular motor circuit. Capacitor's fuse rating, over current rating, cable; and conduit shall be sized and provided by the contractor based on the capacitor's required KV AR rating, and therefore the required current rating of the capacitors selected. Installation shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16410-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 2.03 CAPACITOR CONSTRUCTION The capacitors shall consist of individually wound sections of capacitor grade paper, synthetic film dielectric, and aluminum foil. Multiple sections shall be arranged to provide the necessary KV AR to reach .95 lagging power factor at the rated voltage. The grouped sections shall be insulated from the steel case. 2.04 ENCLOSURE CONSTRUCTION The power factor correction capacitors shall be so designed and constructed to be mounted atop free standing motor starter enclosures and motor control centers. Mount power factor correction capacitors directly above the vertical section containing the solid state reduced voltage starters in accordance with the contract documents. The power factor correction capacitors' disconnecting means and overcurrent protection shall be located within the MCCs as indicated on contract documents. 2.05 NAMEPLATES Nameplates shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 16000. 2.06 PRODUCT DATA Catalog cuts showing general features of the capacitor shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3. PART 3--EXECUTION Where a capacitor is connected on the load side of a motor overload protection device, the rating or setting of the protection device shall be modified as required to compensate for the reduction in motor current due to the capacitor. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16410-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 16431 SHORT CIRCUIT AND COORDINATION REPORT PARTI-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies the preparation of a short circuit and coordination study for 480 volt and 120/208 voltage levels of the electrical power system. The "electrical power system" starts at the facility's service entrance equipment. Refer to the single-line diagrams of this Contract for details of the electrical power system at Pump Stations 12 and 13. Provide short circuit and coordination study reports, evaluations of the electrical power systems, and the model numbers and settings of the protective devices associated with the systems provided under contract. See Section 16000 for utility contact information. Short circuit study shall be used for Section 16432 Arc Flash Report. 1.02 QUALITY AssuRANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282IEUOAlSpecs 16431-1 Port Angeles East UOA Sewer Interceptor Reference IEEE 141 IEEE 242 Title Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power S stems B. QUALIFICATIONS: The short circuit and coordination report to be prepared by the manufacturer of the motor control center or switchboard, or by an electrical testing service, or an engineering fIrm which is regularly engaged in power system studies. The report shall be signed by an electrical engineer currently registered in the State of Washington. 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1-05.3,and 16000: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (.f) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Qualifications of the entity conducting the short circuit and coordination study. 3. Short Circuit Analysis and recommended breaker and relay setting selections for the equipment installed under this contract in coordination with Section 16030. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16431-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . "'...-:..---'''' ~ @ . . . 1.04 SCHEDULE Submit the report to the Engineer 120 days before energizing MCC 1253 and MCC 1353 at Pump Stations 12 or 13 respectively. 1.05 SCOPE OF EQUIPMENT A. PUMP STATIONS 12 AND 13: Contractor shall provide a short circuit and protective device coordination study for phase and gr<?und faults that include: 1. Motor Control Center 1253 at Pump Station 12. 2. Motor Control Center 1353 at Pump Station 13. 3. Utility Transformer 1251 at Pump Station 12. 4. Utility Transformer 1351 at Pump Station 13. 5. Panelboard 1261 at Pump Station 12. 6. Panelboard 1361 at Pump Station 13. 7. Standby Generator 1250 at Pump Station 12. 8. Standby Generator 1350 at Pump Station 13. 9. ATS 1252 at Pump Station 12. 10. ATS 1352 at Pump Station 13. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 REPORT Prepare a report summarizing the short circuit and coordination study and conclusions or recommendations which may affect the integrity of the electric power distribution system. As a minimum, include the following in the report: 1. Equipment manufacturer's information used to prepare the study. 2. Assumptions made during the study. 3. Short circuit calculations listing short circuit levels at each bus. 4. Evaluation of the electrical power system and the model numbers and settings of the protective devices associated with the system. 5. Time-current curves including the instrument transformer ratios, model numbers of the protective relays, and the relay settings associated with each breaker. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16431-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 6. Comparison of short circuit duties of each bus to the interrupting capacity of the equipment connected to that bus. ~ Submit the report after equipment submittals have been given a "No Exceptions Taken" review status and 120 days before the equipment is energized. 2.02 SHORT CIRCUIT STUDY Coordinate with the providing utility to determine available fault information or use "infinite bus" assumptions for the primary source. See Section 16000 for Utility contact information. Short circuit availability shall be determined for each bus affected under this contract. Provide analysis, protective device curves for all new breakers, fuses, etc., and recommended settings to the Owner and Engineer for review. Settings shall be approved by the Owner prior to the calibration and setting of breakers and relays. As a minimum, include the following within the short circuit study: A. ONE-LINE DIAGRAM: 1. Location and function of each protective device in the system, such as relays, direct-acting trips, fuses, etc. 2. Type designation, current rating, range or adjustment manufacturer's style and catalog transformers. Power, voltage ratings, impedance, primary and secondary connections of all transformers. ~ 3. 4. Nameplate ratings of all motors and generator with their subtransient reactances. 5. Transient reactances of generator and synchronous reactances of generator. 6. Sources of short circuit elements such as utility ties, generators, and induction motors. 7. All significant circuit elements such as transformers, cables, breakers, fuses, reactors, etc. 8. Standby as well as normal switching conditions. B. IMPEDANCE DIAGRAM: 1. Available MV A or impedance from the utility company. 2. Bus impedance. 3. Transformer and/or reactor impedances. 4. Cable impedances. . December I, 2006 12f4f2006 - p:f130282fEUGAfSpecs 16431-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 5. Equipment impedances. 6. System voltages. 7. Grounding scheme (resistance grounding, solid grounding or no grounding). C. CALCULATIONS: 1. Determine the paths and situations where short circuit currents are the greatest. Assume bolted faults and calculate the 3-phase and line-to- ground short circuits of each case. 2. Calculate the maximum and minimum ground-fault currents. 2.03 COORDINATION STUDY As a minimum, include the following on 5-cycle, log-log graph paper: 1. Time-current curve for each circuit breaker, protective relay, or fuse showing graphically that the settings will allow protection and selectively within Industry standards. Identify each curve and specify the tap and time dial setting. Any circuit protective device that has programmable characteristics shall be included in the coordination study. 2. Time-current curves for each device to be positioned for maximum selectivity to minimize system disturbances during fault clearing. Where selectivity cannot be achieved, notify the Engineer as to the cause. 3. Time-current curves and points for cable and equipment damage. 4. Circuit interrupting device operating and interrupting times. 5. Indicate maximum fault values on the graph. 6. Sketch of bus and breaker arrangement. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Perform the studies in accordance with IEEE Standards 141 and 242. Perform the studies using actual equipment data from the equipment and devices that are installed and provided by the Contractor and the data from the existing equipment or protective relay devices. The Contractor is responsible to gather all field information for the short circuit and coordination studies. Where the report or study is conducted on equipment that is not December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16431-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor installed, the short circuit report and the coordination study shall be completely redone at the Contractor's expense. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:!l30282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16431-6 .' \' ~.._j ~,\ e .; ~.;;~ . . . SECTION 16432 ARC FLASH REPORT PARTl-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This Section specifies the arc flash study and report for all voltage levels of the electrical power system. The "electrical power system" starts at the service entrance. Arc flash study shall include the method and recommendation in determining proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and proper labeling of equipment as specified in this section. Provide equipment labeling. Report shall include equipment installed under this contract and shall include service entrance equipment, motor control centers, transfer switches, power panels, reduced voltage soft starters, enclosed breakers, and combination motor starters. . 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. r Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations National Electric Code IEEE 1584 NFP A 70 December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16432-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Reference Title Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces Occupational Safety and Health Standards: Electrical ~4 ~j NFP A 70E OSHA 29-CFR, Part 1910, Sub art S B. QUALIFICATIONS: 1. Prepared by the manufacturer of the electrical equipment or by an electrical testing service or an engineering company which is regularly engaged in power system studies. 2. All calculations shall be prepared by or prepared under direct supervision of a Washington State registered professional electrical engineer. See Part II of the Specifications for insurance requirements. C. CERTIFICATION: AIc flash report to be stamped and signed by a Washington State registered professional electrical engineer. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . The following information shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1-05.3 and 16000: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated and, therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. The submittal shall be accompanied by a detailed, written justification for each deviation. Failure to include a copy of the marked- up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16432-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 2. Certified arc flash report. 3. Arc flash warning labels for all new service entrance equipment, switchboards, motor control centers, transfer switches, power panels, variable frequency drives, control panels, disconnect switches, and combination motor starters. 1.04 ARC FLASH STUDY A. Perform an arc flash hazard study after the short circuit and protective device coordination study has been completed. See Section 16431 for short circuit study requirements. Label the following equipment with arc flash warningslharzards: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Motor Control Center 1253 at Pump Station 12. Motor Control Center 1353 at Pump Station 13. Utility Transformer 1251 at Pump Station 12. Utility Transformer 1351 at Pump Station 13. Panelboard 1261 at Pump Station 12. Panelboard 1361 at Pump Station 13. Standby Generator 1250 at Pump Station 12. Standby Generator 1350 at Pump Station 13. ATS 1252 at Pump Station 12. ATS 1352 at Pump Station 13. B. For each item listed A 1-10 from above, determine the following: 1. Flash hazard protection boundary. 2. Limited approach boundary. 3. Restricted approach boundary. 4. Prohibited approach boundary. 5. Incident energy level. 6. PPE hazard/risk category. 7. Type of PPE required. C. Produce arc flash warning labels listing items B 1-7 from above. Also include the bus name and voltage. D. Produce bus detail sheets that list the items B 1-7 from above and the following additional items: 1. Bus name. 2. Upstream protective device name, type, and settings. 3. Bus line to line voltage. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16432-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor E. Produce an arc flash evaluation summary sheet listing the following additional items: ~~ 'I '\.~ ~..J' 1. Bus name matching contract document identification numbers. 2. Upstream protective device name, type, settings. Numbering shall match contract document identification numbers 3. Bus line to line voltage. 4. Bus bolted fault. 5. Protective device bolted fault current. 6. Arcing fault current. 7. Protective device trip/delay time. 8. Breaker opening time. 9. Solidly grounded column. 10. Equipment type. 11. Gap. 12. Arc flash boundary. 13 . Working distance. 14. Incident energy. 15. Required protective fire rated clothing type and class. F. Analyze the short circuit, protective device coordination, and arc flash calculations and highlight any equipment that is determined to be underrated or causes an abnormally high incident energy calculation. Propose approaches to reduce the energy levels. @ G. Where the study and associated report is completed on equipment not installed under this contract the study and associated report shall be redone at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor and not the manufacturer ofthe electrical equipment or the electrical testing service is responsible to acquire the necessary equipment information for the electrical equipment the Contractor is proposing to install. This information shall be provided to the manufacturer of the electrical equipment under the study or to the electrical testing service or to the organization qualified to conduct the arc flash study for its use in the creation of the study and subsequent report. 1.05 ARC FLASH REPORT A. Prepare a report summarizing the arc flash study and conclusions or recommendations which may affect the integrity of the electric power distribution system. B. A qualified engineer must perform arc flash calculations to determine the incident energy, arc flash boundary, and minimum PPE requirements for locations throughout the power system. Arc flash warning labels shall be produced and attached to the electrical equipment by the Contractor. These labels must indicate ~ December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16432-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . approach boundaries, incident energy level, and the minimum PPE that is required when servicing the equipment within the arc flash boundary. c. As a minimum, include the following in the report: I. Equipment manufacturer's information for the equipment installed. 2. Assumptions made during the study. 3. Reduced copy of the one line drawing. 4. Arc flash warning labels printed in color on adhesive backed labels. D. Submit report 30 days before energizing electrical equipment. Labels shall be affixed on all new equipment prior to the new equipment being energized. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 LABELS Provide weatherproof labels for equipment mounted outdoors. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Provide a current up-to-date short circuit and protective device coordination study. Perform a short circuit and protective device coordination study as specified in Section 16030. Perform the arc flash study in accordance with NFP A 70E, OSHA 29-CFR, Part 1910 Subpart S, and IEEE 1584 Standards. Perform the studies using actual equipment data for the equipment provided. Provide data from the manufacturer of the protective relays, circuit breakers, fuses, devices, etc. provided by the Contractor's subcontractors and vendors. Provide arc flash warning labels on equipment as specified in this section. Labels shall be printed in color on adhesive backed labels. An example label is show below in Figure 1. Provide a list of lockout and tagout devices that are compatible with the equipment. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:!l30282/EUGNSpecs 16432-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 16440 INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS, METERS, SWITCHES, AND ACCESSORIES PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRlPTION This section specifies accessories for switchboards, power monitoring equipment, metering equipment, and devices. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued 9r otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title Switchgear Assemblies Including Metal-Enclosed Bus Requirements for Electrical Analog Indicating Instruments Re uirements for Instrument Transformers ANSI C37.20 ANSI C39.1 ANSI C57.13 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3 and Section 16000: ' 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16440-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Check marks shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Catalog cuts of equipment, devices, and materials to be installed under this section. Catalog information shall include technical specifications and application information, including ratings, range, accuracy, etc. Catalog cuts shall be edited to show only the items, options, model numbers, and information that apply. 3. Field test reports for ammeters, voltmeters, and power monitoring equipment. Test reports shall show actual test equipment readings for the tests conducted. Where actual test equipment readings for the tests conducted are not provided the tests shall be redone at the contractor's expense. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS A. GENERAL: Instrument transformers shall be molded dry-type in accordance with ANSI C57.13 unless otherwise noted. Transformer volt-ampere rating shall be suitable for carrying the specified load without overheating or exceeding the permissible accuracy for the transformer. B. POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS: Potential transformers shall have an ANSI accuracy class of 0.3. They shall be equipped with current limiting fuses. C. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS: Current transformers shall be furnished with the specified ratios. The accuracies shall conform to ANSI C37.20 unless otherwise noted. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1130282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16440-2 . 11.".,.,_..'" ~ . ~#I . . . Revenue grade current transformers for revenue class metering equipment is provided by Clallam County PUD # 1. The Contractor is responsible for adherence to Clallam County PUD # 1 Electrical Service Requirements Manual. Provide current transformers for power monitoring equipment. Provide wiring, current transformer shorting terminal blocks, and terminations. Current transformers shall be selected by the power monitor manufacturer and shall be matched for the monitor to be used. 2.03 POWER MONITORS Power monitoring equipment shall be supplied on motor control center 1253 and 1353. Power monitoring equipment shall be Cutler-Hammer IQ-200 metering devices or equal. ~rovide all required wiring, terminal strips, current transformers, and potential transformers as necessary. Metering function shall be true RMS monitoring of the following parameters: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. la, lb, Ic Vab, Vbc, V ca , and line to ground W, VA, VAR Wh, V ARh, V Ah A, W, V AR, and VA demand Power factor Frequency Minimum and maximum values System demand The metering inputs shall accept the following minimum inputs: 1. Three AC currents. 2. Three line-to-line AC voltages. 3. Neutral connection. 4. 120 volt control power. The display shall be a 4 line x 20 character LED back-lit display. 2.04 INSTRUMENT SWITCHES Instrument switches shall be provided with contact blocks and positions specified. Switches shall be of the rotary-cam type and contacts shall have positive wiping action of silver- to-silver contact buttons. Switches shall be provided with escutcheon plates and pistol-grip handles. Switches shall be General Electric, SBM; Siemens, ABB equal. Voltmeter and ammeter switches shall have four positions with the escutcheon legend as follows: Voltmeter Ammeter OFF OFF 1-2 Phase A 2-3 PhaseB 3-1 Phase C December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16440-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.05 NAMEPLATES Nameplates shall be provided in accordance with Section 16000. 2.06 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3: 1. Applicable operation and maintenance items as specified in Section 1-05.3. 2. Manufacturer's product data with features and dimensions of devices. 3. Burden, accuracy class, and ratio data for instrument transformers. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Accessories and devices shall be installed per the manufacturer's instructions. Ammeters, voltmeters, power monitors, and revenue grade meters shall be field tested after installation to ensure accuracy and correct operation. Provide test reports that show actual field tests and the test equipment's readings for all tests conducted. 3.02 TRAINING One four hour session on power monitor set-up, operation, and capabilities. The training shall include all aspects of the power monitor and current transformer connections as supplied and configured. Training shall include field and class room training. Training shall be coordinated with the Owner and shall be performed by a factory trained service technician at Pump Stations 12 and 13. **END OF SECTION** December I. 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16440-4 ~ ~ @ . . . SECTION 16450 GROUNDING SYSTEM PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies the system for grounding electrical equipment, exposed nonenergized metal surfaces of equipment, and metal structures. 1.02 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS; 1. Provide equipment grounding conductors in all electrical raceways. The conductors shall be sized in accordance with the National Electrical Code. 2. Underground, rebar, and building steel ground connections shall be via exothermic weld. 3. Bond Pump Stations' 12 and 13 new service entrance equipment to new ufer ground system in accordance with the NEe. 4. Bond Pump Stations' 12 and 13 ufer ground system to the structure's rebar, building steel attributes, fences, and water piping systems in accordance with the NEe. 5. Bond the packaged chemical feed tank system's steel attributes to its local ground rod and ground ring system. 1.03 REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16450-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor as~ohcialted wdith thd~t date~ regdardless 01 f wdhether the document has been superseded by a version ~ WIt a ater ate, Iscontmue or rep ace . Reference Title Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System, Guide for National Electric Code IEEE 81 NFP A 70 1.04 SUBMITTALS The- following information shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1-05.3 and 16000: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. If deviations from the specifications are indicated and, therefore requested by the Contractor, the submittal shall be accomplished by a detailed, written justification for each deviation. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with justification for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. ~ 2. Field ground test data for Pump Station 12 and 13 showing actual test equipment readings for the tests conducted. Where actual test equipment readings for the tests conducted are not provided the tests shall be redone at the contractor's expense. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.01 CABLE Ground cable shall be annealed bare copper, concentric stranded as specified. If cable sizes are not specified, the minimum sizes shall be as follows: 5 and 15 kV switchgear 5 k V motor starters 15 kV-5 kV transformers 5 kV -480V transformers 480V switchgear 480V MCC and switchboards Cable tray 4/0 A WG 4/0 A WG 4/0 A WG 4/0 A WG 4/0 A WG 4/0 A WG 2/0 A WG ~ December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16450-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Duct Bank ground Lighting panels Exposed metal 4/0 A WG 2AWG 2AWG 2.02 GROUND RODS Ground rods shall be copper covered steel, 3/4- inch diameter and 10 feet long. Rods shall have threaded type removable caps so that extension rods of same diameter and length may be added where necessary. 2.03 COMPRESSION CONNECTORS Compression connections shall be cast copper as manufactured by Thomas and Betts, or equal. 2.04 BOLTED CONNECTORS Bolted connectors shall be Bumdy, O. Z. Gedney, or equal. 2.06 EXOTHERMIC WELDS Exothermic welds shall be via CadWeld. The Engineer is not aware of an product. 2.06 PRODUCT DATA Ground resistance readings specified in paragraph 16450-3.05 shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Embedded and buried ground connections shall be made by compression connectors utilizing diamond or hexagon dies and a hand compression tool for wire sizes 2 A WG and smaller and by exothermic weld for wire sizes 2/0 A WG and larger. Tools and dies shall be approved for this purpose; dimple compressions are not acceptable. Compression connections shall be prepared in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Exposed ground connections to equipment shall be made by bolted clamps unless otherwise specified. No solder shall be used in any part of the ground circuits. Grounding conductors which are extended beyond concrete surfaces for equipment connection shall be extended a sufficient length to reach the [mal connection point without splicing. Minimum extension shall be 3 feet. Grounding conductors which project from a concrete surface shall be located as close as possible to a comer of the equipment pad, protected by conduit, or terminated in a flush grounding plate. Where grounding provisions must be provided for future equipment provide a flush mounted grounding plate. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16450-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Exposed grounding conductors shall be supported by noncorrosive metallic hardware at 3-foot intervals or less. Ground conductors shown on the drawings to be terminated at motor control centers, switchgear, switchboards, panelboards, etc, shall be terminated on the ground bus within the enclosure. Grounding conductors for future equipment shall be terminated using a two-hole copper grounding plate, Cadweld, or equal. Wall plates shall be mounted to the wall via stand-offs. ~ ~ ,-~" Ground conductors, except signal conductor shields, entering enclosures shall be bonded together to the enclosure if it is metallic and to metallic raceways within or terminating at the enclosure. Prior to making ground connections or bonds, the metal surface at the point of connection shall be cleaned. Compression-type lugs shall be used in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Grounding conductor shall not be used as a system neutral. Lightning arresters shall be directly connected to the ground system using copper conductors, sized as specified. Metallic sheaths or shields of shielded power cable shall be terminated by a copper grounding strip provided with cable connection for connection to the grounding system. For building and outdoor structure electrical services bond water and process fluid piping systems in accordance with the NEC ~ ~ Bond building or outside structure service piping systems to ground within three feet of entering the building. Grounding system shall be provided in compliance with the NEC. 3.02 RACEWAYGROUND Metallic conduits shall be assembled to provide a continuous ground path. Metallic conduits shall be bonded using insulated grounding bushings. Grounding bushings shall be connected to the grounding system using conductors sized in compliance with NFP A 70. Cable trays shall have No. 2/0 A WG bare copper ground conductor run on the outside of each tray. Conductor shall be connected to each section or fitting using a carriage bolt and clamp. 3.03 EQUIPMENT AND ENCLOSURE GROUND Electrical and distribution equipment shall be connected to the grounding system. Cables shall be sized as specified. Nonelectrical equipment with metallic enclosures, mechanical equipment skids, tanks, etc. shall be connected to the grounding system. ~ December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16450-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . .' . 3.04 GROUNDING SYSTEM TESTS The Contractor shall test each grounding connection to determine the ground resistance. The grounding test shall be IEEE Standard 81. A plot of ground resistance readings for each isolated ground rod or ground mat shall be provided to the Engineer on 8- 112 x 11 inch size graph paper. The current reference rod shall be driven at least 100 feet from the ground rod or grid under test. The measurements shall be made at 10-foot intervals beginning 25 feet from the test electrode and ending 75 feet from it, in direct line between the ground rod or center of grid and the current reference electrode. A grounding system that shows greater than 2 ohm resistance for the flat portion of the plotted data shall be considered inadequately grounded. The Contractor shall add additional parallel connected ground rods and/or deeper driven rods until the ground resistance measurements meet the 2 ohm requirement. Ground rods required over that specified will be paid for as extra work. Use of salts, water or compounds to attain the specified ground resistance is not acceptable. **END OF SECTION** December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16450-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 16460 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600 VOLTS AND LESS) PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies dry-type transformers rated 600 volts and less used for power distribution, lighting and control purposes. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title ANSI/IEEE C57.12.01 General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers ANSI/UL 506 NEMA ST20 Specialty Transformers D - T e Transformers for General A lication 1.03 SUBMITf ALS The following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1-05.3 and 16000: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16460-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Check marks shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If . deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Catalog cuts materials to be installed under this section. Catalog information shall include technical specifications and application information, including weight, volts, wattages, etc. Catalog cuts shall be edited to show only the items, options, model numbers, and information that apply. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS .' >::.;;;;:.,;," Transformers rated 1 0 KV A and smaller shall be single phase unless otherwise specified on the drawings. Transformers rated 15 KV A and greater shall be 3 phase unless otherwise specified. Transformers shall conform to ANSIJIEEE C57.12.01 and ANSI! UL 506. The voltage, frequency, number of phases and KV A rating shall be as specified. Transformers shall be Cutler-Hammer, Square D, Westinghouse, or equal. Transformers shall be Energy Star rated and TP-1 compliant. 2.02 INSULA nON Transformers 15 KV A and above shall have a Class 220 insulation system in accordance with NEMA ST20. Transformers 2 KV A and less shall be designed not to exceed 80 degrees C temperature rise. Transformers 3 KV A and greater shall be designed not to exceed 115 degree C temperature rise. 2.03 COILS Transformer coils shall be copper or aluminum. Transformer coils 15 KV A and above shall be impregnated with varnish. Transformer coils 10 KV A and below shall be encapsulated. 2.04 WINDING CONFIGURATION Transformers shall have electrically isolated primary and secondary windings. Primary and secondary winding configurations shall be as specified. Provisions shall be made to permit separate . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16460-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . grounding of the neutral conductor and the enclosure. Single-phase transformers shall be the four winding type. 2.05 TRANSFORMER TAPS Transformers 15 KV A and above shall be provided with two 2-1/2 percent full capacity taps above normal voltage and four 2-112 percent full capacity taps below rated voltage on the primary winding. 2.06 TERMINAL COMPARTMENTS Terminal compartments shall be sized to permit termination of cables specified. Terminal connections shall be made in the bottom third of the enclosure. The terminals shall be copper and sized for the cable specified. 2.07 ENCLOSURES Transformers rated 15 KV A and smaller shall be provided with weatherproof, nonventi1ated enclosures. . Indoor transformers rated greater than 15 KV A shall be provided with dripproof, ventilated enclosures. Outdoor transformers shall have weatherproof enclosures. Indoor transformers mounted within motor control centers or switchgear are not required to have separate enclosures but shall be separated from adjoining cells and sections by suitable barriers. 2.08 MOUNTING Transformers 45 KV A and below shall be suitable for wall mounting. Transformers greater than 45 KV A shall be floor mounting type. Provide mounting of distribution panel transformers in accordance with the drawings. 2.09 NAMEPLATES Nameplates shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 16000. 2.10 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3: I. Manufacturer's verification that the unit has been built and tested in accordance with the specified ANSI standards. 2. Manufacturer's verification of the sound levels of each unit if different from the specified NEMA ST20 standards. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1130282/EUGAlSpecs 16460-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3. Applicable operation and maintenance information as specified in Section 1- 05.3. 4. Manufacturer's product literature. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Transformer enclosures and neutrals shall be bonded together and grounded. Transformers shall be bonded to nearest building steel, water piping, and grounding electrode conductor. 3.02 TESTING Transformers shall be tested in accordance with Section 16030. **END OF SECTION* December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16460-4 .} .; ..~" .' S ~" . . . SECTION 16470 LIGHTING AND POWER DISTRIBUTION P ANELBOARDS PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies panelboards for lighting and power distribution. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as ifreferenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title National Electrical Code (NEC) Underwriters Laboratories, Electric Panelboards Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures Cabinets and Boxes NFP A 70 UL67 UL 489 UL50 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3 and Section 16000: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If December I, 2006 ]2/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16470-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with justification( s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Catalog cuts of equipment, devices, and materials to be installed under this section. List quantities and ampacities of the breakers and equipment provided. Coordinate with Section 16994. Catalog information shall include technical specifications and application information, including ratings, interior and exterior dimensions, locations of main and branch breakers and neutral and ground buses, etc. Catalog cuts shall be edited to show only the items, options, model numbers, and information that apply. 3. Field test reports for insulation resistance measurements for panel board bus systems and breaker test results for panel main breakers and branch breakers of 200 amperes and greater. Test reports shall show actual test equipment's readings for the tests conducted. Where actual test equipment readings for the tests conducted are not provided the tests shall be redone at the contractor's expense. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.0 1 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS Panelboards shall be circuit breaker, dead front type, with bus bar construction and shall be Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, or equal. 2.02 ARRANGEMENT AND CONSTRUCTION The front of the panel shall have a hinged door, with a door lock, allowing access to the breaker handles. The panel front shall also be hinged. The door locks shall be flush with cylinder tumbler-type with spring loaded door pulls. All panelboard locks shall be keyed alike. The panels shall be equipped with factory mounted breaker hasp slots that allows the panel's breakers to be locked in the open position. Where specified on the drawings provide feed through lugs for extending 120/208 volt distribution capability to an adjoining panel. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16470-2 .) .~ 'j -'" . . . . Gutter space shall be provided on all sides of the breaker assembly to neatly connect and . . . . arrange mcommg wmng. Panelboard shall be composed of individually mounted circuit breakers designed to be removable without disturbing other breakers. A directory holder with clear plastic plate and metal frame shall be mounted on the inside of the door. 2.03 BUS Bus shall be tin-plated copper and shall have current ratings as shown on the panelboard schedules, sized in accordance with UL 67. Ratings shall be determined by temperature rise test. Minimum bus size shall be 100 amperes. Panel fault withstand rating shall be equal to the interrupting rating of the smallest circuit breaker in the panel. Panels shall be fully rated. Panelboards shall be provided with a separate ground bus and, where a neutral bus is specified, a full capacity neutral bus. Ground bus shall be bonded to ground in accordance with Section 16450. 2.04 CIRCUIT BREAKERS Circuit breakers shall be molded-case type provided for the current ratings and pole configurations specified on the panelboard schedule. Circuit breakers rated 120/208 volt and 120/240 volt alternating current shall have a minimum interrupting current rating of22,000 amperes (symmetrical) at 240V AC or as specified on the panelboard schedule. Circuit breakers rated 277/480 volt alternating current shall have a minimum interrupting current rating of 42,000 amperes (symmetrical) at 480V AC or as specified on the panelboard schedule. Circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type. Circuit breakers and panelboards shall be fully rated. Circuit breakers shall be listed in accordance with UL 489 for the service specified. Load terminals of circuit breakers shall be solderless connectors. 2.05 FINISH Panelboard cabinet shall be fabricated from hot-dip galvanized steel in accordance with UL 50. Panelboard fronts shall have a gray, baked enamel finish. 2.06 NAMEPLATES Each panelboard shall be provided with a nameplate. Nameplates shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 16000. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16470-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.07 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3: 1. Manufacturer's certification that bus bracing is capable of withstanding the specified short circuit condition. 2. Applicable operation and maintenance information as specified in Section 1- 05.3. 3. Catalog information for each circuit breaker provided. Provide quantity and rating of circuit breakers provided with each panelboard and the load to be served by those devices. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL The Contractor shall type in the circuit description on the circuit directory as shown on the final record drawings or panelboard schedule. Hand written directory is unacceptable. 3.02 MOUNTING The Contractor shall mount wall mounted panels to the wall via heavy duty fiberglass channel, Bee-Line, or equal. The mounting height on the enclosure shall be at 42 inches above the floor to the bottom of the panel. 3.03 TESTING Panelboards, main breakers, and branch breakers of 200 amperes and greater shall be tested for proper operation, function, and in accordance with Section 16030. Submit test report. 3.04 SCHEDULE Panelboards are scheduled in Section 16994 **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:!l30282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16470-4 .' y ,- . . .' ~ . . . SECTION 16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies lighting fixtures and their installation. 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement ifthere were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title National Electrical Code NFP A 70 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (v") shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the fmal authority for determining acceptability of December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16500-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. ~~ ~;. ..""",' " 2. Catalog cuts showing general information of the fixtures provided. 1.04 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Materials and equipment shall be stored in a manner to keep them dry and clean. Equipment and materials to be located indoors shall be stored indoors and sealed with plastic film wrap. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 LIGHTING MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified, lighting materials, including fixtures, accessories, and hardware, shall conform with the detailed requirements specified on the applicable LIGHTSPECS in paragraph 16500-3.02. Lighting fixtures shall be provided where specified on the drawings. Portable explosion proof lighting fixtures shall be provided in accordance with this specification. .\ ~J 2.02 BALLASTS A. FLUORESCENT MAGNETIC: Ballasts for fluorescent lamps shall be nonleaking, filled with thermosetting compound, rated for 120 volt service, unless otherwise specified. Two lamp ballasts shall be used where applicable. Ballasts for fixtures located in covered unheated areas and open areas shall be low temperature type. Ballasts shall be Class P, protected type, high power factor and shall carry the CBM and UL label. Ballasts shall be designed for case temperature lower than the nominal UL 90 degree C requirement. Rapid start and slim-line fixtures shall be provided with ultrapremium grade, energy-saver ballasts with full light output. Approved "series" with 2-F40 Rapid Start 120V (277V). 1. Advance "Mark III Kool-Koil," #R-2S40-TP (#V-2S40-TP). 2. GE "Super Premium Maxi-Miser I," #8G 1024 (#8G 1039). 3. Universal "Watt Reducer," #446-L-SLH-XXTC-P, (#443-L-SLH-TC-P). .. ~~ December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs .16500-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . B. FLUORESCENT ELECTRONIC: Ballasts for fluorescent lamps shall be high frequency (20 kHz or greater) electronic type filled with nonleaking, thermosetting compound, rated for 120 volt service, unless otherwise specified. Two lamp ballasts shall be used where applicable with input watts limited to 68 watts maximum. A three lamp ballast shall be used in three lamp fixtures with dual switching (one lamp on, two lamps on, three lamps on) and input watts limited to 101 watts maximum. Ballasts for fixtures located in covered unheated areas and open areas shall be low temperature type. Ballasts shall be Class P, protected type, sound rated A, high power factor and shall cany the CBM and UL label. Ballasts shall be designed for case temperature lower than the nominal UL 90 degrees C requirement. 2.03 LAMPS A. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS: Lamps shall be General Electric, North American Philips (Norelco), Sylvania, Venture Lighting International, or equal. B. GENERAL: Lamps shall be as specified on the applicable LIGHTSPECS. Unless otherwise specified, fluorescent and compact fluorescent lamps shall be warm white. Incandescent lamps shall be rated BOV AC. Unless otherwise specified, lamp shape shall be standard A or PS and envelope shall be frosted inside. C. SPARES: Spares shall be provided for lamps. Number of spares shall be equal to 5 percent of each rating type, with a minimum of one standard manufacturer's package. 2.04 EXTERIOR LIGHTING POLES NOT USED. 2.05 SITE JUNCTION BOXES NOT USED. 2.06 PHOTOELECTRIC CELL UNITS Photoelectric cell units shall be an integral feature to the fixture. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16500-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.09 PRODUCT DATA . The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3: 1. Applicable operation and maintenance items as specified in Section 1-05.3. 2. Polar plots on 8-1/2 x 11 inch paper providing candlepower vs. angle and foot-Iamberts (brightness) vs. angle for longitudinal and transverse axis. 3. Table of utilization factors for calculation of illumination levels by the zonal cavity method. 4. Catalog information describing fixture make, materials, and dimensions. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL The location and type of fixtures are shown on the drawings. Raceways and wire shall be provided from the fixtures and switches to the lighting panel in accordance with the NEC. Raceways shall be provided in accordance with Section 16110. Wire shall be provided in accordance with Section 16120. .~ J ,~ Fixtures labeled to require conductors with a temperature rating exceeding 75 degrees C shall be spliced to circuit conductors in a separately mounted junction box. Fixture shall be connected to junction box using flexible conduit with a temperature rating equal to that of the fixture; With the exception of fixtures that face south photoelectric cells shall be oriented toward the north. Labels and marks, except the UL label, shall be removed from exposed parts of the fixtures. Fixtures shall be cleaned when the project is ready for acceptance. Fixtures shall be aligned and directed to illuminate an area as specified. Fixtures shall be directly and rigidly mounted on their supporting structures. Unless otherwise specified, conduit system shall not be used to support fixtures. Where brackets or supports for lighting fixtures are welded to steel members, the welded area shall be treated with rust-resistant primer and fmish paint. e; December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16500-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 3.02 LIGHTING FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS SHEETS (LIGHT SPEC) A. GENERAL: Lighting fixtures, including their related accessories, options, and hardware are specified on individual specification sheets (LIGHTSPECS) located at the end of this section. B. EXAMPLE CATALOG NUMBERS: The manufacturer's catalog numbers listed are examples of the basic model, or series, and the overall quality required. While the referenced catalog numbers attempt to be as defmitive as available literature permits, such items as voltage, mounting style, modifications, and other special features may not be included. The Contractor, supplier, and manufacturer shall verify and provide all of the specified requirements. C. LIGHTING FIXTURE IDENTIFIER: Each LIGHTSPEC and lighting fixture type shown on the drawings is identified with a unique acronym of three or four digits, as follows: 1. LAMP SOURCES: The first digit of the fixture type indicates the basic or predominant lamp source from which the light is produced, as follows: . A = Atomic (self-energized) F = Fluorescent . H = Mercury vapor (Hg) I = Incandescent L = Low pressure sodium M = Metal halide N = Neon S = Sodium, high pressure X = Xenon 2. FAMILY GROUPS: The second digit of the fixture type indicates a "family" of fixtures which share the same primary physical characteristics, such as appearance, construction or function. The family general requirements apply to all members of the family. The third digit ofa four-digit fixture type, if used, distinguishes individual family members which have differing secondary features, options or multiple character-istics. All family members shall be produced by the same manufacturer and have matching characteristics. Family groups are as follows: . A = Area light B = Bare lampholder or striplight C = Corrosion-resistant D = Downlight E = Emergency December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16500-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor F = Floodlight G = General, diffuse H = Hazardous location I = Industrial L = Louver lens M = Metal sided N = sigN o = pOol, or fountain, underwater P = Patterned plastic lens R = Roadway/parking lot S = Step light T = Tmck-mounted U = Under-cabinet V = Vaportight W = Wraparound lens X = eXit sign . Lighting fixtures specified in the LlGHTSPECS are alphabetically arranged by lamp source and function. 3. MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT: The last digit of the fixture type distinguishes family members which have differing mounting arrangements, as follows: B = Bollard C = Cove G = Ground H = Hand carried portable L = poLe M = seMi-recessed P = Pendant R = Recessed S = Surface V = Valance W = Wall .' 3.02 LIGHTSPECS SHEETS The following LlGHTSPECS are included in this section: FV Fluorescent, Pendant-mounted FA Compact Fluorescent Wall Pack . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16500-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 3.03 LIGHTING FIXTURE SPECIFICATION SHEET--LIGHTSPEC Family Group: FV--Fluorescent, Vapor Tight, Damp location Group description: Surface fluorescent, Enclosed Gasketed Industrial, static air. Family members: FV: 2 lamps, 8 1/8 by 50 inch fixture Construction: Housing: Impact resistant, UV stabilized, fiberglass reinforced polyester with cold-rolled steel enclosed wireway. Finish: Ion-phosphate White high gloss baked enamel. Door frame: 316L stainless steel latches Gasketing: Poured in gasketing between hosing and diffuser. Lighting: Reflector: White thermoset polvester powder Lamps: Energy saving, T-8 Electrical: Input voltage: 120 Ballasts: Cold-weather ballasts, OOF starting with emergency battery pack included . Mounting: Pendant Acceptable products: Lithonia DM, or equal. . December I, 2006 12/412006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16500- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.03 LIGHTING FIXTURE SPECIFICATION SHEET--LIGHTSPEC Family group: F A-Compact Fluorescent, Industrial, Wet Location Group description: Industrial outdoor wallpack, high compact fluorescent, wall mounted. MAl: Two 32W lamps. Family members: Construction: Housing: MAl: Die-cast aluminum. MA2: aluminum rectilinear housing, shoebox style Lighting: Distribution: MA2: Full cutoff, type IV forward throw Lamps: 2-32W T8 Electrical: Input voltage: 120 Ballasts: Electronic cold-weather ballasts, OOF starting Mounting: FA: Surface on flush wall outlet, gasketing between wall and fixture Acceptable products: MA: Lithonia TWP, or equal **END OF SECTION** December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p.l130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16500-8 .' ~...~~'" . . . SECTION 16620 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: - - This section specifies the design and installation requirements for the new fire alarm system at Pump Stations 12 and 13. The drawings are schematic in nature. The contractor shall provide a complete fire alarm design approved by the jurisdiction Fire Marshal. The fire alarm system shall provide automatic fire detection, retransmit alarm, supervisory and trouble signals via an addressable system, retransmit alarm, supervisory and trouble signals to the PLC Panel and other functions normally attributed to fire alarm systems. B. PANEL: Fire Alarm Panel shall be located as indicated in the drawings. . 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following document. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Reference Title ANSI/NFP A 70 ANSI/NFP A 72 ANSI/NFP A 72E ANSI/NFP A 72H ANSI/NFP A 820 National Electrical Code Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Protective Signaling Systems Automatic Fire Detectors Testing Procedures for Signaling Systems Fire Protection in Wastewater Treatment and Collection Facilities 1.03 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. GENERAL: Provide fire alarm systems under the supervision of a single specialty contractor, chosen by the Contractor, which is regularly engaged in the design and installation of such systems of . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16620-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor similar scope and complexity. Contractor is responsible to the Owner for performance of all systems as specified. . Provide complete and operable fire alarm system additions in accordance with local Fire Department Standards, NFP A 70, NFP A 72, NFP A 820, and 28 CFR part 36, appendix A. The system shall include, an addressable panel, audible-visual alarm, manual fire alarm boxes, signal devices, alarm devices, batteries, and appurtenances as required by the local Fire Marshal and associated fire code in jurisdiction, or the Owner's insurance underwriter. All wiring between fire alarm sensors, boxes, and panels shall be supplied and installed and tested by the fire alarm system contractor. Contacts for transmission of data to the PLC system shall be normally closed and open on alarm or malfunction. Contacts shall be rated not less than 2.0 amperes at 120 volts AC. Fire alarm system shall retransmit alarm signals to the fire department in accordance with Fire Marshal requirements, which as a minimum includes sending individual zone addressable information of all alarm, trouble, and supervisory data through a UL Listed Fire Alarm Monitoring Service Provider (F AMSP). 1.04 SUBMITTALS Shop drawings shall be submitted only after they have been stamped approved by the applicable code enforcement authority having jurisdiction. The following information shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1-05.3 and 16000: . 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. If deviations from the specifications are indicated and, therefore requested by the Contractor, the submittal shall be accomplished by a detailed, written justification for each deviation. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with justification for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Submittals shall include all items for submission of plans and permits as required by the local fire department in accordance with Fire Marshal requirements. 3. Catalog cuts showing general features of the new equipment. 4. Schematic diagrams showing the wiring of all modified systems. 5. Plan drawings showing the locations of existing and new detectors and manual stations in each new and modified area. . ~l. ....; ~~.-7' December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16620-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 6. Acceptance test records and test certificates signed and approved by the Fire Marshal. 7. Acceptance test records and test certificates signed and approved by the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL New fire alarm equipment shall comply with the requirements ofNFPA 72 and shall be listed for use with the existing system. The dry contact shall be at a minimum rated for 120 V AC and 2 amperes. 2.02 FIRE ALARM PANEL A. FIRE ALARM PANEL: The fire alarm panel shall be addressable and have a dry contact to transmit a signal to the SCADA system. 2.03 SPACE DETECTORS A. IONIZATION: Smoke detectors shall be in accordance with NFPA 72E and have the following features: 1. Dual chamber ionization type. 2. No moving parts. 3. Alarm indicator lamp. 4. Capable of having sensitivity tested and adjusted. 5. Nominal 24 volt DC operation. 6. Terminal base connection. 7. Concealed socket head screw to prevent tampering. 8. Encapsulated solid-state amplifier-switching circuitry. 9. UL 268 listed for 30-foot spacing. 10. Plug-in base compatible with other specified space detectors. B. RATE-OF-RISE: Detector shall be the rate-compensated fixed temperature type. 1. UL 521 listed for 50 foot spacing. 2. Encapsulated solid-state electronics. 3. Dual thermistor operating principle. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16620-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 4. 5. Alarm indicator lamp. Plug-in base compatible with other specified space detectors. 2.04 AIR HANDLING UNIT DETECTORS (NOT USED) 2.05 MANUAL STATIONS Provide addressable manual stations in accordance with NFP A 72. Indoor manual station shall be single-action type. Stations shall not require part replacement to accomplish reset. 2.06 ALARM HORN / STROBES Provide Horn Strobes with the following: 1. Solid state components. 2. Electronic signal equipped with eight field selective alarm tones, including horn. 3. Field setting for standard and high dBA sound output levels. 4. Xenon flashtube, flashing at one flash per second with 117 candela rating. 5. Operating voltage: 120 VDC. 6. Provide interior horn/strobes as required by code and the fire marshal. 2.07 CABLE Provide cable to interconnect the various components of the fire alarm system in accordance with NFP A 70 requirements. Cables are to be routed in conduits. The fire alarm panel is located as shown on the drawings. 2.08 STANDBY COMPONENTS Provide the following standby components for equipment specified in this section: 1. One of each space detector. 2. One air handling unit detector. Standby components shall be tagged and stored as specified in Section 11000. 2.09 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 1-05.3: 1. Applicable operation and maintenance information as specified in Section 1-05.3. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16620-4 . . .' . ::;;;Y . . . 2. Fire Alarm System Certification and Description in accordance with NFPA 72. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL Fire alarm system shall be designed and installed by the contractor in accordance with NFP A 72 and 72E, and NEC Article 760. The completed system shall be tested in accordance with NFP A 72H. Fire alarm devices located on architecturally finished surfaces shall be flush or semiflush mounted. Devices located on masonry surfaces shall be surface mounted. All necessary cable and raceway shall be provided as part of the fire alarm system. Raceways (conduits) for fire alarm system shall be provided in accordance with Section 16110 and shall be provided for all interconnecting wiring between Fire Alarm Panel and remote components. Final acceptance testing shall be performed with the local Fire Marshall. **END OF SECTlON** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16620-5 . . . SECTION 16920 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS PART I--GENERAL 1.0 I DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies freestanding, factory assembled 600 volt motor control centers (MCC). 1.02 REFERENCES This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). Ifreferenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced. Reference Title General Standards for Industrial Controls and Systems Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies Electrical Standards for Mass Production Equipment Motor Control Centers ANSI/NEMA ICS 1 ANSI/NEMA ICS 2 JIC EMP 1 UL 845 1.03 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1-05.3 and 16000: 1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1I30282/EUGAlSpecs 16920-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (.I') shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. 2. Elementary connection and interconnection diagrams as required in paragraph 16920-2.07, in accordance with HC EMP 1 and/or NEMA ICS standards. 3. Nameplate legend with engraving and sizes. 4. Internal layout drawings showing all components. 5. List of materials and components with the layout drawings. 6. Catalog information of all equipment provided under this section. Time current curves for all protection devices. 7. Field test reports for all equipment tested under this section showing actual test equipment readings for the tests conducted. Where actual test equipment readings for the tests conducted are not provided the tests shall be redone at the contractor's expense. 8. List of starters and feeder tap compartments indicating the size and type of circuit protection. 9. Interrupting, withstand and continuous current rating of: a. Bus bars b. Feeder tap units c. Starter units d. Main incoming units December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16920-2 . .4 . . PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.0 1 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS Motor control centers shall comply with ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-322, AC General-Purpose Motor Control Centers, and UL 845 and shall be Siemens or equal. Motor starters that are supplied shall be NEMA rated and not lEC rated. 2.02 SERVICE Motor control centers shall be rated 600 volts, 60 hertz, 3 phase, 4-wire and shall be suitable for operation at the specified voltages, ampacities, and short circuit capacities. See the drawings. 2.03 STRUCTURE AND CONSTRUCTION A. STRUCTURE: . Motor control centers shall be made of No. 14 gage steel minimum and each section shall be 90 inches high, 20 inches deep, and 20 inches in width. The individual starter unit compartments shall be a minimum of 12 inches high unless otherwise noted on the drawings. There shall be 72 inches minimum available for stacking starter units. Compartments shall have pan-type doors with a minimum of two quarter-turn hold-down latches; and neoprene gaskets. A full height vertical wireway shall be provided for each vertical motor control center section. The wireway shall contain full height removable doors. Horizontal wireways shall be provided top and bottom, extending the length of motor control centers. Bottom channel sills shall be mounted front and rear of the vertical sections extending the full length of the motor control center lineup. A removable lifting angle shall be mounted on top and shall extend the width of the motor control center lineup. B. CONSTRUCTION: Motor control centers located indoors shall have NEMA 1, gasketed enclosures; motor control centers locateq outdoors shall be NEMA 1 gasketed in a NEMA-3R weatherproof walk-in enclosure. Starter units, size 4 and smaller, and feeder tap units less than 225 amperes shall be drawout plug-in construction with hardened, plated copper free-floating stabs, steel spring backups. The door shall have interference tabs which prevent door closure if unit is improperly installed. Units shall be latched in the position to assure proper bus contact. The unit disconnecting device shall be a circuit breaker. The circuit breaker shall be interlocked to prevent removal or reinsertion of a unit when the circuit breaker is in the "ON" or "TRIPPED" positions. . Compartment unit doors shall be provided with a defeatable interlocking means that prevents the compartment doors from being open while the circuit breaker is in the "ON" position. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16920-3 Port ~geles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Provide circuit breaker disconnecting devices with operators capable of accommodating three padlocks for locking in the "OPEN" position. . Hardware for mounting future starter and feeder tap units shall be provided at compartments specified as "SPACE". 2.04 FINISH AND COLOR The finish and color shall be manufacturer's standard. 2.05 BUS A. GENERAL: Bus shall be tin-plated copper with bolted connections between vertical and horizontal bus bars. Access for tightening these connections shall be from the front, without the need for tools on the rear of the connection. Insulated horizontal and vertical bus barriers shall be provided. Barriers shall be fabricated from high-strength, glass-filled polyester resin. Unless otherwise specified, the bus shall be braced to withstand a fault current of 22,000 amperes, RMS, symmetrical. B. HORIZONTAL BUS: Unless otherwise specified, the main horizontal bus shall be rated a minimum 600 amperes . continuous. ~ C. VERTICAL BUS: Unless otherwise specified, the vertical bus shall be rated a minimum 300 amperes continuous. D. NEUTRAL BUS: Where specified, a neutral bus shall be provided. The neutral bus shall have the same rating as the main horizontal bus. Provide neutral landing pad for 4 wire utility service installations that will be used by 3 wire electrical distribution systems. Bond neutral busllanding pad to equipment ground bus and the building's grounding electrode system in accordance with the NEC. E. GROUND BUS: A 114-inch by 2-inch ground bus shall be provided the full length of the motor control center. Ground bus shall be located at the bottom of the motor control center. Provide a lug to terminate a bare 4/0 A WG copper ground conductors at each end of the ground bus. Ground bus bars shall be in accordance with Section 16450. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16920-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 2.06 WIRING A. GENERAL: Motor control centers shall be provided with NEMA Class II, Type B wiring. All starter units shall have terminal blocks for control and control power wiring. Terminal blocks shall be provided for power wiring for starters size 2 and smaller. Motor control centers shall be provided with all necessary interconnecting wiring and interlocking. When a control section is specified on the drawings or schedules, wiring shall also terminate on interfacing terminal blocks before the circuit continues to the relays or programmable controller's input/output modules as part of the interconnecting wiring. Provide elementary and connection diagrams for each starter unit and an interconnection diagram for the entire motor control center. B. POWER WIRE: Power wire and control power wire shall be copper 90 degrees C insulated, sized to suit load; minimum power wire size shall be No. 12 A WG copper stranded. C. CONTROL WIRE: Control wire shall be No. 16 A WG stranded copper wire, rated 90 degrees C, MTW, and UL listed for panel wiring. D. TERMINATIONS AND CABLE CONNECTIONS: 1. TERMINALS: Control wiring shall be lugged with ring-tongue or locking spade crimp type terminals made from electrolytic copper, tin-plated. 2. CABLE CONNECTORS: Cable connectors for use with stranded copper wire, sizes No.8 A WG to 1000 MCM, shall be UL listed. Dished conical washers shall be used for each bolted connection. Connectors shall be reusable and shall be rated for use with copper conductors. Incoming line and outgoing feeder compartments shall be provided with crimp type lugs, 3M, Burndy, or equal. E. CONDUCTOR MARKERS: Markers used for identification shall meet the requirements of Section 16000. 2.07 MAIN AND FEEDER BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTION A. GENERAL: Main and feeder tap units shall consist of circuit breakers, as indicated on the drawings. Breakers for non-motor loads shall be thermal magnetic. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs 16920-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Breakers for motor loads shall be motor circuit protectors sized by the contractor for the motors provided. .~ B. CIRCUIT BREAKERS (THERMAL MAGNETIC): Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers shall be molded case equipped with toggle type handle, quick-make, quick-break over center switching mechanism that is trip-free so that breaker cannot be held closed against short circuits and abnormal currents. The tripped position shall be clearly indicated by breaker handle maintaining a position between "ON" and "OFF." All poles shall open, close, and trip simultaneously. Minimum short circuit capacity shall be 22,000 amps symmetrical. C. CIRCUIT BREAKERS (MAGNETIC ONLY): Magnetic circuit breakers shall be molded-case equipped with toggle type handle, quick- make, quick-break over center switching mechanism that is trip-free so that breaker cannot be held closed against short circuits and abnormal currents. The tripped position shall be clearly indicated by breaker handle maintaining a position between "ON" and "OFF." All poles shall open, close, and trip simultaneously. Minimum short circuit capacity shall be 22,000 amps symmetrical. 2.08 MOTOR STARTER UNITS A. GENERAL: Motor starter units shall be combination type with contactor and fused disconnect switch or motor circuit protector as specified on the drawings or the MCC schedule. The starter units shall have a minimum combination UL listing of 22,000 amps RMS, symmetrical or as specified in the schedule. .' ~ B. MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTORS: The molded case motor circuit protector shall operate on the magnetic principle with a current sensing coil in each of the three poles to provide an instantaneous trip for short circuit protection. The trip setting shall be adjustable from 700 to 1300 percent of the motor full load amperes from the front of the breaker. The motor circuit protector shall be set at its lowest position at the factory. C. CONTROL TRANSFORMERS: Each control transformer shall be rated 480/240-120V, single phase, 2 wire, 60 Hz. The transformer shall be sized for the load it feeds plus an additional 50% load. Each control transformer shall be provided with time-delay, slow-blow secondary fuse rated to interrupt 10,000 amperes short circuit at 250 volts AC. Two primary fuses rated to interrupt 200,000 amperes at 600 volts shall be provided on all starters. All fuses shall be provided with blown fuse indicators. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16920-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . D. CONTACTORS: Unless otherwise specified, contactors shall be full voltage, 3-pole, 600 volt AC, NEMA size 1 minimum. Contacts shall be double break, silver-cadmium oxide, and weld resistant. Contacts shall be isolated to prevent arcing. Coils and magnets shall be capable of being removed or replaced without special tools. Reversing, multispeed, and reduced voltage starters shall have additional contactors, overload relays, and auxiliary relays as required, and shall have mechanically interlocked contactor coils to prevent simultaneous engagement. E. TRANSIENT SURGE SUPPRESSOR: A transient surge suppressor shall be provided in each starter. Suppressor shall be encapsulated in a small module suitable for mounting directly to the starter coil. Additional panel space for suppressor shall not be required. Suppressors shall be rated 120V AC. F. AUXILIARY CONTACTS: Contactors shall be equipped with auxiliary contac~, rated 10 amperes at 120 volts AC. Unless otherwise specified on the drawings, each contactor shall be equipped with two normally open and two normally closed electrically isolated auxiliary contacts. Auxiliary contacts shall be wired out to terminal blocks. Refer to drawings for actual quantities required. G. OVERLOADS: Overload relays on starters shall be adjustable, solid state 'type with a minimum adjustment range of 3 to 1. Overload relays shall have selector for either auto or manual reset. Provide overload relay reset on front of starter door. Overload Relays shall monitor all energized conductors and shall trip on phase fail and ground fault. Overload relay shall be provided with a circuit test button which shall simulate an overload trip, trip indication, and reset pushbutton. H. TERMlNAL BLOCKS: Terminal blocks shall be screw type rated 600 volts; 20 amperes for control wiring and 30 amperes power wiring (starters size 3 and larger shall terminate the power leads directly to the contactor). The number ofterminal blocks shall be specified on the drawings. Terminal blocks shall be provided with integral marking strips and shall be permanently marked with the conductor number as specified on the drawings. . Internal wiring shall be connected on one side of the terminal block; outgoing conductors shall be connected to the other side. 2.09 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM A. An integrally mounted Transient Voltage Surge Suppression, (TVSS), system shall be included for the protection of all AC circuits from the effects oflightning induced currents, December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16920- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor substation switching transients, and internally generated transients resulting from inductive and/or capacitive load switching. . - ' B. REFERENCES: ANSIIIEEE C62.41 ANSIIIEEE C62.45 FIPS Pub 94 (1983) NEC Article 280-1, 2, 4, 12,21,25 NFPA-20, 70, 75, 78 UL 1283 UL 1449 C. PRODUCT: TVSS shall be installed by the original equipment manufacturer in the manufacturer's factory. The motor control center manufacturer shall provide the TVSS. Warranty shall be the responsibility of the electrical equipment manufacturer. D. The TVSS shall be connected to the bus bars immediately adjacent to the incoming feeder conductors via a circuit breaker with a minimum withstand rating of 100kA. Each phase shall be fused with 100kAIC current limiting fuses. E. The TVSS shall be modular in construction with the following features: Each suppression element shall be MOV based. The TVSS shall provide surge current diversion paths . between each phase conductor and neutral, between each phase conductor and ground and between . j the neutral conductor and ground. For delta configured systems, the TVSS shall have components connected between each phase conductor and between each phase conductor and ground. Copper bus bars shall be incorporated for the surge current path. Plug in connections and round wire shall not be used in the surge current path. A low impedance surge current path shall be provided between the bus bars of the motor control center and the TVSS. The TVSS shall be equipped with an event surge counter mounted on the dead front of the panel. The counter shall have a battery to retain memory during power outages and shall be equipped with a manual reset push button. The TVSS shall be equipped with visual and audible diagnostic monitoring. Indicating lights shall provide full time monitoring of each phase of the surge current diversion module. The alarm shall activate upon a fault condition and have acknowledge, test and reset push buttons. One set of C- Form dry contacts shall be provided which change state during an alarm condition. The alarm contacts remain in alarm condition until the fault has cleared and the alarm has been manually reset. F. The TVSS shall meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. Maximum surge current capability of 120kAIC per phase. 2. Capable of surviving 5,000 ANSI!IEEE C62.41 Category C3 transients without failure or degradation ofUL 1449 Suppression Voltage Rating by more than 10 percent. 3. TVSS shall be designed to withstand a continuous operating voltage of not less than 115 percent of nominal RMS voltage. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1130282/EUGAlSpecs 16920-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 4. TVSS shall have a minimum EMIlRFI filtering of -50dB at 100kHz with an insertion ratio of50:1 using MIL STD. 220A methodology. 5. TVSS shall have a response time no greater than Yz nanosecond for any of the individual protection modes. 6. The TVSS shall have Recognized Component Suppression Voltage Ratings not to exceed the requirements ofUL 1449. 7. The TVSS Category C3 Let Through Voltages shall not exceed the requirements of ANSI/IEEE C62.41. G. MANUFACTURER: The TVSS shall be Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc. TPS Series, Cutler Hammer CPS Series, Square D APT Series, General Electric Tranquell Series or equal. 2.10 SOLID STATE REDUCED VOLTAGE STARTERS The solid state reduced voltage motor starter shall be NEMA rated and shall consist of a self-contained unit for the control of 3-phase, 460-volt, 60-Hertz electric motors. The starter shall use solid-state components to limit current during motor starting and stopping. The starter shall include built-in or external bypass contacts operating closed when the motor is running at speed. Starter unit shall include bypass relay that energizes the bypass contactors when the drive is at full speed. The starter unit shall also include pilot relays, control relays, Hand/OfllRemote selector switch with two sets of dry contacts for "Remote" and "Local" status, and motor overload protection. Starter unit shall include a power factor capacitor control relay that shall connect the capacitors to the motor feeder circuit after the internal reduced voltage starter devices are shunted. Provide control relays and timers in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and contract drawings to insert the capacitors into the motor circuit. The power factor capacitor control relay shall isolate the capacitors during reduced voltage start operations and insert the capacitors after the starter is in bypass operation via timing relays. Capacitors shall be de-energized when the motor is not running. Provide timing relays, wiring, raceway and all terminations for power factor capacitor and soft start starter device bypass operation. Coordinate with power factor correction capacitor manufacturer for sizing required interconnecting wiring. See instrumentation drawings for R VSS wiring diagrams. Controls shall permit selection among soft-start with selectable kickstart, current limiting with starting that is programmable 50 to 600 percent of full load current and field set as required. Full voltage start with ramp time less than 0.25 second, dual ramp start, or a start profile designed to reduce fluid surges when starting pumps. Provide motor overload protection with selectable trip classes utilizing three-phase current sensing, initially field set and field adjusted as required for the process application by the starter manufacturer's Factory Engineer. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16920-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor The solid state reduced voltage starter shall be MCC mounted as indicated on contract drawings. The solid state reduced voltage starters shall be UL listed for installation in the Contractor provided MCCs. ." ~ ; Provided as standard: 1. Pre-start line fault alarm 2. Running line fault advising power loss 3. Shorted or missing load connection 4. Pre-start power loss with phase indication 5. Over-temperature 6. Fault alarm with phase problem indication. Provide the following defeatable protection as standard: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Under-load Under-voltage Over-load Over-voltage Voltage Unbalance Excessive Starts Per Hour Phase Reversal Stall Jam. .) -"" When fault conditions are detected, the controller shall inhibit starting or shut down. Fault diagnostics shall be indicated in descriptive text on the LCD display. The exclusive use of fault codes is unacceptable. Provide an auxiliary contact that is programmable for fault indication. Manufacturer and model: 1. Siemens Automation 2. Allen-Bradley Bulletin SMC Flex 3. Eaton - Cutler Hammer 4. Square D 5. Or equal .5 December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16920-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS A. GENERAL: Control devices such as pushbuttons, selector switches, indicating lights and overload reset pushbuttons shall be mounted on the unit compartment door. The control devices shall comply with the requirements of Section 16175. B. ELAPSED TIME INDICATOR: Where specified, the elapsed time indicator shall be as specified in Section 16175. The indicator shall be mounted on the unit compartment door. C. POWER MONITOR Provide a power monitor in accordance with Section 16440. D. NAMEPLATES: . Nameplates shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 16000-2.04. Nameplates shall be provided for all cubicles and compartments. A Nameplate shall be provided identifying the motor control center. 2.12 SPACE HEATERS AND THERMOSTATS Space heaters shall be rated for 120 V AC. Provide space heaters and thermostats as per the manufacturer's recommendation and as indicated on the contract drawings. Provide local and internal disconnecting means for the foreign voltage space heater circuit. 2.13 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS Dry-type power transformers shall meet the requirements of Section 16460. The size and voltage shall be as specified. 2.14 SPARE PARTS One set consisting of the following spare parts shall be provided: I--set each fuse size and type 10--indicating light bulbs . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs 16920-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.15 PRODUCT DATA The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 5-01: 1. Manufacturer's certification and calculations that the equipment complies with the seismic requirements of Section 16000. 2. Manufacturer's certification that the following items are capable of interrupting and/or withstanding the specified short circuit condition: a. Bus bar bracing b. Feeder tap units c. Starter units 3. Applicable operation and maintenance information as specified in Section 1- 05.3. 4. Dimensions and weights. 5. Installation instructions. 6. Manufacturer's product data. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL The motor control centers shall be erected in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and with the details specified herein. Field wiring shall meet the requirements of Sections 16120. Cables larger than No.6 A WG which hang from their vertical connections shall be supported within 2 feet of the connection. The overload relay heater elements and motor circuit protector shall be provided by the Contractor and sized based on the actual full load amperes of the motor connected to the starter. The motor circuit protectors shall be adjusted by the Contractor to the lowest setting not causing false tripping. 3.02 FIELD TESTS Motor control centers shall be tested in accordance with Section 16030. 3.03 MCC SCHEDULES Motor control centers are scheduled in Section 16994. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p.l130282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 16920-12 .} '--,-' .~ '^~' .~ ~:::V' . . . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs **END OF SECTION** 16920-13 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . SECTION 16992 CIRCUIT SCHEDULE PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies the circuit schedule for conduits, conductors, and cables, specified in Sections 16110 and 16120. B. DEFINITIONS: The circuit schedule contains the following information: 1. Raceway/Circuit Number A unique number assigned to a raceway, cable, or group of conductors associated with a single raceway/circuit with the same from and to location. . 2. Raceway Size The size of the raceway. Raceway type shall be as identified in Section 16110. 3. From and To The equipment designations where the circuit is terminated at each end. In some instances there may be intermediate terminations between a breaker and its load that are not indicated in the table but required. For example, the load's disconnect switch would be included in the circuit routing but may not be specifically identified as multiple circuit segments. 4. Cable Type Type of conductor and insulation defmed and specified in the CABLESPEC sheets in Section 16120. 5. Volts The voltage of the circuit. . December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 16992-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 6. 7. 8. Quantity (Qty) Number of conductors, pairs, triads, and/or multi-conductor cables. .' '-';':'e I 2 = 2(4) = PR = TR 2 conductors two sets of 4 conductors Pair Triad Conductor size Size of each current canying conductor in A WG or kCMIL. Ground Size of the grounding conductor included in the circuit. 1.02 CIRCUIT NUMBERING Circuit numbers are prefixed for one or more of the following functions: Cable refix T e of function Control power Medium Voltage power Power 120V to 600V Low level signal (less than 90V) communication or less than 30V instrumentation X S are conduit C H P S . Prefixes are followed by a three- or four-digit number. Typically a single circuit designation will be used from the load to the power source and from discrete element tothe control device. However, where additional clarity is deemed necessary, due to a particular raceway/cable route, a letter suffix may be added to distinguish one segment of the raceway/cable route from another. Example: Circuit numbers from a breaker to a piece of equipment = P0009-A, P0009-B, P0009-C. where: P = 0009 = A = power circuit with power cable unique 4-digit number Letter to distinguish a particular section of a circuit from other sections of the same circuit being routed to a piece of equipment. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16992-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . PART 2--PRODUCTS No products are included in this section. PART 3--EXECUTION A. UNSCHEDULED CIRCUITS: With the exception of Panel boards 1261 and 1361 circuits, the type, quantity, and size of raceways and conductors shall be as specified on the drawings or schedules. See Section 16110 and 16120 and the drawings for lighting and receptacle circuit information. Other raceways and conductors which are required for construction and are unscheduled shall be provided and sized by the Contractor in accordance with the NEC based on the power, control, or signal circuit's requirements. All underground raceways shall be a minimum of 1" conduit of the type specified under Section 16110. For Bid Purposes (FBP), circuits that are called out on the drawings without circuit information and are not indicated in the schedules shall be provided with the following raceway and conductors based on the circuit type. FBP assume eight "P" circuits, ten "c" circuits and ten "S" circuits will need to be provided. Raceway and conductor type shall be as specified in Sections 16110 and 16120. . PXXXX: (3 - #10, 1 - #100, 1 "C) (XHHW-2) (100 foot run of conductor set) CXXXX (8 - #14, 1 - #140, 1 "C) (XHHW-2) (100 foot run of conductor set) SXXXX (8 - "TSP", 1 "C) (100 foot run of conductor set) The circuit schedules are provided on the following pages. B. SPARES Where the wire/cable count in the schedule exceeds the necessary wire/cable count for the instrument, device, equipment, or process control, the wires/cables that are listed in the schedule shall be installed in accordance with the schedule and shall be bundled, tied back out of the way, and labeled as spares by labeling the spare wires: "Spare -I", "Spare-2", etc. Provide an additional tag that shall indicate where the cables are terminated or reside at their opposite end. The contractor is responsible for providing all spares whether the provided device, piece of equipment, ele~ent, etc, requires the contract's wire count for normal operation. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 16992-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs [This page left blank intentionally.] 16992-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . ~ e . . . Port Angeles - Eastern Urban Growth Area Raceway I Raceway Dwg Cable From To Cable I System Qty I Conductor No. Size No. Type Volts I Size Ground Notes PUMP STATION 12 C 1201-A 1" E.1206 PNL-1200 RVSS-1201 XHHW-2 120 16 #14 #14 (6) SPARE C 1201-8 3/4" E-1206 RVSS-1201 PFC.1201 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 C 1202-A 1" E-1206 PNL-1200 RVSS-1202 XHHW-2 120 16 #14 #14 (6) SPARE C 1202-8 3/4" E-1206 RVSS-1202 PFC-1202 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 C 1203-A 1" E-1201 PNL-1200 FIT 1203 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 PUMP STATION 12 FLOW E-1206 #14 C 1203-8 1" E-1201 FIT 1203 FE 1203 - - - - - MFR SUPPLIED CABLE, NOT SHOWN ON PLAN DWG C 1210-A 1" E-1206 MSH 1201 PNL-1200 PNL-1210 XHHW-2 120 10 #14 #14 MOISTURE RELAY PANEL, (4) SPARE MSH 1202 C 1210-8 1" E-1206 TSH 1201 MCC-1253 PNL-1210 XHHW-2 120 4 #14 #14 TO TSH 1201 AND TSH 1202 VIA PNL-1210 TSH 1202 C 1210-C 1" E.1201 TSH 1201 PMP-1201 PNL-1210 - - - - - MFR SUPPLIED CABLE E-1206 MSH 1201 C 1210-D 1" E-1201 TSH 1202 PMP-1202 PNL-1210 - - - - MFR SUPPLIED CABLE E-1206 MSH 1202 - C 1211-A 1" E-1206 PNL-1200 PNL-1211 XHHW-2 120 12 #14 #14 ISR PANEL, (4) SPARE E-1201 C 1221-BA MFR SUPPLIED CABLE FOR WET WElllSl, C 1211-8 1" E-1206 C 1222.8B PS 12 WET WELL PNl-1211 - - - - - lSH, lSHH C 1223-BC C 1231 1" E-1201 PNl-1200 ZSC-1231 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 PUMP 1 CHECK VALVE E-1206 Port Angeles - EUGA 12/1/200611:01 AM 16992-5 Cable & Raceway Schedule Raceway Raceway Dwg Cable From To Cable System Qty Conductor Ground Notes No. Size No. TVDe Volts Size C 1232 1" E-1201 PNL-1200 ZSC-1232 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 PUMP 2 CHECK VALVE E-1206 C 1250 1" E-1201 PNL-1200 PNL-1250 XHHW-2 120 11 #14 #14 (2) SPARE E-1206 ------- _______n___ __ __ _ __ _ --- - - -- - - C 1252-A 1" E-1206 I PNL-1200 ATS-1252 XHHW-2 120 9 #14 #14 (2) SPARE 1225 C 1252-8 1. E-1201 PNL-1250 ATS-1252 XHHW-2 24 4 #14 #14 (2) SPARE E-1206 C 1292-A 1" E-1206 PNL-1200 Yl 1292 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 WET WELL HORN/STROBE C 1292-8 E-1206 HS 1292 Yl 1292 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 SilENCE PUSHBUTTON IS INTEGRAL TO - HORN/STROBE ENCLOSURE P 1201-A 1-1/2" E-1204 MCC-1253 OS-1201 XHHW-2 480 3 #2 #8 P 1201-8 3" E-1201 OS-1201 PMP-1201 - - MFR SUPPLIED CABLE E-1204 - - - P 1201-C 3/4" MCC-1253-2A PFC-1201 CIRCUIT XHHW-2 480 3 #8 #10 CONNECTION AS SHOWN ON OWG E-1203 - BREAKER P 1201-0 3/4" E-1204 PFC-1201 CIRCUIT PFC-1201 XHHW-2 480 3 #8 #10 BREAKER P 1202-A 1-1/2" E-1204 MCC-1253 OS-1202 XHHW-2 480 3 #2 #8 P 1202-B 3" E-1201 OS-1202 PMP-1202 - - - - MFR SUPPLIED CABLE E-1204 - P 1202-C 3/4" MCC-1253-3A PFC-1202 CIRCUIT XHHW-2 480 3 #8 #10 CONNECTION AS SHOWN ON OWG E-1203 - BREAKER P 1202-0 3/4" E-1204 PFC-1202 CIRCUIT PFC-1202 XHHW-2 480 3 #8 #10 BREAKER Port Angeles. EUGA 12/1/2006 11 :01 AM ce 16992-6 . Cable & Raceway Schedule . . (~" . . . Raceway Raceway Dwg Cable From To Cable System Qty Conductor Ground No. Size No. TVDe Volts Size Notes P 1251-8 4" E-1201 XMFR-1251 CT CAN XHHW-2 480 SHOWN GROUND WIRE IS XFMR E-1204 3 500KCM #210 NEUTRAl'S GROUNDED CONDUCTOR P 1251-C 1" E-1204 CT CAN METER - - - - - PROVIDE 1" GRS TYPE CONDUIT FOR UTILITY PROVIDED METER CONDUCTORS -~- ---- ----- -- -- - - --- - ~-~ - ~---- - ~- ------ P 1252-A 4" E-1204 CT CAN ATS-1252 XHHW-2 480 3 500KCM #210 SHOWN GROUND WIRE IS XFMR NEUTRAL'S GROUNDED CONDUCTOR P 1252-8 2-1/2" E-1201 EG-1250 ATS-1252 E-1204 XHHW-2 480 3 250KCM #4 P 1253 3" E-1204 ATS-1252 MCC-1253 XHHW-2 480 3 500KCM #210 P 1260 1" E-1204 MCC-1253 XMFR-1260 XHHW-2 480 3 #4 #8 P 1261 2" E-1204 XMFR-1260 PBD-1261 XHHW-2 208 4 #210 #6 S 1203 1" E-1201 PNl-1200 FIT 1203 SIC INS 2PR #16 PUMP STATION 12 FLOW, (1) SPARE E-1206 S 1206 1" E-1206 PNl-1200 TE 1206 SIC INS 2PR #16 PUMP STATION 12 TEMPERATURE, (1) SPARE S 1220-A 1" E-1201 PNl-1200 LIT 1220 SIC INS 2PR #16 E-1206 ------~ - -------- -------- - - - - -- S 1220-8 1" E-1201 LIT 1220 lE 1220 . . - - MFR SUPPLIED CABLE S 1291 1" E-1201 PNl-1200 AT 1291 SIC INS 2PR #16 WET WEll lEl lEVEL. (1) SPARE E-1206 1" PNl-1200 FAP-1295 SIC COMM 2PR #16 AUTO DIALER LOCATED IN PlC TO FIRE S 1295 E-1206 ALARM PANEL, (1) SPARE COORDINATE WITH QWEST PHONE S 1296-A 4" E-1201 COMMUNICATION NID-1296 - - - - SERVICES FOR TERMINATION IVAUl T - E-1206 REQUIREMENTS. Port Angeles - EUGA 12/1/200611:01 AM 16992-7 Cable & Raceway Schedule Raceway Raceway Dwg Cable From To Cable System Qty Conductor Ground Notes No. Size No. Type Volts Size S 1296-B 1. E-1206 PNL-1200 NID-1296 SIC COMM 4PR #16 - FROM AUTO DIALER LOCATED IN PLC TO NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE, (2) SPARE S 1296-C 1. E-1206 FAP-1295 NID-1296 SIC COMM 4 PR #16 FROM FIRE ALARM PANEL TO NETWORK - INTERFACE DEVICE, (2) SPARE ---- - -- -- -- -- - .. -~*-- - - ---~.~- -- - --- -- -- -- - - X 1201 4. E-1201 XMFR-1251 CT CAN SPARE POWER CONDUIT E-1204 - - - - - PUMP STATION 13 C 1301-A 1. E-1305 PNL-1300 RVSS-1301 XHHW-2 120 16 #14 #14 (6) SPARE C 1301-B 3/4. E-1305 RVSS-1301 PFC-1301 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 C 1302-A 1. E-1305 PNL-1300 RVSS-1302 XHHW-2 120 16 #14 #14 (6) SPARE C 1302-B 3/4. E-1305 RVSS-1302 PFC-1302 XHHW.2 120 2 #14 #14 C 1303-A 1. E-1305 PNl-1300 JB-1355 XHHW.2 120 2 #14 #14 PUMP STATION 13 FLOW C 1303-B 1. E-1301 JB-1355 FIT 1303 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 PUMP STATION 13 FLOW VIA JB-1355 E-1305 C 1303-C 1. E-1301 FIT 1303 FE 1303 - - - - - MFR SUPPLIED CABLE, CIRCUIT NOT SHOWN ON PLAN DWG C 1309-A 1" E-1305 MSH 1301 PNL-1300 JB-1355 XHHW-2 120 10 #14 #14 MOISTURE RELAY PANEL VIA JB-1355, (4) MSH 1302 SPARE C 1309-B 1" E-1301 MSH 1301 JB-1355 PNL-1310 XHHW-2 120 10 #14 #14 E-1305 MSH 1302 C 1310-A 1" E-1305 TSH 1301 MCC 1353 JB-1355 XHHW-2 120 4 #14 #14 FROM RVSS 1301 & 1302 TO TSH 1301 & TSH 1302 TSH 1302 VIA JB-1355 -~-~----------~------- ~ - -- - - -- - - - - - - -- - - --- -- Port Angeles - EUGA 12/1/200611:01 AM /. ~. 16992-8 (e Cable & Raceway SWdUle /' , , '"...-' . . . Raceway Raceway Dwg Cable From To Cable System Qty Conductor No. Size No. Tvoe Volts Size Ground Notes C 1310-B ' 1" E-1301 TSH 1301 JB-1355 PNL-1310 XHHW-2 120 E-1305 TSH 1302 4 #14 #14 TSH 1301 C 1310-C 1-1/2" E-1301 MSH 1301 PMP-1301 PNL-1310 BOTH MFR SUPPLIED CABLES UTILIZING TSH 1302 PMP-1302 - - - - - SAME RACEWAY TO PNL-1310 MSH 1302 C1311-A 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 JB-1355 XHHW-2 120 14 #14 #14 ISR PANEL VIA JB-1355, (4) SPARE C 1311-B 1" E-1301 JB-1355 PNL-1311 E-1305 XHHW-2 120 14 #14 #14 C 1321-BA C 1311-C 1" E-1301 C 1322-BB PS 13 WET WELL PNL-1311 - - - - - MFR SUPPLIED CABLE FOR WET WELL LSL. C 1323-BC LSH. LSHH C 1331-A 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 JB-1355 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 PUMP 1 CHECK VALVE VIA JB-1355 C 1331-B 1" E-1301 JB-1355 lSC-1331 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 E-1305 C 1332-A 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 JB-1355 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 PUMP 2 CHECK VALVE VIA JB-1355 C 1332-B 1" E-1301 JB-1355 lSC-1332 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 E-1305 C 1350 1" E-1301 PNL-1300 PNL-1350 XHHW-2 120 11 #14 #14 (2) SPARE E-1305 C 1352-A 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 ATS-1352 XHHW-2 120 9 #14 #14 (2) SPARE C 1352-B 1" E-1301 PNL-1350 ATS-1352 XHHW-2 24 4 #14 #14 (2) SPARE E-1305 C 1371-A 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 YL 1371 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 CHEMICAL ROOM HORN/STROBE XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 SILENCE PUSHBUTTON IS INTEGRAL TO C 1371-B - E-1305 HS 1371 YL 1371 HORN/STROBE ENCLOSURE Port Angeles. EUGA 12/1/200611:01 AM 16992-9 Cable & Raceway Schedule Raceway Raceway Dwg Cable From To Cable System Qty Conductor Ground Notes No. Size No. TVDe Volts Size C 1372 1" E-1305 PNl-1300 lSl1372 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 CHEMICAl TANK lOW lEVEL C 1375 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 F5H 1375 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 EMERGENCY EYEWASH FLOW --------~ ------ - -~---- - - --- -- - - -. -- - C 1381-A 1" E-1305 PNl-1300 JB-1381 XHHW-2 120 2 #12 #14 CHEMICAL PUMP 1381 C 1381-B 1" E-1305 JB-1381 PMP-1381 XHHW-2 120 2 #12 #14 CHEMICAL PUMP 1381 C 1382-A 1" E-1305 PNl-1300 JB-1382 XHHW-2 120 2 #12 #14 CHEMICAL PUMP 1382 C 1382-B 1" E-1305 JB-1382 PMP-1382 XHHW-2 120 2 #12 #14 CHEMICAL PUMP 1382 C 1392-A 1" E-1305 PNl-1300 JB-1355 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 WET WELL HORN/STROBE VIA JB-1355 C 1392-8 1" E-1301 JB-1355 YL 1392 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 WET WEll HORN/STROBE E-1305 SilENCE PUSHBUTTON IS INTEGRAL TO C 1392-C - E-1305 HS 1392 Yl 1392 XHHW-2 120 2 #14 #14 HORN/STROBE ENCLOSURE; NOT SHOWN ON PLAN OWG P 1301-A 1-1/2" E.1303 MCC-1353 JB-1355 XHHW-2 480 3 #1 #6 TO PUMP 1301 VIA JB-1355 P 1301-8 1-1/2" E-1301 JB-1355 05-1301 XHHW-2 480 3 #1 #6 TO PUMP 1301 VIA OS-1301 E-1303 P 1301-C 3" E-1301 OS-1301 PMP-1301 - - - - - MFR SUPPLIED CABLE P 1301-0 3/4" MCC-1353-2A PFC-1301 CIRCUIT XHHW-2 480 3 #8 #10 CONNECTION AS SHOWN ON OWG E-1302 - BREAKER P 1301-E I 3/4" E-1303 PFC-1301 CIRCUIT PFC-1301 XHHW-2 480 3 #8 #10 BREAKER Port Angeles - EUGA 12/1/~00611:01 AM f.- " 16992-10 (. Cable & Raceway Schedule (,. . . . Raceway Raceway Dwg Cable From To Cable System Qty Conductor Ground Notes No. Size No. TV08 Volts Size P 1302-A 1-112" E-1303 MCC-1353 JB-1355 . XHHW-2 480 3 #1 #6 TO PUMP 1301 VIA JB-1355 - P 1302-B 1-1/2" E-1301 JB-1355 OS-1302 XHHW-2 480 3 #1 #6 E-1303 TO PUMP 1301VIA DS-1301 I - -- ------- - ----- - - ----- - - -- - - ---~- - - --- P 1302-C 3" E-1301 OS-1302 PMP-1302 - - - - - MFR SUPPLIED CABLE P 1302-0 3/4" - MCC-1353-3A PFC-1302 CIRCUIT XHHW-2 480 3 #8 #10 CONNECTION AS SHOWN ON DWG E-1302 BREAKER P 1302-E 3/4" E-1303 PFC-1302 CIRCUIT PFC-1302 XHHW-2 480 3 #8 #10 BREAKER P 1314-A 3/4" E-1303 MCC-1353 OS-1314 XHHW-2 480 3 #10 #10 P 1314-B 3/4" E-1303 OS-1314 T-1314 XHHW-2 480 3 #10 #10 E-1301 SHOWN GROUND WIRE IS XFMR P 1351-A - E-1303 XMFR-1351 CT CAN XHHW-2 480 3 500KCM #2/0 GROUNDED CONDUCTOR FROM THE UTILITY P 1351-B 1" E-1303 CT CAN METER PROVIDE 1" GRS TYPE CONDUIT FOR - - - - . UTILITY PROVIDED METER CONDUCTORS SHOWN GROUND WIRE IS XFMR P 1352-A 4" E-1303 CT CAN ATS-1352 XHHW-2 480 3 500KCM #210 GROUNDED CONDUCTOR FROM THE UTILITY P 1352-B 2-1/2" E-1301 EG-1350 ATS-1352 XHHW-2 480 3 350KCM #4 E-1303 P 1353 4" E-1303 ATS-1352 MCC-1353 XHHW-2 480 3 500KCM #2/0 -- ------ - ----- ---------- - - - - -----. -l-- - - - --- P 1360 1" E-1303 MCC-1353 XMFR-1360 XHHW-2 480 3 #4 #8 P 1361 2" E-1303 XMFR-1360 PBD-1361 XHHW-2 208 4 #210 #6 P 1389 1" E-1303 MCC-1353 HTR-1389 XHHW-2 480 3 #10 #10 Port Angeles. EUGA 12/1/200611:01 AM 16992-11 Cable & Raceway Schedule Raceway Raceway Dwg Cable From To Cable System Qty Conductor Ground No. Size No. TVDe Volts Size Notes S 1303-A 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 JB-1354 SIC INS 2 PR #16 PUMP STATION 13 FLOW VIA JB-1354, (1) SPARE S 1303-B 1" E-1301 JB-1354 FIT 1303 SIC INS 1 PR #16 E-1305 S 1306 1" E-1J05 PNL-1300 TE 1306 SIC INS 1 PR #16 PUMP STATION 13 TEMPERATURE S 1320-A 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 JB-1354 SIC INS 3PR #16 (1) SPARE S 1320-B 1" E-1301 JB-1354 LIT 1320 SIC INS 2PR #16 E-1305 S 1320-C 1" E-1301 LIT 1320 LE 1320 - - - - MFR SUPPLIED CABLE S 1370-A 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 LIT 1370 SIC INS 2PR #16 CHEMICAL TANK LEVEL S 1370-B 1" LIT 1370 LE 1370 - - - MFR SUPPLIED CABLE, NOT SHOWN ON - PLAN DWGS S 1381 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 PMP-1381 SIC INS 1 PR #16 CHEMICAL PUMP 1381 S 1382 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 PMP-1382 SIC INS 1 PR #16 CHEMICAL PUMP 1382 S 1391-A 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 JB-1354 SIC INS 2 PR #16 WET WELL LEL LEVEL VIA JB-1354, (1) SPARE S 1391-B 1" E-1301 JB-1354 AT 1391 SIC INS 1 PR #16 E.1305 S 1395 1" E.1305 PNL-1300 FAP-1395 SIC COMM 4 PR #16 AUTO DIALER LOCATED IN PLC TO FIRE ALARM PANEL, (2) SPARE E-1301 COMMUNICATION COORDINATE WITH QWEST PHONE S 1396-A 4" E-1305 VAULT NID-1396 - - - - - SERVICES FOR TERMINATION REQUIREMENTS Port Angeles - EUGA 12/1/200611:01 AM ee "-.;.. 16992-12 i. t ~- Cable & Raceway Schedule {e ,""".;s!~ . . . Raceway Raceway Dwg Cable From Cable System Conductor No. Size No. To Type Volts Qty Size Ground Notes S 1396-B 1" E-1305 PNL-1300 NID-1396 SIC COMM 4PR #16 - FROM AUTO DIALER LOCATED IN PLC TO NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE, (2) SPARE S 1396-G 1" E-1305 FAP-1395 NID-1396 SIC COMM 4PR #16 - FROM FIRE ALARM PANEL TO NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE, (2) SPARE --- -- --- . 1-- --- -- - ---- - --------- ----- ---- - --. -. -- -- .~- -- . . ------~ - X 1301 3" E-1301 E XMFR-1351 CTCAN 1303 - - - - - SPARE POWER CONDUIT X 1302 1-1/2" E-1301 E JB-1355 SPARE POWER CONDUIT FROM JB-1355 TO 1303 EQUIPMENT RACK - - - - - EQUIPMENT RACK NEAR WET WELL X 1303 1" E-1301 E JB-1354 EQUIPMENT RACK SPARE CONTROL CONDUIT FROM JB-1354 1305 - - - - - TO EQUIPMENT RACK NEAR WET WELL Port Angeles. EUGA 12/1/200611:01 AM 16992-13 Cable & Raceway Schedule . . . SECTION 16994 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER, SWITCHBOARD, AND PANEL BOARD SCHEDULES PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section specifies the Motor Control Center, Switchboard, and Panel Board Schedules. Where equipment is existing, a dashed line drawn through a unit on the schedule indicates that the load is being removed. Feeder and branch circuit wiring between the switchboard and the removed load shall be removed. New devices placed in existing equipment are shown on the schedule in bold. PART 2--PRODUCTS No products are specified in this section. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULES Schedules are presented in order of their equipment number under the following headings. A. MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS: The following Motor Control Center Schedules are included in this section. MCC 1253 and MCC 1353. B. SWITCHBOARDS: Not used. C. PANEL BOARDS: The following Panel Board Schedules are included in this section. PBD 1261 and PBD 1361 December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 16994-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs [This page left blank intentionally.] 16994-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .~ } ! ......~.P " .) .~ 'C.""",,:) . . . MCC-1253 SCHEDULE: PUMP STATION 12 480V 600A 3W 22KAIC Based On Siemens MCC AMPS VA Loc Equip No Equipment Title Load Interrupter Unit Space Note tin.) Norm TVDe Poles I AmD TVDe I Size I MCC SECTION 1 1A TVSS CB 3 30 12 1C POWER MONITOR 12 1E XMFR-1260 120/208V DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER 45 KVA CB 3 80 12 54.12 44993.20 1G SPACE -12" 12 11 SPACE -12" 12 1K INCOMING LUGS 12 CONNECTED LOAD SUBTOTAL: 44.99 KVA 54.12 A 72 MCC SECTION 2 2A RVSS-1201 RVSS FOR SUBMERISIBLE PUMP 1201 50 HP MCP 3 RVSS 48 65 54038.40 2J PFC-1201 PFC-1201 FEEDER BREAKER CB 3 40 12 000 2L SPACE 12" 12 CONNECTED LOAD SUBTOTAL: 54.04 kVA 65A 72 MCC SECTION 3 3A RVSS-1202 RVSS FOR SUBMERISIBLE PUMP 1202 50 HP MCP 3 RVSS 48 65 54038.40 3J PFC-1202 PFC-1202 FEEDER BREAKER CB 3 40 12 0.00 3L SPACE 12" 12 CONNECTED LOAD SUBTOTAL: 54.04 kVA 65 A_____ 72 ------- -- ~----- - - - - ~~--- --- ---- - - ---- --- - -- - - --- - ---- CONNECTED LOAD MCC TOTAL: 153.07 KVA 184.12 A ~ Port Angeles - EUGA 12/1/20061102 AM 16994 - 3 MCC-1253 Schedule MCC-1353 SCHEDULE: PUMP STATION 13 480V 600A 3W 22KAIC Based On Siemens MCC AMPS VA Loc Equip No Equipment Title Load Interrupter Unit Space Note lin.! Norm TVDe I Poles Amp TVDe I Size I I MCC SECTION 1 1A TVSS CB 3 30 12 1C POWER MONITOR 12 1E XMFR-1360 120/208V DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER 45 KVA CB 3 80 12 5412 44993.20 1G SPACE - 12" 12 1J SPACE - 12" 12 1L INCOMING LUGS 12 CONNECTED LOAD SUBTOTAL: 44.99 KVA 54.12 A 72 MCC SECTION 2 2A RVSS-1301 RVSS FOR SUBMERISIBLE PUMP 1301 60 HP MCP 3 RVSS 48 77 64014.72 2J PFC-1301 PFC-1201 FEEDER BREAKER CB 3 40 12 0.00 2L 1------ ---- SPACE - 12" 12 ----~- -- - --------~---- ----- - ----- - -- -- -- -- CONNECTED LOAD SUBTOTAL: 64.01 kVA 77A 72 MCC SECTION 3 3A RVSS-1302 RVSS FOR SUBMERISIBLE PUMP 1302 60 HP MCP 3 RVSS 48 77 6401472 3J PFC-1301 PFC-1201 FEEDER BREAKER CB 3 40 12 3L SPACE -12" 12 CONNECTED LOAD SUBTOTAL: 64.01 kVA 77A 72 MCC SECTION 4 4A HTR-1389 UNIT HEATER 4KW CB 3 15 12 5.1 4239.94 4C MME-1374 WATER HEATER FOR EYEWASH 9KW CB 3 30 12 14.95 12428 83 4E SPARE SIZE 1 STARTER MCP 3 FVNR 1 12 000 4G SPARE 30A CIRCUIT BREAKER CB 3 30 12 0.00 4J SPACE - 12" 12 4L SPACE - 12" 12 CONNECTED LOAD SUBTOTAL: 16.67 kVA 20.05 A 72 CONNECTED LOAD MCC TOTAL: 189.69 KVA 228.17 A I Port Angeles - EUGA 12/11200611 02 AM 16994 - 4 MCC-1353 Schedule t. ~ . Ie . . . NOTES PBD.1261 : PUMP STATION 12 VOLTAGE: 208/120 PANEL BUS: 150 AMPS SERVICE RATED: NO PHASE, WIRES: 3,4 MAIN: 150 BREAKER NEUTRAL: BONDED SCR (AMPS): 14,000 125% OF MAX BUS LOAD: 34 AMPS MOUNTING: SURFACE TOTAL LOAD: 7.4 KVA FEED: TOP/BOTTOM DESCRIPTION KVA PH CB CK A B C CK CB PH KVA DESCRIPTION T T RECEPT-ELEC.ROOM 0.54 PH-N 20/1 1 6.2 , " ~,:' , , , ' 2 20/1 PH-N 0.20 LTG - ELEC. ROOM RECEPT-ELEC.ROOM 0.54 PH-N 20/1 3 , "1 5.3 .- 4 20/1 PH-N 0.10 LTG - CNTRL BLDG EXTERIOR PNL-1295 FIRE ALARM 0.25 PH-N 20/1 5 ;': :,:~' :"'''~''', if;"';;',' 4.2 6 20/1 PH-N 0.25 ATS SPACE HEATER PNL-1200 120VAC POWER 1.00 PH-N 30/1 7 12.1 :,,:.':"',' : f:':\' 8 20/1 PH-N 0.45 MCC SPACE HEATERS GEN-1250 BATT. CHARGER 1.20 PH-N 20/1 9 ';:,' :~~I ~J .:': 12.1 """ ,~ .,> 10 15/1 PH-N 0.25 NID-1296 NETWORK DEVICE GEN-1250 JACKET HEATER 1.50 PH-N 20/1 11 :',:,' :,ll,: ',: ~~,;,,: 13.3 12 20/1 PH-N 0.10 F-1269 EXHAUST FAN HOT BOX/HEAT TRACE 1.00 PH-N 20/1 13 8.3 ;,,, ~,'"t, :':, .,,,::; ".: 14 20/1 PH-N SPARE SPARE PH-N 20/1 15 ~:,;,;~'",;: ,i 0.0 .' 'I \' 16 20/1 PH-N SPARE "I, I SPACE - - 17 ': ' " 0.0 18 - - SPACE ';, J"t. SPACE 19 0.0 ','" I ' ' , , , , 20 SPACE - - , " ", :'i,' - - SPACE - - 21 i,;~:(":;::";,': 0.0 , ,,',', 22 - - SPACE SPACE - - 23 !:~;t~t~~1 :l.:~' :,m~:,,',g;;':1 0.0 24 - - SPACE SPACE - - 25 0.0 26 - - SPACE SPACE - - ~~~ 28 - - SPACE SPACE - - 0.0 30 - - SPACE SPACE - - 31 0.0 ",,:'.:i'::',:}, 32 - - SPACE SPACE - - 33 :':;i:~~,' , " 0.0 ' ,':'1:: ' 1, ~ 34 - - SPACE SPACE - - 35 ,,~\~:,' ,,', ';S':,;" 0.0 36 - - SPACE SPACE - - 37 0.0 ..: ~-,:r. ::,1, ",1>,:j,' 38 - - SPACE SPACE - - 39 '" 0.0 40 - - SPACE SPACE - - 41 r ~, , I, " " " 0.0 42 - - SPACE TOTALS 26.6 17.4 17.5 AMPS NOTES NOTES: Port Angeles - EUGA 12/1/200611:02AM PBD-1261 Schedule 16994 - 5 NOTES PBD-1361 : PUMP STATION 13 VOLTAGE: 208/120 PANEL BUS: 150 AMPS SERVICE RATED: NO PHASE, WIRES: 3, 4 MAIN: 150 BREAKER NEUTRAL' NONE SCR (AMPS): 18,000 125% OF MAX BUS LOAD: 33 AMPS MOUNTING SURFACE TOTAL LOAD. 86 KVA FEED. TOP/BOTTOM DESCRIPTION KVA PH CB CKT A B C CKT CB PH KVA DESCRIPTION RECEPT-ELEC.ROOM 054 PH-N 20/1 1 6.2 ' , 2 20/1 PH-N 0.20 LTG - ELEC. ROOM RECEPT - ELEC. ROOM 0.54 PH-N 20/1 3 '"'" 6.2 4 20/1 PH-N 0.20 LTG - CHEM. ROOM :,""""; " , RECEPT-CHEM.ROOM 0.54 PH-N 20/1 5 ,:,'J.?;',,;,,"; ri;";,;:;,:.',:~,, 5.6 6 20/1 PH-N 0.13 LTG - CONTROL BLDG OUTSIDE RECEPT - WET WELL 0.36 PH-N 20/1 7 4.0 " 8 20/1 PH-N 0.13 F-1388 CHEM. ROOM FAN : " SPARE PH-N 20/1 9 "f;::';::~:~;, 5.8 I'I~:::::'J}: 10 20/1 PH-N 0.70 F-1369 ELEC. ROOM FAN GEN-1350 BATT. CHARGER 1.20 PH-N 20/1 11 0- 10.8 12 20/1 PH-N 0.10 JB-1381 FOR PMP-1381 GEN-1350 JACKET HEATER 1.50 PH-N 20/1 13. ~, 14 20/1 PH-N 0.10 JB-1382 FOR PMP-1382 ATS-1352 SPACE HEATER 0.25 PH-N 20/1 15 10.4 .,,' I.,,, "~, 16 30/1 PH-N 1.00 PNL-1300 PLC MCC-1353 SPACE HEATERS 0.60 PH-N 20/1 ",',11,:;',:1',11, 7.1 18 20/1 PH-N 0.25 PNL-1395 FIRE ALARM 17 '"'"..''''''''' '~" ""It t SPARE PH-N 20/1 19 2.1 " " ',:,::",:.":",', 20 20/1 PH-N 0.25 NID-1396 NETWORK DEVICE SPARE PH-N 20/1 21 0.0 22 20/1 PH-N SPARE SPARE PH-N 20/1 23 " , " 0.0 24 20/1 PH-N SPARE SPACE - - 25 0.0 ,,' 26 - - SPACE SPACE - - 27 0.0 , 28 - - SPACE SPACE - - 29 0.0 30 - - SPACE SPACE - - 31 00 " 32 - - SPACE SPACE - - 33 " t .,', >,' 0.0 " ",' :" 34 - - SPACE SPACE - - 35 ":.::," r:~:.: ",}",:l,'",; 0.0 36 - - SPACE SPACE - - 37 0.0 2'"::,',, lIt< '" " ::, :,:~ 38 - - SPACE SPACE - - 39 ,,:~,: :L~I'~::~~j 0.0 ::"" 'tl 40 - - SPACE SPACE - - 41 ::',':,,:':;:,,: ,,~, " 0.0 42 - - SPACE TOTALS 25.6 22.4 23.5 AMPS NOTES NOTES: Port Angeles - EUGA 12/1/2006 11.41 AM ~. ~, PBD-1361 Schedule 16994 - 6 . . . . . SECTION 17000 PROCESS INSTRUMENT A TION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PART I--GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. SCOPE: This section specifies requirements, which are applicable to all process control, instrumentation, communication, and signal systems for both Port Angeles Pump Station 1200 and 1300 control and communication systems. The Contractor shall provide, calibrate, configure, program, test, and document the instrumentation and industrial electronic systems for control, monitoring, data acquisition and communication as specifically applies to equipment provided by the Contractor as part of this contract unless otherwise noted. The Contractor shall also place the completed system in operation in collaboration with the Owner and Integrator as described in the Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall examine the mechanical drawings and specifications to determine actual locations, sizes, materials and ratings of process connections. Raceways, signal cables, and their requirements are specified in Division 16. B. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM: 1. _ The wastewater pumping station control, monitoring and communication system shall consist of the following as a minimum for each station: a. Programmable logic controller (PLC) based control, monitoring and data acquisition electronic system with PLC configuration and application programming, performed by others, for the system specified herein and in Section 17800. b. Operator interface (01) electronic system for local control, monitoring and data acquisition of the data read and wrote through the PLC system, with 01 configuration and application programming, performed by others, for the system specified herein and in Section 17800. c. Ultrasonic level monitoring system with float switch backup. d. Wet well combustible gas detection system per NFP A 820. e. Telephone based communication network, which shall link each new pump station to the City of Port Angeles Wastewater December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Treatment Plant's Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system. .~ f. Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) sized for the loads specified and as shown on the drawings. Locate UPS inside the control panel(s) as shown on the contract documents. g. Odor control chemical dosing system complete with level monitoring and overflow detection. 2. The control, monitoring and data acquisition system for the wastewater pumping station shall be centralized with manual and automatic control located inside Control Panel 1200 and 1300, respectively, with the following features: a. Each control panel shall contain as a minimum low voltage power distribution (i.e. field instruments and control) with circuit breakers and fuses, PLC rack and complimentary components, duplex alternator for backup level control, 01, telephone connections, Ethernet network switch, and UPS. b. Hand-Off-Automatic switches at each MCC bucket with running light. . c. High LEL horn and strobe with silence pushbutton. C. DEFINITIONS: The definitions of terminology lH>ed in this section shall be defmed in ISA 51.1, unless otherwise specified. 1.02 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Selection of equipment and the associated detail design shall be conducted in accordance with the following criteria: A. The drawings in this project manual are functional in nature and do not show exact locations of equipment, equipment connections, or interconnections between equipment. The Contractor shall prepare detailed drawings as specified in paragraph 1.05. B. Work shall be in compliance with the NFPA 70. C. Panels, instrument and electronic housing shall be NEMA 4X rated for corrosive or outdoor non classified environments; NEMA 7, or 4X rated and intrinsically safe listed for hazardous environments; NEMA 12 rated when housed in another enclosure or located indoors in a conditioned space; unless otherwise noted. . f.l.-x.....f December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 17000-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . D. Contractor shall provide panels and enclosures amply sized to house all equipment, instruments, front panel mounted devices, power supplies, power distribution panels, wiring, tubing and other components installed within. Sizes shown on the drawing in this project manual are estimates. The panels shall be provided with a minimum of 20% empty space on the back panels for future expansion. E. Support systems including panels shall be designed in accordance with me. F. Electric power for instrumentation and communication systems shall be obtained from the power distribution system specified in Division 16. The Contractor shall provide all necessary power supply and conditioning equipment to provide electrical power of the required voltages and current capacities and of adequate quality to ensure reliable operation of the instrumentation and communication systems. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall assume that the power supply for instrumentation systems is 120 volts plus or minus 15 percent, 60 hertz plus or minus 3 hertz, 5 percent maximum harmonic distortion. G. The terminal junction box (TJB) shall be provided when specified, and shall be located as close as possible to the associated field instrument. The TJB shall be the same NEMA rating as the field instrument, unless otherwise specified. The TJB can contain the instrument surge arrestor instead of terminal blocks if the instrument is installed outside and the surge arrestor cannot be installed in the instrument housing. H. A transmitter outPut signal transmitted to more than one device such as a PLC analog input module and a panel indicator shall be wired to allow the transmitter output signal to be removed from one device without impacting the transmitter output signal to the other devices. 1. An enclosure containing 120 volt powered equipment with an aggregate load greater than 1200 watts shall be provided with a panel board as specified in Division16. 1. The application programming for PLC and 01 shall provide the control, process monitoring, alarming and data acquisition per the requirements of this section and Section 17800 and shall be performed by others. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCES: This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the . last version of the document before it was discontinued. -', ) Reference FMRC 3610 FMRC 3611 IEC 1000-4-5 IEEE 100 IEEE C37.90.1 ISA RP12.6 ISA 51.1 NEMA 250 NEMA ICS 1 NEMA ICS 2 NFPA 70 NFP A 820 IBC UL 1012 UL 2279 Title Intrinsically Safe Apparatus and Associated Apparatus for Use in Class I, II and III, Division 1 Hazardous (Classified) Locations Electrical Equipment for Use in Class I, Division 2; Class II, Division 2; and Class III, Division 1 and 2 Hazardous Locations Surge Immunity Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms Guide to Surge Withstand Capability (SWC) Tests Installation of Intrinsically Safe Systems for Hazardous (Classified) Locations Process Instrumentation Terminology Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) Industrial Control and Systems General Standards Industrial Control and System Controllers, Contactors and Overload Relays Rated 600 Volts National Electrical Code (NEC) Standard for Fire Protection in Wastewater Treatment and Collection Facilities International Building Code Power Supplies Electrical Equipment for Use in Class I, Zone 0, 1 and 2 Hazardous Classified Locations . B. SYSTEMS RESPONSIBILITY: All instrumentation and control electronic systems shall be provided under the supervision of a single systems integration company. The systems integration company shall, as a minimum, be specialized in the design, assembly, testing installation and service of municipal control and communication systems in the Pacific Northwest for at least five years; shall employ technicians and engineers with documented experience in the design, assembly, testing, installation, operation, calibration, troubleshooting, service and repair of control and communication systems for municipal waterworks and sewerage facilities; shall be located in Western Washington and within a 120-mile radius; and shall be specialized in Siemens PLC application programming and electronic operator interface graphical application programming . for at least three years. The Contractor is responsible to the Owner for performance of all ~;1 December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/I30282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . systems as specified. The systems integration company or their personnel shall have demonstrated a history of successful execution of the work described herein. The capability of the system integration company shall be reviewed by and meet the approval of the Owner. c. FACTORY TESTS: Factory tests shall be performed for the control, monitoring and data acquisition system sections of PNL-1200 and PNL-1300 at the place of fabrication at the completion of manufacture or assembly to verify that system components are functioning properly and that they meet the functional and performance requirements of the Contract Documents. The factory tests shall include inspection and system hardware operational testing. The enclosure shall be tested and inspected by the Contractor. Inspection and testing shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Nameplates and tags. Wire sizes, color-coding and labeling. Terminal block contact ratings and numbers. Terminal block spares. Circuit fusing. Proper wiring practices and grounding. Enclosure flatness, fmish and color. 01 has no physical damage, powers up, and active communication with PLC. PLC modules have no physical damage, the modules power up, application program simulation with field 10 excitation, and active communication with the 01. Accessibility to panel equipment for maintenance. Space allocation present for future devices. Correct distribution of I/O to the I/O cards. Check proper power sourcing allocation for I/O and field instruments. 01 has proper size opening and support to prevent panel from buckling due to weight of 01 required. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. All modifications and corrections required as a result of inspection shall be completed and documented before shipment to the site. PLC equipment shall not be shipped from the factory until two (2) copies of certified factory test reports indicating fabrication meets specified requirements have been submitted to and approved by Engineer. Factory test reports shall include the following information: 1. List of inspections performed. 2. Certified check lists documenting inspection results. 3. Documentation verifying all panel wiring has been checked. December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 17000-5 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 5. List of required modifications or corrections identified during the Factory Test and corrective action taken. Factory test reports shall be signed and dated by an authorized representative of the Contractor. . li,,'l< ,>-,,r' 4. PLC equipment including the 01 shall be shipped to the systems integrator for programming and configuration prior to contractor panel testing described above. Owner and Engineer shall have the option of attending the factory test. Contractor shall notify Engineer fourteen (14) days in advance of the factory testing commencement. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS As specified in Division l, or; Outdoor field location temperatures and relative humidity shall be 25 to 90 degree Fahrenheit and 25 to 98 % relative humidity; , Atmospheric contaminants and electromagnetic radiation shall be O.l-mg/l hydrogen sulfide and dust 50 J..I.g/m3, and, 27-1000 MHz, 20 vim electromagnetic radiation; whichever conditions are more stringent. Corrosive and hazardous location shall be as specified in Division 16. . 1.05 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be submitted in accordance with Standard Specification Section 1-05.3: A. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks (vi') shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the fmal authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along withjustification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration. B. DRAWINGS: . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs l7000-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 1. General: Drawings shall have borders and title blocks identifying the project, system, revisions to the drawing, and type of drawing. Each revision of a drawing shall carry a date and brief description of the reVISIOns. Electronic versions of the Contract Drawings will be made available to the successful contractor. Files are available in Autocad 2006 format only. These electronic drawings shall be used as the basis for contractor drawings. 2. Wiring diagrams shall be in ladder logic format and shall show enclosure electrical control circuitry. Wiring diagrams shall meet the following requirements: a. The elementary diagram shall be drawn between vertical lines, which represent the source of control power. All control devices shall be shown between these lines on rungs. Actuating coils of control devices shall be shown on the right hand side. All contacts shall be shown between the coils and the left vertical line (except overload which may be shown to the right of the coil). b. A cross-referencing system shall be used in conjunction with each relay coil so that associated contacts may be readily located on the diagram. Where a relay contact appears on a separate sheet from the one on which the coil is shown, the purpose of the contact shall be described on the same sheet. A number identification shall be provided for each rung between the two vertical lines. The numbers shall be in ascending order from top to bottom. c. Control devices and contacts shall be shown in the de-energized state. d. Control devices shall be identified by a letter-number combination that shall follow Electrical Drawing's Abbreviations and the ISA tag number designation when provided. The control device identification shall be unique. Functional description shall supplement control device (such as start, stop, emergency stop, etc.). e. The manufacturer's contact/terminal numbers shall be used to identify the wire termination at control devices. f. External panel wiring and internal panel wiring shall be identified distinctively to show the difference (such as dash line for external wiring and solid line for internal wiring). December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000- 7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor g. Each conductor shall be identified by a number, letter or number- letter combination. Consecutive numbering is preferred. The identification shall be used only once in the electrical system. Each conductor shall have the same identification at all terminals and tie points. Where multi-conductor cable is used, a color code shall be used to supplement identification. .) h. A functional description of the rung shall be provided on the right side of the ladder. 1. Fuse amp ratings, circuit breaker amp ratings, switch set points, instrument ranges, timer relay settings, control device action (such as close on rising, normally open time closed, etc.) shall be shown on the elementary diagrams. J. PLC input and output modules wiring shall be shown on a module-by-module basis and include the module's rack number, slot number, module type and module terminal point numbers. Also shall include location and identification of all intermediate panel terminal block and strip numbers to which I/O wiring and power supply wiring is connected. Identify all power supply circuit numbers and ratings. k. Plan showing equipment layout in each area. . 3. Layout Drawings shall be drawn to scale and show the physical location of devices internally and externally mounted on panel, console or cabinet. As a minimum the layout drawings shall include front, rear, side, and end views including clearances between face and rear mounted equipment; internal sectional views; dimensions; bill of material with item numbers that are shown on the layout drawing, functional name of components, product manufacturer and model number mounted in and on panel, console or cabinet; nameplate location and legend including text engraving, letter size and colors to be used; location of anchoring connections and holes; location of external wiring and/or piping connec- tions; and, mounting and installation details. PART 2--PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. MATERIALS AND QUALITY: Material shall be new, free from defects, and of the quality specified. Each type of instrument, instrument accessory, and device shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the work. . December 1, 2006 . 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-8 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Electronic equipment shall be warranted for a minimum of one year for parts and labor, unless otherwise specified. B. INSTRUMENTATION AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC SPECIFICATION SHEETS (INSTRUSPEC): General requirements for instruments specified in this section are listed on INSTRUSPEC sheets in paragraph 17000-3.03. C. UL REQillREMENTS: The UL, or other recognized listing agency, Listing Mark shall be provided will all equipment and assemblies. The Listing Mark on a control panel shall cover the enclosure and the components that are installed within the enclosure. The Listing Mark shall provide evidence of third party certification to the municipal inspection authority and to the purchaser of the panel and shall show that the equipment and assemblies complies with an acceptable safety standard. 2.02 ENCLOSURES AND PANELS A. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 1. Provide all electrical components and devices, support hardware, fasteners, interconnecting wiring and/or piping required to make the control panels and/or enclosures complete and operational. 2. Locate and install all devices and components so that connections can be easily made and that there is ample room for servicing each item. 3. Components for installation on panel exterior shall be located generally as shown. Layouts shall be submitted for approval as per paragraph 1.05. 4. Adequately support and restrain all devices and components mounted on or within the panel to prevent any movement. Provide panel with an interior frame or otherwise formed so as to provide a rigid structure. No fastening devices shall project through the outer surfaces of the panel and all components and terminals shall be mounted on mounting pans within the panels. 5. All wiring to panel connections from field instruments, devices, and other panels shall be terminated at master numbered terminal strips, unless otherwise specified. 6. Provide copper grounding studs for all panel equipment. Provide ground strips for instrument shields. 7. Provide the following convenience accessories inside the control panel: December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor a. One 120 V AC, 20A duplex, ground fault interrupting type receptacle for every 36 inches of panel width. Convenience lighting powered from one of the 120V AC distribution breakers located inside the control panel. The convenience lighting shall be door activated and turn on when the control panel door is opened. . b. 8. Panel doors shall be hung on full-length continuous hinges. Panel hardware (door hinges, screw clamps, door handles, latches, hasps, fasteners, etc.) shall be type 316 stainless steel. Three-point latch hardware shall be provided for doors exceeding 30 inches height. 9. The bottom 12 inches of free standing panels shall be free of all devices, including terminal strips, to provide ease of installation and testing. 10. No device shall be mounted less than 36 inches above the operating floor level, unless otherwise specified. B. CONSTRUCTION FEATURES: 1. NEMA 250, Type 12: Panel shall be a NEMA 250, type 12 enclosure fabricated from a minimum of 14 gauge steel for wall or frame mounted enclosures, and a minimum of 12 gauge steel for free standing enclosures. The Owner shall select the exterior panel color. The interior panel color shall be white. . 2. NEMA 250, Type 4X: Panel shall be a NEMA 250, type 4X enclosure fabricated from a minimum of 14 gauge we 316 stainless steel for wall or frame mounted enclosures and a minimum of 12 gauge type 316 stainless steel for free standing enclosures. Interior panel board shall be white. 3. Product manufacturers for NEMA 12, or 4X shall be Hoffman, Wiegman, or equal. C. WIRING AND ACCESSORIES: Power and control wiring shall be as specified in Division 16. Wiring shall be supported independently of terminations by lacing to panel support structure or by slotted flame retardant plastic wiring channels. Wiring channels shall comply with UL 94, Type V. Wiring channel fill shall not exceed 40 percent. Wiring shall be tagged at terminations with machine printed plastic sleeves. Wire numbers shall consist of three parts. The prefix of the wire number shall be the instrument loop number. If an instrument loop number is not available, the lowest mechanical equipment number of all final drives in the circuit shall be used. Following the prefix shall be a code letter. Code letters and wire colors are given in the following tables: . ~-~ December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 17000-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Code L C N PG Description 120V AC wire Power Control Neutral Ground Color Red Violet White Green Code SP S SG PG Description 24V DC wire Power supply Signal (pos) Signal ground E ui ment ound Color Black Black White Green The third part of the wire number shall be a number that identifies wires in a circuit that are electrically identical. Wiring shall comply with the requirements ofNFPA 70 as a minimum standard. Power and control wiring shall be carried in covered channels separate from low voltage signal circuits '(such as 24 volt DC). Terminal blocks shall be tubular clamp type with closed cable funnels rated for 300 volts. Each terminal strip shall have a unique identifying alphanumeric code at one end and a vinyl marking strip running the entire length of the terminal strip with a unique number for each terminal. Numbers shall be machine printed and 1/8 inch high. No more than two wires shall be connected to a terminal. To maintain UL listing, some terminal blocks may allow for only one wire per lug in certain cases. Connections between adjacent terminals, if required, shall be made by means of prefabricated metal comb type jumpers. Terminal blocks shall be Allen- Bradley Type 1492, or equal. Field connections shall be on separate terminal blocks. Terminal blocks for field terminations shall be in a separate part of the panel close to where the field cables enter the panel. D. PANEL GROUNDING: Each panel shall be provided with two copper ground bars. One bar shall be bonded to the panel frame or sheet metal and to the station ground system. The second (signal) ground bar shall be mounted on insulated stand-offs and shall be bonded to the frame ground bar at one point only. Signal circuits, signal cable shields, and low-voltage DC power supply commons shall be bonded to the signal ground bar. Surge protectors and separately derived AC power supplies shall be bonded to the frame ground bar. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 17000-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor E. HEATING AND VENTILATION .~ ''''~..J'~:i Adequately sized automatically controlled 120 v ac strip heaters to maintain temperature inside each enclosure above 40 of to maximum of 80 of when the outside temperature is -20 of through 40 of for outdoor installed enclosures shall be provided. Adequately sized, automatically controlled 120 v ac strip heaters to maintain temperature 10 of above ambient for condensation prevention inside panels for indoor installed enclosures shall be provided. Automatically controlled closed loop ventilation fans or closed loop air conditioners with filtered air louvers if required to maintain temperature inside each enclosure below the maximum operating temperature rating of the components inside the enclosure shall be provided. Housing shall be constructed of corrosion resistant materials for outdoor installed enclosures. Calculations shall be provided as specified in Part 3. Thermostats shall be provided to automatically control heating and cooling requirements without need of manual operation of a heating/cooling transfer switch. F. SURGE ARRESTER: Surge arrestor shall be provided for power, control, signal and communication circuits, which extend outdoors. Surge protection shall be either internal or external to the instrument or electronic equipment, which is being protected. Surge protection performance shall meet or exceed the testing requirement ofIEC 1000-4-5 or IEEE C37.90.1 for instruments and electronic equipment. Surge arrestor shall be DIN rail mounted for ease of installation and maintenance when installed inside a panel. Panel mounted surge arrestor shall have LED indication for fault status easily visible on the face of the surge arrestor. Panel mounted surge arrestor shall have a replaceable protection plug. Surge protectors shall be Phoenix Contact, Telematic, or equal. . G. FUSING: Circuits shall be fused. Terminal block fuses shall be 1/4 x 1-1/4 inch. Fuses on 120V AC circuits shall be ceramic tube type with 25,000 amperes interrupting capacity at 125 volts and blown fuse indicator lamps. Fuses for 24V DC circuits shall be fast acting glass tube type rated 1/8 or 1/10 amp for 4-20 mA loops and 1/2 amp for the power supply to individual instruments. Fuse holders for 120V AC shall be drawout type. Instrument and electronic equipment power supplies shall be individually fused. DC power supplies shall be individually fused on the 120 V AC power feed. Surge arrestors shall be individually fused. The fuse shall be sized to protect the surge arrester and shall not to exceed the maximum operating current of the surge arrestor. The fuse shall be replaceable. Except as shown on the drawings, intrinsic safety devices shall be individually fused. The fuse shall be sized to protect the intrinsic safety barrier. The fuse shall be replaceable, and . December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 17000-12 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . provided as an integral part of the intrinsic safety barrier and external to the intrinsic safety switching relay. H. INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS AND INTRINSIC SAFETY SWITCHING RELA YS: Intrinsic safety devices shall be provided for instruments and electronic equipment located in a hazardous location that are not housed in an explosion proof NEMA approved enclosure or in purged enclosure meeting NFP A requirements. The intrinsic safety devices and the associated protected instrument/electronic equipment (that is, the instrument/electronic equipment in the hazardous area) shall be UL, CSA or FM intrinsic safety certified based on the hazardous area classification for the protected instrument/electronic equipment. The protected instrument/electronic equipment shall not require UL or FM intrinsic safety certification if the protected instrument/ electronic equipment meets the defmition of a simple apparatus as defined in the NFPA 70 standards under article 504. Intrinsic safety barrier shall be panel DIN rail mounted for ease of installation and maintenance. Intrinsic safety barrier shall have LED indications for trip condition and power being fed to the barrier easily visible on the face of the intrinsic safety barrier. Intrinsic safety barriers and relays shall be MTL, Warrick, or equal. I. ELECTRICAL CONTROL DEVICES: Electrical control devices shall be as specified in Division 16 unless otherwise specified. Electrical control devices shall include pushbuttons, selector switches, indicating fights, isolated control devices, and control relays. Pushbutton and lens colors shall be in accordance with Division 16. 2.03 POWER SUPPL Y AND CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT A. GENERAL: Except for power supply units which form an integral part of an individual piece of equipment, all power supply and conditioning equipment shall comply with UL 1012 and shall be approved by UL, CSA, or FM for the application. B. DIRECT CURRENT POWER SUPPLIES: Direct current (DC) supplies for bulk 24-volt nominal instrumentation power shall be convection-cooled switching type. Line regulation shall be 0.4 percent for line variations from 105 to 132 volts, and load regulation shall be 0.4 percent for load variations from 0 to full load. Ripple and noise shall not exceed 100 mV peak-to-peak. Hold-up time at maximum load shall be not less than 16 milliseconds. Efficiency shall be better than 70 percent. Power supply shall be rated for continuous duty from 0 to 50 degrees C at rated load. Output shall be electronically current limited, and over voltage crowbar shutdown shall be provided. Power supply output voltage shall be rated 28 volts DC, adjustable plus or minus 5 percent, and shall be set to provide December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:1l30282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-13 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 26.4 volts on the panel direct current bus. Power supplies shall be Sola, or equal. The amperage rating of the power supply shall be based on the load requirement and 20% future growth. . D. UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SYSTEM (UPS): Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems shall consist of a battery charger, battery, rectifier inverter, and bypass line transfer switch. The uninterruptible power supply shall be an on-line, computer-grade system with isolated neutral. The uninterruptible power supply system shall use a ferro-resonant transformer to provide isolation and power conditioning under normal operation. When power fails, an inverter shall provide AC power from batteries through the transformer to provide continuous uninterrupted power. Uninterruptible power supply systems shall be as manufactured by Powerware or equaL The UPS shall be completely isolated from the incoming 120 volts AC, + I 0 to - 30% power. It shall qualify as a separately derived power source per NEC article 250-5D. The unit shall suppress surges as described by IEEE 587 A and B to safe levels. Output voltage regulation shall be:l:3 percent maximum single harmonic and 5 percent total harmonic distortion at 120 Vac. Frequency distortion shall not exceed :1:0.5 hertz. Efficiency shall be greater than 85% ACfDC/ AC. Operating condition shall be 32 to 104 degrees F at 30 to 90 percent relative humidity, non-condensing. The system shall be monitored by the PLC for the following status points: 1. 2. Fault Low Battery .~ -J[J These outputs shall be contact closures and wired out to terminals or as a DB-9 pin-out. LED indicators shall be provided on the front of the cabinet for systems status and alarms. The UPS shall provide continuous unity power factor with no interruption from line to inverter and return. The UPS shall be capable of delivering 125 percent of rated capacity for 10 minutes at full load and shall have a surge capability of 150 percent. Batteries shall be maintenance-free, sealed type, installed in cabinet. The 90% battery recharge time shall be less than eight (8) hours. Automatic make-before-break transfer line to inverter and return. The inverter system shall be low frequency pulse width modulated type using power MOSFETS. 2.04 TRANSMITTERS Unless otherwise specified, measuring elements and transmitters shall comply with the following requirements: . December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 17000-14 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . A. Indicating transmitters, whether integral or separate, shall be calibrated in process units, and said units shall be engraved on the indicator scale plate. B. Transmitters shall be two-wire or four-wire type as specified. Two-wire type transmitters shall have operating power derived from the signal transmission circuit at 9 to 30 volts DC, unless otherwise noted. Four-wire transmitters shall operate on 120 V AC power, unless otherwise noted. C. Transmitter output shall be isolated 4 to 20 milliamperes, unless otherwise noted. Transmitter output shall drive any load between 0 and 550 ohms, unless otherwise noted. D. Transmitter output shall be linear, and shall increase with increasing measurement. 2.05 PROCESS SWITCHES Unless otherwise specified, switches shall comply with the following requirements: A. Contact outputs used for alarm actuation shall be ordinarily closed and shall open to initiate the alarm. B. Contact outputs used to control equipment shall be ordinarily open and shall close to start the equipment. C. Contact output current rating shall be 15 amps at 120 V AC, unless otherwise noted. D. The contact outputs shall be hermetically sealed against entrance of gases or vapors. 2.06 VALVES, REGULA TORS, TUBING, FITTINGS, CHEMICAL SEALS AND THERMOWELLS A. VALVES AND REGULATORS: NOT USED B. TUBING AND TUBING FITTINGS 1. COPPER TUBING: Signal tubing shall be ASTM B68 DHP soft annealed copper with an ASTM D883 PVC jacket. Tubing shall be a minimum of 1/4-inch outer diameter (O.D.) by 0.03-inch wall to 3/8-inch O.D. by 0.032-inch wall as specified. 6 2. PLASTIC TUBING: Plastic tubing shall be high molecular weight virgin polyethylene in accordance with ASTM D1248, Type III, Class C, Grade 3 with 0.04 inch minimum wall thickness. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-15 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3. STAINLESS STEEL TUBING: Tubing shall be seamless annealed ASTM A269 type 316 stainless steel1/2-inch and 3/8-inch tubing shall have a wall thickness of 0.035 inches and 1/4-inch tubing shall have a wall thickness of 0.028 inches. .~ y 4. FITTINGS: Fittings shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Fittings shall be of the swage ferrule design and shall have components (nut, body and ferrule system) interchangeable with those of at least one other manufacturer. Flare and ball sleeve compression type fittings are not acceptable. Fittings shall be Swagelok only. C. CHEMICAL SEALS 1. DIAPHRAGM: Seal shall be the diaphragm type with flushing connection, Type 316 stainless steel body and Type 316L diaphragm unless otherwise specified. Seal shall be Mansfield and Green Type SG, Ashcroft Type 101, or equal. 2. ANNULAR: Seal shall be the in-line full stream captive sensing liquid type. Metallic wetted parts shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Flexible cylinder shall be Buna-N unless otherwise specified. Seals shall be rated 200 psig with not more than 5-inch WC hysteresis. Seals shall be Ronningen-Petter Iso-Ring, Red Valve series 40, or equal. 3. FILL FLUID: Chemical seals and associated instruments shall be factory filled. Instrument side of seal, capillary tubing, and instrument shall be evacuated to an absolute pressure of 1.0 Torr or less; filled; and sealed. Unless otherwise specified, fill fluid shall be silicone oil, Dow Coming DC200, Syltherm 800, or equal. .) -~ D. BUSHINGS AND THERMOWELLS: Bushings or thermowells shall comply with SAMA PMC17-10. Temperature taps shall be 1/2-inch NPT, and lagging extensions shall be provided on insulated vessels or pipes. Thermowells and bushings shall be machined from Type 316 stainless steel bar stock unless otherwise specified. 2.07 IDENTIFICATION All sensors and field instruments shall have an identification tag. Tag numbers for sensors and field instruments shall be as listed on the Contract Drawings and Instrument List. The identifying tag number shall be permanently etched or embossed onto a stainless steel tag which shall be fastened to the device housing with stainless steel rivets or self tapping screws of appropriate size. Where neither of the above fastenings can be accomplished, tags shall be permanently attached to the device by a circlet of 1/16-inch diameter stainless steel wire rope. All sensors and field instruments mounted on or within panels shall have the stainless steel identification tag installed so that the numbers are easily visible to service personnel. Panels and components mounted thereon shall have laminated plastic nameplates for identification. Nameplates shall be of3/32-inch thick laminated phenolic type with black matte fmish surface and white letter engraving. Panel identification nameplates shall have 1/2-inch high letter engravings. Panel mounted component (i.e., control devices, indicating lights, . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-16 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . selector switches, etc.) identification nameplates to have 114-inch high letter engravings. Nameplates shall be attached to the panel face with two stainless steel self-tapping screws. Nameplate engravings shall include the instrument or equipment tag number and descriptive title as shown and specified. Push buttons, selector switches and pilot lights shall have standard key plates with the function engraved in the plate such as START, STOP, or RUNNING. Nameplate and key plates wording may be changed without additional cost or time if changes are made prior to commencement of engraving. All electrical devices (i.e., relays, timers, power supplies, terminal blocks) and pneumatic lines mounted within control panels and enclosures shall be accomplished with the use of adhesive plastic Brady USA, Inc. labels, or equal. 2.08 PRODUCT DATA The following data shall be provided in accordance with Standard Specification Section 1-05.3. A. CA T ALOG CUTS; The Contractor shall provide product information for all field and panel instruments and industrial electronic systems. The product information shall include the manufacturer's product name and model number, instrument tag number from Contract Documents, manufacturer's catalog cuts that shall include technical specifications and application information with edits to indicate only information on the device being provided. All extraneous material shall be crossed-out or otherwise obliterated from the catalog cuts. B. CALCULA TIONS: 1. A flow calculation for each differential-type flow element. 2. Calculations for panel heating and cooling. C. COMPONENT F ABRICA TION DRAWINGS: Detailed circuit schematics, printed circuit board drawings, and chassis layouts shall be provided for electrical and electronic components. D. CERTIFICATION: 1. TEMPERATURE: Type test data certified by the manufacturer shall be provided to demonstrate that field electronic devices are suitable for the specified ambient temperatures. 2. CORROSION: Data shall be provided showing design features of the electronic equipment provided to protect against damage by the specified atmospheric contaminants and specific evidence that similarly protected electronic equipment has operated in similar environments for a period of not less than 5 years without failure due to corrosion. E. RECORD DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES: All drawings and all schedules included in this section shall be provided as record drawings in accordance with December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-17 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor the Standard Specifications. Contractor shall provide electronic drawing files in Autocad 2006 format on DVD two weeks following start up. .~ :; F. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION: Applicable operation and maintenance information shall be provided in accordance with the Standard Specifications. Four (4) copies of O&M information shall be included with the software and instruments/equipment shipments to the Engineer as specified in paragraph 1.03C. The O&M material shall be returned to the Owner by the Engineer. G. TEST DATA: Test data sheets, printouts, and other records of the required testing as specified in paragraph 17000-3.02. PART 3--EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: Equipment shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 70, API RP551, and this section. Equipment shall be located so that it is readily accessible. .1 .,-~'/ B. ENCLOSURES AND PANELS: Non-freestanding (i.e. wall mounted) panels shall be mounted on 316 stainless steel framing channel assembly that is anchored to a wall or a concrete pad as specified. Floor- mounted panels except in dry control rooms, in electrical equipment rooms or if panel is provided with legs shall be mounted on 3-1/2-inch minimum height concrete pads as specified, with the concrete pad extended 4 inches beyond outside dimension of panel base, all sides. Install each panel level and plumb, and secure by the approved seismic mounting method. Doors shall swing freely and close tightly. Carefully repair any damage to the structure, components or finish to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Clean all nameplates. Exercise great care at all times after installation of panels to keep foreign matter, dust, dirt, debris, and moisture out of enclosures. Each panel shall have its record connection and interconnection diagrams provided in a door mounted on the inside of one (or more) door(s). The Contractor shall determine the heater wattage required and the amount of cooling required to maintain the air temperature inside the enclosure as specified in paragraph 2.02.E this section. . December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-18 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . Surge arrestor shall be mounted as close to the protected device as possible. The surge arrestor shall be installed, wired and grounded per the requirements of the product manufacturer and the NFP A 70 standards. Intrinsic safety barrier(s) shall be installed, wired, grounded, color coded and labeled per the requirements of the product manufacturer and the NFP A 70 standards. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with the Owner the telephone connection required for data communication. The Contractor shall provide the phone jack, panel interior and exterior communication wiring to the phone service provider junction as specified in Division 16. C. ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY AND CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT: Power supply and conditioning equipment shall be mounted and connected in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions, unless otherwise specified. Line side disconnect switches shall be provided for power supply and conditioning equipment. Line and load side overcurrent protection shall be provided for power supply and conditioning equipment in compliance with NFPA 70. Disconnect switches shall comply with Division 16 specifications. Small power supply and conditioning equipment may be mounted in the panel served. Larger units shall be mounted adjacent to the equipment served. Where unconditioned power is brought into control panels, it shall be enclosed in metallic raceways within the panel. Power supply and conditioning equipment larger than 5 KV A load capacity supported from surfaces other than concrete shall be provided with sound isolators. Final raceway connections shall be a flexible conduit in compliance with Division 16 specifications. D. PROCESS CONNECTIONS: 1. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, process taps shall comply with API RP551. Process connections shall be arranged, where possible, such that instruments may be readily removed for maintenance without disruption of process units or draining of large tanks or vessels. Unions or flange connections shall be provided as necessary to permit removal without rotating equipment. Where process taps are not readily accessible from instrument locations, an isolation valve shall be provided at the instrument. Isolation valves shall also be provided for each instrument where multiple instruments are connected to one process tap. Tubing between the process connection and instruments shall be ll2-inch stainless steel in accordance with paragraph 2.06 of this Section unless otherwise specified. 2. SAFETY INSTRUMENTS: No valves shall be installed at pressure taps for safety instruments. Safety instruments shall not be connected to the same process tap as instruments used for control, indication, or recording except when annular chemical seals are used. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-19 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3. except as follows: ROOT V ALVES: Root valves shall be provided at all process taps, ~ ~ a. Temperature taps, where valves are unnecessary. b. Pump discharge pressure taps where no instrument is permanently installed. Isolation valves shall be provided. c. Process taps for safety instruments. d. Where gauge valves are provided. e. Where chemical seals are used. 4. GAUGE VALVES: Gauge valves shall be provided for each pressure gauge tap except where chemical seals are used. 5. TUBING: Tubing shall be installed on supports spaced not more than 3 feet apart and shall run parallel of perpendicular to walls structural members, or intersections of vertical planes and the ceiling. Unless otherwise shown" tubing shall follow building surfaces closely or shall be carried in trays or conduit. Tubing shall not be supported from piping or equipment except at process taps or connections to the device served. Tubes supported directly on concrete surfaces shall be spaced at least 1/8 inch from the concrete. Tubing support shall be one-hole malleable iron clamps with clamp backs as required. Bends shall be formed to uniform radii without flattening. Ends of tubing shall be square-cut and deburred before installation in fittings. Fittings shall be used for splices, connections, and turns near fmal connections. Bulkhead fittings shall be used when tubing enters a panel. E. FIELD EQUIPMENT: . 1. GENERAL: Equipment shall be provided as specified on the drawings such that ports and adjustments are accessible for in-place testing and calibration. Where possible, equipment shall be located between 48 inches and 60 inches above the floor or a permanent work platform. Instrumentation equipment shall be mounted for unobstructed access, but mounting shall not obstruct walkways. Equipment shall not be mounted where shock or vibration will impair its operation. Support systems shall not be attached to handrails, process piping or mechanical equipment except for measuring elements and valve positioners. Instruments and Panels supported directly by concrete or concrete block walls shall be spaced out not less than 5/8 inch by framing channel between instrument and wall. Steel used for support of equipment shall be 316 stainless steel. 2.' SIGNAL CONNECTIONS: Electric signal connections to equipment shall be made on terminal blocks or by locking plug and receptacle assemblies. Jacketed flexible conduit shall be used between equipment and rigid raceway systems except that flexible cable assemblies may be used where plug and receptacle assemblies are provided and the installation is not subject to mechanical damage in normal use. The length of flexible conduit or cord assemblies shall not exceed 2 feet. Flexible cable, receptacle and plug assemblies shall be used only where specified. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 17000-20 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . F. SIGNAL TRANSMISSION: Signal transmission between electric or electronic instruments not located within a common panel shall be 4 to 20 milliamperes and shall operate at 24 volts DC unless otherwise specified. Milliampere signals shall be current regulated and shall not be affected by changes in load resistance within the unit's rating. Measurement loops shall be grounded at external terminals by bonding to the instrument panel signal ground bus. The Contractor shall provide isolating amplifiers for field equipment possessing a grounded input or output. G. PANEL EQUlPMENT: Panel equipment shall be installed such that equipment with high heat dissipation is mounted above equipment with low heat dissipation. Equipment shall be installed to be easily accessible for maintenance. Equipment installation shall have a neat and orderly appearance. Equipment shall be installed leveled. 3.02 FACTORY TESTS, TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Materials, equipment, and construction included under this specification shall be inspected in accordance with this section and subsequent sections of this division. Testing shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with this section. No required test shall be applied without prior notice to the Engineer. Between 30 and 40 days before the commencement of any testing activity, the Contractor shall provide a detailed step-by-step test procedure complete with forms for the recording of test results, testing equipment used, and a place for identification of the individual performing or, if applicable, witnessing the test. B. DELIVERY INSPECTION: . The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon arrival of any material or equipment to be incorporated into the work and shall remove protective covers or otherwise provide access in order that the Engineer may inspect such items. C. FACTORY TESTS: As part of quality assurance the equipment provided in accordance with this section shall be factory tested as specified in paragraph 1.03C. D. INSTALLED TESTS AND INSPECTION: 1. TEST FORMS: Test forms provided by the Contractor shall, where appropriate, conform to the requirements of reference forms listed in the Standard Specifications. Additional and/or more detailed forms shall be developed as necessary to suite more complex instrumentation. Usage of terms used on test forms shall be in compliance with ISA 51.1. December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-21 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2. TEST EQUIPMENT: Test equipment used to simulate inputs and read .1 ): outputs shall have a rated accuracy at the point of measurement at least three times greater than "..... ." the component under test. Each test instrument shall be calibrated prior to the commencement of a testing activity and at the completion of a testing activity. Certified calibration reports traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) shall be included with the test report. Buffer solutions and reference fluids shall be provided by the Contractor for all tests of analytical equipment. 3. TESTING STAGES: a. GENERAL: Each instrument loop shall be tested in the following sequence: T estin se uence Wiring and piping Individual components Individual loops Loop commissioning S stem acce tance Form reference 17000-A 17000-G and H 17000-J 17000-K Testing of piping and wiring and individual components shall be completed with certified . test reports provided to the Engineer prior to commencement of individual loop testing, which ' shall be completed with certified test reports provided to the Engineer prior to commencement of ,,<::~!:7 loop commissioning. The Contractor shall verifY signal throughput to PLC and 01, and verifY signal continuity and operational testing of the PLC and 01 application programming b. INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT CALIBRA nON AND TEST: Each instrument and final element shall be field calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedure and then tested in accordance with the Contractor's test procedure. Data shall be entered on the applicable test form at the time of testing. Alarm trips, control trips, and switches shall be set to initial values as shown on the drawings. Final elements shall be checked for range, dead-band, and speed of response. , Any component, which fails to meet the required tolerances, shall be repaired by the manufacturer or replaced, and the above tests repeated until the component is within tolerance. c. LOOP TEST: Each instrument loop shall be tested as an integrated system. This test shall check operation from transmitter or switch to readout components and the PLC. Test signals shall be injected at the process impulse line connection where the measuring technique permits, and otherwise at the most primary signal access point. If any output device fails to indicate properly, corrections to the loop circuitry shall be made as necessary and the test repeated until all instruments operate properly . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 17000-22 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . d. COMMISSIONING TEST: The system test shall be executed after all component and subsystem tests have been completed, and shall be designed to place the completed system in full operation and demonstrate that all functional requirements of this section, Section 17800 and Division 16 have been met. The system test shall, as a minimum demonstrate the following: 1) That each component of the system operates correctly with all other components of the system including PLC and 01; 2) That analog control loops operate in a stable manner; 3) That all interlocks perform correctly (hardwired and PLC); 4) That all control sequences perform correctly (hardwired and PLC); 5) That the control requirements of Section 17800 are met; 6) That the complete system is reliable and consistent under all conditions of plant operation. 3.03 INSTRUSPEC SHEETS The following INSTRUSPEC sheets are included in this section: AE/AT FE/FIT FSH HRN/STR LS LE/LIT NS 01 PO PLC TT ZSC Combustible gas detector Magnetic flow transmitter Explosion proof thermal flow switch Horn and/or strobe alarm Float switch, free-floating Ultrasonic level transducer/transmitter Network switch Operator interface Pressure gauge Programmable logic controller Temperature Transmitter Valve Position switch December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-23 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor INSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: AE/ A T e) --' Instrument Function: Combustible gas measurement Instrument Description: Combustible gas detector Power Supply: 24 VDC Loop powered Signal Input: Process Signal Output: Signal output as specified in paragraph 2.04 of this section. Process Connection: Sensor integral to the transmitter Product Data: General: The sensor and transmitter shall be integral and shall be designed for the environmental condition specified in paragraph 1.04 of this section, unless otherwise specified. Sensor: Sensor shall be diffusion type designed to detect combustible gases with a measuring range of 0 to 100% LEL. The sensor shall be warranted for a minimum of one (1) year. The sensor shall be approved and identified for installation in a Class I, Division 1, Group D designated area, and marked "factory sealed" or equal. . Transmitter: The transmitter shall provide a 4-20 mA output signal. The output signal shall be adjustable along the measurement span of the sensor. Transmitter calibration shall be non-intrusive. The transmitter shall be approved and identified for installation in a Class I, Division I, Group D designated area, and marked "factory sealed" or equal. Execution: Installation: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 3.01 of this section, the recommendations of API RP551, and the specified functional requirements. Test: In accordance with paragraph 3.02 of this section. Application! Calibration: Application, calibration, and set points shall be as specified in this section and as shown on the drawings. Manufacturers: Sensidyne, or equal. . December I, 2006 12/4f2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-24 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . INSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: FE/FIT Instrument Function: Flow measurement Instrument Description: Power Supply: Signal Input: Signal Output: Process Connection: Product Data: General: Flow tube: December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Magnetic flow transmitter 120 V ac, 60 hertz nominal Process Signal output as specified in paragraph 2.04 of this section. Flange, ANSI BI6.5, Class 150, raised face Magnetic flow meter shall be provided as a system consisting of a flow tube and integral mounted converter/transmitter complete with all necessary hardware. Converter/transmitter shall be suitable for full-scale flow rates from 2.0 to 11.0 feet per second. System accuracy shall be better than 0.5 percent of flow rate or 0.1 foot per second, whichever is greater. The meter shall be wet flow calibrated against a primary standard with an accuracy of:!:: 0.25%, or better, traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). Comparisons shall be made at or near the minimum flow rating, at mid-range and at or near the maximum rating. Two certified copies of the calibration results shall be furnished. Magnetic flow meter shall be submersible. Unless otherwise specified, flow tube shall be AISI 304 stainless with Hastelloy C276 type electrodes. Flow tubes shall have 150 pound ANSI flange connections except flow tubes 4-inch and smaller may be wafer type. Flow tubes located in lined or nonconductive pipes shall be provided with grounding rings fabricated from the same material as the electrodes, or in-built earth (grounding) electrodes. Grounding rings inside diameter shall be 1/16 inch smaller than flow tube inside diameter. Where pipe run size is different from specified flow tube size, uniformly diverging swages with a total angle between walls not exceeding 15 degrees shall be provided. Excitation power requirements shall not exceed 100 volt-amperes. Flow tube exterior shall be coated with corrosion-resistant polyurethane or epoxy paint. 17000-25 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Instrument Identification: FEIFIT . Converter/ Transmitter: 1. The flow converter/transmitter shall contain all electronics associated with the magnetic flow meter system. Calibrated span adjustment shall permit range adjustment without need for separate test equipment. Adjustable dampening shall be provided. The measuring range shall be a direct digital input in gpm and fully adjustable over a range of up to 11 fps. The converter/transmitter shall contain self-diagnostics, automatic data integrity checking, and shall be completely interchangeable with other units of the same type without need for recalibration. No auxiliary test meter or primary simulator shall be required for commissioning or zeroing. Execution: Installation: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 3.01 of this section, the recommendations of API RP551, and the specified functional requirements. The converter/transmitter shall be mounted directly on the flow tube. Cable: The instrument manufacturer shall provide the signal cable between the primary element and the converter/transmitter. A sufficient length of cable shall be provided for installation of a continuous run between the primary element and the converter/transmitter. . Test: In accordance with paragraph 3.02 of this section. Application! Calibration: Application, calibration, and set points shall be as specified in this section and as shown on the drawings. Manufacturers: . Sensor: Siemens, SITRANS FM Mag 5100 Transmitter: Siemens, SITRANS FM Mag 5000, No "or equal". . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-26 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . INSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: FSH Instrument Function: Flow measurement Instrument Description: Power Supp.ly: Signal Input: Signal Output: Process Connection: Product Data: Execution: Installation: Thermal flow switch NA Process 1 SPDT Form C contact As specified Flow switch shall be the thermal convection type. Switch point shall not be affected by process fluid temperature changes in the range of 32 to 140 degrees F and shall have a repeatability of plus or minus 5 percent of range. Control unit shall operate with the specified repeatability in an ambient temperature range of25 to 120 degrees F. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 3.01 of this section, and the specified functional requirements. Test: In accordance with paragraph 3.02 of this section. Application! Calibration: Application and set points shall be as specified in this section and as shown on the drawings. Manufacturers: Fluid Components Inc., Flow Technology Inc., or equal. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 17000-27 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor INSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: HRN/STR .~ ,. Instrument Function: Alarm Instrument Description: Horn and/or strobe Power Supply: NA Signal Input: PLC discrete output Signal Output: Audible and/or visible Process Connection: NA Product Data: Horn shall provide 100 dBA sound output level at 10ft. Horn housing shall be rated NEMA 4X or explosion proof depending on the specified installation location. Provide an alarm light towers with high intensity strobe lights (40 watt) for indication of alarms and critical alarms. Strobe light operation shall be able to be clearly seen in bright sunlight at a minimum distance of200 feet. Provide BLUE light for high LEL level alarms. Alarm light housing shall be rated NEMA 4X or explosion proof depending on the specified installation location. .' IV' Execution: Installation: Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 3.01 of this section, and the specified functional requirements. Test: In accordance with paragraph 3.02 of this section. Application! Calibration: Application and set points shall be as specified in this section and as shown on the drawings. Manufacturers: Horn shall be Edwards, or equal. Strobe unit shall be Tower Sector modular light by Sirena, or equal. . December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 17000-28 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . INSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: LS Instrument Function: Level measurement Instrument Description: Float switch, free-floating Power Supply: N/A Signal Input: Process Signal Output: 1 SPDT Form C contact Process Connection: N/A Product Data: Switch shall be free-floating type, mechanical switch with maximum of 90-degree actuation angle, suspended from a PVC- coated, multi-core connecting cable, which also contains the conductors. The float shall contain no mercury, shall be hermetically sealed, and shall be of a material suitable for installation in a municipal sewage pump station. Execution: Installation: Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 3.01 of this section, and the specified functional requirements. Test: In accordance with paragraph 3.02 of this section. Application! Calibration: Application and set points shall be as specified in this section, Section 17800, and as shown on the drawings. Manufacturers: Square D, Flygt, Sti, or equal. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 17000-29 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor INSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: LE/LIT Instrument Function: Level measurement Instrument Description: Power Supply: Signal Output: Product Requirements: Execution: Installation: Test: Application/Calibration: Manufacturers: Non contact ultrasonic level transducer 24 VDC 4-20rnA isolated analog output Sensor shall be non-contacting. Repeatability shall be +/- 0.25 percent or better of full scale. Independent adjustable deadbands. Transmitter shall be wall mountable and rated NEMA 4X. Area classifications shall be met. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as specified on the drawings. In accordance with paragraph 3.02 ofthis section. Application and set points shall be as specified in this section, Section 17800, and as shown on the drawings. LE 1220 & LE 1320: Siemens Echomax XPS15-F transducer, or approved equal. LE1370: Siemens ST-H transducer with 2" NPT process connection, or approved equal. LIT 1220, LIT 1320, & LIT 1370: MultiRanger 100 transmitter, or approved equal. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-30 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . "....-'" A;, ~ @ . INSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: NS Instrument Function: Network communications Instrument Description: Ethernet network switch Power Supply: 24 VDC Product Requirements: 1. 8 x 1011 OOBase- TX, TP cable, RJ45 sockets, auto-crossing, auto- negotiation, auto-polarity 2. Operating temperature OOC to +600C 3. Mounting shall be DIN Rail 35 mm 4. UL 508 approval. Execution: Installation: Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 3.01 of this section, and the specified functional requirements. Test: In accordance with paragraph 3.02 of this section. . Application! Calibration: Application and calibration shall be as specified in this section, Section 17800, and as shown on the drawings. Manufacturers: Hirschmann RS2- TX, or approved equal. . December I, 2006 ] 2/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-31 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor INSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: 01 Instrument Function: Operator interface to the PLC Instrument Description: Electronic operator interface with touch screen interface. Power Supply: 24 VDC Signal Input: Operator interface shall be touch screen. Signal Output: Not applicable Communication: TCP lIP via IF 1 B port Product: Display Unit: The display shall be color active matrix thin film transistor (TFT). The display shall have a NEMA 4 rating. The operator interface shall have configuration memory of768 Kbyte, and a battery backed real-time clock. Software: Software shall be provided for off-line configuring and developing application program for the operator interface graphical display. Software shall be provided for running application program on the operator interface. Software shall be the latest version available by the manufacturer. Execution: Installation: Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 3.01 of this section, and the specified functional requirements. Cable: The operator interface manufacturer shall provide the signal cable between the operator interface and the PLC. Cable length shall be sized as required by the installation with a minimum of two (2) feet of slack in the cable. Test: In accordance with paragraph 3.02 of this section. Application! Calibration: Application and calibration shall be as specified in this section, Section 17800, and as shown on the drawings. Manufacturers: Siemens, Touch Panel TPl70b December I, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/I30282/EUGNSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 17000-32 .~ ;, "~~/~ . .; ~ . . . INSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: PG Instrument Function: Pressure measurement Instrument Description: Power Supply: Signal Input: Signal Output: Process Connection: Product Data: Execution: Installation: Test: Pressure gauge N/A N/A N/A Y2 -inch NPT Pressure gauges shall be 4-1'2 -inch glycerin-filled, solid-front units with phenolic turret cases, bourdon tube elements, 270-degree milled stainless steel movements, and shatterproof glass windows. Bourdon tube shall be bronze unless otherwise specified. Gauges shall be manufactured to Grade 2A accuracy C:t0.5%) in compliance with ANSI specification B40.1. Gauges shall be provided with a porous metal type snubber unless otherwise specified. Snubber material shall be compatible with that of the gauge. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, the recommendations of API RP551, paragraph 17000-3.01 of this section, and the specified functional requirements. Pressure gauges may be supported from the process tap if this location permits observation from the floor or a permanent work platform. Pressure gauges shall be installed in such a manner that blowout discs are not obstructed. In accordance with paragraph 3.02 of this section. Application! Calibration: Application and calibration shall be as specified in this section and as shown on the drawings. Manufacturers: Ashcroft Figure 1279, U.S. Gauge Figure 1980L, or equal. December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 17000-33 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor INSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: PLC Instrument Function: Microprocessor controller Instrument Description: Power Supply: Signal Input: Signal Output: Communication: Product: Execution: Input/Output List: December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Programmable Logic Controller 24 VDC 120-volt ac discrete input and 4-20 mA dc analog input. 120-volt ac discrete output and 4-20 mA dc analog output. Ports shall be provided as shown in Installation and Control Details and as shown on the drawings. The programmable logic controller shall include a central processor unit; input and output (IO) modules real time clock; communication ports; PLC configuration, development and runtime software; and DataLogging configuration, development, runtime and file extraction software(s). Discrete input modules shall have 32 points per module. Discrete output modules shall have 16 points per module. Analog input modules shall have 8 points per module. Analog output modules shall have 8 points per module. Input and output modules shall be provided with labels so that each 10 point can be marked with the 10 tag name. Module product numbers are provided on the Drawings. The input/output list shall identify the slot address and the point address associated with each PLC input and output point. Note: Slot o represents embedded 10 points. 17000-34 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor ., "......, j' . .' :II . . . Input / Output List: TAGNAME DESCRIPTION PLC REGISTER SLOT CH GRP* P&ID WIRING P12BLDGUPS1299A PS 12 UPS FAILURE PLC1200 02 1 1 - 1-1224 P12BLDGUPS 1299B PS 12 UPS LOW BATTERY PLC1200 02 01 - 1-1224 P12BLDGFLS1295 PS 12 FIRE PANEL PLC1200 02 21 - 1-1224 P12WWAAH1292 PS12 LEL LEVEL HI PLC1200 03 01 P-1201 1-1230 P12WWFI1203 RAW SEWAGE FLOW TO WWTP PLC1200 04 2.1 P-1201 1-1240 RS PUMP 1 DISCHARGE CHECK VLV P12WWZSC1231 CLOSED PLC1200 01 3.1 P-1201 1-1220 RS PUMP 2 DISCHARGE CHECK VLV P12WWZSC1232 CLOSED PLC1200 01 41 P-1201 1-1220 P12WWLAHH1223 WET WELL LEVEL HI HI PLC1200 01 21 P-1201 1-1220 P12WWLAH 1222 WET WELL LEVEL HI PLC1200 01 1.1 P-1201 1-1220 P12WWLAL 1221 WET WELL LEVEL LO PLC1200 01 01 P-1201 1-1220 P12WWLl1220 WET WELL LEVEL PLC1200 04 01 P-1201 1-1240 P12WWAI1291 LEL LEVEL PLC1200 04 1 1 P-1201 1-1240 P12WWYR1201 RS PUMP 1 AT SPEED PLC1200 01 32 P-1201 1-1221 P12WWYA1201A RS PUMP 1 FAULT PLC1200 01 4.2 P-1201 1-1221 P12WWYI1201A RS PUMP 1 READY PLC1200 01 02 P-1201 1-1221 P12WWYC1201 RS PUMP 1 CALL PLC1200 03 1.1 P-1201 1-1230 P12WWYI1201B RS PUMP 1 REMOTE PLC1200 01 6.2 P-1201 '-1221 P12WWYI1201C RS PUMP 1 RUNNING PLC1200 01 22 P-1201 1-1221 P12WWY11201D RS PUMP 1 HAND PLC1200 01 5.2 P-1201 1-1221 P12WWYA1201B RS PUMP 1 MOTOR SEAL FAILURE PLC1200 01 72 P-1201 1-1221 P12WWYA1201C RS PUMP 1 MOTOR TEMP HI PLC1200 01 12 P-1201 1-1221 P12WWYR1202 RS PUMP 2 AT SPEED PLC1200 01 3.3 P-1201 1-1222 P12WWYA1202A RS PUMP 2 FAULT PLC1200 01 4.3 P-1201 1-1222 P12WWY11202A RS PUMP 2 READY PLC1200 01 03 P-1201 1-1222 P12WWYC1202 RS PUMP 2 CALL PLC1200 03 21 P-1201 1-1230 P12WWYI1202B RS PUMP 2 REMOTE PLC1200 01 63 P-1201 1-1222 P12WWYI1202C RS PUMP 2 RUNNING PLC1200 01 2.3 P-1201 1-1222 P12WWYA1202B RS PUMP 2 MOTOR SEAL FAILURE PLC1200 01 7.3 P-1201 1-1222 P12WWYA1202C RS PUMP 2 MOTOR TEMP HI PLC1200 01 1.3 P-1201 1-1222 P12WWYI1202D RS PUMP 2 HAND PLC1200 01 53 P-1201 1-1222 P12GENYI1250A PS 12 ENGINE GENERATOR IN AUTO PLC1200 01 04 - 1-1223 P12GENYI1250B PS 12 ENGINE GENERATOR RUNNING PLC1200 01 3.4 - 1-1223 P12GENYA1250A PS 12 ENGINE GENERATOR FAULT PLC1200 01 2.4 - 1-1223 P12GENYA1250B PS 12 ENGINE GENERATOR TROUBLE PLC1200 01 14 - 1-1223 P12GENYA1250C PS 12 ENGINE GENERATOR LOW FUEL PLC1200 01 44 - 1-1223 P12GENYA1250D PS 12 ENGINE GENERATOR FUEL LEAK PLC1200 01 54 - 1-1223 P12GENYC1250 PS 12 ENGINE GENERATOR SHUNT TRIP PLC1200 03 31 - 1-1230 P12ATSY11251A PS 12 ATS IN AUTO PLC1200 02 3.2 - 1-1225 P12ATSYI1251B PS 12 A TS ON UTILITY PLC1200 02 0.2 - 1-1225 P12ATSYI1251C PS 12 ATS ON ENGINE GENERATOR PLC1200 02 2.2 - 1-1225 P12ATSYA1251 PS 12 ATS UTILITY FAILURE PLC1200 02 1.2 - 1-1225 P12BLDGTI1206 PUMP STATION 12 BUILDING TEMP PLC1200 04 41 P-1201 1-1240 P13BLDGUPS1399A PS 13 UPS FAILURE PLC1300 02 1.1 - 1-1324 P13BLDGUPS 1399B PS13 UPS LOW BATTERY PLC1300 02 01 - 1-1324 P13WWAAH1392 PS13 LEL LEVEL HI PLC1300 03 01 P-1301 1-1330 P13WWFI1303 RAW SEWAGE FLOW TO PS 12 PLC1300 04 2.1 P-1301 1-1340 RS PUMP 1 DISCHARGE CHECK VL V P13WWZSC1331 CLOSED PLC1300 01 31 P-1301 1-1320 RS PUMP 2 DISCHARGE CHECK VLV P13WWZSC1332 CLOSED PLC1300 01 41 P-1301 1-1320 P13WWLAHH1323 WET WELL LEVEL HI HI PLC1300 01 2.1 P-1301 1-1320 December l, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-35 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor P13WWLAH 1322 WET WELL LEVEL HI PLC1300 01 1 1 P-1301 1-1320 P13WWLAL 1321 WET WELL LEVEL LO PLC1300 01 01 P-1301 1-1320 -", - ~ P13WWLl1320 WET WELL LEVEL PLC1300 04 01 P-1301 1-1340 P13WWAI1391 LEL LEVEL PLC1300 04 1 1 P-1301 1-1340 P13WWYR1301 RS PUMP 1 AT SPEED PLC1300 01 3.2 P-1301 1-1321 P13WWYA1301A RS PUMP 1 FAULT PLC1300 01 42 P-1301 1-1321 I P13WWYI1301A RS PUMP 1 READY PLC1300 01 02 P-1301 1-1321 P13WWYC1301 RS PUMP 1 CALL PLC1300 03 1 1 P-1301 1-1330 P13WWYI1301B RS PUMP 1 REMOTE PLC1300 01 62 P-1301 1-1321 P13WWY11~01C RS PUMP 1 RUNNING PLC1300 01 22 P-1301 1-1321 P13WWY11301D RS PUMP 1 HAND PLC1300 01 52 P-1301 1-1321 P13WWYA1301 B RS PUMP 1 MOTOR SEAL FAILURE PLC1300 01 7.2 P-1301 1-1321 P13WWYA1301C RS PUMP 1 MOTOR TEMP HI PLC1300 01 12 P-1301 1-1321 P13WWYR1302 RS PUMP 2 AT SPEED PLC1300 01 33 P-1301 1-1322 P13WWYA1302A RS PUMP 2 FAULT PLC1300 01 43 P-1301 1-1322 P13WWY11302A RS PUMP 2 READY PLC1300 01 0.3 P-1301 1-1322 P13WWYC1302 RS PUMP 2 CALL PLC1300 03 2.1 P-1301 1-1330 P13WWYI1302B RS PUMP 2 REMOTE PLC1300 01 63 P-1301 1-1322 P13WWYI1302C RS PUMP 2 RUNNING PLC1300 01 23 P-1301 1-1322 P13WWY A 1302B RS PUMP 2 MOTOR SEAL FAILURE PLC1300 01 73 P-1301 1-1322 P13WWY A 1302C RS PUMP 2 MOTOR TEMP HI PLC1300 01 1.3 P-1301 1-1322 P13WWYI1302D RS PUMP 2 HAND PLC1300 01 53 P-1301 1-1322 P13GENYI1350A PS 13 ENGINE GENERATOR IN AUTO PLC1300 01 04 - 1-1323 P 13GENYI1350B PS 13 ENGINE GENERATOR RUNNING PLC1300 01 34 - 1-1323 P13GENYA1350A PS 13 ENGINE GENERATOR FAULT PLC1300 01 24 - 1-1323 P13GENYA1350B PS 13 ENGINE GENERATOR TROUBLE PLC1300 01 14 - 1-1323 P13GENYA1350C PS 13 ENGINE GENERATOR LOW FUEL PLC1300 01 44 - 1-1323 . P13GENYA1350D PS 13 ENGINE GENERATOR FUEL LEAK PLC1300 01 54 - 1-1323 P13GENYC1350 PS 13 ENGINE GENERA TOR SHUNT TRIP PLC1300 03 31 - 1-1330 P13ATSYI1351A PS 13 ATS IN AUTO PLC1300 02 32 - 1-1325 P13ATSYI1351B PS 13ATS ON UTILITY PLC1300 02 0.2 - 1-1325 P13ATSYI1351C PS 13 A TS ON ENGINE GENERATOR PLC1300 02 2.2 - 1-1325 P13ATSYA1351 PS 13 ATS UTILITY FAILURE PLC1300 02 12 - 1-1325 P13CSSLl1370 CHEMICAL STORAGE TANK LEVEL PLC1300 04 3.1 P-1302 1-1340 P13CSSLAL 1372 CHEMICAL STORAGE TANK LEVEL LO PlC1300 01 5.1 P-1302 1-1320 P13CSSFAH1375 EMERGENCY EYEWASH FLOW HI PlC1300 01 6.1 P-1302 1-1320 P13CSSAAH1371 CHEMICAL STORAGE TANK LEVEL ALARM PlC1300 03 02 P-1302 1-1331 P13CFSEY1381 CHEMICAL METERING PUMP 1 ENABLE PlC1300 03 12 P-1303 1-1331 P13CFSSC1381 CHEMICAL METERING PUMP 1 SPEED OUT PLC1300 05 01 P-1303 1-1350 P13CFSEY1382 CHEMICAL METERING PUMP 2 ENABLE PLC1300 03 2.2 P-1303 1-1331 P 13BLDGTI1306 PUMP STATION 13 BUILDING TEMP PlC1300 04 4.1 P-1301 1-1340 P13CFSSC1382 CHEMICAL METERING PUMP 2 SPEED OUT PLC1300 05 1.1 P-1303 1-1350 P13 BLDGFLS1395 PS 13 FIRE PANEL PLC1300 02 21 - 1-1324 1\ .; . CH GRP implies the channel within the card grouping (I e four groups of eIght for the 32 discrete input card) NOTE: Discrete output alarms to treatment plant are not shown. Systems integrator shall update 10 list after startup and commissioning. . December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-36 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . INSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: PLC Installation: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 3.01 of this section, and the specified functional requirements. Test: In accordance with paragraph 3.02 of this section. All software as specified in PLC-Products and application programming developed for this PLC including data logging programming shall be licensed to the Owner and shall be delivered to the Owner after testing is completed. Application! Calibration: Application, calibration, and set points shall be as specified in this section, Section 17800, and as shown on the drawings. Manufacturers: Siemens, SIMATIC 87-300. December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-37 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor INSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: TT Instrument Function: Temperature transmitter Instrument Description: Power Supply: Signal Input: Signal Output: Process Connection: Product Data: Execution: Installation: Test: Ambient building temperature 24 VDC loop powered Environment 4-20 mA NA 1. Ambient temperature shall range from -40-175 degrees F 2. Repeatability shall be ~ 0.2 degrees F 3. Warranty shall be a minimum of one year Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 3.01 ofthis section, and the specified functional requirements. In accordance with paragraph 3.02 of this section. Application! Calibration: Application and calibration shall be as specified in this section, Section 17800, and as shown on the drawings. Manufacturers: December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs Novus Automation RHT - WM, or approved equal 17000-38 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .) . .' ~ nNSTRUSPEC Instrument Identification: ZSC Instrument Function: Valve position limit switch Instrument Description: Position point measurement Power Supply: N/A Signal Input: Process mechanical Signal Output: Dual SPDT Form C contacts Process Connection: Two (2) Y2 -inch NPT Product Data: 1. Electrical contact material shall be silver. 2. UL Contact rating shall be 0.5A @ 24VDC or SA @ 250V AC. 3. Ambient temperature shall range from -40-175 degrees F. 4. Minimum mechanical life cycles shall not be less than five million. 5. Assembly housing shall be suitable for installation area classification specified and as shoWn on drawings. ~ Execution: Installation: Install in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, paragraph 3.01 of this section, and the specified functional requirements. Refer to Section 15118 for check valve requirements. Test: In accordance with paragraph 3.02 of this section. Application! Calibration: Application and calibration shall be as specified in this section, Section 17800, and as shown on the drawings. Manufacturers: ControL ink (CA Series Limit Switches), or approved equal ~ December 1,2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17000-39 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 3.04 TRAINING The systems integration company at the Owner's facility shall provide training for the Owner's personnel. The training shall be split into two parts. The first part shall take place in a classroom type environment. The second part shall be hands-on training at the pump station. Training shall include operation, troubleshooting for the maintenance and field instruments and panel instruments. The systems integration company shall supply the training class a course outline and support documentation of items discussed in the course. The training courses shall be customized to cover specific requirements for the Owner's Facility. Training sessions shall not exceed 8 hours per day and shall be held during the Owner's normal daytime working hours. If more than 8 hours of training is required, the sessions shall be held on consecutive business days. The manufacturer on Form 11 OOO-B included in Section 1-35.3 shall certify the training. A minimum of four (4) days shall be provided for training and a minimum of one of those days shall be used for hands-on at the pump station. **END OF SECTION** December 1, 2006 12/4/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 17000-40 . ~.....~,"' . . . . . DIVISION 17 INSTRUMENT A TION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS Section Title 17000 17800 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PROGRAMMING DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS November 3, 2006 12/4/2006 - p./130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . SECTION 17800 PORT ANGELES EASTERN URBAN GROWTH AREA PUMPING STATIONS 12 & 13 PROGRAMMING DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 17800-1 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor .1 '", ~} 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.1 CONTROLS: A. The operator can adjust any values shown in "( ) parentheses" thru the Operator Interface (01) located locally on the panel face at the pump stations with the minimum and maximum limits displayed to guide operator in entering a valid number. Adjustable values' minimum and maximum limits shall be accessible to instrument technician for fme tuning. 1.1.2 LOCAL CONTROLS A. Most equipment is provided with HOA (Note: HOR switches may appear on drawings, but shall be referred to HOA switches in this section.) switches which are local to the motor or MCC. With this switch in HAND, the equipment shall run. With the switch in AUTO, the equipment is controlled either manually or automatically thru the local PLC. 1.1.3 LOCAL SCADA CONTROLS . A. The local SCADA screen is provided with a graphic MANUAL-OFF-AUTO switch for control of most equipment. When the field switch is in AUTO, then the graphic switch is activated. With the graphic switch in MANUAL, the equipment is controlled manually thru the local OJ. With the graphic switch in AUTO, then the program running in the PLC controls the equipment. B. In the event of utility power failure the A TS shall transfer to generator power. In addition, a load bank shunt trip breaker shall open to enable critical loads to be energized. This condition is required based on the unlikely event generator testing is in progress and utility power fails. While on generator power only one submersible pump per pump station may operate at a time. Upon return of utility power the A TS shall transfer back to utility power and normal operation shall resume. . ~I December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17800-2 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 1.1.4 REMOTE SCADA CONTROLS A. There is no SCADA control from the treatment plant. 1.2 MONITORlNG: 1.2.1 GENERAL A. All equipment and instrumentation is monitored locally through the 01 at the pump station and local indicators in the field. No monitoring data is relayed to the Treatment Plant, only alarming. 1.2.2 EQUIPMENT Equipment is monitored by the local control system and the following is displayed at the 01: A. Equipment calculated run times B. Equipment HOA switch position, HAND or AUTO . c. Equipment "running" status, in most cases, by monitoring the motor starter or RVSS D. Number of starts for equipment that cycles on and off (ie. Pumps for level control) have a daily start counter associated. Weekly, Monthly, and Annual starts are also recorded and can be displayed. 1.2.3 VALVES A. Valves (discrete) - open or closed. B. Valves (analog) - monitored for position and show graphically their percent open status. 1.3 ALARMING: 1.3.1 GENERAL A. Detailed alarming is only at the local level through the 01 located at the pump station. General alarming going back to the treatment plant is simplified into three alarms that go through the auto-dialer. 1. Failure Alarm - equipment has failed. . December 1,2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17800-3 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2. High Priority Alarm - Equipment or pumping capabilities at the station . is likely to fail if action is not taken. -.' / 3. Low Priority Alarm - Equipment has a problem, but is not likely to fail. Note: These Alarms are defined in the REMOTE ALARMING section of each area control strategy. 1.3.2 POWER FAIL A. All MCCs are monitored for power fail by the power monitors installed at the front end of each MCC. B. All PLCs and I/O racks are monitored for power fail from the source power input to the PLC or I/O rack power supply. C. All UPS are monitored for AC Line power fail and battery low. 1.3.3 EQUIPMENT A. All equipment with local HOA switches and RUNNING feedback are monitored in both HAND and AUTO for fail to run when called. 1.3.4 CHECK VALVES . A. All check valves are monitored with a limit switch that shall open when the valve is NOT closed. Any check valve remaining open for a period of (10) seconds, after the associated pump is turned off, shall alarm as "Valve Fail to Close". . December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17800-4 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . 2. SYSTEMS / EQUIPMENT 2.1 RAW SEWAGE PUMP STATIONS 12 &13 2.1.1 EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION A. EQUIPMENT: PUMP STATION 12 Submersible Pump 1 P-1201 \ Submersible Pump 2 P-1202 PUMP STATION 13 Submersible Pump I P-1301 Submersible Pum 2 P-1302 . B. INSTRUMENTATION: Instrument Descn tion Instrument Number PUMP STATION 12 Temperature Switch I TSH-1201 Moisture Switch I MSH-1201 Check Valve Limit Switch ZSC-1231 Temperature Switch 2 TSH-1202 Moisture Switch 2 MSH-1202 Check Valve Limit Switch ZSC-1232 Level Switch Low LSL-1221 Level Switch High LSH-1222 Level Switch High High LSHH-1223 Ultrasonic Level Element LE-1220 Ultrasonic Level Transmitter LIT-1220 . December 1,2006 Port Angeles East UGA 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 17800-5 Sewer Interceptor Instrument Descri tion Instrument Number e) _/ Combustible Gas Monitor AE-1291 Combustible Gas Transmitter AT-1291 Pump Station Flow Element FE-1203 Pump Station Flow Transmitter FIT-1203 Temperature Element TE-1206 Temperature Transmitter TT-1206 PUMP STATION 13 Temperature Switch 1 TSH~1301 Moisture Switch I MSH-1301 Check Valve Limit Switch ZSC-1331 Temperature Switch 2 TSH-1302 Moisture Switch 2 MSH-1302 Check Valve Limit Switch ZSC-1332 Level Switch Low LSL-1321 Level Switch High LSH-1322 Level Switch High High LSHH-1323 .~ "" ~" Ultrasonic Level Element LE-1320 Ultrasonic Level Transmitter LIT-I 320 Combustible Gas Monitor AE-1391 Combustible Gas Transmitter AT-1391 Pump Station Flow Element FE-1303 Pump Station Flow Transmitter FIT-1303 Temperature Element TE-1306 Tern erature Transmitter TT-1306 2.1.2 CONTROL A. LOCAL CONTROL 1. HOA switches are located on the MCC bucket associated with the pump. With the switch in AUTO either LOCAL SCADA MANUAL or LOCAL SCADA AUTO may be the active operating mode. In addition, hardwired control is available based on floats and a duplex alternator. Refer to number six under LOCAL SCADA AUTO for description. . December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17800-6 Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor . . . B. LOCAL SCADA MANUAL 1. Operator can control the pump manually by selecting AUTO on the field switch and using the 01 by selecting SCADA MANUAL operation and START/STOP pushbuttons. Low Level interlocks apply unless CLEANING mode is selected. C. LOCAL SCADA AUTO 1. Operator can put pumps in SCADA AUTO by selecting AUTO on the field HOA switch and using the 01 to select SCADA AUTO operation. 2. Pumps operate in an alternating Duty/Standby mode of operation, whereby Duty pump shall start when Wet Well Ultrasonic Level reaches (Xl) ft. If Wet Well Ultrasonic Level reaches (X2) ft, Standby Pump shall start. Pump(s) shut off at Wet Well Ultrasonic Level (X3) ft. Setting shall be constrained to X3 + 2' < Xl, Xl + 2' < X2. At a minimum default settings are as follows for the Ultrasonic Level Control: Si al X3 Xl X2 PS-I2 Level 183.72 ft 186.22 ft 188.22 ft PS-I3 Level 167.72 ft 169.72 ft 171.72 ft 3. The PLC algorithm shall ensure Wet Well Level control operates within an adjustable volume derived from the ultrasonic set points when the pumps are operating in SCADA AUTO. 4. Pumps shall alternate each start. 5. Operator can force either pump to be Duty or Standby at any time. If a pump is running, the newly configured Duty pump shall assume pumping on the next start cycle. If the duty pump faults, the standby pump shall then become the duty pump until the fault is cleared. 6. Float Level Switch interlocks and a duplex alternator shall control pumps in AUTO if ultrasonic level monitoring fails or PLC is out of service. Switch settings shall be set outside the normal operating range of the Ultrasonic Level Control in Auto Mode to ensure the two control systems do not control the pumps at the same time. Settmgs are as follows for the floats: Float LSL LSH LSHH PS-12 Level 183.7 ft 189.4 ft 190.6 ft PS-13 Level 167.72 ft 172.8 ft 173.9 ft December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 17800-7 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor D. LOCAL SCADA CLEANING MODE 1. CLEANING mode is automatic in SCADA AUTO mode. CLEANING mode can also be selected through a pushbutton on the 01. 2. A wet well cleaning cycle shall be initiated by a timer, adjustable from once per day to once per week. In the cleaning cycle, the pump shall continue to operate until the pump breaks suction as indicated by the pump's associated discharge check valve position switch (check valve closed). In cleaning mode, the low level float signal switch shall be over-ridden to allow the duty pump to draw down the wet well level until the pump breaks suction. Operator may manually initiate when any pump is in SCADA AUTO or MANUAL. After cleaning mode has broken suction, the pump shall then return to normal SCADA AUTO or MANUAL operation. 2.1.3 INTERLOCKS - ""ot-.....".... 1. Temperature Switch High shall shutdown its associated pump in any mode of operation and shall lockout until the alarm is reset. 2. Wet Well Level Low shall turn off pump(s) in SCADA MANUAL or SCADA AUTO. Note this interlock is bypassed during CLEANING Mode. 3. When on emergency power, only on pump may run at a time. This is . hardwired in float mode and is a software interlock in any SCADA ~) mode. 2.1.4 MONITORING A. MONITORING DIGITAL 1. Local Monitoring (01): a) At Speed (Submersible Pump 1 & 2) b) Ready (Submersible Pump 1 & 2) c) Auto Mode (Submersible Pump 1 & 2) d) Hand Mode (Submersible Pump 1 & 2) e) Running (Submersible Pump 1 & 2) f) Check Valve Position (Submersible Pump 1 & 2) B. MONITORING ANALOG 1. Local Monitoring (01): a) Wet Well Ultrasonic Level b) Pump Station Discharge Flow c) Room Temperature December 1,2006 12/19/2006 - p.l130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 17800-8 . . . . C. TRENDING 1. Pump Station Discharge Flow 2. Wet Well Level 3. Pump Runtimes 2.1.5 ALARMING A. ALARMING DIGITAL 1. Local Alarming (01) a) RVSS Fault (Submersible Pump I & 2) b) Moisture Switch High (Submersible Pump 1 & 2) c) Well Level Low d) Well Level High e) Well Level High-High f) Pump Fail to respond. Fail to respond shall be detected in two manners: Running status from starter and check valve limit switch. The check valve switch shall be detected when the disk lifts off the seat rather than when it is fully open. g) Fail to Close (check valves) 2. Remote Alarming (Treatment Plant) a) Failure Alarm . RVSS Fault (Submersible Pump I & 2) . Pump Fail to respond b) High Priority Alarm . Well Level High-High . Fail to Close (check valves) . Well Level Low (bypass on Clean Cycle) c) Low Priority Alarm . Well Level High · Moisture Switch High (Submersible Pump 1 & 2) B. ALARMING ANALOG 1. Local Alarming (01) a) Loss of flow signal b) Loss of level signal c) Low Flow. Alarm time delay of(10) seconds after pump starts. 2. Remote Alarming (Treatment Plant) December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17800-9 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor a) Failure Alarm .\ 'i ....~,......q"'/ . None b) High Priority Alarm . Loss of flow signal . Loss of level signal . Low Flow Alarm c) Low Priority Alarm . None 2.1.6 CALCULATIONS 1. Totalize Discharge Flows daily, weekly, monthly, and annually. 2. Run time for each submersible pump 3. Last Dateffime of Cleaning Cycle 2.1.7 GRAPHICS A. Based on P-1201 and P-1301 B. Following graphic is an example screen. . e: ~ December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:l130282/EUGAlSpecs 17800-10 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . ACTIVE ALARM 5 1:F1e~~1l:: llliHVO& IO'1&tOe 131':'1,22 t:S11..j~:n'1:;2_ FS1,: FSI2-F12ll2_F FS12 PS1~_F120Z_~ FS1Z t$;{-A'Cl.:, AlJ.:ft'l"; AIllm1 OOS lErL 4lZ'f'M ~~d 11 Futl"p 1 Zll2 Fault Pump 1202 Not ~esay 13 Ie-51 131-B 51 ACK ACK December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGNSpecs 17800-11 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.2 TEMPERATURE MONITORING SYSTEM 2.2.1 EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION A. INSTRUMENTATION Instrument Descri tion Pump Station 12 Temperature Sensor Temperature Transmitter Pump Station 13 Temperature Sensor Tern erature Transmitter Instrument Number TE-1206 TT-1206 TE-1306 TT-1306 2.2.2 CONTROL NONE 2.2.3 INTERLOCKS NONE 2.2.4 MONITORING A. MONITORING ANALOG 1. Local Monitoring: None 2. Remote Monitoring: a) Ambient Room Temperature 2.2.5 ALARMING ALARMING DIGITAL 1. Local Alarming (0 I) a) High Temperature set at (96) degrees F b) Low Temperature set at (40) degrees F A. December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17800-12 .~ ......-/ e} "~ e~ ""-9) Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 2. Remote Alarming (Treatment Plant) a) Failure Alarm . None b) High Priority Alarm . High Temperature . Low Temperature c) Low Priority Alarm . None 2.2.6 CALCULA TIONS NONE 2.2.7 GRAPHICS A. Include on Main Screen 2.3 LEL LEVEL MONITORING SYSTEM 2.3.1 EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION A. INSTRUMENTATION Instrument Descri tion Instrument Number Pump Station 12 Combustible Gas Monitor Combustible Gas Transmitter Horn Strobe Light Silence Pushbutton Pump Station 13 Combustible Gas Monitor Combustible Gas Transmitter Horn Strobe Light Silence Pushbutton AE-1291 AT-1291 YL-1292A YL-1292B HS-1292 AE-1391 AT-1391 YL-1392A YL-1392B HS-1392 December 1,2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17800-13 Port Angeles East UGA SevverInterceptor .J """ $/ 2.3.2 CONTROL A. LOCAL CONTROL 1. During an alarm operator may silence horn by pressing the local silence pushbutton. B. LOCAL SCADA (01) 1. During an alarm operator may silence horn by using the SCADA silence virtual pushbutton. 2.3.3 INTERLOCKS NONE 2.3.4 MONITORING A. MONITORING DIGITAL NONE A. MONITORING ANALOG 1. Local Monitoring (01): a) LEL Level . 2.3.5 ALARMING A. ALARMING DIGITAL 1. Local Alarming (via PLC to activate horn) a) Horn and Strobe are activated upon LEL High Alarm (Local SCADA and physical pushbutton to turn off Horn) b) Loss ofPLC (i.e. contact fails closed) 2. Remote Alarming (Treatment Plant): a) Failure Alarm . None b) High Priority Alarm . LEL High Alarm . FIRE Alarm (signal derived from FAP through PLC) c) Low Priority Alarm . None . December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17800-14 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . B. ALARMING ANALOG 1. Local Alarming: a) Loss of Signal 2. Remote Alarming (Treatment Plant) a) Loss of Signal 2.3.6 CALCULATIONS NONE 2.3.7 GRAPHICS A. BASED ON P-1201 AND P-1301 2.4 CHEMICAL FEED SYSTEM 2.4.1 EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENT AnON A. EQUIPMENT: Chemical Dosing Pump 1 Chemical Dosing Pump 2 Chemical Stora e Tank PMP-1381 PMP-1382 TNK-1373 B. INSTRUMENT A nON: Instrument Descri tion Instrument Number Pressure Gauge PI-1383 Diaphragm PX-1383 Pressure Gauge PI-1384 Diaphragm PX-1384 Pressure Gauge PI-1385 Diaphragm PX-1385 Pressure Gau e PI-1386 December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 17800-15 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Instrument Descn hon Diaphragm Ultrasonic Tank Level Low Level Switch Flow Switch Instrument Number .) PX-1386 LE/LIT-1370 LSL-1372 FSH-1375 2.4.2 CONTROL A. LOCAL CONTROL 1. Keypad and display on each pump for local control. B. LOCAL SCADA MANUAL 1. The operator can start pumps through SCADA using the local 01 by selecting SCADA MANUAL operation and SCADA MANUAL speed setting. 2. The operator can adjust set speeds through SCADA. c. LOCAL SCADA AUTO 1. Chemical Dosing Pump Speed is controlled by the active water volume in the wet well plus a factor (K) for PS 12's contribution downstream. This is measured by the flow and level of Pump Station 13. Operator shall enter a value (Q) defined as the volume in gallons of chemical dosed per 100 gallons of sewage. PLC shall calculate the change in volume of the wet well using LIT -1320 depth, and operate the Dosing Pump as described above. Default set point to keep a chemical to sewage ratio of(1:100). 2. If Submersible pumps are on backup control (i.e. ultrasonic level for wet wells are not working) control of dosing pumps shall only be based on the discharge flow of the pump station. .' --~ 2.4.3 INTERLOCKS A. Chemical Dosing Pumps shall shutdown when its associated leakage switch is activated. B. Chemical Dosing Pumps shall shutdown when the Chemical Storage Tank Level Switch Low is activated. The pumps are then reenabled when the chemical storage tank level reaches a height of (20") on the ultrasonic level sensor. .' '~ December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17800-16 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . . 2.4.4 MONITORING A. MONITORING DIGITAL 1. None B. MONITORING ANALOG 1. Chemical Storage Tank Level C. TRENDING 1. None 2.4.5 ALARMING A. ALARMING DIGITAL 1. Local Alarming (01) a) Chemical Storage Tank Level Low 2. Remote Alarming (Treatment Plant) a) Failure Alarm . NONE b) High Priority Alarm . Chemical Storage Tank Level Low c) Low Priority Alarm . NONE B. ALARMING ANALOG 1. Local Alarming (01) a) Chemical Storage Tank Level High (Activates horn; silence pushbutton available near horn.) b) Chemical Storage Tank Level low on SCADA (Refill Alarm) c) Loss of Signal 2. Remote Alarming (Treatment Plant) a) Failure Alarm . NONE b) High Priority Alarm . Chemical Storage Tank Level High c) Low Priority Alarm . TIME TO REFILL December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17800-17 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 2.4.6 CALCULATIONS A. Volume of Sewage in Wet Well. B. Chemical dose in Gallons needed to meet operator required ratio plus factor for Downstream pump station. C. Monthly total gallons chemical used. 2.4.7 GRAPHICS A. Based on P-1302 and P-1303 2.5 UPS 2.5.1 EQUIPMENT A. EQUIPMENT: UPS UPS UPS-1200 UPS-1300 B. INSTRUMENATION: NONE 2.5.2 CONTROL NONE 2.5.3 MONITORlNG NONE 2.5.4 ALARMING A. ALARMING DIGITAL 1. Local Alarming (01) a) AC Failure b) Low Battery December I, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor 17800-18 .} . . . '. ,. 2. Remote Alarming (Treatment Plant) a) Failure Alarm . AC Failure b) High Priority Alarm . Low Battery c) Low Priority Alarm . NONE B. ALARMING ANALOG NONE 2.5.5 CALCULATIONS NONE 2.5.6 GRAPIllCS NONE 2.6 GENERA TOR AND ATS 2.6.1 EQUIPMENT A. EQUIPMENT: Generator Automatic Transfer Switch GEN-1250 ATS-1252 GEN-1350 ATS-1352 Generator Automatic Transfer Switch B. INSTRUMENTATION: NONE December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGAlSpecs 17800-19 Port Angeles East UGA Sevverlnterceptor 2.6.2 CONTROL .) ,; j A. LOCAL CONTROL 1. Each generator has local control panel with Manual-Off-Auto switch. Refer to manufacturer's manual for operation description. B. LOCAL SCADAMANUAL 1. None. C. LOCAL SCADAAUTO 1. None. 2.6.3 INTERLOCKS A. Upon loss of utility power load bank shunt trip breaker shall open. B. When on generator power a generator may only power one submersible pump at a time. 2.6.4 MONITORING LOCAL MONITORING DIGITAL (01) 1. Auto Mode (Generator) 2. Generator Running (Generator) 3. Switched To Utility (ATS) 4. Switched To Generator (ATS) 5. Auto Mode (ATS) B. LOCAL MONITORING ANALOG A. ~; ~ 1. None 2.6.5 ALARMING A. ALARMING DIGITAL 1. Local Alarming (01) a) Generator Trouble (Generator) b) Generator Failure (Generator) c) Utility Failure (ATS) d) Not in AUTO Mode (ATS) 2. Remote Alarming (Treatment Plant) a) Failure Alarm .', ~ December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/ 130282/EUGNSpecs 17800-20 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . '. .. 2.6.6 · Utility Failure (supersedes and mutes all other failure alarms except Generator Failure) · Generator Failure (supersedes and mutes all other failure alarms except Utility Failure) b) High Priority Alarm . Generator Trouble · Generator Not in AUTO Mode . Generator Low Fuel . Generator Fuel Leakage · ATS Not in AUTO Mode c) Low Priority Alarm . NONE CALCULA nONS A. NONE December 1, 2006 12/19/2006 - p:/130282/EUGA/Specs 17800-21 Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor . . '. PW 407_04 Part04 [Revised 5/27/04] PART V ATTACHMENTS State of Washington DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES PrevaIling Wage Sectlon - Telephone (360) 902-5335 PO Box 44540, OlympIa, WA 98504-4540 . Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts The PREVAILING WAGES listed here Include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works proJects, workers' wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief descrIption of overtime calculation requirements IS provided on the Benefit Code Key. CLALLAM COUNTY Effective 08-31-06 ***************************************************************************************************************** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $34.36 1N 5D BOILERMAKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $46.32 1C 5N BRICK AND MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $42.47 1M 5A CABINET MAKERS (IN SHOP) JOURNEY LEVEL $14.67 CARPENTERS ACOUSTICAL WORKER $41 .43 1M 5D BRIDGE, DOCK AND WARF CARPENTERS $41.33 1M 5D CARPENTER $41.33 1M 5D CREOSOTED MATERIAL $41.37 1M 5D DRYWALL APPLICATOR $41.31 1M 5D FLOOR FINISHER $41 .40 1M 5D FLOOR LAYER $41 .40 1M 5D FLOOR SANDER $41.40 1M 5D . MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS $42.27 1M 5D PILEDRIVERS, DRIVING, PULLING, PLACING COLLARS AND WELDING $41.47 1M 5D SAWFILER $41 .40 1M 5D SHINGLER $41.40 1M 5D STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATOR $41.40 1M 5D STATIONARY WOODWORKING TOOLS $41 .40 1M 5D CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $34.36 1N 5D DIVERS & TENDERS DIVER $85.75 1M 5D 8A DIVER TENDER $44.22 1M 5D DREDGE WORKERS ASSISTANT ENGINEER $42.02 1T 5D 8L ASSISTANT MATE (DECKHAND) $41.51 1T 5D 8L BOATMEN $42.02 1T 5D 8L ENGINEER WELDER $42.07 1T 5D 8L LEVERMAN, HYDRAULIC $43.64 1T 5D 8L MAINTENANCE $41.51 1T 5D 8L MATES $42.02 1T 5D 8L OILER $41.64 1T 5D 8L DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $41.14 1E 5P ELECTRICIANS - INSIDE CABLE SPLICER $52.30 10 SA CABLE SPLICER (TUNNEL) $56.21 10 5A CERTIFIED WELDER $50.53 1D SA CERTIFIED WELDER (TUNNEL) $54.26 10 SA CONSTRUCTION STOCK PERSON $27.32 10 5A JOURNEY LEVEL $48.75 10 SA JOURNEY LEVEL (TUNNEL) $52.30 10 5A ELECTRICIANS - POWERLlNE CONSTRUCTION . CABLE SPLICER $52.38 4A SA CERTIFIED LINE WELDER $47.88 4A 5A GROUNDPERSON $34.87 4A 5A HEAD GROUNDPERSON $36.75 4A SA Page 1 CLALLAM COUNTY .) Effective 08-31-06 ***************************************************************************************************************** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING TIme Holiday Note ClassificatIon WAGE Code Code Code HEAVY LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $47.88 4A 5A JACKHAMMER OPERATOR $36.75 4A 5A JOURNEY LEVEL L1NEPERSON $47.88 4A 5A LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $40.87 4A 5A POLE SPRAYER $47.88 4A 5A POWDERPERSON $36.75 4A 5A ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $12.07 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MECHANIC $55.22 4A 6Q MECHANIC IN CHARGE $60.60 4A 6Q FENCE ERECTORS FENCE ERECTOR $13.80 FENCE LABORER $11.60 FLAGGERS JOURNEY LEVEL $29.68 1N 5D GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $42.41 1H 5G HEAT & FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS MECHANIC $44.68 1S 5J HOD CARRIERS & MASON TENDERS JOURNEY LEVEL $34.84 1N 5D INLAND BOATMEN ( CAPTAIN $37.34 1K 5B COOK $31 .23 1K 5B 4t\ DECKHAND $30.90 1K 5B ') ENGINEER/DECKHAND $33.65 1K 5B MATE, LAUNCH OPERATOR $35.32 1K 5B INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $20.50 IRONWORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $46.25 10 5A LABORERS ASPHALT RAKER $34.84 1N 5D BALLAST REGULATOR MACHINE $34.36 1N 50 BATCH WEIGHMAN $29.68 1N 5D BRUSH CUTTER $34.36 1N 5D BRUSH HOG FEEDER $34.36 1N 5D BURNERS $34.36 1N 50 CARPENTER TENDER $34.36 1N 50 CASSION WORKER $35.20 1N 5D CEMENT DUMPER/PAVING $34.84 1N 50 CEMENT FINISHER TENDER $34.36 1N 50 CHANGE-HOUSE MAN OR DRY SHACKMAN $34.36 1N 50 CHIPPING GUN (OVER 30 LBS) $34.84 1N 5D CHIPPING GUN (UNDER 30 LBS) $34.36 1N 5D CHOKER SETTER $34.36 1N 5D CHUCK TENDER $34.36 1N 5D CLEAN-UP LABORER $34.36 1N 5D CONCRETE DUMPER/CHUTE OPERATOR $34.84 1N 5D CONCRETE FORM STRIPPER $34.36 1N 5D CONCRETE SAW OPERATOR $34.84 1N 50 CRUSHER FEEDER $29.68 1N 5D CURING LABORER $34.36 1N 5D DEMOLITION, WRECKING & MOVING (INCLUDING CHARRED $34.36 1N 50 . DITCH DIGGER $34.36 1N 50 DIVER $35.20 1N 50 DRILL OPERATOR (HYDRAULIC, DIAMOND) $34.84 1N 50 DRILL OPERATOR, AIRTRAC $35.20 1N 50 Page 2 CLALLAM COUNTY . Effective 08-31-06 ***************************************************************************************************************** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note ClaSSification WAGE Code Code Code DUMPMAN $34.36 1N 50 EPOXY TECHNICIAN $34.36 1N 50 EROSION CONTROL WORKER $34.36 1N 50 FALLER/BUCKER, CHAIN SAW $34.84 1N 50 FINAL DETAIL CLEANUP (I.e., dusting, vacuuming, WIndow cleamng; NOT $27.36 1N 50 construction debris cleanup) FINE GRADERS $34.36 1N 50 FIRE WATCH $29.68 1N 50 FORM SETTER $34.36 1N 50 GABION BASKET BUILDER $34.36 1N 50 GENERAL LABORER $34.36 1N 50 GRADE CHECKER & TRANSIT PERSON $34.84 1N 50 GRINDERS $34.36 1N 50 GROUT MACHINE TENDER $34.36 1N 50 GUARDRAIL ERECTOR $34.36 1N 50 HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL A $35.20 1N 50 HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL B $34.84 1N 50 HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL C $34.36 1N 50 HIGH SCALER $35.20 1N 50 HOD CARRIER/MORTARMAN $34.84 1N 50 JACKHAMMER $34.84 1N 50 LASER BEAM OPERATOR $34.84 1N 50 MANHOLE BUILDER-MUDMAN $34.84 1N 50 . MATERIAL YARDMAN $34.36 1N 50 MINER $35.20 1N 50 NOZZLEMAN, CONCRETE PUMP, GREEN CUTTER WHEN USING HIGH $34.84 1N 50 PRESSURE AIR & WATER ON CONCRETE & ROCK, SANDBLAST, GUNITE, SHOTCRETE, WATER BLASTER PAVEMENT BREAKER $34.84 1N 50 PILOT CAR $29.68 1N 50 PIPE POT TENDER $34.84 1N 50 PIPE RELlNER (NOT INSERT TYPE) $34.84 1N 50 PIPELAYER & CAULKER $34.84 1N 50 PIPELAYER & CAULKER (LEAD) $35.20 1N 50 PIPEWRAPPER $34.84 1N 50 POT TENDER $34.36 1N 50 POWDERMAN $35.20 1N 50 POWDERMAN HELPER $34.36 1N 50 POWERJACKS $34.84 1N 50 RAILROAD SPIKE PULLER (POWER) $34.84 1N 50 RE.TIMBERMAN $35.20 1N 50 RIPRAP MAN $34.36 1N 50 RODDER $34.84 1N 50 SCAFFOLD ERECTOR $34.36 1N 50 SCALE PERSON $34.36 1N 50 SIGNALMAN $34.36 1N 50 SLOPER (OVER 20") $34.84 1N 50 SLOPER SPRAYMAN $34.36 1N 50 SPREADER (CLARY POWER OR SIMILAR TYPES) $34.84 1N 50 SPREADER (CONCRETE) $34.84 1N 50 STAKE HOPPER $34.36 1N 50 STOCKPILER $34.36 1N 50 TAMPER & SIMILAR ELECTRIC, AIR & GAS $34.84 1N 50 TAMPER (MULTIPLE & SELF PROPELLED) $34.84 1N 50 . TOOLROOM MAN (AT JOB SITE) $34.36 1N 50 TOPPER-TAILER $34.36 1N 50 TRACK LABORER $34.36 1N 50 TRACK LINER (POWER) $34.84 1N 50 Page 3 CLALLAM COUNTY Effective 08-31-06 .~ **************************~************************************************************************************** (See Benefit Code Key) h ,"./1 Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code TRUCK SPOTTER $34.36 1N 50 TUGGER OPERATOR $34.84 1N 50 VIBRATING SCREED (AIR, GAS, OR ELECTRIC) $34.36 1N 5D VIBRATOR $34.84 1N 5D VINYL SEAMER $34.36 1N 5D WELDER $34.36 1N 50 WELL-POINT LABORER $34.84 1N 50 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OR LAWN SPRINKLER INSTALLERS $11.42 LANDSCAPE EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OR TRUCK DRIVERS $7.81 LANDSCAPING OR PLANTING LABORERS $7.93 LATHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $41.31 1M 50 PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $32.73 2B 5A PLASTERERS JOURNEY LEVEL $25.83 PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $54.34 1G 5A POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ASSISTANT ENGINEERS $39.57 1T 50 BL BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (3 YO & UNDER) $42.35 1T 50 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (OVER 3 YO & UNDER 6 YO) $42.84 1T 50 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (6 YO AND OVER WITH $43.39 1T 50 8L BACKHOES, (75 HP & UNDER) $41.93 1T 50 8L .) BACKHOES, (OVER 75 HP) $42.35 1T 50 8L BARRIER MACHINE (ZIPPER) $42.35 1T 50 8L BATCH PLANT OPERA TOR, CONCRETE $42.35 1T 50 8L BELT LOADERS (ELEVATING TYPE) $41.93 1T 50 8L BOBCAT (SKID STEER) $39.57 1T 50 8L BROOMS $39.57 1T 50 8L BUMP CUTTER $42.35 1T 50 8L CABLEWAYS $42.84 1T 5D 8L CHIPPER $42.35 1T 5D 8L COMPRESSORS $39.57 1T 5D 8L CONCRETE FINISH MACHINE - LASER SCREED $39.57 1T 50 8L CONCRETE PUMPS $41.93 1T 50 8L CONCRETE PUMP-TRUCK MOUNT WITH BOOM ATTACHMENT $42.35 1T 50 8L CONVEYORS $41.93 1T 50 8L CRANES, THRU 19 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $41.93 1T 50 8L CRANES, 20 - 44 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $42.35 1T 50 8L CRANES, 45 TONS - 99 TONS, UNDER 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING $42.84 1T 50 8L JIB WITH ATACHMENTS) CRANES, 100 TONS -199 TONS, OR 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $43.39 1T 50 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, 200 TONS TO 300 TONS, OR 250 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $43.96 1T 50 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, A-FRAME, 10 TON AND UNDER $39.57 1T 50 8L CRANES, A-FRAME, OVER 10 TON $41.93 1T 50 8L CRANES, OVER 300 TONS, OR 300' OF BOOM INCLUDING JIB WITH $44.52 1T 50 8L ATTACHMENTS CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE ( 20 - 44 TONS) $42.35 1T 50 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE ( 45 - 99 TONS) $42.84 1T 5D 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (100 TONS & OVER) $43.39 1T 5D 8L CRANES, TOWER CRANE UP TO 175' IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM $43.39 1T 5D 8L CRANES, TOWER CRANE OVER 175' IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM $43.96 1T 5D 8L . CRUSHERS $42.35 1T 50 8L DECK ENGINEERlDECK WINCHES (POWER) $42.35 1T 50 8L DERRICK, BUILDING $42.84 1T 50 8L Page 4 CLALLAM COUNTY . Effective 08-31-06 ***************************************************************************************************************** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time HolIday Note ClaSSification WAGE Code Code Code DOZERS, 0-9 & UNDER $41.93 1T 50 8L DRILL OILERS - AUGER TYPE, TRUCK OR CRANE MOUNT $41.93 1T 50 8L DRILLING MACHINE $42.35 1T 50 8L ELEVATOR AND MANLlFT, PERMANENT AND SHAFT-TYPE $39.57 1T 50 8L EQUIPMENT SERVICE ENGINEER (OILER) $41.93 1T 50 8L FINISHING MACHINElBIOWELL GAMACO AND SIMILAR EQUIP $42.35 1T 50 8L FORK LIFTS, (3000 LBS AND OVER) $41.93 1T 50 8L FORK LIFTS, (UNDER 3000 LBS) $39.57 1T 50 8L GRADE ENGINEER $41.93 1T 50 8L GRAOECHECKER AND STAKE MAN $39.57 1T 50 8L GUARDRAIL PUNCH $42.35 1T 50 8L HOISTS, OUTSIDE (ELEVATORS AND MANLlFTS), AIR TUGGERS $41.93 1T 50 8L HORIZONTAUOIRECTIONAL DRILL LOCATOR $41.93 1T 50 8L HORIZONTAUOIRECTIONAL DRILL OPERATOR $42.35 1T 50 J 8L HYDRALlFTS/BOOM TRUCKS (10 TON & UNDER) $39.57 1T 50 8L HYDRALlFTSIBOOM TRUCKS (OVER 10 TON) $41.93 1T 50 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (6 YO UP TO 8 YO) $42.84 1T 50 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (8 YD & OVER) $43.39 1T 50 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (UNDER 6 YO), PLANT FEED $42.35 1T 5D 8L LOCOMOTIVES, ALL $42.35 1T 50 8L MECHANICS, ALL $42.84 1T 50 8L MIXERS, ASPHALT PLANT $42.35 1T 50 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (FINISHING) $42.35 1T 50 8L . MOTOR PATROL GRADER (NON-FINISHING) $41.93 1T 50 8L MUCKING MACHINE, MOLE, TUNNEL DRILL ANOIOR SHIELD $42.84 1T 50 8L OIL DISTRIBUTORS, BLOWER DISTRIBUTION AND MULCH SEEDING $39 57 1T 50 8L OPERATOR PAVEMENT BREAKER $39.57 1T 50 8L PILEDRIVER (OTHER THAN CRANE MOUNT) $42.35 1T 50 8L PLANT OILER (ASPHALT, CRUSHER) $41.93 1T 50 8L POSTHOLE DIGGER, MECHANICAL $39.57 1T 50 8L POWER PLANT $39.57 1T 50 8L PUMPS, WATER $39.57 1T 50 8L QUAD 9,0-10, AND HD-41 $42.84 1T 50 8L REMOTE CONTROL OPERATOR ON RUBBER TIRED EARTH MOVING $42.84 1T 50 8L EQUIP RIGGER AND BELLMAN $39.57 1T 50 8L ROLLAGON $42.84 1T 50 8L ROLLER, OTHER THAN PLANT ROAD MIX $39.57 1T 50 8L ROLLERS, PLANTMIX OR MULTILlFT MATERIALS $41.93 1T 50 8L ROTO-MILL, ROTO-GR/NDER $42.35 1T 50 8L SAWS, CONCRETE $41.93 1T 50 8L SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING $42.35 1T 50 8L OFF-ROAD EQUIPMENT ( UNDER 45 YO) SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING $42.84 1T 50 8L OFF-ROAD EQUIPMENT (45 YO AND OVER) SCRAPERS, CONCRETE AND CARRY ALL $41.93 1T 50 8L SCREED MAN $42.35 1T 50 8L SHOTCRETE GUNITE $39.57 1T 50 8L SLlPFORM PAVERS $42.84 1T 50 8L SPREADER, TOPSIDE OPERATOR - BLAW KNOX $42.35 1T 50 8L SUBGRADE TRIMMER $42.35 1T 50 8L TOWER BUCKET ELEVATORS $41.93 1T 50 8L TRACTORS, (75 HP & UNDER) $41.93 1T 50 8L . TRACTORS, (OVER 75 HP) $42.35 1T 50 8L TRANSFER MATERIAL SERVICE MACHINE $42.35 1T 50 8L TRANSPORTERS, ALL TRACK OR TRUCK TYPE $42.84 1T 50 8L TRENCHING MACHINES $41.93 1T 50 8L Page 5 CLALLAM COUNTY Effective 08-31-06 ***************************************************************************************************************** . (See Benefit Code Key) - " Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note ClasSification WAGE Code Code Code TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER (UNDER 100 TON) $41.93 1T 5D BL TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER (100 TON & OVER) $42.35 1T 5D BL TRUCK MOUNT PORTABLE CONVEYER $42.35 1T 5D BL WHEEL TRACTORS, FARMALL TYPE $39.57 1T 5D BL YO YO PAY DOZ=R $42.35 1T 5D 8L POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE $34.75 4A 5A SPRAY PERSON $33.00 4A 5A TREE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $33.43 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER $31.10 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER GROUND PERSON $23.43 4A 5A REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS MECHANIC $27.68 ROOFERS JOURNEY LEVEL $35.78 1R 5A USING IRRITABLE BITUMINOUS MATERIALS $38.78 1R 5A SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP) $49.97 1E 6L SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $33.76 18 5A SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS JOURNEY LEVEL $10.31 1B 50 SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL $19.67 SURVEYORS . CHAIN PERSON $9.35 INSTRUMENT PERSON $11.40 PARTY CHIEF $13.40 TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $29.87 10 5A TELEPHONE LINE CONSTRUCTION - OUTSIDE CA8LE SPLICER $29.89 2B 5A HOLE DIGGER/GROUND PERSON $16.81 2B 5A INSTALLER (REPAIRER) $28.68 28 5A JOURNEY LEVEL TELEPHONE L1NEPERSON $27.82 28 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER I $29.89 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER II $29.30 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (HEAVY) $29.89 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (LIGHT) $27.82 2B 5A TELEVISION GROUND PERSON $15.96 2B 5A TELEVISION L1NEPERSONlINST ALLER $21.17 2B 5A TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN $25.15 2B 5A TELEVISION TECHNICIAN $22.64 2B 5A TREE TRIMMER $27.82 2B 5A TERRAZZO WORKERS & TILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $40.33 18 5A TILE, MARBLE & TERRAZZO FINISHERS FINISHER $34.16 1B 5A TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $34.90 1K 5A TRUCK DRIVERS ASPHALT MIX ( TO 16 YARDS) $39.04 1T 5D 8L ASP HAL T MIX (OVER 16 YARDS) $39.62 1T 5D 8L DUMP TRUCK $20.23 1 DUMP TRUCK & TRAILER $20.23 1 OTHER TRUCKS $39.62 1T 5D 8L . TRANSIT MIXER $23.73 1 WELL DRILLERS & IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLERS IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLER $11.60 Page 6 . CLALLAM COUNTY Effective 08-31-06 ***************************************************************************************************************** . . Classification PREVAILING WAGE OILER WELL DRILLER $9.45 $11.60 Page 7 (See Benefit Code Key) Over Time Code Holiday Code Note Code ************************************************************************************************************************ BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 08-31-06 OVERTIME CODES OVERTIME CALCULATIONS ARE BASED ON THE HOURLY RATE ACTUALLY PAID TO THE WORKER. ON PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS, THE HOURL Y RATE MUST BE NOT LESS THAN THE PRE V AILING RATE OF WAGE MINUS THE HOURL Y RATE OF THE COST OF FRINGE BE:'IIEFITS ACTUALLY PROVIDED FOR THE WORKER. .~, I' "+~ . ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE A. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL ALSO BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE. B ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE C THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER OVERTIME HOURS WORKED SHALL BE P AID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. D THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS BEFORE OR AFTER A FIVE - EIGHT (8) HOUR WORKWEEK DAY OR A FOUR - TEN (10) HOUR WORKWEEK DAY AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED THE NEXT DAY AFTER EITHER WORKWEEK SHALL BE PAID ATONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE ALL ADDITIONAL HOURS WORKED AND ALL WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE P AID AT DOUBLE THE HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE. E. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER HOURS WORKED MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE F THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE ALL OTHER OVERTIME HOURS WORKED, EXCEPT LABOR DAY, SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE. G THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON A FIFTH. CALENDAR WEEKDAY IN A FOUR - TEN HOUR SCHEDULE, SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE } HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH ~) SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS OR EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE ALL HOURS WORKED MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY OVER TWELVE (12) HOURS AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE P AID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE ALL HOURS WORKED OVER TEN (10) HOURS MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE K ALL HOURS WORKED ON SA TURDA YS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE P AID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE L ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE P AID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. M ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE. N. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. o THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS, HOLIDAYS AND AFTER TWELVE (12) HOURS, MONDAY. THROUGH FRIDAY, AND AFTER TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF . WAGE. ~_) ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE P AID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE P AID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. P . . . BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 08-31-06 -2- Q THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND UP TO TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (l0) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SA TURDA Y AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE ALL HOURS WORKED ON CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE P AID AT TWO AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE R. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE S THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER OVERTIME HOURS WORKED, EXCEPT LABOR DAY, SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DA Y SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE T ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, EXCEPT MAKE-UP DAYS, SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE ALL HOURS WORKED AFTER 6 DOPM SA TURDA Y TO 6:00AM MONDAY AND ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. U ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALFTIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE P AID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURL YRA TE OF WAGE. V ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON THANKSGNING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE P AID AT DOUBLE THE HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE. W. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SA TURDA YS AND SUNDAYS (EXCEPT MAKE-UP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID ATONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE P AID AT DOUBLE THE HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE 2 ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE A. THE FIRST SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF SIX (6) HOURS ON SA TURDA Y AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE P AID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE C. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE P AID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE D. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT STRAIGHT TIME IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID ATONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS OR HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS OR ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE F. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT THE STRAIGHT HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE G ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE INCLUDING HOLIDAY PAY. H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID ATONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 1. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE, INCLUDING THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED ON UNPAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 08-31-06 -3- 2 K ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY .~: M ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. o ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID ATONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE P THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SA TURDA Y SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT 8) HOURS ON SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDA YS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE P AID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURL Y RATE OF WAGE 4A ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SA TURDA YS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. HOLIDA Y CODES 5 A. HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). B HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DA Y, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). C. HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8) D. HOLIDAYS. NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AND SA TURDA Y AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8) E. HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, PRESIDENTIAL .\ ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8) _-.j F. HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (II) G. HOLIDAYS. NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). H. HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS (6). HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6) J. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7) N. HOLIDAYS' NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9) P HOLIDA YS. NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AND SA TURDA Y AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). Q PAID HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). R PAID HOLIDAYS. NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DA Y AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, ONE-HALF DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY. (7 1/2) PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, . THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). ., ~ T PAID HOLIDAYS' NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND THE DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS (10). S. .5 . . BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 08-31-06 -4- V PAID HOLIDA YS SIX (6) PAID HOLIDAYS W PAID HOLIDAYS' NINE (9) PAID HOLIDAYS. X HOLIDAYS AFTER 520 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY AFTER 2080 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY (8) Y HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DA Y, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY FOLLOWING THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8) . Z HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8) 6. T. U. V W X. A A. PAID HOLIDAYS. NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8) B. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S EVE DAY, NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE'S DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). c. HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). D PAID HOLIDAYS. NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, THE DAY BEFORE OR THE DAY AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY (9). F. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (11). PAID HOLIDAYS' NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). L. HOLIDAYS. NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8) Q PAID HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). UNPAID HOLIDAY. PRESIDENTS' DAY. PAID HOLIDAYS. NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DA Y, DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY (9). PAID HOLIDAYS. NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND ONE DAY OF THE EMPLOYEE'S CHOICE (9). PAID HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DA Y, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY (10). PAID HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DA Y, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY, EMPLOYEE'S BIRTHDAY (1 I). NOTE CODES THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE-HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY IN ADDITION TO THE HO~ Y WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50' TO 100' - $1 00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 175' - $2.25 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 08-31-06 -5- OVER 175' TO 250' - $5 50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 175 FEET OVER 250' - DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE, PROVIDED IT IS NO LESS THAN THE SCALE LISTED FOR 250 FEET .; " .,~_^, ,J? C THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE-HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE OVER 50' TO 100' - $1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO ISO' - $1.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER ISO' TO 200' - $2.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER ISO FEET OVER 200' - DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE D. WORKERS WORKING WITH SUPPLIED AIR ON HAZMA T PROJECTS RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL $1.00 PER HOUR. L. WORKERS ON HAZMA T PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A: $0.75, LEVEL B $0.50, AND LEVEL C: $0.25. M. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS: LEVELS A & B. $1.00, LEVELS C & D: $0.50. N WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A. $1.00, LEVEL B' $0 75, LEVEL C: $0.50, AND LEVEL D $025 . . . . . REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) FORM PROJECT NAME: PROJECT/CONTRACT NUMBER: ORIGINATOR: ITEM: REFERENCE DRAWING OR SPECIFICATION: DESCRIPTION OF CLARIFICATION/REQUEST: Owner Contractor DATE REPLY REQUESTED: CRITICAL TO SCHEDULE: YES NO ORIGINATOR SIGNATURE: DATE: COMMENTS: RFI Number: PW 407_04 Part04 [Revised 5/27/04] CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER (CCO) NO. .) ~_A/ Project Name Port AnQeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor Date Contractor Project No. 05-30 DESCRIPTION OF WORK You are ordered to perform the following described work upon receipt of an approved copy of this Change Order: 1. Describe work here 2. Additional work, etc.... Such work will be compensated by: check one or more of the following as applicable [ ] Increase or [ Decrease in bid items; [ ] Force Account; [ ] Negotiated Price: The described work affects the eXisting contract items and/or adds and/or deletes bid items as follows: Item Descnptron No Unit $ Cost Per Unit $ Cost 2 Rev ORIGINAL CURRENT EST NET CHANGE TOTAL CHANGE ORDERS, EST CONTRACT Ar I t:K CONTRACT CONTRACT THIS CHANGE ORDER INCLUDING THIS ONE THIS CHANGE ORDER . . . . . DAYS XX DAYS yy DAYS ZZ DAYS XX+ZZ.YY DAYS YY+ZZ . Amount with applicable sales tax Included All work, materials and measurements to be in accordance with the provisions of the ongmal contract and/or the standard specifications and special provIsions for the type of construction involved The payments and/or additional trme specified and agreed to in this order mclude every claim by the Contractor for any extra payment or extension of time with respect to the work descnbed herein, mcludmg delays to the overall proJect. ~'JA'" \' ~A.gP':~'~"O"+VE~"';?~fB':Y':"i . f.' ,^'> ,-AMr:: r:\ lJ,"," vi<'~ PROJECT ENGINEER CITY ENGINEER CONTRACTOR PUBLIC WORKS & UTILITIES DIRECTOR CITY MANAGER CITY COUNCil APPROVAL DATE PW 407_04 Part04 [Revised 5/27/04] . CONTRACTOR'S APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Port Angeles East UGA Sewer Interceptor, PROJECT NO. 05-30 Page 1 of 2 TO: City of Port Angeles DATE: Public Works & Utilities Department P.O. Box 1150 Port Angeles, WA 98362 FROM: PAYMENT REQUEST NO. , PERIOD From: to [end of period]: STATEMENT OF CONTRACT ACCOUNT . 1 Original Contract Amount [Excluding Sales Tax] $ 2 Approved Change Order No(s). [Excluding Sales Tax] $ 3 Adjusted Contract Amount (1 +2) $ 4 Value of Work Completed to Date [per attached breakdown] $ 5 Material Stored on Site [per attached breakdown] $ 6 Subtotal (4+5) $ 7 8.4% Sales Tax [at 8.4% of subtotal], As Applicable $ 8 Less Amount Retained [at 5% of subtotal] $ 9 Subtotal (6+7-8) $ 10 Total Previously Paid [Deduction] $ 11 AMOUNT DUE THIS REQUEST (9-10) $ WAIVER OF CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COST OR TIME: The undersigned Applicant waives and releases, up through the date hereof, any and all claims for costs or item extensions arising out of or relating to extra or changed work or delays or acceleration not specifically identified and reserved in the amounts identified below or previously acknowledged in writing by the City of Port Angeles. CERTIFICATE OF THE CONTRACTOR: I hereby certify that the work performed and the materials supplied through the ending period date noted above represent the actual value of accomplishment under the terms of the contract (and all authorized changes) between the Applicant and the City of Port Angeles, relating to the above referenced project, and that the remaining contract balance is sufficient to cover all costs of completing the work in accordance with the contract documents. Continued on Page 2 . PW 407_04 Parl04 [Revised 5/27/04] CONTRACTOR'S APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Page 2 of 2 I also certify that all lower-tier payments, less applicable retention, have been made by the Applicant for the periods covered_by previous payment(s) received by the Applicant to (1) all lower- tier subcontractors/ suppliers, and (2) for all matenals, equipment and labor used or in connection with the performance of this contract. I further certify that I have complied with all federal, state and local tax laws, including Social Security laws and Unemployment Compensation laws and Workmen's Compensation laws, insofar as applicable to the performance of this work, and have paid all such taxes, premiums and/or assessments arising out of the performance of the work. I further certify that, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, all work for which previous payment(s) have been received shall be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the work. Within seven (7) days of receipt of the payment requested herein, all payments, less applicable retention, will be made through the period covered by this pay request to all my lower-tier subcontractors/suppliers and for all materials, equipment, labor, taxes and assessments arising out of the performance of all said lower-tire work. DATED: CONTRACTOR: SIGNATURE: PRINTED NAME AND TITLE: SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this day of ,20_. Notary Public in and for the State of Tesiding at My appointment expires APPROVAL: Project Manager Date City Engineer Date PW 407_04 Part04 [Revised 5/27/04] .~. jI "____'1 ~t ~l .', ~ SIGN SPACING = X (FEET> RurQI RQaClS 45/55 MPH 500'.- Urbon ArterialS & 35/40 MPH 350'.- RurQI Rooos - RurQI Roads Ur-bQn Sfreets 25/30 MPH 200'.- Resloentlal Areas & Business Olsfr-Icts AU srons Ol'"'e!) bloCk Or"! oranQ8 unless otherwJS9 Oesl(ln01ed. . . CHANNElIZING DEVICE SPACING (FEETI (EXCEPT FOR FlAGGING REOUIREMENTSI t.lPH 50/65 35/45 25/30 TAPER 00 30 20 TANCENT eo 60 00 .. OPTIONAL IF .0 MPH OR LESS C20-2A 1'/20- 74) o STOP. ..1'120-76 [- S-T;:-~ 20.~Px-116" WAIT FOR 0" C ~LOT C~~ Rill USE THIS SIGN IF NO FlAGGERS ARE ON DUTY. l:t DDD LEGEND SIG~ LOCATION - TRIPOD MOUNT TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES -FOR piioTCA"RCiPERATiONS THE! FOLLOWING SIGNS SHALL BE I REOUIRED TO SUPPLEMENT THE SIGNS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN. SP-, C20- 4 20" X 16" 36" X IS" ."C R/W l~j-i~~OR -I PILOT CAR ROAD APPROACHES AS NEEDED I ~ l:E8 FLAGGING STATION PROTECTIVE VEHICLE (WHEN SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT) EXISTING STOP BAR . NOTES I. FlACCER SlATIONS SHALL BE ILLUMINATED DURING HOURS OF DARKNESS_ 2. EXTEND DEVICES TAPER ACROSS SHOULDER. 3. SIGN SEOUENCE IS THE SAME FOR BD1H DIRECTIONS OF TRAVEL ON THE HIGHWAY. 4. RAD I 0 COMMUN I CA 11 ON RECOMME'NDEO BE TWEEN FLAGGERS. REOUIRED IF FLAGGERS DO NOT HAVE CLfAR VISIQN OF EACH OTHER. I, BUFFER DATA BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED IMPHI I 25 I 301 351 40 I 45 I SO I 551 T ~ENCTH (fe.tl! 55 I 85 1120 liTO 1 220 I 280 I m I I PROTECTIVE VEHIClE RO~l AHEAD DISTANCE. R VEHIC~ E TYl'tC," VEHIClE PaS, EO SlA nON.RT TTPE ~OAOEO WElCHT SPEED OPERA TlON (~eSI (n'Iph) Heetl 4 YARD 24.000 50.55 T5 DUMP TRUCK 45 50 2 TON 15.000 50-55 100 ARGa TRUCk 45 75 I TON 10.000 50-55 ISO ARCO TRue 45 100 ROll AHEA!) SToPPING DISTANCE ASSUIIIES DRy PAVEMENT. BUFFER DATA BUFFER SPACE = B SPEED ClIPH) I 25 I 'A ))5 I 40 I 45 r so r 55 I 60 I 65 I - LE~CTH (feet)1 55 I 85 1110 1110 I 2201180 1m T 415 1485 I _ PROTECTIVE VEIIlC ROlL AHEAO 01S TANtE . R VEHIClE TTPICAL VEHICLE POS1EO 5 TA TIONARY IYPE L OAOEO wEIC~ T SPEED OPERA liON CLBSI Impl1) Cfeet) 4 YARO 60'65 100 24.000 SO-55 15 0lM' TRUCK 45 50 2 TON 60-65 ISO ARCO TRUCK 15.000 SO-55 100 45 15 I TON - 60-65 200 ARCO TRUC' 10.000 50-55 ISO .5 100 ROLL AHEAO STOPPtNc OJST ANCE ASSUIAtS DAY PAVEt.lE~T. ODD CJ33 B~ \PCMsl CHANNElIZINC OEVICE SPACINC (FEET! MPli TAPER TANCENT SO 165 40 80 35/45 30 60 25/30 20 '0 ~~~N~~~ G20-2A 500' MAX. SEE NOTE 5. \ __ B_-1..J . t; --" LEGEND tI SIGN LOCATION-TRIPOD MOUNTED SEOUENTIAL ARROW SIGN TEMPORA~Y TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES PROTECTIVE VEHICLE (WHEN SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT) PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TRUCK MOUNTED ATTENUATOR (WHEN SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT FOR HIGH SPEED ROADWAYS) PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN (WHEN SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT) RICHT LANE eL OSfD 1.5 SEe !>DC> ~. ~~ MINIMUM TAPER LENGTH = L <FEET) LANE Postea SDeeC' lmpnl WIDTH lS 3D )5 40 45 SO 55 60 65 t feet! 10 105 150 205 210 450 500 550 - - 11 115 165 225 295 495 550 605 660 - 12 125 ISO 245 320 5'0 600 660 120 180 W20-SR /"\\. W20- 1 .I'{GHT lA~~ /:~ (~ C~LOSEO /. /ROAD, 'AHEAD,'~ I. WORK 'l: ~~v ,'~ ( \ \ , I x--r>h /~ j j DI . )' -,- ~ / +// f Ill' 1:1'/ W4-2L ""'\" (11" \' '> 'I ~,(, '~/7" ,. "- "'-, --'---tjl iw'1 PCMS PORTABLE CHANCEABLE MESSACE SICN DISPLAYS 2 I MIL[ AHEAD 1.5 SEe ce NOTES I. EXTEND DEVICE TAPER ACROSS SHOULDER. 2. DEVICES SHOULD NOT ENCROACH INTO ADJACENT LANES. 3. INSTALL PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN (WHEN SPECIFIEDI APPROXIMATELY I MILE IN ADVANCE OF LANE CLOSURE. 4. USE TRANSVERSE DEVICES IN CLOSED LANE EVERY 1000' +- 5. TRAFFIC SAFETY DRUMS RECOMMENDED FOR HIGH SPEED ROADWAYS AND IN TAPER SECTIONS. USE ([N UEU OF CONES). 6. ANALYZE THE TRAFFIC VOLUMES TO DETERMINE WORK HOURS TO MININIZE TRAFFIC IMPACTS. 7. A TEMPORARY RIGHT EDGE LINE [S REOUIRED FOR A LONG TERM CLOSURE. SIGN SPACING = X (FEET) RUr"ol Roods ':5/65 ~PH 500'.- Ul"bon Ar 1 arlols &. )5/40 "PH 350 .- Rural Roaas RurOI ROOdS Urbon Streets 251 jO ,"OH 200.- ResIdential Areas & Buslnes.s Districts All G10ns Clr e block on or Ofloe unless other-wIse oeslt;Jnoted. RIGHT LANE CLOSURE FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAY STANDARD PLAN K-6 I?"ZO. ---we- (. '. . BUFFER DATA SIGN SPACING = X (FEET) MINIMUM TAPER LENGTH = L (FEET) Rural Roaas 45/55 MPH 500'+- BUFFER SPACE = e UrDon ArterIals 35/40 MPH 350'+- LANE Poated Speea (mphf WIDTH SPEED ''''''~J I ~S I 30 I 35 I 40 I -5 50 I 55 I I I Rural Roaas ( feetl 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 Urban Streets LENCTH (feetll 55 I 85 I'~o 1"0 I 220 280 I Jl5 I I ,I Resiaentlal Areaa So 25/30 "'PH 200'+- 10 105 150 205 270 450 500 550 PlIOTECT,vE VEHICLE ROlL AHEAD DISTANCE = A Business Olst,-Icts All signs o,-s Dlack on oranoe II 115 165 225 295 ~g5 550 60S VEtftClE TYPICAL VEHICLE POSTED STATlO"ARY TYPE LOADED WEICHT SPEEO OPERA liON unless othe,-.,Ise designated. 12 125 180 245 320 540 600 660 CLBSI Cmph) (foetJ . YARO 50-55 TS CHANNELIZING DEVICE SPACING (FEET I OUlIP TRUC~ 24.000 t.lPH TAPER - TANGENT ~5 50 SO/55 40 80 W20- 5L ~ TON ARCO TRUCK 15.000 SO-55 100 35/45 30 60 45 75 25/30 20 40 7 1>120' I W4.2R -"LEFT LIIIE I TON 10,000 ClOSED '<{~ ARCO TRUC~ 50-55 150 ~~ . I WORK ' ROLL ~AO STOPPiNG OISTANCE ASSlJ\4ES ORY PAVE"ENT AHEAD, / G20-2A ~--- -- ---- I:l 500' MAX. --.-- --.- I ---- ------1 . - --. .2'...-.&';;.1 - - ~.._--- . . ~ - --..-------5WM~ ----------, -- ----...--i C20-2A ~ 'END' 48",,24" ROAD /lORK B/O ~ LEGEND PCMS -l- I 2 CENTER LIMITEO LANE TURNING CLOSEO 1.5 SEC 1.5 SEC NOTES 1. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF ONE ACCESS POINT FOR EACH BUSINESS WITHIN WORK AREA LIMITS. OISPLAYS &l SIGN LOCAT[ON-TRIPOD MOUNT SEOUENT! AL ARROW SIGN Field locate I mile +- In advance of lone CIosu,-e. t:(>> ODD TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES PROTECTIVE VEHICLE (WHEN SPECIFIEO IN CONTRACT) PROTECTIVE VEHICLE WITH TRUCK MOUNTED ATTENUATOR (WHEN SPECIFIED lN CONTRACT rOR HIGH SPEED ROADWAYS) PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN (WHEN SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT) CE3 e ~I = '.D=j ~ - ~- ~_.._. _._.__~_..-.-________ _ M _ _ _ A _. _ __ ~ . __ ~___. _ _..._.___ ~__.___..-._"_ _ __ . LEFT LANE AND CENTER TURN LANE CLOSURE FIVE LANE ROADWAY STANDARD PLAN K-17 /f\, 'ROAD '\ 1120-1 \, WORK :---.., 'AHE~AO/" .... \. ~V' . ~'~20'SL . l[FIl~" ..I CLOSED I' \.~HEAO# ~~tP' "19"'1 ~2R " / V . I . I I ----~ .. I Q _P.-t G<J<Jc3. . D Q -_.M__D . D ~i G20-2A ~l ~'-!...'of ~j ;; . 4 SEE NOTE . 1120-1 T I i . . LEGEND ~ SIGN LOCATION-TRIPOD MOUNT ~ SIGN LOCATION-PORTABLE MOUNT aaa TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES ~ TYPE 3L BARRICADE ~ SEOUENTI ilL ARROW S I eN -- OBL I TERA TED MARK I NGS (SEE NOTE ~ I r:rt> PAINTED TRAFFIC ARROW (OPTIONAL! . .1. I I -- ---~-- I I _:i ~~~~;~~ C20-2A R3-2 R/W (SEE NOTE I. I . 00 " ,0 ,0 . NOTES I. NO LEFT TURN SIGNS ARE TO BE USED IF TRAFFIC VOLUMES ARE TOO HIGH OR THERE IS A SIGNAL OPERATING. CLOSE LEFT TURN POCKET IF THERE IS ONE ON THE SIDE STREET. 2. FLASHING WARNING LIGHTS (TYPE A. MUTCD) SHOULD BE USEO TO MARK BARRICADES AT NIGHT. 3. STEADY BURNING WARNING LlGHTS (TYPE C. MUTCDI SHALL BE USED TO MARK CHANNEL!ZING DEVICES AT NIGHT. ~. FOR LONG-TERM PROJECTS. CONFLICTING PAVEMENT MARKINGS NO LONGER APPLICABLE SHALL BE REMOVED OR OBLITERATED. TEMPORARY MARKINGS SHALL BE USED. 'AINII.CUIl TAPER LENGTH . L (feotl LANE Pasted Sp.ed (mohl WIDTH 25 30 3S 40 ~5 SO 55 C feet. 10 105 150 205 270 450 500 550 II 115 165 ~2S 295 ~9S 550 605 - 12 125 180 245 320 540 600 660 - SIGN SPACING' X (feetl Rur aI RoadS 45/55 I.lPH 500'+w Ur-bon A,.terlolS 35/~0 MPH 350'.- Urban Streets 200'" ResIdential A,.-eo5 & 25130 "PH Bus1ness DistrIcts All slons (Jt" e blOCk.. on 0,. an(le ur'lless otherwise deslOl"loted. . . !a:-- D:~ ~ 1 I l:t ~ ii1NO'lI G20-2A L.I' ---p~ . - RICHl LANE l:t MUST RJ-HRI L TlIlN RICHl B/W CHANNELIZING DEVICE SPACING (foetI I.lPH I TAPER TANGEN T 50170 I <0 80 35/45 I 30 GO 25/30 I 20 ~o HALF ROAD CLOSURE STANDARD PLAN K-20 ti. . . _.____m.__...._. x;:... ----------________....._m _,__",,,,,,,_ ____.__"...,.,_._ _. ___.:'.__ _..__________._..__..,__......___. (. R3-2 RIll 1.1